Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities

Hey guys!! Are you in search of the concept of Equations and Inequalities? If yes, then here is the quick material for the candidates. With the help of Big Ideas Math Grade 7 Answer Key for Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities, you will get diverse opportunities, and also it provides problem-solving skills. Here, we are providing the fun learning way to Big Ideas 7th Grade Math Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities Answer Key.

You can also get various mathematical practices through engaging activities like literature-based exercises, games, and many others. Refer to Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities Answer Key and clear all your doubts while practicing the various concepts. Check the below sections to know the various concepts

Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities

The user-friendly and free edition of Big Ideas Math Book Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities are given in the below pdf links. You can find the various problems and solutions of concepts like Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction, Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division, Solving Two-Step Equations, Writing and Graphing Inequalities, Solving Two-Step Inequalities, etc.

You can improve the math and problem-solving techniques concerning chapter-wise Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities. It helps the candidates to get perfection in the topic of the Equations and Inequalities concept. Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities Answer Key helps you to solve homework and assignments properly. Know the solved examples and answer keys and start your preparation.

Performance

Lesson: 1 Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction

Lesson: 2 Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division

Lesson: 3 Solving Two-Step Equations

Lesson: 4 Writing and Graphing Inequalities

Lesson: 5 Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction

Lesson: 6 Solving Inequalities Using Multiplication or Division

Lesson: 7 Solving Two-Step Inequalities

Chapter: 4 – Equations and Inequalities

Equations and Inequalities STEAM Video/Performance

STEAM Video

Space Cadets

Inequalities can be used to help determine whether someone is qualified to be an astronaut. Can you think of any other real-life situations where inequalities are useful?

Watch the STEAM Video “Space Cadets.” Then answer the following questions. Tori and Robert use the inequalities below to represent requirements for applying to be an astronaut, where height is measured in inches and age is measured in years.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 1.1

Question 1.
Can you use equations to correctly describe the requirements? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Yes, we can use equations to correctly describe the requirements.

Explanation:
You can take the requirements as variables and their limit as constants. So that you can use equations to correctly describe the requirements.

Question 2.
The graph shows when a person who recently had vision correction surgery can apply to be an astronaut. Explain how you can determine when they had the surgery.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 2

Answer:
The person had surgery exactly 4 months ago.

Explanation:
We can say that he had eye vision correction surgery 4 months from now because the point on the graph is at 4 and the line represents months.

Performance Task

Distance and Brightness of the Stars

After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given information about the celestial bodies below.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 4
You will use inequalities to calculate the distances of stars from Earth and to calculate the brightnesses, or apparent magnitudes, of several stars. How do you think you can use one value to describe the brightnesses of all the stars that can be seen from Earth? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
I can take the value of brightness of all the stars that can be seen from Earth as variables. And each start brightness is assigned to that variable. Based on those stars brightness you will put an inequality symbol in between those variables.

Equations and Inequalities Getting Ready for Chapter 4

Chapter Exploration

Question 1.
Work with a partner. Use algebra tiles to model and solve each equation. Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 5
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 6

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4

Question 2.
WRITE GUIDELINES
Work with a partner. Use your models in Exercise 1 to summarize the algebraic steps that you use to solve an equation.

Answer:
The + symbol in the yellow box represents adding 1, – symbol in the red box represents subtracting 1, + in the green box represents the variable. So, you have to represent the given equation in the form of these symbols and do calculations to get the answer.

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 7

Lesson 4.1 Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction

EXPLORATION 1
Using Algebra Tiles to Solve Equations

Work with a partner.
a. Use the examples to explain the meaning of each property.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 8
Are these properties true for equations involving negative numbers? Explain your reasoning.
b. Write the four equations modeled by the algebra tiles. Explain how you can use algebra tiles to solve each equation. Then find the solutions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 9
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 10
c. How can you solve each equation in part(b) without using algebra tiles?

Answer:
a. x = -1
Yes, algebraic properties are true for equations involving negative numbers.
b. x = -1, x = -7, x = 6, x = 7

Explanation:
a. x = 1 – 2
x = -1
b. x – 3 = -4
x = -4 + 3 = -1
-5 = x + 2
x = -5 – 2 = -7
x – 3 = 3
x = 3 + 3 = 6
5 = x – 2
x = 5 + 2 = 7

4.1 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
p – 5 = -2

Answer:
p = 3

Explanation:
p – 5 = -2
Add 5 to both sides
p – 5 + 5 = -2 + 5
p = 3
Substitute p = 3 in p – 5 = -2
3 – 5 = -2

Question 2.
w + 13.2 = 10.4

Answer:
w = -2.8

Explanation:
w + 13.2 = 10.4
Subtract 13.2 from both sides
w + 13.2 – 13.2 = 10.4 – 13.2
w = -2.8
Putting w = -2.8 in w + 13.2 = 10.4
-2.8 + 13.2 = 10.4

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 11

Answer:
x = 4/6

Explanation:
Adding 5/6 to both sides
x – 5/6 + 5/6 = -1/6 + 5/6
x = (-1 + 5)/6
x = 4/6
Putting x = 4/6 in x – 5/6 = -1/6
4/6 – 5/6 = -1/6

Try It

Question 4.
A bakery has a profit of $120.50 today. This profit is $145.25 less than the profit P yesterday. Write an equation that can be used to find P.

Answer:
P = $120.50 + $145.25
P = $265.75

Explanation:
Today profit = $120.50
$120.50 = – $145.25 + yesterday profit
$120.50 = -$145.25 + P
P = $120.50 + $145.25
P = $265.75

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 5.
c – 12 = -4

Answer:
c = 8

Explanation:
Add 12 to both sides
c – 12 + 12 = -4 + 12
c = 8
8 – 12 = -4

Question 6.
k + 8.4 = -6.3

Answer:
k = -14.7

Explanation:
Subtracting 8.4 from both sides
k + 8.4 – 8.4 = -6.3 – 8.4
k = -14.7
-14.7 + 8.4 = -6.3

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 12

Answer:
w = 5/3

Explanation:
Adding 7/3 on both sides
-2/3 + 7/3 = w – 7/3 + 7/3
(-2 + 7)/3 = w
w = 5/3
-2/3 = 5/3 – 7/3

Question 8.
WRITING
Are the equations m + 3 = -5 and m – 4 = -12 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, both equations are equivalent.

Explanation:
m + 3 = -5 and m – 4 = -12
m = -5 – 3 and m = -12 + 4
m = -8 and m = -8

Question 9.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 13

Answer:
x + 1 = -5

Explanation:
x + 3 = -1
x = -1 – 3 = -4
x + 1 = -5
x = -5 – 1 = -6
x – 2 = -6
x = -6 + 2 = -4
x – 9 = -13
x = -13 + 9 = -4
By solving all equations, we get solution as -4, but for x + 1 = -5, we get solution as -6.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
You have $512.50. You earn additional money by shoveling snow. Then you purchase a new cell phone for $249.95 and have $482.55 left. How much money do you earn shoveling snow?

Answer:
You earn $220 by shoveling snow.

Explanation:
Let us take additional money earned by shoveling snow as x.
The total money you spend = $249.95
$512.50 + x – $249.95 = $482.55
$262.55 + x = $482.55
x = $482.55 – $262.55
x = $220
So, the money earned at shoveling snow is $220

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
You swim 4 lengths of a pool and break a record by 0.72 second. The table shows your time for each length compared to the previous record holder. How much faster or slower is your third length than the previous record holder?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 14

Answer:
1.26 seconds faster is my third length than the previous record holder.

Explanation:
Let us take the record at the third length as x.
So, -0.23 + 0.11 + x – 0.42 = 0.72
-0.54 + x = 0.72
x = 0.72 + 0.54
x = 1.26
So, the record at third length is 1.26 seconds.

Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction Homework & Practice 4.1

Review & Refresh

Factor out the coefficient of the variable term.

Question 1.
4x – 20

Answer:
4(x – 5)

Explanation:
Take 4 as common factor out.
4x – 20 = 4(x – 5)

Question 2.
-6y – 18

Answer:
-6y – 18 = -6(y + 3)

Explanation:
Take -6 as common factor out.
-6y – 18 = -6(y + 3)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 15

Answer:
-2/5 w + 4/5 = 2/5(-w + 2)

Explanation:
Take 2/5 as common factor
-2/5 w + 4/5 = 2/5(-w + 2)

Question 4.
0.75z – 6.75

Answer:
0.75z – 6.75 = 0.75(z – 6)

Explanation:
Take 0.75 as common factor
0.75z – 6.75 = 0.75(z – 6)

Multiply or divide.

Question 5.
-7 × 8

Answer:
-7 × 8 = -56

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.1-2

Question 6.
6 × (-12)

Answer:
6 × (-12) = -72

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.1-3

Question 7.
18 ÷ (-2)

Answer:
18 ÷ (-2) = -9

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.1-4

Question 8.
-26 ÷ 4

Answer:
-26 ÷ 4 = -6.5

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.1-5

Question 9.
A class of 144 students voted for a class president. Three-fourths of the students voted for you. Of the students who voted for you, \(\frac{5}{9}\) are female. How many female students voted for you?
A. 50
B. 60
C. 80
D. 108

Answer:
The number of female students voted for you is 60

Explanation:
The total number of students in class = 144
Three-fourths of the students voted for you = 3/4 x 144 = 36 x 3 = 108
Out of 108, 5/9 are female = 5/9 x 108 = 12 x 5 = 60
Therefore, the number of female students voted for you is 60.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
USING ALGEBRA TILES
Solve the equation using algebra tiles. Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 127.)

Question 10.
6 + x = 4

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
6 + x = 4
Subtract 6 from both sides
6 + x – 6 = 4 – 6
x = -2

Question 11.
x – 3 = = -5

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
Add 3 to both sides
x – 3 + 3 = -5 + 3
x = -2

Question 12.
-7 + x = -9

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
Add 7 to both sides
-7 + x + 7 = -9 + 7
x = -2

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 13.
a – 6 = 13

Answer:
a = 19

Explanation:
Add 6 to both sides
a – 6 + 6 = 13 + 6
a = 19
Substituting a= 19 in a – 6 = 13
19 – 6 = 13

Question 14.
-3 = z – 8

Answer:
z = 5

Explanation:
Add 8 to both sides.
-3 + 8 = z – 8 + 8
5 = z
Substituting z = 5 in -3 = z – 8
-3 = 5 – 8

Question 15.
-14 = k + 6

Answer:
k = -20

Explanation:
Subtract 6 from both sides
-14 – 6 = k + 6 – 6
-20 = k
Substituting k = -20 in -14 = k + 6
-14 = -20 + 6

Question 16.
x + 4 = -14

Answer:
x = -18

Explanation:
Subtract 4 from both sides
x + 4 – 4 = -14 – 4
x = -18
Substituting x = -18 in x + 4 = -14
-18 + 4 = -14

Question 17.
g – 9 = -19

Answer:
g = -10

Explanation:
Add 9 to both sides.
g – 9 + 9 = -19 + 9
g = -10
Substituting g = -10 in g – 9 = -19
-10 – 9 = -19

Question 18.
c – 7.6 = -4

Answer:
c = 3.6

Explanation:
Add 7.6 to both sides
c – 7.6 + 7.6 = -4 + 7.6
c = 3.6
Substituting c = 3.6 in c – 7.6 = -4
3.6 – 7.6 = -4

Question 19.
-10.1 = w + 5.3

Answer:
w = -15.4

Explanation:
Subtract 5.3 from both sides
-10.1 – 5.3 = w + 5.3 – 5.3
-15.4 = w
Substituting w = -15.4 in -10.1 = w + 5.3
-10.1 = -15.4 + 5.3

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 16

Answer:
q = -1/6

Explanation:
Subtract 2/3 from both sides
1/2 – 2/3 = q + 2/3 – 2/3
(3 – 4)/6 = q
q = -1/6
Substituting q = -1/6 in 1/2 – 2/3 = q + 2/3 – 2/3
1/2 = -1/6 + 2/3
= (-1 + 4)/6 = 3/6 = 1/2

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 17

Answer:
p = 4/6

Explanation:
p – 19/6 = -5/2
Adding 19/6 to both sides
p – 19/6 + 19/6 = -5/2 + 19/6
p = (-15 + 19)/6
p = 4/6
Substituting p = 4/6 in p – 19/6 = -5/2
4/6 – 19/6 = -5/2
(-15/6) = -/2

Question 22.
-9.3 = d – 3.4

Answer:
d = -5.9

Explanation:
Add 3.4 to both sides
-9.3 + 3.4 = d – 3.4 + 3.4
d = -5.9
Substituting d = -5.9 in -9.3 = d – 3.4
-9.3 = -5.9 – 3.4

Question 23.
4.58 + y = 2.5

Answer:
y = -2.08

Explanation:
Subtract 4.58 from both sides
4.58 + y – 4.58 = 2.5 – 4.58
y = -2.08
Putting y = -2.08 in 4.58 + y = 2.5
4.58 – 2.08 = 2.5

Question 24.
x – 5.2 = -18.73

Answer:
x = -13.53

Explanation:
Add 5.2 to both sides
x – 5.2 + 5.2 = -18.73 + 5.2
x = -13.53
Putting x = -13.53 in x – 5.2 = -18.73
-13.53 – 5.2 = -18.73

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 18

Answer:
q = 10/9

Explanation:
Subtract 5/9 from both sides
q + 5/9 – 5/9 = 5/6 – 5/9
q = (15 – 5)/9 = 10/9
Substituting q = 10/9 in q + 5/9 = 5/6
10/9 + 5/9 = 15/9 = 5/6

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 19

Answer:
r = -19/20

Explanation:
-7/4 = r – 4/5
Adding 4/5 to both sides
-7/4 + 4/5 = r – 4/5 + 4/5
(-35 + 16)/20 = r
r = -19/20
Putting r = -19/20 in -7/4 = r – 4/5
-7/4 = -19/20 – 4/5
= (-19 – 16)/20 = -35/20 = -7/4

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 20

Answer:
w = -74/48

Explanation:
w + 27/8 = 11/6
Subtract 27/8 from both sides
w + 27/8 – 27/8 = 11/6 – 27/8
w = (88 – 162)/48
w = -74/48
Putting w = -74/48 in w + 27/8 = 11/6
-74/48 + 27/8
(-74 + 162)/48 = 88/48 = 11/6

Question 28.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation x + 8 = 10. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 21

Answer:
My friend is not correct.

Explanation:
x + 8 = 10
x = 10 – 8
x = 2
The above mentioned is the correct solution. As my friend taken x + 8 = -10, there she did mistake.

WRITING AND SOLVING AN EQUATION
Write the word sentence as an equation. Then solve the equation.

Question 29.
4 less than a number n is -15.

Answer:
4 – n = -15
n = 19

Explanation:
As 4 is less than a number n subtract 4 from n.
4 – n = -15
Add n to sides of the equation
4 – n + n = -15 + n
4 = -15 + n
Add 15 to both sides
4 + 15 = -15 + n + 15
n = 19

Question 30.
10 more than a number c is 3.

Answer:
10 + c = 3
c = -7

Explanation:
As 10 is more than c add 10 to c
10 + c = 3
Subtract 10 from both sides
10 + c – 10 = 3 – 10
c = -7

Question 31.
The sum of a number y and -3 is -8.

Answer:
y – 3 = -8
y = -5

Explanation:
y + (-3) = -8
y – 3 = -8
y – 3 + 3 = -8 + 3
y = -5

Question 32.
The difference of a number p and 6 is 14.

Answer:
p – 6 = 14
p = 20

Explanation:
p – 6 = 14
p – 6 + 6 = 14 + 6
p = 20

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The temperature of dry ice is -109.3°F. This is 184.9°F less than the outside temperature. Write and solve an equation to find the outside temperature.

Answer:
-109.3°F = x – 184.9°F
Outside temperature is -24.4°F.

Explanation:
The temperature of dry ice = -109.3°F
Let us take the outside temperature as x.
dry ice is 84.9°F less than the outside temperature
-109.3°F = x – 184.9°F
x = -109.3°F + 184.9°F
x = 75.6°F
Therefore, Outside temperature is -24.4°F

Question 34.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A company makes a profit of $1.38 million. This is $2.54 million more than last year. What was the profit last year? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The last year company got $1.16 millions loss.

Explanation:
A company makes a profit of $1.38 million
Let us take last year profit as p.
p + $2.54 = $1.38
p = $1.38 – $2.54
p = -$1.16
The last year company was at a loss of $1.16 million.

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The difference in elevation of a helicopter and a submarine is 18\(\frac{1}{2}\) meters. The elevation of the submarine is -7\(\frac{3}{4}\) meters. What is the elevation of the helicopter? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The elevation of the helicopter is 49/4 meters.

Explanation:
Let us take the elevation of the helicopter as x.
The elevation of the submarine = -7(3/4) = -25/4
x – 18(1/2) = -25/4
x – 37/2 = -25/4
x = -25/4 + 37/2
x = (-25 + 74)/4 = 49/4
So, the elevation of the helicopter is 49/4

GEOMETRY
What is the unknown side length?

Question 36.
Perimeter = 12 cm
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 21.1

Answer:
The unknown side length is 4 cm.

Explanation:
Let us take the unknown side length as x cm.
Perimeter = 12 cm
x + 3 + 5 = 12
x + 8 = 12
x = 12 – 8
x = 4 cm

Question 37.
Perimeter = 24.2 in.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 21.2

Answer:
The unknown side length is 3.8 in.

Explanation:
Let us take the unknown side length as x inches
Perimeter = 24.2 in.
x + 8.3 + 3.8 + 8.3 = 24.2
x + 20.4 = 24.2
x = 24.2 – 20.4
x = 3.8 in

Question 38.
Perimeter = 34.6 ft
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 22

Answer:
The unknown side length is 11.9 ft

Explanation:
Let us take the unknown side length as x ft.
Perimeter = 34.6 ft
5.2 + 11.1 + 6.4 + x = 34.6
22.7 + x = 34.6
x = 34.6 – 22.7
x = 11.9 ft

Question 39.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The total height of the Statue of Liberty and its pedestal is 153 feet more than the height of the statue. What is the height of the statue? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 23

Answer:
The height of statue is 152 feet.

Explanation:
Let us take the height of the statue as x feet.
The total height of the Statue of Liberty and its pedestal = x + 153
305 = x + 153
x = 305 – 153
x = 152 feet
So, the height of statue is 152 feet.

Question 40.
PROBLEM SOLVING
When bungee jumping, you reach a positive elevation on your first jump that is 50\(\frac{1}{6}\) feet greater than the elevation you reach on your second jump. Your change in elevation on the first jump is -200\(\frac{2}{3}\)feet. What is your change in elevation on the second jump?

Answer:
The height of second jump is 301/2 feet.

Explanation:
The height of the first jump = 200(2/3) = 602/3
The height of second jump = The height of the first jump – 50(1/6)
= -602/3 – 301/6
= (1204 – 301)/6 = 903/6 = 301/2
The height of second jump is 301/2 feet.

Question 41.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Boatesville is a 65\(\frac{3}{5}\)-kilometer drive from Stanton. A bus traveling from Stanton to Boatesville is 24 \(\frac{1}{3}\) kilometers from Boatesville. How far has the bus traveled? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The bus travelled 619/5 km from Boatesville.

Explanation:
The distance between Boatesville and stanton = 65(3/5) = 328/5
The distance between Stanton and bus = 24(1/3) = 73/3
The bus travelled = 328/5 – 73/3 = (984 – 365)/15
= 619/15

Question 42.
GEOMETRY
The sum of the measures of the angles of a triangle equals 180°. What is the missing angle measure?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 24

Answer:
Missing angle is 108.9°.

Explanation:
The sum of the measures of the angles of a triangle equals 180°
30.3 + m + 40.8 = 180
71.1 + m = 180
m = 180 – 71.1 = 108.9°

Question 43.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows your scores in a skateboarding competition. The first-place finisher scores 311.62 total points, which is 4.72 more points than you score. What is your score in the fourth round?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 25

Answer:
Your score in the fourth round is 74.36 points.

Explanation:
The first-place finisher scores 311.62 total points, which is 4.72 more points than you score
63.43 + 87.15 + 81.96 + x + 4.72 = 311.62
x + 237.26 = 311.62
x = 311.62 – 237.26
x = 74.36

Question 44.
CRITICAL THINKING
Find the value of 2x – 1 when x + 6 = -2.

Answer:
2x – 1 = -17

Explanation:
x + 6 = -2
x = -2 – 6
x = -8
putting x = -8 in 2x – 1
2(-8) – 1 = -16 – 1 = -17

CRITICAL THINKING
Solve the equation.

Question 45.
| x | = 2

Answer:
x = ± 2

Explanation:
When mod x is 2, then x is plus or minus 2.

Question 46.
| x | – 2 = -2

Answer:
x = 0

Explanation:
| x | = -2 + 2
| x | = 0

Question 47.
| x | + 5 = 18

Answer:
x = ± 13

Explanation:
| x | = 18 – 5
| x | = 13
x = ± 13

Lesson 4.2 Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division

EXPLORATION 1
Using Algebra Tiles to Solve Equations

Work with a partner.
a. Use the examples to explain the meaning of each property.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 26
Are these properties true for equations involving negative numbers? Explain your reasoning.
b. Write the three equations modeled by the algebra tiles. Explain how you can use algebra tiles to solve each equation. Then find the solutions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 27
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 28
c. How can you solve each equation in part(b) without using algebra tiles?

4.2 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
\(\frac{x}{5}\) = -2

Answer:
x = -10

Explanation:
x/5 = -2
x = -2 x 5
x = -10
Putting x = -10 in x/5 = -2
-10/5 = -2

Question 2.
-a = -24

Answer:
a = 24

Explanation:
a = 24

Question 3.
3 = -1.5n

Answer:
n = -2

Explanation:
n = -3/1.5
n = -2

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
–\(\frac{8}{5}\)b = 5

Answer:
b = -25/8

Explanation:
-8/5 b = 5
-b = 5 x (5/8)
-b = 25/8
b = -25/8
Substituting b = -25/8 in -8/5 b = 5
-8/5 (-25/8) = (25 x 8)/(8 x 5) = 5

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{8}\)h = -9

Answer:
h = -24

Explanation:
3/8 h = -9
h = -9 x (8/3)
h = -3 x 8 = -24
Substituting h = -24 in 3/8 h = -9
3/8 (-24) = 3 x -3 = -9

Question 6.
-14 = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x

Answer:
x = -21

Explanation:
-14 = (2/3) x
x = -14 x (3/2)
x = -7 x 3 = -21
Substituting x = -21 in -14 = (2/3) x
-14 = (2/3) -21 = 2 x -7

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 7.
6d = 24

Answer:
d = 4

Explanation:
6d = 24
d = 24/6
d = 4
Putting d = 4 in 6d = 24
6 x 4 = 24

Question 8.
\(\frac{t}{3}\) = -4

Answer:
t = -12

Explanation:
t/3 = -4
t = -4 x 3
t = -12
Putting t = -12 in t/3 = -4
-12/3 = -4

Question 9.
–\(\frac{2}{5}\)p = -6

Answer:
p = 15

Explanation:
(-2/5) p = -6
p = -6 x (-5/2)
p = 3 x 5 = 15
Putting p = 15 in (-2/5) p = -6
(-2/5) 15 = -2 x 3 = -6

Question 10.
WRITING
Explain why you can use multiplication to solve equations involving division.

Answer:
Multiplication is the inverse of division. So it can easily undo the operation.

Question 11.
WRITING
Are the equations \(\frac{2}{3}\)m = -4 and -4m = 24 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Both the given equations are equivalent.

Explanation:
(2/3)m = -4 and -4m = 24
m = -4 x (3/2) and m = -24/4
m = -2 x 3 and m = -6
m = -6 and m = -6
Yes both the equations are equivalent.

Question 11.
REASONING
Describe the inverse operation that will undo the given operation.

Answer:
The inverse operation of division is the multiplication and they are opposite. When dividing a number by a, the multiplication by a will undo the operation.

Question 12.
subtracting 12

Answer:
Adding 12.

Explanation:
The inverse operation of subtraction is addition.

Question 13.
multiplying by –\(\frac{1}{8}\)

Answer:
Dividing by (-8)

Explanation:
The inverse operation of multiplication is division. So, dividing by (-8)

Question 14.
adding -6

Answer:
Subtracting -6

Explanation:
The inverse operation for addition is subtraction. So, subtracting -6.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 15.
The elevation of the surface of a lake is 315 feet. During a drought, the water level of the lake changes -3\(\frac{1}{5}\) feet per week. Find how long it takes for the surface of the lake to reach an elevation of 299 feet. Justify your answer.

Answer:
It takes 5 weeks for the surface of the lake to reach an elevation of 299 feet

Explanation:
Let us take the number of weeks as x.
The lake reduced = 315 – 299 = 16 feet
-3(1/5)x = 16
-16/5 x = 16
x = -16 (5/16)
x = 5
It takes 5 weeks for the surface of the lake to reach an elevation of 299 feet

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
The patio shown has an area of 116 square feet. What is the value of h? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 29

Answer:
h = 8

Explanation:
Total area = 116
Triangle 1 + rectangle + triangle2 = 116
1/2 x 4.5 x h + 10 x h + 1/2 x 4.5 x h = 116
10h + 4.5h = 116
14.5h = 116
h = 116/14.5 = 8

Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division Homework & Practice 4.2

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
n – 9 = -12

Answer:
n = -3

Explanation:
n = -12 + 9
n = -3
Putting n = -3 in n – 9 = -12
-3 – 9 = -12

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 30

Answer:
m = 5/4

Explanation:
-1/2 = m – (7/4)
m = -1/2 + 7/4
m = (-2 + 7)/4 = 5/4
Putting m = 5/4 in -1/2 = m – (7/4)
-1/2 = 5/4 – (7/4) = (5 – 7)/4
= -2/4 = -1/2

Question 3.
-6.4h = h + 8.7

Answer:
h = -1.75

Explanation:
-6.4h = h + 8.7
h + 6.4h = -8.7
7.4h = -8.7
h = -8.7/7.4
h = -1.75
Putting h = -1.175 in -6.4h = h + 8.7
-6.4 x -1.175 = -1.175 + 8.7
7.52 = 7.52

Find the difference.

Question 4.
5 – 12

Answer:
-7

Explanation:
5 – 12 = -7

Question 5.
-7 – 2

Answer:
-9

Explanation:
-7 – 2 = -9

Question 6.
4 – (-8)

Answer:
12

Explanation:
4 – (-8) = 4 + 8 = 12

Question 7.
-14 – (-5)

Answer:
-9

Explanation:
-14 – (-5) = -14 + 5 = -9

Question 8.
Of the 120 apartments in a building, 75 have been scheduled to receive new carpet. What percent of the apartments have not been scheduled to receive new carpet?
A. 25%
B. 37.5%
C. 62.5%
D. 75%

Answer:
B

Explanation:
Total number of apartments = 120
The number of apartments has not been scheduled to receive new carpet = 120 – 75 = 45
Percentage = (45/120) x 100 = 37.5%

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
USING ALGEBRA TILES
Solve the equation using algebra tiles. Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 133.)

Question 9.
4x = -16

Answer:
x = -4

Explanation:
4x = -16
x = -16/4 = -4

Question 10.
2x = -6

Answer:
x = -3

Explanation:
2x = -6
x = -6/2 = -3

Question 11.
-5x = -20

Answer:
x = 4

Explanation:
-5x = -20
5x = 20
x = 20/5 = 4

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 12.
4x = -16

Answer:
x = -4

Explanation:
4x = -16
x = -16/4 = -4
Putting x = -4 in 4x = -16
4(-4) = -16

Question 13.
2x = -6

Answer:
x = -3

Explanation:
2x = -6
x = -6/2 = -3
Putting x = -3 in 2x = -6
2(-3) = -6

Question 14.
\(\frac{n}{2}\) = -7

Answer:
n = -14

Explanation:
n/2 = -7
n = -7 x 2 = -14
Putting n = -14 in n/2 = -7
-14/2 = -7

Question 15.
\(\frac{k}{-3}\) = 9

Answer:
k = -27

Explanation:
k/-3 = 9
k = 9 x -3 = -27
Putting k = -27 in k/-3 = 9
-27/-3 = 9

Question 16.
5m = -10

Answer:
m = -2

Explanation:
m = -10/5
m = -2
Putting m = -2 in 5m = -10
5(-2) = -10

Question 17.
8t = -32

Answer:
t = -4

Explanation:
t = -32/8 = -4
Putting t = -4 in 8t = -32
8(-4) = -32

Question 18.
-0.2x = 1.6

Answer:
x = -8

Explanation:
-0.2x = 1.6
x = -1.6/0.2
x = -8
Putting x = -8 in -0.2x = 1.6
-0.2 (-8) = 1.6

Question 19.
-10 = –\(\frac{b}{4}\)

Answer:
b = 40

Explanation:
-10 = -(b/4)
b/4 = 10
b = 10 x 4 = 40
Putting b = 40 in -10 = -(b/4)
-10 = -(40/4) = -10

Question 20.
-6p = 48

Answer:
p = -8

Explanation:
-6p = 48
p = -48/6 = -8
Putting p = -8 in -6p = 48
-6(-8) = 48

Question 21.
-72 = 8d

Answer:
d = -9

Explanation:
-72 = 8d
d = -72/8
d = -9
Putting d = -9 in -72 = 8d
-72 = 8 (-9)

Question 22.
\(\frac{n}{1.6}\) = 5

Answer:
n = 8

Explanation:
n/1.6 = 5
n = 1.6 x 5
n = 8
Putting n = 8 in n/1.6 = 5
8/1.6 = 80/16 = 5

Question 23.
-14.4 = -0.6p

Answer:
p = 24

Explanation:
-14.4 = -0.6p
0.6p = 14.4
p = 14.4/0.6
p = 144/6 = 24
Putting p = 24 in -14.4 = -0.6p
-14.4 = -0.6 x 24

Question 24.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)g = -12

Answer:
g = -16

Explanation:
(3/4)g = -12
3g = -12 x 4
3g = -48
g = -48/3
g = -16
Putting g = -16 in (3/4)g = -12
(3/4) x (-16) = 3 x -4 = -12

Question 25.
8 = –\(\frac{2}{5}\)c

Answer:
c = -20

Explanation:
8 = -(2/5)c
-2c = 8 x 5 = 40
2c = -40
c = -40/2 = -20
Putting c = -20 in 8 = -(2/5)c
8 = -(2/5) x -20 = (2/5)20 = 2 x 4
= 8

Question 26.
–\(\frac{4}{9}\)f = -3

Answer:
f = 27/4

Explanation:
-(4/9)f = -3
(4/9)f = 3
4f = 3 x 9 = 27
f = 27/4
Putting f = 27/4 in -(4/9)f = -3
-(4/9) x (27/4) = -27/9 = -3

Question 27.
26 = –\(\frac{8}{5}\)y

Answer:
y = -130/8

Explanation:
26 = -(8/5)y
-8y = 26 x 5 = 130
y = -130/8
Putting y = -65/4 in 26 = -(8/5)y
26 = -(8/5) x (-130/8) = 130/5 = 26

Question 28.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation -4.2x = 21. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 31

Answer:
My friend is wrong.

Explanation:
-4.2x = 21
-x = 21/4.1
x = -5.12

WRITING AND SOLVING AN EQUATION
Write the word sentence as an equation. Then solve the equation.

Question 29.
A number multiplied by -9 is -16.

Answer:
9n = 16
n = 16/9

Explanation:
n x -9 = -16
9n = 16
n = 16/9

Question 30.
A number multiplied by \(\frac{2}{5}\) is \(\frac{3}{20}\).

Answer:
(2/5)n = 3/20
n = 15/40

Explanation:
n x (2/5) = 3/20
(2/5)n = 3/20
n = (3/20) x (5/2)
= 15/40

Question 31.
The product of 15 and a number is -75.

Answer:
15n = -75
n = -5

Explanation:
15 x n = -75
15n = -75
n = -75/15
n = -5

Question 32.
The quotient of a number and -1.5 is 21.

Answer:
n/-1.5 = 21
n = -31.5

Explanation:
n/-1.5 = 21
-n/1.5 = 21
-n = 21 x 1.5
-n = 31.5
n = -31.5

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You make a profit of $0.75 for every bracelet you sell. Write and solve an equation to determine how many bracelets you must sell to earn enough money to buy the soccer cleats shown.

Answer:
I need to sell 48 bracelets to earn enough money to buy the soccer cleats shown.

Explanation:
Let us take a number of bracelets as x.
0.75x = 36
x = 36/0.75
x = 48

Question 34.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A rock climber averages 12\(\frac{3}{5}\) feet climbed per minute. How many feet does the rock climber climb in 30 minutes? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Climber climbs 378 feet in 30 minutes.

Explanation:
A rock climber averages 63/5 feet climbed per minute
Let us take he climb x feet in 30 minutes
x/30 = 63/5
x = (63/5) x 30
x = 63 x 6
x = 378 feet

OPEN-ENDED
Write (a) a multiplication equation and (b) a division equation that has the given solution.

Question 35.
-3

Answer:
(a) 3x = -9
(b) x/3 = -1

Explanation:
(a) 3x = -9
x = -9/3 = -3
x/3 = -1
x = -1 x 3 = -3

Question 36.
-2.2

Answer:
(a) -5x = 11
(b) x/2 = -1.1

Explanation:
(a) -5x = 11
x = -11/5
x = -2.2
(b) x/2 = -1.1
x = 2 x -1.1
x = -2.2

Question 37.
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
(a) 6x = -3
(b) -x/4 = 0.125

Explanation:
(a) 6x = -3
x = -3/6 = -1/2
(b) -x/4 = 0.125
-x = 0.125 x 4 = 0.5
x = -0.5

Question 38.
-1\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer:
(a) 4x = 5
(b) x/2 = 10/16

Explanation:
(a) 4x = 5
x = 5/4 = 1(1/4)
(b) x/2 = 10/16
x = 2(10/16)
x = 10/8 = 5/4

Question 39.
REASONING
Which method(s) can you use to solve –\(\frac{2}{3}\)c = 16?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 31.1

Answer:
Multiply each side by -3/2.

Explanation:
-(2/3)c = 16
Multiply both sides by -(3/2)
-(2/3)c x (-3/2) = 16 x (-3/2)
c = -8 x 3 = -24

Question 40.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A stock has a return of -$1.26 per day. Find the number of days until the total return is -$10.08. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The number of days required is 8 days.

Explanation:
Let us take the number of days as x.
Multiply number of days by one day return to get a total return
-$1.26 * x = -$10.08
x = 10.08/1.26
x = 8

Question 41.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
In a school election, \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the students vote. There are 1464 votes. Find the number of students. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The number of students who voted is 1098 and the number of students who not voted is 366.

Explanation:
The number of students voted = (3/4) x 1464
= 366 x 3 = 1098
So, 75% of students are 1098
Remaining 25% = 1098 x (25/75)
= 1098 x (1/3) = 366
The number of students voted is 1098 and number of students not voted is 366.

Question 42.
DIG DEEPER!
The diagram shows Aquarius, an underwater ocean laboratory located in the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary. The equation \(\frac{31}{25}\)x = -62 can be used to calculate the depth of Aquarius. Interpret the equation. Then find the depth of Aquarius. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 32

Answer:
The depth of the aquarius is -50 feet

Explanation:
(31/25)x = -62
Multiply both sides by (25/31)
(31/25)x . (25/31) = -62 . (25/31)
x = (-2) x 25
x = -50
The depth of the aquarius is -50 feet

Question 43
DIG DEEPER!
The price of a bike at Store A is \(\frac{5}{6}\) the price at Store B. The price at Store A is $150.60. Find how much you save by buying the bike at Store A. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The amount saved is $30.12

Explanation:
Let us take the price of the bike at store b as x.
$150.60 = (5/6)x
150.6 * (6/5) = x
x = 30.12 * 6 = 180.72
The amount saved is $180.72 – $150.60 = $30.12

Question 44.
CRITICAL THINKING
Solve -2| m | = -10.

Answer:
m = 5

Explanation:
-2m = -10
2m = 10
m = 10/2 = 5

Question 45.
NUMBER SENSE
In 4 days, your family drives \(\frac{5}{7}\) of the total distance of a trip. The total distance is 1250 miles. At this rate, how many more days will it take to reach your destination? Justify your answer.

Answer:
It took 1(1/2) day to reach the destination.

Explanation:
The distance travelled in 4 days = 1250 * (5/7)
= 892.857 miles
The distance travelled in 1 day = 892.857/4 = 223.214
Remaining distance = 1250 – 892.57 = 357.14
357.14 = 223.214x
x = 357.14/223.214 = 1.59
So, it took 1(1/2) day to reach the destination.

Lesson 4.3 Solving Two-Step Equations

EXPLORATION 1

Using Algebra Tiles to Solve Equations
Work with a partner.
a. What is being modeled by the algebra tiles below? What is the solution?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 33
b. Use properties of equality to solve the original equation in part(a). How do your steps compare to the steps performed with algebra tiles?
c. Write the three equations modeled by the algebra tiles below. Then solve each equation using algebra tiles. Check your answers using properties of equality.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 34
d. Explain how to solve an equation of the form ax + b = c for x.

4.3 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
2x + 12 = 4

Answer:
x = -4

Explanation:
2x = 4 – 12 = -8
x = -8/2
x = -4
Putting x = -4 in 2x + 12 = 4
2(-4) + 12 = -8 + 12 = 4

Question 2.
-5c + 9 = -16

Answer:
c = 5

Explanation:
9 + 16 = 5c
5c = 25
c = 25/5
c = 5
Putting c = 5 in -5c + 9 = -16
-5(5) + 9 = -25 + 9 = -16

Question 3.
9 = 3x – 12

Answer:
x = 7

Explanation:
3x = 9 + 12
3x = 21
x = 21/3 = 7
Putting x = 7 in 9 = 3x – 12
9 = 3(7) – 12 = 21 – 12 = 9

4.3 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 35

Answer:
m = 8

Explanation:
m/2 = 10 – 6
m/2 = 4
m = 2 x 4
m = 8
putting m = 8 in m/2 + 6 = 10
8/2 + 6 = 4 + 6 = 10

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 36

Answer:
z = -12

Explanation:
5 – 9 = z/3
z/3 = -4
z = -4 x 3
z = -12
Putting z = -12 in -z/3 + 5 = 9
-(-12)/3 + 5 = 12/3 + 5 = 4 + 5 = 9

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 37

Answer:
a = -2/5

Explanation:
2/5 + 4a =-6/5
4a = -6/5 – 2/5
4a = -8/5
a = (-8/5) x (1/4)
a = -2/5
Putting a = -2/5 in 2/5 + 4a =-6/5
2/5 + 4(-2/5) = 2/5 – 8/5 = (2 – 8)/5 = -6/5

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 7.
4 – 2y + 3 = -9

Answer:
y = 8

Explanation:
7 – 2y = -9
7 + 9 = 2y
16 = 2y
y = 16/2
y = 8
Puuting y = 8 in 4 – 2y + 3 = -9
4 – 2(8) + 3 = 7 – 16 = -9

Question 8.
7x – 10x = 15

Answer:
x = -5

Explanation:
-3x = 15
x = -15/3
x = -5
Putting x = -5 in 7x – 10x = 15
7(-5) – 10(-5) = -35 + 50 = 15

Question 9.
-8 = 1.3m – 2.1m

Answer:
m = 10

Explanation:
-8 = -0.8m
m = 8/0.8
m = 10
Putting m = 10 in -8 = 1.3m – 2.1m
-8 = 1.3(10) – 2.1(10)
= 13 – 21

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

MATCHING
Match the equation with the step(s) to solve it.

Question 10.
4 + 4n = 12

Answer:
n = 2

Explanation:
4n = 12 – 4
4n = 8
n = 8/4
n = 2

Question 11.
4n = 12

Answer:
n = 3

Explanation:
n = 12/4
n = 3

Question 12.
\(\frac{n}{4}\) = 12

Answer:
n = 48

Explanation:
n/4 = 12
n = 12 x 4
n = 48

Question 13.
\(\frac{n}{4}\) – 4 = 12

A. Add 4 to each side. Then multiply each side by 4.
B. Subtract 4 from each side. Then divide each side by 4.
C. Multiply each side by 4.
D. Divide each side by 4.

Answer:
Add 4 to each side. Then multiply each side by 4.

Explanation:
n/4 – 4 = 12
Add 4 to each side
n/4 – 4 + 4 = 12 + 4
n/4 = 16
Multiply each side by 4
n/4 x 4 = 16 x 4
n = 64

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 14.
4p + 5 = 3

Answer:
p = -1/2

Explanation:
4p = 3 – 5
4p = -2
p = -2/4
p = -1/2
putting p = -1/2 in 4p + 5 = 3
4(-1/2) + 5 = -2 + 5 = 3

Question 15.
–\(\frac{d}{5}\) – 1 = -6

Answer:
d = 25

Explanation:
-1 + 6 = d/5
5 = d/5
d = 5 x 5
d = 25
Putting d = 25 in -d/5 – 1 = -6
-25/5 – 1 = -5 – 1 = -6

Question 16.
3.6g = 21.6

Answer:
g = 6

Explanation:
g = 21.6 / 6.3
g = 6
Putting g = 6 in 3.6g = 21.6
3.6(6) = 21.6

Question 17.
WRITING
Are the equations 3x + 12 = 6 and -2 = 4 – 3x equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Equations are not equivalent

Explanation:
3x + 12 = 6 and -2 = 4 – 3x
3x = 6 – 12 and 3x = 4 + 2
3x = -6 and 3x = 6
x = -6/3 and x = 6/3
x = -2 and x = 2
Equations are not equivalent

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
You must scuba dive to the entrance of your room at Jules’ Undersea Lodge in Key Largo, Florida. The diver is 1 foot deeper than \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the elevation of the entrance. What is the elevation of the entrance?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 38

Answer:
The elevation of entrance is 21 feet

Explanation:
2/3 rd of elevation = -15 foot + 1 feet
(2/3) * x = 14
x = 14 * (3/2)
x = 7 * 3 = 21 foot

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
A car drives east along a road at a constant speed of 46 miles per hour. At 4:00 P.M., a truck is 264 miles away, driving west along the same road at a constant speed. The vehicles pass each other at 7:00 P.M. What is the speed of the truck?

Answer:
The speed of truck is 42 miles per hour

Explanation:
Speed = distance/time
The time taken is 3 hours
46 + x = 264/3
46 + x = 88
x = 88 – 46 = 42

Solving Two-Step Equations Homework & Practice 4.3

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation.

Question 1.
3z = 18

Answer:
z = 6

Explanation:
z = 18/3
z = 6

Question 2.
-8p = 40

Answer:
p = -5

Explanation:
-p = 40/8
-p = 5
p = -5

Question 3.
–\(\frac{m}{4}\) = 5

Answer:
m = -20

Explanation:
-m/4 = 5
-m = 5 x 4
-m = 20
m = -20

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{6}\)k = -10

Answer:
k = -12

Explanation:
(5/6)k = -10
k = -10(6/5)
k = -2(6)
k = -12

Multiply or divide.

Question 5.
-6.2 × 5.6

Answer:
-6.2 × 5.6 = -34.72

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.3-1

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 39

Answer:
-40/6

Explanation:
(8/3) x (-5/2) = -40/6

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 40

Answer:
-25/8

Explanation:
(5/2) / (-4/5) = (5 x 5) / (2 x – 4)
= -25/8

Question 8.
-18.6 ÷ (-3)

Answer:
6.2

Explanation:
-18.6 ÷ (-3) = 186/30
= 6.2

Question 9.
Which fraction is not equivalent to 0.75?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 41

Answer:
6/9 is not equivalent to 0.75

Explanation:
15/20 = 3/4 = 0.75
9/12 = 3/4 = 0.75
6/9 = 2/3 = 0.66

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
USING ALGEBRA TILES
Write the equation modeled by the algebra tiles. Then solve the equation using algebra tiles. Check your answer using properties of equality. (See Exploration 1, p. 139.)

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 42

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 43

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 12.
2v + 7 = 3

Answer:
v = -2

Explanation:
2v = 3 – 7
2v = -4
v = -4/2
v = -2
Putting v = -2 in 2v + 7 = 3
2(-2) + 7 = -4 + 7 = 3

Question 13.
4b + 3 = -9

Answer:
b = -3

Explanation:
4b = -9 – 3
4b = -12
b = -12/4
b = -3
Putting b = -3 in 4b + 3 = -9
4(-3) + 3 = -12 + 3 = -9

Question 14.
17 = 5k – 2

Answer:
k = 19/5

Explanation:
5k = 17 + 2
5k = 19
k = 19/5
Putting k = 19/5 in 5k = 17 + 2
5(19/5) – 2 = 19 – 2 = 17

Question 15.
-6t – 7 = 17

Answer:
t = -4

Explanation:
-6t = 17 + 7
-6t = 24
t = -24/6
t = -4
Putting t = -4 in -6t – 7 = 17
-6(-4) – 7 = 24 – 7 = 17

Question 16.
8n + 16.2 = 1.6

Answer:
n = -1.825

Explanation:
8n = 1.6 – 16.2
8n = -14.6
n = -14.6/8
n = -1.825
Putting n = -1.825 in 8n + 16.2 = 1.6
8(-1.825) + 16.2 = -14.6 + 16.2 = 1.6

Question 17.
-5g + 2.3 = -18.8

Answer:
g = 4.22

Explanation:
2.3 + 18.8 = 5g
5g = 21.1
g = 21.1/5
g = 4.22
putting g = 4.22 in -5g + 2.3 = -18.8
-5(4.22) + 2.3 = -21.1 + 2.3 = -18.8

Question 18.
2t + 8 = -10

Answer:
t = -9

Explanation:
2t = -10 – 8
2t = -18
t = -18/2
t = -9
Putting t = -9 in 2t + 8 = -10
2(-9) + 8 = -18 + 8 = -10

Question 19.
-4p + 9 = -5

Answer:
p = 3.5

Explanation:
4p = 9 + 5
4p = 14
p = 14/4
p = 3.5
Putting p = 3.5 in -4p + 9 = -5
-4(3.5) + 9 = -14 + 9 = -5

Question 20.
15 = -5x + 10

Answer:
x = -1

Explanation:
15 – 10 = -5x
-5x = 5
x = -5/5
x = -1
Putting x = -1 in 15 = -5x + 10
15 = -5(-1) + 10 = 5 + 10
= 15

Question 21.
10.35 + 2.3h = -9.2

Answer:
h = -8.5

Explanation:
2.3h = -9.2 – 10.35
2.3h = -19.55
h = -19.55/2.3
h = -8.5
Putting h = -8.5 in 10.35 + 2.3h = -9.2
10.35 + 2.3(-8.5) = 10.35 – 19.55 = -9.2

Question 22.
-4.8f + 6.4 = -8.48

Answer:
f = 3.1

Explanation:
-4.8f = -8.48 – 6.4
-4.8f = -14.88
4.8f = 14.88
f = 14.88/4.8
f = 3.1
Putting f = 3.1 in -4.8f + 6.4 = -8.48
-4.8(3.1) + 6.4 = -14.88 + 6.4 = -8.48

Question 23.
7.3y – 5.18 = -51.9

Answer:
y = -6.4

Explanation:
7.3y = -51.9 + 5.18
7.3y = -46.72
y = -46.72/7.3
y = -6.4
Putting y = -6.4 in 7.3y – 5.18 = -51.9
7.3(-6.4) – 5.18 = -46.72 – 5.18 = -51.9

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 44

Answer:
My friend is wrong.

Explanation:
-6x + 2x = -10
-4x = -10
x = 10/4
x = 5/2

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 45

Answer:
My friend is wrong.

Explanation:
-3(x + 6) = 12
x + 6 = -12/3
x + 6 = -4
x = -4 – 6
x = -10

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 46

Answer:
g = -5

Explanation:
(3/5)g = -10/3 + 1/3
(3/5)g = (-10 + 1)/3
= -9/3 = -3
(3/5)g = -3
g = -3 x (5/3)
g = -5
Putting g = -5 in (3/5)g -1/3 = -10/3
(3/5)(-5) -1/3 = -3 – 1/3 = (-9 – 1)/3
= -10/3

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 47

Answer:
a = 4/3

Explanation:
a/4 = -1/2 + 5/6
a/4 = (-3 + 5)/6
a/4 = 2/6
a = (2/6) x 4
a = 4/3 = 1.33
Putting a = 4/3 in a/4 – 5/6 = -1/2
(1.33)/4 – 5/6 = (4 – 10)/12 = -6/12 = -1/2

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 48

Answer:
z = -3/2

Explanation:
(4 + z) = -5/6 x -3
4 + z = 5/2
z = 5/2 – 4
z = (5 – 8)/2
z = -3/2
putting z = -3/2 in -1/3(4 + z) = -5/6
-1/3(4 + (-3/2)) = -1/3(4 – 3/2)
= -1/3(8-3)/2 = -1/6 x (5)
= -5/6

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 49

Answer:
b = 27/2

Explanation:
2 + 5/2 = b/3
(4 + 5)/2 = b/3
b/3 = 9/2
b = 9/2 x 3
b = 27/2
Putting b = 27/2 in 2 – b/3 = – 5/2
2 – (27/2)/3 = 2 – 27/6
= (12 – 27)/6 = -15/6 = – 5/2

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 50

Answer:
x = -27/20

Explanation:
(x + 3/5) = 1/2 x (-3/2)
x + 3/5 = -3/4
x = -3/4 – 3/5
x = (-15 – 12)/20
x = -27/20
Putting x = -27/20 in -2/3(x + 3/5) = 1/2
-2/3(-27/20 + 3/5) = -2/3(-27 + 12)/20
= -2/3(-15/20) = (2 x 15)/(3 x 20)
= 30/60 = 1/2

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 51

Answer:
v = -1/30

Explanation:
-9/4 v = 7/8 – 4/5
-9/4 v = (35 – 32)/40 = 3/40
v = -3/40 x 4/9
v = -1/30
Putting v = -1/30 in -9/4 v + 4/5 = 7/8
-9/4 v + 4/5 = -9/4 (-1/30) + 4/5
= 3/40 + 4/5 = (3 + 32)/40
= 35/40 = 7/8

Question 32.
PRECISION
Starting at 1:00 P.M., the temperature changes -4°F per hour. Write and solve an equation to determine how long it will take for the temperature to reach -1°F.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 52

Answer:
Iit takes 8 hours 30 minutes.

Explanation:
Starting at 1:00 P.M., the temperature changes -4°F per hour.
The temperature change is 35 – 1 = 34°F
So, the equation is 4x = 34
x = 34/4
x = 8.5
S,o, it takes 8 hours 30 minutes.

COMBINING LIKE TERMS
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 33.
3v – 9v = 30

Answer:
v = -5

Explanation:
-6v = 30
v = -30/6
v = -5
Putting v = -5 in 3v – 9v = 30
3(-5) – 9(-5) = -15 + 45 = 30

Question 34.
12t – 8t = -52

Answer:
t = -13

Explanation:
4t = -52
t = -52/4
t = -13
Putting t = -13 in 12t – 8t = -52
12(-13) – 8(-13) = -156 + 104 = -52

Question 35.
-8d – 5d + 7d = 72

Answer:
d = -12

Explanation:
-13d + 7d = 72
-6d = 72
d = -72/6
d = -12
Putting d = -12 in -8d – 5d + 7d = 72
-8(-12) – 5(-12) + 7(-12) = 96 + 60 – 84
= 156 – 84 = 72

Question 36.
-3.8g + 5 + 2.7g = 12.7

Answer:
g = -7

Explanation:
-1.1g + 5 = 12.7
-1.1g = 12.7-5
-1.1g = 7.7
g = -7.7/1.1
g = -7
Putting g = -7 in -3.8g + 5 + 2.7g = 12.7
-3.8(-7) + 5 + 2.7(-7) = 26.6 + 5 – 18.9 = 12.7

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You have $9.25. How many games can you bowl if you rent bowling shoes? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 53

Answer:
3 games can be played

Explanation:
The amount you have is $9.25
After renting $9.25 – $2.50 = $6.75
Bowling per game = $2.25
After one game,
$2.25 gone out of $6.75
After two games,
$4.50 gone
After three games,
$6.75 gone
Total is $6.75, after three games it will cost you $6.75
So, 3 games can be played

Question 38.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cell phone company charges a monthly fee plus $0.25 for each text message you send. The monthly fee is $30.00. You owe $59.50. How many text messages did you send? Justify your answer.

Answer:
You have sent 118 text messages.

Explanation:
Since the total cost of $59.50 is comprised of the monthly fee of $30 plus $0.25 for each text message, we can write
$59.50 = $30 + $0.25x
$0.25x = $59.50 – $30
$29.50 = $0.25x
x = 29.5/0.25
x = 118
So, you have sent 118 text messages

Question 39.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The height at the top of a roller coaster hill is 10 times the height h of the starting point. The height decreases 100 feet from the top to the bottom of the hill. The height at the bottom of the hill is -10 feet. Find h.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 54

Answer:
h = -9

Explanation:
From the image, we can write the equation as,
-10 + 10h = -100
10h = -100 + 10
10h = -90
h = -90/10
h = -9

Question 40.
MODELING REAL LIFE
On a given day, the coldest surface temperature on the Moon, -280°F, is 53.6°F colder than twice the coldest surface temperature on Earth. What is the coldest surface temperature on Earth that day? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The coldest surface temperature on Earth is 166.8°F

Explanation:
the coldest surface temperature on the Moon = -280°F
2E + 53.6 = -280
2E = -280 – 53.6
2E = 333.6
E = 166.8°F
The coldest surface temperature on Earth is 166.8°F

Question 41.
DIG DEEPER!
On Saturday, you catch insects for your science class. Five of the insects escape. The remaining insects are divided into three groups to share in class. Each group has nine insects.
a. Write and solve an equation to find the number of insects you catch on Saturday.
b. Find the number of insects you catch on Saturday without using an equation. Compare the steps used to solve the equation in part (a) with the steps used to solve the problem in part (b).
c. Describe a problem that is more convenient to solve using an equation. Then describe a problem that is more convenient to solve without using an equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 56

Answer:
a. You catch 32 insects on Saturday.
b.

Explanation:

a.
(x – 5)/3 = 9
(x – 5) = 27
x = 27 + 5 = 32
You catch 32 insects on saturday.
b. The only number which is divisible by 3 and obtained after subtracting 5 insects from it is 5. so, you caught 32 insects.
c. Equation is more convenient to solve the problem.

Question 42.
GEOMETRY
How can you change the dimensions of the rectangle so that the ratio of the length to the width stays the same, but the perimeter is 185 centimeters? Write an equation that shows how you found your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 57

Answer:
The required dimensions are 52.75, 52.75, 39.75.

Explanation:
The perimeter for given dimensions = 2(25 + 12) = 50 + 24 = 74
Given perimeter = 185
Change in perimeter = 185 – 74 = 111
Divide the perimeter by 4 = 111/4 = 27.75
Add 27.75 to each dimension to get the perimeter 185
So, the required dimensions are 52.75, 52.75, 39.75

Lesson 4.4 Writing and Graphing Inequalities

EXPLORATION 1
Understanding Inequality Statements
Work with a partner. Create a number line on the floor with both positive and negative numbers.
a. For each statement, stand at a number on your number line that could represent the situation. On what other numbers can you stand?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 58
• Atleast 3 students from our school are in a chess tournament.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 59
• Your ring size is less than 7.5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 60
• The temperature is no more than -1 degree Fahrenheit.
• The elevation of a frogfish is greater 1 than -8\(\frac{1}{2}\) meters.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 61
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 62
b. How can you represent all of the solutions for each statement in part(a) on a number line?

4.4 Lesson

Try It

Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 1.
A number is at least -10.

Answer:
n ≥ -10

Explanation:
The symbol for at least is ≥.
So, n ≥ -10

Question 2.
Twice a number y is more than –\(\frac{5}{2}\).

Answer:
2y > -5/2

Explanation:
more than symbol is >.
2y > -5/2

A solution of an inequality is a value that makes the inequality true. An inequality can have more than one solution. The set of all solutions of an inequality is called the solution set.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 63

Try It

Tell whether -5 is a solution of the inequality.

Question 3.
x + 12 > 7

Answer:
-5 is not soution.

Explanation:
x + 12 > 7
-5 + 12 > 7
7 > 7

Question 4.
1 – 2p ≤ -9

Answer:
-5 is not the solution.

Explanation:
1 – 2p ≤ -9
1 – 2(-5) ≤ -9
1 + 10 ≤ -9
11 ≤ -9

Question 5.
n ÷ 2.5 ≥ -3

Answer:
-5 is solution.

Explanation:
-5 ÷ 2.5 ≥ -3
-2 ≥ -3

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 6.
REASONING
Do x < 5 and 5 < x represent the same inequality? Explain.

Answer:
No, both inequalities do not represent the same.

Explanation:
No, both inequalities do not represent the same.
The reason is the first one x < 5 means all numbers that are less than 5.
Second one 5 < x, all numbers that are greater than 5.

Question 7.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Write “both” inequalities.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 64

Answer:
A number k is no more than -3 is different.

Explanation:
A number k is less than or equal to -3
k ≤ -3
A number k is at least -3
k ≥ – 3
a number k is at most -3
k ≤ -3
A number k is no more than -3
k < -3

CHECKING SOLUTIONS
Tell whether -4 is a solution of the inequality.

Question 8.
c + 6 ≤ 3

Answer:
Yes, -4 is a solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
c + 6 ≤ 3
-4 + 6 ≤ 3
2 ≤ 3

Question 9.
6 > p ÷ (-0.5)

Answer:
No, -4 is not a solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
6 > p ÷ (-0.5)
6 > -4 ÷ (-0.5)
6 > 4 ÷ (0.5)
6 > 8

Question 10.
-7 < 2g + 1

Answer:
No, -4 is not a solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
-7 < 2g + 1
-7 < 2(-4) + 1
-7 < -8 + 1
-7 < -7

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 11.
The three requirements to pass a fitness test are shown. Write and graph three inequalities that represent the requirements. Then give a set of possible values for a person who passes the test.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 65

Answer:
x ≥ 2 kilometers
x ≥ 25 pushups
x ≥ 10 pullups
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-1

Explanation:
Jog at least 2 kilometers
x ≥ 2 kilometers
Perform 25 or more pushups
x ≥ 25 pushups
Perform at least 10 pull-ups
x ≥ 10 pullups

Question 12.
To set a depth record, a submersible vehicle must reach a water depth less than -715 feet. A vehicle breaks the record by more than 10 feet. Write and graph an inequality that represents the possible depths reached by the vehicle.

Answer:
-705 < x < -175
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-2

Explanation:
Submersible vehicle must reach a water depth less than -715 feet
x < – 175
A vehicle breaks the record by more than 10 feet.
So, -175 + 10 < x < -175
-705 < x < -175

Writing and Graphing Inequalities Homework & Practice 4.4

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
p – 8 = 3

Answer:
p = 11

Explanation:
p – 8 = 3
p = 8 + 3
p = 11
Putting p = 11 in p – 8 = 3
11 – 8 = 3

Question 2.
8.7 + w = 5.1

Answer:
w = -3.6

Explanation:
8.7 + w = 5.1
w = 5.1 – 8.7
w = -3.6
Putting w = -3.6 in 8.7 + w = 5.1
8.7 + (-3.6) = 8.7 – 3.6 = 5.1

Question 3.
x – 2 = -9

Answer:
x = -7

Explanation:
x – 2 = -9
x = -9 + 2
x = -7
Putting x = -7 in x – 2 = -9
-7 – 2 = -9

Question 4.
8v + 5 = 1

Answer:
v = -1/2

Explanation:
8v + 5 = 1
8v = 1 – 5
8v = -4
v = -4/8
v = -1/2
Putting v = -1/2 in 8v + 5 = 1
8(-1/2) + 5 = -4 + 5 = 1

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 66

Answer:
n = 5

Explanation:
7/8 – (1/4)n = -3/8
7/8 + 3/8 = 1/4 n
1/4 n = (7 + 3)/8
1/4 n = 10/8
n = (10/8) x (4)
n = 10/2
n = 5
Putting n = 5 in 7/8 – (1/4)n = -3/8
7/8 – (1/4)5 = 7/8 – 5/4
= (7-10)/8 = -3/8

Question 6.
1.8 = 2.1h – 5.7 – 4.6h

Answer:
h = -3

Explanation:
1.8 = 2.1h – 5.7 – 4.6h
1.8 + 5.7 = 2.1h – 4.6h
-2.5h = 7.5
h = -7.5/2.5
h = -3
Putting h = -3 in 1.8 = 2.1h – 5.7 – 4.6h
1.8 = 2.1(-3) – 5.7 – 4.6(-3)
= -6.3 – 5.7 + 13.8
= -12 + 13.8

Question 7.
Which expression has a value less than -5?
A. 5 + 8
B. -9 + 5
C. 1 + (-8)
D. 7 + (-2)

Answer:
B has a value less than -5.

Explanation:
A. 5 + 8 = 13
B. -9 + 5 = -4
C. 1 + (-8) = -7
D. 7 + (-2) = 5

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
UNDERSTANDING INEQUALITY STATEMENTS
Choose a number that could represent the situation. What other numbers could represent the situation? (See Exploration 1, p. 145.)

Question 8.
Visibility in an airplane is greater than 6.5 miles.

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-3
x > 6.5 miles

Explanation:
x > 6.5 miles

Question 9.
You must sell no fewer than 20 raffle tickets for a fundraiser.

Answer:
x > 20
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-4

Explanation:
x > 20

Question 10.
You consume at most 1800 calories per day.

Answer:
x ≤ 1800
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-5

Explanation:
x ≤ 1800

Question 11.
The elevation of the Dead Sea is less than -400 meters.

Answer:
x < -400
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-6

Explanation:
x < -400

WRITING AN INEQUALITY
Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 12.
A number y is no more than -8.

Answer:
y < -8

Explanation:
No more than means <
y < -8

Question 13.
A number w added to 2.3 is more than 18.

Answer:
w + 2.3 > 18

Explanation:
More than means >
w + 2.3 > 18
w > 18 – 2.3
w > 15.7

Question 14.
A number t multiplied by -4 is atleast –\(\frac{2}{5}\).

Answer:
-4t ≥ -2/5

Explanation:
Atleast means ≥
-4t ≥ -2/5

Question 15.
A number b minus 4.2 is less than -7.5.

Answer:
b – 4.2 < -7.5

Explanation:
Less than means <
b – 4.2 < -7.5
b < -7.5 + 4.2
b < -3.3
b > 3.3

Question 16.
–\(\frac{5}{9}\) is no less than 5 times a number k.

Answer:
-5/9 > 5k

Explanation:
No less than means >
-5/9 > 5k

Question 17.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend writes the word sentence as an inequality. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 67

Answer:
My friend is correct.

Explanation:
Twice a number x means 2x
Atmost means ≤
So, 2x ≤ -24

CHECKING SOLUTIONS
Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.

Question 18.
n + 8 ≤ 13; n = 4

Answer:
n = 4 is the solution

Explanation:
4 + 8 ≤ 13
12 ≤ 13

Question 19.
-15 < 5h; h = -5

Answer:
h = -5 is the solution

Explanation:
-15 < 5(-5)
-15 < -25

Question 20.
p + 104 ≤ 0.5; p = 0.1

Answer:
p = 0.1 is the solution

Explanation:
0.1 + 104 ≤ 0.5
104.1 ≤ 0.5

Question 21.
\(\frac{a}{6}\) > -4; a = -18

Answer:
a = -18 is the solution

Explanation:
a/6 > -4
-18/6 > -4
-3 > -4

Question 22.
6 ≥ –\(\frac{2}{3}\)s ; s = -9

Answer:
s = -9 is the solution

Explanation:
6 ≥ (-2/3)s
6 ≥ (-2/3) x -9
6 ≥ 2 x 3
6 ≥ 6

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 68

Answer:
k = 1/4 is not the solution

Explanation:
7/8 – 3k < -1/2
7/8 – 3(1/4) < -1/2
7/8 – 3/4 < -1/2
(7 – 6)/8 < -1/2
1/8 < -1/2

GRAPHING AN INEQUALITY
Graph the inequality on a number line.

Question 24.
r ≤ -9

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-7

Question 25.
g ≥ 2.75

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-8

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 69

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-9

Explanation:
x ≥ -7/2

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 70

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-10

Explanation:
5/4 > z

Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Each day at lunchtime, atleast 53 people buy food from a food truck. Write and graph an inequality that represents this situation.

Answer:

Explanation:

CHECKING SOLUTIONS
Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.

Question 29.
4k < k + 8; k = 3

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 191

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 31.
7 – 2y > 3y + 13; y = -1

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 71

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 33.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A single subway ride for a student costs $1.25. A monthly pass costs $35.
a. Write an inequality that represents the numbers of times you can ride the subway each month for the monthly pass to be a better deal.
b. You ride the subway about 45 times per month. Should you buy the monthly pass? Explain.

Answer:
a. 1.25x ≥ 35
b. Yes, it is better to buy a monthly pass.

Explanation:
A.
1.25x ≥ 35
B. 1.25x ≥ 35
x ≥ 35/1.25
x ≥ 28
Yes, it is better to buy a monthly pass.

Question 34.
LOGIC
Consider the in equality b > -2.
a. Describe the values of b that are solutions of the inequality.
b. Describe the values of b that are not solutions of the inequality. Write an inequality that represents these values.
c. What do all the values in parts (a) and (b) represent? Is this true for any similar pair of inequalities? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. b is greater than -2, The possible solutions of b are -1, 0, 1, 2, and so on
b. The values of b that are nor solutions are -2, -3, -4, -5, -6, …. and an inequality that represents it is b < – 2
c. All the values in parts (A), (b) represents all whole numbers.

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A planet orbiting a star at a distance such that its temperatures are right for liquid water is said to be in the star’s habitable zone. The habitable zone of a particular star is atleast 0.023 AU and at most 0.054 AU from the star (1 AU is equal to the distance between Earth and the Sun). Draw a graph that represents the habitable zone.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 72

Answer:
x ≥ 0.023 and x ≤ 0.054
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4-11

Explanation:
As the start is at least 0.023 AU means x ≥ 0.023
And it is almost 0.054 AU means x ≤ 0.054
x ≥ 0.023 ≤ 0.054

Question 36.
DIG DEEPER!
The girth of a package is the distance around the perimeter of a face that does not include the length as a side. A postal service says that a rectangular package can have a maximum combined length and girth of 108 inches.
a. Write an inequality that represents the allowable dimensions for the package.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 73
b. Find three different sets of allowable dimensions that are reasonable for the package. Find the volume of each package.

Answer:
a. x ≥ 27 inches
b. The three different sets of allowable dimensions are 27, 28, 29 and their volumes are 19683 cubic inches, 21952 cubic inches, 24389 cubic inches.

Explanation:
Girth = 108 inches
4x ≥ 108
x ≥ 108/4
x ≥ 27
b. The three different sets of allowable dimensions are 27, 28, 29
Volume = 27³ = 19683
= 28³ = 21952
= 29³ = 24389

Lesson 4.5 Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction

EXPLORATION 1
Writing Inequalities
Work with a partner. Use two number cubes on which the odd numbers are negative on one of the number cubes and the even numbers are negative on the other number cube.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 74

  • Roll the number cubes. Write an inequality that compares the numbers.
  • Roll one of the number cubes. Add the number to each side of the inequality and record your result.
  • Repeat the previous two steps five more times.

a. When you add the same number to each side of an inequality, does the inequality remain true? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 75
b. When you subtract the same number from each side of an inequality, does the inequality remain true? Use inequalities generated by number cubes to justify your answer.
c. Use your results in parts (a) and (b) to make a conjecture about how to solve inequality of form x + a < b for x. 4.5 Lesson Try It Solve the inequality.

Answer:
a. When you add the same number to each side of an inequality, does the inequality remains true. Because when the same quantity is added on both sides does not show any impact on the actual inequality.
b. When you subtract the same number from each side of an inequality, the inequality remain true. Because when the same quantity is subtracted from both sides does not show any impact on the actual inequality.

Graph the solution.

Question 1.

y – 6 > -7

Answer:
y > -1
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-1

Explanation:
y > -7 + 6
y > -1

Question 2.
b – 3.8 ≤ 1.7

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-2

Explanation:
b ≤ 1.7 + 3.8
b ≤ 5.5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 76

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-3

Explanation:
-1/2 + 1/4 > z
(-2 + 1)/4 > z
-1/4 > z
1/4 < z

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 4.
w + 3 ≤ -1

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-4
w ≤ -4

Explanation:
w ≤ -1 – 3
w ≤ -4

Question 5.
8.5 ≥ d + 10

Answer:
1.5 ≤ d
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-5

Explanation:
8.5 – 10 ≥ d
-1.5 ≥ d
1.5 ≤ d

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 77

Answer:
x > 3/4
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-6

Explanation:
x > 3/2 – 3/4
x > (6 – 3)/4
x > 3/4

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
WRITING
Are the inequalities c + 3 > 5 and c – 1 > 1 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Inequalities are equivalent.

Explanation:
c + 3 > 5 and c – 1 > 1
c > 5 – 3 and c > 1 + 1
c > 2 and c > 2

Question 8.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which inequality does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 78

Answer:
-7/4 < w – 3/4

Explanation:
w + 7/4 < 3/4
w < 3/4 – 7/4
w < -4/4
w < -1
w – 3/4 > -7/4
w > -7/4 + 3/4
w > -4/4
w > -1
w+ 7/4 > 3/4
w > 3/4 – 7/4
w > -4/4
w > -1
-7/4 < w – 3/4
-7/4 + 3/4 < w
-4/4 < w
-1 < w
By solving all inequalities we obtain w > -1, but by solving -7/4 < w – 3/4, we get -1 < w.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 9.
x – 4 > -6

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-7
x > -2

Explanation:
x > -6 + 4
x > -2

Question 10.
z + 4.5 ≤ 3.25

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-8
z ≤ -1.25

Explanation:
z ≤ 3.25 – 4.5
z ≤ -1.25

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 79

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-9
-1/10 > g

Explanation:
7/10 – 4/5 > g
(7 – 8)/10 > g
-1/10 > g

Question 12.
OPEN-ENDED
Write two different inequalities that can be represented using the graph. Justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 80

Answer:
x > -5
x ≥ 5

Explanation:
x > -5
Because in the graph the point is from 5 to left side.
x ≥ 5
In the graph, the point is also located on 5.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
A volcanologist rappels 1200 feet into a volcano. He wants to climb out of the volcano in less than 4 hours. He climbs the first 535 feet in 100 minutes. Graph an inequality that represents the average rates at which he can climb the remaining distance and meet his goal. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The average rate at which he climb the remaining distance and meet his goal is less than 0.21 inches per 1 minute.
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-10

Explanation:
A volcanologist rappel climbs first 535 feet in 100 minutes
He needs to climb the remaining 1200 – 535 = 665 feet in the remaining time.
(1200 – 535)x < (4 x 60 – 100)
665x < (240 – 100)
665x < 140
x < 140/665
x < 0.21
The average rate at which he climb the remaining distance and meet his goal is less than 0.21 inches per 1 minute.

Question 14.
You install a mailbox by burying a post as shown. According to postal service guidelines, the bottom of the box must be at least 41 inches, but no more than 45 inches, above the road. Write and interpret two inequalities that describe the possible lengths of the post.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 81

Answer:
The possible length of post is in between 45 to 41 inches

Explanation:
Given that,
The bottom box must be at least 41 inches
x ≥ 41 inches
The bottom box must be no more than 45 inches
x < 45
By combining both inequalities, we get
45 < x ≥ 41
So, the possible length of post is in between 45 to 41 inches.

Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction Homework & Practice 4.5

Review & Refresh

Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 1.
A number p is greater than 5.

Answer:
p > 5.

Explanation:
greater than means >
p > 5.

Question 2.
A number z times 3 is atmost -4.8.

Answer:
3z ≤ -4.8

Explanation:
Atmost means ≤
3z ≤ -4.8

Question 3.
The sum of a number n and \(\frac{2}{3}\) is no less than 5\(\frac{1}{3}\).

Answer:
n + 2/3 > 5(1/3)

Explanation:
The sum of n and 2/3 is n + 2/3
no less than means >
n + 2/3 > 5(1/3)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
4x = 36

Answer:
x = 9

Explanation:
4x = 36
x = 36/4
x = 9
Putting x = 9 in 4x = 36
4(9) = 36

Question 5.
\(\frac{w}{3}\) = -9

Answer:
w = -27

Explanation:
w/3 = -9
w = -9 x 3
w = -27
Putting w = -27 in w/3 = -9
-27/3 = -9

Question 6.
-2b = 44

Answer:
b = -22

Explanation:
-2b = 44
b = -44/2
b = -22
Putting b = -22 in -2b = 44
-2(-22) = 44

Question 7.
60 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)h

Answer:
h = 80

Explanation:
60 = (3/4)h
60 x 4 = 3h
240 = 3h
h = 240/3
h = 80
Putting h = 80 in 60 = (3/4)h
60 = (3/4) x 80 = 3 x 20

Question 8.
Which fraction is equivalent to -2.4?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 82

Answer:
-12/5 is the equivalent to -2.4

Explanation:
-12/5 = -2.4
-51/25 = -2.04
-8/5 = -1.6
-6/25 = -0.24
So, by observing all those, we can say that -12/5 is the equivalent to -2.4

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

WRITING AN INEQUALITY
Write an inequality that compares the given numbers. Does the inequality remain true when you add 2 to each side? Justify your answer. (See Exploration 1, p. 151.)

Question 9.
-1; 4

Answer:
-1 > 4
False.

Explanation:
-1 > 4
-1 + 2 > 4 + 2
1 > 6

Question 10.
-3; -6

Answer:
-3 > – 6
True

Explanation:
-3 > – 6
By adding 2 to each side
-3 + 2 > -6 + 2
-1 > -4

Question 11.
-4; -1

Answer:
-4 < -1
False

Explanation:
-4 < -1
-4 + 2 < -1 + 2
-2 < 1
False

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 12.
x + 7 ≥ 18

Answer:
x ≥ 11
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-11

Explanation:
x ≥ 18 – 7
x ≥ 11

Question 13.
a – 2 > 4

Answer:
a > 6
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-12

Explanation:
a > 4 + 2
a > 6

Question 14.
3 ≤ 7 + g

Answer:
-4 ≤ g
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4_optimized.5-13

Explanation:
3 – 7 ≤ g
-4 ≤ g

Question 15.
8 + k ≤ -3

Answer:
k ≤ -11
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-14

Explanation:
k ≤ -3 – 8
k ≤ -11

Question 16.
-12 < y – 6

Answer:
-6 < y
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-15

Explanation:
-12 + 6 < y
-6 < y

Question 17.
n – 4 < 5

Answer:
n < 9
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-16

Explanation:
n < 4 + 5
n < 9

Question 18.
t – 5 ≤ -7

Answer:
t ≤ -2

Explanation:
t ≤ -7 + 5
t ≤ -2

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 83

Answer:
p ≥ 7/4
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-18

Explanation:
p ≥ 2 – (1/4)
p ≥ (8 – 1)/4
p ≥ 7/4

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 84

Answer:
-3/7 > b

Explanation:
2/7 – 5/7 > b
(2 – 5)/7 > b
-3/7 > b

Question 21.
z – 4.7 ≥ -1.6

Answer:
z ≥ 3.1
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-20

Explanation:
z ≥ -1.6 + 4.7
z ≥ 3.1

Question 22.
-9.1 < d – 6.3

Answer:
-2.8 < d
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-21

Explanation:
-9.1 + 6.3 < d
-2.8 < d

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 85

Answer:
-4/5 > s
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-22

Explanation:
8/5 – 12/5 > s
(8 – 12)/5 > s
-4/5 > s

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 86

Answer:
6/8 ≥ m

Explanation:
-7/8 + 13/8 ≥ m
6/8 ≥ m

Question 25.
r + 0.2 < -0.7

Answer:
r < 0.5

Explanation:
r < 0.7 – 0.2
r < 0.5

Question 26.
h – 6 ≤ -8.4

Answer:
h ≤ -2.4
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-25

Explanation:
h ≤ -8.4 + 6
h ≤ -2.4

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the inequality and graphs the solution. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 87

Answer:
My friend is correct.

Explanation:
x – 7 > – 2
x > – 2 + 7
x > 5
As the graph says the values of x are more than 5.
So, my friend is correct.

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 88

Answer:
My friend is correct.

Explanation:
8 ≤ x + 3
8 – 3 ≤ x
5 ≤ x
As the graph represents the values of x are less than or equal to 5.
So, my friend is correct.

Question 29.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A small airplane can hold 44 passengers. Fifteen passengers board the plane.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the additional numbers of passengers that can board the plane.
b. Can 30 more passengers board the plane? Explain.

Answer:
a. 15 + x ≤ 44
b. No.

Explanation:
As the airplane can hold 44 passengers and already 15 passengers board the plane. The inequality can be expressed as
15 + x ≤ 44
Here, x is the additional number of passengers who board the plane
b. Can 30 more passengers board the plane
So, take x as 30
15 + 30 ≤ 44
45 ≤ 44
As this inequality is false. So, 30 more passengers board the plane

GEOMETRY
Find the possible values of x.

Question 30.
The perimeter is less than 28 feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 89

Answer:
x < 14

Explanation:
Perimeter = 7 + 7 + x = 14 + x
The perimeter is less than 28 feet.
So, p < 28
14 + x < 28
x < 28 – 14
x < 14

Question 31.
The base is greater than the height.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 90

Answer:
x > 5

Explanation:
Here base = (x + 3), h = 8
The base is greater than the height.
b > h
(x + 3) > 8
x > 8 – 3
x > 5

Question 32.
The perimeter is less than or equal to 51 meters.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 91

Answer:
x ≤ 15 m

Explanation:
Perimeter = 10 + 8 + 8 + 10 + x
= 36 + x
The perimeter is less than or equal to 51 meters.
perimeter ≤ 51
36 + x ≤ 51
x ≤ 51 – 36
x ≤ 15

Question 33.
REASONING
The inequality d + s > -3 is equivalent to d > -7. What is the value of s?

Answer:
s = -4

Explanation:
d + s > -3
d > -3 – s
When s = -4, then d + s > -3 is equivalent to d > -7
So, s = -4

Question 34.
LOGIC
You can spend up to $35 on a shopping trip.
a. You want to buy a shirt that costs $14. Write and solve an inequality that represents the remaining amounts of money you can spend if you buy the shirt.
b. You notice that the shirt is on sale for 30% off. How does this change your inequality in part(a)?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 92

Answer:
a. x + $14 < 35
b. x + $9.8 < 35

Explanation:
You can spend up to $35 on a shopping trip.
a. Shirt cost = $14
The inequality represents the remaining amounts of money you can spend if you buy the shirt.
x + $14 < 35
b. When the shirt is on 30% sale
If the shirt is on sale, then the cost of the shirt is $9.8
Then 35 – 9.8 = 25.2
Then the inequality is x + $9.8 < 35

Question 35.
DIG DEEPER!
If items plugged into a circuit use more than 2400 watts of electricity, the circuit overloads. A portable heater that uses 1050 watts of electricity is plugged into the circuit.
a. Find the additional numbers of watts you can plug in without overloading the circuit.
b. In addition to the portable heater, what two other items in the table can you plug in at the same time without overloading the circuit? Is there more than one possibility? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 93

Answer:
a. You can add 1350 additional watts without overloading the circuit.
b. You can add vacuum cleaner, television, and vacuum cleaner, aquarium.

Explanation:
a. Given that,
Circuit overloads at 2400 watts
Electricity used by heater = 1050 watts
Let,
x be the number of additional watts.
Electricity used by heater + Additional watts ≤ Circuit’s capacity
1050 + x ≤ 2400
x ≤ 2400 – 1050
x ≤ 1350
You can add 1350 additional watts without overloading the circuit.
b. Check the sum of which two numbers is less than 1350
You can add vacuum cleaner, television, and vacuum cleaner, aquarium.

Question 36.
The possible values of x are given by x + 8 ≤ 6. What is the greatest possible value of 7x? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
The greatest possible value of x is -14.

Explanation:
Given that,
x + 8 ≤ 6
x ≤ 6 – 8
x ≤ -2
Multiply both sides by 7
7x ≤ -14
So the greatest possible value of x is -14.

Lesson 4.6 Solving Inequalities Using Multiplication or Division

EXPLORATION 1
Writing Inequalities
Work with a partner. Use two number cubes on which the odd numbers are negative on one of the number cubes and the even numbers are negative on the other number cube.

Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 94

  • Roll the number cubes. Write an inequality that compares the numbers.
  • Roll one of the number cubes. Multiply each side of the inequality by the number and record your result.
  • Repeat the previous two steps nine more times.

a. When you multiply each side of an inequality by the same number, does the inequality remain true? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 95
b. When you divide each side of an inequality by the same number, does the inequality remain true? Use inequalities generated by number cubes to justify your answer.
c. Use your results in parts (a) and (b) to make a conjecture about how to solve an inequality of the form ax < b for x when a > 0 and when a < 0.

4.6 Lesson

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
n ÷ 3 < 1

Answer:
n < 3
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 77

Explanation:
n < 1 x 3
n < 3

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 96

Answer:
-5 ≤ m
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 78

Explanation:
-0.5 x 10 ≤ m
-5 ≤ m

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 97

Answer:
-4.5 > p
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 79

Explanation:
-3 > (2/3) p
-3 x 3 > 2p
-9 > 2p
-9/2 > p
-4.5 > p

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
4b ≥ 2

Answer:
b ≥ 1/2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 80

Explanation:
4b ≥ 2
b ≥ 2/4
b ≥ 1/2

Question 5.
12k ≤ -24.

Answer:
k ≤ -2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 81

Explanation:
12k ≤ -24
k ≤ -24/12
k ≤ -2

Question 6.
-15 < 2.5q

Answer:
-6 < q
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 82

Explanation:
-15 < 2.5q
-15/2.5 < q
-6 < q

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 98

Answer:
x > 12

Explanation:
x > -4 x -3
x > 12

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 99

Answer:
1 ≥ y
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 84

Explanation:
0.5 ≤ -y/2
0.5 x 2 ≤ -y
1 ≤ – y
1 ≥ y

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 100

Answer:
-10 ≥ m

Explanation:
-12 ≥ (6/5)m
-12 x 5 ≥ 6m
-60 ≥ 6m
-60/6 ≥ m
-10 ≥ m

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 101

Answer:
h ≤ 20
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 86

Explanation:
(-2/5)h ≤ -8
(2/5)h ≤ 8
2h ≤ 8 x 5
2h ≤ 40
h ≤ 40/2
h ≤ 20

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 11.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an inequality that you can solve using the Division Property of Inequality where the direction of the inequality symbol must be reversed.

Answer:
Let us take an inequality -3x < 6
Divide both sides by -3
-3x/-3 < 6/-3
x > -2
The solution is x > -2

Question 12.
PRECISION
Explain how solving 4x < -16 is different from −4x < 16.

Answer:
4x < -16
x < -16/4
x < -4
−4x < 16
-4x/-4 > 16/-4
x > -4
For 4x < -16, we get x < -4. For −4x < 16 we get x > -4 as solution.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 13.
6n < -42

Answer:
n < -7
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 87

Explanation:
6n < -42
Divide both sides by 6
6n/6 < -42/6
n < -7

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 102

Answer:
32 ≤ g
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 88

Explanation:
4 ≥ -g/8
4 x 8 ≥ -g
32 ≥ -g
32 ≤ g

Question 15.
WRITING
Are the inequalities 12c > -15 and 4c < -5 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Both inequalities are not equivalent.

Explanation:
12c > -15
c > -15/12
c > -5/4
4c < -5
c < -5/4
So, both inequalities are not equivalent

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
You want to put up a fence that encloses a triangular region with an area greater than or equal to 60 square feet. Describe the possible values of c.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 103

Answer:
12 + c + √(c² + 144) ≥ 60

Explanation:
Find all sides to get its perimeter
Let us take hypotenuse as x.
Asit is a right-angled triangle, hypotenuse² = sum of squares of other sides
x² = c² + 12²
x² = c² + 144
x = √(c² + 144)
The perimeter of the triangular region is greater than or equal to 60 square feet.
So, perimeter ≥ 60
Perimeter = 12 + c + x = 12 + c + √(c² + 144)
12 + c + √(c² + 144) ≥ 60

Question 17.
A motorcycle rider travels at an average speed greater than 50 miles per hour. Write and solve an inequality to determine how long it will take the motorcycle rider to travel 375 miles. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 104

Answer:
It may take more than 7.5 hours for a motorcycle rider to travel 375 miles

Explanation:
A motorcycle rider travels at an average speed greater than 50 miles per hour.
speed > 50 miles per hour
50 miles per one hour
So, 375 miles per how many hours
50x > 375
x >375/50
x > 7.5
So, it may take more than 7.5 hours for a motorcycle rider to travel 375 miles

Solving Inequalities Using Multiplication or Division Homework & Practice 4.6

Review & Refresh

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
h + 4 < 6

Answer:
h < 2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 89

Explanation:
h < 6 – 4
h < 2

Question 2.
c – 5 ≥ 4

Answer:
c ≥ 9
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities

Explanation:
c ≥ 4 + 5
c ≥ 9

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 105

Answer:
-1/10 ≤ n
 Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 91

Explanation:
7/10 ≤ n + 4/5
7/10 – 4/5 ≤ n
(7 – 8)/10 ≤ n
-1/10 ≤ n

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
-2w + 4 = -12

Answer:
w = 4

Explanation:
-2w = -12 + 4
-2w = -8
2w = 8
w = 8/2
w = 4
Putting w = 4 in -2w = -12 + 4
-2(-4) = -12 + 4
-8 = -8

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 106

Answer:
v = 45

Explanation:
v/5 = 3 + 6 = 9
v = 9 x 5
v = 45
Putting v = 45 in v/5 – 6 = 3
45/5 – 6 = 9 – 6 = 3

Question 6.
3(x – 1) = 18

Answer:
x = 7

Explanation:
3(x – 1) = 18
(x – 1) = 18/3
x – 1 = 6
x = 6 + 1
x = 7
Putting x = 7 in 3(x – 1) = 18
3(7 – 1) = 3 x 6 = 18

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 107

Answer:
m = 4

Explanation:
m/4 + 50 = 51
m/4 = 51 – 50
m/4 = 1
m = 1 x 4
m = 4
Putting m = 4 in m/4 + 50 = 51
4/4 + 50 = 1 + 50 = 51

Question 8.
What is the value of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 108?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 109

Answer:
B.

Explanation:
2/3 + (-5/7) = 2/3 – 5/7
= (14 – 15)/21
= -1/21

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

WRITING AN INEQUALITY
Write an inequality that compares the given numbers. Does the inequality remain true when you multiply each number in the inequality by 2? by -2? Justify your answers. (See Exploration 1, p. 157.)

Question 9.
-2; 5

Answer:
True

Explanation:
-2 < 5
-2 x 2 < 5 x 2
-4 < 10

Question 10.
4; -1

Answer:
true

Explanation:
4 > -1
4 x 2 > -1 x 2
8 > -2

Question 11.
6; -3

Answer:
True

Explanation:
6 > -3
6 x 2 > -3 x 2
12 > -6

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 12.
2n > 20

Answer:
n > 10

Explanation:
2n > 20
n > 20/2
n > 10

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 110

Answer:
c ≤ -36
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 93

Explanation:
c/9 ≤ -4
c ≤ -4 x 9
c ≤ -36

Question 14.
2.2m < 11

Answer:
m < 5

Explanation:
m < 11/2.2
m < 5

Question 15.
-16 > x ÷ 2

Answer:
-32 > x
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 95

Explanation:
-16 > x ÷ 2
-16 x 2 > x
-32 > x

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 111

Answer:
w ≥ 15

Explanation:
(1/6)w ≥ 2.5
w ≥ 2.5 x 6
w ≥ 15

Question 17.
7 < 3.5k

Answer:
2 < k
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 97

Explanation:
7/3.5 < k
2 < k

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 112

Answer:
x < -5/12
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 98

Explanation:
3x ≤ -5/4
x < (-5/4) x (1/3)
x < -5/12

Question 19.
4.2y ≤ -12.6

Answer:
y ≤ -3

Explanation:
4.2y ≤ -12.6
y ≤ -12.6/4.2
y ≤ -3

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 113

Answer:
48.59 > b
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 100

Explanation:
11.3 > (b/4.3)
11.3 x 4.3 > b
48.59 > b

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You earn $9.20 per hour at your summer job. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of hours you can work to earn enough money to buy a smart phone that costs $299.

Answer:
9.2h ≥ 299
h ≥ 32.5

Explanation:
Let us take h as the number of hours you work.
Multiply the number of hours by the amount you make per hour. If the total is greater than or equal to the cost of the phone, you can buy it.
9.2h ≥ 299
h ≥ 299/9.2
h ≥ 32.5

Question 22.
DIG DEEPER!
You have $5.60 to buy avocados for a guacamole recipe. Avocados cost $1.40 each.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of avocados you can buy.
b. Are there infinitely many solutions in this context? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 114

Answer:
a. You can buy at most 4 avocados.
b. Yes

Explanation:
Let x represents the number of avocados that you buy
Then 1.40x is the total cost of avocados.
Since you have $5.60 to spend, 1.40x ≤ 5.60
x ≤ 5.60/1.40
x ≤ 4
You can buy at most 4 avocados.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 23.
5n ≥ 15

Answer:
n ≥ 3
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 101

Explanation:
5n ≥ 15
n ≥ 15/5
n ≥ 3

Question 24.
7w > -49

Answer:
w > -7
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 103

Explanation:
7w > -49
w > -49/7
w > -7

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 115

Answer:
h ≤ -24
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 104

Explanation:
-1/3 h ≥ 8
h ≤ -8 x 3
h ≤ -24

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 116

Answer:
45 > x
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 105

Explanation:
-9 < -1/5 x
-9 x -5 > x
45 > x

Question 27.
-3y < -14

Answer:
y > 42
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 106

Explanation:
-3y < -14
y > -14 x -3
y > 42

Question 28.
-2d ≥ 26

Answer:
d ≤ -13
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 107

Explanation:
-2d ≥ 26
d ≤ -26/2
d ≤ -13

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 117

Answer:
-27 > m

Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 108
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 108

Explanation:
-4.5 > m/6
-4.5 x 6 > m
-27 > m

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 118

Answer:
k ≥ -144
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 109

Explanation:
k/(-0.25) ≤ 36
k ≥ -36/0.25
k ≥ -144

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 119

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 102
6 < b

Explanation:
-2.4 > b/(-2.5)
-2.4 x -2.5 < b
6 < b

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the inequality. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 120

Answer:
Wrong.

Explanation:
x/3 < -9
x < -9 x 3
x < -27

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 121

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
-3m ≥ 9
m ≤ -9/3
m ≤ -3

WRITING AND SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Write the word sentence as an inequality. Then solve the inequality.

Question 34.
The quotient of a number and -4 is atmost 5.

Answer:
x ≥ -20

Explanation:
x/-4 ≤ 5
x ≥ 5 x -4
x ≥ -20

Question 35.
A number p divided by 7 is less than -3.

Answer:
p < -21

Explanation:
p/7 < -3
p < -3 x 7
p < -21

Question 36.
Six times a number w is atleast -24.

Answer:
w ≥ -4

Explanation:
6w ≥ -24
w ≥ -24/6
w ≥ -4

Question 37.
The product of -2 and a number is greater than 30.

Answer:
x < -15

Explanation:
-2x > 30
x < -30/2
x < -15

Question 38.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) is greater than or equal to a number k divided by -8.

Answer:
-6 ≤ k

Explanation:
3/4 ≥ k / -8
(3/4) x -8 ≤ k
3 x -2 ≤ k
-6 ≤ k

Question 39.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cryotherapy chamber uses extreme cold to reduce muscle soreness. A chamber is currently 0°F. The temperature in the chamber is dropping 2.5°F every second. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of seconds that can pass for the temperature to drop below -20°F.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 122

Answer:
8x ≤ -20°F

Explanation:
The temperature in the chamber is dropping 2.5°F every second.
The chamber is currently 0°F.
So, for the 1st second the temperature is -2.5°F
For the second the temperature is -5°F
By calculating these seconds, we get for the 8th second the temperature dropped is below -20°F.
So, the inequality can be 8x ≤ -20°F.

Question 40.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You are moving some of your belongings into a storage facility.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of boxes that you can stack vertically in the storage unit.12.5
b. Can you stack 6 boxes vertically in the storage unit? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 123

Answer:
a. 27x ≤ 150
b. No

Explanation:
Given that the height of the storage unit is 12.5 feet = 150 inches
The height of each box is 27 inches
Let us take x as the number of boxes that you can stack vertically in the storage unit.
So, 27x ≤ 150
x ≤ 150/27
x ≤ 5.55
b. By solving the inequality, we obtain value as 5.55
So, we can stack only 5 boxes in the stack.

GEOMETRY
Write and solve an inequality that represents x.

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 124

Answer:
x ≥ 12

Explanation:
10x ≥ 120
x ≥ 120/10
x ≥ 12

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 125

Answer:
x < 5

Explanation:
1/2 * 8 * x < 20
4x < 20
x < 20/4
x < 5

Question 43.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A device extracts no more than 37 liters of water per day from the air. How long does it take to collect atleast 185 liters of water? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
It takes 5 days to collect atleast 185 liters of water

Explanation:
A device extracts no more than 37 liters of water per day from the air.
Let us take x as the number of days required to collect 185 liters of water.
So, 37x ≥ 185
x ≥ 185/37
x ≥ 5
So, it takes 5 days to collect atleast 185 liters of water

Question 44.
REASONING
Students in a science class are divided into 6 equal groups with atleast 4 students in each group for a project. Describe the possible numbers of students in the class.

Answer:
The possible number of students in the class are 24 or more.

Explanation:
Students in a science class are divided into 6 equal groups with at least 4 students in each group for a project.
So, each group must have 4 or more students.
If we take each group has 4 students, then the number of students is 6 x 4 = 24
So, The possible number of students in the class are 24 or more.

Question 45.
PROJECT
Choose two novels to research.
a. Use the Internet to complete the table below.
b. Use the table to find and compare the average number of copies sold per month for each novel. Which novel do you consider to be the most successful? Explain.
c. Assume each novel continues to sell at the average rate. For what numbers of months will the total number of copies sold exceed twice the current number sold for each novel?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 126
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 127

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 112
b. As the number of copies sold is highest for Jude the Obscure so i consider it as the most successful
c. It purely depends on the number of copies sold.

Question 46.
LOGIC
When you multiply or divide each side of an inequality by the same negative number, you must reverse the direction of the inequality symbol. Explain why.

Answer:
When divide or multiply the same negative number on each side of the inequality, then you need to reverse the direction of the inequality symbol. The reason behind this is, when you take an example and show it on the number line then you can understand easily.

NUMBER SENSE
Describe all numbers that satisfy both inequalities. Include a graph with your description.

Question 47.
4m > -4 and 3m < 15

Answer:
m > -1 and m < 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 113

Explanation:
4m > -4 and 3m < 15
m > -4/4 and m < 15/3
m > -1 and m < 5
The possible values 4, 3, 2, 1, 0

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 128

Answer:
n ≥ -12 and n ≤ -5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 114

Explanation:
n/3 ≥ -4 and n/-5 ≥ 1
n ≥ – 4 x 3 and n ≤ 1 x -5
n ≥ -12 and n ≤ -5
The possible values of n are -11, -10, -9, -8, -7, -6.

Question 49.
2x ≥ -6 and 2x ≥ 6

Answer:
x ≥ -3 and x ≥ 3
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 115

Explanation:
2x ≥ -6 and 2x ≥ 6
x ≥ -6/2 and x ≥ 6/2
x ≥ -3 and x ≥ 3
The possible values of x are -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, ….

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 129

Answer:
s < 14 & s < 36
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 116

Explanation:
-1/2 s > -7 and 1/3 s < 12
-s > -7 x 2 and s < 12 x 3
-s > -14 & s < 36
s < 14 & s < 36

Lesson 4.7 Solving Two-Step Inequalities

EXPLORATION 1
Using Algebra Tiles to Solve Inequalities
Work with a partner.
a. What is being modeled by the algebra tiles below? What is the solution?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 130
b. Use properties of inequality to solve the original inequality in part(a). How do your steps compare to the steps performed with algebra tiles?
c. Write the three inequalities modeled by the algebra tiles below. Then solve each inequality using algebra tiles. Check your answer using properties of inequality.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 131
d. Explain how solving a two-step inequality is similar to solving a two-step equation.

4.7 Lesson

Try It
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
6y – 7 > 5

Answer:
y > 2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 117

Explanation:
6y – 7 > 5
6y > 7 + 5
6y > 12
y > 12/6
y > 2

Question 2.
4 – 3d ≥ 19

Answer:
d ≤ -5
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 118

Explanation:
4 – 3d ≥ 19
-3d ≥ 19 – 4
-3d ≥ 15
d ≤ -15/3
d ≤ -5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 132

Answer:
w < -4
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 119

Explanation:
w/-4 + 8 > 9
w/-4 > 9 – 8
w/-4 > 1
w < 1 x -4
w < -4

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 4.
2(k – 5) < 6

Answer:
k < 8
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 120

Explanation:
2(k – 5) < 6
(k – 5) < 6/2
(k – 5) < 3
k < 3 + 5
k < 8

Question 5.
-4(n – 10) < 32

Answer:
n > 2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 117

Explanation:
-4(n – 10) < 32
(n – 10) > -32/4
(n – 10) > -8
n > -8 + 10
n > 2

Question 6.
-3 ≤ 0.5(8 + y)

Answer:
-14 ≤  y
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 121

Explanation:
-3 ≤ 0.5(8 + y)
-3/0.5 ≤ (8 + y)
-6 ≤ (8 + y)
-6 – 8 ≤  y
-14 ≤  y

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 7.
3d – 7 ≥ 8

Answer:
d ≥ 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-122

Explanation:
3d – 7 ≥ 8
3d ≥ 8 + 7
3d ≥ 15
d ≥ 15/3
d ≥ 5

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 133

Answer:
-14 < z
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 121

Explanation:
-6 – 1 > z/-2
-7 > z/-2
-7 x -2 < z
-14 < z

Question 9.
-6(g + 4) ≤ 12

Answer:
g ≥ -6
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 123

Explanation:
-6(g + 4) ≤ 12
(g + 4) ≥ -12/6
g + 4 ≥ -2
g ≥ -2 – 4
g ≥ -6

Question 10.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe two different ways to solve the inequality 3(a + 5) < 9.

Answer:
a < -3

Explanation:
3(a + 5) < 9
divide both sides by 3
a + 5 < 9/3
a + 5 < 3
Subtract 5 from both sides
a + 5 – 5 < 3 – 5
a < -2
3(a + 5) < 9
expand 3
3a + 15 < 9
3a < 9 – 15
3a < -6
a < -6/2
a < -3

Question 11.
WRITING
Are the inequalities -6x + 18 ≤ 12 and 2x – 4 ≤ -2 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, both inequalities are equivalent

Explanation:
-6x + 18 ≤ 12 and 2x – 4 ≤ -2
-6x ≤ 12 – 18 and 2x ≤ -2 + 4
-6x ≤ -6 and 2x ≤ 2
x ≥ -6/6 and x ≤ 2/2
x ≥ -1 and x ≤ 1
Yes, both inequalities are equivalent

Question 12.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a two-step inequality that can be represented by the graph. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 134

Answer:
x + a > -5 + a

Explanation:
The solution should be x > -5
Add any number to both sides
x + a > -5 + a

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 13.
A fair rents a thrill ride for $3000. It costs $4 to purchase a token for the ride. Write and solve an inequality to determine the numbers of ride tokens that can be sold for the fair to make a profit of at least $750.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 135

Answer:
The number of ride tokens that can be sold for the fair to make a profit of at least $750 is 937

Explanation:
A fair rents a thrill ride for $3000. It costs $4 to purchase a token for the ride.
So, 3000/4 = 750 ride tokens can be sold without loss or profit.
The number of ride tokens that can be sold for the fair to make a profit of at least $750.
So, the total amount collected at the fair is 3000 + 750 = 3750
Each ticket cost 4.
4x ≥ 3750
x ≥ 3750/4
x ≥ 937.5
So, The number of ride tokens that can be sold for the fair to make a profit of at least $750 is 937

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
A theater manager predicts that 1000 tickets to a play will be sold if each ticket costs $60. The manager predicts that 20 less tickets will be sold for every $1 increase in price. For what prices can the manager predict that at least 800 tickets will be sold?

Answer:
The manager predict that at least 800 tickets will be sold for $ 70.

Explanation:
The 1000 tickets will be sold when each ticket costs $60.
The manager wants to sell at least 800 tickets which is maximum
1000 – 800 = 200 tickets less than 1000.
Given that for 20 less tickets will be sold for every $1 increase in price.
So, 20 x 2 = 40 less tickets will be sold for $1 x 2 = $2 increase in price.
Proceeding in a similar way, for any natural number n:
20 x n less tickets will be sold for $1 x n=$n increase in price.
Here, 200 = 20 x 10, so n = 10
So, 20 x 10 less tickets will be sold for $1 x 10 = $10 increase in price.
Hence, the manager can increase the price of each ticket up to $10.
So, to sell at least 800 tickets, the maximum price of each ticket can be $60 + $10 = $70.
Hence, the value of p is p ≤ $70.

Solving Two-Step Inequalities Homework & Practice 4.7

Review & Refresh

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
-3x ≥ 18

Answer:
x ≤ -6
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 124

Explanation:
-3x ≥ 18
x ≤ -18/3
x ≤ -6

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 136

Answer:
d > 12

Explanation:
2/3 d > 8
2d > 8 x 3
2d > 24
d > 24/2
d > 12

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 137

Answer:
-8 ≤ g
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-138

Explanation:
2 ≥ g/-4
2 x -4 ≤ g
-8 ≤ g

Find the missing values in the ratio table. Then write the equivalent ratios.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 138

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-139

Explanation:
12 = 4 x 3. So, 7x 3 = 21
7x 4 = 28. So, 4 x 4 = 16

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 139

Answer:

Explanation:
3 = 6 x 0.5. So, 10 x 0.5 = 5
50 = 10 x 5. So, 6 x 5 = 30

Question 6.
What is the volume of the cube?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 140

Answer:
A. 8 ft³

Explanation:
Cube volume formula = side³
Given side = 2 feet
Volume = 2³
= 2 x 2 x 2 = 8 ft³

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
USING ALGEBRA TILES
Write the inequality modeled by the algebra tiles. Then solve the inequality using algebra tiles. Check your answer using properties of inequality. (See Exploration 1, p. 165.)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 141

Answer:
x ≥ -5

Explanation:
x + 1 + 1 + x + 1 + 1 ≥ -1 – 1-1-1-1-1
2x + 4 ≥ -6
2x ≥ -6 – 4
2x ≥ -10
x ≥ -10/2
x ≥ -5

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 142

Answer:
x < -2

Explanation:
-x + 1 -x + 1 > +1 + 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ 1
-2x + 2 > 6
-2x > 6 – 2
-2x > 4
x < -4/2
x < -2

SOLVING A TWO-STEP INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 9.
8y – 5 < 3

Answer:
y < 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-137

Explanation:
8y – 5 < 3
8y < 3 + 5
8y < 8
y < 1

Question 10.
3p + 2 ≥ -10

Answer:
p ≥ -4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-135

Explanation:
3p + 2 ≥ -10
3p ≥ -10 – 2
3p ≥ -12
p ≥ -12/3
p ≥ -4

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 143

Answer:
-4.5 < h
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-136

Explanation:
2 – 8 > -4/3 h
-6 > -4/3 h
-6 x 3 > -4h
-18 > -4h
-18/-4 < h
-9/2 < h
-4.5 < h

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 144

Answer:
30 > m
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-134

Explanation:
-2 + 7 > m/6
5 > m/6
5 x 6 > m
30 > m

Question 13.
-1.2b – 5.3 ≥ 1.9

Answer:
b ≤ -6
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 124

Explanation:
-1.2b ≥ 1.9 + 5.3
-1.2b ≥ 7.2
b ≤ -7.2/1.2
b ≤ -6

Question 14.
-1.3 ≥ 2.9 – 0.6r

Answer:
7 ≥ r
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-133

Explanation:
-1.3 ≥ 2.9 – 0.6r
-1.3 – 2.9 ≤ – 0.6r
-4.2 ≤ -0.6r
-4.2/-0.6 ≥ r
7 ≥ r

Question 15.
5(g + 4) > 15

Answer:
g > -1
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-132

Explanation:
5(g + 4) > 15
(g + 4) > 15/5
(g + 4) > 3
g > 3 – 4
g > -1

Question 16.
4(w – 6) ≤ -12

Answer:
w ≤ 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-131

Explanation:
(w – 6) ≤ -12/4
(w – 6) ≤ -3
w ≤ -3 + 6
w ≤ 3

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 145

Answer:
-18 ≤ k
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-130

Explanation:
-8 x 5 ≤ 2(k – 2)
-40 / 2 ≤ k – 2
-20 ≤ k – 2
-20 + 2 ≤ k
-18 ≤ k

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 146

Answer:
d > -9
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-129

Explanation:
-1(d + 1) < 2 x 4
-1(d + 1) < 8
d + 1 > -8
d > -8 – 1
d > -9

Question 19.
7.2 > 0.9(n + 8.6)

Answer:
-0.6 > n
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-128

Explanation:
7.2/0.9 > (n + 8.6)
8 > (n + 8.6)
8 – 8.6 > n
-0.6 > n

Question 20.
20 ≥ -3.2(c – 4.3)

Answer:
-1.95 ≤ c
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-127

Explanation:
20 ≥ -3.2(c – 4.3)
20/-3.2 ≤ (c – 4.3)
-6.25 ≤ c – 4.3
-6.25 + 4.3 ≤ c
-1.95 ≤ c

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the inequality. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 147

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
x/3+ 4 < 6
x/3 < 6 – 4
x/3 < 2
x < 2 x 6
x < 12

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 148

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
3(w – 2) ≥ 10
w – 2 ≥ 10/3
w ≥ 10/3 + 2
w ≥(10+6)/3
w ≥ 16/3

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The first jump in a unicycle high-jump contest is shown. The bar is raised 2 centimeters after each jump. Solve the inequality 2n + 10 ≥ 26 to find the numbers of additional jumps needed to meet or exceed the goal of clearing a height of 26 centimeters.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 148.1

Answer:
The numbers of additional jumps needed to meet or exceed the goal of clearing a height of 26 centimeters is 8.

Explanation:
2n + 10 ≥ 26
2n ≥ 26 – 10
2n ≥ 16
n ≥ 16/2
n ≥ 8
The numbers of additional jumps needed to meet or exceed the goal of clearing a height of 26 centimeters is 8.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 24.
9x – 4x + 4 ≥ 36 – 12

Answer:
x ≥ 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 126

Explanation:
9x – 4x + 4 ≥ 36 – 12
5x + 4 ≥ 24
5x ≥ 24 – 4
5x ≥ 20
x ≥ 20/5
x ≥ 4

Question 25.
3d – 7d + 2.8 < 5.8 – 27

Answer:
d > -0.075
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 125

Explanation:
-4d + 2.8 < 3.1
-4d < 3.1 – 2.8
-4d < 0.3
d > -0.3/4
d > -0.075

Question 26.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cave explorer is at an elevation of 38 feet. The explorer starts moving at a rate of 12 feet per minute. Write and solve an inequality that represents how long it will take the explorer to reach an elevation deeper than -200 feet.

Answer:
It takes 13 minutes 30 seconds for a cave explorer to reach an elevation deeper than -200 feet.

Explanation:
A cave explorer is at an elevation of 38 feet.
The explorer starts moving at a rate of 12 feet per minute.
He should reach an elevation deeper than -200 feet.
So, 38 + 12n ≤ 200
12n ≤ 200 – 38
12n ≤ 162
n ≤ 162/12
n ≤ 13.5
So, it takes 13 minutes 30 seconds for a cave explorer to reach an elevation deeper than -200 feet.

Question 27.
CRITICAL THINKING
A contestant in a weight-loss competition wants to lose an average of atleast 8 pounds per month during a five-month period. Based on the progress report, how many pounds must the contestant lose in the fifth month to meet the goal?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 148.2

Answer:
6 pounds must the contestant lose in the fifth month to meet the goal

Explanation:
The total weight loss in five months = 12 + 9 + 5 + 8
= 34
A contestant in a weight-loss competition wants to lose an average of atleast 8 pounds per month during a five-month period.
So, he must loss at least 8 x 5 = 40 pounds on overall
Hence, he should lost 40 – 34 = 6 more pounds to meet the goal.

Question 28.
REASONING
A student theater charges $8.50 per ticket.
a. The theater has already sold 70 tickets. How many more tickets does the theater need to sell to earn atleast $750?
b. The theater increases the ticket price by $1. Without solving an inequality, describe how this aspects the total number of tickets needed to earn atleast $750. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. 18 more tickets needed.
b. If the theater charges more per ticket, then they can sell fewer tickets to rach their goal $750.

Explanation:
a. Let t represent the number of additional tickets.
t + 70 is the total number of tickets sold.
Each ticket cost is $8.50, the theatre will earn a tota of $8.50(t + 70)
The theater wants to earn at least $750. So, 8.50(t + 70) ≥ 750
(t + 70) ≥ 750/8.50
t + 70 ≥ 88.23
(t) ≥ 88.23 – 70
t ≥ 18.235
So, 18 more tickets needed.
b. If the theater charges more per ticket, then they can sell fewer tickets to rach their goal $750.

Question 29.
DIG DEEPER!
A zoo does not have room to add any more tigers to an enclosure. According to regulations, the area of the enclosure must increase by 150 square feet for each tiger that is added. The zoo is able to enlarge the 450 square foot enclosure for a total area no greater than 1000 square feet. a. Write and solve an inequality that represents this situation. b. Describe the possible numbers of tigers that can be added to the enclosure. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 149

Answer:
(a + 150)t < 1000

Explanation:
Let us take the area of enclosure for a tiget as a.
The number of tigers as t
the area of the enclosure must increase by 150 square feet for each tiger that is added.
The zoo is able to enlarge the 450 square foot enclosure
(a + 150)t = 450
(a + 150)t < 1000

Question 30.
GEOMETRY
For what values of r will the area of the shaded region be greater than or equal to 12 square units?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 150

Answer:
For r greater than equal to 8 the area of the shaded region be greater than or equal to 12 square units

Explanation:
Total area of rectangle = 3 x r = 3r
Area of unshaded triangle = 1/2 x r x 3 = 1.5r
The area of the shaded region = Total area of rectangle – Area of unshaded triangle
= 3r – 1.5r = 1.5r
The area of the shaded region be greater than or equal to 12 square units
1.5r ≥ 12
r ≥ 12/1.5
r ≥ 8
For r greater than equal to 8 the area of the shaded region be greater than or equal to 12 square units

Equations and Inequalities Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
Fencing costs $7 per foot. You install feet of the fencing along one side of a property, as shown. The property has an area of 15,750 square feet. What is the total cost of the fence?
Understand the problem.
You know the area, height, and one base length of the trapezoid-shaped property. You are asked to find the cost of x feet of fencing, given that the fencing costs $7 per foot.
Make a plan.
Use the formula for the area of a trapezoid to find the length of fencing that you buy. Then multiply the length of fencing by $7 to find the total cost.
Solve and check
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
The total cost of the fence is $840.

Explanation:
The given image is in the shape of a trapezoid.
Traperzoid area formula = (a + b) xh/2
Here a = 90, b = x, h = 150
Area of property = (90 + x) x 150/2
= (90 + x) x 75
Given that, property area is 15,750 sq ft.
15750 = (90 + x)75
15750/75 = 90 + x
210 = 90 + x
210 – 90 = x
x = 120
Multiply x by fencing cost$7 to get total cost
Total cost = 120 x 7 = $840

Question 2.
A pool is in the shape of a rectangular prism with a length of 15 feet, a width of 10 feet, and a depth of 4 feet. The pool is filled with water at a rate no faster than 3 cubic feet per minute. How long does it take to fill the pool?

Answer:
The time is taken to fill the pool is more than 200 minutes.

Explanation:
Pool length = 15 ft, width = 10 ft, depth = 4 ft
Pool volume = length x width x depth
= 15 x 10 x 4 = 600 cubic feet
The water filled per minute is 3 cubic feet.
The time is taken to fill the pool = 600/3 = 200 minutes

Question 3.
The table shows your scores on 9 out of 10 quizzes that are each worth 20 points. What score do you need on the final quiz to have a mean score of atleast 17 points?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 151

Answer:
You need to score 18 points

Explanation:
The total score on quiz = (15 + 14 + 16 + 19 + 18 + 19 + 20 + 15 + 16 + x)
= 152 + x
Mean of total score = (152 + x)/ 10
So, (152 + x)/ 10 ≥ 17
152 + x ≥ 17 x 10
152 + x ≥ 170
x ≥ 170 – 152
x ≥ 18
So, you need to score 18 points

Performance Task
Distance and Brightness of the Stars
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Space Cadets.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 152

Equations and Inequalities Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 153
Graphic Organizers
You can use a Summary Triangle to explain a concept. Here is an example of Summary Triangle for Addition Property of Equality.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 154
Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.

  1. equivalent equations
  2. Subtraction Property of Equality
  3. Multiplication Property of Equality
  4. Division Property of Equality
  5. graphing inequalities
  6. Addition and Subtraction Properties of Inequality
  7. Multiplication and Division Properties of Inequality

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 155

Chapter Self-Assessment
As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 156

4.1 Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction (pp. 127–132)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
p – 3 = -4

Answer:
p = -1

Explanation:
p – 3 = -4
p = -4 + 3
p = -1
Putting p = -1 in p – 3 = -4
-1 – 3 = -4

Question 2.
6 + q = 1

Answer:
q = -5

Explanation:
6 + q = 1
q = 1 – 6
q = -5
Putting q = -5 in 6 + q = 1
6 + (-5) = 6 – 5 = 1

Question 3.
-2 + j = -22

Answer:
j = -20

Explanation:
-2 + j = -22
j = -22 + 2
j = -20
Putting j = -20 in -2 + j = -22
-2 + (-20) = -2 – 20 = -22

Question 4.
b – 19 = -11

Answer:
b = 8

Explanation:
b – 19 = -11
b = -11 + 19
b = 8
Putting b = 8 in b – 19 = -11
8 – 19 = -11

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 157

Answer:
n = -1/2

Explanation:
n + 3/4 = 1/4
n = 1/4 – 3/4
n = -2/4
n = -1/2
putting n = -1/2 in n + 3/4 = 1/4
-1/2 + 3/4 = (-2 + 3)/4 = 1/4

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 158

Answer:
v = -1/24

Explanation:
v – 5/6 = -7/8
v = -7/8 + 5/6
v = (-21 + 20)/24
v = -1/24
Putting v = -1/24 in v – 5/6 = -7/8
-1/24 – 5/6 = (-1 – 20)/24 = -21/24 = -7/8

Question 7.
t – 3.7 = 1.2

Answer:
t = 4.9

Explanation:
t = 1.2 + 3.7
t = 4.9
Putting t = 4.9 in t – 3.7 = 1.2
4.9 – 3.7 = 1.2

Question 8.
l + 15.2 = -4.5

Answer:
I = -19.7

Explanation:
l + 15.2 = -4.5
I = -4.5 – 15.2
I = -19.7
Putting I = -19.7 in l + 15.2 = -4.5
-19.7 + 15.2 = -4.5

Question 9.
Write the word sentence as an equation. Then solve the equation.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 159

Answer:
5 + x = -4
x = -9

Explanation:
5 more than a number x is -4
5 + x = -4
x = -4 – 5
x = -9

Question 10.
The perimeter of the trapezoid-shaped window frame is 23.59 feet. Write and solve an equation to find the unknown side length (in feet).
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 160

Answer:
The unknown side length is 8.7 feet

Explanation:
Perimeter = 23.59
3.65 + 5.62 + 5.62 + x = 23.59
14.89 + x = 23.59
x = 23.59 – 14.89
x = 8.7
The unknown side length is 8.7 feet

Question 11.
You are 5 years older than your cousin. How old is your cousin when you are 12 years old? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Cousin age is 7 years when you are 12 years old.

Explanation:
My age = cousin + 5
When my age is 12 years
12 = cousin + 5
cousin = 12 – 5
cousin = 7 years
Cousin age is 7 years when you are 12 years old.

4.2 Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division (pp. 133–138)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 161

Answer:
x = -24

Explanation:
x = -8 x 3
x = -24
Putting x = -24 in x/3 = -8
-24/3 = -8

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 162

Answer:
y = -49

Explanation:
-7 = y/7
-7 x 7 = y
y = -49
Putting y = -49 in -7 = y/7
-7 = -49/7

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 163

Answer:
z = 3

Explanation:
-z/4 = -3/4
z/4 = 3/4
z = (3/4) x 4
z = 3
Putting z = 3 in -z/4 = -3/4
-3/4 = -3/4

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 164

Answer:
w = 50

Explanation:
-w/20 = -2.5
w = 2.5 x 20
w = 50
Putting w = 50 in -w/20 = -2.5
-50/20 = -2.5

Question 16.
4x = -8

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
4x = -8
x = -8/4
x = -2
Putting x = -2 in 4x = -8
4(-2) = -8

Question 17.
-10 = 2y

Answer:
y = -5

Explanation:
-10 = 2y
y = -10/2
y = -5
Putting y = -5 in -10 = 2y
-10 = 2(-5)

Question 18.
-5.4z = -32.4

Answer:
z = 6

Explanation:
-5.4z = -32.4
z = 32.4/5.4
z = 6
Putting z = 6 in -5.4z = -32.4
-5.4(6) = -32.4

Question 19.
-6.8w = 3.4

Answer:
w = -0.5

Explanation:
-6.8w = 3.4
w = -3.4/6.8
w = -0.5
Putting w = -0.5 in -6.8w = 3.4
-6.8(-0.5) = 3.4

Question 20.
Write “3 times a number is 42” as an equation. Then solve the equation.

Answer:
x = 14

Explanation:
3 times a number is 42
3x = 42
x = 42/3
x = 14

Question 21.
The mean temperature change is -3.2°F per day for 5 days. Write and solve an equation to find the total change over the 5-day period.

Answer:
The total change in temperature for 5 days is -16°F.

Explanation:
The mean temperature change is -3.2°F per day
The total change in temperature for 5 days = 5 x -3.2 = -16°F
x= 5 x -3.2
x = -16°F

Question 22.
Describe a real-life situation that can be modeled by 7x = 1.75.

Answer:
x = 0.25

Explanation:
7x = 1.75.
x = 1.75/7
x = 0.25

4.3 Solving Two-Step Equations (pp. 139–144)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 23.
-2c + 6 = -8

Answer:
c = 2

Explanation:
-2c = -8 – 6
-2c = -14
c = 14/2
c = 7
Putting c = 7 in -2c + 6 = -8
-2(7) + 6 = -14 + 6 = -8

Question 24.
5 – 4t = 6

Answer:
t = -1/4

Explanation:
-4t = 6 – 5
-4t = 1
t = -1/4
Putting t = -1/4 in 5 – 4t = 6
5 – 4(-1/4) = 5 + 1 = 6

Question 25.
-3x – 4.6 = 5.9

Answer:
x = -3.5

Explanation:
-3x = 5.9 + 4.6
-3x = 10.5
x = -10.5/3
x = -3.5
Putting x = -3.5 in -3x – 4.6 = 5.9
-3(-3.5) – 4.6 = 10.5 – 4.6 = 5.9

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 165

Answer:
w = -12

Explanation:
w/6 + 5/8 = -11/8
w/6 = -11/8 – 5/8
w/6 = -16/8
w/6 = -2
w = -2 x 6
w = -12
Putting w = -12 in w/6 + 5/8 = -11/8
-12/6 + 5/8 = -2 + 5/8
= (-16 + 5)/8 = -11/8

Question 27.
3(3w – 4) = -20

Answer:
w = -8/9

Explanation:
3(3w – 4) = -20
(3w – 4) = -20/3
3w = -20/3 + 4
3w = (-20 + 12)/3
3w = -8/3
w = -8/3 x 1/3
w = -8/9
Putting w = -8/9 in 3(3w – 4) = -20
3(3(-8/9) – 4) = 3(-8/3 – 4)
= 3(-8 – 12)/3 = -20

Question 28.
-6y + 8y = -24

Answer:
y = -12

Explanation:
2y = -24
y = -24/2
y = -12
putting y = -12 in -6y + 8y = -24
-6(-12) + 8(-12) = 72 – 96 = -24

Question 29.
The floor of a canyon has an elevation of -14.5 feet. Erosion causes the elevation to change by -1.5 feet per year. How many years will it take for the canyon floor to reach an elevation of 31 feet? Justify your solution.

Answer:
It takes 11 years for the canyon floor to reach an elevation of 31 feet

Explanation:
The floor of a canyon has an elevation of -14.5 feet
Erosion causes the elevation to change by -1.5 feet per year
Let us take x as the no of years take for the canyon floor to reach an elevation of 31 feet
-14.5 – 1.5x > 31
-1.5x > -31 + 14.5
-1.5x > -16.5
x < 16.5/1.5
x < 11
So, it take 11 years.

4.4 Writing and Graphing Inequalities (pp. 145–150)

Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 30.
A number w is greater than -3.

Answer:
w > -3

Explanation:
Greater than means >
w > -3

Question 31.
A number y minus \([\frac{1}{2}/latex] is no more than –[latex][\frac{3}{2}/latex].

Answer:
y – 1/2 < -3/2

Explanation:
No more than means <
y – 1/2 < -3/2

Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.

Question 32.
5 + j > 8; j = 7

Answer:
j = 7 is the solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
5 + j > 8; j = 7
5 + 7 > 8
12 > 8

Question 33.
6 ÷ n ≤ -5; n = -3

Answer:
n = -3 is not the solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
6 ÷ n ≤ -5; n = -3
6 ÷ -3 ≤ -5
-2 ≤ -5
2 ≥ 5

Question 34.
7p ≥ p – 12; p = -2

Answer:
p = -2 is the solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
7p ≥ p – 12; p = -2
7(-2) ≥ -2 – 12
-14 ≥ -14

Graph the inequality on a number line.

Question 35.
q > -1.3

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-139

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 165.1

Answer:
s < 7/4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-140

Question 37.
The Enhanced Fujita scale rates the intensity of tornadoes based on wind speed and damage caused. An EF5 tornado is estimated to have wind speeds greater than 200 miles per hour. Write and graph an inequality that represents this situation.

Answer:
w > 200
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-141

Explanation:
The wind speed is greater than 200 miles per hour
w > 200

4.5 Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction (pp. 151–156)

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 38.
d + 12 < 19

Answer:
d < 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-142

Explanation:
d + 12 < 19
d < 19 – 12
d < 7

Question 39.
t – 4 ≤ -14

Answer:
t ≤ -10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-143

Explanation:
t – 4 ≤ -14
t – 4 + 4 ≤ -14 + 4
t ≤ -10

Question 40.
-8 ≤ z + 6.4

Answer:
-14.4 ≤ z
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-144

Explanation:
-8 ≤ z + 6.4
-8 -6.4 ≤ z + 6.4 -6.4
-14.4 ≤ z

Question 41.
A small cruise ship can hold up to 500 people. There are 115 crew members on board the ship.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the additional numbers of people that can board the ship.
b. Can 385 more people board the ship? Explain.

Answer:
a. 115 + x < 500
b. Yes

Explanation:
A small cruise ship can hold up to 500 people. There are 115 crew members on board the ship.
a. 115 + x < 500
b. a. 115 + x < 500
a. 115 + x – 115 < 500 -115
a < 385

Question 42.
Write an inequality that can be solved using the Subtraction Property of Inequality and has a solution of all numbers less than -3.

Answer:
x + 15 < 12

Explanation:
x + 15 < 12
x + 15 – 15 < 12 – 15
x < -3

4.6 Solving Inequalities Using Multiplication or Division (pp. 157–164)

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 43.
6q < -18

Answer:
q < -3
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-145

Explanation:
6q < -18
6q/6 < -18/6
q < -3

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 166

Answer:
r ≥-18
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-146

Explanation:
-r/3 ≤ 6
-r ≤ 6 * 3
-r ≤ 18
r ≥-18

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 166.1

Answer:
3 < s
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-147

Explanation:
-4 x 3 > -4s
-12 > -4s
12 < 4s
12/4 < s
3 < s

Question 46.
Write the word sentence as an inequality. Then solve the inequality.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 167

Answer:
p < -7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-148

Explanation:
-3p > 21
-p > 21/3
-p > 7
p < -7

Question 47.
You are organizing books on a shelf. Each book has a width of [latex]\frac{3}{4}\) inch. Write and solve an inequality for the numbers of books b that can fit on the shelf.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 168

Answer:
32 books will fit on the shelf.

Explanation:
Width of book = 3/4 inch
The total width of shelf = 24 in
3/4 b < 24
3b < 24 x 4
3b < 96
b < 96/3
b < 32
So, 32 books will fit on the shelf.

4.7 Solving Two-Step Inequalities (pp. 165–170)

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 48.
3x + 4 > 16

Answer:
x > 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 149

Explanation:
3x + 4 > 16
3x + 4 – 4 > 16 – 4
3x > 12
x > 12/3
x > 4

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 169

Answer:
z ≥ -8
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 150

Explanation:
z / -2 ≤ -2 + 6
z/-2 ≤ 4
z ≥ 4 x -2
z ≥ -8

Question 50.
-2t – 5 < 9

Answer:
t > -7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-151

Explanation:
-2t – 5 + 5 < 9 + 5
-2t < 14
t > -14/2
t > -7

Question 51.
7(q + 2) < -77

Answer:
q < -13
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-152

Explanation:
7(q + 2) < -77
q + 2 < -77/7
q + 2 < -11
q < -11 – 2
q < -13

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 170

Answer:
p ≥ -21
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-153

Explanation:
-1/3 (p + 9) ≤ 4
(p + 9) ≥ -4 x 3
p + 9 ≥ -12
p ≥ -12 – 9
p ≥ -21

Question 53.
1.2(j + 3.5) ≥ 4.8

Answer:
j ≥ 0.5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-154

Explanation:
1.2(j + 3.5) ≥ 4.8
(j + 3.5) ≥ 4.8/1.2
(j + 3.5) ≥ 4
j ≥ 4 – 3.5
j ≥ 0.5

Question 54.
Your goal is to raise at least $50 in a charity fundraiser. You earn $3.50 for each candle sold. You also receive a $15 donation. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of candles you must sell to reach your goal.

Answer:
You must sell 10 candles to reach your goal.

Explanation:
Your goal is to raise at least $50 in a charity fundraiser.
goal ≥ 50
You earn $3.50 for each candle sold. You also receive a $15 donation.
3.5x + 15 ≥ 50
3.5x ≥ 50 – 15
3.5x ≥ 35
x ≥ 35/3.5
x ≥ 10

Equations and Inequalities Practice Test

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
7x = -3

Answer:
x = -3/7

Explanation:
7x = -3
x = -3/7
Putting x = -3/7 in 7x = -3
7(-3/7) = -3

Question 2.
2(x + 1) = -2

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
2(x + 1) = -2
x + 1 = -2/2
x + 1 = -1
x = -1 – 1
x = -2
Putting x = -2 in 2(x + 1) = -2
2(-2 + 1) = 2(-1) = -2

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 171

Answer:
g = -36

Explanation:
(2/9)g = -8
2g = -8 x 9
2g = -72
g = -72/2
g = -36
Putting g = -36 in (2/9)g = -8
(2/9) x (-36) = 2 x -4 = -8

Question 4.
z + 14.5 = 5.4

Answer:
z = -9.2

Explanation:
z + 14.5 = 5.4
z = 5.4 – 14.5
z = -9.2
Putting z = -9.2 in z + 14.5 = 5.4
-9.2 + 14.5 = 5.4

Question 5.
-14 = c – 10

Answer:

Explanation:
-14 + 10 = c
c = -4
Putting c = -4 in -14 = c – 10
-14 = -4 – 10

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 172

Answer:
k = -7

Explanation:
(2/7)k – 3/8 = -19/8
(2/7)k = -19/8 + 3/8
(2/7)k = -16/8
(2/7)k = -2
2k = -2 x 7
2k = -14
k = -14/2
k = -7
Putting k = -7 in (2/7)k – 3/8 = -19/8
(2/7)(-7) – 3/8 = -2 – 3/8
= (-16 – 3)/8 = -19/8

Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 7.
A number k plus 19.5 is less than or equal to 40.

Answer:
k + 19.5 ≤ 40

Explanation:
A number k plus 19.5 is less than or equal to 40.
less than or equal to means ≤
k + 19.5 ≤ 40

Question 8.
A number q multiplied by \(\frac{1}{4}\) is greater than -16.

Answer:
q/4 > -16

Explanation:
A number q multiplied by 1/4 is greater than -16.
greater than means >
q (1/4) > -16
q/4 > -16

Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.

Question 9.
n – 3 ≤ 4; n = 7

Answer:
The given value is the solution for the inequality.

Explanation:
Putting n = 7 in n – 3 ≤ 4
7 – 3 ≤ 4
4 ≤ 4
So, the given value is the solution for the inequality.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 173

Answer:
The given value is not the solution for the inequality.

Explanation:
Putting m = -7 in (-3/7)m < 1 + m
(-3/7)(-7) < 1 + (-7)
3 < -6
So, the given value is not the solution for the inequality.

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 11.
x – 4 > -6

Answer:
x > -2
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-70

Explanation:
x – 4 > -6
x > -6 + 4
x > -2

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 174

Answer:
y ≤ 7/9
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-71

Explanation:
-2/9 + y ≤ 5/9
y ≤ 5/9 + 2/9
y ≤ 7/9

Question 13.
-6z ≥ 36

Answer:
z ≥ -6
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-72

Explanation:
-6z ≥ 36
z ≥ -36/6
z ≥ -6

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 174.1

Answer:
-20.8 ≥ p
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-73

Explanation:
-5.2 ≥ p/4
-5.2 x 4 ≥ p
-20.8 ≥ p

Question 15.
4k – 8 ≥ 20

Answer:
k ≥ 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-75

Explanation:
4k – 8 ≥ 20
4k ≥ 20 + 8
4k ≥ 28
k ≥ 28/4
k ≥ 7

Question 16.
-0.6 > -0.3(d + 6)

Answer:
-4 > d
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-74

Explanation:
-0.6/(-0.3) > (d + 6)
2 > d + 6
2 – 6 > d
-4 > d

Question 17.
You lose 0.3 point for stepping out of bounds during a gymnastics floor routine. Your final score is 9.124. Write and solve an equation to find your score without the penalty.

Answer:
My score without penalty is 9.424

Explanation:
You lose 0.3 point for stepping out of bounds during a gymnastics floor routine.
Assume my score without penalty as x.
Your final score is 9.124.
x – 0.3 = 9.124
x = 9.124 + 0.3
x = 9.424
So, my score without penalty is 9.424

Question 18.
Half the area of the rectangle shown is 24 square inches. Write and solve an equation to find the value of x.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 175

Answer:
x = 2

Explanation:
Rectangle area = length x breadth
6(x+ 2) = 24
(x + 2) = 24/6
x + 2 = 4
x = 4 – 2
x = 2

Question 19.
You can spend no more than $100 on a party you are hosting. The cost per guest is $8.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of guests you can invite to the party.
b. What is the greatest number of guests that you can invite to the party? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 176

Answer:
a. You can invite 12 guests to the party.
b. The greatest number of guests that you can invite to the party is 13.

Explanation:
You can spend no more than $100 on a party you are hosting. The cost per guest is $8.
a. 8x < 100
x < 100/8
x < 12.5
So, you can invite 12 guests to the party.
b. x < 12.5
So, the greatest number of guests that you can invite to the party is 13.

Question 20.
You have $30 to buy baseball cards. Each pack of cards costs $5. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of packs of baseball cards you can buy and still have atleast $10 left.

Answer:
I can buy at least 4 packs of baseball cards

Explanation:
You have $30 to buy baseball cards. Each pack of cards costs $5.
I must have at least 10 left after shopping
So, 5x + 10 ≥ 30
5x ≥ 30 – 10
5x ≥ 20
x ≥ 20/5
x ≥ 4
So, I can buy at least 4 packs of baseball cards

Question 21.
The sum of the lengths of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the length of the third side.
a. Write and solve three inequalities for the previous statement using the triangle shown.
b. What values for x make sense?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 177

Answer:
a. 6.4 > x
b. The values of x can be less than 64.

Explanation:
The sum of the lengths of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the length of the third side.
17 + 15 > 5x
32 > 5x
32/5 > x
6.4 > x
b. x can be less than 64.

Equations and Inequalities Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Which equation represents the word sentence?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 178

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 179

Answer:
B. b/0.3 = -10

Explanation:
The quotient of b and 0.3 means b/0.3
The quotient of b and 0.3 equal to negative 10.
So, b/0.3 = -10

Question 2.
What is the value of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 180

Answer:
-3/8 x 2/5 = -3/20

Explanation:
-3/8 x 2/5 = (-3/4) x (1/5)
= (-3/20)

Question 3.
Which graph represents the inequality?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 181

Answer:
A.

Explanation:
x/-4 – 8 ≥ -9
x/-4 ≥ -9 + 8
x/-4 ≥ -1
x ≤ -1 x -4
x ≤ 4

Question 4.
Which equation is equivalent to Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 182
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 182.1

Answer:
F.

Explanation:
-3/4 x + 1/8 = -3/8
-3/4 x =-3/8 – 1/8

Question 5.
What is the decimal form of 2\(\frac{5}{8}\) ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 183

Answer:
The decimal form of 2(5/8) is 2.25

Explanation:
The decimal form of 2(5/8)
= 18/8 = 2.25

Question 6.
What is the value of the expression when x = -5, y = 3, and z = -1?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 184
A. -34
B. -16
C. 16
D. 34

Answer:
B. -16

Explanation:
Putting x = -5, y = 3, and z = -1 in (x² – 3y)/z
= ((-5)² – 3(3))/(-1)
= (25 – 9)/(-1)
= -16

Question 7.
Which expression is equivalent to 9h – 6 + 7h – 5?
F. 3h + 2
G. 16h + 1
H. 2h – 1
I. 16h – 11

Answer:
I. 16h – 11

Explanation:
9h – 6 + 7h – 5 = 16h – 11

Question 8.
Your friend solved the equation -96 = -6(x – 15).
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 185
What should your friend do to correct her error?
A. First add 6 to both sides of the equation.
B. First subtract from both sides of the equation.
C. Distribute the -6 to get 6x – 90.
D. Distribute the -6 to get -6x + 90.

Answer:
D. Distribute the -6 to get -6x + 90.

Explanation:
-96 = -6(x – 15)
96 = 6(x – 15)
x – 15 = 96/6
x – 15 = 16
x = 16 + 15
x = 31

Question 9.
Which expression does not represent the perimeter of the rectangle?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 186
F. 4j(60)
G. 8j + 120
H. 2(4j + 60)
I. 8(j + 15)

Answer:
F. 4j(60)

Explanation:
The perimeter of rectangle = 2(length + breadth)
= 2(4j + 60) = 8j + 120 = 8(j + 15)

Question 10.
What is the value of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 187

Answer:
5/12 – 7/8 = -11/24

Explanation:
5/12 – 7/8 = (10 – 21)/24
= -11/24

Question 11.
You are selling T-shirts to raise money for a charity. You sell the T-shirts for $10 each.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 188
Part A
You have already sold 2 T-shirts. How many more T-shirts must you sell to raise at least $500? Explain.
Part B
Your friend is raising money for the same charity and has not sold any T-shirts previously. He sells the T-shirts for $8 each. What are the total numbers of T-shirts he can sell to raise atleast $500? Explain.
Part C
Who has to sell more T-shirts in total? How many more? Explain.

Answer:
A. You need to sell 48 more t-shirts to raise at least $500
B. You need to sell more than 63 T-shirts to raise atleast $500
C. The person who is selling $8 per T-shirt has to sell more when compared with others.

Explanation:
The cost of each T-shirt = $10
A. You have already sold 2 T-shirts.
So, you earned = 2 x 10 = 20
The more number of T-shirts must you sell to raise at least $500
2 + 10x ≥ 500
10x ≥ 500 – 2
10x ≥ 488
x ≥ 488/10
x ≥ 48.8
B. The cost of each T-shirt = $8
The total numbers of T-shirts he can sell to raise atleast $500
8x ≥ 500
x ≥ 500/8
x ≥ 62.5
You need to sell more than 63 T-shirts to raise atleast $500
C. The person who is selling $8 per T-shirt has to sell more when compared with others.

Question 12.
Which expression has the same value as Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 189
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 189.1

Answer:
A. -1/3 + 1/9

Explanation:
Solve all the expressions and check which solution represents the given expression.
-2/3 – (-4/9) = -2/3 + 4/9
= (-6 + 4)/9
= -2/9
A. -1/3 + 1/9 = (-3 + 1)/9
= -2/9
B. -2/3 x (-13) = 2/9
As option A and given expression has the same solution. A is the answer.

Question 13.
You recycle (6c + 10) water bottles. Your friend recycles twice as many water bottles as you recycle. Which expression represents the amount of water bottles your friend recycles?
F. 3c + 5
G. 12c + 10
H. 12c + 20
I. 6c + 12

Answer:
H. 12c + 20

Explanation:
Friend recycles twice as many water bottles as you recycle.
You recycle (6c + 10) water bottles.
So, my friend recycles 2(6c + 10) = 12c + 20

Question 14.
What is the value of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 190

Answer:
-4/5 + (-2/3) = -22/15

Explanation:
-4/5 + (-2/3) = -4/5 – 2/3
= (-12 – 10)/15
= -22/15

Conclusion:

We have provided the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities to master your child in maths. If you are lagging in this topic, then this article is the best guide for your preparation. You can download all Pdfs for free of cost. Check our page regularly to get the latest and trending updates on all Grade Mathematics. All your doubts will be clarified on regular basis by us if you tell us in the comment section.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions Pdf of all exercises along with extra practice sections, quizzes, chapter tests, cumulative assessment, etc. are provided here. Students who are searching for the perfect study guide to enhance their math skills can refer to this Big ideas math algebra 1 ch 8 answer key.

Graphing quadratic functions concepts can be pretty easy by solving from the Big ideas math book answers of Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions. The main aim of providing this Ch 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers is to offer quality education to the students and support them to grow high & become pro in math concepts.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Answer Key Ch 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions

By using the BIM Textbook Solutions Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions, you can solve all questions at the time of homework & assignments. Here is the list of topic-wise Big Ideas math Algebra 1 ch 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions Answer Key that helps you learn and understand every single concept of algebra 1 maths.

BigIdeasMath Algebra 1 Graphing Quadratic Functions Chapter 8 Exercise questions and answers are prepared by subject experts based on the Common Core Standards. So, students can easily solve all exercise questions, Questions from Practice Test, Chapter Test, Cumulative Practice, Performance Test, etc. covered in BIM Algebra 1 Ch 8 Answer key

Graphing Quadratic Functions Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Graph the linear equation.

Question 1.
y = 2x – 3
Answer:

Question 2.
y = -3x + 4
Answer:

Question 3.
y = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 2
Answer:

Question 4.
y = x + 5
Answer:

Evaluate the expression when x = −2.
Question 5.
5x2 – 9
Answer:

Question 6.
3x2 + x – 2
Answer:

Question 7.
-x2 + 4x + 1
Answer:

Question 8.
x2 + 8x + 5
Answer:

Question 9.
-2x2 – 4x + 3
Answer:

Question 10.
-4x2 + 2x – 6
Answer:

Question 11.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Complete the table. Find a pattern in the differences of consecutive y-values. Use the pattern to write an expression for y when x = 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 1
Answer:

Graphing Quadratic Functions Mathematical Practices

Mathematically proficient students try special cases of the original problem to gain insight into its solution.

Monitoring Progress

Graph the quadratic function. Then describe its graph.
Question 1.
y = -x2
Answer:

Question 2.
y = 2x2
Answer:

Question 3.
f(x) = 2x2 + 1
Answer:

Question 4.
f(x) = 2x2 – 1
Answer:

Question 5.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + 4x + 3
Answer:

Question 6.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) x2 – 4x + 3
Answer:

Question 7.
y = -2(x + 1)2 + 1
Answer:

Question 8.
y = -2(x – 1)2 + 1
Answer:

Question 9.
How are the graphs in Monitoring Progress Questions 1-8 similar? How are they different?
Answer:

Lesson 8.1 Graphing f(x) = ax2

Essential Question What are some of the characteristics of the graph of a quadratic function of the form f(x) = ax2?

EXPLORATION 1

Graphing Quadratic Functions
Work with a partner. Graph each quadratic function. Compare each graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 1

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
What are some of the characteristics of the graph of a quadratic function of the form f(x) = ax2?
Answer:

Question 3.
How does the value of a affect the graph of f(x) = ax2? Consider 0 < a < 1, a> 1, -1 < a < 0, and a < -1. Use a graphing calculator to verify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 2
Answer:

Question 4.
The figure shows the graph of a quadratic function of the form y = ax2. Which of the intervals in Question 3 describes the value of a? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Identify characteristics of the quadratic function and its graph.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 4
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 5
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 3.
g(x) = 5x2
Answer:

Question 4.
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x2
Answer:

Question 5.
n(x) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x2
Answer:

Question 6.
p(x) = -3x2
Answer:

Question 7.
q(x) = -0.1x2
Answer:

Question 8.
g(x) = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x2
Answer:

Question 9.
The cross section of a spotlight can be modeled by the graph of y = 0.5x2, where x and y are measured in inches and -2 ≤ x ≤ 2. Find the width and depth of the spotlight.
Answer:

Graphing f(x) = ax2 8.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is the U-shaped graph of a quadratic function called?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
When does the graph of a quadratic function open up? open down?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, identify characteristics of the quadratic function and its graph.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 7
Answer:

In Exercises 5–12, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 5.
g(x) = 6x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 5

Question 6.
b(x) = 2.5x2
Answer:

Question 7.
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 7

Question 8.
j(x) = 0.75x2
Answer:

Question 9.
m(x) = -2x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 9

Question 10.
q(x) = –\(\frac{9}{2}\)x2
Answer:

Question 11.
k(x) = -0.2x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 11

Question 12.
p(x) = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)x2
Answer:

In Exercises 13–16, use a graphing calculator to graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of y = −4x2.
Question 13.
y = 4x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 13

Question 14.
y = -0.4x2
Answer:

Question 15.
y = -0.04x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 15

Question 16.
y = -0.004x2
Answer:

Question 17.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in graphing and comparing y = x2 and y = 0.5x2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The arch support of a bridge can be modeled by y = -0.0012x2, where x and y are measured in feet. Find the height and width of the arch.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 9
Answer:

Question 19.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The breaking strength z (in pounds) of a manila rope can be modeled by z = 8900d2, where d is the diameter (in inches) of the rope.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 10
a. Describe the domain and range of the function.
b. Graph the function using the domain in part (a).
c. A manila rope has four times the breaking strength of another manila rope. Does the stronger rope have four times the diameter? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 19

Question 20.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Describe the possible values of a.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 11
Answer:

ANALYZING GRAPHS In Exercises 21–23, use the graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 12
Question 21.
When is each function increasing?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 21

Question 22.
When is each function decreasing?
Answer:

Question 23.
Which function could include the point (-2, 3)? Find the value of a when the graph passes through (-2, 3).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 23

Question 24.
REASONING
Is the x-intercept of the graph of y = x2 always 0? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 25.
REASONING
A parabola opens up and passes through (-4, 2) and (6, -3). How do you know that (-4, 2) is not the vertex?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 25

ABSTRACT REASONING In Exercises 26–29, determine whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Explain your reasoning.
Question 26.
The graph of f(x) = x2 is narrower than the graph of g(x) = x2 when a > 0.
Answer:

Question 27.
The graph of f(x) = x2 is narrower than the graph of g(x) = x2 when |a| > 1.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 27

Question 28.
The graph of f(x) = x2 is wider than the graph of g(x) = x2 when 0 < |a| < 1.
Answer:

Question 29.
The graph of f(x) = x2 is wider than the graph of g(x) = dx2 when |a | > |d| .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 29

Question 30.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Draw the isosceles triangle shown. Divide each leg into eight congruent segments. Connect the highest point of one leg with the lowest point of the other leg. Then connect the second highest point of one leg to the second lowest point of the other leg. Continue this process. Write a quadratic equation whose graph models the shape that appears.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 13
Answer:

Question 31.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
The diagram shows the parabolic cross section of a swirling glass of water, where x and y are measured in centimeters.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 14
a. About how wide is the mouth of the glass?
b. Your friend claims that the rotational speed of the water would have to increase for the cross section to be modeled by y = 0.1x2. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 31

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the expression when n = 3 and x = −2.
Question 32.
n2 + 5
Answer:

Question 33.
3x2 – 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 33

Question 34.
-4n2 + 11
Answer:

Question 35.
n + 2x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 a 35

Lesson 8.2 Graphing f(x) = ax2 + c

Essential Question How does the value of c affect the graph of f(x) = -ax2 + c?

EXPLORATION 1

Graphing y = ax2 + c
Work with a partner. Sketch the graphs of the functions in the same coordinate plane. What do you notice?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 1

EXPLORATION 2

Finding x-Intercepts of Graphs
Work with a partner. Graph each function. Find the x-intercepts of the graph. Explain how you found the x-intercepts.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How does the value of c affect the graph of f(x) = ax2 + c?
Answer:

Question 4.
Use a graphing calculator to verify your answers to Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 3
Answer:

Question 5.
The figure shows the graph of a quadratic function of the form y = ax2 + c. Describe possible values of a and c. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 1.
g(x) = x2 – 5
Answer:

Question 2.
h(x) = x2 + 3
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 3.
g(x) = 2x2 – 5
Answer:

Question 4.
h(x) = – \(\frac{1}{4}\)x2 + 4
Answer:

Question 5.
Let f(x) = 3x2 – 1 and g(x) = f (x) + 3.
a. Describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of g. Then graph f and g in the same coordinate plane.
b. Write an equation that represents g in terms of x.
Answer:

Question 6.
Explain why only nonnegative values of t are used in Example 4.
Answer:

Question 7.
WHAT IF?
The egg is dropped from a height of 100 feet. After how many seconds does the egg hit the ground?
Answer:

Graphing f(x) = ax2 + c 8.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
State the vertex and axis of symmetry of the graph of y = ax2 + c.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
How does the graph of y = ax2 + c compare to the graph of y = ax2?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 3.
g(x) = x2 + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 3

Question 4.
h(x) = x2 + 8
Answer:

Question 5.
p(x) = x2 – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 5

Question 6.
q(x) = x2 – 1
Answer:

In Exercises 7–12, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 7.
g(x) = -x2 + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 7

Question 8.
h(x) = -x2 – 7
Answer:

Question 9.
s(x) = 2x2 – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 9

Question 10.
t(x) = -3x2 + 1
Answer:

Question 11.
p(x) = – \(\frac{1}{3}\)x2 – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 11

Question 12.
q(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + 6
Answer:

In Exercises 13–16, describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of g. Then graph f and g in the same coordinate plane. Write an equation that represents g in terms of x.
Question 13.
f(x) = 3x2 + 4
g(x) = f(x) + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 13

Question 14.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + 1
g(x) = f(x) – 4
Answer:

Question 15.
f(x) = – \(\frac{1}{4}\)x2 – 6
g(x) = f(x) – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 15

Question 16.
f(x) = 4x2 – 5
g(x) = f(x) + 7
Answer:

Question 17.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in comparing the graphs.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 17

Question 18.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in graphing and comparing f(x) = x2 and g(x) = x2 – 10.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 6
Answer:

In Exercises 19–26, find the zeros of the function.
Question 19.
y = x2 – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 19

Question 20.
y = x2 – 36
Answer:

Question 21.
f(x) = -x2 + 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 21

Question 22.
f(x) = -x2 + 49
Answer:

Question 23.
f(x) = 4x2 – 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 23

Question 24.
f(x) = 3x2 – 27
Answer:

Question 25.
f(x) = -12x2 + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 25

Question 26.
f(x) = -8x2 + 98
Answer:

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A water balloon is dropped from a height of 144 feet.
a. After how many seconds does the water balloon hit the ground?
b. Suppose the initial height is adjusted by k feet. How does this affect part (a)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 27

Question 28.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function y = -16x2 + 36 represents the height y (in feet) of an apple x seconds after falling from a tree. Find and interpret the x- and y-intercepts.
Answer:

In Exercises 29–32, sketch a parabola with the given characteristics.
Question 29.
The parabola opens up, and the vertex is (0, 3).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 29

Question 30.
The vertex is (0, 4), and one of the x-intercepts is 2.
Answer:

Question 31.
The related function is increasing when x < 0, and the zeros are -1 and 1.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 31

Question 32.
The highest point on the parabola is (0, -5).
Answer:

Question 33.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
You and your friend both drop a ball at the same time. The function h(x) = -16x2 + 256 represents the height (in feet) of your ball after x seconds. The function g(x) = -16x2 + 300 represents the height (in feet) of your friend’s ball after x seconds.
a. Write the function T(x) = h(x) – g(x). What does T(x) represent?
b. When your ball hits the ground, what is the height of your friend’s ball? Use a graph to justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 33

Question 34.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that in the equation y = ax2 + c, the vertex changes when the value of a changes. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 35.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The area A (in square feet) of a square patio is represented by A = x2, where x is the length of one side of the patio. You add 48 square feet to the patio, resulting in a total area of 192 square feet. What are the dimensions of the original patio? Use a graph to justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 35.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 35.2

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph of f(x) = ax2 + c is shown. Points A and B are the same distance from the vertex of the graph of f. Which point is closer to the vertex of the graph of f as c increases?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 7
Answer:

Question 37.
REASONING
Describe two algebraic methods you can use to find the zeros of the function f(t) = -16t2 + 400. Check your answer by graphing.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 37

Question 38.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The paths of water from three different garden waterfalls are given below. Each function gives the height h (in feet) and the horizontal distance d (in feet) of the water.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 8
Waterfall 1 h = -3.1d2 + 4.8
Waterfall 2 h = -3.5d2 + 1.9
Waterfall 3 h = -1.1d2 + 1.6
a. Which waterfall drops water from the highest point?
b. Which waterfall follows the narrowest path?
c. Which waterfall sends water the farthest?
Answer:

Question 39.
WRITING EQUATIONS
Two acorns fall to the ground from an oak tree. One falls 45 feet, while the other falls 32 feet.
a. For each acorn, write an equation that represents the height h (in feet) as a function of the time t (in seconds).
b. Describe how the graphs of the two equations are related.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 39

Question 40.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
One of two classic problems in calculus is to find the area under a curve. Approximate the area of the region bounded by the parabola and the x-axis. Show your work.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 9
Answer:

Question 41.
CRITICAL THINKING
A cross section of the parabolic surface of the antenna shown can be modeled by y = 0.012x2, where x and y are measured in feet. The antenna is moved up so that the outer edges of the dish are 25 feet above x-axis. Where is the vertex of the cross section located? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 41

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the expression when a = 4 and b = −3.
Question 42.
\(\frac{a}{4b}\)
Answer:

Question 43.
–\(\frac{b}{2a}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 43

Question 44.
\(\frac{a-b}{3 a+b}\)
Answer:

Question 45.
–\(\frac{b+2 a}{a b}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.2 a 45

Lesson 8.3 Graphing f(x) = ax2 + bx + c

Essential Question How can you find the vertex of the graph of f(x) = ax2 + bx + c?

EXPLORATION 1

Comparing x-Intercepts with the Vertex
Work with a partner.
a. Sketch the graphs of y = 2x2 – 8x and y = 2x2 – 8x + 6.
b. What do you notice about the x-coordinate of the vertex of each graph?
c. Use the graph of y = 2x2 – 8x to find its x-intercepts. Verify your answer by solving 0 = 2x2 – 8x.
d. Compare the value of the x-coordinate of the vertex with the values of the x-intercepts.

EXPLORATION 2

Finding x-Intercepts
Work with a partner.
a. Solve 0 = ax2 + bx for x by factoring.
b. What are the x-intercepts of the graph of y = ax2 + bx?
c. Copy and complete the table to verify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 1

EXPLORATION 3

Deductive Reasoning
Work with a partner. Complete the following logical argument.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you find the vertex of the graph of f(x) = ax2 + bx + c?
Answer:

Question 5.
Without graphing, find the vertex of the graph of f(x) = x2 – 4x + 3. Check your result by graphing.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Find (a) the axis of symmetry and (b) the vertex of the graph of the function.
Question 1.
f(x) = 3x2 – 2x
Answer:

Question 2.
g(x) = x2 + 6x + 5
Answer:

Question 3.
h(x) = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + 7x – 4
Answer:

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
Question 4.
h(x) = 2x2 + 4x + 1
Answer:

Question 5.
k(x) = x2 – 8x + 7
Answer:

Question 6.
p(x) = -5x2 – 10x – 2
Answer:

Tell whether the function has a minimum value or a maximum value. Then find the value.
Question 7.
g(x) = 8x2 – 8x + 6
Answer:

Question 8.
h(x) = – \(\frac{1}{4}\)x2 + 3x + 1
Answer:

Question 9.
The cables between the two towers of the Tacoma Narrows Bridge in Washington form a parabola that can be modeled by y = 0.00016x2 – 0.46x + 507, where x and y are measured in feet. What is the height of the cable above the water at its lowest point?
Answer:

Question 10.
Which balloon is in the air longer? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 11.
Which balloon reaches its maximum height faster? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Graphing f(x) = ax2 + bx + c 8.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Explain how you can tell whether a quadratic function has a maximum value or a minimum value without graphing the function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Consider the quadratic function f(x) = -2x2 + 8x + 24. Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, find the vertex, the axis of symmetry, and the y-intercept of the graph.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 5
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 7
Answer:

In Exercises 7–12, find (a) the axis of symmetry and (b) the vertex of the graph of the function.
Question 7.
f(x) = 2x2 – 4x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 7

Question 8.
y = 3x2 + 2x
Answer:

Question 9.
y = -9x2 – 18x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 9

Question 10.
f(x) = -6x2 + 24x – 20
Answer:

Question 11.
f(x) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)x2 – 4x + 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 11

Question 12.
y = – \(\frac{3}{4}\) x2 + 9x – 18
Answer:

In Exercises 13–18, graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
Question 13.
f(x) = 2x2 + 12x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 13

Question 14.
y = 4x2 + 24x + 13
Answer:

Question 15.
y = -8x2 – 16x – 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 15

Question 16.
f(x) = -5x2 + 20x – 7
Answer:

Question 17.
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x2 – 6x + 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 17.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 17.2

Question 18.
f(x) = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 3x – 4
Answer:

Question 19.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the axis of symmetry of the graph of y = 3x2 – 12x + 11.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 19

Question 20.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in graphing the function f(x) = -x2+ 4x + 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 9
Answer:

In Exercises 21–26, tell whether the function has a minimum value or a maximum value. Then find the value.
Question 21.
y = 3x2 – 18x + 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 21

Question 22.
f(x) = -5x2 + 10x + 7
Answer:

Question 23.
f(x) = -4x2 + 4x – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 23

Question 24.
y = 2x2 – 10x + 13
Answer:

Question 25.
y = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 11x + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 25

Question 26.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)x2 – 5x + 27
Answer:

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function shown represents the height h (in feet) of a firework t seconds after it is launched. The firework explodes at its highest point.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 10
a. When does the firework explode?
b. At what height does the firework explode?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 27

Question 28.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function h(t) = -16t2 + 16t represents the height (in feet) of a horse t seconds after it jumps during a steeplechase.
a. When does the horse reach its maximum height?
b. Can the horse clear a fence that is 3.5 feet tall? If so, by how much?
c. How long is the horse in the air?
Answer:

Question 29.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The cable between two towers of a suspension bridge can be modeled by the function shown, where x and y are measured in feet. The cable is at road level midway between the towers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 11
a. How far from each tower shown is the lowest point of the cable?
b. How high is the road above the water?
c. Describe the domain and range of the function shown.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 29

Question 30.
REASONING
Find the axis of symmetry of the graph of the equation y = ax2 + bx + c when b = 0. Can you find the axis of symmetry when a = 0? Explain.
Answer:

Question 31.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
The vertex of a parabola is (3, -1). One point on the parabola is (6, 8). Find another point on the parabola. Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 31

Question 32.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that it is possible to draw a parabola through any two points with different x-coordinates. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 33–36, use the minimum or maximum feature of a graphing calculator to approximate the vertex of the graph of the function.
Question 33.
y = 0.5x2 + \(\sqrt{2x}\) x – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 33

Question 34.
y = -6.2x2 + 4.8x – 1
Answer:

Question 35.
y = -πx2+ 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 35

Question 36.
y = 0.25x2 – 52/3x + 2
Answer:

Question 37.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The opening of one aircraft hangar is a parabolic arch that can be modeled by the equation y = -0.006x2+ 1.5x, where x and y are measured in feet. The opening of a second aircraft hangar is shown in the graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 12
a. Which aircraft hangar is taller?
b. Which aircraft hangar is wider?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 37

Question 38.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
An office supply store sells about 80 graphing calculators per month for $120 each. For each $6 decrease in price, the store expects to sell eight more calculators. The revenue from calculator sales is given by the function R(n) = (unit price)(units sold), or R(n) = (120 – 6n)(80 + 8n), where n is the number of $6 price decreases.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 13
a. How much should the store charge to maximize monthly revenue?
b. Using a different revenue model, the store expects to sell five more calculators for each $4 decrease in price. Which revenue model results in a greater maximum monthly revenue? Explain.
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 39 and 40, (a) find the value of x that maximizes the area of the figure and (b) find the maximum area.
Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 39

Question 40
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 15
Answer:

Question 41.
WRITING
Compare the graph of g(x) = x2 + 4x + 1 with the graph of h(x) = x2 – 4x + 1.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 41.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 41.2

Question 42.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
During an archery competition, an archer shoots an arrow. The arrow follows the parabolic path shown, where x and y are measured in meters.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 16
a. What is the initial height of the arrow?
b. Estimate the maximum height of the arrow.
c. How far does the arrow travel?
Answer:

Question 43.
USING TOOLS
The graph of a quadratic function passes through (3, 2), (4, 7), and (9, 2). Does the graph open up or down? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 43

Question 44.
REASONING
For a quadratic function f, what does f(-\(\frac{b}{2a}\)) represent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 45.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Write a function of the form y = ax2 + bx whose graph contains the points (1, 6) and (3, 6).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 45

Question 46.
CRITICAL THINKING
Parabolas A and B contain the points shown. Identify characteristics of each parabola, if possible. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 17
Answer:

Question 47.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
At a basketball game, an air cannon launches T-shirts into the crowd. The function y = – \(\frac{1}{8}\)x2 + 4x represents the path of a T-shirt. The function 3y = 2x – 14 represents the height of the bleachers. In both functions, y represents vertical height (in feet) and x represents horizontal distance (in feet). At what height does the T-shirt land in the bleachers?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 47

Question 48.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
One of two classic problems in calculus is finding the slope of a tangent line to a curve. An example of a tangent line, which just touches the parabola at one point, is shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 18
Approximate the slope of the tangent line to the graph of y = x2 at the point (1, 1). Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 49.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The owners of a dog shelter want to enclose a rectangular play area on the side of their building. They have k feet of fencing. What is the maximum area of the outside enclosure in terms of k? (Hint: Find the y-coordinate of the vertex of the graph of the area function.)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 49

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Describe the transformation(s) from the graph of f(x) = |x| to the graph of the given function.
Question 50.
q(x) = |x + 6|
Answer:

Question 51.
h(x) = -0.5|x|
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 51

Question 52.
g(x) = |x – 2| + 5
Answer:

Question 53.
p(x) = 3|x + 1|
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 a 53

Graphing Quadratic Functions Study Skills: Learning Visually

8.1– 8.3 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 20

Core Concepts
Section 8.1
Characteristics of Quadratic Functions, p. 420
Graphing f(x) = ax2 When a > 0, p. 421
Graphing f (x) = ax2When a < 0, p. 421

Section 8.2
Graphing f(x) = ax2 + c, p. 426

Section 8.3
Graphing f(x) = ax2 + bx + c, p. 432
Maximum and Minimum Values, p. 433

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
Explain your plan for solving Exercise 18 on page 423.
Answer:

Question 2.
How does graphing a function in Exercise 27 on page 429 help you answer the questions?
Answer:

Question 3.
What definition and characteristics of the graph of a quadratic function did you use to answer Exercise 44 on page 438?
Answer:

Study Skills: Learning Visually

  • Draw a picture of a word problem before writing a verbal model. You do not have to be an artist.
  • When making a review card for a word problem, include a picture. This will help you recall the information while taking a test.
  • Make sure your notes are visually neat for easy recall
    Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.3 21

Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.1 – 8.3 Quiz

Identify characteristics of the quadratic function and its graph.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions q 1
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions q 2
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 3.
h(x) = -x2
Answer:

Question 4.
p(x) = 2x2 + 2
Answer:

Question 5.
r(x) = 4x2 – 16
Answer:

Question 6.
b(x) = 8x2
Answer:

Question 7.
g(x) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)x2
Answer:

Question 8.
m(x) = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 4
Answer:

Describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of g. Then graph f and g in the same coordinate plane. Write an equation that represents g in terms of x.
Question 9.
f(x) = 2x2 + 1; g(x) = f(x) + 2
Answer:

Question 10.
f(x) = -3x2 + 12; g(x) = f(x) – 9
Answer:

Question 11.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 2; g(x) = f(x) – 6
Answer:

Question 12.
f(x) = 5x2 – 3; g(x) = f(x) + 1
Answer:

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
Question 13.
f(x) = -4x2 – 4x + 7
Answer:

Question 14.
f(x) = 2x2 + 12x + 5
Answer:

Question 15.
y = x2 + 4x – 5
Answer:

Question 16.
y = -3x2 + 6x + 9
Answer:

Tell whether the function has a minimum value or a maximum value. Then find the value.
Question 17.
f(x) = 5x2 + 10x – 3
Answer:

Question 18.
f(x) = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + 2x + 16
Answer:

Question 19.
y = -x2 + 4x + 12
Answer:

Question 20.
y = 2x2 + 8x + 3
Answer:

Question 21.
The distance y (in feet) that a coconut falls after t seconds is given by the function y = 16t2. Use a graph to determine how many seconds it takes for the coconut to fall 64 feet.
Answer:

Question 22.
The function y = -16t2 + 25 represents the height y (in feet) of a pinecone t seconds after falling from a tree.
a. After how many seconds does the pinecone hit the ground?
b. A second pinecone falls from a height of 36 feet. Which pinecone hits the ground in the least amount of time? Explain.
Answer:

Question 23.
The function shown models the height (in feet) of a softball t seconds after it is pitched in an underhand motion. Describe the domain and range. Find the maximum height of the softball.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions q 3
Answer:

Lesson 8.4 Graphing f(x) = a(x – h)2 + k

Essential Question How can you describe the graph of f(x) = a(x – h)2?

EXPLORATION 1

Graphing y = a(x − h)2 When h > 0
Work with a partner. Sketch the graphs of the functions in the same coordinate plane. How does the value of h affect the graph of y = a(x – h)2?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 1

EXPLORATION 2

Graphing y = a(x − h)2 When h < 0
Work with a partner. Sketch the graphs of the functions in the same coordinate plane. How does the value of h affect the graph of y = a(x – h)2?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you describe the graph of f(x) = a(x – h)2?
Answer:

Question 4.
Without graphing, describe the graph of each function. Use a graphing calculator to check your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 3
a. y = (x – 3)2
b. y = (x + 3)2
c. y = -(x – 3)2
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Determine whether the function is even, odd, or neither.
Question 1.
f(x) = 5x
Answer:

Question 2.
g(x) = 2x
Answer:

Question 3.
h(x) = 2x2 + 3
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 4.
g(x) = 2(x + 5)2
Answer:

Question 5.
h(x) = -(x – 2)2
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 6.
g(x) = 3(x – 1)2 + 6
Answer:

Question 7.
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x + 4)2 – 2
Answer:

Question 8.
Consider function g in Example 3. Graph f(x) = g(x) – 3
Answer:

Question 9.
WHAT IF?
The vertex is (3, 6). Write and graph a quadratic function that models the path.
Answer:

Graphing f(x) = a(x – h)2 + k 8.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Compare the graph of an even function with the graph of an odd function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 1

Question 2.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a quadratic function whose graph has a vertex of (1, 2).
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
Describe the transformation from the graph of f(x) = ax2 to the graph of g(x) = a(x – h)2 + k.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which function does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–12, determine whether the function is even, odd, or neither.
Question 5.
f(x) = 4x + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 5

Question 6.
g(x) = 3x2
Answer:

Question 7.
h(x) = 5x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 7

Question 8.
m(x) = 2x2 – 7x
Answer:

Question 9.
p(x) = -x2 + 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 9

Question 10.
f(x) = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
Answer:

Question 11.
n(x) = 2x2 – 7x + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 11

Question 12.
r(x) = -6x2 + 5
Answer:

In Exercises 13–18, determine whether the function represented by the graph is even, odd, or neither.
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 6
Answer:

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 8
Answer:

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 10
Answer:

In Exercises 19–22, find the vertex and the axis of symmetry of the graph of the function.
Question 19.
f(x) = 3(x + 1)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 19

Question 20.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)(x – 6)2
Answer:

Question 21.
y = – \(\frac{1}{8}\)(x – 4)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 21

Question 22.
y = -5(x + 9)2
Answer:

In Exercises 23–28, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 23.
g(x) = 2(x + 3)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 23.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 23.2

Question 24.
p(x) = 3(x – 1)2
Answer:

Question 25.
r(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)(x + 10)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 25.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 25.2

Question 26.
n(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)(x – 6)2
Answer:

Question 27.
d(x) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)(x – 5)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 27.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 27.2

Question 28.
q(x) = 6(x + 2)2
Answer:

Question 29.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in determining whether the function f(x) = x2 + 3 is even, odd, or neither.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 29.1

Question 30.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the vertex of the graph of the function.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 12
Answer:

In Exercises 31–34, find the vertex and the axis of symmetry of the graph of the function.
Question 31.
y = -6(x + 4)2 – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 31

Question 32.
f(x) = 3(x – 3)2 + 6
Answer:

Question 33.
f(x) = -4(x + 3)2 + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 33

Question 34.
y = -(x – 6)2 – 5
Answer:

In Exercises 35–38, match the function with its graph.
Question 35.
y = -(x + 1)2 – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 35

Question 36.
y = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 1)2 + 3
Answer:

Question 37.
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)(x – 1)2 + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 37

Question 38.
y = 2(x + 1)2 – 3
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 13

In Exercises 39–44, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 39.
h(x) = (x – 2)2 + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 39.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 39.2

Question 40.
g(x) = (x + 1)2 – 7
Answer:

Question 41.
r(x) = 4(x – 1)2 – 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 41.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 41.2

Question 42.
n(x) = -(x + 4)2 + 2
Answer:

Question 43.
g(x) = – \(\frac{1}{3}\)(x + 3)2 – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 43.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 43.2

Question 44.
r(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 2)2 – 4
Answer:

In Exercises 45–48, let f(x) = (x − 2)2 + 1. Match the function with its graph.
Question 45.
g(x) = f(x – 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 45

Question 46.
r(x) = f(x + 2)
Answer:

Question 47.
h(x) = f(x) + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 47

Question 48.
p(x) = f(x) – 3
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 14

In Exercises 49–54, graph g.
Question 49.
f(x) = 2(x – 1)2 + 1; g(x) = f(x + 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 49.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 49.2

Question 50.
f(x) = -(x + 1)2 + 2; g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)f(x)
Answer:

Question 51.
f(x) = -3(x + 5)2 – 6; g(x) = 2f(x)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 51.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 51.2

Question 52.
f(x) = 5(x – 3)2 – 1; g(x) = (x) – 6
Answer:

Question 53.
f(x) = (x + 3)2 + 5; g(x) = f(x – 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 53

Question 54.
f(x) = -2(x – 4)2 – 8; g(x) = -f(x)
Answer:

Question 55.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The height (in meters) of a bird diving to catch a fish is represented by h(t) = 5(t – 2.5)2, where t is the number of seconds after beginning the dive.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 15
a. Graph h.
b. Another bird’s dive is represented by r(t) = 2h(t). Graph r.
c. Compare the graphs. Which bird starts its dive from a greater height? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 55.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 55.2

Question 56.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A kicker punts a football. The height (in yards) of the football is represented by f(x) = – \(\frac{1}{9}\)(x – 30)2 + 25, where x is the horizontal distance (in yards) from the kicker’s goal line.
a. Graph f. Describe the domain and range.
b. On the next possession, the kicker punts the football. The height of the football is represented by g(x) = f (x + 5). Graph g. Describe the domain and range.
c. Compare the graphs. On which possession does the kicker punt closer to his goal line? Explain.
Answer:

In Exercises 57–62, write a quadratic function in vertex form whose graph has the given vertex and passes through the given point.
Question 57.
vertex: (1, 2); passes through (3, 10)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 57

Question 58.
vertex: (-3, 5); passes through (0, -14)
Answer:

Question 59.
vertex: (-2, -4); passes through (-1, -6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 59

Question 60.
vertex: (1, 8); passes through (3, 12)
Answer:

Question 61.
vertex: (5, -2); passes through (7, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 61

Question 62.
vertex: (-5, -1); passes through (-2, 2)
Answer:

Question 63.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A portion of a roller coaster track is in the shape of a parabola. Write and graph a quadratic function that models this portion of the roller coaster with a maximum height of 90 feet, represented by a vertex of (25, 90), passing through the point (50, 0).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 63.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 63.2

Question 64.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A flare is launched from a boat and travels in a parabolic path until reaching the water. Write and graph a quadratic function that models the path of the are with a maximum height of 300 meters, represented by a vertex of (59, 300), landing in the water at the point (119, 0).
Answer:

In Exercises 65–68, rewrite the quadratic function in vertex form.
Question 65.
y = 2x)2 – 8x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 65

Question 66.
y = 3x)2 + 6x – 1
Answer:

Question 67.
f(x) = -5x)2 + 10x + 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 67

Question 68.
f(x) = -x)2 + 4x + 2
Answer:

Question 69.
REASONING
Can a function be symmetric about the x-axis? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 69

Question 70.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph of a quadratic function is shown. Determine which symbols to use to complete the vertex form of the quadratic function. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 17
Answer:

In Exercises 71–74, describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of h. Write an equation that represents h in terms of x.
Question 71.
f(x) = -(x + 1))2 – 2
h(x) = f(x) + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 71

Question 72.
f(x) = 2(x – 1))2 + 1
h(x) = f(x – 5)
Answer:

Question 73.
f(x) = 4(x – 2))2 + 3
h(x) = 2f(x)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 73

Question 74.
f(x) = -(x + 5))2 – 6
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)f(x)
Answer:

Question 75.
REASONING
The graph of y = x2 is translated 2 units right and 5 units down. Write an equation for the function in vertex form and in standard form. Describe advantages of writing the function in each form.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 75

Question 76.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Which of the following are true? Justify your answers.
a. Any constant multiple of an even function is even.
b. Any constant multiple of an odd function is odd.
c. The sum or difference of two even functions is even.
d. The sum or difference of two odd functions is odd.
e. The sum or difference of an even function and an odd function is odd.
Answer:

Question 77.
COMPARING FUNCTIONS
A cross section of a birdbath can be modeled by y = \(\frac{1}{81}\)(x – 18)2 – 4, where x and y are measured in inches. The graph shows the cross section of another birdbath.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 18
a. Which birdbath is deeper? Explain.
b. Which birdbath is wider? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 77.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 77.2

Question 78.
REASONING
Compare the graphs of y = 2x2 + 8x +8 and y = x2 without graphing the functions. How can factoring help you compare the parabolas? Explain.
Answer:

Question 79.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says all absolute value functions are even because of their symmetry. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 79

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation.
Question 80.
x(x – 1) = 0
Answer:

Question 81.
(x + 3)(x – 8) = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.4 a 81

Question 82.
(3x – 9)(4x + 12) = 0
Answer:

Lesson 8.5 Using Intercept Form

Essential Question What are some of the characteristics of the graph of f(x) = a(x – p)(x – q)?

EXPLORATION 1

Using Zeros to Write Functions
Work with a partner. Each graph represents a function of the form f(x) = (x – p)(x – q) or f(x) = -(x – p)(x – q). Write the function represented by each graph. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 1

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
What are some of the characteristics of the graph of f(x) = a(x – p)(x – q)?
Answer:

Question 3.
Consider the graph of f(x) = a(x – p)(x – q).
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 2
a. Does changing the sign of a change the x-intercepts? Does changing the sign of a change the y-intercept? Explain your reasoning.
b. Does changing the value of p change the x-intercepts? Does changing the value of p change the y-intercept? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Graph the quadratic function. Label the vertex, axis of symmetry, and x-intercepts. Describe the domain and range of the function.
Question 1.
f(x) = (x + 2)(x – 3)
Answer:

Question 2.
g(x) = -2(x – 4)(x + 1)
Answer:

Question 3.
h(x) = 4x2 – 36
Answer:

Find the zero(s) of the function.
Question 4.
f(x) = (x – 6)(x – 1)
Answer:

Question 5.
g(x) = 3x2 – 12x + 12
Answer:

Question 6.
h(x) = x(x2 – 1)
Answer:

Use zeros to graph the function.
Question 7.
f(x) = (x – 1)(x – 4)
Answer:

Question 8.
g(x) = x2 + x – 12
Answer:

Write a quadratic function in standard form whose graph satisfies the given condition(s).
Question 9.
x-intercepts: -1 and 1
Answer:

Question 10.
vertex: (8, 8) 11. passes through (0, 0), (10, 0), and (4, 12)
Answer:

Question 12.
passes through (-5, 0), (4, 0), and (3, -16)
Answer:

Use zeros to graph the function.
Question 13.
g(x) = (x – 1)(x – 3)(x + 3)
Answer:

Question 14.
h(x) = x3 – 6x2 + 5x
Answer:

Question 15.
The zeros of a cubic function are -3, -1, and 1. The graph of the function passes through the point (0, -3). Write the function.
Answer:

Using Intercept Form 8.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The values p and q are __________ of the graph of the function f(x) = a(x – p)(x – q).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how to find the maximum value or minimum value of a quadratic function when the function is given in intercept form.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, find the x-intercepts and axis of symmetry of the graph of the function.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 4
Answer:

Question 5.
f(x) = -5(x + 7)(x – 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 5

Question 6.
g(x) = \(\frac{2}{3}\) x(x + 8)
Answer:

In Exercises 7–12, graph the quadratic function. Label the vertex, axis of symmetry, and x-intercepts. Describe the domain and range of the function.
Question 7.
f(x) = (x + 4)(x + 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 7

Question 8.
y = (x – 2)(x + 2)
Answer:

Question 9.
y = -(x + 6)(x – 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 9

Question 10.
h(x) = -4(x – 7)(x – 3)
Answer:

Question 11.
g(x) = 5(x + 1)(x + 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 11

Question 12.
y = -2(x – 3)(x + 4)
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, graph the quadratic function. Label the vertex, axis of symmetry, and x-intercepts. Describe the domain and range of the function.
Question 13.
y = x2 – 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 13

Question 14.
f(x) = x2 – 8x
Answer:

Question 15.
h(x) = -5x2 + 5x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 15.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 15.2

Question 16.
y = 3x2 – 48
Answer:

Question 17.
q(x) = x2 + 9x + 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 17.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 17.2

Question 18.
p(x) = x2 + 6x – 27
Answer:

Question 19.
y = 4x2 – 36x + 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 19.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 19.2

Question 20.
y = -2x2 – 4x + 30
Answer:

In Exercises 21–30, find the zero(s) of the function.
Question 21.
y = -2(x – 2)(x – 10)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 21

Question 22.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)(x + 5)(x – 1)
Answer:

Question 23.
g(x) = x2 + 5x – 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 23

Question 24.
y = x2 – 17x + 52
Answer:

Question 25.
y = 3x2 – 15x – 42
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 25

Question 26.
g(x) = -4x2 – 8x – 4
Answer:

Question 27.
f(x) = (x + 5)(x2 – 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 27

Question 28.
h(x) = (x2 – 36)(x – 11)
Answer:

Question 29.
y = x3 – 49x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 29

Question 30.
y = x3 – x2 – 9x + 9
Answer:

In Exercises 31–36, match the function with its graph.
Question 31.
y = (x + 5)(x + 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 31

Question 32.
y = (x + 5)(x – 3)
Answer:

Question 33.
y = (x – 5)(x + 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 33

Question 34.
y = (x – 5)(x – 3)
Answer:

Question 35.
y = (x + 5)(x – 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 35

Question 36.
y = (x + 3)(x – 3)
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 5

In Exercises 37–42, use zeros to graph the function.
Question 37.
f(x) = (x + 2)(x – 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 37

Question 38.
g(x) = -3(x + 1)(x + 7)
Answer:

Question 39.
y = x2 – 11x + 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 39

Question 40.
y = x2 – x – 30
Answer:

Question 41.
y = -5x2 – 10x + 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 41

Question 42.
h(x) = 8x2 – 8
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 43 and 44, describe and correct the error in finding the zeros of the function.
Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 7
Answer:

In Exercises 45–56, write a quadratic function in standard form whose graph satisfies the given condition(s).
Question 45.
vertex: (7, -3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 45

Question 46.
vertex: (4, 8)
Answer:

Question 47.
x-intercepts: 1 and 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 47

Question 48.
x-intercepts: -2 and -5
Answer:

Question 49.
passes through (-4, 0), (3, 0), and (2, -18)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 49

Question 50.
passes through (-5, 0), (-1, 0), and (-4, 3)
Answer:

Question 51.
passes through (7, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 51

Question 52.
passes through (0, 0) and (6, 0)
Answer:

Question 53.
axis of symmetry: x = -5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 53

Question 54.
y increases as x increases when x < 4; y decreases as x increases when x > 4.
Answer:

Question 55.
range: y ≥ -3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 55

Question 56.
range: y ≤ 10
Answer:

In Exercises 57–60, write the quadratic function represented by the graph.
Question 57.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 57

Question 58.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 9
Answer:

Question 59.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 59

Question 60.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 11
Answer:

In Exercises 61–68, use zeros to graph the function.
Question 61.
y = 5x(x + 2)(x – 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 61

Question 62.
f(x) = -x(x + 9)(x + 3)
Answer:

Question 63.
h(x) = (x – 2)(x + 2)(x + 7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 63

Question 64.
y = (x + 1)(x – 5)(x – 4)
Answer:

Question 65.
f(x) = 3x3 – 48x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 65

Question 66.
y = -2x3 + 20x2 – 50x
Answer:

Question 67.
y = -x3 – 16x2 – 28x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 67

Question 68.
g(x) = 6x3 + 30x2 – 36x
Answer:

In Exercises 69–72, write the cubic function represented by the graph.
Question 69.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 69

Question 70.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 13
Answer:

Question 71.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 71

Question 72.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 15
Answer:

In Exercises 73–76, write a cubic function whose graph satisfies the given condition(s).
Question 73.
x-intercepts: -2, 3, and 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 73

Question 74.
x-intercepts: -7, -5, and 0
Answer:

Question 75.
passes through (1, 0) and (7, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 75

Question 76.
passes through (0, 6)
Answer:

In Exercises 77–80, all the zeros of a function are given. Use the zeros and the other point given to write a quadratic or cubic function represented by the table.
Question 77.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 77

Question 78.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 17
Answer:

Question 79.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 79

Question 80.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 19
Answer:

In Exercises 81–84, sketch a parabola that satisfies the given conditions.
Question 81.
x-intercepts: -4 and 2; range: y ≥ -3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 81

Question 82.
axis of symmetry: x = 6; passes through (4, 15)
Answer:

Question 83.
range: y ≤ 5; passes through (0, 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 83

Question 84.
x-intercept: 6; y-intercept: 1; range: y ≥ -4
Answer:

Question 85.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Satellite dishes are shaped like parabolas to optimally receive signals. The cross section of a satellite dish can be modeled by the function shown, where x and y are measured in feet. The x-axis represents the top of the opening of the dish.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 20
a. How wide is the satellite dish?
b. How deep is the satellite dish?
c. Write a quadratic function in standard form that models the cross section of a satellite dish that is 6 feet wide and 1.5 feet deep.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 85.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 85.2

Question 86.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A professional basketball player’s shot is modeled by the function shown, where x and y are measured in feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 21
a. Does the player make the shot? Explain.
b. The basketball player releases another shot from the point (13, 0) and makes the shot. The shot also passes through the point (10, 1.4). Write a quadratic function in standard form that models the path of the shot.
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 87–90, match the function with its graph.
Question 87.
y = -x2 + 5x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 87

Question 88.
y = x2 – x – 12
Answer:

Question 89.
y = x3 – 2x2 – 8x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 89

Question 90.
y = x3 – 4x2 – 11x + 30
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 22

Question 91.
CRITICAL THINKING
Write a quadratic function represented by the table, if possible. If not, explain why.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 91

Question 92.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph shows the parabolic arch that supports the roof of a convention center, where x and y are measured in feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 24
a. The arch can be represented by a function of the form f(x) = a(x – p)(x – q). Estimate the values of p and q.
b. Estimate the width and height of the arch. Explain how you can use your height estimate to calculate a.
Answer:

ANALYZING EQUATIONS In Exercises 93 and 94,
(a) rewrite the quadratic function in intercept form and
(b) graph the function using any method. Explain the method you used.
Question 93.
f(x) = -3(x + 1)2 + 27
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 93.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 93.2

Question 94.
g(x) = 2(x – 1)2 – 2
Answer:

Question 95.
WRITING
Can a quadratic function with exactly one real zero be written in intercept form? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 95

Question 96.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that any quadratic function can be written in standard form and in vertex form. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 97.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Write the function represented by the graph in intercept form.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 97

Question 98.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Sketch the graph of each function. Explain your procedure.
a. f(x) = (x2 – 1)(x2 – 4)
b. g(x) = x(x2 – 1)(x2 – 4)
Answer:

Question 99.
REASONING
Let k be a constant. Find the zeros of the function f(x) = kx2 – k2x – 2k3 in terms of k.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 99

PROBLEM SOLVING In Exercises 100 and 101, write a system of two quadratic equations whose graphs intersect at the given points. Explain your reasoning.
Question 100.
(-4, 0) and (2, 0)
Answer:

Question 101.
(3, 6) and (7, 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 101.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 101.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

The scatter plot shows the amounts x (in grams) of fat and the numbers y of calories in 12 burgers at a fast-food restaurant.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 26
Question 102.
How many calories are in the burger that contains 12 grams of fat?
Answer:

Question 103.
How many grams of fat are in the burger that contains 600 calories?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 103

Question 104.
What tends to happen to the number of calories as the number of grams of fat increases?
Answer:

Determine whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning.
Question 105.
3, 11, 21, 33, 47, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 105

Question 106.
-2, -6, -18, -54, . . .
Answer:

Question 107.
26, 18, 10, 2, -6, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.5 a 107

Question 108.
4, 5, 9, 14, 23, . . .
Answer:

Lesson 8.6 Comparing Linear, Exponential, and Quadratic Functions

Essential Question How can you compare the growth rates of linear, exponential, and quadratic functions?

EXPLORATION 1

Comparing Speeds
Work with a partner. Three cars start traveling at the same time. The distance traveled in t minutes is y miles. Complete each table and sketch all three graphs in the same coordinate plane. Compare the speeds of the three cars. Which car has a constant speed? Which car is accelerating the most? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 1

EXPLORATION 2

Comparing Speeds
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 2
Work with a partner. Analyze the speeds of the three cars over the given time periods. The distance traveled in t minutes is y miles. Which car eventually overtakes the others?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 3

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you compare the growth rates of linear, exponential, and quadratic functions?
Answer:

Question 4.
Which function has a growth rate that is eventually much greater than the growth rates of the other two functions? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Plot the points. Tell whether the points appear to represent a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function.
Question 1.
(-1, 5), (2, -1), (0, -1), (3, 5), (1, -3)
Answer:

Question 2.
(-1, 2), (-2, 8), (-3, 32), (0, \(\frac{1}{2}\)), (1, \(\frac{1}{8}\))
Answer:

Question 3.
(-3, 5), (0, -1), (2, -5), (-4, 7), (1, -3)
Answer:

Question 4.
Tell whether the table of values represents a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 4
Answer:

Question 5.
Tell whether the table of values represents a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Then write the function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 5
Answer:

Question 6.
Compare the websites in Example 4 by calculating and interpreting the average rates of change from Day 0 to Day 10.
Answer:

Question 7.
WHAT IF?
Tinyville’s population increased by 8% each year. In what year were the populations about equal?
Answer:

Comparing Linear, Exponential, and Quadratic Functions 8.6 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Name three types of functions that you can use to model data. Describe the equation and graph of each type of function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
How can you decide whether to use a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function to model a data set?
Answer:

Question 3.
VOCABULARY
Describe how to find the average rate of change of a function y = f(x) between x = a and x = b.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which graph does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 6
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–8, tell whether the points appear to represent a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 8
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 10
Answer:

In Exercises 9–14, plot the points. Tell whether the points appear to represent a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function.
Question 9.
(-2, -1), (-1, 0), (1, 2), (2, 3), (0, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 9

Question 10.
( 0, \(\frac{1}{4}\)), (1, 1), (2, 4), (3, 16), (-1, \(\frac{1}{16}\))
Answer:

Question 11.
(0, -3), (1, 0), (2, 9), (-2, 9), (-1, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 11

Question 12.
(-1, -3), (-3, 5), (0, -1), (1, 5), (2, 15)
Answer:

Question 13.
(-4, -4), (-2, -3.4), (0, -), (2, -2.6), (4, -2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 13

Question 14.
(0, 8), (-4, 0.25), (-3, 0.4), (-2, 1), (-1, 3)
Answer:

In Exercises 15–18, tell whether the table of values represents a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 12
Answer:

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 14
Answer:

Question 19.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A student takes a subway to a public library. The table shows the distances d (in miles) the student travels in t minutes. Let the time t represent the independent variable. Tell whether the data can be modeled by a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 19

Question 20.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A store sells custom circular rugs. The table shows the costs c (in dollars) of rugs that have diameters of d feet. Let the diameter d represent the independent variable. Tell whether the data can be modeled by a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 16
Answer:

In Exercises 21–26, tell whether the data represent a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Then write the function.
Question 21.
(-2, 8), (-1, 0), (0, -4), (1, -4), (2, 0), (3, 8)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 21

Question 22.
(-3, 8), (-2, 4), (-1, 2), (0, 1), (1, 0.5)
Answer:

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 18
Answer:

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 20
Answer:

Question 27.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in determining whether the table represents a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 27

Question 28.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing the function represented by the table.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 22
Answer:

Question 29.
REASONING
The table shows the numbers of people attending the first five football games at a high school.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 23
a. Plot the points. Let the game g represent the independent variable.
b. Can a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function represent this situation? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 29

Question 30.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The table shows the breathing rates y (in liters of air per minute) of a cyclist traveling at different speeds x (in miles per hour).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 24
a. Plot the points. Let the speed x represent the independent variable. Then determine the type of function that best represents this situation.
b. Write a function that models the data.
c. Find the breathing rate of a cyclist traveling 18 miles per hour. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Answer:

Question 31.
ANALYZING RATES OF CHANGE
The function f(t) = -16t2 + 48t + 3 represents the height (in feet) of a volleyball t seconds after it is hit into the air.
a. Copy and complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 25
b. Plot the ordered pairs and draw a smooth curve through the points.
c. Describe where the function is increasing and decreasing.
d. Find the average rate of change for each 0.5-second interval in the table. What do you notice about the average rates of change when the function is increasing? decreasing?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 31.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 31.2

Question 32.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
The population of Town A in 1970 was 3000. The population of Town A increased by 20% every decade. Let x represent the number of decades since 1970. The graph shows the population of Town B.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 26
a. Compare the populations of the towns by calculating and interpreting the average rates of change from 1990 to 2010.
b. Predict which town will have a greater population after 2020. Explain.
Answer:

Question 33.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Three organizations are collecting donations for a cause. Organization A begins with one donation, and the number of donations quadruples each hour. The table shows the numbers of donations collected by Organization B. The graph shows the numbers of donations collected by Organization C.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 27
a. What type of function represents the numbers of donations collected by Organization A? B? C?
b. Find the average rates of change of each function for each 1-hour interval from t = 0 to t = 6.
c. For which function does the average rate of change increase most quickly? What does this tell you about the numbers of donations collected by the three organizations?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 33.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 33.2

Question 34.
COMPARING FUNCTIONS
The room expenses for two different resorts are shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 28
a. For what length of vacation does each resort cost about the same?
b. Suppose Blue Water Resort charges $1450 for the first three nights and $105 for each additional night. Would Sea Breeze Resort ever be more expensive than Blue Water Resort? Explain.
c. Suppose Sea Breeze Resort charges $1200 for the first three nights. The charge increases 10% for each additional night. Would Blue Water Resort ever be more expensive than Sea Breeze Resort? Explain.
Answer:

Question 35.
REASONING
Explain why the average rate of change of a linear function is constant and the average rate of change of a quadratic or exponential function is not constant.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 35

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Match each graph with its function. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 29
Answer:

Question 37.
CRITICAL THINKING
In the ordered pairs below, the y-values are given in terms of n. Tell whether the ordered pairs represent a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Explain.
(1, 3n – 1), (2, 10n + 2), (3, 26n),
(4, 51n – 7), (5, 85n – 19)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 37

Question 38.
USING STRUCTURE
Write a function that has constant second differences of 3.
Answer:

Question 39.
CRITICAL THINKING
Is the graph of a set of points enough to determine whether the points represent a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 39

Question 40.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Find four different patterns in the figure. Determine whether each pattern represents a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Write a model for each pattern.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 30
Answer:

Question 41.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Function p is an exponential function and function q is a quadratic function. Your friend says that after about x = 3, function q will always have a greater y-value than function p. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 31
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 41

Question 42.
USING TOOLS
The table shows the amount a (in billions of dollars) United States residents spent on pets or pet-related products and services each year for a 5-year period. Let the year x represent the independent variable. Using technology, find a function that models the data. How did you choose the model? Predict how much residents will spend on pets or pet-related products and services in Year 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 32
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the expression.
Question 43.
\(\sqrt{121}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 43

Question 44.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 125 }\)
Answer:

Question 45.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 512 }\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 45

Question 46.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 243 }\)
Answer:

Find the product.
Question 47.
(x + 8)(x – 8)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 47

Question 48.
(4y + 2)(4y – 2)
Answer:

Question 49.
(3a – 5b)(3a + 5b)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 a 49

Question 50.
(-2r + 6s)(-2r – 6s)
Answer:

Graphing Quadratic Functions Performance Task: Asteroid Aim

8.4–8.6 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 33

Core Concepts
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 34

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
How can you use technology to confirm your answer in Exercise 64 on page 448?
Answer:

Question 2.
How did you use the structure of the equation in Exercise 85 on page 457 to solve the problem?
Answer:

Question 3.
Describe why your answer makes sense considering the context of the data in Exercise 20 on page 466.
Answer:

Performance Task: Asteroid Aim

Apps take a long time to design and program. One app in development is a game in which players shoot lasers at asteroids. They score points based on the number of hits per shot. The designer wants your feedback. Do you think students will like the game and want to play it? What changes would improve it?
To explore the answers to this question and more, go to
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions 8.6 35
Answer:

Graphing Quadratic Functions Chapter Review

8.1 Graphing f(x) = ax2 (pp. 419–424)

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 1.
p(x) = 7x2
Answer:

Question 2.
q(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2
Answer:

Question 3.
g(x) = – \(\frac{3}{4}\)x2
Answer:

Question 4.
h(x) = -6x2
Answer:

Question 5.
Identify characteristics of the quadratic function and its graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions cr 1
Answer:

8.2 Graphing f(x) = ax2 + c (pp. 425–430)

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 6.
g(x) = x2 + 5
Answer:

Question 7.
h(x) = -x2 – 4
Answer:

Question 8.
m(x) = -2x2 + 6
Answer:

Question 9.
n(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x2 – 5
Answer:

8.3 Graphing f(x) = ax2 + bx + c (pp. 431–438)

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
Question 10.
y = x2 – 2x + 7
Answer:

Question 11.
f(x) = -3x2 + 3x – 4
Answer:

Question 12.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 – 6x + 10
Answer:

Question 13.
The function f(t) = -16t2 + 88t + 12 represents the height (in feet) of a pumpkin t seconds after it is launched from a catapult. When does the pumpkin reach its maximum height? What is the maximum height of the pumpkin?
Answer:

8.4 Graphing f(x) = a(x − h)2 + k    (pp. 441–448)

Determine whether the function is even, odd, or neither.
Question 14.
w(x) = 5x
Answer:

Question 15.
r(x) = -8x
Answer:

Question 16.
h(x) = 3x2 – 2x
Answer:

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 17.
h(x) = 2(x – 4)2
Answer:

Question 18.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 1)2 + 1
Answer:

Question 19.
q(x) = -(x + 4)2 + 7
Answer:

Question 20.
Consider the function g(x) = -3(x + 2)2 – 4. Graph h(x) = g(x = 1).
Answer:

Question 21.
Write a quadratic function whose graph has a vertex of (3, 2) and passes through the point (4, 7).
Answer:

8.5 Using Intercept Form (pp. 449–458)

Graph the quadratic function. Label the vertex, axis of symmetry, and x-intercepts. Describe the domain and range of the function.
Question 22.
y = (x – 4)(x + 2)
Answer:

Question 23.
f(x) = -3(x + 3)(x + 1)
Answer:

Question 24.
y = x2 – 8x + 15
Answer:

Use zeros to graph the function.
Question 25.
y = -2x2 + 6x + 8
Answer:

Question 26.
f(x) = x2 + x – 2
Answer:

Question 27.
f(x) = 2x2 – 18x
Answer:

Question 28.
Write a quadratic function in standard form whose graph passes through (4, 0) and (6, 0).
Answer:

8.6 Comparing Linear, Exponential, and Quadratic Functions (pp. 459−468)

Question 29.
Tell whether the table of values represents a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Then write the function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions cr 2
Answer:

Question 30.
The balance y (in dollars) of your savings account after t years is represented by y = 200(1.1)t. The beginning balance of your friend’s account is $250, and the balance increases by $20 each year. (a) Compare the account balances by calculating and interpreting the average rates of change from t = 2 to t = 7. (b) Predict which account will have a greater balance after 10 years. Explain.
Answer:

Graphing Quadratic Functions Chapter Test

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = x2.
Question 1.
h(x) = 2x2 – 3
Answer:

Question 2.
g(x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x2
Answer:

Question 3.
p(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x + 1)2 – 1
Answer:

Question 4.
Consider the graph of the function f.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ct 4
a. Find the domain, range, and zeros of the function.
b. Write the function f in standard form.
c. Compare the graph of f to the graph of g(x) = x2.
d. Graph h(x) = f (x – 6).
Answer:

Use zeros to graph the function. Describe the domain and range of the function.
Question 5.
f(x) = 2x2 – 8x + 8
Answer:

Question 6.
y = -(x + 5)(x – 1)
Answer:

Question 7.
h(x) = 16x2 – 4
Answer:

Tell whether the table of values represents a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Explain your reasoning. Then write the function.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ct 8
Answer:

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ct 9
Answer:

Write a quadratic function in standard form whose graph satisfies the given conditions. Explain the process you used.
Question 10.
passes through (-8, 0), (-2, 0), and (-6, 4)
Answer:

Question 11.
passes through (0, 0), (10, 0), and (9, -27)
Answer:

Question 12.
is even and has a range of y ≥ 3
Answer:

Question 13.
passes through (4, 0) and (1, 9)
Answer:

Question 14.
The table shows the distances d (in miles) that Earth moves in its orbit around the Sun after t seconds. Let the time t be the independent variable. Tell whether the data can be modeled by a linear, an exponential, or a quadratic function. Explain. Then write a function that models the data.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ct 14
Answer:

Question 15.
You are playing tennis with a friend. The path of the tennis ball after you return a serve can be modeled by the function y = -0.005x2 + 0.17x + 3, where x is the horizontal distance (in feet) from where you hit the ball and y is the height (in feet) of the ball.
a. What is the maximum height of the tennis ball?
b. You are standing 30 feet from the net, which is 3 feet high. Will the ball clear the net? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 16.
Find values of a, b, and c so that the function f(x) = ax2 + bx + c is (a) even, (b) odd, and (c) neither even nor odd.
Answer:

Question 17.
Consider the function f(x) = x2 + 4. Find the average rate of change from x = 0 to x = 1, from x = 1 to x = 2, and from x = 2 to x = 3. What do you notice about the average rates of change when the function is increasing?
Answer:

Graphing Quadratic Functions Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Which function is represented by the graph?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ca 1
Answer:

Question 2.
Find all numbers between 0 and 100 that are in the range of the function defined below.(HSF-IF.A.3)
f(1) = 1, f(2) = 1, f(n) = f(n – 1) + f(n – 2)
Answer:

Question 3.
The function f(t) = -16t2 + v0t + s0 represents the height (in feet) of a ball t seconds after it is thrown from an initial height s0 (in feet) with an initial vertical velocity v0 (in feet per second). The ball reaches its maximum height after \(\frac{7}{8}\) second when it is thrown with an initial vertical velocity of ______ feet per second.
Answer:

Question 4.
Classify each system of equations by the number of solutions.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ca 4
Answer:

Question 5.
Your friend claims that quadratic functions can have two, one, or no real zeros. Do you support your friend’s claim? Use graphs to justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 6.
Which polynomial represents the area (in square feet) of the shaded region of the figure?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ca 6
Answer:

Question 7.
Consider the functions represented by the tables.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ca 7
a. Classify each function as linear, exponential, or quadratic.
b. Order the functions from least to greatest according to the average rates of change between x = 1 and x = 3.
Answer:

Question 8.
Complete each function using the symbols + or – , so that the graph of the quadratic function satisfies the given conditions.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ca 8
Answer:

Question 9.
The graph shows the amounts y (in dollars) that a referee earns for refereeing x high school volleyball games.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ca 9
a. Does the graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
b. Describe the domain of the function. Is the domain discrete or continuous?
c. Write a function that models the data.
d. Can the referee earn exactly $500? Explain.
Answer:

Question 10.
Which expressions are equivalent to (b-5)-4?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 8 Graphing Quadratic Functions ca 10
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities

Clearing the math queries of algebra 1 concepts can be tricky for educators but we have shared an excellent guide for resolving all student’s issues while learning the concepts. The perfect study resource for students is Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities where it will help all of them score great marks in the exams. Using the best guide of Big ideas Math Book Answer Key Ch 2 Solving linear Functions, students can easily improve their math skills and problem-solving skills. Go through the below sections and find the BIM math book and observe Algebra 1 Ch 2  Solving Linear Inequalities thoroughly for good results in exams.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities

Guys who want to score the highest marks in the examinations should refer to this Topic-wise BIM Math Book Algebra 1 Ch 2 Answers from the below links. In Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Solution Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities, students can practice various questions covered in Exercises, Chapter tests, performance tasks, vocabulary, practice tests, cumulative assessments, and others.

Take a look at the comprehensive collection of Chapter 2 questions included in the Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions and become a master in maths. Also, you all can identify your weak areas by practicing the Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Ch 2. Download the common core curriculum standards provided Topic-wise BIM Algebra 1 Textbook Solutions Pdf through the below links and learn efficiently.

Solving Linear Inequalities Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Graph the number.

Question 1.
6
Answer:
The number line representing 6 is:

Question 2.
| 2 |
Answer:
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
The number line representing | 2 | is:

Question 3.
| -1 |
Answer:
We know that,
| -x | = x for x > 0
| -x | = -x for x < 0
So,
The number line representing | -1 | is:

Question 4.
2 + | -2 |
Answer:
The given absolute value expression is:
2 + | -2 |
We know that,
| -x | =x for x > 0
| -x | = -x for x < 0
So,
2 + | -2 | = 2 + 2                                                 2 + | – 2 | = 2 – 2
= 4                                                                       = 0
Hence,
The number line representing the values of 2 + | – 2 | is:

Question 5.
1 – | -4 |
Answer:
The given absolute value expression is:
1 – | – 4 |
We know that,
| -x | = x for x > 0
| – x | = -x for x < 0
So,
1 – | – 4 | = 1 – 4                                      1 – | – 4 | = 1 – ( -4 )
= -3                                                          = 5
Hence,
The number line representing the values of 1 – | – 4 | is:

Question 6.
-5 + | 3 |
Answer:
The given absolute value expression is:
-5 + | 3 |
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
-5 + | 3 | = -5 + 3                                 -5 + | 3 | = -5 -3
= -2                                                        = -8
Hence,
The number line representing the values of -5 + | 3 | is:

Complete the statement with <, >, or =.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 1
Answer:
We know that,
The order of the numbers in the ascending order is:
-9, -8, -7, -6, -5, -4 ,-3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
2 < 9

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2
Answer:
The order of the numbers in the ascending order is:
-9, -8, -7, -6, -5, -4 ,-3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
-6 < 5

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 3
Answer:
The order of the numbers in the ascending order is:
-9, -8, -7, -6, -5, -4 ,-3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
We know that,
The greater number in the positive integers is the lesser number in the negative integers
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
-12 < -4

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 4
Answer:
The order of the numbers in the ascending order is:
-9, -8, -7, -6, -5, -4 ,-3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
We know that,
The greater number in the positive integers is the lesser number in the negative integers
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
-7 > -13

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 5
Answer:
We know that,
| -x | = x for x > 0
| -x | = -x for x < 0
The order of the numbers in the ascending order is:
-9, -8, -7, -6, -5, -4 ,-3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
We know that,
The greater number in the positive integers is the lesser number in the negative integers
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
8 = 8 ( or ) -8 = -8

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 6
Answer:
We know that,
| -x | = x for x > 0
| -x | = -x for x < 0
The order of the numbers in the ascending order is:
-9, -8, -7, -6, -5, -4 ,-3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
We know that,
The greater number in the positive integers is the lesser number in the negative integers
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
-10 < 18    ( or ) -10 > -18

Question 13.
ABSTRACT REASONING
A number a is to the left of a number b on the number line. How do the numbers -a and -b compare?
Answer:
It is given that a number a is to the left of a number b on the number line.
So,
The representation of a and b on the number line is:

Hence, from the above number line
We can conclude that
-a > -b

Solving Linear Inequalities Mathematical Practices

Monitoring Progress

Use a graphing calculator to solve the inequality.

Question 1.
2x + 3 < x – 1
Answer:
The given inequality is:
2x + 3 < x – 1
We know that,
When we convert the mathematical symbols from LHS to RHS, the sign of that mathematical symbol change. i.e.,
+ will be converted into – and vice – versa
× will be converted into ÷ and vice-versa
So,
2x – x < -1 – 3
x < – 4
Hence,
The representation of the solved inequality in the number line is:

Question 2.
-x – 1 > -2x + 2
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-x – 1 > -2x + 2
We know that,
When we convert the mathematical symbols from LHS to RHS, the sign of that mathematical symbol change. i.e.,
+ will be converted into – and vice – versa
× will be converted into ÷ and vice-versa
So,
-x + 2x > 2 + 1
x > 3
Hence,
The representation of the solved inequality in the number line is:

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 1 > \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 3
Answer:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 1 > \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 3
We know that,
When we convert the mathematical symbols from LHS to RHS, the sign of that mathematical symbol change. i.e.,
+ will be converted into – and vice – versa
× will be converted into ÷ and vice-versa
So,
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x – \(\frac{3}{2}\)x > 3 – 1
\(\frac{1 – 3}{2}\)x > 2
\(\frac{-2}{2}\)x > 2
\(\frac{-1}{1}\)x > 2
-x > 2
Multiply with –  both sides
So,
x > -2
Hence,
The representation of the solved inequality in the number line is:

Lesson 2.1 Writing and Graphing Inequalities

Essential Question

How can you use an inequality to describe a real-life statement?
Answer:
Inequality is just a relationship between two amounts, in which the amounts are not the same.
Example:
She completed her work before anyone else. i.e., her finish time was less than everyone else

EXPLORATION 1
Writing and Graphing Inequalities

Work with a partner. Write an inequality for each statement. Then sketch the graph of the numbers that make each inequality true.
a. Statement The temperature t in Sweden is at least -10°C.
Inequality Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 7
Graph Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 8
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 8
It s given that the temperature t in Sweden is at least -10°C
The meaning of the above statement is that the temperature of Sweden is -10°C or greater than -10°C
Hence,
The representation of the temperature of Sweden in the graph is:

b. Statement The elevation e of Alabama is at most 2407 feet.
Inequality Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 9
Graph Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 10
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 10
It is given that the elevation ‘ e ‘ of Alabama is at most 2,407 feet
From the given graph,
We can say that the gap between each elevation is 1,000 feet
So,
The elevation of Alabama will come between 2000 and 3000 in the number line
Hence,
The representation of the elevation of Alabama in the given graph is:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 11
Answer:
EXPLORATION 2
Writing Inequalities
Work with a partner. Write an inequality for each graph. Then, in other words, describe all the values of x that make each inequality true.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 12
Answer:
The given number lines are:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 12
a)
From the given number line,
The value of x marked from 1 to 4
Hence,
The inequality representing the given number line is:
x ≥ 1
b)
From the given number line,
The value of x marked after 1 till the end of the number line
Hence,
The inequality representing the given number line is:
x > 1
c)
From the given number line,
The value of x marked from 1 till the end of the left side of the number line.
Hence,
The inequality representing the given number line is:
x ≤ 1
d)
From the given number line,
The value of x marked before 1 till the end of the left side of the number line
Hence,
The inequality representing the given number lie is:
x < 1

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use an inequality to describe a real-life statement?
Answer:
Inequality is just a relationship between two amounts, in which the amounts are not the same.
Example:
A ball in the net is worth two in the bush. i.e., the value of a single ball in the net is greater than the value of a single ball in the bush.

Question 4.
Write a real-life statement that involves each inequality.
a. x < 3.5
b. x ≤ 6
c. x > -2
d. x ≥ 10
Answer:
a)
The given inequality is:
x < 3.5
The real-life situation that involves the given inequality is:
The number of birds that are less than the height of 3.5 inches
b)
The given inequality is:
x ≤ 6
The real- life situation that involves the given inequality is:
The number of people that are buying the mobiles from a mobile store
c)
The given inequality is:
x > -2
The real-life situation that involves the given inequality is:
The number of integers that are greater than -2
d)
The given inequality is:
x ≥ 10
The real-life situation that involves the given inequality is:
The number of chocolates that are distributed greater than or equal to 10 children

2.1 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Write the sentence as an inequality.

Question 1.
A number b is fewer than 30.4.
Answer:
The given sentence is:
A number b is fewer than 30.4
Hence,
The representation of the given sentence in the form of inequality is:
b < 30.4

Question 2.
–\(\frac{7}{10}\) is at least twice a number k minus 4.
Answer:
The given sentence is:
–\(\frac{7}{10}\) is at least twice a number k minus 4.
Hence,
The representation of the given sentence in the form of inequality is:
–\(\frac{7}{10}\) = 2k – 4

Tell whether −6 is a solution to the inequality.

Question 3.
c + 4 < -1
Answer:
-6 is not a solution to the given inequality

Explanation:
The given equation is:
c + 4 = -1
So,
c = -4 – 1
c = -5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that -6 is not a solution to the given inequality

Question 4.
10 ≤ 3 – m
Answer:
-6 is not a solution to the given inequality

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
10 ≤ 3 – m
So,
-m ≤ 10 – 3
-m ≤ 7
Multiply by – on both sides
m ≤ -7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that -6 is not a solution to the given inequality

Question 5.
21 ÷ x ≥ -3.5
Answer:
-6 is a solution to the given inequality

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
21 ÷ x ≥ -3.5
So,
-21 ÷ 3.5 ≥ x
-210 ÷ 35 ≥ x
-6 ≥ x
x ≤ -6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that -6 is a solution to the given inequality

Question 6.
4x – 25 > -2
Answer:
-6 is not a solution to the given inequality

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
4x – 25 > -2
So,
4x > -2 + 25
4x > 23
x > 23 ÷ 4
x > 5.75
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that -6 is not a solution to the given inequality

Graph the inequality.

Question 7.
b > -8
Answer:
The given inequality is:
b > -8
Hence,
The representation of the given inequality in the number line is:

Question 8.
1.4 ≥ g
Answer:
The given inequality is:
1.4 ≥ g
So,
g ≤ 1.4
Hence,
The representation of the given inequality in the number line is:

Question 9.
r < \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
r < \(\frac{1}{2}\)
So,
r < 0.5
Hence,
The representation of the given inequality in the number line is:

Question 10.
v ≥ \(\sqrt{36}\)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
v > \(\sqrt{36}\)
So,
v > 6
Hence,
The representation of the given inequality in the number line is:

Question 11.
Write an inequality that represents the graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 13
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 13
From the given graph,
We can say that the marked line is from -6 and continued after -6 till the last number on the right side of the number line.
Hence,
The representation of the given number line in the form of inequality is:
x ≥ -6

Writing and Graphing Inequalities 2.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A mathematical sentence using the symbols <, >, ≤, or ≥ is called a(n)_______.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
Is 5 in the solution set of x + 3 > 8? Explain.
Answer:
5 is not in the solution of the given inequality
x + 3 > 8

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
x + 3 > 8
So,
x > 8 – 3
x > 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 5 is not in the solution of the given inequality

Question 3.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
Describe how to graph an inequality.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 3

Question 4.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Write “both” inequalities.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 14
Answer:
The given inequalities in the worded form are:
a) w is greater than or equal to -7
b) w is not less than -7
c) w is no more than -7
d) w is at least -7
Now,
a)
The given worded form in the form of inequality is:
w ≥ -7
b)
The given worded form in the form of inequality is:
w > -7
c)
The given worded form in the form of inequality is:
w ≥ -7
d)
The given worded form in the form of inequality is:
w ≥ -7

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–12, write the sentence as an inequality.

Question 5.
A number x is greater than 3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 5

Question 6.
A number n plus 7 is less than or equal to 9.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
A number n plus 7 is less than or equal to 9
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
n + 7 ≤ 9

Question 7.
Fifteen is no more than a number t divided by 5.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 7

Question 8.
Three times a number w is less than 18.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
Three times a number w is less than 18
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
3w < 18

Question 9.
One-half of a number y is more than 22.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 9

Question 10.
Three is less than the sum of a number s and 4.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
Three is less than the sum of a number s and 4
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
3 < s + 4

Question 11.
Thirteen is at least the difference between a number v and 1.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 11

Question 12.
Four is no less than the quotient of a number x and 2.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
Four is no less than the quotient of a number x and 2
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
4 > x ÷ 2

Question 13.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
On a fishing trip, you catch two fish. The weight of the first fish is shown. The second fish weighs at least 0.5 pound more than the first fish. Write an inequality that represents the possible weights of the second fish.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 13

Question 14.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
There are 430 people in a wave pool. Write an inequality that represents how many more people can enter the pool.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 16
Answer:
The inequality that represents the number of more people that can enter the pool is:
430 + x = 600
Where,
x is the number of more people that can enter the pool

Explanation:
It is given that there are 430 people in a wave pool
It is also given that the maximum capacity in a pool is: 600
Let,
x be the number of more people that can enter the pool
Hence,
The inequality that represents the number of more people that can enter the pool is:
430 + x = 600

In Exercises 15–24, tell whether the value is a solution to the inequality.

Question 15.
r + 4 > 8; r = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 15

Question 16.
5 – x < 8; x = -3
Answer:
-3 is not a solution of the given inequality

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
5 – x < 8
It is given that x = -3
So,
5 – ( -3 ) < 8
5 + 3 < 8
8 < 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that x = -3 is not a solution to the given inequality

Question 17.
3s ≤ 19; s = -6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 17

Question 18.
17 ≥ 2y ; y = 7
Answer:
y = 7 is a solution of the given inequality

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
17 ≥ 2y
It is given that y = 7
So,
17 ≥ 2 ( 7 )
17 ≥ 14
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that y = 7 is a solution of the given inequality

Question 19.
-1 > –\(\frac{x}{2}\); x = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 19

Question 20.
–\(\frac{4}{z}\) ≥ 3; z = 2
Answer:
z = 2 is not a solution of the given inequality

Explanation;
The given inequality is:
–\(\frac{4}{z}\) ≥ 3
It is given that z = 2
So,
–\(\frac{4}{2}\) ≥ 3
-2 ≥ 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that z = 2 is not a solution of the given inequality

Question 21.
14 ≥ -2n + 4; n = -5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 21

Question 22.
-5 ÷ (2s) < -1; s = 10
Answer:
s = 10 is a solution of the given inequality

Explaantion:
The given inequality is:
-5 ÷ ( 2s ) < -1
It is given that s = 10
So,
-5 ÷ 2 ( 10 ) < -1
-5 ÷ 20 < -1
–\(\frac{1}{4}\) < -1
\(\frac{1}{4}\) < 1
1 < 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that s = 10 is a solution of the given inequality

Question 23.
20 ≤ \(\frac{10}{2z}\) + 20; z = 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 23

Question 24.
\(\frac{3m}{6}\) – 2 > 3; m = 8
Answer:
m = 8 is not a solution of the given inequality

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{3m}{6}\) – 2 > 3
It is given that m = 8
So,
\(\frac{3 × 8}{6}\) > 3 + 2
4  3 + 2
4 > 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that m = 8 is not a solution of the given inequality

Question 25.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The tallest person who ever lived was approximately 8 feet 11 inches tall.
a. Write an inequality that represents the heights of every other person who has ever lived.
b. Is 9 feet a solution of the inequality? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 25

Question 26.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
The winner of a weight-lifting competition bench-pressed 400 pounds. The other competitors all bench-pressed at least 23 pounds less.
a. Write an inequality that represents the weights that the other competitors bench-pressed.
Answer:
It is given that the winner of a weight-lifting competition bench pressed 400 pounds whereas the other competitors all bench-pressed at least 23 pounds less.
Let,
x be the number of pounds that all the other competitors’ bench-pressed
So,
The inequality that represents the weights that the other competitors bench-pressed is:
x  + 23 ≤ 400

b. Was one of the other competitors able to bench-press 379 pounds? Explain.
Answer:
No, one of the other competitors won’t be able to bench-press 379 pounds

Explanation:
From part (a),
The inequality that represents the weights that the other competitors bench-pressed is:
x + 23 ≤ 400
x ≤ 400 – 23
x ≤ 377 pounds
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that one of the other competitors won’t be able to bench-press 379 pounds

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 27 and 28, describe and correct the error in determining whether 8 is in the solution set of the inequality.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 18
Answer:
8 is a solution set of the given inequality

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2 ≤ 6
It is given that x = 8
So,
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 8 ≤ 6 – 2
\(\frac{8}{2}\) ≤ 4
4 ≤ 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 8 is a solution set of the given inequality

In Exercises 29–36, graph the inequality.

Question 29.
x ≥ 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 29

Question 30.
z ≤ 5
Answer:
The given inequality is:
z ≤ 5
Hence,
The representation of the given inequality in the number line is:

Question 31.
-1 > t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 31

Question 32.
-2 < w
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-2 < w
So,
w > -2
Hence,
The representation of the given inequality in the number line is:

Question 33.
v ≤ -4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 33

Question 34.
s < 1
Answer:
The given inequality is:
s < 1
Hence,
The representation of the given inequality in the number line is:

Question 35.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) < p
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 35

Question 36.
r ≥ -| 5 |
Answer:
The given inequality is:
r ≥ – | 5 |
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
r ≥ -5   ( or ) r ≥ 5
Hence,
The representation of the given inequalities in the number line is:

In Exercises 37–40, write and graph an inequality for the given solution set.

Question 37.
{x | x < 7}
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 37

Question 38.
{n | n ≥ -2}
Answer:
The given inequality is:
{n | n ≥ -2}
The given inequality can be rewritten as:
n ≥ -2
Hence,
The representation of the given inequality in the number line is:

Question 39.
{z | 1.3 ≤ z}
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 39

Question 40.
{w | 5.2 > w}
Answer:
The given inequality is:
{w | 5.2 > w}
The given inequality can be rewritten as:
5.2 > w
So,
w < 5.2
From the above value,
We can say that 5.2 lies between 5 and 6
Hence,
The representation of the given inequality in the number line is:

In Exercises 41–44, write an inequality that represents the graph.

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 41

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 21
Answer:
The given number line is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 21
From the above number line,
We can say that the marked line started from -2 and ended at the last value on the right side of the number line.
Hence,
The representation of the inequality for the given number line is:
x ≥ -2

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 22
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 23
Answer:
The given number line is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 23
From the above number line,
We can say that the marked line started from -1 excluding – and continued till the end of the number line in the left side of the number line
Hence,
The representation of the inequality for the given number line is:
x < -1

Question 45.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
The water temperature of a swimming pool must be no less than 76°F. The temperature is currently 74°F. Which graph correctly shows how much the temperature needs to increase? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 45

Question 46.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
According to state law for vehicles traveling on state roads, the maximum total weight of a vehicle and its contents depends on the number of axles on the vehicle. For each type of vehicle, write and graph an inequality that represents the possible total weights w (in pounds) of the vehicle and its contents.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 25
Answer:
It is given that the maximum total weight of a vehicle and its contents depends on the number of axles on the vehicle.
Now,
Let,
w be the total weight of the vehicle and its contents
For the 2 axles vehicle, if the maximum weight is 40,000 lb and w is the possible total weight of the vehicle and its contents, then
w < 40,000
The representation of the given inequality in the number line is:

For the 3 axles vehicle, if the maximum weight is 60,000 lb and w is the possible total weight of the vehicle and its contents, then
w < 60,000
The representation of the given inequality in the number line is:

For the 4 axles vehicle, if the maximum weight is 80,000 lb and w is the possible total weight of the vehicle and its contents, then
w < 80,000
The representation of the given inequality in the number line is:

Question 47.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
The Xianren Bridge is located in Guangxi Province, China. This arch is the world’s longest natural arch, with a length of 400 feet. Write and graph an inequality that represents the lengths ℓ (in inches) of all other natural arches.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 26
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 47

Question 48.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
A student works no more than 25 hours each week at a part-time job. Write an inequality that represents how many hours the student can work each day.
Answer:
It is given that a student works no more than 25 hours each week at a part-time job
Let the number of days that students work each week be x
So,
The inequality that represents the number of hours the students work each week is:
x < 25
We know that,
1 week = 7 days
So,
7x < 25
Hence,
The inequality that represents the number of hours the students work each day is:
x < \(\frac{25}{7}\)
x < 3.5
Hence,
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 49.
WRITING
Describe a real-life situation modeled by the inequality 23 + x ≤ 31.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 49

Question 50.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph represents the known melting points of all metallic elements (in degrees Celsius). Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 27
a. Write an inequality represented by the graph.
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 27
From the above graph,
We can say that the marked line started from -38.87 and continued till the end of the right line of the number line
Hence,
The inequality that represents the given number line is:
x ≥ -38.87

b. Is it possible for a metallic element to have a melting point of -38.87°C? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, it is possible for a metallic element to have a melting point of -38.87°C.

Explanation:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 27
From the above graph,
The starting point is -38.87
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that it is possible for a metallic element to have a melting point of -38.87°C

Question 51.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A one-way ride on a subway costs $0.90. A monthly pass costs $24. Write an inequality that represents how many one-way rides you can buy before it is cheaper to buy the monthly pass. Is it cheaper to pay the one-way fare for 25 rides? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 27.1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 51

Question 52.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
The inequality x ≤ 1324 represents the weights (in pounds) of all mako sharks ever caught using a rod and reel. Your friend says this means no one using a rod and reel has ever caught a mako shark that weighs 1324 pounds. Your cousin says this means someone using a rod and reel has caught a mako shark that weighs 1324 pounds. Who is correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Your cousin is correct

Explanation:
It is given that the inequality x ≤ 1324 represents the weights (in pounds) of all mako sharks ever caught using a rod and reel. Your friend says this means no one using a rod and reel has ever caught a mako shark that weighs 1324 pounds. Your cousin says this means someone using a rod and reel has caught a mako shark that weighs 1324 pounds.
Now,
The given inequality is:
x ≤ 1324
The meaning of inequality is the value of x is less than or equal to 1324 pounds
Now,
Your friend says this means no one using a rod and reel has ever caught a mako shark that weighs 1324 pounds
But, from the given inequality,
The statement of your friend is wrong
Your cousin says this means someone using a rod and reel has caught a mako shark that weighs 1324 pounds
But from the given inequality,
The statement of your cousin is correct.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that your cousin is correct

Question 53.
CRITICAL THINKING
Describe a real-life situation that can be modeled by more than one inequality.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 53

Question 54.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In 1997, Superman’s cape from the 1978 movie Superman was sold at an auction. The winning bid was $17,000. Write and graph an inequality that represents the amounts all the losing bids.
Answer:
It is given that in 1997, Superman’s cape from the 1978 movie Superman was sold at an auction. The winning bid was $17,000.
So,
The bid must not be less than $17,000, otherwise, the bid will lose
Hence,
The inequality that represents the amounts of all losing bids is:
x < 17,000
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 55–58, write an inequality that represents the missing dimension x.

Question 55.
The area is less than 42 square meters.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 28
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 55

Question 56.
The area is greater than or equal to 8 square feet.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 29
Answer:
The inequality that represents the value of x is:
x ≥ \(\frac{8}{5}\)

Explanation:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 29
From the above figure,
We can say that the given figure is a Right-angled triangle
We know that,
The area of the triangle = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × Height
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) × x × 10
= 5x
It is given that the area of the triangle is greater than or equal to 8 square feet
So,
5x ≥ 8 square feet
x ≥ \(\frac{8}{5}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the inequality that represents x is:
x ≥ \(\frac{8}{5}\)

Question 57.
The area is less than 18 square centimeters.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 57

Question 58.
The area is greater than 12 square inches.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 31
Answer:
The inequality that represents the value of x is:
x > 6

Explanation:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 31
From the above figure,
We can say that the given figure is the rectangle.
We know that,
The area of the rectangle = Length × Width
= 2 × x
It is given that the area of the rectangle is greater than 12 square inches
So,
2x > 12
x > 12 / 2
x > 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the inequality that represents the value of x is:
x > 6

Question 59.
WRITING
A runner finishes a 200-meter dash in 35 seconds. Let r represent any speed (in meters per second) faster than the runner’s speed.
a. Write an inequality that represents r. Then graph the inequality.
b. Every point on the graph represents a speed faster than the runner’s speed. Do you think every point could represent the speed of a runner? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 59

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Check your solution.(Section 1.1)

Question 60.
x + 2 = 3
Answer:
The value of x is: 1

Explanation:
The given equation is:
x + 2 = 3
So,
x = 3 – 2
x = 1
Hence, from the above
We can conclude that the value of x is: 1

Question 61.
y – 9 = 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 61

Question 62.
6 = 4 + y
Answer:
The value of y is: 2

Explanation:
The given equation is:
6 = 4 + y
So,
6 – 4 = y
2 = y
y = 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of y is: 2

Question 63.
-12 = y – 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 63

Solve the literal equation for x.(Section 1.5)

Question 64.
v = x • y • z
Answer:
The value of x is: \(\frac{v}{yz}\)

Explanation:
The given equation is:
v = x ⋅ y ⋅ z
x = \(\frac{v}{yz}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: \(\frac{v}{yz}\)

Question 65.
s = 2r + 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 65

Question 66.
w = 5 + 3(x – 1)
Answer:
The value of x is: \(\frac{w – 2}{3}\)

Explanation:
The given equation is:
w = 5 + 3 ( x – 1 )
So,
w = 5 + 3 ( x ) – 3 ( 1 )
w = 5 + 3x – 3
w = 3x + 2
3x = w – 2
x = \(\frac{w – 2}{3}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is: \(\frac{w – 2}{3}\)

Question 67.
n = \(\frac{2x + 1}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.1 Question 67

Lesson 2.2 Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction

Essential Question
How can you use addition or subtraction to solve an inequality?
EXPLORATION 1
Quarterback Passing Efficiency
Work with a partner.
The National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) uses the following formula to rank the passing efficiencies P of quarterbacks.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 32
Answer:
The formula used to rank the passing efficiencies P of the quarterbacks is:

By comparing the coefficients, we get
Y = 8.4
C = 100
T = 330
N = 200
A = 1
Now,
a) T < C
= 330 < 100
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given inequality is not true
b) C + N ≤ A
= ( 100 + 200 ) ≤ 1
= 300 ≤ 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given inequality is not true
c) N < A
= 200 < 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given inequality is not true
d) A – C ≥ M
We know that,
M = C – N
So,
A-C ≥ C – N
( 1 – 100 ) ≥ ( 100 – 200 )
= -99 ≥ -100
= 99 ≥ 100
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given inequality is not true

EXPLORATION 2
Finding Solutions of Inequalities
Work with a partner.
Use the passing efficiency formula to create a passing record that makes each inequality true. Record your results in the table. Then describe the values of P that make each inequality true.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 33
a. P < 0
b. P + 100 ≥ 250
c. P – 250 > -80
Answer:
Using the data from Exploration 1,
The completed table is:

Now,
The formula for passing efficiency is:

a) P < 0
To make P < 0,
The value of A or any of the values of the numerator must be less than 0
b) P + 100 ≥ 250
P ≥ 250 – 100
P ≥ 150
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of P must be greater than or equal to 150
c ) P – 250 > -80
P > -80 + 250
P > 170
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of P must be greater than 170

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use addition or subtraction to solve an inequality?
Answer:
If you want to add or subtract from one side of the equation, you must perform the same operation to the other side of the equation. When solving inequalities by adding or subtracting, our goal is to have the variable on its own

Question 4.
Solve each inequality.
a. x + 3 < 4 b. x – 3 ≥ 5 c. 4 > x – 2
d. -2 ≤ x + 1
Answer:
The given inequalities are:
a) x + 3 < 4
b) x – 3 ≥ 5
c) 4 > x – 2
d) -2 ≤ x + 1
Now,
a)
The given inequality is:
x + 3 < 4
So,
x < 4 – 3
x < 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that x < 1
b)
The given inequality is:
x – 3 ≥ 5
x ≥ 5 + 3
x ≥ 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that x ≥ 8
c)
The given inequality is:
4 > x – 2
So,
4 + 2 > x
6 > x
x < 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that x < 6
d)
The given inequality is:
-2 ≤ x + 1
So,
-2 – 1 ≤ x
-3 ≤ x
x ≥ -3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that x ≥ -3

2.2 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
b – 2 > -9
Answer:
The given inequality is:
b – 2 > -9
So,
b > -9 + 2
b > -7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of b is greater than -7
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 2.
m – 3 ≤ 5
Answer:
The given inequality is:
m – 3 ≤ 5
So,
m ≤ 5 + 3
m ≤ 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of m is less than or equal to 8
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) > y – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) > y – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) > y
\(\frac{1 + 1}{4}\) > y
\(\frac{2}{4}\) > y
\(\frac{1}{2}\) > y
y < \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of y is less than \(\frac{1}{2}\)
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 4.
k + 5 ≤ -3
Answer:
The given inequality is:
k + 5 ≤ -3
So,
k ≤ -3 – 5
k ≤ -8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of k is less than or equal to -8
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 5.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) ≤ z + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{5}{6}\) ≤ z + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
So,
\(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\) ≤ z
\(\frac{5 – 1}{6}\) ≤ z
\(\frac{4}{6}\) ≤ z
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ≤ z
z ≥ \(\frac{2}{3}\)
z ≥ 0.6
z ≥ 1 ( Approx. )
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of z is approximately greater than or equal to 1
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 6.
p + 0.7 > -2.3
Answer:
The given inequality is:
p + 0.7 > -2.3
So,
p > -2.3 – 0.7
p > -3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of p is greater than -3
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Monitoring Progress

Question 7.
The microwave oven uses only 1000 watts of electricity. Does this allow you to have both the microwave oven and the toaster plugged into the circuit at the same time? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Yes, this allows you to have both the microwave oven and the toaster plugged into the circuit at the same time

Explanation:
It is given that the microwave oven uses only 1000 watts of electricity.
We know that,
The toaster consumes less electricity than the microwave oven
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 1000 watts of electricity allow you to have both the microwave oven and the toaster plugged into the circuit at the same time

Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction 2.2 Exercises

In Exercises 3−6, tell which number you would add to or subtract from each side of the inequality to solve it.

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
why is the inequality x ≤ 6 equivalent to the inequality x – 5 ≤ 6 – 5 ?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Compare solving equations using addition with solving inequalities using addition.
Answer:
Solving equations and inequalities using addition is very similar. You have to add the same quantity on every side and the sign between the two sides does not change.
It remains the equal sign  “=”  in the case of equations and the inequality sign in the case of inequalities

Question 3.
k + 11 < -3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 3

Question 4.
v – 2 > 14
Answer:
The value of v is: 16

Explanation:
The given equation is:
v – 2 > 14
So,
v  – 2 + 2 > 14 + 2
v > 16
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we have to add 2 on both sides

Question 5.
-1 ≥ b – 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 5

Question 6.
-6 ≤ 17 + p
Answer:
The value of p is: p ≥ -23

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
-6 ≤ 17 + p
So,
-6 + 6 ≤ 17 + 6 + p
0 ≤ 23 + p
-23 ≤ p
p ≥ -23
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we have to add 6 on both sides

In Exercises 7−20, solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 7.
x – 4 < -5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 7

Question 8.
1 ≤ s – 8
Answer:
The given inequality is:
1 ≤ s – 8
1 + 8 ≤ s – 8 + 8
9 ≤ s
s ≥ 9
Hence,
The solution to the given inequality is:
s ≥ 9
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 9.
6 ≥ m – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 9

Question 10.
c – 12 > -4
Answer:
The given inequality is:
c – 12 > -4
So,
c – 12 + 4 > -4 + 4
c – 8 > 0
c > 0 + 8
c > 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is:
c > 8
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 11.
r + 4 < 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 11

Question 12.
-8 ≤ 8 + y
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-8 ≤ 8 + y
So,
-8 + 8 ≤ 8 + 8 + y
0 ≤ 16 + y
-16 ≤ y
y ≥ -16
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is:
y ≥ -16
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 13.
9 + w > 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 13

Question 14.
15 ≥ q + 3
Answer:
The given inequality is:
15 ≥ q + 3
So,
15 – 15 ≥ q + 3 – 15
0 ≥ q – 12
12 ≥ q
q ≤ 12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is:
q ≤ 12
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 15.
h – (-2) ≥ 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 15

Question 16.
-6 > t – (-13)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-6 > t – ( -13 )
So,
-6 + 6 > t + 13 + 6
0 > t + 19
-19 > t
t < -19
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is:
t < -19
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 17.
j + 9 – 3 < 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 17

Question 18.
1 – 12 + y ≥ -5
Answer:
The given inequality is:
1 – 12 + y ≥ -5
So,
-11 + y ≥ -5
-11 + 5 + y ≥ -5 + 5
6 + y ≥ 0
y ≥ -6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is:
y ≥ -6
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 19.
10 ≥ 3p – 2p – 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 19

Question 20.
18 – 5z + 6z > 3 + 6
Answer:
The given inequality is:
18 – 5z + 6z > 3 + 6
So,
18 + z > 9
18 – 9 + z > 9 – 9
z + 9 > 0
z > -9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is:
z > -9
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

In Exercises 21−24, write the sentence as an inequality. Then solve the inequality.

Question 21.
A number plus 8 is greater than 11.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 21

Question 22.
A number minus 3 is at least -5.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
A number minus 3 is at least -5
Let the number be x
So,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
x – 3 ≥ -5
So,
x – 3 + 5 ≥ -5 + 5
x + 2 ≥ 0
x ≥ -2
Hence, the solution to the given worded form inequality is:
x ≥ -2

Question 23.
The difference of a number and 9 is fewer than 4.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 23

Question 24.
Six is less than or equal to the sum of a number and 15.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
Six is less than or equal to the sum of a number and 15
Let the number be x
So,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
6 ≤ x + 15
6 – 6 ≤ x + 15 – 6
0 ≤ x + 9
-9 ≤ x
x ≥ -9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given worded form of the inequality is:
x ≥ -9

Question 25.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are riding a train. Your carry-on bag can weigh no more than 50 pounds. Your bag weighs 38 pounds.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents how much weight you can add to your bag.
b. Can you add both a 9-pound laptop and a 5-pound pair of boots to your bag without going over the weight limit? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 25

Question 26.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You order the hardcover book shown from a website that offers free shipping on orders of $25 or more. Write and solve an inequality that represents how much more you must spend to get free shipping.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 34
Answer:
The inequality that represents the more money you must spend to get free shipping is:

Explanation:
It is given that you order the hardcover book shown from a website that offers free shipping on orders of $25 or more.
From the figure,
The cost of a hardcover book is: $19.76
Let
The amount more money you must spend to get free shipping to be x
So,
x + 19.76 ≥ 25
x + 19.76 – 25 ≥ 25 – 25
x – 5.24 ≥ 0
x ≥ $5.24
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount more money you must spend to get free shipping is: $5.24
ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 27 and 28, describe and correct the error in solving the inequality or graphing the solution.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 35
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 36
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-10 + x ≥ -9
-10 + 9 + x ≥ -9 + 9
-1 + x ≥ 0
x ≥ 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is:
x ≥ 1
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 29.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
An NHL hockey player has 59 goals so far in a season. What are the possible numbers of additional goals the player can score to match or break the NHL record of 92 goals in a season?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 29

Question 30.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
In an aerial ski competition, you perform two acrobatic ski jumps. The scores on the two jumps are then added together.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 37

a. Describe the score that you must earn on your second jump to beat your competitor.
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 37
Let the score of your second acrobatic ski jump be x
Now,
From the above table,
We can say that your score must be greater than your competitor’s score to beat your competitor
Hence,
The inequality that represents the score you must earn on your second jump to beat your competitor is:
x > 119.8

b. Your coach says that you will beat your competitor if you score 118.4 points. A teammate says that you only need 117.5 points. Who is correct? Explain.
Answer:
Your coach and your teammate both are correct

Explanation:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 37
From the above table,
In the 1st acrobatic ski jump,
Your competitor’s score is: 117.1
Your score is: 119.5
If you want to beat your competitor, then you have to score more than 117.1
So,
x > 117.1
It is given that your coach says that you will beat your competitor if you score 118.4 points. A teammate says that you only need 117.5 points
So,
According to your coach,
You have to score 118.4 points to beat your competitor
So,
118.4 > 117.1
According to a teammate,
You have to score 117.5 points to beat your competitor
So,
117.5 > 117.1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that your coach and your teammate both are correct

Question 31.
REASONING
Which of the following inequalities are equivalent to the inequality x – b < 3, where b is a constant? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 38
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 31

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 32 and 33, write and solve an inequality to find the possible values of x.

Question 32.
Perimeter < 51.3 inches
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 39
Answer:
The value of x is greater than 21.6 inches

Explanation:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 39
From the above figure,
We can say that the figure is the triangle
We know that,
The perimeter is the sum of all of the sides
So,
The perimeter of the triangle = 15.5 + 14.2 + x
It is given that
Perimeter < 51.3 inches
So,
51.3 < 29.7 + x
51.3 – 29.7 < x
21.6 < x
x > 21.6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x is greater than 21.6 inches

Question 33.
Perimeter ≤ 18.7 feet
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 39.1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 33

Question 34.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Write an inequality that has the solution shown in the graph. Describe a real-life situation that can be modeled by inequality.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 40
Answer:
The given number line is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 40
From the above number line,
We can observe that the marked line is starting from 16 and continued till the left end of the number line
So,
The inequality that represents the given number line is:
x ≤ 16
The real-life situation that can be modeled by inequality is:
A lift carrying no more than 16 people

Question 35.
WRITING
Is it possible to check all the numbers in the solution set of an inequality? When you solve the inequality x – 11 ≥ -3, which numbers can you check to verify your solution? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 35

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The diagram represents the numbers of students in a school with brown eyes, brown hair, or both.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 41
Determine whether each inequality must be true. Explain your reasoning.
a. H ≥ E
b. H + 10 ≥ E
c. H ≥ X
d. H + 10 ≥ X
e. H > X
f. H + 10 > X
Answer:
The given diagram is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 41
From the above diagram,
We can observe that,
The spaces occupied by H and E are equal
The spaces occupied by H and E are greater than X
So,
We can say that
H = E; H > X; E > X
Now,
a. H ≥ E
From the above diagram,
The given inequality is not true
b. H + 10 ≥ E
From the above diagram,
The given inequality is not true
c. H ≥ X
From the above diagram,
The given inequality is not true
d. H + 10 ≥ X
From the above diagram,
The given inequality is not true
e. H > X
From the above diagram,
The given inequality is true
f. H + 10 > X
From the above diagram,
The given inequality is true

Question 37.
REASONING
Write and graph an inequality that represents the numbers that are not solutions to each inequality.
a. x + 8 < 14
b. x – 12 ≥ 5.7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 37

Question 38.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
Use the inequalities c – 3 ≥ d, b + 4 < a + 1, and a – 2 ≤ d – 7 to order a, b, c, and d from least to greatest.
Answer:
The order of a, b, c, and d from least to greatest is:
b, a, c, and d

Explanation:
The given inequalities are:
A) c – 3 ≥ d
B) b + 4 < a + 1
C) a – 2 ≤ d – 7
Now,
A)
The given inequality is:
c – 3 ≥ d
c ≥ d + 3
B)
The given inequality is:
b + 4 < a + 1
b < a + 1 – 4
b < a – 3
b + 3 < a
a > b + 3
C)
The given inequality is:
a – 2 ≤ d – 7
a ≤ d – 7 + 2
a ≤ d – 5
a + 5 ≤ d
d ≥ a + 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the order of a, b, c, d from least to greatest is:
b, a, c, and d

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the product or quotient.

Question 39.
7 • (-9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 39

Question 40.
-11 • (-12)
Answer:
The given expression is:
-11 ⋅ ( -12 )
= 11 ⋅ 12 [ Since we know that – × – = + ]
= 132
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the product of the given expression is: 132

Question 41.
-27 ÷ (-3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 41

Question 42.
20 ÷ (-5)
Answer:
The given expression is:
20 ÷ ( -5 )
= -20 ÷ 5 [ Since we know that + ÷ – = – ]
= -4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the product of the given expression is: -4

Solve the equation. Check your solution.(Section 1.1)

Question 43.
6x = 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 43

Question 44.
-3y = -18
Answer:
The given equation is:
-3y = -18
y = -18 ÷ ( -3 )
y = 6 [ Sice we know that – ÷ – = + ]
Hence, fro the above,
We can conclude that the value of y in the given equation is: 6

Question 45.
\(\frac{s}{-8}\) = 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.2 Question 45

Question 46.
\(\frac{n}{4}\) = -7.3
Answer:
The given equation is:
\(\frac{n}{4}\) = -7.3
n = -7.3 × 4
n = -29.2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of n in the given equation is: -29.2

Lesson 2.3 Solving Inequalities Using Multiplication or Division

Essential Question

How can you use division to solve inequality?

EXPLORATION 1
Writing a Rule
Work with a partner.
a. Copy and complete the table. Decide which graph represents the solution of the inequality 6 < 3x. Write the solution to the inequality.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 42
Answer:
a)
The completed table is:

The given number lines are:

From the above two number lines,
We can say that the expression 6 < 3x will be true if the value of x is greater than 2
From the 2nd number line,
We can observe that the value of x is greater than 2
b)
Rule:
Division Property of Inequality:
If you divide one side of an inequality by a number, you can divide the other side of the inequality by the same number.The given inequality is:
6 < 3x
3x > 6
x > 6 ÷ 3
x > 2
So,
From the table,
x > 2 means x = 3, 4, 5
So,
The value of x is: 3, 4, 5
Now,
i. 2x < 4
Answer:
The given inequality is:
2x < 4
x < 4 / 2
x < 2
Now,
From the above table,
We can observe that x < 2 will be held true if the value of x is -1, 0, 1

ii. 3 ≥ 3x
Answer:
The given inequality is:
3 ≥ 3x
1 ≥ x
x ≤ 1
Now,
From the above table,
We can observe that x ≤ 1 will be held true if the value of the x is -1, 0, 1

iii. 2x < 8
Answer:
The given inequality is:
2x < 8
x < 8 / 2
x < 4
Now,
From the above table,
We can observe that x < 4 will be held true if the value of x is -1, 0, 1, 2, 3

iv. 6 ≥ 3x
Answer:
The given inequality is:
6 ≥ 3x
So,
6 / 3 ≥ x
2 ≥ x
x ≤ 2
Now,
from the above table,
We can observe that x ≤ 2 will be held true if the value of x is -1, 0, 1, 2

EXPLORATION 2
Writing a Rule
Work with a partner.
a. Copy and complete the table. Decide which graph represents the solution of the inequality 6 < -3x. Write the solution of the inequality.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 43
Answer:
The complete table is:

From the given number lines,
The first graph indicates the inequality
x < -2
The second graph indicates the inequality
x > -2
Hence, from the table and the number line,
The inequality that represents the table is:
x < -2

b. Use a table to solve each inequality. Then write a rule that describes how to use division to solve the inequalities.
Rule:
Division Property of Inequality:
If you divide one side of an inequality by a number, you can divide the other side of the inequality by the same number.
i. -2x < 4
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-2x < 4
-x < 4 / 2
-x < 2
x < -2
Hence,
From the above table,
We can observe that the values of x for the inequality x < -2 is -5, -4, -3

ii. 3 ≥ -3x
Answer:
The given inequality is:
3 ≥ -3x
1 ≥ -x
-1 ≥ x
x ≤ -1
Hence,
From the above table,
We can observe that the values of x for the inequality x ≤ -1 is -5, -4, -3, -2, -1

iii. -2x < 8
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-2x < 8
x < -8 /2
x < -4
Hence,
From the above table,
We can observe that the values of x for the inequality x < -4 is  -5

iv.6 ≥ -3x
Answer:
The given inequality is:
6 ≥ -3x
6 / ( -3 ) ≥ x
-2 ≥ x
x ≤ -2
Hence,
From the above table,
We can observe that the values of x for the inequality x ≤ -2 is -5, -4, -3, -2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use division to solve inequality?
Answer:
You can use division to solve the inequality by using the Division Property of Inequality
Division Property of Inequality:
If you divide one side of an inequality by a number, you can divide the other side of the inequality by the same number.

Question 4.
Use the rules you wrote in Explorations 1(b) and 2(b) to solve each inequality.
a. 7x < -21
b. 12 ≤ 4x
c. 10 < -5x d. -3x ≤ 0
Answer:
Rule:
Division Property of Inequality:
If you divide one side of an inequality by a number, you can divide the other side of the inequality by the same number.
By using the above rule, solve the given inequalities
Now,
a. 7x < -21
Answer:
The given inequality is:
7x < -21
x < -21 /
x < -3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x < -3

b. 12 ≤ 4x
Answer:
The given inequality is:
12 ≤ 4x
12 / 4 ≤ x
3 ≤ x
x ≥ 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x ≥ 3

c. 10 < -5x
Answer:
The given inequality is:
10 < -5x
10 / -5 < x
2 < x
x > 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x > 2

d. -3x ≤ 0
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-3x ≤ 0
x ≤ 0 / -3
x ≤ 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x ≤ 0

2.3 Lesson 

Monitoring Progress Solve the inequality. Graph the solution. 

Question 1.
\(\frac{n}{7}\) ≥ -1
Answer:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{n}{7}\) ≥ -1
n ≥ -1 ( 7 )
n ≥ -7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution o the inequality is n ≥ -7
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 2.
-6.4 ≥ \(\frac{1}{5}\)w
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-6.4 ≥ \(\frac{1}{5}\)w
-6.4 ( 5 ) ≥ w
-32 ≥ w
w ≤ -32
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is w ≤ -32
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 3.
4b ≥ 36
Answer:
The given inequality is:
4b ≥ 36
b ≥ 36 / 4
b ≥ 9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is b ≥ 9
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 4.
-18 > 1.5q
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-18 > 1.5q
-18 / 1.5 > q
-180 / 15 > q
-12 > q
q < -12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is q < -12
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Monitoring Progress

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 5.
\(\frac{p}{-4}\) < 7
Answer:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{p}{-4}\) < 7
–\(\frac{p}{4}\) < 7
-p < 7 ( 4 )
-p < 28
p < -28
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is p < -28
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 6.
\(\frac{x}{-5}\) ≤ -5
Answer:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{x}{-5}\) ≤ -5
–\(\frac{x}{5}\) ≤ -5
\(\frac{x}{5}\) ≤ 5
x ≤ 5 ( 5 )
x ≤ 25
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x ≤ 25
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 7.
-1 ≥ –\(\frac{1}{10}\)z
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-1 ≥ –\(\frac{1}{10}\)z
1 ≥ \(\frac{1}{10}\)z
1 ( 10 ) ≥ z
10 ≥ z
z ≤ 10
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is z ≤ 10
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 8.
-9m > 63
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-9m > 63
m > -63 / 9
m > -7
Hence, from the above
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is m > -7
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 9.
-2r ≥ -22
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-2r ≥ -22
2r ≥ 22
r ≥ 22 / 2
r ≥ 11
Hence, from the above
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is r ≥ 11
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 10.
-0.4y ≥ -12
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-0.4y ≥ -12
0.4y ≥ 12
y ≥ 12 / 0.4
y ≥ 120 / 4
y ≥ 30
Hence, from the above
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is y ≥ 30
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 11.
You have at most $3.65 to make copies. Each copy costs $0.25. Write and solve an inequality that represents the number of copies you can make.
Answer:
The inequality that represents the number of copies you can make is:
x + 0.25 ≤ 3.65

Explanation:
It is given that you have at most $3.65 i.e., you have a maximum of only $3.65 to make copies and it is also given that each copy costs $0.25.
Let,
The additional cost to make the copies be $x
So,
The total cost = x + 0.25
But,
The total cost won’t be greater than 3.65
Hence,
The inequality that represents the number of copies you can make is:
x + 0.25 ≤ 3.65

Question 12.
The maximum speed limit for a school bus is 55 miles per hour. Write and solve an inequality that represents the number of hours it takes to travel 165 miles in a school bus.
Answer:
The inequality that represents the number of hours it takes to travel 165 miles in a school bus is:
x ≥ 3

Explanation:
It is given that the maximum speed limit for a school bus is 55 miles per hour.
Let,
x be the number of hours
So,
The inequality that represents the number of hours it takes to travel 165 miles in a school bus is:
55x ≥ 165
x ≥ 165 / 55
x ≥ 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the inequality that represents the number of hours it takes to travel 165 miles in a school bus is:
x ≥ 3

Solving Inequalities Using Multiplication or Division 2.3 Exercises

In Exercises 3–10, solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Explain how solving 2x < -8 is different from solving -2x < 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 1

Question 2.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an inequality that is solved using the Division property of Inequality where the inequality symbol needs to be reversed.
Answer:
The required inequality is:
-6 < 3x
Using the Division Property of Inequality,
-6 / 3 < ( 3 / 3 )x
-2 < x
x > -2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the inequality is solved using the Division Property of Inequality wheer the inequality symbol needs to be reversed

Question 3.
4x < 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 3

Question 4.
3y ≤ -95.
Answer:
The given inequality is:
3y ≤ -95
y ≤ -95 / 3
y ≤ -31.6
y ≤ -32 [ Approximate value ]
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is y ≤ -32
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 5.
-20 ≤ 10n
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 5

Question 6.
35 < 7t
Answer:
The given inequality is:
35 < 7t
35 / 7 < t
5 < t
t > 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is t > 5
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 7.
\(\frac{x}{2}\) > -2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 7

Question 8.
\(\frac{a}{4}\) < 10.2
Answer:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{a}{4}\) < 10.2
a < 10.2 ( 4 )
a < 40.8
a < 40 [ Approximate value ]
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is a < 40
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 9.
20 ≥ \(\frac{4}{5}\)w
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 9

Question 10.
-16 ≤ \(\frac{8}{3}\)t
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-16 ≤ \(\frac{8}{3}\)t
-16 ( 3) ≤ 8t
-48 ≤ 8t
-48 / 8 ≤ t
-6 ≤ t
t ≥ -6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is t ≥ -6
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

In Exercises 11–18, solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 11.
-6t < 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 11

Question 12.
-9y > 9
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-9y > 9
y > -9 / 9
y > -1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is y > -1
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 13.
-10 ≥ -2z
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 13

Question 14.
-15 ≤ -3c
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-15 ≤ -3c
15 ≤ 3c
15 / 3 ≤ c
5 ≤ c
c ≥ 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is c ≥ 5
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 15.
\(\frac{n}{-3}\) ≥ 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 15

Question 16.
\(\frac{w}{-5}\) ≤ 16
Answer:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{w}{-5}\) ≤ 16
w ≤ -16 ( 5 )
w ≤ -80
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is w ≤ -80
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 17.
-8 < –\(\frac{1}{4}\)m
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 17

Question 18.
-6y > –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-6 > –\(\frac{2}{3}\)y
6  > \(\frac{2}{3}\)y
6 ( 3 ) > 2y
18 > 2y
18 / 2 > y
9 > y
y < 9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is y < 9
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 19.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You have $12 to buy five goldfish for your new fish tank. Write and solve an inequality that represents the prices you can pay per fish.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 19

Question 20.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A weather forecaster predicts that the temperature in Antarctica will decrease by 8°F each hour for the next 6 hours. Write and solve an inequality to determine how many hours it will take for the temperature to drop at least 36°F.
Answer:
The inequality to determine the number of hours it will take for the temperature to drop at least 36° F is:
x ≥ 4.5

Explanation:
It is given that a weather forecaster predicts that the temperature in Antarctica will decrease by 8°F each hour for the next 6 hours.
Now,
Let the number of hours that will take to drop the temperature be x
So,
8x ≥ 36
x ≥ 36 / 8
x ≥ 4.5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the inequality to determine the number of hours it will take for the temperature to drop at least 36° F is:
x ≥ 4.5 hours

USING TOOLS
In Exercises 21–26, solve the inequality. Use a graphing calculator to verify your answer.

Question 21.
36 < 3y
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 21

Question 22.
17v ≥ 51
Answer:
The given inequality is:
17v ≥ 51
v ≥ 51 / 17
v ≥ 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is v ≥ 3
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 23.
2 ≤ –\(\frac{2}{9}\)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 23

Question 24.
4 > \(\frac{n}{-4}\)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
4 > \(\frac{n}{-4}\)
4 ( -4 ) > n
-16 > n
n < -16
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is n < -16
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 25.
2x > \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 25

Question 26.
1.1y < 4.4
Answer:
The given inequality is:
1.1y < 4.4
\(\frac{11}{10}\)y > \(\frac{44}{10}\)
y > \(\frac{10 × 44}{11 × 10}\)
y > 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is y > 4
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 27 and 28, describe and correct the error in solving the inequality.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 45
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 46
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-4y ≤ -32
4y ≤ 32
y ≤ 32 /4
y ≤ 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is:
y ≤ 8

Question 29.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
You have $700 to buy a new carpet for your bedroom. Write and solve an inequality that represents the costs per square foot that you can pay for the new carpet. Specify the units of measure in each step.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 47
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 29

Question 30.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Let m > 0. Match each inequality with its graph. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 48
Answer:
The given inequalities are:
a. \(\frac{x}{m}\) < -1
b. \(\frac{x}{m}\) > 1
c. \(\frac{x}{m}\) < 1
d. –\(\frac{x}{m}\) < 1
It is given that m > 0 i.e., m is a positive number
Let,
The value of x is: 1
Now,
a.
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{x}{m}\) < -1
\(\frac{1}{m}\) < -1
1 < -m
-1 < m
m > -1
Hence,,
From the number lines, D) represents the required number line  for this inequality
b.
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{x}{m}\) > 1
x > m
1 > m
m < 1
Hence,
From the number lines, B) represents the required number line for this inequality
c.
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{x}{m}\) < 1
x < m
1 < m
m > 1
Hence,
From the number lines, A) represents the required number line for this inequality
d.
The given inequality is:
–\(\frac{x}{m}\) < 1
-x < -m
x < m
1 < m
m > 1
Hence,
From the number lines, A) represents the required number line for this inequality

Question 31.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
You run for 2 hours at a speed no faster than 6.3 miles per hour.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the possible numbers of miles you run.
b. A marathon is approximately 26.2 miles. Your friend says that if you continue to run at this speed, you will not be able to complete a marathon in less than 4 hours. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 31

Question 32.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
The inequality
\(\frac{x}{4}\) ≤ 5 has a solution of x = p. Write a second inequality that also has a solution of x = p.
Answer:
The second inequality that also has a solution x = p is:
x ≤ 20

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{x}{4}\) ≤ 5
It is given that the given inequality has a solution of x = p
So,
The second inequality that also has a second solution of x = p is:
\(\frac{x}{4}\) ≤ 5
x ≤ 5 ( 4 )
x ≤ 20
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the second inequality that also has a solution of x = p is:
x ≤ 20

Question 33.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
The U.S. Mint pays $0.02 to produce every penny. How many pennies are produced when the U.S. Mint pays more than $6 million in production costs?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 33

Question 34.
REASONING
Are x ≤ \(\frac{2}{3}\) and -3x ≤ -2 equivalent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Yes,
x ≤ \(\frac{2}{3}\) and -3x ≤ -2 are equivalent

Explanation:
The given inequalities are -3x ≤ -2 and x ≤ \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Now,
x ≤ \(\frac{2}{3}\)
3x ≤ 2
Now,
-3x ≤ -2
Multiply with ‘-‘ on both sides
We know that,
– × – = +
So,
3x ≤ 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given two inequalities are equivalent

Question 35.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Consider the number line shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 49
a. Write an inequality relating A and B.
b. Write an inequality relating -A and -B.
c. Use the results from parts (a) and (b) to explain why the direction of the inequality symbol must be reversed when multiplying or dividing each side of an inequality by the same negative number.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 35

Question 36.
REASONING
Why might solving the inequality \(\frac{4}{x}\) ≥ 2 by multiplying each side by x lead to an error? (Hint: Consider x > 0 and x < 0.)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{4}{x}\) ≥ 2
4 ≥ 2x
4 / 2 ≥ x
2 ≥ x
x ≤ 2
It is given that to consider x > 0 and x < 0 i.e., x as a positive number and a negative number
Now,
Multiply the given inequality by x on both sides and consider x as positive
4x ≥ 2x²
4x / 2 ≥ x²
2x / x ≥ x
2 ≥ x
x ≤ 2
Now,
Multiply the given inequality by x on both sides and consider x as negative
-4x ≥ -2x²
4x / 2 ≥ x²
2x ≥ x²
2x / x ≥ x
2 ≥ x
x ≤ 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there will be no error even when we multiply the given inequality with x on both sides

Question 37.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The radius of a circle is represented by the formula r = \(\frac{C}{2π}\). Write and solve an inequality that represents the possible circumferences C of the circle.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 50
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 37

Question 38.
CRITICAL THINKING
A water-skiing instructor recommends that a boat pulling a beginning skier has a speed less than 18 miles per hour. Write and solve an inequality that represents the possible distances d (in miles) that a beginner can travel in 45 minutes of practice time.
Answer:
The inequality that represents the possible distances that a beginner can travel in 45 minutes of practice time is:
d < 13.5 miles

Explanation:
It is given that a water-skiing instructor recommends that a boat pulling a beginning skier has a speed less than 18 miles per hour
The given speed is in terms of miles per hour
So,
The time should also be in hours
But the given time is in minutes
So,
We know that,
60 minutes = 1 hour
So,
45 minutes = \(\frac{45}{60}\) hours
= \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours
It is also given that the distance is d
We know that,
Speed = \(\frac{Distance}{Time}\)
So,
Distance = Speed × Time
Hence,
The inequality that represents the possible distances that a beginner can travel in 45 minutes of practice time is:
d < 18 ( \(\frac{3}{4}\) )
d < \(\frac{18 × 3}{4}\)
d < \(\frac{54}{4}\)
d < \(\frac{27}{2}\)
d < 13.5 miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the inequality that represents the possible distances that a beginner can travel in 45 minutes of practice time is:
d < 13.5 miles

Question 39.
CRITICAL THINKING
A local zoo employs 36 people to take care of the animals each day. At most, 24 of the employees work full time. Write and solve an inequality that represents the fraction of employees who work part-time. Graph the solution. Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency Solve the equation. Check your solution. (Section 1.2 and Section 1.3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 39

Question 40.
5x + 3 = 13
Answer:
The given equaltion is:
5x + 3 = 13
5x = 13 – 3
5x = 10
x = 10 / 2
x = 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given equaltion is x = 5

Question 41.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)y – 8 = -10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 41

Question 42.
-3n + 2 = 2n – 3
Answer:
The given equation is:
-3n + 2 = 2n – 3
-3n – 2n = -3 – 2
-5n = -5
5n = 5
n = 5 / 5
n = 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclud ethat the solution to the given equation is n = 1

Question 43.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)z + 4 = \(\frac{5}{2}\)z – 8 Tell which number is greater.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 43

Question 44.
0.8, 85%
Answer:
The relation between the given numbers are:
0.8 < 85%

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.8 and 85%
We know that,
x% = \(\frac{x}{100}\)
We can rewrite 0.8 as 0.80 since both 0.8 and 0.80 are the same
So,
85% = \(\frac{85}{100}\)
0.8 = \(\frac{80}{100}\)
By comparison, we can get
0.8 is less than 85%
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
0.8 < 85%

Question 45.
\(\frac{16}{30}\), 50%
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 45

Question 46.
120%, 0.12
Answer:
The relation between the given numbers are:
120% > 0.12

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 120% and 0.12
We know that,
x% = \(\frac{x}{100}\)
Now,
120% = \(\frac{120}{100}\)
0.12 = \(\frac{12}{100}\)
By comparison, we can get
120% is greater than 0.12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
120% > 0.12

Question 47.
60%, \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.3 Question 47

Lesson 2.4 Solving Multi-step Inequalities

Essential Question
How can you solve a multi-step inequality?

EXPLORATION 1
Solving a Multi-Step Inequality
Work with a partner.

• Use what you already know about solving equations and inequalities to solve each multi-step inequality. Justify each step.
• Match each inequality with its graph. Use a graphing calculator to check your answer.
a. 2x + 3 ≤ x + 5
b. -2x + 3 > x + 9
c. 27 ≥ 5x + 4x
d. -8x + 2x – 16 < -5x + 7x
e. 3(x – 3) – 5x > -3x – 6
f. -5x – 6x ≤ 8 – 8x – x
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 51
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 51.1
Answer:
The given inequalities are:
a. 2x + 3 ≤ x + 5
b. -2x + 3 > x + 9
c. 27 ≥ 5x + 4x
d. -8x + 2x – 16 < -5x + 7x
e. 3(x – 3) – 5x > -3x – 6
f. -5x – 6x ≤ 8 – 8x – x
The given graphing calculators are:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 51.1
Now,
From the graphing calculators, we can observe that the graph is divided into 4 parts.
The first part indicates +x
The second part indicates -x
Now,
a.
The given inequality is:
2x + 3 ≤ x + 5
So,
2x – x ≤ 5 – 3
x ≤ 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x ≤ 2
The graph B) matches the solution of the given inequality

b.
The given inequality is:
-2x + 3 > x + 9
So,
-2x – x > 9  -3
-3x > 6
x > -6 / 3
x > -2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x > -2
The graph C) matches the solution of the given inequality

c.
The given inequality is:
27 ≥ 5x + 4x
So,
27 ≥ 9x
27 / 9 ≥ x
3 ≥ x
x ≤ 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x ≤ 3
The graph E) matches the solution of the given inequality

d.
The given inequality is:
-8x + 2x – 16 < -5x + 7x
So,
-6x – 16 < 2x
-6x – 2x < 16
-8x < 16
x < -16 / 8
x < -2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x < -2
Graph A) matches the solution of the given inequality

e.
The given inequality is:
3(x – 3) – 5x > -3x – 6
So,
3 ( x ) – 3 ( 3 ) – 5x > -3x – 6
3x – 9 – 5x > -3x – 6
-2x – 9 > -3x – 6
-2x + 3x > -6 + 9
x > 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x > 3
The graph D) matches the solution of the given inequality

f.
The given inequality is:
-5x – 6x ≥ 8 – 8x – x
So,
-11x ≥ 8 – 9x
-11x + 9x ≥ 8
-2x ≥ 8
x ≥ -8 / 2
x ≥ -4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x ≥ -4
The graph F) matches the solution of the given inequality

Question 2.
How can you solve a multi-step inequality?
Answer:
The general procedure for solving multi-step inequality is as follows:
a) Clear parenthesis i.e., Brackets on both sides of the inequality and collect like terms
b) Addor subtract terms so the variable is on one side and the constant is on another side of the inequality sign

Question 3.
Write two different multi-step inequalities whose solutions are represented by the graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 52
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 52
From the given graph,
We can observe that the marking started from -1 but by excluding -1 and continued till the left end of the graph
So,
The inequality represented by the graph is given as:
x < -1

2.4 Lesson

Monitoring Progress
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
4b – 1 < 7
Answer:
The given inequality is:
4b – 1 < 7
So,
4b < 7 + 1
4b < 8
b < 8 / 4
b < 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is b < 2
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 2.
8 – 9c ≥ -28
Answer:
The given inequality is:
8 – 9c ≥ -28
-9c ≥ -28 – 8
-9c ≥ -36
9c ≥ 36
c ≥ 36 / 9
c ≥ 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is c ≥ 4
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 3.
\(\frac{n}{-2}\) + 11 > 12
Answer:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{n}{-2}\) + 11 > 12
\(\frac{n}{-2}\) > 12 – 11
\(\frac{n}{-2}\) > 1
n > 1 (-2)
n > -2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is n > -2
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Question 4.
6 ≥ 5 – \(\frac{v}{3}\)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
6 ≥ 5 – \(\frac{v}{3}\)
6 – 5 ≥ – \(\frac{v}{3}\)
-1 ≥ \(\frac{v}{3}\)
-3 ≥ v
v ≤ -3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is v ≤ -3
The representation of the inequality in the number line is:

Solve the inequality.

Question 5.
5x – 12 ≤ 3x – 4
Answer:
The given inequality is:
5x – 12 ≤ 3x – 4
5x – 3x ≤ 12 – 4
2x ≤ 8
x ≤ 8 / 2
x ≤ 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x ≤ 4

Question 6.
2(k – 5) < 2k + 5
Answer:
The given inequality is:
2 ( k – 5 ) < 2k + 5
So,
2 ( k ) – 2 ( 5 ) < 2k + 5
2k – 10 < 2k + 5
2k – 2k < 5 + 10
-10 < 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there is no solution for the given inequality

Question 7.
-4(3n – 1) > -12n + 5.2
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-4 ( 3n – 1 ) > -12n + 5.2
So,
-4 ( 3n ) – 4 ( -1 ) > -12n + 5.2
-12n + 4 > -12n + 5.2
-12n + 12n + 4 > 5.2
4 > 5.2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there is no solution for the given inequality

Question 8.
3(2a – 1) ≥ 10a – 11
Answer:
The given inequality is:
3 ( 2a – 1 ) ≥ 10a – 11
So,
3 ( 2a ) – 3 ( 1 ) ≥ 10a – 11
6a – 3 ≥ 10a – 11
6a – 10a ≥ -11 + 3
-4a ≥ -8
4a ≥ 8
a ≥ 8 / 4
a ≥ 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is a ≥ 2

Question 9.
WHAT IF?
You need a mean score of at least 85 points to advance to the next round. What scores in the fifth game will allow you to advance?
Answer:

Solving Multi-step Inequalities 2.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Compare solving multi-step inequalities and solving multi-step equations.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Without solving, how can you tell that the inequality 4x + 8 ≤ 4x – 3 has no solution?
Answer:
The given inequality is:
4x + 8  ≤ 4x – 3
Rearrange the variables ad constant terms
So,
4x – 4x ≤ -3 – 8
0 + 8 ≤ -3
8 ≤ -3
Hence, from the above,
We can observe that there is no variable x
Hence,
We can conclude that there is no solution for the given inequality

In Exercises 3–6, match the inequality with its graph.

Question 3.
7b – 4 ≤ 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 3

Question 4.
4p + 4 ≥ 12
Answer:
The given inequality is:
4p + 4 ≥ 12
So,
4p ≥ 12 – 4
4p ≥ 8
p ≥ 8 / 4
p ≥ 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is p ≥ 2
The graph represented for the solution is A) [ Se the graphs from Exercise 6 ]

Question 5.
-6g + 2 ≥ 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 5

Question 6.
3(2 – f) ≤ 15

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 53
Answer:
The given inequality is:
3 (2 – f) ≤  15
So,
3 (2) – 3 (f) ≤  15
6 – 3f ≤  15
-3f ≤  15 – 6
-3f ≤  9
f ≤  -9 / 3
f ≤  -3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is f ≤  -3
The graph C) represents the solution of the given inequality

In Exercises 7–16, solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 7.
2x – 3 > 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 7

Question 8.
5y + 9 ≤ 4
Answer:
The given inequality is:
5y + 9 ≤ 4
So,
5y ≤  4  -9
5y ≤  -5
y ≤  -5 / 5
y ≤  -1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is y ≤  -1
The representation of the solution in the graph is:

Question 9.
-9 ≤ 7 – 8v
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 9

Question 10.
2 > -3t – 10
Answer:
The given inequality is:
2 > -3t – 10
So,
2 + 10 > -3t
12 > -3t
-12 / 3 > t
-4 > t
t < -4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is t < -4
The representation of the solution of the inequality in the graph is:

Question 11.
\(\frac{w}{2}\) + 4 > 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 11

Question 12.
1 + \(\frac{m}{3}\) ≤ 6
Answer:
The given inequality is:
1 + \(\frac{m}{3}\) ≤ 6
So,
\(\frac{m}{3}\) ≤ 6 – 1
\(\frac{m}{3}\) ≤ 5
m ≤ 5 (3)
m ≤ 15
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is m ≤ 15
The representation of the solution of the inequality in the graph is:

Question 13.
\(\frac{p}{-8}\) + 9 > 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 13

Question 14.
3 + \(\frac{r}{-4}\) ≤ 6
Answer:
The given inequality is:
3 + \(\frac{r}{-4}\) ≤ 6
\(\frac{r}{-4}\) ≤ 6 – 3
\(\frac{r}{-4}\) ≤ 3
r ≤ 3 (-4)
r ≤ -12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is r ≤ -12
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 15.
6 ≥ -6(a + 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 15

Question 16.
18 ≤ 3(b – 4)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
18 ≤ 3 (b – 4)
So,
18 ≤ 3 (b) – 3 (4)
18 ≤ 3b – 12
18 + 12 ≤ 3b
30 ≤ 3b
30 / 3 ≤ b
10 ≤ b
b ≥ 10
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is b ≥ 10
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

In Exercises 17–28, solve the inequality.

Question 17.
4 – 2m > 7 – 3m
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 17

Question 18.
8n+ 2 ≤ 8n – 9
Answer:
The given nequality is:
8n + 2 ≤ 8n – 9
So,
8n – 8n + 2 ≤ -9
2 ≤ 9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there is no solution for the given inequality

Question 19.
-2d – 2 < 3d + 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 19

Question 20.
8 + 10f > 14 – 2f
Answer:
The given inequality is:
8 + 10f > 14 – 2f
10f + 2f > 14 – 8
12f > 6
f > 6 / 12
f > \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is f > \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 21.
8g – 5g – 4 ≤ -3 + 3g
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 21

Question 22.
3w – 5 > 2w + w – 7
Answer:
The given inequality is:
3w – 5 > 2w + w – 7
So,
3w – 5 > 3w – 7
3w – 5 – 3w > -7
-5 > -7
5 > 7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there is no solution for the given inequality

Question 23.
6(ℓ + 3) < 3(2ℓ + 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 23

Question 24.
2(5c – 7) ≥ 10(c – 3)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
2 (5c – 7) ≥ 10 (c – 3)
So,
2 (5c) – 2 (7) ≥ 10 (c) – 10 (3)
10c – 14 ≥ 10c – 30
10c – 10c – 14 ≥ -30
-14 ≥ -30
14 ≥ 30
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there is no solution for the given inequality

Question 25.
4 (\(\frac{1}{2}\)t – 2 )> 2(t – 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 25

Question 26.
15 (\(\frac{1}{3}\)b + 3 ) ≤ 6(b + 9)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
15 ( (\(\frac{1}{3}\)b + 3 ) ) ≤ 6 (b + 9)
So,
15 ( (\(\frac{1}{3}\)b ) ) + 15 (3) ≤ 6 (b) + 6 (9)
5b + 45 ≤ 6b + 54
5b – 6b ≤ 54 – 45
-b ≤ 9
b ≤ -9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is b ≤ -9

Question 27.
9j – 6 + 6j ≥ 3(5j – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 27

Question 28.
6h – 6 + 2h < 2(4h – 3)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
6h – 6 + 2h < 2 (4h – 3)
So,
8h – 6 < 2 (4h) – 2 (3)
8h – 6 < 8h – 6
8h – 8h < -6 + 6
0 < 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there is no solution for the given inequality

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 29 and 30, describe and correct the error in solving the inequality.

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 54
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 29

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 55
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-2 (1 – x) ≤ 2x – 7
-2 (1) + 2 (x) ≤ 2x – 7
-2 + 2x ≤ 2x – 7
-2 + 2x – 2x ≤ -7
-2 ≤ -7
2 ≤  7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given inequality has no solution

Question 31.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Write and solve an inequality that represents how many $20 bills you can withdraw from the account without going below the minimum balance.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 56
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 31

Question 32.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A woodworker wants to earn at least $25 an hour making and selling cabinets. He pays $125 for materials. Write and solve an inequality that represents how many hours the woodworker can spend building the cabinet.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 57
Answer:
The inequality that represents the number of hours the woodworker can spend build the cabinet is:
x ≥ 5

Explanation:
It is given that a woodworker wants to earn at least $25 an hour making and selling cabinets. He pays $125 for materials.
Let x be the number of hours taken by the woodworker to build the cabinet
So,
The inequality that represents the number of hours the woodworker can spend build the cabinet is:
25 (x) ≥ 125
x ≥ 125 / 25
x ≥ 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the inequality that represents the number of hours the woodworker can spnd build the cabinet is x ≥ 5

Question 33.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The area of the rectangle is greater than 60 square feet. Write and solve an inequality to find the possible values of x.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 58
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 33

Question 34.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Forest Park Campgrounds charges a $100 membership fee plus $35 per night. Woodland Campgrounds charges a $20 membership fee plus $55 per night. Your friend says that if you plan to camp for four or more nights, then you should choose Woodland Campgrounds. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, your friend is correct

Explanation:
It is given that the Forest Park Campgrounds charges a $100 membership fee plus $35 per night and the Woodland Campgrounds charges a $20 membership fee plus $55 per night.
It is also given that your friend says that if you plan to camp for four or more nights, then you should choose Woodland Campgrounds.
So,
Let x be the number of nights you spend
Now,
The charge of the Forest Park Campgrounds for x nights = 100 + 35x
The charge of the Woodland Campgrounds = 20 + 55x
Now,
It is given that for four or more nights i.e., x ≥ 4, you will choose Woodland Campgrounds
So,
We have to verify the above statement
So,
20 + 55x ≥ 100 + 35x
55x – 35x ≥ 100 – 20
20x ≥ 80
x ≥ 80 / 20
x ≥ 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that your friend is correct.

Question 35.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
The height of one story of a building is about 10 feet. The bottom of the ladder on the truck must be at least 24 feet away from the building. How many stories can the ladder reach? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 59
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 35.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 35.2

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph shows your budget and the total cost of x gallons of gasoline and a car wash. You want to determine the possible amounts (in gallons) of gasoline you can buy within your budget.
a. What is your budget?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 60
Answer:
Your budget is: $40

Explanation:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 60
From the graph,
We can observe that x-axis represents the amount of gasoline ( gallons ) and the y-axis represents the budget
From the graph,
The line is represented parallel to the x-axis i.e., Budget
So,
From the graph,
The given equation is:
y = 40
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the budget is: $40

b. How much does a gallon of gasoline cost? How much does a car wash cost?
Answer:
The cost of a gallon of gasoline is: $3.55
The cost of a car wash is: $8

Explanation:
It is given that the graph shows your budget and the total cost of x gallons of gasoline and a car wash.
From the graph,
We know that,
The x-axis represents the amount of gasoline ( gallons )
So,
The equation represented by the x-axis is:
y = 3.55x + 8
So,
From the equation,
We know that,
The coefficient of x represents the cost of x gallons of gasoline and the constant term represents the cost of a car wash
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The cost of a gallon of gasoline is: $3.55
The cost of a car wash is: $8

c. Write an inequality that represents the possible amounts of gasoline you can buy.
Answer:
The inequality that represents the possible amounts of gasoline you can buy is:
x ≤ 9 gallons

Explanation:
From the graph,
We know that,
The x-axis represents the amounts of gasoline you can buy
We know that,
y = 3.55x + 8
We know that,
The budget will be less than or equal to $40
So,
3.55x + 8 ≤ 40
3.55x ≤ 40 – 8
3.55x ≤ 32
x ≤ 32 / 3.55
x ≤ 9 [ Approx. ]
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the inequality that represents the possible amounts of gasoline you can buy is:
x ≤ 9

d. Use the graph to estimate the solution of your inequality in part (c).
Answer:
From part (c),
The required inequality is:
3.55x + 8 ≤ 40
From the graph,
We can observe the x-axis and y-axis intersected at one particular point.
The particular point is the estimated solution of the inequality
So,
The particular point = (x , y ) = ( 9 , 40 )
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the estimated solution of your inequality in part (c) is ( 9, 40 )

Question 37.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
For what r values of r will the area of the shaded region be greater than or equal to 9(π – 2)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 37

Question 38.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
A runner’s times (in minutes) in the four races he has completed are 25.5, 24.3, 24.8, and 23.5. The runner plans to run at least one more race and wants to have an average time of less than 24 minutes. Write and solve an inequality to show how the runner can achieve his goal.
Answer:
The inequality that shows the runner can achieve his goal is:
x < 21.9 minutes

Explanation:
It is given that a runner’s times (in minutes) in the four races he has completed are 25.5, 24.3, 24.8, and 23.5.
It is also given that the runner plans to run at least one more race and wants to have an average time of less than 24 minutes.
Now,
Let x be the time in the fifth race [ Since it is given that the runner plans to run at least one more race ]
We know that,
Average = \(\frac{The sum of all the items}{The number of items}\)
Now,
Average = \(\frac{25.5 + 24.3 + 24.8 + 23.5 + x}{5}\)
Average = \(\frac{98.1 + x}{5}\)
It is given that the average time will be less than 24 minutes
So,
\(\frac{98.1 + x}{5}\) < 24
98.1 + x < 24 (5)
98.1 + x < 120
x < 120 – 98.1
x < 21.9 minutes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the inequality that shows the runner can achieve his goal is x < 21.9 minutes

REASONING
In Exercises 39 and 40, find the value of a for which the solution of the inequality is all real numbers.

Question 39.
a(x + 3) < 5x + 15 – x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 39

Question 40.
3x + 8 + 2ax ≥ 3ax – 4a
Answer:
The value of a is: 3

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
3x + 8 + 2ax ≥ 3ax – 4a
So,
3x + 2ax – 3ax ≥ -4a – 8
3x – ax ≥ -4a – 8
It is given that the solution of the given inequality is all real numbers
So,
x = 0
So,
To make x = 0,
We can observe from the inequality that ‘a’ must be equal to 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of a is: 3

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency
Write the sentence as an inequality. (Section 2.1)

Question 41.
Six times a number y is less than or equal to 10.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 41

Question 42.
A number p plus 7 is greater than 24.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
A number p plus 7 is greater than 24
Hence,
The representation of the worded form in the form of inequality is:
p + 7 > 24

Question 43.
The quotient of a number r and 7 is no more than 18.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.4 Question 43

Solving Linear Inequalities Study Skills: Analyzing Your Errors

2.1–2.4 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 61

Core Concepts
Section 2.1
Representing Linear Inequalities, p. 57

Section 2.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 62

Section 2.3
Multiplication and Division Properties of Inequality (c > 0), p. 68
Multiplication and Division Properties of Inequality (c < 0), p. 69

Section 2.4
Solving Multi-Step Inequalities, p. 74
Special Solutions of Linear Inequalities, p. 75

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
Explain the meaning of the inequality symbol in your answer to Exercise 47 on page 59. How did you know which symbol to use?
Answer:
In Exercise 47 on page 59,
The inequality symbol we used is: ≤
The meaning of ≤ is ” Less than or equal to ”
In Exercise 47,
It is given that the Xianren bridge arch is the longest natural arch with a length of 400 feet i.e., there is no arch longer than the Xianren bridge arch and the remaining natural arches are shorter than the Xianren arch
Hence,
The lengths of all the arches including the Xianren arch will be represented by the inequality symbol “≤”

Question 2.
In Exercise 30 on page 66, why is it important to check the reasonableness of your answer in part (a) before answering part (b)?
Answer:
In part (a), it is given that you have to beat your competitor with your score.
So,
Your score must be greater than your competitor
Then only you can solve part (b).

Question 3.
Explain how considering the units involved in Exercise 29 on page 71 helped you answer the question.
Answer:
In Exercise 29 on page 71,
The mat that is given is in the form of the square since its length and width both are the same
So,
We know that,
Area of the square = Side²
Let the cost per square foot be x
So,
The inequality formed will be like:
( Area of the square ) ⋅ x ≤ $700

Study Skills

Analyzing Your Errors

Application Errors
What Happens: You can do numerical problems, but you struggle with problems that have context.
How to Avoid This Error: Do not just mimic the steps of solving an application problem. Explain out loud what the question is asking and why you are doing each step. After solving the problem, ask yourself, “Does my solution make sense?”
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 63

Solving Linear Inequalities Maintaining 2.1 – 2.4 Quiz

Write the sentence as an inequality. (Section 2.1)

Question 1.
A number z minus 6 is greater than or equal to 11.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
A number z minus 6 is greater than or equal to 11
Hence,
The representation of the worded form in the form of inequality is:
z – 6 ≥ 11

Question 2.
Twelve is no more than the sum of -1.5 times a number w and 4.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
Twelve is no more than the sum of -1.5 times a number w and 4
Hence,
The representation of the worded form in the form of inequality is:
12 ≤ -1.5w + 4

Write an inequality that represents the graph.(Section 2.1)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 64
Answer:
The inequality that represents the given graph is:
x < 0

Explanation:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 64
From the above number line,
We can observe that the marked line started from 0 that excludes 0 and continued till the left end of the number line
Hence,
The inequality that represents the given graph is:
x < 0

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 65
Answer:
The inequality that represents the given graph is:
x ≥ 8

Explanation:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 65
From the above graph,
The marked line started from 8 that includes 8 and continued till the right end of the number line.
Hence,
The inequality that represents the given graph is:
x ≥ 8

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution. (Section 2.2 and Section 2.3)

Question 5.
9 + q ≤ 15
Answer:
The solution to the given inequality is:
q ≤ 6

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
9 + q ≤ 15
So,
q ≤ 15 – 9
q ≤ 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is q ≤ 6
The representation of the solution of the inequality in the graph is:

Question 6.
z – (-7) < 5
Answer:
The solution to the given inequality is:
z < -2

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
z – (-7) < 5
So,
z + 7  < 5
z < 5 – 7
z < -2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is z < -2
The representation of the solution of the inequality in the graph is:

Question 7.
-3 < y – 4
Answer:
The solution to the given inequality is:
y > 1

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
-3 < y – 4
So,
-3 + 4 < y
1 < y
y > 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is y > 1
The representation of the solution of inequality in the graph is:

Question 8.
3p ≥ 18
Answer:
The solution to the given inequality is:
p ≥ 6

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
3p ≥ 18
p ≥ 18 / 3
p ≥ 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is p ≥ 6
The representation of the solution of the inequality in the graph is:

Question 9.
6 > \(\frac{w}{-2}\)
Answer:
The solution to the given inequality is:
w < -12

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
6 > \(\frac{w}{-2}\)
So,
6 (-2) > w
-12 > w
w < -12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is w < -12
The representation of the solution of the inequality in the graph is:

Question 10.
-20x > 5
Answer:
The solution to the given inequality is:
x > – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
So,
x > -0.25

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
-20x > 5
So,
x > -5 / 20
x > – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x > –\(\frac{1}{4}\)
The representation of the solution of the inequality in the graph is:

Solve the inequality. (Section 2.4)

Question 11.
3y – 7 ≥ 17
Answer:
The solution to the given inequality is:
y ≥ 8

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
3y – 7 ≥ 17
So,
3y ≥ 17 + 7
3y ≥ 24
y ≥ 24 / 3
y ≥ 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is y ≥ 8

Question 12.
8(3g – 2) ≤ 12(2g + 1)
Answer:
There is no soution for the given inequality

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
8 (3g – 2) ≤ 12 (2g + 1)
So,
8 (3g) – 8 (2) ≤ 12 (2g) + 12 (1)
24g – 16 ≤ 24g + 12
24g – 24g – 16 ≤ 12
-16 ≤ 12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there is no solution for the given inequality

Question 13.
6(2x – 1) ≥ 3(4x + 1)
Answer:
There is no solution for the given inequality

Explanation:
The given inequality is:
6 (2x – 1)≥ 3 (4x + 1)
So,
6 (2x) – 6 (1) ≥ 3 (4x) + 3 (1)
12x – 6 ≤ 12x + 3
12x – 6 – 12x ≤ 3
-6 ≤ 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there is no solution for the given inequality

Question 14.
Three requirements for a lifeguard training course are shown. (Section 2.1)
a. Write and graph three inequalities that represent the requirements.
b. You can swim 250 feet, tread water for 6 minutes, and swim 35 feet underwater without taking a breath. Do you satisfy the requirements of the course? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 66
Answer:
a.
The given requirements are:
1. Swim at least 100 yards
2. Tread water for at least 5 minutes
3. Swim 10 yards or more underwater without taking a breath
Now,
1.
The inequality that represents the first requirement is:
x ≥ 100 yards
2.
The inequality that represents the second requirement is:
x ≥ 5 minutes
3.
The inequality that represents the third requirement is:
x ≥ 10 yards

b.
It is given that you can swim 250 feet, tread water for 6 minutes, and swim 35 feet underwater without taking a breath.
From part (a),
The inequalities for the three requirements are:
x ≥ 100 yards
x ≥ 5 minutes
x ≥ 10 yards
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that you satisfied the requirements of the course

Question 15.
The maximum volume of an American white pelican’s bill is about 700 cubic inches. A pelican scoops up 100 cubic inches of water. Write and solve an inequality that represents the additional volumes the pelican’s bill can contain. (Section 2.2)
Answer:
The inequality that represents the additional volumes of the pelican’s bill can contain is:
x  ≤ 600

Explanation:
It is given that the maximum volume of an American white pelican’s bill is about700 cubic inches. A pelican scoops up 100 cubic inches of water.
Let x be the additional volumes the pelican’s bill can contain
It is also given that the maximum volume is 700 cubic inches and a pelican’s bill scoops up 100 cubic inches of water
Hence,
The inequality that represents the additional volumes of the pelican’s bill can contain is:
x + 100 ≤ 700
x ≤ 700 – 100
x ≤ 600

Question 16.
You save $15 per week to purchase one of the bikes shown. (Section 2.3and Section 2.4)
a. Write and solve an inequality to find the numbers of weeks you need to save to purchase a bike.
b. Your parents give you $65 to help you buy the new bike. How does this affect your answer in part (a)? Use an inequality to justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 67
Answer:
a.
It is given that you save $15 per week to purchase one of the bikes
From the fig,
It is given that the starting price of the bike is $120
Now,
Let x be the number of weeks
Hence,
The inequality that representing the number of weeks you need to save to purchase a bike is:
15 ⋅ x ≥ 120
15x ≥ 120
x ≥ 120 / 15
x ≥ 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of weeks you need to save to purchase a bike is 8 weeks

b.
It is given that your parents give you $65 to help you buy the new bike.
We know that,
The starting price of the bike is: $120
So,
The remaining amount that needs to purchase a bike = 120 – 65
= $55

Lesson 2.5 Solving Compound Inequalities

Essential Question
How can you use inequalities to describe intervals on the real number line?
EXPLORATION 1
Describing Intervals on the Real Number
Work with a partner.
In parts (a)–(d), use two inequalities to describe the interval.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 68
e. Do you use “and” or “or” to connect the two inequalities in parts (a)–(d)? Explain.
Answer:
(a) – (d):
The given graphs are:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 68
From the given graphs,
We can observe that the marked lines are from a certain number to a certain number
Now,
a.
In the given graph,
The marked line starting from -3 excluding -3 and continued till -6 including -6
So,
The inequality that represents the given interval is:
x ≥ -6 and x < -3
Hence,
The compound inequality that represents the given interval is:
-6 ≤ x < -3

b.
In the given graph,
The marked line starting from -5 excluding -5 and continued till 4 including 4
So,
The inequality that represents the given interval is:
x > -5 and x < 4
Hence,
The compound inequality that represents the given interval is:
-5 < x < 4

c.
In the given graph,
The marked line starting from -4 including -4 and continued till 5 including 5
So,
The inequality that represents the given interval is:
x ≥ -4 and x ≤ 5
Hence,
The compound inequality that represents the given interval is:
-4 ≤ x ≤ 5

d.
In the given graph,
The marked line starting from -3 excluding -3 and continued till 6 including 6
So,
The inequality that represents the given interval is:
x > -3 and x < 6
Hence,
The compound inequality that represents the given interval is:
-3 < x < 6

e.
We use “and” to connect the two inequalities in parts (a) – (d)
Now,
From (a) – (d),
We can observe that,
For Half-open interval,
We use ≥ and <
For closed interval,
We use ≥ and ≤
For open interval,
We use > and <

EXPLORATION 2
Describing Two Infinite Intervals
Work with a partner. In parts (a)–(d), use two inequalities to describe the interval.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 69
e. Do you use “and” or “or” to connect the two inequalities in parts (a)–(d)? Explain.
Answer:
The given graphs are:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 69
(a) – (d):
a.
In the given graph,
The first marked line starting from -6 including -6 and continued till the end of the left side of the graph
The second marked line starting from 3 excluding 3 and continued till the end of the right side of the graph
So,
The inequality that represents the given intervals are:
x ≤ -6 and x > 3
Hence,
The compound inequality that represents the given interval is:
-6 ≤ x > 3

b.
In the given graph,
The first marked line starting from -5 excluding -5 and continued till the end of the left side of the graph
The second marked line starting from 4 including 4 and continued till the end of the right side of the graph
So,
The inequality that represents the given intervals are:
x < -5 and x ≥ 4
Hence,
The compound inequality that represents the given interval is:
-5 < x ≥ 4

c.
In the given graph,
The first marked line starting from -4 including -4 and continued till the end of the left side of the graph
The second marked line starting from 5 including 5 and continued till the end of the right side of the graph
So,
The inequality that represents the given intervals are:
x ≤ -4 and x ≥ 5
Hence,
The compound inequality that represents the given interval is:
-4 ≤ x ≥ 5

d.
In the given graph,
The first marked line starting from -3 excluding -3 and continued till the end of the left side of the graph
The second marked line starting from 6 excluding 6 and continued till the end of the right side of the graph
So,
The inequality that represents the given intervals are:
x < -3 and x > 6
Hence,
The compound inequality that represents the given interval is:
-3 < x > 6

e.
We use “and” to connect the two inequalities in parts (a) – (d)
Now,
From (a) – (d),
We can observe that,
For Half-open interval,
We use ≥ and <
For closed interval,
We use ≥ and ≤
For open interval,
We use > and <

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use inequalities to describe intervals on the real number line?
Answer:
An inequality that includes the boundary point indicated by the “or equal” part of the symbols ≤ and ≥ with a closed dot on the number line. The symbol (∞) indicates the interval is unbounded to the right. Express ordering relationships using the symbol < for “less than” and > for “greater than.”

2.5 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Write the sentence as an inequality. Graph the inequality.

Question 1.
A number d is more than 0 and less than 10.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
A number d is more than 0 and less than 10
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
d > 0 and d < 10
The representation of the inequalities in the form of compound inequality is:
0 < d < 10
The representation of the compound inequality in the graph is:

Question 2.
A number a is fewer than -6 or no less than -3.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
A number a is fewer than -6 or no less than -3
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
a < -6 or a > -3
The representation of the inequalities in the graph is:

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 3.
5 ≤ m + 4 < 10
Answer:
The given inequality is:
5 ≤ m + 4 < 10
Subtract by 4 on both sides
5 – 4 ≤ m + 4 – 4 < 10 – 4
1 ≤ m < 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the compound inequality for the given inequality is: 1 ≤ m < 6
The representation of the compound inequality in the graph is:

Question 4.
-3 < 2k – 5 < 7
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-3 < 2k – 5 < 7
Add 5 on both sides
-3 + 5 < 2k – 5 + 5 < 7 + 5
2 < 2k < 12
Divide by 2 on both sides
1 < k < 6
Hence, from the avove,
We can conclude that the compound inequality for the given inequality is: 1 < k < 6
The representation of the compound inequality in the graph is:

Question 5.
4c + 3 ≤ -5 or c – 8 > -1
Answer:
The given inequality is:
4c + 3 ≤ -5 or c – 8 > -1
So,
4c ≤ -5 – 3 or c > -1 + 8
4c ≤ -8 or c > 7
c ≤ -8 / 4 or c > 7
c ≤ -2 or c > 7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions to the given inequality are: c ≤ -2 or c > 7
The representations of the solutions in the graph are:

Question 6.
2p + 1 < -7 or 3 – 2p ≤ -1
Answer:
The given inequality is:
2p + 1 < -7 or 3 – 2p ≤ -1
So,
2p < -7 – 1 or -2p ≤ -1 – 3
2p < -8 or -2p ≤ -4
p < -8 / 2 or p ≤ -4 / (-2)
p < -4 or p ≤ 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions to the given inequality are: p < -4 or p ≤ 2
The representations of the solutions in the graph are:

Question 7.
Write and solve a compound inequality that represents the temperature rating (in degrees Fahrenheit) of the winter boots.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 70
Answer:
The range of the temperature rating ( In °C ) of the winter boots is: -40°C to 15°C
We know that,
°F = ( °C × \(\frac{9}{5}\) ) + 32
Now,
To convert -40°C into °F,
°F = ( -40°C × \(\frac{9}{5}\) ) + 32
°F = -72 + 32
°F = – 40°F
Now,
To convert 15°C into °F,
°F = ( 15 × \(\frac{9}{5}\) ) + 32
°F = 27 + 32
°F = 59°F
Let t be the temperature in °F
So,
The representation of the temperature ranges in the form of inequalities is:
t > -40°F and t < 59°F
Hence,
The representation of the temperature ranges in the form of compound inequality is:
-40°F < t < 59°F

Solving Compound Inequalities 2.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Compare the graph of -6 ≤ x ≤ -4 with the graph of x ≤ -6 or x ≥ -4.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE do DOESN’T BELONG?
Which compound inequality does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 70.1
Answer:
The given inequalities are:
a. a > 4 or a < -3
b. a< -2 or a > 8
c. a > 7 or a < -5
d. a < 6 or a > -9
Now,
Represent all the inequalities in the graph
So,
a.
The given inequality is:
a > 4 or a < -3
The representation of the inequalities in the graph is:

b.
The given inequality is:
a < -2 or a > 8
The representation of the inequalities in the graph is:

c.
The given inequality is:
a > 7 or a < -5
The representation of the inequalities in the graph is:

d.
The given inequality is:
a < 6  or a > -9
The representation of the inequalities in the graph is:

From the above,
We can conclude that inequality c) does not belong with the other three inequalities

In Exercises 3–6, write a compound inequality that is represented by the graph.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 71
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 72
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 72
From the above graph,
We can observe that the marked line started from 7 excluding 7 and continued till 14 excluding 14
Hence,
The representation of the inequalities from the given graph is:
x > 7 and x < 14
The representation of the inequalities in the form of compound inequality is:
7 < x < 14

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 73
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 74
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 74
From the above graph,
We can observe that
The first marked line started from 4 including 4 and continued till the end of the left end of the graph
The second marked line started from 6 excluding 6 and continued till the end of the right end of the graph
Hence,
The representation of the given graph in the form of inequality is:
x ≤ 4 or x > 6

In Exercises 7–10, write the sentence as an inequality. Graph the inequality.

Question 7.
A number p is less than 6 and greater than 2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 7

Question 8.
A number n is less than or equal to -7 or greater than 12.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
A number n is less than or equal to -7 or greater than 12
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
n ≤ -7 or n > 12
The representation of the inequalities in the graph is:

Question 9.
A number m is more than -7\(\frac{2}{3}\) or at most -10.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 9

Question 10.
A number r is no less than -1.5 and fewer than 9.5.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
A number r is no less than -1.5 and fewer than 9.5
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
r > -1.5 and r < 9.5
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of compound inequality is:
-1.5 < r < 9.5
The representation of the compound inequality in the graph is:

Question 11.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Slitsnails are large mollusks that live in deep waters. They have been found in the range of elevations shown. Write and graph a compound inequality that represents this range.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 11

Question 12.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The life zones on Mount Rainier, a mountain in Washington, can be approximately classified by elevation, as follows.
Low-elevation forest: above 1700 feet to 2500 feet mid-elevation forest: above 2500 feet to 4000 feet Subalpine: above 4000 feet to 6500 feet
Alpine: above 6500 feet to the summit
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 76
Write a compound inequality that represents the elevation range for each type of plant life.
a. trees in the low-elevation forest zone
b. flowers in the subalpine and alpine zones
Answer:
It is given that the elevations of the life zones on Mount Rainier are as follows:
Low-elevation forest: above 1700 feet to 2500 feet
Mid-elevation forest: above 2500 feet to 4000 feet
Subalpine: above 4000 feet to 6500 feet
Alpine: above 6500 feet to the summit
Let the elevation range for each type of plant life be x
So,
a.
The inequality that represents the elevation range of trees in the low-elevation forest zone is:
x > 1700 feet and x < 2500 feet
Hence,
The representation of the elevation range of trees in the low-elevation forest zone in the form of compound inequality is:
1700 feet < x < 2500 feet
b.
The inequalities that represent the elevation range of trees in the subalpine and alpine zones is:
Subalpine zone: x > 4000 feet and x < 6500 feet
Alpine zone: x > 6500 feet
Hence,
The representation of the elevation range of trees in the Subalpine zone and Alpine zone in the form of compound inequality is:
Subalpine zone: 4000 feet < x < 6500 feet
Alpine zone: x > 6500 feet

In Exercises 13–20, solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 13.
6 < x + 5 ≤ 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 13

Question 14.
24 > -3r ≥ -9
Answer:
The given inequality is:
24 > -3r ≥ -9
Divide by 3 on both sides
( 24 / 3 ) > ( -3r / 3 ) ≥ ( -9 / 3 )
8 > -r ≥ -3
Multiply with ‘-‘ on both sides
-8 < r ≤ 3 [ Because when we multiply with ‘-‘, we have to change the inequality signs also ]
Hence,
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 15.
v + 8 < 3 or -8v < -40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 15

Question 16.
-14 > w + 3 or 3w ≥ -27
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-14 > w + 3 or 3w ≥ -27
So,
-14 – 3 > w or w ≥ -27 / 3
-17 > w or w ≥ -9
w < -17 or w ≥ -9
Hence,
The representation of the solutions of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 17.
2r + 3 < 7 or -r + 9 ≤ 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 17

Question 18.
-6 < 3n + 9 < 21
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-6 < 3n + 9 < 21
Subtract with 9 on both sides
-6 – 9 < 3n + 9 – 9 < 21 – 9
-15 < 3n < 12
Divide by 3 on both sides
( -15 / 3 ) < ( 3n / 3 ) < ( 12 / 3 )
-5 < n < 4
Hence,
The representation of the solution of the inequality in the graph is:

Question 19.
-12 < \(\frac{1}{2}\)(4x + 16) < 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 19

Question 20.
35 < 7(2 – b) or \(\frac{1}{3}\)(15b – 12) ≥ 21
Answer:
The given inequality is:
35 < 7 (2 – b) or \(\frac{1}{3}\) ( 15b – 12 ) ≥ 21
So,
35 < 7 (2) – 7 (b) or 15b – 12 ≥ 21 (3)
35 < 14 – 7b or 15b – 12 ≥ 63
7b < 14 – 35 or 15b ≥ 63 + 12
7b < -21 or 15b ≥ 75
b < -21 / 7 or b ≥ 75 / 15
b < -3 or b ≥ 5
Hence,
The representation of the solutions of the given inequality in the graph is:

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 21 and 22, describe and correct the error in solving the inequality or graphing the solution.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 77
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 78
Answer:
The given inequality is:
x – 2 > 3 or x + 8 < -2
So,
x > 3 + 2 or x < -2 – 8
x > 5 or x < -10
Hence,
The representation of the solutions of the inequality in the graph is:

Question 23.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Write and solve a compound inequality that represents the possible temperatures (in degrees Fahrenheit) of the interior of the iceberg.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 79
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 23

Question 24.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
A ski shop sells skis with lengths ranging from 150 centimeters to 220 centimeters. The shop says the length of the skis should be about 1.16 times a skier’s height (in centimeters). Write and solve a compound inequality that represents the heights of skiers the shop does not provide skis for.
Answer:
The compound inequality that represents the heights of skiers the shop does not provide skis for is:
129.3 centimeters > h > 189.7 centimeters

Explanation:
It is given that a ski shop sells skis with lengths ranging from 150 centimeters to 220 centimeters.
It is also given that the shop says the length of the skis should be about 1.16 times a skier’s height (in centimeters).
Now,
Let x be the possible length of the skis
Let h be the possible height of the skiers for whom the shop does not provide skis for
So,
The inequality that represents the lengths of the skis is:
x < 150 centimeters or x > 220 centimeters
So,
The compound inequality that represents the length of the skis is:
150 centimeters > x > 220 centimeters
But,
x = 1.16h
So,
150 centimeters > 1.16h > 220 centimeters
(150 / 1.16) centimeters > h > (220 / 1.16) centimeters
129.3 centimeters > h > 189.7 centimeters
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the compound inequality that represents the heights of skiers the shop does not provide skis for is:
129.3 centimeters > h > 189.7 centimeters

In Exercises 25–30, solve the inequality. Graph the solution, if possible.

Question 25.
22 < -3c + 4 < 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 25

Question 26.
2m – 1 ≥ 5 or 5m > -25
Answer:
The given inequality is:
2m – 1≥ 5 or 5m > -25
So,
2m ≥ 5 + 1 or m > -25 / 5
2m ≥ 6 or m > -5
m ≥ 6 / 2 or m > -5
m ≥ 3 or m > -5
Hence, from the above
We can conclude that the solutions to the given inequality are:
m ≥ 3 or m > -5
The compound inequality of the solutions of the given inequality is:
m > -5
The representation of the solutions of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 27.
-y + 3 ≤ 8 and y + 2 > 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 27

Question 28.
x – 8 ≤ 4 or 2x + 3 > 9
Answer:
The given inequality is:
x – 8 ≤ 4 or 2x + 3 > 9
So,
x ≤ 4 + 8 or 2x >  9 – 3
x ≤ 12 or 2x > 6
x ≤ 12 or x > 6 / 2
x ≤ 12 or x > 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions to the given inequality are:
x ≤ 12 or x > 3
The compound inequality of the solutions of the given inequality is:
3 < x ≤ 12
The representation of the solutions of the inequalities in the graph is:

Question 29.
2n + 19 ≤ 10 + n or -3n + 3 < -2n + 33
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 29

Question 30.
3x – 18 < 4x – 23 and x – 16 < -22
Answer:
The given inequality is:
3x – 18 < 4x – 23 and x – 16 < -22
So,
3x – 4x < -23 + 18 and x < -22 + 16
-x < -5 and x < – 6
x < 5 and x < -6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions to the given inequality are:
x < 5 and x < -6
The compound inequality that represents the solutions of the given inequality is:
x < 5
The representation of the solutions of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 31.
REASONING
Fill in the compound inequality Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 110 and 5(x + 2) ≥ 2(x + 8) with <, ≤, >, or ≥ so that the solution is only one value.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 31

Question 32.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Write a real-life story that can be modeled by the graph.
Answer:
The real-life situation that can be modeled by the graph is:
Suppose we have 100 children in a school. Out of the 100 children, there are 60 boys and the rest are girls.
The attendance of all the boys in a particular month is 50% and all of the girls is 70%. Mark the percentage attendance that is between the attendance of all the boys and girls?
The graph representing the above real-life situation is:

Question 33.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
The sum of the lengths of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the length of the third side. Use the triangle shown to write and solve three inequalities. Your friend claims the value of x can be 1. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 111
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 33

Question 34.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph shows the annual profits of a company from 2006 to 2013.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 80
a. Write a compound inequality that represents the annual profits from 2006 to 2013.
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 80
From the graph,
We can observe that the annual profits from 2006 to 2013
So,
The minimum value in the graph is: $65 million
The highest value in the graph is: $100 million
Let x be the annual profit
Hence,
The inequalities that represent the annual profits from 2006 to 2013 are:
x ≥ $65 million and x ≤ $100 million
So,
The compound inequality that represents the annual profits from 2006 to 2013 is:
$65 million ≤ x ≤ $100 million

b. You can use the formula P = R – C to find the profit P, where R is the revenue and C is the cost. From 2006 to 2013, the company’s annual cost was about $125 million. Is it possible the company had annual revenue of $160 million from 2006 to 2013? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, it is possible that the company had annual revenue of $160 million from 2006 to 2013

Explanation:
From part (a),
The total profit from 2006 to 2013 is:
P = 65 + 70 + 85 + 50 + 65 + 70 + 90
= $575 million
It is given that you can use the formula P = R – C to find the profit P, where R is the revenue and C is the cost.
It is also given that from 2006 to 2013, the company’s annual cost was about $125 million.
So,
P = R – C
R = P + C
R = 575 + 125
= $700 million
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that it is possible that the company had annual revenue of $160 million from 2006 to 2013

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Graph the solutions, if possible.

Question 35.
| \(\frac{d}{9}\) | = 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 35

Question 36.
7 | 5p – 7 | = -21
Answer:
The given absolute value equation is:
7 | 5p – 7 | = 21
So,
| 5p – 7 | = -21 / 7
| 5p – 7 | = -3
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
5p – 7 = -3 or 5p – 7 = – (-3)
5p = -3 + 7 or 5p = 3 + 7
5p = 4 or 5p = 10
p = \(\frac{4}{5}\) or p = 2
p = 0.8 or p = 2
p = 1 [Approx. value] or p = 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions to the given absolute value equation are:
p = 1 or p = 2
The representation of the solutions of the given absolute value equation in the graph is:

Question 37.
| r + 2 | = | 3r – 4 |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 37.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 37.2

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 81
Answer:
The given absolute value equation is:
| \(\frac{1}{2}\)w – 6 | = | w + 7 |
So,
\(\frac{1}{2}\)w – 6 = w + 7
\(\frac{1}{2}\)w – w = 7 + 6
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)w = 13
w = 13 (-2)
w = -26
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given absolute value equation is:
w = -26
The representation of the solution of the given absolute value equation in the graph is:

Find and interpret the mean absolute deviation of the data.

Question 39.
1, 1, 2, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 12, 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.5 Question 39

Question 40.
24, 26, 28, 28, 30, 30, 32, 32, 34, 36
Answer:
The given numbers are:
24, 26, 28, 28, 30, 30, 32, 32, 34, 36
We know that,
Mean = \(\frac{The sum of the given numbers}{The total number of numbers}\)
= \(\frac{24 + 26+ 28 + 28 + 30 + 30 + 32 + 32 + 34 + 36}{10}\)
= \(\frac{300}{10}\)
= 30
Now,
We know that,
Absolute deviation = ( The mean ) – ( Given number )
So,
Absolute deviations are:
30 – 24, 30 – 26, 30 – 28, 30 – 28, 30 – 30, 30 – 30, 30 – 32, 30 – 32, 30 – 34, 30 – 36
= 6, 4, 2, 2, 0, 0, -2, -2, -6, -4
So,
Absolute Mean deviation = \(\frac{Sum of Absolute deviations}{The numebr of absolute deviations}\)
= \(\frac{6 + 4 + 2 + 2 + 0 + 0 – 2 – 2 – 6 – 4}{10}\)
= \(\frac{0}{10}\)
= 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there is no deviation

Lesson 2.6 Solving Absolute Value Inequalities

Essential Question
How can you solve an absolute value inequality? Solving an Absolute Value Inequality Algebraically
EXPLORATION 1
Solving an Absolute Value Inequality Algebraically
Work with a partner.

Consider the absolute value inequality | x + 2 | ≤ 3.
a. Describe the values of x + 2 that make the inequality true. Use your description to write two linear inequalities that represent the solutions of the absolute value inequality.
b. Use the linear inequalities you wrote in part (a) to find the solutions of the absolute value inequality.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 82
c. How can you use linear inequalities to solve an absolute value inequality?
Answer:
The given absolute value equation is:
| x + 2 | ≤ 3
a.
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
x + 2 ≤ 3 or x + 2 ≤ -3
x ≤ 3 – 2 or x ≤ -3 – 2
x ≤ 1 or x ≤ -5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions to the given absolute value equation is:
x ≤ 1 or x ≤ -5

b.
The given absolute value equation is:
| x + 2 | ≤ 3
From part (a),
The solutions of the given absolute value equation are:
x ≤ 1 or x ≤ -5
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
Now,
For x = 1,
| 1 + 2 | ≤ 3
| 3 | ≤ 3
3 ≤ 3
For x = -5,
| -5 + 2 | ≤ 3
| -3 | ≤ 3
3 ≤ 3

c.
The following are the steps to solve the absolute value inequality:
A) Isolate the absolute value expression on the left side of the inequality
B) If the number on the other side of the inequality sign is negative, then your equation either has no solution or all real numbers as solutions
C) Remove the absolute value bars by setting up a compound inequality
D) Solve the inequalities

EXPLORATION 2
Solving an Absolute Value Inequality Graphically
Work with a partner.
Consider the absolute value inequality
| x + 2 | ≤ 3.
a. On a real number line, locate the point for which | x + 2 | ≤ 3
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 83
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| x + 2 | ≤ 3
From Exploration 1,
The solutions of the absolute value inequality | x + 2 | ≤ 3 are:
x ≤ 1 and x ≤ -5
The compound inequality of the solution of the given absolute value inequality is:
x ≤ 1 ( Since the absolute value inequality can never be negative )
Now,
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 83
Hence,
The representation of the solutions of the absolute value inequality is:

b. Locate the points that are within 3 units from the point you found in part (a). What do you notice about these points?
Answer:
From part (a),
The compound inequality that represents the solution of the given absolute value inequality is:
x ≤ 1
The points that are within 3 units from the point x ≤ 1, i.e., the given point + 3
So,
1 + 3 = 4
Hence,
The point we have to locate in the graph is:
x ≤ 4
Hence,
The representation of the compound inequality of the given absolute value inequality in the graph is:

c. How can you use a number line to solve an absolute value inequality?
Answer:
You begin the marking of the points on the number line by making it into separate equations and then solving them separately. An absolute value equation has no solution if the absolute value expression equals a negative number since an absolute value can never be negative. You can write an absolute value inequality as a compound value inequality

EXPLORATION 3
Solving an Absolute Value Inequality Numerically
Work with a partner.

Solving an Absolute Value Inequality Numerically
Work with a partner. Consider the absolute value inequality | x + 2 | ≤ 3.
a. Use a spreadsheet, as shown, to solve the absolute value inequality.
b. Compare the solutions you found using the spreadsheet with those you found in Explorations 1 and 2. What do you notice?
c. How can you use a spreadsheet to solve an absolute value inequality?
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you solve an absolute value inequality?
Answer:
Isolate the absolute value expression on the left side of the inequality. If the number on the other side of the inequality sign is negative, your equation either has no solution or all real numbers as solutions. Use the sign of each side of your inequality to decide which of these cases holds.

Question 5.
What do you like or dislike about the algebraic, graphical, and numerical methods for solving an absolute value inequality? Give reasons for your answers.
Answer:
We have to use algebraic, graphical, and numerical methods for solving an absolute value inequality depending on the situation
The algebraic and graphical methods for solving an absolute value inequality are useful when the size of the inequality is small i.e., have only 1 variable

2.6 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution, if possible

Question 1.
| x | ≤ 3.5
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| x | ≤ 3.5
We know that,
| x | =x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
x ≤ 3.5
x ≤ 4 [Approximate value}
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution of the given absolute value inequality is:
x ≤ 4 [Approximate value]
The representation of the solution of the given absolute value inequality in the graph is:

Question 2.
| k – 3 | < -1
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| k – 3 | < -1
We know that,
If the number on the other side of the absolute value expression is negative, then the given absolute value equation has no solution or has real numbers as a solution
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given absolute value inequality has no solution

Question 3.
| 2w – 1 | < 11
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| 2w – 1 | < 11
We know that,
| x | =x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
2w – 1 < 11
2w < 11 + 1
2w < 12
w < 12 /  2
w < 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution of the given absolute value inequality is:
w < 6
The representation of the solution of the given absolute value inequality in the graph is:

Question 4.
| x + 3 | > 8
Answer:
The given absolute value inquality is:
| x + 3 | > 8
We know that,
| x | = xfor x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
x + 3 > 8
x > 8 – 3
x > 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution of the given absolute value inequality is:
x > 5
The representation of the solution of the given absolute value inequality in the graph is:

Question 5.
| n + 2 | – 3 ≥ -6
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| n + 2 | – 3 ≥ -6
So,
| n + 2 | ≥ -6 + 3
| n + 2 | ≥ -3
We know that,
If the number on the other side of the absolute value expression is negative, then the given absolute value equation has no solution or has real numbers as a solution
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given absolute value inequality has no solution

Question 6.
3 | d + 1 | – 7 ≥ -1
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
3 | d + 1 | – 7 ≥ -1
So,
3 | d + 1 | ≥ -1 + 7
3 | d + 1 | ≥ 6
| d + 1 | ≥ 6 / 3
| d + 1 | ≥ 2
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
Hence,
d + 1 ≥ 2
d ≥ 2 – 1
d ≥ 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution of the given absolute value inequality is:
d ≥ 1
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 7.
WHAT IF?
You are willing to pay the mean price with an absolute deviation of at most $75. How many of the computer prices meet your condition?
Answer:

Solving Absolute Value Inequalities 2.6 Exercises

Question 1.
REASONING
Can you determine the solution of | 4x – 2 | ≥ -6 without solving it? Explain
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Describe how solving | w – 9 | ≤ 2 is different from solving | w – 9 | ≥ 2.
Answer:
The given absolute value inequalities are:
| w – 9 | ≤ 2 and | w – 9 | ≥ 2
Now,
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
w – 9 ≤ 2 and w – 9 ≥ 2
w ≤ 2 + 9 and w ≥ 2 + 9
w ≤ 11 and w ≥ 11
w – 9 ≤ -2 and w – 9 ≥ -2
w ≤ -2 + 9 and w ≥ -2 + 9
w ≤ 7 and w ≥ 7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given absolute value inequalities are different by observing the above values for the 2 absolute value inequalities

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics 

In Exercises 3–18, solve the inequality. Graph the solution, if possible.

Question 3.
| x | < 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 3

Question 4.
| y | ≥ 4.
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| y | ≥ 4
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
Hence,
The solutions for the given absolute value inequality is:
y ≥ 4 or y ≤ -4
The representation of the compound inequality solution of the given absolute value inequality is:

Question 5.
| d + 9 | > 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 5

Question 6.
| h – 5 | ≤ 10
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| h – 5 | ≤ 10
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
h – 5 ≤ 10
h ≤ 10 + 5 and h ≥ -10 + 5
h ≤ 15 and h ≥ -5
Hence,
The compound inequality of the solutions of the given absolute value inequality are:
-5 ≤  h ≤  15
The representation of the compound inequality in the graph is:

Question 7.
| 2s – 7 | ≥ -1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 7

Question 8.
| 4c + 5 | > 7
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| 4c + 5 | > 7
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
4c + 5 > 7 or 4c + 5 < -7
4c > 7 – 5 or 4c < -7 – 5
4c > 2 or 4c < -12
c > \(\frac{2}{4}\) or c < –\(\frac{4}{12}\)
c > \(\frac{1}{2}\) or c < –\(\frac{1}{3}\)
Hence,
The solutions of the given absolute value equation are:
c > \(\frac{1}{2}\) or c < –\(\frac{1}{3}\)
c > 1 or c < 0 [ Approximate values of the inequality ]
The representation of the solutions of the given absolute value inequality in the graph is:

Question 9.
| 5p + 2 | < -4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 9

Question 10.
| 9 – 4n | < 5
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| 9 – 4n | < 5
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
9 – 4n < 5 and 9 – 4n > -5
9 – 5 < 4n and 9 + 5 > 4n
4 < 4n and 14 > 4n
4n > 4 and 4n < 14
n > 4/ 4 and n < 14 / 4
n > 1 and n < 7 / 2
n > 1 and n < 3.5
Hence,
The solutions of the given absolute value inequality are:
n > 1 and n < 3.5
The compound solution of the solutions of the given absolute value inequality is:
1 < n < 3.5
The representation of the compound inequality of the solutions of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 11.
| 6t – 7 | – 8 ≥ 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 11

Question 12.
| 3j – 1 | + 6 > 0
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| 3j – 1 | + 6 > 0
So,
| 3j – 1 | > 0 – 6
| 3j – 1 | > -6
We know that,
By definition of absolute values, the absolute value of an expression must be greater than or equal to 0
So,
The expression | 3j – 1 |  will always be greater than -6
Hence,
For the given absolute value inequality, all the real numbers are solutions

Question 13.
3 | 14 – m | > 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 13

Question 14.
-4 | 6b – 8 | ≤ 12
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
-4 | 6b – 8 | ≤ 12
So,
| 6b – 8 | ≤ -3
We know that,
By definition of absolute values, the absolute value of an expression must be greater than or equal to 0.
So,
The expression | 6b – 8 | must not be less than -3
Hence,
For the given absolute value inequality, there is no solution

Question 15.
2 | 3w + 8 | ≥ 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 15

Question 16.
3 | 2 – 4u | + 5 < -13
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
3 | 2 – 4u | + 5 < -13
So,
3 | 2 – 4u | < -13 – 5
3 | 2 – 4u | < -18
| 2 – 4u | < -6
We know that,
By definition of absolute values, the absolute value of an expression must be greater than or equal to 0.
So,
The expression | 2 – 4u | must not be less than -6
Hence,
For the given absolute value inequality, there is no solution

Question 17.
6 | -f + 3 | + 7 > 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 17

Question 18.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) |4v + 6 | – 2 ≤ 10
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) | 4v + 6 | – 2 ≤ 10
\(\frac{2}{3}\) | 4v + 6 | ≤ 10 + 2
\(\frac{2}{3}\) | 4v + 6 | ≤ 12
| 4v + 6 | ≤ 12 × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
| 4v + 6 | ≤ 18
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
4v + 6 ≤ 18 and 4v + 6 ≥ -18
4v ≤ 18 – 6 and 4v ≥ -18 – 6
4v ≤ 12 and 4v ≥ -24
v ≤ 12 / 4 and v ≥ -24 / 4
v ≤ 3 and v ≥ -6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions of the given absolute value inequality are:
v ≤ 3 and v ≥ -6
The representation of the compound inequality of the solutions of the given absolute value inequality is:
-6 ≤ v ≤ 3
The representation of the compound inequality in the graph is:

Question 19.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The rules for an essay contest say that entries can have 500 words with an absolute deviation of at most 30 words. Write and solve an absolute value inequality that represents the acceptable numbers of words.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 19

Question 20.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The normal body temperature of a camel is 37°C. This temperature varies by up to 3°C throughout the day. Write and solve an absolute value inequality that represents the range of normal body temperatures (in degrees Celsius) of a camel throughout the day.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 84
Answer:
The absolute value inequality that represents the range of normal body temperatures of a camel throughout the day is:
34°C ≤ t ≤ 40°C

Explanation:
It is given that the normal body temperature of a camel is 37°C and this temperature varies by up to 3°C throughout the day.
Let t be the temperature in °C
So,
The absolute value inequality that represents the range of normal body temperatures of a camel throughout the day is:
37 – 3 ≤ t ≤ 37 + 3
34°C ≤ t ≤ 40°C

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 21 and 22, describe and correct the error in solving the absolute value inequality.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 85
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 86
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| x + 4 | > 13
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
x + 4 > 13 or x + 4 < -13
x > 13 – 4 or x < -13 – 4
x > 9 or x < -17
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions of the given absolute value inequality are:
x > 9 or x < -17

In Exercises 23–26, write the sentence as an absolute value inequality. Then solve the inequality.

Question 23.
A number is less than 6 units from 0.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 23

Question 24.
A number is more than 9 units from 3.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
A number is more than 9 units from 3
Let n be the number
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of absolute value inequality is:
| n – 3 | > 9
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
n – 3 > 9 or n – 3 < -9
n > 9 + 3 or n < -9 + 3
n > 12 or n < -6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions o the given absolute value inequality is:
n > 12 or n < -6

Question 25.
Half of a number is at most 5 units from 14.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 25

Question 26.
Twice a number is no less than 10 units from -1.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
Twice a number is no less than 10 units from -1
Let x be the number
So,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of absolute value inequality is:
| 2x – (-1) | > 10
So,
| 2x + 1 | > 10
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
Hence,
2x + 1 > 10 or 2x + 1 < -10
2x > 10 – 1 or 2x < -10 – 1
2x > 9 or 2x < -11
x > \(\frac{9}{2}\) or x < –\(\frac{11}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions of the given absolute value inequality is:
x > \(\frac{9}{2}\) or x < –\(\frac{11}{2}\)

Question 27.
PROBLEM SOLVING
An auto parts manufacturer throws out gaskets with weights that are not within 0.06 pound of the mean weight of the batch. The weights (in pounds) of the gaskets in a batch are 0.58, 0.63, 0.65, 0.53, and 0.61. Which gasket(s) should be thrown out?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 27

Question 28.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
Six students measure the acceleration (in meters per second ) of an object in free fall. The measured values are shown. The students want to state that the absolute deviation of each measured value x from the mean is at most d. Find the value of d.
10.56, 9.52, 9.73, 9.80, 9.78, 10.91
Answer:
The value of d is: 0.86

Explanation:
The given numbers are:
10.56, 9.52, 9.73, 9.80, 9.78, 10.91
We know that,
Mean = \(\frac{Sum of the given observations}{Number of observations}\)
= \(\frac{10.56 + 9.52 + 9.73 + 9.80 + 9.78 + 10.91}{6}\)
= \(\frac{60.3}{6}\)
= 10.05
Now,
We know that,
Absolute deviation = Mean – ( Given observation)
It is given that that the measured value is x
Hence,
The representation of the absolute deviation in the form of absolute value inequality is:
| x – 10.05 | ≤ d
So,
| 10.56 – 10.05 | ≤ d
| 9.52 – 10.05 | ≤ d
| 9.73 – 10.05 | ≤ d
| 9.80 – 10.05 | ≤ d
| 9.78 – 10.05 | ≤ d
| 10.91 – 10.05 | ≤ d
So,
d ≥ 0.51
d ≥ 0.53
d ≥ 0.32
d ≥ 0.25
d ≥ 0.27
d ≥ 0.86
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of d will be the highest deviation from the mean value
The value of d is: 0.86

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 29 and 30, write an absolute value inequality that represents the situation. Then solve the inequality.

Question 29.
The difference between the areas of the figures is less than 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 86.1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 29

Question 30.
The difference between the perimeters of the figures is less than or equal to 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 87
Answer:
The given figures are:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 87
From the above,
The given figures are: Rectangle and square
We know that,
The perimeter of a rectangle = 2 ( Length + Width )
The perimeter of a square = 4 ( Side )
So,
The perimeter of a rectangle = 2 ( 3 + x + 1 ) = 2 ( x + 4 )
The perimeter of a square = 4 (x) = 4x
It is given that the difference of the perimeters of the given figures is less than or equal to 3
So,
| 2 ( x + 4 ) – 4x | ≤ 3
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
2 (x + 4) – 4x ≤3 and 2 ( x + 4 ) – 4x ≥ -3
2x + 8 – 4x ≤ 3 and 2x + 8 – 4x ≥ -3
8 – 2x ≤ 3 and 8- 2x ≥ -3
-2x ≤ 3 – 8 and -2x ≥ -3 – 8
-2x ≤ -5 and -2x ≥ -11
2x ≤ 5 and 2x ≥ 11
x ≤ \(\frac{5}{2}\) and x ≥ \(\frac{11}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the compound inequality for the solutions of the given absolute value inequality is:
\(\frac{11}{2}\) ≤ x ≤ \(\frac{5}{2}\)

REASONING
In Exercises 31–34, tell whether the statement is true or false. If it is false, explain why.

question 31.
If a is a solution of | x + 3 | ≤ 8, then a is also a solution of x + 3 ≥ -8.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 31

Question 32.
If a is a solution of | x + 3 | > 8, then a is also a solution of x + 3 > 8.
Answer:
The given statement is true

Explanation:
The given statement is:
If a is a solution of | x + 3 | > 8, then a is also a solution of x + 3 > 8
Now,
The given inequality is:
| x + 3 | > 8
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
x + 3 > 8 or x + 3 < -8
We know that,
The value of the absolute value expression must be greater than or equal to 0
So,
x + 3 < -8 has no solution
So,
a is a solution of x + 3 > 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given statement is true

Question 33.
If a is a solution of | x + 3 | ≥ 8, then a is also a solution of x + 3 ≥ -8.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 33

Question 34.
If a is a solution of x + 3 ≤  -8, then a is also a solution of | x + 3 | ≥ 8.
Answer:
The given statement is true

Explanation:
The given statement is:
If a is a solution of x + 3 ≤ -8, then a is a solution of | x + 3 | ≥ 8
Now,
The given absolute value inequality is:
| x + 3 | ≥ 8
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
x + 3 ≥ 8 or x + 3 ≤ -8
If a is a solution of x + 3  ≥ 8, then a is also a solution of x + 3 ≤ -8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given statement is true

Question 35.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
One of your classmates claims that the solution of | n | > 0 is all real numbers. Is your classmate correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 35

Question 36.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Draw and label a geometric figure so that the perimeter P of the figure is a solution to the inequality | P – 60 | ≤ 12.
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| p – 60 | ≤ 12
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
p – 60 ≤ 12 and p – 60 ≥ -12
p ≤ 12 + 60 and p ≥ -12 + 60
p ≤ 72 and p ≥ 48
Hence,
The representation of the compound inequality of the perimeter of the figure is:
48 ≤ p ≤ 72
Now, find the value of 4p i.e., the perimeter of the square
So,
192 ≤ 4p ≤ 288
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the perimeter is represented for the perimeter of the square

Question 37.
REASONING
What is the solution of the inequality | ax + b | < c, where c < 0? What is the solution of the inequality | ax + b | > c, where c < 0? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 37

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Write an absolute value inequality for each graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 88
How did you decide which inequality symbol to use for each inequality?
Answer:
The given graphs are:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 88
a.
From the given graph,
The 1st marked line starts from -1 including -1 and continued till the left end of the number line
The 2nd marked line starts from 5 including from 5 and continued till the right end of the number line
Hence,
The representation of the marked lines in the form of absolute value inequality is:
| x + 1 | ≤ 3 and | x – 5 | ≥ 1

b.
From the given graph,
The marked line starts from -1 excluding -1 and continued till 5 on the right end of the number line
Hence,
The representation of the marked line in the form of absolute value inequality is:
| x + 1 | > 6
c.
From the given graph,
The marked line starts from -1 including -1 and continued till 5 on the right end of the number line
Hence,
The representation of the marked line in the form of absolute value inequality is:
| x + 1 | ≥ 6
d.
Fro the given graph,
The 1st marked line starts from -1 excluding -1 and continued till the left end of the number line
The 2nd marked line starts from 5 excluding 5 and continued till the right end of the number line
Hence,
The representation of the marked lines in the form of absolute value inequality is:
| x + 1 | < 3 and | x – 5 | > 1
If the marked point is indicated on the number line and if that marked line continued till the right end of the number line, then we will use ≥
If the marked point is not indicated on the number line and if that marked line continued till the right end of the number line, then we will use >
If the marked point is indicated on the number line and if that marked line continued till the left end of the number line, then we will use ≤
If the marked point is not indicated on the number line and if that marked line continued till the left end of the number line, then we will use <

Question 39.
WRITING
Explain why the solution set of the inequality | x | < 5 is the intersection of two sets, while the solution set of the inequality | x | > 5 is the union of two sets.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 39

Question 40.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
Solve the compound inequality below. Describe your steps.
| x – 3 | < 4 and | x + 2 | > 8
Answer:
The given inequalities are:
| x + 3 | < 4 and | x + 2  | > 8
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
x + 3 < 4 or x + 3 > -4 and x + 2 > 8 or x + 2 < -8
x < 4 – 3 or x > -4 – 3 and x > 8 – 2 or x < -8 – 2
x < 1 or x > -7 and x > 6 or x < -10
Hence,
The compound inequality of the solutions of the given absolute value inequalities are:
-7 < x < 1 and -10 > x > 6

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Plot the ordered pair in a coordinate plane. Describe the location of the point.

Question 41.
A(1, 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 41

Question 42.
B(0, -3)
Answer:
In the graph,
X-axis:
The right side of the x-axis will be: +ve
The left side of the x-axis will be: -ve
Y-axis:
The top side of the y-axis will be: +ve
The downside of the y-axis will be: -ve
We know that,
The graph is divided into 4 quadrants. They are:
1st Quadrant: x: +ve and y: -ve
2nd Quadrant: x: -ve and y: +ve
3rd Quadrant: x: -ve and y: -ve
4th Quadrant: x: +ve and y: -ve
Hence,
B(0, -3) will be in the 4th Quadrant
The representation of point B in the graph is:

Question 43.
C(-4, -2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 43

Question 44.
D(-1, 2)
Answer:
In the graph,
X-axis:
The right side of the x-axis will be: +ve
The left side of the x-axis will be: -ve
Y-axis:
The top side of the y-axis will be: +ve
The downside of the y-axis will be: -ve
We know that,
The graph is divided into 4 quadrants. They are:
1st Quadrant: x: +ve and y: -ve
2nd Quadrant: x: -ve and y: +ve
3rd Quadrant: x: -ve and y: -ve
4th Quadrant: x: +ve and y: -ve
Hence,
D(-1, 2) will be in the 2nd Quadrant
The representation of point D in the graph is:

Copy and complete the table.

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 89
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 2.6 Question 45

Question 46.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 90
Answer:
The completed table is:

Solving Linear Inequalities Performance Task: Grading Calculations

2.5–2.6 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
compound inequality, p. 82
absolute value inequality, p. 88
absolute deviation, p. 90

Core Concepts
Section 2.5
Writing and Graphing Compound Inequalities, p. 82
Solving Compound Inequalities, p. 83

Section 2.6
Solving Absolute Value Inequalities, p. 88

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
How can you use a diagram to help you solve Exercise 12 on page 85?
Answer:
In Exercise 12 on page 85,
The given diagram represents the maximum elevation of Mount Rainier
In the diagram,
The given maximum elevation of Mount Rainier is: 14,410 ft
So,
This 14,410 ft is divided into different types of elevation in Exercise 12

Question 2.
In Exercises 13 and 14 on page 85, how can you use structure to break down the compound inequality into two inequalities?
Answer:
In Exercises 13 and 14 on page 85,
First, perform the necessary mathematical operations so that only the variable must be present
So,
After performing the necessary mathematical operations, the structure of the compound inequality will be like
a < x < b or a > x > b
The breakdown of the compound inequality a < x < b will be like x >a and x < b
The breakdown of the compound inequality a > x > b will be like x < a and x > b
We can put the different types of inequality symbols in the breakdown of inequalities

Question 3.
Describe the given information and the overall goal of Exercise 27 on page 91.
Answer:
The given information is:
An auto parts manufacturer throws out gaskets with weights that are not within 0.06 pounds of the mean weight of the batch. The weights (in pounds) of the gaskets in a batch are 0.58, 0.63, 0.65, 0.53, and 0.61
The overall goal of Exercise 27:
Find the mean of the given weights and find the absolute deviation of the gaskets
The absolute deviation of the gaskets that are less than 0.0 pounds of the man weight should be thrown out

Question 4.
For false statements in Exercises 31–34 on page 92, use examples to show the statements are false.
Answer:
In Exercises 31 – 34 on page 92,
Exercises 33 and 34 are false
The Exercise 33 is: | x + 3 | ≥ 8
The Exercise 34 is: | x + 3 | ≥ 8
So,
In Exercise 33,
a is a solution for x + 3 ≥ 8 and x + 3 ≤ -8
In Exercise 34,
a is a solution of x + 3 ≥ 8 and x + 3 ≤ -8

Performance Task

Grading Calculations

You are not doing as well as you had hoped in one of your classes. So, you want to figure out the minimum grade you need on the final exam to receive the semester grade that you want. Is it still possible to get an A? How would you explain your calculations to a classmate?
To explore the answers to this question and more, go to Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 91
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 91.1

Solving Linear Inequalities Chapter Review

2.1 Writing and Graphing Inequalities (pp. 53–60)
a. A number x plus 36 is no more than 40. Write this sentence as an inequality.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 91.2
b. Graph w > −3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 92

Write the sentence as an inequality.

Question 1.
A number d minus 2 is less than -1.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
A number d minus 2 is less than -1
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
d – 2 < -1

Question 2.
Ten is at least the product of a number h and 5.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
Ten is at least the product of a number h and 5
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
10 ≥ h(5)
10 ≥ 5h
10 / 5 ≥ h
2 ≥ h
h ≤ 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
h ≤ 2

Graph the inequality.

Question 3.
x > 4
Answer:
The given inequality is:
x > 4
Hence,
The representation of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 4.
y ≤ 2
Answer:
The given inequality is:
y ≤ 2
Hence,
The representation of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 5.
-1 ≥ z
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-1 ≥ z
z ≤ -1
Hence,
The representation of the given inequality in the graph is:

2.2 Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction (pp. 61–66)

Solve x + 2.5 ≤ −6. Graph the solution.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 93

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 6.
p + 4 < 10
Answer:
The given inequality is:
p + 4 < 10
So,
p < 10 – 4
p < 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is p < 6
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 7.
r – 4 < -6
Answer:
The given inequality is:
r – 4 < -6
So,
r < -6 + 4
r < -2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is r < -2
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 8.
2.1 ≥ m – 6.7
Answer:
The given inequality is:
2.1 ≥ m – 6.7
So,
2.1 + 6.7 ≥ m
8.8 ≥ m
9 ≥ m [Approximate value]
m ≤ 9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is m ≤ 9
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

2.3 Solving Inequalities. Using Multiplication or Division

Solve \(\frac{n}{-10}\) > 5. Graph the solution.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 94

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 9.
3x > -21
Answer:
The given inequality is:
3x > -21
So,
x > -21 / 3
x > -7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x > -7
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 10.
-4 ≤ \(\frac{g}{5}\)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-4 ≤ \(\frac{g}{5}\)
-4 (5) ≤ g
-20 ≤ g
g ≥ -20
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is g ≥ -20
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 11.
–\(\frac{3}{4}\)n ≤ 3
Answer:
The given inequality is:
–\(\frac{3}{4}\)n ≤ 3
n ≤ 3 × –\(\frac{4}{3}\)
n ≤ —\(\frac{3 × 4}{3}\)
n ≤ -4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is n ≤ -4
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 12.
\(\frac{s}{-8}\) ≥ 11
Answer:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{s}{-8}\) ≥ 11
s ≥ 11 (-8)
s ≥ -88
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is s ≥ -88
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 13.
36 < 2q
Answer:
The given inequality is:
36 < 2q
So,
36 / 2 < q
18 < q
q > 18
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is q > 18
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 14.
-1.2k > 6
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-1.2k > 6
So,
k > 6 / -1.2
k > -60 / 12
k > -5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is k > -5
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

2.4 Solving Multi-step Inequalities

Solve 22 + 3y ≥ 4. Graph the solution.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 95

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution, if possible.

Question 15.
3x – 4 > 11
Answer:
The given inequality is:
3x – 4 > 11
So,
3x > 11 + 4
3x > 15
x > 15 / 3
x > 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x > 5
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 16.
-4 < \(\frac{b}{2}\) + 9
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-4 < \(\frac{b}{2}\) + 9
-4 – 9 < \(\frac{b}{2}\)
-13 < \(\frac{b}{2}\)
-13 (2) < b
-26 < b
b > -26
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution of the given inequality is b > -26
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 17.
7 – 3n ≤ n + 3
Answer:
The given inequality is:
7 – 3n ≤ n + 3
-3n – n ≤ 3 – 7
-4n ≤ -4
4n ≤ 4
n ≤ 4 / 4
n ≤ 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is n ≤ 1
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 18.
2(-4s + 2) ≥ -5s – 10
Answer:
The given inequality is:
2 (-4s +2) ≥ -5s – 10
So,
2 (-4s) + 2 (2) ≥ -5s – 10
-8s + 4 ≥ -5s – 10
-8s + 5s ≥ -10 –  4
-3s ≥ -14
3s ≥ 14
s ≥ 14 / 3
s ≥ 5 [ Approximate value }
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution of the given inequality is s ≥ 5
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 19.
6(2t + 9) ≤ 12t – 1
Answer:
The given inequality is:
6(2t + 9) ≤ 12t – 1
So,
6 (2t) + 6 (9) ≤ 12t – 1
12t + 54 ≤ 12t – 1
1t – 12t + 54 ≤ -1
54 ≤ -1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there is no solution for the given inequality

Question 20.
3r – 8 > 3(r – 6)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
3r – 8 > 3 ( r – 6 )
So,
3r – 8 > 3 (r) – 3 (6)
3r – 8 > 3r – 18
3r – 8 – 3r > -18
-8 > -18
8 > 18
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there is no solution to the given inequality

2.5 Solving Compound Inequalities

Solve −1 ≤ −2d + 7 ≤ 9. Graph the solution.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 96

Question 21.
A number x is more than -6 and at most 8. Write this sentence as an inequality. Graph the inequality.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
A number x is more than -6 and at most 8
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
x > -6 and x ≤ 8
Hence,
The representation of the solutions of the given worded form in the form of compound inequality is:
-6 < x ≤ 8
The representation of the compound inequality in the graph is:

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 22.
19 ≥ 3z + 1 ≥ -5
Answer:
The given inequality is:
19 ≥ 3z + 1 ≥ -5
Subtract with -1 on both sides
So,
19 – 1 ≥ 3z + 1 – 1 ≥ -5 – 1
18 ≥ 3z ≥ -6
Divide by 3 on both sides
So,
(18 / 3) ≥ (3z / 3) ≥ (-6 / 3)
6 ≥ z ≥ -2
-2 ≤ z ≤ 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the compound inequality solution to the given inequality is:
-2 ≤ z ≤ 6
The representation of the compound inequality in the graph is:

Question 23.
\(\frac{r}{4}\) < -5 or -2r – 7 ≤ 3
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 97
Answer:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{r}{4}\) < -5 or -2r – 7 ≤ 3
r < -5 (4) or -2r ≤ 3 + 7
r < -20 or -2r ≤ 10
r < -20 or r ≤ -5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions to the given inequality are:
r < -20 or r ≤ -5
The representations of the solutions of the given inequality in the graph is:

2.6 Solving Absolute Value Inequalities

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution, if possible.

Question 24.
| m | ≥ 10
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| m | ≥ 10
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
m ≥ 10 or m ≤ -10
We know that,
The value of absolute value expression must be greater than or equal to 0
So,
m ≥ 10
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution of the given absolute value inequality is m ≥ 10
The representation of the solution of the given absolute value inequality in the graph is:

Question 25.
| k – 9 | < -4
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| k – 9 | < 4
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
k – 9 < 4 and k – 9 > -4
k < 4 + 9 and k > -4 + 9
k < 13 and k > 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions of the given absolute value inequality are:
k < 13 and k > 5
The representation of the compound inequality of the solutions of the given absolute inequality is:
5 < k < 13
The representation of the compound inequality in the graph is:

Question 26.
4 | f – 6 | ≤ 12
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
4 | f – 6 | ≤ 12
| f – 6 | ≤ 3
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| X | = -x for x < 0
So,
f – 6 ≤ 3 and f – 6 ≥ -3
f ≤ 3 + 6 and f ≥ -3 + 6
f ≤ 9 and f ≥ 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions of the given absolute value inequality are:
f ≤ 9 and f ≥ 3
The representation of the compound inequality of the solutions of the given absolute value inequality is:
3 ≤ f ≤ 9
The representation of the compound inequality in the graph is:

Question 27.
5 | b + 8 | – 7 > 13
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
5 | b + 8 | – 7 > 13
5 | b + 8 | > 13 + 7
5 | b + 8 | > 20
| b + 8 | > 4
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
b + 8  > 4 or b + 8 < -4
b > 4 + 8 or b < -4 – 8
b > 12 or b < -12
We know that,
The value of absolute value expression must be greater than or equal to 0
So,
b > 12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given absolute value inequality is b > 12
The representation of the solution of the given absolute value inequality in the graph is:

Question 28.
| -3g – 2 | + 1 < 6
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| -3g – 2 | + 1 < 6
– | 3g + 2 | < 6 – 1
– | 3g + 2 | < 5
| 3g + 2 | < -5
We know that,
The value of absolute value expression must be greater than or equal to 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there is no solution to the given absolute value inequality

Question 29.
| 9 – 2j | + 10 ≥ 2
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| 9 – 2j | + 10 ≥  2
| 9 – 2j | ≥ 2 – 10
| 9 – 2j | ≥  -8
We know that,
The value of absolute value expression must be greater than or equal to 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there is no solution to the given absolute value inequality

Question 30.
A safety regulation states that the height of a guardrail should be 106 centimeters with an absolute deviation of no more than 7 centimeters. Write and solve an absolute value inequality that represents the acceptable heights of a guardrail.
Answer:
The absolute value inequality that represents the acceptable heights of a guardrail is:
| x – 106 | ≤ 7 centimeters

Explanation:
It is given that a safety regulation states that the height of a guardrail should be 106 centimeters with an absolute deviation of no more than 7 centimeters.
Now,
We know that,
Absolute deviation = ( Mean ) – ( The given observation )
Let the Mean be x
So,
Absolute deviation = x – 106
Hence,
The absolute value inequality that represents the acceptable heights of a guardrail is:
| x – 106 | ≤ 7
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
x – 106 ≤ 7 and x – 106 ≥ -7
x ≤ 7 + 106 and x ≥ -7 + 106
x ≤ 113 and x ≥ 99
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the absolute value inequality that represents the acceptable heights of a guardrail is:
| x – 106 | ≤ 7

Solving Linear Inequalities Chapter Test

Write the sentence as an inequality.

Question 1.
The sum of a number y and 9 is at least -1.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
The sum of a number y and 9 is at least -1
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
y + 9 ≥ -1

Question 2.
A number r is more than 0 or less than or equal to -8.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
A number r is more than 0 or less than or equal to -8
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
r > 0 or r ≤ -8

Question 3.
A number k is less than 3 units from 10.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
A number k is less than 3 units from 10
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
k – 10 < 3

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution, if possible.

Question 4.
\(\frac{x}{2}\) – 5 ≥ -9
Answer:
The given inequality is:
\(\frac{x}{2}\) – 5 ≥ -9
\(\frac{x}{2}\) ≥ -9 + 5
\(\frac{x}{2}\) ≥ -4
x ≥ -4 (2)
x ≥ -8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is x ≥ -8
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 5.
-4s < 6s + 1
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-4s < 6s + 1
So,
-4s – 6s < 1
-10s < 1
10s < -1
s < –\(\frac{1}{10}\)
s < -0.1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is s < -0.1
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 6.
4p + 3 ≥ 2(2p + 1)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
4p + 3 ≥ 2 (2p + 1)
So,
4p + 3 ≥ 2 (2p) + 2 (1)
4p + 3 ≥ 4p + 2
4p – 4p + 3 ≥ 2
3 ≥ 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there is no solution for the given inequality

Question 7.
-7 < 2c – 1 < 10
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-7 < 2c – 1 < 10
Add 1 on both sides
So,
-7 + 1 < 2c – 1 + 1 < 10 + 1
-6 < 2c < 11
Divide by 3 on both sides
(-6 / 2) < (2c / 2) < (11 / 2)
-3 < c < 5.5
-3 < c < 6 [Approximate inequality]
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is -3 < c < 6
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 8.
-2 ≤ 4 – 3a ≤ 13
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-2 ≤ 4 – 3a ≤ 13
Subtract 4 on both sides
-2 – 4 ≤ 4 – 4 – 3a ≤ 13 – 4
-6 ≤ -3a ≤ 9
Divide by – on both sides
6 ≥ 3a ≥ -9
Divide by 3 on both sides
(6 / 3) ≥ (3a / 3) ≥ (-9 / 3)
2 ≥ a ≥ -3
-3 ≤ a ≤ 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is -3 ≤ a ≤ 2
The representation of the solution of the inequality in the graph is:

Question 9.
-5 < 2 – h or 6h + 5 > 71
Answer:
The given inequality is:
-5 < 2 – h or 6h + 5 > 71
-5 – 2 < h or 6h > 71 – 5
-7 < -h or 6h > 66
7 < h or h > 66 / 6
h > 7 or h > 11
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is h > 7 [Since h > 11 is before  h > 7]
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 10.
| 2q + 8 | > 4
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| 2q + 8 | > 4
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
2q + 8 > 4 or 2q + 8 < -4
2q > 4 – 8 or 2q < -4 – 8
2q > -4 or 2q < -12
We know that,
The value of the absolute value expression must be greater than or equal to 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given absolute value inequality has no solution

Question 11.
-2 | y – 3 | – 5 ≥ -4
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
-2 | y – 3 | – 5 ≥ -4
So,
-2 | y – 3 | ≥ -4 + 5
-2 | y – 3 | ≥1
| y – 3 | ≥ –\(\frac{1}{2}\)
We know that,
The value of the absolute value expression must be greater than or equal to 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given absolute inequality has no solution

Question 12.
4 | -3b + 5 | – 9 < 7
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
4 | -3b + 5 | – 9 < 7
So,
4 | -3b + 5 | < 7 + 9
4 | -3b + 5 | < 16
| -3b + 5 | < 16 / 4
| -3b + 5 | < 4
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
-3b + 5 < 4 and -3b + 5 > -4
-3b < 4 – 5 and -3b > -4 – 5
-3b < -1 and -3b > -9
3b < 1 and b > 3
b < \(\frac{1}{3}\) and b > 3
b < 0 and b > 3 [ Approximate value of inequality ]
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions of the given inequality are b < 0 and b > 3
The representation of the solutions of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 13.
You start a small baking business, and you want to earn a profit of at least $250 in the first month. The expenses in the first month are $155. What are the possible revenues that you need to earn to meet the profit goal?
Answer:
The possible revenues that you need to earn to meet the profit goal is:
R ≥ $405

Explanation:
It is given that you start a small baking business, and you want to earn a profit of at least $250 in the first month. The expenses in the first month are $155.
Now,
Let
P is the profit
R is the Revenue
E is the expenses
We know that,
P = R – E
It is given that P ≥ $250
So,
R – E ≥250
R – 155 ≥ 250
R ≥ 250 + 155
R ≥ 405
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the possible revenues that you need to earn to meet the profit goal is:
R ≥ $405

Question 14.
A manufacturer of bicycle parts requires that a bicycle chain have a width of 0.3 inches with an absolute deviation of at most 0.0003 inches. Write and solve an absolute value inequality that represents the acceptable widths.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 96.1
Answer:
The absolute value inequality that represents the acceptable widths is:
0.2997 inches ≤ w ≤0.3003 inches

Explanation:
It is given that a manufacturer of bicycle parts requires that a bicycle chain have a width of 0.3 inches with an absolute deviation of at most 0.0003 inches.
We know that,
Absolute deviation = Mean – Observation
Let the Mean be x
So,
x – 0.3 ≤ 0.0003
Hence,
The absolute value inequality that represents the acceptable widths is:
| x – 0.3 | ≤ 0.0003
-0.0003 ≤ x – 0.3 ≤ 0.0003
Add with 0.3 on both sides
-0.0003 + 0.3 ≤ x – 0.3 + 0.3 ≤ 0.0003 + 0.3
0.2997 ≤ x ≤ 0.3003
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the absolute value inequality that represents the acceptable widths is:
0.2997 inches ≤ w ≤0.3003 inches

Question 15.
Let a, b, c, and d be constants. Describe the possible solution sets of the inequality ax + b < cx + d.
Answer:

Write and graph a compound inequality that represents the numbers that are not solutions to the inequality represented by the graph shown. Explain your reasoning.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 97.1
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 97.1
From the graph,
The 1st marked line starts from -3 including -3 and continued till the left end of the number line
The 2nd marked line starts from 2 excluding 2 and continued till the right end of the number line
Hence,
The representation of the inequalities from the graph is:
x ≤ -3 and x > 2

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 98
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 98
From the graph,
The marked line starts from -4 including -4 and continued till -1 including -1 to the right end of the number line
Hence,
The representation of the inequality from the graph is:
x ≥ -4 and x ≤ -1
Hence,
The representation of the inequalities in the form of compound inequality is:
–4 ≤ x ≤ -1

Question 18.
A state imposes a sales tax on items of clothing that cost more than $175. The tax applies only to the difference in the price of the item and $175.
a. Use the receipt shown to find the tax rate (as a percent).
b. A shopper has $430 to spend on a winter coat. Write and solve an inequality to find the prices p of coats that the shopper can afford. Assume that p ≥ 175.
c. Another state imposes a 5% sales tax on the entire price of an item of clothing. For which prices would paying the 5% tax to be cheaper than paying the tax described above? Write and solve an inequality to find your answer and list three prices that are solutions.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 99
Answer:
a.
From the given receipt,
The price is: $295
The total price is: $302.50
It is given that
Tax = Product price – $175
Now,
Let R be the tax rate
So,
R (product price – 175) = 7.5
R ( 295 – 175 ) = 7.5
R ( 120 ) = 7.5
%R = \(\frac{7.5}{120}\) × 100
%R = \(\frac{75}{1200}\) × 100
%R = 0.0625 × 100
%R = 6.25%
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the tax rate using the receipt is: 6.25%

b.
It is given that a shopper has $430 to spend on a winter coat
Let p be the number of coats
It is also given that to assume p ≥ 175
We know that,
The total price = The given price + Tax
So,
The representation of the inequality that represents the price of coats is:
p + R ( p – 175 ) ≤ 430
p + 0.0625 (p – 175)  ≤ 430
1.0625p – 10.9375 ≤ 430
1.0625p ≤ 430 + 10.9375
1.0625p ≤ 440.9375
p ≤ 440.9375 / 1.0625
p ≤ 415
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the prices of the coats that the shopper can afford are:
p ≤ $415

c.
It is given that another state imposes a 5% sales tax on the entire price of an item of clothing.
Now,
Let t be the tax rate that another state-imposed
Let x be the price
So,
(1+0.05) × t ≤ t + 0.0625 (t – 175)
1.05t ≤ 1.0625t – 10.9375
10.9375 ≤ 1.0625t – 1.05t
10.9375 ≤ 0.0125t
10.9375 / 0.0125 ≤ t
875 ≤ t
t ≥ 875
hence, from the above,
We can conclude that $875 is cheaper

Solving Linear Inequalities Maintaining Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
The expected attendance at a school event is 65 people. The actual attendance can vary by up to 30 people. Which equation can you use to find the minimum and maximum attendances?
A. | x – 65 | = 30
B. | x + 65 | = 30
C. | x – 30 | = 65
D. | x + 30 | = 65
Answer:
It is given that the expected attendance at a school event is 65 people. The actual attendance can vary by up to 30 people.
So,
The absolute value equation that represents the maximum and minimum attendances are:
| x – Expected maximum attendance | ≤ 30
Hence,
| x – 65 | ≤ 30
| x – 65 | = 30
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that option A represents the minimum and maximum attendances at a school event

Question 2.
Fill in values for a and b so that each statement is true for the inequality ax + 4 ≤ 3x + b.
a. When a = 5 and b = _____, x ≤ -3.
b. When a = _____ and b = _____, the solution of the inequality is all real numbers.
c. When a = _____ and b = _____, the inequality has no solution.
Answer:
The given inequality is:
ax + 4  ≤ 3x + b
a.
When a = 5,
5x + 4 ≤ 3x + b
5x – 3x + 4 ≤ b
2x + 4 ≤ b
2x ≤ b – 4
x ≤ ( b – 4 ) / 2
So,
The solution x ≤ -3 will be possible only if b = -2

b.
The given inequality is:
ax + 4 ≤ 3x + b
Compare the like coefficients
Hence,
The values of a and b so that the solution of an inequality is all real numbers are:
a = 3, b ≥ 4

c.
The given inequality is:
ax + 4 ≤ 3x + b
Hence,
The values of a and b so that the inequality has no solution are:
a = 3 and b < 4

Question 3.
Place each inequality into one of the two categories.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 101
Answer:
The inequalities that have at least one integer solution must have x variable
The inequalities that have no integer solution must not have x variable
So,
The given inequalities are:
a. 5x – 6 + x ≥ 2x – 8
b. x – 8 + 4x ≤ 3 (x – 3) + 2x
c. 2 (3x + 8) > 3 (2x + 6)
d. 9x – 3 < 12 or 6x + 2 > -10
e. 17 < 4x + 5 < 21
f. 5 (x – 1) ≤ 5x – 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The inequalities that have at least one integer solution are: a, d, e
The inequalities that have no integer solution are: b, c, f

Question 4.
Admission to a play costs $25. A season pass costs $180.
a. Write an inequality that represents the number x of plays you must attend for the season pass to be a better deal.
b. Select the number of plays for which the season pass is not a better deal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 104
Answer:
a.
It is given that admission to a play costs $25 and a season pass costs $180
Let the number of plays be x
So,
The total number of pays = 25x
Hence,
The inequality that represents the number x of plays you must attend for the season pass to be a  better deal is:
25x > 180
x > 180 / 25
x > 7.2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the inequality that represents the number x of plays you must attend for the season pass to be a better deal is:
x > 7.2

b.
From part (a),
The inequality that represents the season pas to be a better deal is:
x > 7.2
So,
The inequality that represents the season pass not to be a better deal is:
x < 7.2
Hence, from the given numbers,
The number of plays that the season pass is not a better deal is: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7

Question 5.
Select the values of a that make the solution of the equation 3(2x – 4) = 4(ax – 2) positive.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 105
Answer:
The given equation is:
3 (2x – 4) = 4 (ax – 2)
So,
3 (2x) – 3 (4) = 4 (ax) – 4 (2)
6x – 12 = 4ax – 8
6x – 12 + 8 = 4ax
6x – 4 = 4ax
6x – 4ax = 4
x (6 – 4a) = 4
Now,
The given numbers are: -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
So,
x (6 – 4(-2) ) = 4
x ( 6 – 4 ( -1) ) = 4
x ( 6 – 4(0) ) = 4
x ( 6 – 4(1) ) = 4
x ( 6 – 4 (2) ) = 4
x ( 6 – 4 (3) ) = 4
x ( 6 – 4 (4) ) = 4
x ( 6 – 4 (5) ) = 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the values of a so that the solution is positive are: -2, -1, 0, 1

Question 6.
Fill in the compound inequality with <, ≤, , ≥, or > so the solution is shown in the graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 107
Answer:
From the graph,
The representation of the inequality is:
-2 ≤ x < 3
Now,
The given inequality is:
4x – 18 ____ -x – 3 and -3x – 9 _____ -3
4x + x ____ -3 + 18 and -3x ___ -3 + 9
5x ____ 15 and -3x ___ 6
x ____ 15 / 5 and x ____ -3 / 6
x ____ 3 and x ____ -2
Hence,
The blanks that can fill the inequality are:
x < 3 and x ≥ -2

Question 7.
You have a $250 gift card to use at a sporting goods store.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 108
a. Write an inequality that represents the possible numbers x of pairs of socks you can buy when you buy 2 pairs of sneakers. Can you buy 8 pairs of socks? Explain.
b. Describe what the inequality 60 + 80x ≤ 250 represents in this context.
Answer:
a.
It is given that
The cost of a pair of sneakers is: $80
The cost of a pair of socks is: $12
It is given that there are 2 pairs of sneakers and x pairs of socks
Hence,
The inequality that represents the possible number of x pairs of socks you can buy when you buy 2 pairs of sneakers is:
2 (80) + 12x ≤ 250
160 + 12x ≤ 250
12x ≤ 250 – 160
12x ≤ 90
x ≤ 90 / 12
x ≤ 7.5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that you can buy only 7 pairs of socks

b.
The given inequality is:
60 + 8x ≤ 250
12 (5) + 8x ≤ 250
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that you can buy 5 pairs of sneakers in this context

Question 8.
Consider the equation shown, where a, b, c, and d are integers.
ax + b = cx + d
Student A claims the equation will always have one solution. Student B claims the equation will always have no solution. Use the numbers shown to answer parts (a)–(c).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 2 Solving Linear Inequalities 109
a. Select values for a, b, c, and d to create an equation that supports Student A’s claim.
Answer:
The given equation is:
ax + b = cx + d
Student A claims the equation will have always one solution
Hence,
From the given numbers,
The values of a, b, c, and d are:
a = -1, b = 2, c = -1, d = 4
So,
The value of x is:
-x + 2 = x + 4
-x – x = 4 – 2
-2x = 2
x = -2 /2
x = -1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that according to Student A’s claim,
The values of a, b, c, and d are:
a = -1, b = 2, c = 1, d = 4

b. Select values for a, b, c, and d to create an equation that supports Student B’s claim.
Answer:
The given equation is:
ax + b = cx + d
Student B claims that the equation will have no solution
So,
The value of x must be equal to 0
So,
a must be equal to c
Hence,
The values of a, b, c, and d are: a = c and the values of b and d will be any number from the given numbers

c. Select values for a, b, c, and d to create an equation that shows both Student A and Student B are incorrect.
Answer:
The given equation is:
ax + b = cx + d
For the claims of both Student A and Student B to be false,
The given equation must have the real numbers as a solution
So,
To have the real numbers as a solution, the values of a and b will be arbitrary from the given numbers

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10

Do you want any help to solve Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions Questions? If yes, then refer this page. Here, we have provided a study material i.e BIM Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions which helps you to improve math skills. Find answers for all questions and also clear your doubts regarding Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions topics. Start your preparation by taking help from BIM Book 3rd Grade 10th Chapter Understand Fractions Answers and learn the concepts from practice tests, cumulative tests and others.

Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Understand Fractions

Score good marks in your exams can make you achieve what you are looking for. We have provided BIM 3rd Grade 10th Chapter Understand Fractions Solutions prepared by the subject experts which is helpful to improve your subject knowledge. So, learn all the lessons from Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions.

The different topics included in the answer key are Equal Parts of a Whole, Understand a Unit Fraction, Write Fractions of a Whole, Fractions on a Number Line: Less Than 1, Fractions on a Number line: Greater Than 1. The success criteria of Understand Fractions is able to name equal parts, identify a unit fraction, write a fraction and plot a fraction. So, download Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions Answer Key PDF and prepare well.

Lesson 1: Equal Parts of a Whole

Lesson 2: Understand a Unit Fraction

Lesson 3: Write Fractions of a Whole

Lesson 4: Fractions on a Number Line: Less Than 1

Lesson 5: Fractions on a Number line: Greater Than 1

Performance Task

Lesson 10.1 Equal Parts of a Whole

Explore and Grow

Use the name of the equal parts to divide each rectangle. Write the number of equal parts for each rectangle.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 1
Repeated Reasoning
How many equal parts are in a rectangle that is divided into eighths? Explain.
Answer:

Think and Grow: Equal Parts of a Whole
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 2
The rectangle represents a whole. A whole is all of the parts of one shape or group.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 3
2 equal parts, or halves
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 4
3 equal parts, or thirds
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 5
4 equal parts, or fourths
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 6
6 equal parts, or sixths
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 7
8 equal parts, or eighths

Example
Tell whether the shape shows equal parts or unequal parts. If the shape shows equal parts, then name them.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 8
_____ parts.
_________
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 9
_____ parts.
_________

Show and Grow

Tell whether the shape shows equal parts or unequal parts. If the shape shows equal parts, then name them.

Question 1.

__6__ parts.

_____sixths____

Answer:
i) 6
ii) sixths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the rectangle is divided into 6 parts and the parts are named as sixths and they are unequal

Question 2.
Tell whether the shape shows equal parts or unequal parts. If the shape shows equal parts, then name them.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 11
____ parts.
_________

Answer:
i) 4
ii) Fourths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the rhombus is divided into 4 equal parts and the parts are named as fourths.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 12
_____ parts.
_________

Answer:
i) 3
ii)Thirds

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the rectangle is divided into 3 equal parts and the parts are named as thirds. They become three rectangles

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 13
_____ parts.
_________

Answer:
i) 8
ii)Eighths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the  Rectangle is divided into 8 equal parts and the parts are named as eighths.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 14
_____ parts.
_________

Answer:
i) 4
ii) Fourths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the rhombus is divided into 4 equal parts and the parts are named as fourths.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 15
_____ parts.
_________

Answer:
i) 6
ii) sixths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the circle is divided into 6 equal parts and the parts are named as sixths.They are equal in parts after dividing it becomes 6 equal triangles.

Question 7.
Divide the rectangle into 2 equal parts. Then name the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 16

Answer:
When a rectangle is divided into two equal parts then it becomes two halfs.

Question 8.

Divide the square into 6 equal parts. Then name the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 17
________

Answer:
i) sixths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the square is divided into 6 equal parts and the parts are named as sixths.

Question 9.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says he divided each shape into fourths. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 18

Answer:

From the above figures we can see that they are divided.
From figure one and two they are divided equally and they are named as fourths.
From the third figure the circle is not divided equally.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Three students want to share a whiteboard to solve math problems. Each student wants to use an equal part of the board. Should the students divide the whiteboard into halves, thirds, or fourths?

Draw to show:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 19
The students should divide the whiteboard into ____.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions Draw to Show
The students should divide the whiteboard into three equal parts and name the parts as thirds.
As the whiteboard looks like a rectangle if we divide the rectangle into three equal parts then it becomes three rectangles

Show and Grow

Question 10.
Six friends want to share an egg casserole. Each friend wants an equal part. Should the friends cut the casserole into halves, fourths, or sixths?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 20
Answer:
Friend should cut the egg casserole into six equal parts. And the name as sixths

Question 11.
Eight students need to sit around two tables. Each student needs an equal part of a table. Should the tables be divided into thirds, fourths, or sixths?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 21

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions Question 8

Explaination:
Each table should be divided into fourths as the eight students want to have equal parts

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Ten friends want to share five rectangular sheets of paper. Each friend wants an equal part. Should the friend cut the sheets of paper into halves or thirds? Explain.

Answer:

The friends should cut each sheet into halves.
As there are five papers if one paper is cutting in two parts it becomes two halves similarly all five.
All five into halves becomes 10

Equal Parts of a Whole Homework & Practice 10.1

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 22
1 equal part, or whole
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 23
2 equal parts, or halves
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 24
3 equal parts, or third
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 25
4 equal parts, or fourths
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 26
6 equal parts, or sixths
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 27
8 equal parts, or eighths

Tell whether the shape shows equal parts or unequal parts. If the shape shows equal parts, then name them.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 150
_____ parts.
_________

Answer
i) 6
ii) sixths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the rectangle is divided into 6 equal parts and the parts are named as sixths. They are equal.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 151
_____ parts.
_________

Answer:
i) 3
ii) thirds

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the circle is divided into 3 unequal parts and the parts are named as fourths.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 152
_____ parts.
_________

Answer
i) 4
ii) Fourths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the hexagon is divided into 4 equal parts and the parts are named as fourths.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 153
_____ parts.
_________

Answer
i) 8
ii) eighths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the circle is divided into 8 equal parts and the parts are named as eighths.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 154
_____ parts.
_________

Answer
i) 4
ii) Fourths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the rectangle is divided into 4 equal parts and the parts are named as fourths.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 155
_____ parts.
_________

Answer
i) 3
ii) thirds

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the triangle is divided into 3 unequal parts and the parts are named as thirds.

Question 7.
Divide the square into 3 equal parts. Then name the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 28
_____

Explanation:
If the square is divided into three equal parts the name is thirds

Question 8.
Divide the triangle into 2 equal parts. Then name the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 29
______

Explanation:
If the triangle is divided into two equal then it becomes two halves

Question 9.
Patterns
Use the pattern to divide the square into equal parts. Name the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 30
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 31
_____

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions Question 9

Explanation:
According to the pattern, the sixth square is divided into 4 parts Horizontally. The name of the equal part is fourths.

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
Eight friends want to share a lasagna. Each friend wants an equal part. Should the friends cut the lasagna into fourths, sixths, or eighths?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 32

Explanation:
From the above figure the lasagna is to be shared between 8 friends. In order to share we have to cut the lasagna in to eight equal parts.

Therefore it becomes eighths

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Twelve friends want to pull weeds from three community gardens. Each friend wants to pull weeds from an equal part. Should the friends divide each garden into thirds, fourths, or sixths?

Answer: fourths

Explanation

As twelve friends want to pull weeds from three community gardens. They have to get equal parts each community garden should be divided into four parts.

As each garden divided into four equal parts 3gardens*4parts=12people

3*4=12

So,twelve people get equal parts.

Review & Refresh

Question 12.
2 × (3 × 3) = ___18

Question 13.
(4 × 2) × 9 = ____72

Question 14.
2 × (8 × 5) = ____80

Lesson 10.2 Understand a Unit Fraction

Explore and Grow

Match each shaded part to its name.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 33
Precision
What is the same about each shape? What is different?

Think and Grow: Understand a Unit Fraction

A fraction is a number that represents part of a whole.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 34
A unit fraction represents one equal part of a whole.

Example
What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 35

Show and Grow

What fraction of the whole is shaded?

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 36

Answer

i(one thirds)

Three equal parts

 

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the circle is divided into 3 parts equally in which 1 part is shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one thirds.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 37

Answer

i(one eighths)

Eight equal parts

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the square is divided into 8 parts equally in which 1 part are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one eighths.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 38

i(one halves)

Two equal parts

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the parallelogram is divided into 2 parts equally in which 1 parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one halves.

 

Apply and Grow: Practice

What fraction of the whole is shaded?

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 39

i(one sixths)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the rectangle is divided into 6 parts equally in which 1 parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one sixths.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 40

iii (one fourths)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the ellipse is divided into 4 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one fourths.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 41

iii (one halves)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the hexagon is divided into 2 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one halvess.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 42

iii (one eighths)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the rhombus is divided into 8 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one eighths.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 43

iii (one fourths)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the rectangle is divided into 4 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one fourths.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 44

iii (one sixths)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the triangle is divided into 8 parts equally in which 3 parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one eighths.

Question 10.
Divide the circle into 4 equal parts. Shade one part. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 45

iii (one fourths)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the circle is divided into 4 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one fourths.

Question 11.
Divide the square into 3 equal parts. Shade one part. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 46

iii ( one thirds)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the square is divided into 3 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part one thirds.

Question 12.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes says the part he shaded can be represented by a unit fraction. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 47

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

For which nation’s flag can you use a unit fraction to represent the amount of green? Explain.
Flag of ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 48
Explain:

Flag of Nigeria:two thirds.

Flag of Mauritius:one fourths.

Flag of Seychelles:one fifths

Explanation:

The above figure shows that the flag of Nigeria is divided into 3 parts equally in which two  parts are green shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded parts is two thirds.

The above figure shows that the flag of Mauritius is divided into 4 parts equally in which one  parts are green shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded parts is one fourths.

The above figure shows that the flag of Seychelles is divided into 5 parts equally in which one  parts are green shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded parts is one fifths.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
For which nation’s flag can you use a unit fraction to represent the amount of red? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 49

Flag of Bahrain:two thirds.

Flag of Australia:two thirds.

Flag of France:one thirds

 

Explanation:

The above figure shows that the flag of Bahrain is divided into 3 parts equally in which two  parts are red shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded parts is two thirds.

The above figure shows that the flag of Australia is divided into 3 parts equally in which one  parts are red shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded parts is one thirds.

The above figure shows that the flag of France is divided into 3 parts equally in which one  parts are red shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded parts is one thirds.

Question 14.
You paint a plate that has 4 equal parts. You paint two parts orange and one part red. You paint the rest of the plate yellow. What fraction of the plate is yellow?

One fourths

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Draw a quilt square that has blue, red, and white parts, but only the blue part can be represented by a unit fraction.

Understand a Unit Fraction Homework & Practice 10.2

What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 50

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the circle is divided into 4 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part one sixths.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 51

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the rectangle is divided into 8 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part one eighths.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 52

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the square is divided into 3 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part one thirds.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 53

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the triangle is divided into 4 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part one fourths.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 54

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the parallelogram is divided into 2 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part one halves.

Question 6.
Divide the square into 6 equal parts. Shade one part. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 55

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the square is divided into 6 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part one sixths.

Question 7.
Precision
Did Descartes label the shaded part correctly? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 56

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the rectangle is divided into 8 parts equally in which one parts are shaded.  The shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator.

The precision done was wrong numerator place is changed with the denominator

Question 8.

DIG DEEPER!
You want to make a card. You fold a sheet of paper in half, then in half again. What fraction of the sheet of paper represents the front of the card?

Explanation:

One by fourth represent the front of the card

Question 9.
Writing
Explain how you know Newton ate \(\frac{1}{3}\) of his taco.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 57

Explanation

The above taco is divided into two three equal parts in that one by third of the taco is eaten as it has shown empty

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
For which foods can you use a unit fraction to represent the amount eaten? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 58

Explanation:

From the above figures.

  • Wheat is uncountable so we can’t represent as units we can’t share the wheat as units.
  • The leaves are also uncountable.
  • Apple is countable we can represent as units.
  • Maize is also uncountable so we can’t represent as units we can’t share the wheat as units.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
You prepare a rectangular dip tray that has 6 equal parts. Three parts are hummus, one part is queso, and one part is guacamole. The rest of the tray is salsa. What fraction of the tray is salsa?

Explanation:

The total number of parts are 6

In that 3 parts one third part is hummus.

One part meant one sixth part is queso.

One by sixth part is guacamole.

The remaining one by sixth part is salsa.

Therefore one sixth is answer

Review & Refresh

Compare

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 59

Answer:24 is less than 36.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 60

Answer: 30 is greater than 20.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 61

Answer: 42 is equal to 42.

Lesson 10.3 Write Fractions of a Whole

Explore and Grow

Write a fraction for the shaded part of each whole.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 62

Reasoning
All of the equal parts of a shape are shaded. What do you know about the numerator and denominator of the fraction that describes the shaded parts?

Think and Grow: Fractions of a Whole

Example
What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 63

Show and Grow

What fraction of the whole is shaded?

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 64

Answer:4 parts, three fourths.

Explanation:
There are 4 blocks in the square out of which 3 parts are shaded. Each part of the square is 1/4 and the name for the shaded part is three fourths. The fraction of the shaded part is 3/4 three fouth.

Question 2.

Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 65

Answer:6 parts, 6 parts

Explanation:
There are 6 blocks in the rectangle out of which 6 parts are shaded. Each part of the rectangle is 1/6 and the name for the shaded part whole. The fraction of the shaded part is whole.

 

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 66

Answer:5 parts, 8 parts.

Explanation:
There are 8 blocks in the circle out of which 5 parts are shaded. Each part of the circle is 1/8 and the name for the shaded part is Five Eights. The fraction of the shaded part is 5/8.

Question 4.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 67

Answer:two sixths

Explanation:
There are 6 blocks in the hexagon out of which 2 parts are shaded. Each part of the hexagon is one sixth.the name for the shaded parts is two sixths. The fraction of the shaded part is 2/6.

Apply and Grow: Practice

What fraction of the whole is shaded?

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 68

Explanation:
There are 6 blocks in the rectangle out of which 4 parts are shaded. Each part of the rectangle is 1/6 and the name for the shaded part is four sixths. The fraction of the shaded part is 4/6.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 69

Explanation:
There are 3 blocks in the circle out of which 3 parts are shaded. Each part of the circle is 1/3 and the name for the shaded part is whole. The fraction of the shaded part is 3/3.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 70

Explanation:
There are 8 blocks in the square out of which 5 parts are shaded. Each part of the square is 1/8 and the name for the shaded part is Five Eights. The fraction of the shaded part is 5/8.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 71

Explanation:
There are 4 blocks in the hexagon out of which 3 parts are shaded. Each part of the hexagon is 1/4 and the name for the shaded part is three fourths. The fraction of the shaded part is 3/4.

Question 9.
Divide the rectangle into eighths. Shade three of the equal parts. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 72

Explanation:
There are 8 blocks in the rectangle out of which 3 parts are shaded. Each part of the rectangle is 1/8 and the name for the shaded part is three Eights. The fraction of the shaded part is 3/8.

Question 10.
Divide the triangle in half. Shade two of the equal parts. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 73

Explanation:
If we divide There are 2 blocks in the triangle out of which 2 parts are shaded means the whole is shaded the fraction is 2/2

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton is thinking of a fraction. What is his fraction?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 74

Explanation:

According to Newton let us consider a rectangular shape in that it is divided into 6 parts. Here conditions are the number should be odd and greater than three so the number will be five.

There fore the fraction is 5/6.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You are making a stained glass window that has 6 equal parts. You finish 1 part of the window. What fraction of the window do you have left to finish?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 75

Draw to show:
You have Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 76 of the window left to finish.

Answer: 5/6 fraction.

Show and Grow

Question 12.
You color 8 equal parts of a banner for a school play. You write the title in 4 of the parts. What fraction of the banner does not have the title?

Explanation:
There are 8 blocks in the rectangle out of which 4 parts are written title. Each part of the rectangle is 1/8 and the name for the shaded is two eigths. The fraction of the shaded part is 2/8.

Question 13.
A fruit tray has 4 equal parts. One part of the tray has grapes. Another part of the tray has pineapple. The rest of the tray has watermelon. What fraction of the tray has watermelon?

Answer:2/4

Explanation:
There are 4 blocks in the rectangle out of which 1 is filled with grapes and the other with pineapple. Each part of the rectangle is 1/4 and the name for the covered watermelon is two fourths . The fraction of the shaded part is 2/4.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
You divide a flower bed into equal parts. You plant sunflowers in 1 part. You plant daisies in the other 2 parts. What fraction of the flower bed has sunflowers?
Answer: 1/3

Write Fractions of a Whole Homework & Practice 10.3

What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 77

Explanation:
There are 6 blocks in the square out of which 4 parts are shaded. Each part of the square is 4/6 and the name for the shaded part is four sixths. The fraction of the shaded part is 4/6.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 78

Explanation:
There are 2 blocks in the triangle out of which 2 parts are shaded. Each part of the triangle is 1/2 and the name for the shaded part is whole. The fraction of the shaded part is 2/2.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 79

Explanation:
There are 8 blocks in the octagon out of which 5 parts are shaded. Each part of the octagon is 1/8 and the name for the shaded part is Five Eights. The fraction of the shaded part is 5/8.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 80

Explanation:
There are 6 blocks in the circle out of which 5 parts are shaded. Each part of the circle is 1/6 and the name for the shaded part is Five sixths. The fraction of the shaded part is 5/6.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 81

Explanation:

Rectangle is divided into 4 parts in it 2 parts are shaded. Fraction is 2/4

Question 6.
Divide the rectangle into sixths. Shade 2 of the equal parts. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 82

Explanation:

The fraction of the whole shaded is 2/6.

Question 7.
Divide the square into thirds. Shade 2 of the equal parts. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 83

Answer:2/3 parts of the square is shared

Question 8.

Open-Ended
Divide and shade the square to show more than \(\frac{4}{8}\), but less than \(\frac{8}{8}\). What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 84

Answer:

The square is divided into 8 parts in that four are already shaded 3/8

Question 9.
Reasoning
A pool has 4 swim lanes. Swimmers are using all of the lanes. Draw and shade a model that represents the lanes being used. Then write a fraction for your model.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 85

Answer:4/4 fraction

Question 10.
Patterns
What fraction of each circle is shaded? Think: What do you notice about the numerators? Model and write the next fraction.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 850

Answer:1/6, 2/6, 3/6 and the partsnof the circle to be shaded is 4/6

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A vegetable tray has 8 equal parts. Three parts have peppers. One part has broccoli. Another part has tomatoes. The rest of the tray has carrots. What fraction of the tray has carrots?

Answer:let us assume a square

  • Three parts are peppers 3/8.
  • One part is broccoli 1/8.
  • One part is tomatoes 1/8.
  • The remaining 3 parts are carrots that is 3/8.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
You divide an art canvas into equal parts. You paint 1 part blue, 2 parts orange, and the last part yellow. What fraction of the canvas is painted orange?

Answer: 2/4

Explanation:

Canvas divided into two parts out of 4.

Review & Refresh

Complete the fact family.

Question 13.
6 × ___ = 42
___ × ___ = 42
42 ÷ 7 = ___
42 ÷ ___ = 7

Answer:

6×7=42

7×6=42

42/7=6

42/6=7

Question 14.
9 × ___ = 9
___ × 9 = 9
9 ÷ 1 = ___
9 ÷ ___ = 1

Answer:

9×1=9

1×9=9

9÷1=9

1÷9=9

 

Lesson 10.4 Fractions on a Number Line : Less Than 1

Explore and Grow

Use the \(\frac{1}{6}\) Fraction Strips to complete the fractions on the number line. Then plot \(\frac{3}{6}\) on the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 86

Precision
Plot \(\frac{6}{6}\) on the number line. What do you notice? Explain.

Think and Grow: Fractions on a Number Line: Less Than 1

Every number on a number line represents a distance from 0. The distance from 0 to 1 is one whole. A number line can be divided into any number of equal parts or distances.
Example:
Plot \(\frac{3}{4}\) on the number line.
Step 1: Divide the length from 0 to 1 into ___ equal parts.
Step 2: Label each tick mark on the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 87

Show and Grow

Plot the fraction on the number line.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 88

Answer:

One 1/2 is 1/2

1×1/2 is 1/2

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 2 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/2

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 89

Answer:

Two 1/6 is 2/6

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 6 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/6.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Plot the fraction on a number line.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 90

Answer:

Two 1/4s are 2/4

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 4 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/4.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 91

The above figure shows the number line 0 to 1

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 92

The above figure is a number line

Question 6.
\(\frac{6}{8}\)

6/8

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 8 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/8.and the latex is 6/8.

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:3/4

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 4 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/4.

Question 8.
Structure
Complete the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 93

Answer:

The above number line is divided into seven equal parts. They are0 , 1/7,2/7, 3/7 4/7, 5/7, 6/7 ,1

 

Question 9.
Writing
How are the number lines the same? How are they different?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 94

Answer: The both number lines are same because both are divided into same equal parts.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Three laps around a walking trail is 1 mile. How many laps does it take you to walk \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile?
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 95
You need to walk ___ laps to walk \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile.

Explanation:

Mark first 0 and 1

Then divide it into 3 equal parts as 1/3 2/3,

That is 2 times of 1/3 is 2/3

Show and Grow

Question 10.
You follow a recipe and make four servings. How many servings can you make using \(\frac{1}{4}\) of each ingredient in the recipe?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 96

Answer: Four 1/4 of ingredients can be served.

Explanation:

There are four types of ingredients making once with one ingredient as 1/4.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
A gymnast needs to take 8 equal-sized steps to get from one end of a balance beam to the other. She starts on the left end of the beam and takes 6 steps. What fraction of the beam is behind her? What fraction of the beam is in front of her?

Answer:

Fraction of the beam behind her is 4/6.

Fraction of the beam front of her is 2/6.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
A tightrope walker needs to take 6 equal-sized steps to get from one end of a tightrope to the other. He starts on the left side of the rope and takes 5 steps. What fraction of the rope is behind him? What fraction of the rope is in front of him ?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 97

Answer:

The fraction of the beam behind him is 5/6.

Fraction of the beam front of him is 1/6.

Fractions on a Number Line : Less Than 1 Homework & Practice 10.4

Plot the fraction on a number line.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 98

Answer: four 1/6 are 4/6

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{8}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 99

Answer:

The above number line is divided into eight equal parts and the latex is 3×1/8 is 3 /8th parts of 0-1

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{4}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 100

Answer:

The above number line is divided into four equal parts and the latex is 1×1/4 is 1/4th parts of 0-1

Question 4.

\(\frac{2}{6}\)

Answer:

The above number line is divided into eight equal parts and the latex is 3×1/8 is 3 /8th parts of 0-1

Question 5.
\(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:

The above number line is divided into eight equal parts and the latex is

5×1/8 is 5/8th parts of 0-1

Question 6.
Logic
What fraction is located halfway between 0 and 1?

Ans: The fraction is located halfway between 0 and 1 is 1/2 and 1/2.

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend draws a number line and plots \(\frac{2}{6}\). Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 101

Answer: no

My friend marked the correct point but he did not divided into equal parts.

Question 8.
Structure
Which number line shows \(\frac{2}{3}\) ?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 102

Answer: Second number line.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
Four laps around a soccer field is 1 mile. How many laps does it take you to run \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile?

Question 4.
DIG DEEPER!
A diver needs to take 8 equal-sized steps before diving into the pool. She starts at the beginning of the diving board and takes 6 steps. What fraction of the diving board is behind the diver? What fraction of the diving board is in front of the diver?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 103

Answer:

The diving behind the driver is 5/6 and the diving board in front of the driver is 1/6

Review & Refresh

Find the area of the shape.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 104
Area = _21/70__ square units.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 105
Area = __20/70_ square units.

Lesson 10.5 Fractions on a Number line: Greater Than 1

Explore and Grow

Divide each circle into halves. Shade three halves. Write the fraction.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 106

Precision
Complete the fractions on the number line. Plot \(\frac{3}{2}\) on the number line. What do you notice? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 107

Think and Grow : Fractions on a Number Line: Greater Than 1

When the numerator is greater than the denominator, the fraction is greater than one whole.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 108
You can show fractions greater than one whole on a number line.

Example:
Plot \(\frac{2}{3}\) on the number line.
Step 1: Divide each whole into ___ equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 109

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Plot \(\frac{15}{8}\) on the number line
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 110

Answer:

The above number line is divided into sixteen equal parts that is from  0 to 2 and the latex is fifteen of 1/8 is 15/8

Apply and Grow: Practice

Plot the fraction on the number line.

Question 2.
\(\frac{7}{4}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 111

Explanation:

The number line is divided into eight equal parts from 0 to 2. Each part is divided as 1/4. The latex is seven parts of 1/4

Question 3.
\(\frac{9}{6}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 112

Explanation: above number line is divided into nine equal parts 9/6 is the nine of 1/6

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{3}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 113

Explanation:

The above number line is divided into six equal parts three from 0 to 1 and three from 1 to 2. 5×1/3 =5/3

Structure
Complete the number line.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 114

Answer: the number line is divided into eight equal parts 1/8

From 0 to 1 is 4 parts and from 1 to 2 is 4 parts.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 115

Answer:

The above number line is divided in twelve equal parts.

From 0 to 1 is 1/6 and from 0 to 2 is 1/6.

Number Sense
Draw and shade a model for the plotted fraction.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 116

3/2

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 to two parts.and 1 to 2 two parts total 4 parts

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 117

Explanation:

The above number line is divided into eight equal parts and are represented 1/4.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

How far is the aquarium from the bank?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 118
The aquarium is ___ miles from the bank.

Show and Grow

Use the number line to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 119

Question 9.
How far is the gas station from the school?

Explanation:the school is 5/4 of the total distance from school to gas station.

 

Question 10.
A post office is the same distance from the restaurant as it is from the hospital. How far is the post office from the school?

Explanation:

10/4 miles to the school A

As shown in figure postoffice is the same distance from the restaurant and to the hospital.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
How far is the gas station from the hospital?

The gas station is 7/4 miles from the hospital.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
How far is the library from the amusement park?

Answer:

3 miles far from the amusement park to the library.

Fractions on a Number line: Greater Than 1 Homework & Practice 10.5

Plot the fraction on a number line.

Question 1.
\(\frac{8}{6}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 120

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{2}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 121

3/2

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 2 equal parts.  And divided the 1 to 2 to two equal parts.Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/2.and the latex is 3/2.

Question 3.
\(\frac{7}{4}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 122

7/4

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 4 equal parts and again 1 to 2 it is divided into 4 parts.Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/4.and the latex is 7/4

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{6}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 123

7/6

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 12 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/6.and the latex is 7/6.

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{3}\)

4/3

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 8 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/8.and the latex is 4/3.

Question 6.
\(\frac{6}{4}\)

6/4

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 8 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/8.and the latex is 6/4.

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says 2 is between 1 and \(\frac{9}{8}\) on a number line. Is he correct? Explain.

Answer: he is correct.

Explanation: consider a number line and mark 0 to 3 in between divide the line in to eight equal parts each16/8 is 2.

Question 8.
Writing
Explain what the numerator \(\frac{7}{4}\) of the fraction represents.

Answer: greater

Explanation:

As the number line dividing basis it is divided into 8 equal parts as is greater side.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
What fraction is shaded? Plot the fraction on the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 124

 

Question 10.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 125

Modeling Real Life
Use the number line to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 126

Question 11.
How far is the grocery store from the school ?

Answer: 2

Explanation:

The grocery store is two miles away from the school.

From the above figure, we can see that each part is divided into 4 equal parts in that way school is 2 miles away.

Question 12.
A playground is the same distance from the grocery store as it is from the library. How far is the playground from the mall?

Answer:1 mile

Explanation:

The grocery store is 1 mile away from the play ground.as it has the same distance each.

Review & Refresh

Question 13.
25 Nearest ten: ___30

The 10 which comes after 25 is 30

Question 14.
182 Nearest hundred: ___200

The 100 which comes after 182 is 200.

Understand Fractions Performance Task

Question 1.
You, your friend, and your cousin are making spinners for a board game.
a. You design a spinner with 3 equal parts for your game. Draw the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 127
b. Your friend designs a spinner that is split into sixths. Does this spinner work for your game?
c. Your cousin wants to design a spinner that is \(\frac{1}{3}\) blue, \(\frac{2}{3}\) yellow, and \(\frac{1}{3}\) red. Is your cousin correct? Explain.

Answer: the spinner is divided into three equal parts to play the game.

B. The spinner which is divided by my friend is useful for the game as he spotted the circle into 6 equal parts it is shown.

C. He is wrong because he divided the circle into 3 parts and saying coloring as four parts.

 

Question 2.
Use the game board above to find the area of each color in square inches. Which color has the greatest area?

Explanation:

Blue color has 4 inches length in to breadth.

L*B.

2*2=4

Area of the blue surface is4 into no of blocks is 4*12 is 24.

Question 3.

Design a spinner that has 8 equal parts. One part is red, two parts are blue, one part is yellow, and the rest is green.
a. What fraction of the spinner is green?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 129
b. Which colour are you most likely to spin ? Explain

Understand Fractions Activity

Fraction Spin and Cover

Directions:

  1. Take turns using the spinners to find which fraction model to cover.
  2. Use a counter to cover the fraction model.
  3. Repeat this process until you cover all of the models.
  4. The player with the most fraction models covered wins!

Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 130

Understand Fractions Chapter Practice

10.1 Equal Parts of a Whole

Tell whether the shape shows equal parts or unequal parts. If the shape shows equal parts, then name them.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 132

Answer: 6 parts.

Explanation: the above rectangle is divided into 6 equal parts. and name  sixths.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 133

Answer:4 equal parts

Explanation:

The above triangle is divided into 4 equal parts which are equal in size. they name as fourths.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 134

Answer:9 parts unequal

Explanation:

The above circle is divided but it is not equal. the name as ninths.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 135

Answer:3 equal parts

Explanation:The above square is divided into three equal parts. and named as thirds.

Question 5.
Divide the triangle into two equal parts. Then name the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 136

Answer: Halves

Explanation: the above circle is divided into two equal parts. they named as halves.

Question 6.
Divide the circle into eight equal parts. Then name the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 137

Answer: eighths.

Explanation: the circle is divided into eight equal parts. the named as eighths.

10.2 Understand a Unit Fraction

What fraction of the whole is shaded?

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 138

Answer: 1/6 is shaded.

Explanation: the above rectangle is divided into 6 parts and in that one part is shaded. that is 1/6

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 139

Answer: 1/3

Explanation: the above parallelogram is divided into three equal parts in which one part is coloured. That is 1/3

Question 9.
Divide the square into four equal parts. Shade one part. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 140

Answer:1/4.

Explanation:The above square is divided into four parts in which one is shaded. that is 1/4th part of the whole is shaded.

Question 10.
Divide the circle into eight equal parts. Shade one part. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 156

Answer:1/8

Explanation: the above circle is divided into eight equal parts. in that one part is shaded. the whole part shaded is 1/8.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
Descartes arranges his bedroom into four equal parts. His bed takes up two parts. His dresser takes up one part. The rest of his bedroom is free space. What fraction of Descartes’s bedroom is free space?

10.3 Write Fractions of a Whole

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 157

Answer:3/4

Explanation: from the above semicircle the number of divided parts are 4. In that three are shaded that is 3/4th of the whole is shaded.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 158

Answer: whole.

Explanation: the above triangle is divided into two equal parts in that two equal parts are shaded. so the whole part is shaded.

Question 14.
Divide the circle into sixths. Shade 4 of the equal parts. Then write a fraction for the shaded parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 141

Answer:4/6 parts is shaded.

Explanation: the circle is divided into 6.the 4 parts are shaded the shaded part is 4/6.

 

Question 15.
Divide the square into thirds. Shade 2 of the equal parts. Then write a fraction for the shaded parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 142

Answer:2/3 is shaded.

Explanation.

The square is divided into three equal parts of two equal parts are shaded. the shaded part is 2/3.

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
A circular mandala poster is divided into eight equal parts. You color one part red, three parts green, and two parts yellow. What fraction of the poster do you have left to color?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 143

Answer: 2/8

Explanation: the circle mandala poster is divided into 8 equal parts.

Red=1

Green=3

Yellow=2

The two parts should be colored.

10.4 Fractions on a Number Line: Less Than 1

Plot the fraction on the number line

Question 17.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 144

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 4 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/4 that of divided parts and the latex is 3 of 1/4 s are 3/4

Question 18.
\(\frac{5}{6}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 145

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 6 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/6 that of divided parts and the latex is 5 of 1/6 s are 5/6.

Question 19.
\(\frac{2}{3}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 146

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 3 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/3 that of divided parts and the latex is 2 of 1/3 s are 2/3.

Plot the fraction on a number line.

Question 20.
\(\frac{3}{6}\)

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 6 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/6 that of divided parts and the latex is 3 of 1/6 s are 3/6.

Question 21.
\(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 8 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/8 that of divided parts and the latex is 5 of 1/8s are 5/8.

Question 22.
Modeling Real Life
You follow a recipe and make three servings. How many servings can you make using \(\frac{1}{3}\) of each ingredient in the recipe?

10.5 Fractions on a Number Line: Greater Than 1

Plot the fraction on the number line.

Question 23.
\(\frac{4}{3}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 147

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 and 1 to 2 into 6 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/3 that of divided parts and the latex is 4 of 1/3 s are 4/3.

Question 24.
\(\frac{9}{6}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 148

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 and 1 to 2 into 12 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/6 that of divided parts and the latex is 9 of 1/6 s are 9/6.

Question 25.
Structure
Complete the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 149

Divided the length from 0 to 1 and 1 and 2 into 1/2 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/2 and 3/2.

Question 26.
Number Sense
What fraction is shaded? Plot the fraction on the number line
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 160

Explanation:

The above two circles are divided into 16 equal parts.

From 0 to 1 eight equal parts which are fully shaded.

From 1 to 2 eight equal parts in that 6 parts are shaded.

BIM Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Understand Fractions

We believe that the information mentioned in this article is helpful for the students. Our main aim is to make easy and fun learning for the 3rd grade students. If you have any queries about Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions, you can leave a comment below. Bookmark our site to get the solutions of other grades chapters and grade 3 remaining chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10

Big Ideas Math Book Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Answers are provided in a comprehensive manner for better understanding. Interested students have to solve as many questions as possible using the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Ch 10 and become pro at solving subtraction problems below 1,000. So that you can understand the concept and answer any kind of questions framed on the Subtraction of Numbers within 1,000.

Big Ideas Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000

BIM 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Answer Key is useful for the students who are willing to be perfect in Math skills and also parents for guiding their kid to have the best score in the written exam. This chapter includes questions on vocabulary, Subtract 10 and 100, Use a Number Line to Subtract Hundreds and Tens, Use a Number Line to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers, Use Compensation to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers, Use Models to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers, Subtract Three-Digit Numbers, Subtract from Numbers That Contain Zeros, Use Addition to Subtract and Explain Subtraction Strategies.

Learn the different ways of finding the difference of two numbers within 1,000. By solving the questions on Big Ideas Math Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Textbook, you can be able to find subtraction of any two numbers and explain how to use different subtraction strategies. Hence Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 pdf and learn the fundamentals in an easy manner.

Lesson 1 Subtract 10 and 100

Lesson 2 Use a Number Line to Subtract Hundreds and Tens

Lesson 3 Use a Number Line to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers

Lesson 4 Use Compensation to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers

Lesson 5 Use Models to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers

Lesson 6 Subtract Three-Digit Numbers

Lesson 7 Subtract from Numbers That Contain Zeros

Lesson 8 Use Addition to Subtract

Lesson 9 Explain Subtraction Strategies

Performance Task

Big Ideas Math Book 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000

Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Vocabulary

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 v 1
Organize It
Use the review words to complete the graphic organizer
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 v 2

Answer:
8 is the sum and 5 is the difference.

Explanation:
By adding 5+3 we will get the sum of those two digits which is 8 and, by subtracting 8-3 we will get the difference of those two digits which is 5.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-2

Define It
Match.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 v 3

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-3
Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems.
Compensation is a strategy used to make a ten to help add and subtract numbers.

Lesson 10.1 Subtract 10 and 100

Explore and Grow

Model 251. Make a quick sketch of your model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 1
251
Answer:
To model 251 which is 100+100+50+1.

Explanation:
To model 251 which is 100+100+50+1, we will take a table of 10×10 by which we can build 100 blocks. So for 251, we will take two 10×10 blocks and one 10×5 blocks for which we can build 50 blocks and a single block.Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-4

Model 10 less than 251. Make a quick sketch of your model.
251 − 10 = _____

Answer:
251-10= 241

Explanation:
To model 10 less than 251, we will subtract 251 – 10 which is 241. So to model 241, we will expand that 241 as
100 + 100 + 40 + 1 so we will take two 10×10 blocks for which we and one 10×4 block and a single block.

Model 100 less than 251. Make a quick sketch of your model.
251 – 100 = ______
Answer:
251 – 100= 151.

Explanation:
To model 100 less than 251, we will subtract 251 – 100 which is 251. So to model 151, we will expand that 151 as
100 + 50 + 1 so we will take one 10×10 block for which we and one 10×5 block and a single block.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
278 − 10 = _____
278 − 100 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 278 − 10 is 268.
The difference of 278 − 100 is 178.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 278-10, we will pick the tens digit number in 278 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
7 – 1= 6
therefore 278 – 10= 268.
And to find the difference of 278-100, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 278 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
2-1= 1
therefore 278-100= 178.

Question 2.
451 − 10 = ______
451 − 100 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 451 − 10 is 441.
The difference of 451 − 100 is 351.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 451-10, we will pick the tens digit number in 451 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
5 – 1= 4
therefore 451 – 10= 441.
And to find the difference of 451-100, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 451 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
4-1= 3
therefore 451-100= 351.

Question 3.
623 − 10 = ______
623 − 100 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 623 − 10 is 623.
The difference of 623 − 100 is 523.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 623-10, we will pick the ten’s digit number in 623 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
2 – 1= 3
therefore 623 – 10= 613.
And to find the difference of 623-100, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 623 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
6-1= 5
therefore 623-100= 523.

Question 4.
116 − 10 = _____
116 − 100 = ______
Answer:
The difference of 116 − 10 is 106.
The difference of 116 − 100 is 16.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 116-10, we will pick the ten’s digit number in 116 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
1 – 1= 0
therefore 116 – 10= 106.
And to find the difference of 116-100, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 116 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
1-1= 0
therefore 116-100= 016.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 5.
100 – 10 = ______
Answer:
The difference of 100 – 10 is 90.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 100-10, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 100 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
10 – 1= 9
therefore 100 – 10= 90.

Question 6.
599 – 100 = ______
Answer:
The difference of 599-100 is 499.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 599 -100, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 599 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
5-1= 4
therefore 599-100= 499.

Question 7.
614 − 10 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 614 -10 is 604.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 614 -10, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 614 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
1-1= 0
therefore 614 -10= 604.

Question 8.
890 – 10 = ______
Answer:
The difference of 890 -10 is 880.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 890 -10, we will pick the ten’s digit number in 890 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
9-1= 8
therefore 890 -10= 880.

Question 9.
768 − 100 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 768 -100 is 668.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 768 -100, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 768 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
7-1= 0
therefore 768 -100= 668.

Question 10.
523 – 10 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 523 -10 is 513.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 523 -10, we will pick the ten’s digit number in 523 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
2-1= 1
therefore 523 -10= 513.

Question 11.
362 − 100 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 362 -100 is 262.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 362 -100, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 362 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
3 -1= 2
therefore 362 -100= 262 .

Question 12.
396 – 10 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 396 -10 is 386.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 396 -10, we will pick the ten’s digit number in 386 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
9-1= 8
therefore 396 -10= 386.

Question 13.
604 − 10 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 604 -10 is 594.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 604 -10, we will pick the ten’s digit number in 604 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
60 – 1= 59
therefore 604 -10= 594.

Question 14.
799 – 100 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 614 -10 is 604.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 614 -10, we will pick the ten’s digit number in 614 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
1-1= 0
therefore 614 -10= 604.

Question 15.
449 − _____ = 349
Answer:
The difference of 449 – 100 is 349.

Explanation:
Let the blank be X,
so 449- X= 349,
Then X = 449-349
X = 100.
Let us cross-check that 100 is correct or not
449-100= 349.
So 100 is correct.

Question 16.
_____ – 10 = 227
Answer:
The difference of 237-10 is 227.

Explanation:
Let the blank be X,
so X – 10 = 227,
Then X = 227 + 10
X = 237.
Let us cross-check that 237 is correct or not
237-10= 227.
So 237 is correct.

Question 17.
Number Sense
Use each number once to complete the equations.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 2
_____ – 10 = ______
_____ – _____ = 460
Answer:
470 – 10 = 460
560 – 10= 550.
560 – 100 = 460.
100 – 10= 90.

Explanation:
Let’s take 470,
then 470 – 10 = 460
and 470 – 10 = 460.
Let’s take 560,
then 560 – 10= 550.
and 560 – 100 = 460.
Let’s take 100
100 – 10= 90.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You have $106. You spend $10. How much money do you have left?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 3
Subtraction equation:
$ _____
Answer:
Subtraction equation is
$106 – $10= $96.

Explanation:
As we have $106 and $10 was spend, so the remaining money left are
$106 – $10= $96.

Show and Grow

Question 18.
You have 334 tickets. You exchange 100 of them for a prize. How many tickets do you have left?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 4
_____ tickets
Answer:
The number of tickets left is 234 tickets.

Explanation:
As we have 334 tickets and in that 100 of them are exchanged for a prize, so the remaining tickets are
334 – 100= 234 tickets are remaining.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
You score 745 points in a video game. You lose some points. Now you have 645. How many points did you lose?
_____ points
Answer:
The number of points lost is 100 points.

Explanation:
The score in a video game is 745 points and after losing some points, we have 645 points. So the number of points lost is 745 – 645= 100 points.

Question 20.
How can you mentally subtract 10 or 100 from a number?
____________________
____________________
Answer:
We will perform pick the ten’s digit number or hundred digit number. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked with the given values. For example, if we take 452 – 10, we will pick the ten’s digit number in 452 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
5 – 1= 4
therefore 452 -10=442.

Subtract 10 and 100 Homework & Practice 10.1

Question 1.
642 − 10 = ______
Answer:
The difference of 642-10 is 632.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 642 -10, we will pick the ten’s digit number in 642 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
4 – 1= 3
therefore 642 -10= 632.

Question 2.
416 − 100 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 416 -100 is 316.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 416 -100, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 416 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
4 – 1= 3
therefore 416 -100= 316.

Question 3.
890 − 100 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 890 -100 is 790.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 890 -100, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 890 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
8 – 1= 7
therefore 890 -100= 790.

Question 4.
371 − 10 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 371 -10 is 361.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 371 -10, we will pick the ten’s digit number in 371 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
7 – 1= 6
therefore 371-10= 361.

Question 5.
501 − 100 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 501 -100 is 401.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 501 -100, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 501 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
5 – 1= 4
therefore 501 -100= 401.

Question 6.
955 − 100 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 955 -100 is 855.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 955 – 100, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 955 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
9 – 1= 8
therefore 955 – 100= 855.

Question 7.
203 − 10 = ____
Answer:
The difference of 203 – 10 is 193.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 203 – 10, we will pick the ten’s digit number in 203 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
20 – 1= 19
therefore 203 -10= 193.

Question 8.
888 − 100 = _____
Answer:
The difference of 888 -100 is 788.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 888 – 100, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 888 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
8 – 1= 7
therefore 888 – 100= 788.

Question 9.
690 − 10 = ____
Answer:
The difference of 690 – 10 is 680.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 690 – 10, we will pick the ten’s digit number in 690 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
9 – 1= 8
therefore 690 – 10= 680.

Question 10.
107 − 10 = ____
Answer:
The difference of 107 – 10 is 97.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 107 -10, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 107 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
10 – 1= 9
therefore 107 – 10= 97.

Question 11.
723 − ____ = 713
Answer:
The difference of 723 – 10 is 713.

Explanation:
Let the empty blank be X,
then 723 – X = 713
X = 723 – 713
= 10
Therefore X= 10.

Question 12.
____ − 100 = 433
Answer:
The difference of 533 – 100 is 433.

Explanation:
Let the empty blank be X,
then X – 100 = 433
X = 433 + 100
= 533
Therefore X= 533.

Question 13.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says that 678 − 100 = 668. Is your friend correct? Explain.
____________________
____________________
Answer:
No, my friend is not correct.

Explanation:
My friend is not correct, because to find the difference of 678 – 100, we will pick the hundred’s digit number in 678 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
6 – 1= 5
therefore 678 – 100= 578.
As 678 – 100= 578, my friend is not correct.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 5
Answer:
582 – 10 < 683 – 100.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-5
As 582 – 10= 572 and 683 – 100 = 583, so 583 is greater than 572. Which is
582 – 10 < 683 – 100.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 6
Answer:
985 – 100 = 895 – 10.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-6

As 985 – 100= 885 and 895 – 10 = 885, and here 885 is equal to 885. Which is
985 – 100 = 895 – 10.

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
Newton sends out 233 invitations. 100 people respond to the invitation. How many people have not responded yet?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 7
_______ people
Answer:
The number of people who didn’t respond is 133 people.

Explanation:
As Newton sends 233 invitations and in that 233 invitations 100 people responded, so the number of people who didn’t respond is 233 – 100 = 133 people.

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
648 runners sign up for a marathon. 638 runners finish the race. How many runners do not finish?
______ runners
Answer:
10 runners.

Explanation:
The total number of runners sign up for a marathon is 648 and of that 638 runners finish the race. So the number of persons who didn’t finish the race is 648-638= 10 runners.

Review & Refresh

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 8
____rows of ____
____ + ____ = ____
Answer:
2 rows of 5 triangles

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see two rows of five triangles. And the total number of triangles in the above image is
5+5= 10.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 9
____rows of ____
____ + ____ = ____
Answer:
3 rows of 3 circles.
3+3+3= 9.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see three rows of three circles. And the total number of circles are
3+3+3= 9.

Lesson 10.2 Use a Number Line to Subtract Hundreds and Tens

Explore and Grow

Skip count back by tens five times on the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 1
555 – _____ = ______

Answer:
The difference between 555-50 is 505.

Explanation:
Let’s start at 555 and then count back tens five times which is 10×5= 50 on the number line. So the number line is

Skip count back by hundreds five times on the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 2
555 – ____ = ______
Answer:
555 – 500= 55.

Explanation:
Let’s start at 555 and then count back hundreds five times which is 100×5= 500 on the number line. So the number line is
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2

Show and Grow

Question 1.
520 − 330 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 3
Answer:
The difference between 520 − 330 is 190.

Explanation:
Let’s start from 520 and count back a hundred three times which is 3×100= 300 and the value will be
520 – 300= 220 and then we will count back tens three times, which is 3×10= 30 and the value will be
220-30= 190.

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-3

Question 2.
259 − 170 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 4
Answer:
The difference between 259 – 170 is 89.

Explanation:
Let’s start from 259 and count back a hundred one time which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be
259 – 100= 159 and then we will count back tens seven times, which is 7×10= 70 and the value will be
159 – 70= 89.

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-4

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 3.
640 – 150 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 5
Answer:
The difference between 640 – 150 is 490.

Explanation:
Let’s start from 640 and count back a hundred one time which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be
640 – 100= 540 and then we will count back tens five times, which is 5×10= 50 and the value will be
540 – 50= 490.

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-5

Question 4.
453 – 210 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 6
Answer:
The difference between 453 – 210 is 243.

Explanation:
Let’s start from 453 and count back a hundred one time which is 2×100= 200 and the value will be
453 – 200= 253 and then we will count back ten one time, which is 1×10= 10, and the value will be
253 – 10= 243.

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-6

Question 5.
329 – 220 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 7
Answer:
The difference between 329 – 220 is 109.

Explanation:
Let’s start from 329 and count back a hundred two times which is 2×100= 200 and the value will be
329 – 200= 129 and then we will count back tens two times, which is 2×10= 20 and the value will be
129 – 20= 109.

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-7

Question 6.
Reasoning
Complete the number line and the equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 8
_____ – _____ = _____
Answer:
752 – 100= 652,
652 – 100= 552,
552 – 40= 512.

Explanation:
Given in the above image that 752 – 100= 652 and 652 – 100= 552, and in the next step we can see the result as 512. So the empty box be X and the equation is
552 – X= 512,
X= 552-512
= 40.
So the value of X is 40.

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-8

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A batting cage has 360 baseballs. There are 130 fewer softballs are there?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 9
Subtraction equation:
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 10
____ softballs
Answer:
230 softballs.

Explanation:
The total number of baseballs in the batting cages is 360 baseballs and there are 130 fewer softballs. So the total number of softballs is 360 – 130= 230 softballs.

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10

Show and Grow

Question 7.
A crocodile weighs 535 pounds. A kangaroo weighs 340 pounds less than the crocodile. How much does the kangaroo weigh?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 11
______ pounds
Answer:
The weight of the kangaroo is 195 pounds.

Explanation:
The weight of the crocodile is 535 pounds and the weight of the kangaroo is 340 pounds less than the crocodile, which means
535 – 340= 195 pounds.
So the weight of the kangaroo is 195 pounds.

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
A train has 850 seats. A plane has 390 fewer seats than the train. A bus has 370 fewer seats than the plane. How many seats does the bus have?
_____ seats
Answer:
The number of seats on the bus is 90 seats.

Explanation:
As the train has 850 seats, and a plane has 390 fewer seats than the train, which means 850 – 390= 460. So the total number of seats on the train is 460 seats. And a bus has 370 fewer seats than the plane, which means
460 – 370= 90 seats. So the number of seats on the bus is 90 seats.

Use a Number Line to Subtract Hundreds and Tens Homework & Practice 10.2

Question 1.
670 − 520 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 12
Answer:
The difference between 670 – 520= 150.

Explanation:
Let’s start from 670 and count back a hundred five times which is 5×100= 500 and the value will be
670 – 500= 170 and then we will count back tens two times, which is 2×10= 20 and the value will be
170 – 20= 150.

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-11

Question 2.
749 − 150 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 13
Answer:
The difference between 749 – 150 is 599.

Explanation:
Let’s start from 749 and count back a hundred one time which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be
749 – 100= 649 and then we will count back tens five times, which is 5×10= 50 and the value will be
649 – 50= 599.

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-12

Question 3.
583 − 320 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 14
Answer:
The difference between 583 – 320 is 263.

Explanation:
Let’s start from 583 and count back a hundred three times which is 3×100= 300 and the value will be
583 – 300= 283 and then we will count back tens two times, which is 2×10= 20 and the value will be
283 – 20= 263.

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-13

Question 4.
Number Sense
Write the equation shown by the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 15
_____ – _____ = ______
Answer:
The equation is 645 – 120= 525.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see the starting point at 645 and it was counted back to 100 then the value will be 645 – 100= 545. Then from 545, it was counted back tens two times which is 10×2= 20. Then the value will be
545 – 20= 525.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
A bee pollinates 955 flowers in a day. A second bee pollinates 150 fewer flowers. How many flowers does the second bee pollinate?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 16
_____ flowers
Answer:
855 flowers.

Explanation:
The number of flowers pollinated by the bee is 955 flowers and the second bee pollinates 150 fewer flowers, which means 955 – 150= 805 flowers were pollinated by the second bee.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
A library has 990 books. It has 250 fewer movies than books. It has 410 fewer magazines than movies. How many magazines does the library have?
______ magazines
Answer:
330 magazines.

Explanation:
The number of books in a library is 990 books and 250 fewer movies than books, which is 990 – 250= 740 movies. And 410 fewer magazines than movies, which means 740 – 410= 330 magazines.

Review & Refresh

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 17
How many students chose computer?
_____ students
Answer:
3 students.

Explanation:
In the given graph the number of students who choose computer is 3 students.

Lesson 10.3 Use a Number Line to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Use each difference as the starting number in the next equation.
425 − 200 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 1

Answer:
425 – 200= 225,
225 – 20= 205,
205 – 2= 203.

Explanation:
Given the equation is 425 – 200. To represent the given equation in the number line, we will start from 425 and then count back hundred two times which is 2×100= 200 and the value will be
425 – 200= 225 and then we will count back tens two times, which is 2×10= 20 and the value will be
225 – 20= 205 and count back one two times, which is 1×2= 2and the value will be 205 – 2= 203.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-1

How does this help you find 425 − 222?
______________________
________________________
Answer:

Explanation:

Show and Grow

Question 1.
674 − 236 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 2
Answer:
674 – 236= 438.

Explanation:
Let’s start from 674 and count back hundred two times which is 2×100= 200 and the value will be
674 – 200= 474 and then we will count back tens three times, which is 3×10= 30 and the value will be
474 – 30= 444 and then we will count back one six times, which is 6×1= 6, and the value will be 444 – 6 = 438.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-2

Question 2.
438 −162 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 3
Answer:
The difference between 438 – 162 is 276.

Explanation:
Let’s start from 438 and count back a hundred one time which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be
438 – 100= 338 and then we will count back tens six times, which is 6×10= 60 and the value will be
338 – 60= 278 and then we will count back one two times, which is 2×1= 2, and the value will be 278 – 2 = 276. And the difference between 438 – 162 is 276.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 3.
534 − 311 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 4
Answer:
Explanation:
Let’s start from 438 and count back a hundred one time which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be
438 – 100= 338 and then we will count back tens six times, which is 6×10= 60 and the value will be
338 – 60= 278 and then we will count back one two times, which is 2×1= 2, and the value will be 278 – 2 = 276. And the difference between 438 – 162 is 276.

Question 4.
745 − 109 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 5
Answer:

Question 5.
436 − 84 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 6
Answer:

Question 6.
Number Sense
Write the equation shown by the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 7
____ – _____ = _____
Answer:
678 – 354= 324.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see the starting point at 678 and it was counted back to 300 then the value will be 678 – 300= 378. Then from 378, it was counted back 50 which is 378 – 50= 328. And then it was counted back to 4  then the value is 328 – 4= 324.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Your school recycles 762 bottles. 245 are glass. The rest are plastic. How many bottles are plastic?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 8
Subtraction equation:
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 9
_____ bottles
Answer:
517 bottles.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-9
The number of bottles recycled by the school is 762 bottles and in that 245 are glass. So the number of plastic bottles is 762 – 245= 517 bottles.

Show and Grow

Question 7.
A squirrel collects 619 nuts for the winter. 421 are acorns. The rest are walnuts. How many walnuts are there?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 10
_____ walnuts
Answer:
198 walnuts.

Explanation:
The number of nuts was collected by the squirrel in the winter is 619 nuts and in that 421 are acorns, and the rest of all are walnuts, which means 619 – 421= 198 walnuts.

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 384 photos. You put your photos into two photo albums. Each album can hold up to 208 photos. How many photos can you put in each album? Explain.
_____ photos in Album 1 _____ photos in Album 2
_________________________
________________________
Answer:
208 photos in Album 1 and 176 photos in album 2.

Explanation:
The number of photos we have is 384 photos and those photos were put into two albums and each album can hold 208 photos, which means we can put a total of 208+208= 416 photos. As we have 384 photos, so 208 photos we can put in one album and 384 – 208 = 176 photos in another album.

Use a Number Line to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 10.3

Question 1.
953 − 328 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 11
Answer:

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-11
Let’s start from 953 and count back a hundred three times which is 3×100= 300 and the value will be
953 – 300= 653 and then we will count back tens three times, which is 3×10= 30 and the value will be
474 – 30= 444 and then we will count back one six times, which is 6×1= 6, and the value will be 444 – 6 = 438.

Question 2.
674 − 218 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 12
Answer:
674 – 218= 456.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-3
Let’s start from 674 and count back hundred two times which is 2×100= 200 and the value will be
674 – 200= 474 and then we will count back tens one time, which is 1×10= 10 and the value will be
474 – 10= 464 and then we will count back one eight times, which is 8×1= 8, and the value will be 474 – 8 = 456.

Question 3.
594 − 107 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 13
Answer:
594 – 107= 487.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-4
Let’s start from 594 and count back a hundred one time which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be
594 – 100= 494 and then we will count back one seven times, which is 7×1= 7, and the value will be 494 – 7 = 487.

Question 4.
Structure
Use the number lines to show 531 − 396 two ways.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 14
531 – 396 = ______
Answer:

 

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
You earn 631 points in a video game. You trade in 475 points for a special power. How many points do you have left?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 15
____ points
Answer:
156 points.

Explanation:
The number of points earned in a video game is 631 points and in that, we trade in 475 points for a special power, and the remaining points left are 631 – 475 = 156 points.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 137 books. You put your books on two bookshelves. Each shelf can hold up to 72 books. How many books can you put on each shelf? Explain.
_______ books on Shelf 1 _____ books on Shelf 2
____________________
____________________
Answer:
72 books on shelf 1 and 65 books on shelf 2.

Explanation:
The number of books we have is 137 books and we need to put those books in two bookshelves and each shelf can hold up to 72 books. So for two shelves, the number of books can hold is 72+72= 144 books. So 72 books can be put in one bookshelf and in the other bookshelf we can keep remaining books which is 137 – 72= 65 books in another bookshelf.

Review & Refresh

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 16
_____ hundreds, ______ tens, and _____ ones is _______.
Answer:
7 hundreds, 6 tens and 3 ones which is 763.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-16
In the above image, we can see seven hundred and six tens and three ones which is
7×100 + 6×10 + 3×1
= 700+60+3
= 763.

Lesson 10.4 Use Compensation to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Find 315 − 196.
Answer:
315 – 196 = 119

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So here we will add 4 to 196, after adding we will get 196+4= 200. Now it is easy to subtract from 315,
so 315 – 200= 115 and we will add that 4 to the result 115. So 115+4= 119.

Find 319 − 200.
Answer:
319 – 200= 119.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So here we will add 1 to 319, after adding we will get 319+1= 320. Now it is easy to subtract from 320,
so 320 – 200= 120 and we will subtract that 1 to the result 120. So 120 – 1= 119.

How are the problems the same? How are they different? Which problem can you solve using mental math?
__________________________
___________________________
Answer:

Explanation:

Show and Grow

Use compensation to subtract.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 1
Answer:
654 – 197= 457.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-1
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above it shows that to add 3 to 197, so 197+3= 200,
now 654 – 200= 454 and now we will add 3 to the result,
so 454+3= 457.
654 – 197= 457.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 2
Answer:
835 – 309= 526.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-2
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above, it shows that to subtract 9 in 309, so 309 – 9= 300,
now 835 – 300= 535 and now we will subtract to the result,
so 835 – 309= 535 – 9
835 – 309= 526.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 3
Answer:
571 – 212= 359.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-3
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above figure, the given numbers are
571 – 212, so we will subtract 2 in 212, then the number will be 212 – 2= 210,
then 571 – 210= 361,
And now we will subtract -2 to the result,
so 361 – 2= 359.
571 – 210= 359.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 4
Answer:
611 – 392= 219.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-4
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above figure, the given numbers are
611 – 392, so we will subtract 92 in 392, then the number will be 392 – 92= 300,
then 611 – 300= 311,
And now we will subtract -92 to the result,
so 311 – 92= 219.
611 – 392= 219.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use compensation to subtract.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 5
Answer:
428 – 212= 216.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-5
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above figure, the given numbers are
428 – 212, so we will subtract 2 in 212, then the number will be 212 – 2= 210,
then 428 – 210= 218,
And now we will subtract 2 to the result,
so 218 – 2= 216.
428 – 212= 216.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 6
Answer:
943 – 295= 648

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-6
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above figure, the given numbers are
943 – 295 so we will subtract 52 in 295,
then the number will be 295 – 52= 243,
then 943 – 243= 700,
And now we will subtract 52 to the result,
so 700 – 52= 648.
943 – 295= 648.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 7
Answer:
489 – 196= 293.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-7
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above figure, the given numbers are
489 – 196, so we will subtract 7 in 196, then the number will be 196 – 7= 189,
then 489 – 189= 300,
And now we will subtract 7 to the result,
so 300 – 7= 293.
489 – 196= 293.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 8
Answer:
709 – 503= 206.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-8
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above figure, the given numbers are
709 – 503, so we will subtract 3 in 503, then the number will be 503 – 3= 500,
then 709 – 500= 209,
And now we will subtract 3 to the result,
so 209 – 3= 206.
709 – 503= 206.

Question 9.
613 − 307 = _____
Answer:
613 – 317= 306.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
The given numbers are
613 – 307, so we will subtract 7 in 307, then the number will be 307 – 7= 300,
then 613 – 307= 313,
And now we will subtract 7 to the result,
so 313 – 7= 306.
613 – 307= 306.

Question 10.
861 – 499 = _____
Answer:
861 – 499= 362.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
The given numbers are
861 – 499, so we will subtract 99 in 499, then the number will be 499 – 99= 400,
then 861 – 400= 461,
And now we will subtract 99 to the result,
so 461 – 99= 362.
861 – 499= 362.

Question 11.
Writing
Should you add to or subtract from 194 to find the difference? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 9
Answer:
387 – 194= 193.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-9
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above figure, the given numbers are
387 – 194, so we will subtract 7 in 194, then the number will be 194 – 7= 187,
then 387 – 187= 200,
And now we will subtract 3 to the result,
so 200 – 7= 193.
387 – 194= 193.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A fish lays 861 eggs. A turtle lays 198 eggs. How many fewer eggs does the turtle lay than the fish?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 10
Subtraction equation:
______ fewer eggs
Answer:
663 fewer eggs.

Explanation:
As fish lays 861 eggs and a turtle lays 198 eggs, so the number of fewer eggs does the turtle lay than the fish is
861 – 198= 663 fewer eggs.

Show and Grow

Question 12.
A print shop has 650 sheets of white paper and 295 sheets of colored paper. How many fewer sheets of colored paper are there than white paper?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 11
_____ fewer sheets of colored paper
Answer:
355 fewer sheets of colored paper.

Explanation:
As a printer shop has 650 sheets of white paper and 295 sheets of colored paper. So the fewer sheets of colored paper are there than white paper is 650 – 295= 355 fewer sheets of colored paper.

Question 13.
A party store has 725 different cards and 506 different balloons. How many more cards are there than balloons?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 12
____ more cards
Answer:
219 more cards.

Explanation:
As a party store has 725 different cards and 506 different balloons, so the will be 725 – 506= 219 more cards are there than balloons.

Question 14.
How are Exercises 12 and 13 similar? How are they different?
____________________
_____________________
Answer:

Use Compensation to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 10.4

Use compensation to subtract.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 13
Answer:
972 – 415= 557

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-13
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above figure, the given numbers are
972 – 415, we will subtract 15 in 415, then the number will be 415 – 15= 400,
then 972 – 400= 572,
And now we will subtract 3 to the result,
so 572 – 15= 557.
972 – 415= 557.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 14
Answer:
328 – 186= 142.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-14
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above figure, the given numbers are
328 – 186, we will add 14 to 186, then the number will be 186 + 14= 200,
then 328 – 200= 128,
And now we will add 14 to the result,
so 128 + 14= 142.
328 – 186= 142.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 15
Answer:
703 – 598= 105

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-15
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above figure, the given numbers are
703 – 598, we will add 2 to 598, then the number will be 598 + 2= 600,
then 703 – 600= 103,
And now we will add 14 to the result,
so 103 + 2= 105.
703 – 598= 105.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 16
Answer:
On compensation subtraction 841 – 603, we will get the result as 105.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above figure, the given numbers are
841 – 603, we will subtract 3 in 603, then the number will be 603 – 3= 600,
then 841 – 600= 541,
And now we will subtract -3 to the result,
so 541 – 3= 105 and on subtracting 841 – 603 we will get the result as 105.

Question 5.
439 – 210 = ______
Answer:
On compensation subtraction 439 -210 we will get the result as 229.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above figure, the given numbers are
439 – 210, we will subtract 1 in 210, then the number will be 210 – 1= 209,
then 439 – 209= 230,
And now we will subtract -1 to the result,
so 230 – 1= 229. On compensation subtraction 439 -210 we will get the result as 229.

Question 6.
719 – 302 = ______
Answer:
On compensation subtraction 719 -302 we will get the result as 417.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
In the above figure, the given numbers are
719 – 302, we will subtract 2 in 302, then the number will be 302 – 2= 300,
then 719 – 300= 419,
And now we will subtract -2 to the result,
so 419 – 2= 417. On compensation subtraction 719 -302 we will get the result as 417.

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend uses compensation to find 796 − 304. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 17
Answer:
On compensation subtraction 796 -304 we will get the result as 492.

Explanation:
Yes, my friend is correct. As compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction. So in the above figure, the given numbers are
796 – 304, we will subtract 4 in 304, then the number will be 304 – 4= 300,
then 796 – 300= 496,
And now we will subtract 4 to the result,
so 496 – 4= 492. On compensation subtraction 796 -304 we will get the result as 492.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
You write a 225-word essay. Your friend writes a 598-word essay. How many fewer words do you write?
_______ fewer words
Answer:
The number of fewer words written by me is 373 words.

Explanation:
The number of words written by me is 225 easy words and my friend writes 598 essay words. So the fewer words were written by me than my friend is 598 – 225= 373 words.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
How many more students like math than science?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 18
_____ more students
Answer:
151 more students like math than science.

Explanation:
Given the number of students like math is 348 and the number of students like science is 197. So the number of students who like math more than science is 348 – 197= 151 students.

Review & Refresh

Find the missing digits.
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 19
Answer:
By adding 35 + 46 we will get the result as 81.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-19
In the above image, we can see the result as 81. So to get 1 in one’s place we will take 6 in the empty box, so by adding 5 and 6 we will get 11. So we got 1 in one’s place. Now we know the one value, so to get the other value we will subtract the value which we got in the result. So 81 – 46= 35, and the other number 35. So 35 + 46= 81.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 20
Answer:
By adding 61 + 37 we will get the result of 81.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-20
In the above image, we can see the result as 98. So to get 8 in one’s place we will take 7 in the empty box, so by adding 1 and 7 which is 7 + 1= 8, we will get 8. So we got 8 in one’s place. Now we know the one value which is 37, so to get the other value we will subtract the value which we got in the result. So 98 – 37= 61, and the other number 37. So 61 + 37= 98.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 21
Answer:
By adding 27 + 17 we will get the result of 81.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-21
In the above image, we can see the result as 44. So to get 4 in one’s place we will take 7 in the empty box, so by adding 7 and 7 which is 7 + 7= 14, we will get 14. So we got 4 in one’s place. Now we know the one value which is 17, so to get the other value we will subtract the value which we got in the result. So 44 – 17= 27, and the other number 27. So 27 + 17= 44.

Lesson 10.5 Use Models to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Model to solve. Make a quick sketch of your model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 1

323 – 219 = _____
Answer:
On subtracting 323 – 219 we will get the result as 104.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-1
To model 323 – 219 which is 104, we will take square for hundred, the line for ten, and dot for ones. To subtract 323 – 219, we can see that 9 is greater than 1. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. And in the above image, we can see the model for 104.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
429 – 165 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 2
Answer:
On subtracting 429 – 165 we will get the result as 264.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-2
To model 429 – 165 which is 264, we will take square for hundred, the line for ten, and dot for ones. To subtract 429 – 165, we can see that 6 is greater than 2. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. And in the above image, we can see the model for 264.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
359 – 167 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 3
Answer:
On subtracting 359 – 167 we will get the result as 192.

Explanation:
To model 359 – 167 which is 192, we will take square for hundred, the line for ten, and dot for ones. To subtract 359 – 167, we can see that 6 is greater than 5. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. And in the above image, we can see the model for 192.

Question 3.
527 – 384 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 4
Answer:
On subtracting 527 – 384 we will get the result as 143.

Explanation:
To model 527 – 384 which is 143, we will take square for hundred, the line for ten, and dot for ones. To subtract 527 – 143, we can see that 4 is greater than 2. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. And in the above image, we can see the model for 143.

Question 4.
673 – 245 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 5
Answer:
On subtracting 673 – 245 we will get the result as 428.

Explanation:
To model 673 – 245 which is 428, we will take square for hundred, the line for ten, and dot for ones. To subtract 673 – 245, we can see that 5 is greater than 3. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. And in the above image, we can see the model for 428.

Question 5.
Patterns
Write and solve the next problem in the pattern.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 6
Answer:
So on subtracting 629 – 141 we will get the result as 488.
So on subtracting 529 – 241 we will get the result as 288.
So on subtracting 429 – 341 we will get the result as 088.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-6
As we can see in the above image that hundreds place was increasing by a hundred times in minuend and in hundreds place hundred was decreasing in subtrahend, so that the next problem will be 629 – 141. To subtract 629 – 141, we can see that 4 is greater than 2. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. So on subtracting 629 – 141 we will get the result as 488. To subtract 529 – 241, we can see that 4 is greater than 2. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. So on subtracting 529 – 241 we will get the result as 288. To subtract 429 – 341, we can see that 4 is greater than 2. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. So on subtracting 429 – 341 we will get the result as 088.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

There are 549 people in a parade. 158 of them are in the marching band. How many people are not in the marching band?
Models:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 7
_____ people
Answer:
The number of people who are not in the marching band is 549 – 158= 391.

Explanation:
The number of people in a parade is 549 and in that 158 people are in the marching band. So the number of people who are not in the marching band is 549 – 158= 391.

Show and Grow

Question 6.
A school library has 784 books. 256 of them are checked out. How many books are not checked out?
_____ books
Answer:
586 books are not checked.

Explanation:
The number of books in a school library is 784 books and in that 256 are checked out. So the number of books not checked out is 784 – 256= 586.

Question 7.
A horse weighs 371 pounds more than a pig. The horse weighs 914 pounds. How much does the pig weigh?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 8
_____ pounds
Answer:
The weight of the pig is 543 pounds.

Explanation:
Given the weight of the horse is 371 pounds more than the pig and the weight of the horse is 914 pounds. So to find the weight of the pig we will subtract 914 – 371= 543. So the weight of the pig is 543 pounds.

Use Models to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 10.5

Question 1.
738 – 544 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 9

Answer:
On subtracting 738 – 544 we will get the result as 194.

Explanation:
To model 738 – 544 which is 194, we will take square for hundred, the line for ten, and dot for ones. To subtract 738 – 544, we can see that 4 is greater than 3. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. And in the above image, on subtracting 738 – 544 we will get the result as 194.

Question 2.
519 – 248 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 10

Answer:
On subtracting 519 – 248 we will get the result as 271.

Explanation:
To model 519 – 248 which is 194, we will take square for hundred, the line for ten, and dot for ones. To subtract 519 – 248, we can see that 4 is greater than 1. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. And in the above image, on subtracting 519 – 248 we will get the result as 271.

Question 3.
DIG DEEPER!
Complete the subtraction problem so that you need to regroup to subtract.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 11
Answer:
On subtracting 749 – 345 the result will be 404.

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Let the blank be 5 and 749 – 345 will be 404.

Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
A clown makes 315 balloon animals. 156 are giraffes. How many balloon animals are not giraffes?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 12
_____ balloon animals
Answer:
159 balloon animals are not giraffes.

Explanation:
As a clown makes 315 balloon animals and of that 156 are giraffes, so the number of balloons that are not giraffes is 315 – 156= 159 balloon animals.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
Your friend has 102 more downloaded songs than you. Your friend has 213 downloaded songs. How many downloaded songs do you have?
_____ downloaded songs’
Answer:
111 downloaded songs I have.

Explanation:
As my friend has 213 downloaded songs and 102 more downloaded songs than I. So the total number of downloaded songs I have is 213 – 102= 111 songs.

Review & Refresh

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 13
Answer:
463 + 194= 657.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-13
By subtracting 463 + 194 we will get the result of 657.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 14
Answer:
186 + 567= 753.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-14
By adding 186 + 567 we will get the result of 753.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 15
Answer:
623 + 298= 921.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-15
By adding 623 + 298 we will get the result of 921.

Lesson 10.6 Subtract Three-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Find each difference.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 1
Answer:
The difference between 529 – 218 is 311.
The difference between 553 – 316 is 237.
The difference between 323 – 194 is 129.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-1

Compare the problems. How are they the same? How are they different?
_________________________
_________________________
Answer:

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 2
Answer:
By regrouping in the subtraction of 423 – 174 we will get the result as 249.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-2
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 423- 174 we get 249.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 3
Answer:
By regrouping in the subtraction of 542 – 367 we will get the result of 175.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-3
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 542- 367 we get 175

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 4
Answer:
By regrouping in the subtraction of 315 – 151 we will get the result of 164.

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 315- 151 we get 164

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 5
Answer: 292

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 568 – 276 we get 292

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 6
Answer: 475

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 821- 346 we get 475

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 7
Answer: 438

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 727- 289 we get 438

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 8
Answer: 246

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 434 – 188 we get 246

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 9
Answer: 628

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 963- 335 we get 628

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 10
Answer: 487

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 741- 254 we get 487

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 11
Answer: 160

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 345- 185 we get 160

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 12
Answer: 209

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 627 – 418 we get 209

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 13
Answer: 193

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 916- 723 we get 193

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 14
Answer: 462

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 829- 367 we get 462

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 15
Answer: 250

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 541- 291 we get 250

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 16
Answer: 169

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 351- 182  we get 169

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 17
Answer: 268

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 465- 197 we get 268

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 18
Answer: 354

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 643 – 289  we get 354

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 19
Answer: 175

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 673- 498 we get 175

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the missing digits
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 20
Answer:
The missing digit in the first image is 3.
The missing digit in the first image is 8.
The missing digit in the first image is 4.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-20
To find the missing digits in the above figure, we will subtract the difference and minuend. So for the first image we can see that minuend is greater than subtrahend that i 5  is greater than 0, so there is no carry forward. And we can subtract the minuend and difference which is 4 – 1=3. So the missing digit is 3. We can find in another way also by subtracting minuend and the difference which is in the second image we will subtract 957 – 279 which is 678 and the missing digit is 8. For the third image we will add subtrahend and the difference which is
484 + 158 which is 642 and the missing digit is 4.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A jeweler has 616 bracelets and 668 necklaces. He sells 269 bracelets. How many bracelets are left?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 21
Subtraction equation:
______ bracelets
Answer:
Subtraction equation: 616 – 269= 347
347 bracelets left.

Explanation:
Aa a jeweler has 616 bracelets and 668 necklaces and he sells 269 bracelets. So the number of bracelets left is
616 – 269= 347 bracelets left.

Show and Grow

Question 20.
A vendor has 354 hats and 294 pairs of sunglasses. She sells 186 hats. How many hats are left?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 22
_____ hats
Answer:
168 hats left.

Explanation:
As the vendor has 354 hats and 294 pairs of sunglasses and she sold 186 hats, the number of hats lefts are
354 – 186= 168 hats left.

Question 21.
There are 449 watercolor paintings and 373 oil paintings in a school art show. 238 paintings win a ribbon. How many do not win a ribbon?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 23
_____ paintings
Answer:
584 paintings didn’t win the ribbon.

Explanation:
The total number of watercolor paintings are 449 and the number of oil paintings is 373 and of that 238 won a ribbon, so the number of paintings that didn’t win the ribbon is, first we will add watercolor paintings and oil painting and then we will subtract 238 from the result. So 449 +373= 822 paintings and in that 238 paintings win a ribbon. So the number of paintings that didn’t win the ribbon is 822 – 238= 584 paintings didn’t win the ribbon.

Question 22.
Explain how Exercises 20 and 21 are different.
_________________________
_________________________
Answer:
In exercise 20 the given objects are hats and sunglasses and asked to find about hats only. But in exercise 21 asked about both water color paintings and oil paintings which didn’t win the ribbon.

Subtract Three-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 10.6

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 24
Answer: 435

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-24
Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 873 – 438 we get 435

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 25
Answer: 63
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-25

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 341 – 278 we get 063

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 26
Answer:  757

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 913 – 156 we get 757

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 27
Answer: 269

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 456- 187 we get 269

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 28
Answer: 328

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 625 – 297 we get 328

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 29
Answer: 269

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 951 – 682 we get 269

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 30
Answer: 78

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 452 – 374 we get 078

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 31
Answer: 368

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 961 – 593  we get 368

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 32
Answer: 457

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image
Hence 746 – 289 we get 457

Question 10.
Number Sense
Complete the subtraction problem so that you do not need to regroup to subtract.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 33
Answer:
The difference without regrouping is 453 – 241 which is 212.

Explanation:
Let the blank be the any number which is less than 5. As given that we do not need to regroup to subtract, so we will pick any number from 0 to 5. So let the number be 4, then 453 – 241= 212.

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes finds 731 − 246. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 34
Answer:
No, Descartes is not correct.

Explanation:
No, Descartes is not correct. In the above image we can see that 1 is less than 6. So we need to borrow from 3 to subtract the digit 6 from 1. Then 731 – 246 will be 485.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
453 bananas and 456 apples are shipped to a store. When they arrive, 268 of the bananas are rotten. How many bananas are not rotten?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 35
____ bananas
Answer:
185 bananas are not rotten.

Explanation:
The total number of bananas is 453 and the number of apples in the store is 456. And in that 268 bananas are rotten, so the number of bananas not rotten is 453 – 268= 185 bananas are not rotten.

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
There are 432 red shirts and 293 blue shirts in stock. 516 shirts are sold. How many shirts are left?
_____ shirts
Answer:
209 shirts left.

Explanation:
The total number of red shirts is 432 and the number of blue shirts in stock is 293. So the total number of shirts is
432 + 293= 725 shirts. And in that 516 shirts are sold out, so the number of shirts left is 725 – 516= 209 shirts left.

Review & Refresh

Question 14.
Count by fives.
680, 685, ____, _____, _____, _____, ______
Answer:
680, 685, 690, 695, 700, 705, 710, 715.

Explanation:
By adding five to the given numbers we will get the result as
680 + 5= 685,
685 + 5= 690,
690 + 5= 695,
695 + 5= 700,
700 + 5= 705,
705 + 5= 710,
710 + 5= 715.

Lesson 10.7 Subtract from Numbers That Contain Zeros

Explore and Grow

Find each difference.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.7 1
Answer:
The difference between 400 – 178 is 222.
The difference between 399 – 177 is 222.

Explanation:
For the image 1 we should follow regrouping method, as the digits contains 0. So by regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So to subtract 400 – 178 we will borrow from 4 as the 0 is less than 7 and 8. Then 400 – 178 will be 222. For the image 2 we don’t need any regrouping as minuend is greater than subtrahend. So
399 – 177= 222.

How are the problems the same? How are they different? Which problem can you solve without regrouping?
______________________________
______________________________
Answer:
The problems are same by their result and the problem is different as their minuend and subtrahend are different. The second problem can solve without using regrouping. As minuend is greater than subtrahend, so we don’t need regrouping.

Show and Grow

Use regrouping or compensation to subtract.
Question 1.
300 − 139 = _____
Answer:
300 – 139= 161.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 1 for both the numbers. Then 300 – 1= 299 and 139 – 1= 138. Now we will subtract 299 – 138= 161.

Question 2.
402 − 265 = _____
Answer:
402 – 265= 137.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 3 for both the numbers. Then 402 – 3= 399 and 265 – 3= 262. Now we will subtract 399 – 262= 137.

Question 3.
800 − 547 = _____
Answer:
800 – 547= 253.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 1 for both the numbers. Then 800 – 1= 799 and 547 – 1= 546. Now we will subtract 799 – 546= 253.

Question 4.
910 − 252 = _____
Answer:
910 – 252= 658.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 52 in 252 then 252 – 52= 200. Now we will subtract
910 – 200= 710. Now we will subtract 52 from the result 710, which is 710 – 52= 658. So 910 – 252= 658.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use regrouping or compensation to subtract.
Question 5.
310 – 186 = ____
Answer:
310 – 186= 124.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 86 in 186 then 186 – 86= 100. Now we will subtract
310 – 100= 210. Now we will subtract 86 from the result 210, which is 210 – 86= 124. So 310 – 186= 124.

Question 6.
620 – 458 = _____
Answer:
On compensation subtraction of 620 – 458, the result will be 162.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 58 in 458 then 458 – 58= 400. Now we will subtract
620 – 400= 220. Now we will subtract 58 from the result 220, which is 220 – 58= 162. So 620 – 458= 162.

Question 7.
906 – 729 = _____
Answer:
On compensation subtraction of 906 – 729, the result will be 177.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 29 in 729 then 729 – 29= 700. Now we will subtract
906 – 700= 206. Now we will subtract 29 from the result 206, which is 206 – 29= 177. So 906- 729= 177.

Question 8.
807 – 389 = _____
Answer:
On compensation subtraction of 807 – 389, the result will be 418.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 89 in 389 then 389 – 89= 300. Now we will subtract
807 – 300= 507. Now we will subtract 89 from the result 507, which is 807 – 389= 418. So 807 – 389= 418.

Question 9.
503 – 296 = _____
Answer:
On compensation subtraction of 503 – 296, the result will be 207.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 96 in 296 then 296 – 96= 200. Now we will subtract
503 – 200= 303. Now we will subtract 96 from the result 303, which is 303 – 96= 207. So 503 – 296= 207.

Question 10.
301 – 282 = _____
Answer:
On compensation subtraction of 301 – 282, the result will be 19.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 82 in 282 then 282 – 82= 200. Now we will subtract
301 – 200= 101. Now we will subtract 82 from the result 101, which is 101 – 82= 19. So 301 – 282= 19.

Question 11.
400 – 197 = _____
Answer:
On compensation subtraction of 400 – 197, the result will be 203.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 97 in 197 then 197 – 97= 100. Now we will subtract
400 – 100= 300. Now we will subtract 97 from the result 300, which is 300 – 97= 203. So 400 – 197= 203.

Question 12.
600 – 289 = _____
Answer:
On compensation subtraction of 600 – 289, the result will be 311.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 89 in 289 then 289 – 89= 200. Now we will subtract
600 – 200= 400. Now we will subtract 89 from the result 400, which is 400 – 89= 311. So 600 – 289= 311.

Question 13.
Structure
Show two ways to find 500 −314.
Answer:

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

There are 400 paper lanterns. 279 of them are let go. How many paper lanterns are left?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.7 2
Subtraction equation:
_____ paper lanterns
Answer:
The number of paper lanterns left is 121.

Explanation:
The number of paper lanterns is 400 and in that 279 of them are let go and the remaining left are
400 – 279= 121. So the number of paper lanterns left is 121.

Show and Grow

Question 14.
There are 803 fans at a stadium. 226 of them leave. How many fans are left?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.7 3
_____ fans
Answer:
The number of fans left is 577.

Explanation:
The total number of fans in the stadium is 803 and in that 226 of them are left. So the remaining number of fans left is 803 – 226= 577. So the number of fans left is 577.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
A florist plants 600 flowers. The table shows how many have bloomed. How many flowers have not bloomed yet?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.7 4
_____ flowers
Answer:
The number of flowers not bloomed is 72.

Explanation:
The number of plants did the florist plant is 600 flowers. In the table given that the number of blooms in May is 296 and the number of blooms in June is 232. So the total number of blooms in the month of May and June is
296 + 232= 528. And the number of flowers not bloomed is 600 – 528= 72.

Subtract from Numbers That Contain Zeros Homework & Practice 10.7

Use regrouping or compensation to subtract
Question 1.
700 − 465 = _____
Answer:
On compensation subtraction of 700 – 465, the result will be 235.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 65 in 465 then 465 – 65= 400. Now we will subtract
700 – 400= 300. Now we will subtract 65 from the result 300, which is 300 – 82= 19. So 301 – 282= 19.

Question 2.
302 − 176 = _____
Answer:
On compensation subtraction of 302- 176, the result will be 126.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 76 in 176 then 176 – 76= 100. Now we will subtract
302 – 100= 202. Now we will subtract 76 from the result 202, which is 202 – 76= 126. So 302 – 176= 126.

Question 3.
910 − 186 = ______
Answer:
By compensation subtraction of 910- 186, the result will be 724.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 86 in 186 then 186 – 86= 100. Now we will subtract
910 – 100= 810. Now we will subtract 86 from the result 810, which is 810 – 86= 724. So 910 – 186= 724.

Question 4.
800 − 691 = _____
Answer:
By compensation subtraction of 800 – 691, the result will be 109.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will add 9 for 691 then 691 + 9= 700. Now we will subtract
800 – 700= 100. Now we will add 9 for the result 100, which is 100 + 9= 109. So 800 – 691= 109.

Question 5.
Writing
Explain why you might want to use compensation to subtract. Give an example.
_______________________________
_______________________________
Answer:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction. So we will use compensation subtract. For example, if we take 420 – 326. So by the compensation method, we will subtract 26 in 326 then
326 – 26= 300. Now we will subtract 420 – 300= 120. Now we will subtract 26 for the result 120, which is
120 – 26= 109. So 420 – 326= 94.

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
There are 300 coins on a desk. 178 fall off. How many coins are left on the desk?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.7 5
_____ coins
Answer:
The number of coins left on the desk is 122.

Explanation:
The number of coins on a desk is 300 coins and in that 178 coins fall off. So the number of coins left on the desk is, here we will use compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 78 for 178 then 178 – 78= 100. Now we will subtract
300 – 100= 200. Now we will subtract 78 for the result 200, which is 200 – 78= 122. So 300 – 178= 122.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
There are 500 students in a school. How many students are absent?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.7 6
______ students
Answer:
The number of students absent is 88 students.

Explanation:
The total number of students is 500 students and in that the attendance of boy students is 234 and the attendance of girl students is 178. So the total number of students who attended is 234 + 178= 412. And the number of students absent is 500 – 412= 88 students.

Review & Refresh

Question 8.
29 + 34 = _____
Answer:
29 + 34= 63.

Explanation:
On adding 29 + 34, we will get the result as 63.

Question 9.
46 + 13 = _____
Answer:
46 + 13= 29.

Explanation:
On adding 46 + 13, we will get the result of 59.

Lesson 10.8 Use Addition to Subtract

Explore and Grow

Use the number lines to solve.
445 – 220 = _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 1
Answer:

How are the equations the same? How are they different?
__________________________
__________________________
Answer:

Show and Grow

Add to find the difference. Check your answer.
Question 1.
488 − 137 = _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 2
Answer:
The difference between 488 – 137 is 351.

Explanation:
Let’s start at 137 and add hundred three times which is 3×100= 300 and the value will be
137 + 300= 437 and then we will add fifty which is 437+50= 487 and then we will add one. The value will be
487 + 1=488. So the difference between 438 – 137 is 351.

Question 2.
792 − 446 = _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 3
Answer:
The difference between 792 – 446 is 346.

Explanation:
Let’s start at 446 and add hundred three times which is 3×100= 300 and the value will be
446 + 300= 746 and then we will add four tens which is 746+40= 786 and then we will add six. The value will be
786 + 6=792. So the difference between 792 – 446 is 346.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Add to find the difference. Check your answer.
Question 3.
521 − 364 = _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 4
Answer:
The difference between 521 – 364 is 157.

Explanation:
Let’s start at 364 and add hundred once which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be 364 + 100= 464 and then we will add five tens which is 464+50= 514 and then we will add seven. The value will be 514 + 7=521. So the difference between 521 – 364 is 157.

Question 4.
856 – 213 = ______
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 5
Answer:
The difference between 856 – 213 is 643

Explanation:
Let’s start at 213 and add hundred six times which is 6×100= 600 and the value will be 213 + 600= 813 and then we will add four tens which is 813+40= 853 and then we will add three. The value will be 853 + 3=856. So the difference between 856 – 213 is 643.

Question 5.
492 − 137 = _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 6
Answer:
The difference between 492 – 137 is 355.

Explanation:
Let’s start at 137 and add hundred three times which is 3×100= 300 and the value will be 137 + 300= 437 and then we will add eight tens which is 437+50= 487 and then we will add five. The value will be  487+ 5=492. So the difference between 492 – 137 is 355.

Question 6.
Number Sense
Write the equation shown by the number line.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 7
_____ – ______ = ______
Answer:
The number line equation is 642 – 221= 421.

Explanation:
In the above figure, to find the number line equation we will add all the numbers which are counted back. So the counted back numbers are 1+10+10+100+100 which is 221. So the number line equation is 642 – 221= 421.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A machine has some bouncy balls. 115 are sold. There are 227 left. How many bouncy balls were there to start?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 8
Equation:
Model:
______ bouncy balls
Answer:
The total number of bouncy balls is 342.

Explanation:
As there are 115 bouncy balls sold and 227 are sold. So the total number of bouncy balls is 115+227= 342 bouncy balls.

Show and Grow

Question 7.
There are some fans at a baseball game. 148 leave early. There are 182 left. How many fans were at the baseball game?
_____ fans
Answer:
The total number of fans at the baseball game is 330.

Explanation:
The number of fans left early in the baseball game is 148 fans and after that 182 fans left. So the total number of fans at the baseball game is 148 + 182= 330.

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
Your school collects 518 cans for a food drive. Your class collects 142 cans. Another class collects 204. How many cans did the rest of the classes collect?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 9
_____ cans
Answer:
The number of cans did the rest of the classes collected is 172 cans.

Explanation:
The number of food cans that the school collects for a food drive is 518 cans and my class collects 142 cans and another class collects 204 cans. The total number of food cans collected by both classes is 142 + 204 which is 346. And the total number of cans collected by the rest of the classes is 518 – 346. Here, we will use compensation subtraction as a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 46 in 346 then 346 – 46= 300. Now we will subtract
518 – 300= 218. Now we will subtract 46 from the result 218, which is 218 – 46= 172. So 518 – 346= 172 cans.

Use Addition to Subtract Homework & Practice 10.8

Add to find the difference. Check your answer.
Question 1.
721 − 314 = ____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 10
Answer:
The difference between 721 – 314= 407.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-10
Let’s start at 314 and add hundred four times which is 4×100= 400 and the value will be
314 + 400= 714 and then we will add seven by dividing the seven into two parts by 5+2 tens, which is
714+7= 721 and the value will be 314 + 407= 721. So the difference between 721 – 314= 407.

Question 2.
654 − 334 = _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 11
Answer:
The difference between 654 – 334 is 320.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-11
Let’s start at 334 and add hundred three times which is 3×100= 300 and the value will be
334 + 300= 634 and then we will add twenty by dividing the twenty into two parts by 10+10, which is
634+20= 654 and the value will be 334 + 320= 654. So the difference between 654 – 334= 320.

Question 3.
Descartes adds to find 400 − 279. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 12
Answer:
Yes, Descartes is correct.

Explanation:
Yes, Descartes is correct. By adding the number of jumps 1+20+100 we will get 121. So by adding 121+279 we will get 400. So Descartes is correct.

Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
There are some people in a national park. 124 of them leave. There are 535 people left. How many people were in the park to start?
______ people
Answer:
The number of people in the park yet to start is 411 people.

Explanation:
The number of people leave is 124 and after that, there are 535 people left. So the total number of people were in the park to start is 535 – 124= 411 people.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
You have 514 tickets. You spend 220 tickets on a mug and 156 on stickers. How many tickets do you have left?
______ tickets
Answer:
The number of tickets left is 138 tickets.

Explanation:
The number of tickets we have is 514 and 220 tickets are spent on a mug and 156 tickets on stickers. So the total number of tickets left is, we will add both the tickets that were spent on mug and stickers, which is 220+156= 376 tickets. So the number of tickets left are 514-376= 138.

Review & Refresh

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 13
_____ flat surfaces
______ vertices
_____ edges
Answer:
Two flat surfaces,
One vertex,
One edge.

Explanation:
The above image is a cone that has two flat surfaces, one vertex, and 1 edge.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 14
_____ flat surfaces
______ vertices
_____ edges
Answer:
Six flat surfaces,
Twelve edges,
Eight vertices.

Explanation:
The above image is a cube that has six flat surfaces, twelve edges, and eight vertices.

Lesson 10.9 Explain Subtraction Strategies

Explore and Grow

Use two different strategies to find 474 − 119.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.9 1
Answer:
The two different strategies used are Regrouping and Compensation.

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.
So 474 – 119 we get 355.
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 19 in 119 then 119 – 19= 100. Now we will subtract
474 – 100= 374. Now we will subtract 19 from the result 374, which is 374 – 19= 355. So 474 – 119= 355.

Explain why you chose one of your strategies.
________________________
________________________
Answer:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So we will choose compensation subtraction.

Show and Grow

Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.
Question 1.
477 − 224 = _____
___________________________
___________________________
Answer:
By regrouping subtraction 477 – 224= 253.

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.
So we will subtract by regrouping the numbers 477 – 224= 253.

Question 2.
686 − 397 = _____
___________________________
___________________________
Answer:
By regrouping subtraction 686 – 397= 289.

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.
So we will subtract by regrouping the numbers 686 – 397= 289.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.
Question 3.
502 − 321 = _____
_______________________
_______________________
Answer:
By regrouping subtraction 502 – 321= 181.

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.
So we will subtract by regrouping the numbers 502 – 321= 181.

Question 4.
900 − 756 = _____
________________________
_______________________
Answer:
By regrouping subtraction 900 – 756= 144.

Explanation:
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.
So we will subtract by regrouping the numbers 900 – 756= 144.

Question 5.
Reasoning
Your friend solves a subtraction problem. Write the problem your friend solves. Explain what strategy was used to solve.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.9 2
______ – _____ = _____
__________________________
__________________________
Answer:
The number line equation is 335 – 125= 210.

Explanation:
The strategy which was used by my friend to solve is using the number line. And the problem which was solved by my friend is, the count jump starts from 125 and the count is  100+100+10 which is 210, and the number line equation is 335 – 125= 210.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.
There are 941 songs in a music library. 365 of them are pop songs. 189 are rock songs. How many songs are not pop songs?
Subtraction equation:
______ songs
Answer:
The number of songs that are not pop songs is 576 songs.

Explanation:
The total number of songs in a music library is 941 songs. And in that 365 of them are pop songs and 189 are rock songs. So the number of songs that are not pop songs is 941 – 365 which is 576 songs are not pop songs.

Show and Grow

Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.
Question 6.
There are 743 penguins in a colony. 235 are in the water. 159 are in caves. How many penguins are not in the water?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.9 3
_____ penguins
Answer:
The number of penguins that are not in water is 508 penguins.

Explanation:
The total number of penguins in a colony is 743 penguins. And a number of penguins in the water is 235 penguins, and in caves, there are 159 penguins. So the number of penguins that are not in water is 743 – 235= 508 penguins.

Explain Subtraction Strategies Homework & Practice 10.9

Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.
Question 1.
408 − 196 = _____
__________________________________
__________________________________
Answer:
By compensation subtraction 408 – 196= 212.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will add 4 to the number 196 then 196 + 4= 200. Now we will subtract
408 – 200= 208. Now we will add 4 to the result 208, which is 208 + 4= 212. So 408 – 196= 212.

Question 2.
723 − 515 = ____
______________________________
______________________________
Answer:
By compensation subtraction 723 – 515= 208.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 15 from the number 515 then 515 – 15= 500. Now we will subtract 723 – 500= 223. Now we will subtract 15 to the result 223, which is 223 – 15= 208. So 723 – 515= 208.

Question 3.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton wants to use mental math to find 452 − 239. Is this a good strategy for him to use? Explain.
___________________________
___________________________
Answer:
By compensation subtraction 452 – 239= 213.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a good strategy because compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is quite an effective way of subtraction. So by the compensation method, we will subtract 39 from the number 239 then
239 – 39= 200. Now we will subtract 452 – 200= 252. Now we will subtract 39 to the result 252, which is
252 – 39= 213. So 452 – 239= 213.

Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
767 people work at a store. 205 are cashiers. 314 stock shelves. How many people are not cashiers? Explain.
______ people
_____________________________
_____________________________
Answer:
The number of people who are not cashiers is 562 people.

Explanation:
The total number of people in the work at a store is 767. And the cashiers are 205 people, and the stock shelves are 314. So the people who are not cashiers is 767 – 205= 562 people are not cashiers.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
You have a pack of 900 craft sticks. You use 638 for a project. Your friend uses 127. How many craft sticks were not used? Explain.
______ craft sticks
____________________________
____________________________
Answer:
The number of sticks that are not used is 135 sticks.

Explanation:
The total number of craft sticks in a pack is 900 sticks. And in that 638 sticks are used for a project, and a friend uses 127 sticks. So the total number of sticks that are not used is 638 + 127= 765. And the number of craft sticks that are not used is 900 – 765= 135 sticks.

Review & Refresh

Question 6.
Circle the longer object.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.9 4
Answer:
The pen is longer than the eraser.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-4
In the above image, we can see that the pen is longer than the eraser. So we will round off the pen.

Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Performance Task

The table shows the number of laps that four cars complete in a racing season.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 1
Question 1.
How many fewer laps does the blue car complete than the yellow car?
_____ laps
Answer:
57 fewer laps do the blue car complete than the yellow car.

Explanation:
The number of laps for the blue car is 217 laps and the laps of the yellow car is 274. So 274 – 217= 57 fewer laps does the blue car complete than the yellow car.

Question 2.
How many more laps does the red car complete than the green car?
_____ laps
Answer:
66 more laps the red car complete than the green car.

Explanation:
The number of laps does the red car completes is 300, and the number of laps does the green car completes is 234. So 300 – 234= 66 many more laps does the red car complete than the green car.

Question 3.
The purple car completes 500 laps and the orange car completes 250 laps. Order the cars from the greatest number of laps to the least number of laps.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 2
_____, _____, _____, _____, _____, ______
Answer:
500, 300, 274, 250, 234, 217.

Explanation:
The number of laps completed by the red car is 300 laps,
The number of laps completed by the yellow car is 274 laps,
The number of laps completed by the green car is 234 laps,
The number of laps completed by the blue car is 217 laps,
The number of laps completed by the purple car is 500 laps,
The number of laps completed by the orange car is 250 laps.
So the order of the cars from the greatest number of laps to the least number of laps is
purple car, red car, yellow car, orange car, green car, and the blue car which is
500, 300, 274, 250, 234, 217.

Question 4.
How many cars complete an even number of laps?
_____ cars
Answer:
The total number of cars that complete an even number of laps is 3 laps.

Explanation:
The number of cars that complete an even number of laps is a red car with 300 laps, yellow car with 274 laps, a green car with 234 laps. So the total number of cars that complete an even number of laps is 3 laps.

Question 5.
The red and yellow cars are on Team Go Fast. The green and blue cars are on Team Speed. Which team completes more laps? How many more laps?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 3
Answer:
The team go fast completes more laps than the team speed. And the number of more laps is 123 laps.

Explanation:
The red car completes 300 laps and the yellow car completes 274 laps. As the red and yellow cars are the team, so the total number of laps that both cars completed is 300 + 274= 574 laps. And the green car completes 234 laps and the blue car completes 217 laps. So the total number of laps that both cars completed is 234 + 217=  451 laps. So the team go fast completes more laps than the team speed. And the number of more laps is
574 – 451= 123 laps.

Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Activity

Greatest and Least
To Play: Roll a die 3 times and record each number. Use the numbers to write the greatest and the least three-digit numbers. Find the difference and record your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 4

Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Chapter Practice

10.1 Subtract 10 and 100

Question 1.
230 −10 = _____
Answer:
The difference between 230 – 10 is 220.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 230-10, we will pick the tens digit number in 230 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
3 – 1= 2
therefore 230 – 10= 220.

Question 2.
956 − 10 = _____
Answer:
The difference between 956 – 10 is 946.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 956 -10, we will pick the tens digit number in 956 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
5 – 1= 4
therefore 956 – 10= 946.

Question 3.
597 − 100 = _____
Answer:
The difference between 597 – 100 is 497.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 597 – 100, we will pick the hundred digit number in 597 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
5 – 1= 4
therefore 597 – 100= 497.

Question 4.
384 − 100 = _____
Answer:
The difference between 384 – 100 is 284.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 384-100, we will pick the hundred digit number in 384 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
3 – 1= 2
therefore 384 – 100= 284.

Question 5.
705 − 10 = _____
Answer:
The difference between 705 – 10 is 695.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 705-10, we will pick the tens digit number in 705 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
70 – 1= 69
therefore 705 – 10= 695.

Question 6.
157 − 100 = _____
Answer:
The difference between 157 – 100 is 57.

Explanation:
To find the difference of 157-100, we will pick the hundred digit number in 157 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be
1 – 1= 0
therefore 157 – 100= 057.

10.2 Use a Number Line to Subtract Hundreds and Tens

Question 7.
481 − 250 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 7
Answer:
The difference between 481 – 250 is 231.

Explanation:
Let’s start at 250 and add hundred two times which is 2×100= 200 and the value will be 250 + 200= 450 and then we will add three tens which is 450+30= 480 and then we will add one. The value will be 480 + 1=481. So the difference between 481 – 250 is 231.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
325 crackers come in a box. You set out 160 for a party. How many crackers are left in the box?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 8
_____ crackers
Answer:
The number of crackers left is 165.

Explanation:
The total number of crackers in the box is 325, and in that 160 are set for a party. So the number of crackers left in the box is 325 – 160= 165 crackers left.

10.3 Use a Number Line to SubtractThree-Digit Numbers

Question 9.
604 −97 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 9
Answer:
The difference between 604 – 97 is 507.

Explanation:
Let’s start from 604 and count back ninety once and the value will be 604 – 90= 514 and then we will count back seven, and the value will be 514 – 7=507. So the difference between 604 – 97= 507.

Question 10.
Number Sense
Write the equation shown by the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 10
_____ – _____ = ______
Answer:
The equation is 782 – 325= 457.

Explanation:
In the above image, given it is started from 782 and count back to 300 then the result is 782 – 300= 482, and then it was counted back to 20 then the value is 482 – 20= 462, then the value is counted back to 5 and the value is 462 – 5= 457.

10.4 Use Compensation to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers

Use compensation to subtract.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 11
Answer:

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 12
Answer:

Question 13.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes uses compensation to find 331 − 214. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 13
Answer:
Yes, Descartes is correct.

Explanation:
Yes, Descartes is correct. As Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.
So by the compensation method, Descartes subtracted 14 to the number 214 then 214 – 14= 200. Now Descartes subtracted 331 – 200= 131.

10.5 Use Models to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers

Question 14.
992 – 645 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 14
Answer: 347
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-14

10.6 Subtract Three-Digit Numbers

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 15
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 16
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-16

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 17
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-17

Question 18.
Modeling Real Life
There are 420 T-shirts and120 pairs of shorts at a store. 135 T-shirts are sold. How many T-shirts are left?
_____ T-shirts
Answer:
The number of t-shirts left is 285.

Explanation:
The number of t-shirts is 420 and there are 120 pairs of shorts at a store. And in that 135 tshits are sold out. The remaining t-shirts is 420 – 135= 285.

10.7 Subtract from Numbers that Contain Zeros

Question 19.
600 − 365 = _____
Answer:
By regrouping the numbers 600 – 365= 235.

Explanation:
By regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.
So we will subtract by regrouping the numbers 600 – 365= 235.

Question 20.
402 − 195 = _____
Answer:
By regrouping the numbers 402 – 195= 207.

Explanation:
By regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.
So we will subtract by regrouping the numbers 402 – 195= 207.

10.8 Use Addition to Subtract

Add to find the difference. Check your answer.
Question 21.
213 − 102 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 21
Answer:
The difference between 213 – 102 is 111.

Explanation:
Let’s start at 102 and add hundred once which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be 102 + 100= 202 and then we will add ten which is 202+10= 212 and then we will add one. The value will be 212 + 1=213. So the difference between 213 – 102 is 111.

Question 22.
564 − 317 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 22
Answer:
The difference between 564 – 317 is 247.

Explanation:
Let’s start at 317 and add hundred two time which is 2×100= 200 and the value will be 317 + 200= 517 and then we will add four tens which is 517+40= 557 and then we will add seven. The value will be 557 + 7=564. So the difference between 564 – 317 is 247.

10.9 Explain Subtraction Strategies

Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.
Question 23.
573 − 309 = ____
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
Answer:
By compensation subtraction 573 – 309 is 264.

Explanation:
Compensation subtraction is a good strategy because compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is quite an effective way of subtraction. So by the compensation method, we will subtract 9 from the number 309 then
309 – 9= 300. Now we will subtract 573 – 300= 273. Now we will subtract 9 to the result 273, which is
273 – 9= 264. So 573 – 309 is 264.

Conclusion:

Detailed Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Solutions are useful for the students to finish their homework. The step by step by step solution is helpful to become an expert in maths. If you have any queries, then post your doubts in the given below comment section. Check our site regularly to find the answers for all Big Ideas Math Book Grade 2 chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume

Surface Area and Volume is an important concept to learn and score good marks. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pdf is here. Follow the detailed explanation of BIM Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume and maximize your score. Get the detailed and explanatory concept and preparatory material from the upcoming sections.

There are various topics covered in surface area and volume. You can find a surface area and volume for a solid and an opaque object too. There are different objects for which you can find surface area and volume. If you want to imagine the 3-dimensional view of an object then surface area and volume play a major role.

Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume

You can get the guided notes for Surface Area and Volume Chapter 10 here. We help to provide you with the best resources that benefit you in understanding the topics in a better way by which you can improve your math skills. The topics in this Chapter include Surface Areas of Prisms, Cylinders, Pyramids, Volume of Prism, Pyramids, Cross Sections of Three-Dimensional Figures.

We make sure that you understand these topics by the end of this Chapter. We provide examples and different practice sums that help you to solve the problems on your own. You can practice different sums by taking different examples. For any further doubts refer to this site and you can get clarity on your doubts with a clearcut understanding. You can get line-to-line clarity by referring to our site which helps you to improve your basic skills.

Performance Task

Lesson: 1 Surface Areas of Prisms

Lesson: 2 Surface Areas of Cylinders

Lesson: 3 Surface Areas of Pyramids

Lesson: 4 Volumes of Prisms

Lesson: 5 Volumes of Pyramids

Lesson: 6 Cross-Sections of Three-Dimensional Figures

Chapter 10 – Surface Area and Volume

Surface Area and Volume STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video

Paper Measurements
The thickness of a single piece of paper cannot be precisely measured using a ruler. What other method can you use to measure the thickness of a piece of paper?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 1
Watch the STEAM Video “Paper Measurements.” Then answer the following questions.
1. A stack of 500 pieces of paper is 2 inches tall. How tall is a stack of 250 pieces? 100 pieces? 10 pieces? How thick is a single piece of paper?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 2
2. You have a circular notepad. How can you find the volume of one piece of paper in the notepad?

Answer:
1. for 250 pieces = 46750 cubic inches
2. volume = 187 cubic inches

Explanation:
1. for 250 pieces = l w x h
250 pieces = 250 x 17 x 11
pieces = 46750
100 pieces = 100 x 17 x 11
pieces = 18,700
10 pieces = 10 x 17 x 11
pieces = 1870
piece = 1 x 17 x 11
piece = 187
2. volume = l x w x h
volume = 8.5 x 11 x 2
volume = 187
Performance Task

Volumes and Surface Areas of Small Objects
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given the dimensions of a shipping box and the number of bouncy balls that fit in the box.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 3
You will be asked to use the box to estimate the volume of each bouncy ball. Why might it be helpful to use the volume of a container of objects to estimate the volume of one of the objects?

Answer:
The volume of the object =11,809.8 cubic centimeters

Explanation:
The volume of rectangular prism = l x w x h
where l = length, w = width, h = height
rectangular prism = 27 x 27 x 16.2
volume = 11,809.8 cubic centimeters

Surface Area and Volume Getting Ready for Chapter 10

Chapter Exploration
Question 1.
Work with a partner. Perform each step for each of the given dimensions.
• Use 24 one-inch cubes to form a rectangular prism that has the given dimensions.
• Make a sketch of the prism.
• Find the surface area of the prism.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 4

Answer:
a . 52 inches
b . 98 inches
c . 76 inches
d . 70 inches
e . 68 inches
f . 64 inches
g . 52  inches

prism :

The surface area of the square prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
The surface area of the rectangle prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)

Explanation:
a . The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 4 w = 3 h = 2
rectangular prism =2(4 x 3) +(2 x 3) +(4 x 2)
prism = 2(12) + (6) +(8)
surface area =2( 26)
surface area = 52
b . The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 1 w = 1 h = 24
rectangular prism =2(1 x 1) +(1 x 24) +(1 x 24)
prism = 2(1) + (24) +(24)
surface area =2( 49)
surface area = 98
c . The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 1 w = 2 h = 12
rectangular prism =2(1 x 2) +(2 x 12)+(1 x 12)
prism = 2(2) + (24) +(12)
surface area =2( 38)
surface area = 76
d. The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 1 w = 3 h = 8
rectangular prism =2(1 x 3) +(3 x 8)+(1 x 8)
prism = 2(3) + (24) +(8)
surface area =2( 35)
surface area = 70
e . The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 1 w = 4 h = 6
rectangular prism =2(1 x 4) +(4 x 6)+(1 x 6)
prism = 2(4) + (24) +(6)
surface area =2( 34)
surface area = 68
f . The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 2 w = 2 h = 6
rectangular prism =2(2 x 2) +(2 x 6)+(1 x 6)
prism = 2(4) + (12) +(6)
surface area =2( 32)
surface area = 64
g .  The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 2 w = 4 h = 3
rectangular prism =2(2 x 4) +(4 x 3)+(2 x 3)
prism = 2(8) + (12) +(6)
surface area =2( 26)
surface area = 52

Question 2.
REASONING
Work with a partner. If two blocks of ice have the same volume, the block with the greater surface area will melt faster. The blocks below have equal volumes. Which block will melt faster? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 5

Answer:
The first block will melt faster.

Explanation:
The surface area of the square prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
where l = 1ft w = 1ft h = 1 ft
surface area = 2(1 x 1)+2(1 x 1) + 2(1 x 1)
surface area = 2(1)+2(1) + 2(1)
surface area = 2+2+2
surface area = 6
The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 2 w = 1 h = 0.5
rectangular prism =2(2 x 1) +(2 x 0.5) +(1 x 0.5)
prism = 2(2) + (1) +(0.5)
surface area = 4 + 1 + 0.5
surface area = 5.5

Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
lateral surface area
the slant height of a pyramid
regular pyramid
cross-section

Answer:
Lateral Surface Area = The lateral surface of an object is all of the sides of the object, excluding its base and top.
Slant Height of a Pyramid = The slant height of an object is the distance measured along a lateral face from the base to the apex along the center of the face.
Regular Pyramid =  In geometry, a pyramid is a polyhedron formed by connecting a polygonal base and a point, called the apex. Each base edge and apex form a triangle.
Cross Section = a surface or shape exposed by making a straight cut through something, especially at the right angles to an axis. ( The cross-section of an octahedron is a square.)

Lesson 10.1 Surface Areas of Prisms

EXPLORATION 1

Writing a Formula for Surface Area
Work with a partner.
a. Use the diagrams to write a formula for the surface area of a rectangular prism. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 1
b. Choose dimensions for a rectangular prism. Then draw the prism and use your formula in part(a) to find the surface area.

Answer:
a :

b : The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height.

EXPLORATION 2

Surface Areas of Prisms
Work with a partner.
a. Identify the solid represented by the net. Then find the surface area of the solid.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 2
b. Describe a method for finding the surface area of any prism.

Answer:
a : The surface area of the solid = 94
b :  The surface area of the solid = 2(lw + lh + wh)

Explanation:
a :

b :
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 3

Try It

Find the surface area of the prism.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 4

Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 52 ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(2 x 3) + 2(3 x 4) +2(2×4)
surface area = 2(6) + 2(12) + 2(8)
surface area = 12 + 24 + 16
surface area = 52 ft

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 5
Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 288 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(5 x 8) + 2(8 x 8) +2(5×8) where l = 8m,w = 8m, h= 8m
surface area = 2(40) + 2(64) + 2(40)
surface area = 80 + 128 + 80
surface area = 288 sq. m

Question 3.
Find the surface area of the prism at the left.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 6

Answer:
The surface area of the prism at the left  = 288 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(5 x 12) + 2(12 x 13) +2(5×13) where l = 13m,w = 5m, h= 12m
surface area = 2(60) + 2(156) + 2(65)
surface area = 120 + 312 + 130
surface area = 562 sq. m

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 4.

WRITING
Explain the meaning of each term in the formula for the surface area of a rectangular prism.

Answer:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height

Question 5.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 7

Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 26 sq. cm
The surface area of the bases of the prism = 26 sq. cm

Explanation:

The surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph
where B = area of the base, p = perimeter of the base, h = height
surface area = 2( 3) + 4 (5)
surface area = 6 + 20
surface area = 26 sq. cm
The surface area of the bases of the prism = ph + 2B
surface area = 4(5) + 2(3)
surface area = 26 sq. cm
The area of the net of the prism = The sum of the areas of the bases and the lateral faces of the prism.

Question 6.
You want to stain the lateral faces of the wooden chest shown. Find the area that you want to stain in square inches.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 8

Answer:
The area that you want to stain in square inches = 3456 square inches.

Explanation:
The surface area of the lateral faces of the prism = ph + 2B
surface area = 4(4) + 2(4)
surface area = 24 ft
1 feet = 144 square inches
144 x 24 = 3456 square inches.

Question 7.
One can of frosting covers about 280 square inches. Is one can of frosting enough to frost the cake? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 9
Answer:
no one can of frosting is not enough to frost the cake.

Explanation:
The cake piece is in the shape of a rectangle
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(39 + 117 + 27)
183 sq. inches.

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the surface area of the bench shown. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 10

Answer:
The surface area of the bench = 16 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(1 x 1.5) +(1.5 x 2) +(2 x 5)
surace area = 2(1.5) + 3 + 10
surface area = 16 sq. ft

Surface Areas of Prisms Homework & Practice 10.1

Review & Refresh
Classify the pair of angles. Then find the value of x.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 11

Answer:
The value of x = 146

Explanation:
The above-shown angle = obtuse angle
given that 34 degrees
180 – 34 = 146

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 12
Answer:
The value of x = 106

Explanation:
The above-shown angle = right angle
given that 74 degrees
180 – 74 = 106Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 13
Answer:
The value of x = 121

Explanation:
The above-shown angle = acute angles.
given that 59 degrees
x + 10 = 59
x = 49
180 – 49 = 121

Question 3.

Find the area of a circle with the indicated dimensions. Use 3.14 or \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.
Question 4.
radius: 21 in.

Answer:
The area of the circle = 1,384.74 sq. in

Explanation:
The area of the circle = πr2
area = 3.14 x 21 x 21 where π = 3.14 radius = 21 in
area = 1,384.74 sq. in
Question 5.
diameter: 36mm
Answer:
The area of the circle = 530.66 sq. mm

Explanation:
The area of the circle = πr2
area = 3.14 x 13 x 13 where π = 3.14 radius = 13 mm
area = 530.66 sq. mm

Question 6.
radius: 8.5 m

Answer:
The area of the circle = 226.865 sq. m

Explanation:
The area of the circle = πr2
area = 3.14 x 8.5 x 8.5 where π = 3.14 radius = 8.5 m
area = 226.865 sq. m

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

SURFACE AREA OF A PRISM Identify the solid represented by the net. Then find the surface area of the solid. (See Explorations 1 & 2, p. 409.)
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 14

Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 182

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(6 x 8) +(9 x 6) +(10 x 8)
surace area = 2(48) + 54 + 80
surface area = 182

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 15

Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 44

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(5 x 2) +(2 x 3) +(3 x 2)
surace area = 2(10) + 6+ 6
surface area = 44 sq. units

FINDING THE SURFACE AREA OF A PRISM Find the surface area of the prism.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 16

Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 324 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(6 x 16) +(16 x 3) +(3 x 6)
surace area = 2(96) + 48+ 18
surface area = 324 sq. m

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 17

Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 294 sq. yd

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(7 x 7)+ 2(7 x 7) +2(7×7)
surface area = 2(49) + 2(49) + 2(49)
surface area = 98 + 98 + 98
surface area = 294 sq. yd

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 18
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 32 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph
where B = area of the base, p = perimeter of the base, h = height
surface area = 2( 6) + 4 (5)
surface area = 12 + 20
surface area = 32 sq. m

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 19
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 166 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph
where B = area of the base, p = perimeter of the base, h = height
surface area = 2( 15) + 17 (8)
surface area = 30 + 136
surface area = 166 sq. ft

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 20
Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 46.4 yds

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(1.2 x 5) +(5 x 3) +(1.2 x 6)
surace area = 2(1) + 15+ 7.2
surface area = 23.2 x 2
surface area = 46.4 sq. yds

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 21
Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 693 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the paralleloram prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(9 x 10) +(9 x 13.5) +(13.5 x 10)
surace area = 2(90) +121.5 + 135
surface area = 346.5 x 2
surface area = 693 sq. inches

Question 15.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the surface area of the prism. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 22
Answer:
yes my friend is correct.

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(5 x 3)+ 2(3 x 4) +2(5×3)
surface area = 2(15) + 2(12) + 2(15)
surface area = 30+ 24 + 30
surface area = 84 sq. cm

Question 16.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cube-shaped satellite has side lengths of 10 centimeters. What is the least amount of aluminum needed to cover the satellite?
Answer:
The least amount of aluminum needed to cover the satellite = 90 centimeters.

Explanation:
Given that cube has the side lengths of 10 and 10 centimeters
10 x 10 = 100
100 -10 = 90
so the least amount of aluminum needed to cover = 90 centimeters.

FINDING SURFACE AREA Find the surface area of the prism.
Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 23
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 80 in

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph
where B = area of the base, p = perimeter of the base, h = height
surface area = 2( 16) + 4 (12)
surface area = 32 + 48
surface area = 80 sq. in

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 24
Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 58 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(4 x 4) +(4 x 2) +(2.5 x 2)
surace area = 2(16) + 8+ 5
surface area = 29 x 2
surface area = 58 sq. m

Question 19.
OPEN-ENDED
Draw and label a rectangular prism that has a surface area of 158 square yards.
Answer:

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(4 x 5) +(5x 6) +(4 x 7)
surace area = 2(20) + 30+ 29
surface area = 79 x 2
surface area = 158 square yards

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
A label that wraps around a box of golf balls covers 75% of its lateral surface area. What is the value of x?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 25
Answer:
The value of x = 25%

Explanation:
Given that the label that wraps around a box of golf covers 75%
That means for 100%
100 – 75 = 25%

Question 21.
STRUCTURE
You are painting the prize pedestals shown(including the bottoms). You need 0.5 pint of paint to paint the red pedestal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 26
a. The edge lengths of the green pedestal are one-half the edge lengths of the red pedestal. How much paint do you t do you need to paint the green pedestal?
b. The edge lengths of the blue pedestal are triple the edge lengths of the green pedestal. How much paint do you need to paint the blue pedestal?
c. Compare the ratio of paint volumes to the ratio of edge lengths for the green and red pedestals. Repeat for the green and blue pedestals. What do you notice?
Answer:
a. The paint you need to paint the green pedestal =1024 in
b. The paint you need to paint the blue pedestal = 5798464 in
c. 1 : 2 for green and red , 1 : 3 for green and blue.
b. Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(16 x 16) +(16x 24) +(16 x 24)
surace area = 2(256) + 384+ 384
surface area = 1024 x 2
surface area = 2048 sq. in

Question 22.
NUMBER SENSE
A key chain-sized puzzle cube is made up of small cubes. Each small cube has a surface area of 1.5 square inches.
a. What is the edge length of each small cube?
b. What is the surface area of the entire puzzle cube?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 27
Answer:
The edge length of each small cube = 1
The surface area of the entire puzzle cube  = 81

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(0 x 0)+ 2(0 x 0) +1.5(1x 1)
surface area = 2(0) +2(0) +1.5(1)
surface area = 0 + 0 + 1.5
surface area = 1.5
The surface area of the each small cube = 81

Lesson 10.2 Surface Areas of Cylinders

A is a solid that has two parallel, identical circular bases.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 1

EXPLORATION 1

Finding the Surface Area of a Cylinder
Work with a partner.
a. Make a net for the can. Name each shape in the net.
b. How are the dimensions of the paper related to the dimensions of the can?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 2
c. Write a formula that represents the surface area of a cylinder with h a height of and bases with a radius of r.
d. Estimate the dimensions of each can. Then use your formula in part(c) to estimate the surface area of each can.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 3
Answer:
a.
b. The dimensions of the paper = the dimensions of the can
c .

d. The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr (h + r)

Try It

Find the surface area of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 4
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 34138.08 sq. yd

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where r = radius, h = height
2 x 3.14 x 36 + 2 x 3.14 x 6 x 9
226.08 + 33912
34138.08

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 5
Answer:

The surface area of the cylinder = 395.64 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where r = radius, h = height
2 x 3.14 x 9+ 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 18
56.52 + 339.12
395.64 sq. cms

Find the lateral surface area of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 6
Answer:
The lateral surface of the cylinder = 75.36 sq. cms

Explanation:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 2πrh
area = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 4
area = 75.36 sq. cms

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 7
Answer:
The lateral surface of the cylinder = 150.72 sq. yds

Explanation:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 2πrh
area = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 8
area = 150.72 sq. yds

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
WRITING
Which part of the formula S = 2πr2 + 2πrh represents the lateral surface area of a cylinder? the areas of the bases?
Answer:
The area of the bases of the cylinder.

Explanation:
The area of the bases of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where r = radius , h = height

Question 6.
CRITICAL THINKING
You are given the height of a cylinder and the circumference of its base. Describe how to find the surface area of the cylinder.
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh

Explanation:
The area of the bases of the cylinder =2πr2 + 2πrh
where r = radius, h = height

Question 7.
FINDING A SURFACE AREA
Find the surface area of the cylinder at the left. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 8
Answer:
The lateral surface of the cylinder = 351.68 sq. in

Explanation:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 2πrh
area = 2 x 3.14 x 16 + 2 x 3.14x 4 x 10
area = 100.48 + 251.2
area = 351.68 sq. in

Question 8.
FINDING A LATERAL SURFACE AREA
Find the lateral surface area of the cylinder at the right. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 9
Answer:

The lateral surface of the cylinder = 351 sq. in

Explanation:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 2πrh
area = 2 x 3.14 x 16 + 2 x 3.14x 4 x 10
area = 100.48 + 251.2
area = 351.68 sq. in
IN the question given that round to the nearest tenth
area = 351 sq. in

Question 9.
You remove the lid of the can. What is the percent of change in the surface area of the can?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 10
Answer:
The percent of the change in the surface area of the can = 22,019.25 mm

Explanation:
The surface area of the can = 2π rx r+ 2πrh
2 x 3.14 x 1806.25 + 2 x 3.14 x 42.5 x 40
22,019.25 mm
The surface area of the triangular prism = 166 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph
where B = area of the base, p = perimeter of the base, h = height
surface area = 2( 15) + 17 (8)
surface area = 30 + 136
surface area = 166 sq. ft

Question 10.
After burning half of a cylindrical candle, the surface area is 176 square inches. The radius of the candle is 2 inches. What was the original height of the candle?
Answer:
The original height of the

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
The area of the sheet of wrapping paper is equal to the lateral surface area of a cylindrical tube. The tube is 14 inches tall. What is the surface area of the tube, including the bases? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 11
Answer:
The surface area of the tube including the bases = 42.96 inches

Explanation:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 2 x 3.14 x r x h
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 13 x 14
surface area = 1142.96 inchs

Surface Areas of Cylinders Homework & Practice 10.2

Review & Refresh

Find the surface area of the prism.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 12
Answer:

The surface area of the prism = 142 sq. cms

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(7 x 3)+ 2(3 x 5) +2(5×7)
surface area = 2(21) + 2(15) + 2(35)
surface area = 42+ 30 + 70
surface area = 142 sq. cm

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 13
Answer:

The surface area of the triangular prism = 649 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph
where B = area of the base, p = perimeter of the base, h = height
surface area = 2( 20) + 29 (21)
surface area = 40+ 609
surface area = 649 sq. ft

Question 3.
Which of the following is equivalent to 0.625?
A. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
B. \(\frac{625}{100}\)
C. 0.625%
D. 6.25%
Answer:
A is the correct answer

Explanation:
(5/8) = 0.625

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

FINDING SURFACE AREA Find the surface area of the cylinder. (See Exploration 1, p. 415.)
Question 4.
a can with a radius of 60 millimeters and a height of 160 millimeters
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 82,896 millimeters

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 60 millimeters , height = 160 given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 60 x 60 + 2 x 3.14 x 60 x 160
surface area = 22608 + 60,288
surface area = 82,896 sq. millimeters

Question 5.
a hay bale with a diameter of 30 inches and a height of 72 inches
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 8195.4 inches

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 15 inches , height = 72 inches given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 15 x 15 + 2 x 3.14 x 15 x 72
surface area = 1413 + 6,782.4
surface area = 8195.4 sq. inches

FINDING SURFACE AREA Find the surface area of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 14
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 94.2 ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 3 ft , height = 2 ft given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 3 + 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 2
surface area = 56.52 + 37.68
surface area = 94.2 sq. ft

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 15
Answer:

The surface area of the cylinder = 31.4 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 1 m , height = 4 m given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 1 x 1 + 2 x 3.14 x 1 x 4
surface area = 6.28+ 25.12
surface area = 31.4 sq. m

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 16
Answer:

The surface area of the cylinder = 527.52 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 7 ft , height = 5 ft given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 7 x 7 + 2 x 3.14 x 7 x 5
surface area = 307.72+ 219.8
surface area = 527.52 sq. ft

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 17
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 87.92 sq. mm

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 2mm , height = 5 mm given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 2 x 2 + 2 x 3.14 x 2 x 5
surface area = 25.12+ 62.8
surface area = 87.92 sq. mm

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 18
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 489.84 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 6 ft , height = 7 ft given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 6 x 6 + 2 x 3.14 x 6 x 7
surface area = 226.08+ 263.76
surface area = 489.84 sq. ft

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 19
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 678.24 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 6 cm , height = 12 cm given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 6 x 6 + 2 x 3.14 x 6 x 12
surface area = 226.08+ 452.16
surface area = 678.24 sq. cm

FINDING LATERAL SURFACE AREA Find the lateral surface area of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary.
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 20
Answer:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 376.8 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 10 ft , height = 6 ft given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 10 x 6
surface area =  376.8 sq. ft
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 21
Answer:
The lateral  surface area of the cylinder = 226.08 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 4 in , height = 9 in given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 4 x 9
surface area =  226.08 sq. in
Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 22
Answer:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 87.92 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 7 m , height = 2 m given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 7 x 2
surface area =  87.92 sq. m
Question 15.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the surface area of the cylinder. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 23
Answer:
No my friend is not correct.

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 5 x 5 + 2 x 3.14 x 5 x 10.6
surface area = 157 + 332.84
surface area = 489.84 sq. yds

Question 16.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The tank of a tanker truck is a stainless steel cylinder. Find the surface area of the tank.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 24
Answer:
The surface area of the tank = 1356.48 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 4 x 4 + 2 x 3.14 x 4 x 50
surface area = 100.48+ 1256
surface area = 1,356.48 sq. ft

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The Petri dish shown has no lid. What is the surface area of the outside of the Petri dish?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 25
Answer:
The surface area of the outside of the petri dish= 20,410 sq. mm

Explanation:
The surface area of the outside of the petri dish = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 50 x 50 + 2 x 3.14 x 50x 15
surface area = 15700+ 4710
surface area = 20410 sq. mm

Question 18.
REASONING
You have two 8.5-by-11-inch pieces of paper. You form the lateral surfaces of two different cylinders by taping together a pair of opposite sides on each piece of paper so that one cylinder has a height of 8.5 inches and the other has a height of 11 inches. Without calculating, compare the surface areas of the cylinders (including the bases). Explain.
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder 1= 44.826012 sq. inches
The surface area of the cylinder 2= 56.915012 sq. inches

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder 1 = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 0.77 x 0.77 + 2 x 3.14 x 0.77x 8.5
surface area = 3.723412+ 41.1026
surface area = 44.826012 inches
The surface area of the cylinder 1 = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 0.77 x 0.77 + 2 x 3.14 x 0.77x 11
surface area = 3.723412+ 53.1916
surface area = 56.915012 inches

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
A ganza is a percussion instrument used in samba music.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 26
a. Find the surface area of each of the two labeled ganzas.
b. The smaller ganza weighs 1.1 pounds. Assume that the surface area is proportional to the weight. What is the weight of the larger ganza?
Answer:
a. The surface area of the smaller ganza= 296.73 sq. cm
The surface area of the larger ganza= 1036.2 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the smaller ganza = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 3.5 x 3.5 + 2 x 3.14 x 3.5x 10
surface area = 76.93+ 219.8
surface area = 296.73 sq. cm
The surface area of the larger ganza  = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 5.5 x 5.5 + 2 x 3.14 x 5.5x 24.5
surface area = 189.97+846.23
surface area = 1036.2 sq. cm

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The wedge is one-eighth of the wheel of cheese.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 27
a. Find the surface area of the cheese before it is cut.
b. Find the surface area of the remaining cheese after the wedge is removed. Did the surface area increase, decrease, or remain the same?
Answer:
a. The surface area of the cheese before it is cut= 75.36 sq. in
b. The surface area of the cheese after the wedge is removed = 58.875 sq. in
The surface area decreases.

Explanation:
The surface area of the cheese after the wedge is removed = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 3 + 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 1
surface area = 56.52+ 18.84 in
surface area = 75.36 sq. in

The surface area of the cheese after the wedge is removed = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 3 + 2 x 3.14 x 3 x (1/8) (1/8) = 0.125
surface area = 56.52+ 2.355
surface area = 58.875 in
The surface area decreases

Question 21.
REPEATED REASONING
A cylinder has radius r and height h.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 28
a. How many times greater is the surface area of a cylinder when both dimensions are multiplied by2? 3? 5? 10?
b. Describe the pattern in part(a). Write an expression for the surface area of the cylinder when both dimensions are multiplied by a number.
Answer:
a. 2 times greater, 3 times greater, 5 times greater,10 times greater.
b. The expression for the surface area of the cylinder when both dimensions are multiplied 2 = 2r + 2h,3r + 3h,5r + 5h, 10r + 10 h

Lesson 10.3 Surface Areas of Pyramids

Many well-known pyramids have square bases, however, the base of a pyramid can be any polygon.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 1

EXPLORATION 1

Making a Scale Model
Work with a partner. Each pyramid below has a square base.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 2
a. Draw a net for a scale model of one of the pyramids. Describe the scale factor.
b. Find the lateral surface area of the real-life pyramid that you chose in part(a). Explain how you found your answer.
c. Draw a net for a pyramid with a non-rectangular base and find its lateral surface area. Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:
a.
b. The lateral surface of the real life pyramid = A + (1/2 ) ps
where A = area of base ,p= perimeter of base , s = slant height.
c.
The lateral surface area of the rectangular pyramid = A + (1/2)ps
where A = area of base ,p= perimeter of base , s = slant height.
A regular pyramid is a pyramid whose base is a regular polygon. The slant height lateral faces are triangles. The height of each triangle is the of the pyramid.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 3

Try It

Question 1.
What is the surface area of a square pyramid with a base side length of 9 centimeters and a slant height of 7 centimeters?
Answer:
The surface area of the square pyramid = 94.5 sq. centimeters

Explanation:
The surface area of the square pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of th base, s = slant height
surface area = 63 +(1/2) 9 x 7
surface area = 63 + 0.5 x  63
surface area = 31.5 + 63
94.5 sq. centimeters.

Question 2.
Find the surface area of the regular pyramid at the left.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 4
Answer:

The surface area of the triangle pyramid = 86 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangle pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of th base, s = slant height
surface area = 60 +(1/2) 5.2 x 10
surface area = 60 + 2.6 x  10
surface area = 60+ 26
surface area = 86 sq. ft

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 3.
VOCABULARY
Can a pyramid have rectangles as lateral faces? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, pyramids have rectangles as lateral faces.

Explanation:
In the pyramid diagram, the rectangles included the lateral surfaces.

FINDING THE SURFACE AREA OF A PYRAMID Find the surface area of the regular pyramid.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 5
Answer:
The surface area of the triangle pyramid = 95 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangle pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of th base, s = slant height
surface area = 65+(1/2) 5 x 12
surface area = 65 + 2.5 x  12
surface area = 65 + 30
surface area = 95 sq. m

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 6
Answer:
The surface area of the triangle pyramid = 24 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangle pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of th base, s = slant height
surface area = 12+(1/2) 2 x 6
surface area = 12 + 1 x  12
surface area = 12 + 12
surface area = 24 sq. cm

Question 6.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which description of the solid does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 7
Answer:
regular pyramid does not belong with the other three;

Explanation:
the remaining are square pyramid, rectangular pyramid, triangular pyramid are the three pyramids with different shapes.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
A building in the shape of a square pyramid is covered with solar panels. The building has a slant height of 12 feet and a base with side lengths of 15 feet. The solar panels cost $70 per square foot to install. How much does it cost to install enough solar panels to cover the entire surface of the building?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 8
Answer:
$ 270 is enough for solar planets to cover the entire surface of the building.

Explanation:
The building is in the shape of square pyramid.
surface area = A + (1/2) ps
area = 180 + (1/2) x 180
area = 180 + 90
area = 270 $

Question 8.
You use the glass pyramid shown to display rainbows on the walls of a room. The pyramid is regular and has a surface area of 105.35 square centimeters. Find the height of each triangular face. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 9
Answer:

Surface Areas of Pyramids Homework & Practice 10.3

Review & Refresh

Find the surface area of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 10
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 182.12 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 3 ft , height = 10 ft given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 3 + 2 x 3.14 x 2 x 10
surface area =  56.52+ 125.6
surface area = 182.12 sq. ft

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 11
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 345.4 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 5 m , height = 6 m given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 5 x 5 + 2 x 3.14 x 5 x 6
surface area =  157+ 188.4
surface area = 345.4 sq. m

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 12
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 406.944 sq. mm

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 4mm , height = 12.2mm given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 4 x 4+ 2 x 3.14 x 4 x 12.2
surface area =  100.48+ 306.464
surface area = 406.944 sq. mm

Question 4.
The ratio of the distance between bases on a professional baseball field to the distance between bases on a youth baseball field is 3 : 2. Bases on a professional baseball field are 90 feet apart. What is the distance between bases on a youth baseball field?
A. 30 ft
B. 45 ft
C. 60 ft
D. 135 ft
Answer:
The distance between bases on a youth baseball = 60 ft
Explanation:
The ratios between professional base and youth baseball = 3 : 2 already given
90 given
so 60 ft is the distance between bases on a youth baseball field.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING A NET Use the net to find the surface area of the regular pyramid. (See Exploration 1, p. 421.)
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 13
Answer:
The surface area of the square pyramid = 18 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the square pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of th base, s = slant height
surface area = 12+(1/2) 4 x 3
surface area = 12 + 0.5x  12
surface area = 12 + 6
surface area = 18 sq. in

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 14
Answer:
The surface area of the square pyramid = 88.3 sq. mm

Explanation:
The surface area of the square pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of th base, s = slant height
surface area = 43.3+(1/2) 10 x 9
surface area = 43.3 + 0.5x  90
surface area = 43.3 + 45
surface area = 88.3 sq. mm

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 15
Answer:
The surface area of the square pyramid = 79.9 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the square pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 61.9 +(1/2) 6 x 6
surface area = 61.9 + 0.5x 36
surface area = 61.9 + 18
surface area = 79.9 sq. m

FINDING THE SURFACE AREA OF A PYRAMID Find the surface area of the regular pyramid.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 16
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular  pyramid = 81 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 54 +(1/2) 6 x 9
surface area = 54 + 0.5x 54
surface area = 54 + 27
surface area = 81 sq. ft

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 17
Answer:

The surface area of the triangular  pyramid = 36 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 24 +(1/2) 6 x 4
surface area = 24 + 0.5x 24
surface area = 24 + 12
surface area = 36 sq. cm

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 18
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular  pyramid = 36 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 13  +(1/2) 15 x 10
surface area = 13 + 0.5x 150
surface area = 13 + 75
surface area = 88 sq. in

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 19
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular  pyramid = 126 sq. yd

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 7.8  +(1/2) 10 x 9
surface area = 7.8 + 0.5x 90
surface area = 7.8 + 48
surface area = 126 sq. yd

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 20
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular  pyramid = 13.5 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 4.5 +(1/2) 4 x 4.5
surface area = 4.5 + 0.5x 18
surface area = 4.5 + 9
surface area = 13.5 sq. m

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 21
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular  pyramid = 600.4 sq. mm

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 440.4 +(1/2) 16 x 20
surface area = 440.4+ 0.5x 320
surface area = 440.4+ 160
surface area = 600.4 sq. mm

Question 14.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The base of the lampshade is a regular hexagon with side lengths of 8 inches. Estimate the amount of glass needed to make the lampshade.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 22
Answer:
The amount of glass needed to make the lampshade = 26.6666667 in

Explanation:
hexagon = 1/3 x b x h
where base = 8 inches , height = 10 in given
hexagon = (80/3)
hexagon = 26.6666667 in
Question 15.
GEOMETRY
The surface area of a square pyramid is 85 square meters. The side length of the base is 5 meters. What is the slant height?
Answer:
The  slant height = 6 meters

Explanation:
The area of the base = side x side = 5 x 5 = 25 m
area of the lateral face = (1/2)bh= (1/2)5h= 2.5 h m
There are  4 identical lateral faces.
area of lateral faces = 4(2.5h) = 10 hm
surface area of regular pyramid = area of base + area of lateral faces
85 = 25 + 10 h
85-25 = 10 h
60 = 10 h
h = (60/10)
h = 6 meters

FINDING SURFACE AREA Find the surface area of the solid.
Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 23
Answer:
The surface area of the square  pyramid = 20 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the square pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 5 +(1/2) 5 x 6
surface area = 5 + 0.5x 30
surface area = 5  + 15
surface area = 20 sq. ft

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 24
Answer:
The surface area of the square  pyramid = 22 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the square pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 10 +(1/2) 4 x 6
surface area = 10 + 0.5x 24
surface area = 10 + 12
surface area = 22 sq. cm

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 25
Answer:
The surface area of the rectangular  pyramid = 22 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 12 +(1/2) 4 x 5
surface area = 12 + 0.5x 20
surface area = 12 + 10
surface area = 22 sq. ft

Question 19.
GEOMETRY
A tetrahedron is a triangular pyramid with four faces that are identical equilateral triangles. The total lateral surface area of a tetrahedron is 93 square centimeters. Find the surface area of the tetrahedron.
Answer:
The surface area  of the tetrahedron = 124 square cm

Explanation:
Area of lateral face (equilateral triangle) = 93/3 = 31
The tetrahedron has four identical equilateral triangles = 4 X 31 =124 cm

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are making an umbrella that is shaped like a regular octagonal pyramid.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 26
a. Estimate the amount of fabric that you need to make the umbrella.
b. The fabric comes in rolls that are 60 inches wide. Draw a diagram of how you can cut the fabric from rolls that are 10 feet long.
c. How much fabric is wasted?
Answer:

Question 21.
REASONING
The height of a pyramid is the perpendicular distance between the base and the top of the pyramid. Which is greater, the height of a pyramid or the slant height? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 27
Answer:
The height of the pyramid is greater .

Explanation:
In the above shown figure the slant height is less than the height of the pyramid.

Question 22.
DIG DEEPER!
Both pyramids at the right have regular bases.
a. Without calculating, determine which pyramid has the greater surface area. Explain.
b. Verify your answer to part(a) by finding the surface area of each pyramid.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 28
Answer:
The first figure has the greatest surface area.

Explanation:
The surface area of 1st pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
surface area = 112  + (1/2) 8 x 14
surface area = 112 +(112/2)
surface area = 56 +112
surface area = 168 in
The surface area of 2nd pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
surface area = 6.9 + (1/2) 8 x 14
surface area = 6.9 +(112/2)
surface area = 56 +6.9
surface area = 62.9 sq. in

Question 23.
REASONING
Is the total area of the lateral faces of a pyramid greater than, less than or equal to the area of the base? Explain.
Answer:
The lateral surface area of a regular pyramid is the sum of the area of its lateral faces.
The total surface area of a regular pyramid is the sum of the areas of its lateral faces and its base.

Lesson 10.4 Volumes of Prisms

EXPLORATION 1

Finding a Formula for Volume
Work with a partner.
a. In the figures shown, each cube has a volume of 1 cubic unit. Compare the volume V (in cubic units) of each rectangular prism to the area B(in square units) of its base. What do you notice?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 1
b. Repeat part(a) using the prisms below.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 2
c. Use what you learned in parts (a) and (b) to write a formula that gives the volume of any prism.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 3
Answer:
a. The 1st cube has a volume of 1 cubic unit. and it is increased by one horizontal in each cube.
b. The 1st prism has a volume of 1 cubic unit and it is increased by one horizontal in each cube.
c. Triangular prism = 2B + ph
where b = base ,h = height, l = length, p = perimeter of base, B = area of base
Rectangular prism = 2(lw +lh + wh)
where l = length, w = width, h = height
pentagonal prism = (1/2)(5s x a)h
Hexagonal prism = v = bh
octagonal prism = 2(1 +square root )a square

The volume of a three-dimensional figure is a measure of the amount of space that it occupies. Volume is measured in cubic units.

Try It

Find the volume of the prism.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 4
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 16 cu. ft

Explanation:
The volume of the prism = bh
where b = 4 ft , h = 4 ft given
volume of the prism = 16 cu. ft

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 5
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 51 cu. cm

Explanation:
The volume of the prism = bh
where b = 8.5 cm , h = 6 cm given
volume of the prism = 8.5 x 6 = 51 cu. cm

Find the volume of the prism.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 6
Answer:
The volume of prism = 162 cu. m

Explanation:
The volume of triangular prism = a x b x c x h
where a = b = c = base side , h = height
prism = 12 x 9 x 12 x 5
volume = 60 + 102
volume = 162 cu. m

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 7
Answer:

The volume of prism = 9 cu. m

Explanation:
The volume of triangular prism = a x b x c x h
where a = b = c = base side , h = height
prism = 0.75x 2 x 2 x 3
volume = 0.75 x12
volume = 9 cu. m

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FINDING THE VOLUME OF A PRISM Find the volume of the prism.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 8
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 56 cu. in

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 7 x 8
v = 56 cu. in

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 9
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 75 cu. ft

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 15 x 5
v = 75 cu. ft

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 10
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 96 cu. yd

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 12 x 8
v = 96 cu. yd

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 11
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 4925 cu. mm

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 197 x 25
v = 4925 cu. mm

Question 9.
OPEN-ENDED
Draw and label a prism with a volume of 144 cubic inches. Justify your answer.
Answer:
v = b x h
144 = 12 x 12
so base = 7 and height = 7 inches.

Explanation:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
You visit an aquarium. One of the tanks at the aquarium holds 450 gallons of water. Draw a diagram to show one possible set of dimensions of the tank. Justify your answer. (1 gal = 231 in.3)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 12
Answer:

Question 11.
A stack of paper contains 400 sheets. The volume of the stack is 140.25 cubic inches. Each sheet of paper is identical, with a length of 11 inches and a width of 8.5 inches. Find the height of each sheet of paper. Justify your answer.
Answer:
Each sheet of paper = 0.0075 inches.

Volumes of Prisms Homework & Practice 10.4

Review & Refresh

Find the surface area of the regular pyramid.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 13
Answer:
Surface area of the regular pyramid = 15 sq. m

Explanation:
Surface area of the regular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
area = 3 +(1/2) 3 x 8
surface area = 3 + 12
surface area = 15 sq. m

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 14
Answer:
Surface area of the regular pyramid =550 sq. mm

Explanation:
Surface area of the regular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
area = 30 +(1/2) 20 x 26
surface area = 30 + 520
surface area = 550 sq. mm

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 15
Answer:
Surface area of the regular pyramid =61 sq. cm

Explanation:
Surface area of the regular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
area = 7 +(1/2) 6 x 9
surface area = 7 + 54
surface area = 61 sq. cm

Find the selling price.
Question 4.
Cost to store: $75
Markup: 20%
Answer:
Selling price = 1665 $

Explanation:
Selling price = cost to store x markup + cost to store
selling price = $75 x 20% + $75
selling price = $75x 0.20 + $75
s p = 1665 $
Question 5.
Cost to store: $90
Markup: 60%
Answer:
Selling price = 5490$

Explanation:
Selling price = cost to store x markup + cost to store
selling price = $90 x 60% + $90
selling price = $90x 0.60+ $90
s p = 5490 $

Question 6.
Cost to store: $130
Markup: 85%
Answer:
Selling price =10,530 $

Explanation:
Selling price = cost to store x markup + cost to store
selling price = $130 x 85% + $130
selling price = $130 x 0.80+ $130
s p = 10,530$

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING TOOLS In the figure, each cube has a volume of 1 cubic unit. Find the volume of the figure and the area of its base. (See Exploration 1, p. 427.)
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 16
Answer:
The volume of the cube = length + breadth + height
1 x 3 = 3

Explanation:
The volume of the cube = length + breadth + height
where length = l, width = w ,height = h

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 17
Answer:
The volume of the cube = length + breadth + height
1 x 4 = 4

Explanation:
The volume of the cube = length + breadth + height
where length = l, width = w ,height = h

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 18
Answer:
The volume of the cube = length + breadth + height
1 x 2 = 2

Explanation:
The volume of the cube = length + breadth + height
where length = l, width = w ,height = h

FINDING THE VOLUME OF A PRISM Find the volume of the prism.
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 19
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 81 cu. in

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 9 x 9
v = 81 cu.in

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 20
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 48 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 6 x 8
v = 48 cu. cm

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 21
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 48 cu. m

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 7 x 8.5
v = 59.5 cu. m

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 22
Answer:

The volume of the prism = 48 cu. yd

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 8.33 x 6
v = 50 cu. yd

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 23
Answer:

The volume of the prism = 54 cu.ft

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 9 x 6
v = 54 cu.ft

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 24
Answer:

The volume of the prism = 84 cu.mm

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 10.5 x 8
v = 84 cu.mm

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 25
Answer:

The volume of the prism = 48 cu.m

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 10 x 4.8
v = 48 cu.m

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 26
Answer:

The volume of the prism = 645 cu. mm

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 15 x 43
v = 645 cu. mm

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 27
Answer:

The volume of the prism =3320 cu. feet

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 166 x 20
v = 3320 cu. ft

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the volume of the triangular prism. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 28
Answer:
Yes my friend is correct.

Explanation:
Volume of triangular prism = B h
volume = 10 x (5 x 7)
volume = 10 x (35)
volume = 350 cubic centimeters

Question 20.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A battery for an underwater drone is in the shape of a square prism. It is designed to draw in seawater that is then used to produce energy. The base of the battery has side lengths of 15 centimeters and the height of the battery is 10 centimeters. Find the volume of the battery.
Answer:
The volume of the battery  = 2250 cu. centimeters.

Explanation:
Volume of a square prism = a square h
given that a = 15 cm, h = 10 cm
volume = 15 x 15x 10
volume = 2250 cu. centimeters.
Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cereal box has a volume of 225 cubic inches. The length of the base is 9 inches and the width of the base is 2.5 inches. What is the height of the box? Justify your answer.
Answer:
The heightt of the box = 10 inches.

Explanation:
v = length x width x height
v = 225 cubic inches, l = 9 inches,w = 2.5 in
225 = 9 x 2.5 x h
225 = 22.5 h
h = 225/22.5
h = 10 inches

Question 22.
REASONING
Each locker is shaped like a rectangular prism. Which has more storage space? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 29
Answer:
The school locker has the more storage space.

Explanation:
2. The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
area = 2(10 x 12) +(15 x 48) +(12 x 48) where l= 15 in,w = 12 in,h= 48 in
area = 2(120) +(720) +(576)
area = 2(1416)
area = 2832 sq. in
1. The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
area = 2(15 x 12) +(10 x 60) +(12 x 60) where l= 10 in,w = 12 in,h= 60 in
area = 2(120) +(600) +(720)
area = 2(1440)
area = 2880 sq. in

Question 23.
USING TOOLS
How many cubic inches are in 1 cubic foot? Use a sketch to explain your reasoning.
Answer:
1 cubic foot = 1728 cubic inches.

Explanation:

Question 24.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A concrete construction block has the measurements shown. How much concrete is used to make the block? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 30
Answer:
The concrete used to make the block = 544 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
area = 2(16 x 8) +(16 x 6) +(8 x 6) where l= 16in,w = 8 in,h= 6 in
area = 2(128) +(96) +(48)
area = 2(272)
area = 544 sq. in

Question 25.
RESEARCH
The gas tank is 20% full. Use the current price of regular gasoline in your community to find the cost to fill the tank. (1 gal = 231 in.3)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 31
Answer:

Question 26.
DIG DEEPER!
Two liters of water are poured into an empty vase shaped like an octagonal prism. The base area is 100 square centimeters. What is the height of the water? (1 L = 1000 cm3)
Answer:
The height of the water = 20 centimeters

Explanation:
1 liter = 1000 cubic centimeters.
area of the base = 100 square cm
height = h
the volume of water in the vase = 2 liters = 2000 cubic centimeters
the volume of water in the vase = area of base x-height of the prism
2000 = 100 h
h = 20 cm
Question 27.
LOGIC
Two prisms have the same volume. Do they always, sometimes never, or have the same surface area? Justify your answer.
Answer:
If the volume is the same, they do not have the surface area.

Explanation:
if we take two prisms at random that have the same volume, it’s very likely that they don’t have the same surface area.

Question 28.
CRITICAL THINKING
How many times greater is the volume of a triangular prism when one of its dimensions is doubled? when all three dimensions are doubled?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 32
Answer:
The volume is 8 times greater when we double all 3 dimensions.

Explanation:
we are doubling only one dimension means that you are multiplying by 2 only 1 time.

Lesson 10.5 Volumes of Pyramids

EXPLORATION 1

Finding a Formula for the Volume of a Pyramid
Work with a partner. Draw the two nets on cardboard and cut them out. Fold and tape the nets to form an open cube and an open square pyramid. Both figures should have the same size square base and the same height.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 1
a. Compare the volumes of the figures. What do you notice?
b. Use your observations in part(a) to write a formula for the volume of a pyramid.
c. The rectangular prism below can be cut to form three pyramids. Use your formula in part(b) to show that the sum of the volumes of the three pyramids is equal to the volume of the prism.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 2
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) Bh

Explanation:
a. the volume of the pyramid =(1/3) B h
1. v = (1/3)  x 2 x2
v = (1/3) x 4
v = 1.33 in

the volume of the pyramid =(1/3) B h
1. v = (1/3)  x 2 x2.5
v = (1/3) x 5
v = 1.66 in
b.  the second figure has a greater volume than the 1st figure
c. the volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
the volume of the prism = Bh
The volume of the 3 pyramids is equal to the volume of the prism.

Try It

Find the volume of the pyramid.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 3
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 42 cubic feet

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
B = 21 square feet h= 6 ft
volume = (1/3) x 21×6
volume = (126/3)
volume = 42 cu. ft

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 4
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 290 cubic centimeter

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
B =174 square cm h= 5 cm
volume = (1/3) x 174 x 5
volume = (870/3)
volume = 290 cubic centimeter

Find the volume of the pyramid.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 5
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 290 cubic centimeter

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
B =18 in h= 7 in
volume = (1/3) x 18x 7
volume = (126/3)
volume = 42 inches

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 6
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 91.66 square centimeter

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
B =25 cm h= 11 cm
volume = (1/3) x 25x 11
volume = (275/3)
volume = 91.66 cm

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
WRITING
How is the formula for the volume of a pyramid different from the formula for the volume of a prism?
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid h = height
the volume of the prism = B h
where B = base of the prism h= height

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid  is 3 times greater the volume of the prism.

Question 6.
PROBLEM SOLVING
How many different pyramids can you draw with the same height and volume? Explain.
Answer:
We can draw the 2 or 3 pyramids with the same height and volume

Explanation:
We can draw the 2 or 3 pyramids with the same height and volume .
it is our wish to draw as many as possible
FINDING THE VOLUME OF A PYRAMID Find the volume of the pyramid.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 7
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = cubic yard

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 10 and h= 6
v = (1/3) x 10 x 6
v = (60/3)
v = 20 cubic yds

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 8
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 12 cubic centimeters

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 4 and h= 9
v = (1/3) x 4 x 9
v = (36/3)
v = 12 cu. cm

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
A resort features a square pyramid with a water slide. The length of the water slide is 90% of the height of the pyramid. The base of the pyramid has side lengths of 60 feet. The volume of the pyramid is 60,000 cubic feet. What is the length of the water slide?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 9
Answer:
The length of the water slide = 50 cubic feet

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
To make a candle, you use a mold to create the wax pyramid shown. You cut off the top 3 centimeters of the pyramid to make space for a wick. If the base area of the removed portion is 5.4 square centimeters, what percentage of the wax did you remove?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 10
Answer:
The percentage of the wax we remove = 140 cubic centimeters.

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) x 60 x 7
volume =( 420/3)
volume = 140 cubic centimeters.

Volumes of Pyramids Homework & Practice 10.5

Review & Refresh

Find the volume of the prism.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 11
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 189 cubic feets

Explanation:
The volume of the rectangular prism = l x w x h
v = 9 x 7 x 3
v = 189 cubic feets

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 12
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 189 cubic centimeters

Explanation:
The volume of the triangular prism = (b x h x l)/ 2
v = (5 x 3 x 8)/2
v = 60 cubic centimeters

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 3.
r + 0.5 < – 0.4
Answer:
r = – 0.9

Explanation:
r = -0.4 -0.5
r = -0.9

Question 4.
z – 2.4 ≥ – 0.6
Answer:
z = 1.8

Explanation:
z = -0.6  (+ 2.4)
z = 1.8

Question 5.
h – 5 ≤ – 3.7
Answer:
h = -1.3

Explanation:
h = -3.7 +5
h = -1.3

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

VOLUMES OF PYRAMIDS The rectangular prism is cut to form three pyramids. Show that the sum of the volumes of the three pyramids is equal to the volume of the prism. (See Exploration 1, p. 433.)
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 13
Answer:
The volume of the  3 pyramids is equal to the volume of the prism.

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 6 and h= 4
v = (1/3) x 6 x 4
v = (24/3)
v = 8 cubic feet
the volume of the pyramid is 3 times greater than volume of the prism.
The volume of the prism =  B h
where B = base of the prism, h = height
v =  B xh where B = 6 and h= 4
v =  6 x 4
v = 24
8 x 3 = 24

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 14
Answer:
The volume of the  3 pyramids is equal to the volume of the prism.

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 6 and h= 6
v = (1/3) x 6 x 6
v = (36/3)
v = 12 inches
the volume of the pyramid is 3 times greater than volume of the prism.
The volume of the prism=  B h
where B = base of the prism, h = height
v =  B xh where B = 6 and h= 6
v =  6 x 6
v = 36 in
12 x 3 = 36

FINDING THE VOLUME OF A PYRAMID Find the volume of the pyramid.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 15
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid =  0.66 cubic feet

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 1 and h= 2
v = (1/3) x 1 x 2
v = (2/3)
v = 0.66 cubic feet

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 16
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 6.66  cubic feet

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 2 and h= 10
v = (1/3) x 10 x 2
v = (20/3)
v = 6.66 cubic feet

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 17
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 16  cubic feet

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 8 and h= 7
v = (1/3) x 8 x 7
v = (48/3)
v = 16 cubic feet

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 18
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 20  cubic millimeters

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 15 mm and h= 4
v = (1/3) x 15 x 4
v = (60/3)
v = 20 cubic mm

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 19
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 10.666 cu. yds

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 4 and h= 8
v = (1/3) x 4 x 8
v = (32/3)
v = 10.666 cu. yd

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 20
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 36 cu. in

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 6 and h= 8
v = (1/3) x 6 x 8
v = (48/3)
v = 36 cu. in

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 21
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 70 cu. mm

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 14 and h = 15 mm
v = (1/3) x 14x 15
v = (210/3)
v = 70 cu. mm

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 22
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 2.333 cubic centimeters

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 1 and h = 7 cm
v = (1/3) x 1 x 7
v = (7/3)
v = 2.333 cubic centimeters

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 23
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 252 cubic millimeters

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 63 and h = 12 mm
v = (1/3) x 63 x 12
v = (756/3)
v  = 252 cubic millimeters

Question 17.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the volume of the pyramid. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 24
Answer:
No my friend is not correct.

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) x B x h
volume = (8 x 4 x 7)/3
volume = (224/3)
volume = 74.666 cu. in

Question 18.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A researcher develops a cage for a living cell in the shape of a square-based pyramid. A scale model of the cage is shown. What is the volume of the model?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 25
Answer:
The volume of the model = 133.33 cu. millimeters

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 20 and h = 20 mm
v = (1/3) x 20 x 20
v = (400/3)
v  = 133.33 cu. millimeters

Question 19.
FINDING VOLUME
Find the volume of the composite solid. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 26
Answer:
The volume of the  compositte solid =48 cu. feet

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B =36 and h = 4 ft
v = (1/3) x 36 x 4
v = (144/3)
v  = 48 cu. feet

Question 20.
MODELING REAL LIFE
In 1483, Leonardo da Vinci designed a parachute. It is believed that this was the first parachute ever designed. In a notebook, he wrote, “If a man is provided with a length of gummed linen cloth with a length of 12 yards on each side and 12 yards high, he can jump from any great height whatsoever without injury.” Find the volume of air inside Leonardo’s parachute.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 27
Answer:
The volume of the air inside parachute  =48 cu. yd

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B =12 and h = 12
v = (1/3) x 12 x 12
v = (144/3)
v = 48 cu. yds

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Which sandcastle spire has a greater volume? How much more sand do you need to make the spire with the greater volume?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 28
Answer:
spire B has greater volume
4 % of sand is needed to make the spire

Explanation:
The volume of the spire A = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B =30 and h = 6
v = (1/3) x 30 x 6
v = (180/3)
v = 60 in
The volume of the spire B = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B =24 and h = 8
v = (1/3) x 24 x 8
v = (192/3)
v = 64 cu. in

Question 22.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Use the photo of the tepee.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 29
a. What is the shape of the base? How can you tell?
b. The tepee’s height is about 10 feet. Estimate the volume of the tepee.
Answer:
a. The shape of the base is a triangular pyramid .
b . The volume of the triangular pyramid = 3.33

Explanation:
b . The volume of the triangular pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) B 10
volume = (10 b /3)
10 B = 3
B = (10/3)
B = 3.33

Question 23.
OPEN-ENDED
A rectangular pyramid has a volume of 40 cubic feet and a height of 6 feet. Find one possible set of dimensions of the base.
Answer:
The dimensions of the base = 20 feet

Explanation:
The volume of the rectangular pyramid = (1/3) xB x h
volume = (1/3) x B x 6 where h = 6 ,v= 40 given
40 = (1/3) x 6 B
2 B = 40
B = 20  feet

Question 24.
REASONING
Do the two solids have the same volume? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 30
Answer:
No, the two solids did not have the same volume.

Explanation:
The volume of rectangular prism = l wh
volume = xyz
The volume of the triangular prism = b hl/2
volume = (xy3z/2)

Lesson 10.6 Cross Sections of Three-Dimensional Figures

EXPLORATION 1

Describing Cross Sections
Work with a partner. A baker is thinking of different ways to slice zucchini bread that is in the shape of a rectangular prism. The shape that is formed by the cut is called a cross section.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 1
a. What is the shape of the cross section when the baker slices the bread vertically, as shown above?
b. What is the shape of the cross section when the baker slices the bread horizontally?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 2
c. What is the shape of the cross section when the baker slices off a corner of the bread?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 3
d. Is it possible to obtain a cross section that is a trapezoid? Explain.
e. Name at least 3 cross sections that are possible to obtain from a rectangular pyramid. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Consider a plane “slicing” through a solid. The intersection of the plane and the solid is a two-dimensional shape called a cross section. For example, the diagram shows that the intersection of the plane and the rectangular prism is a rectangle.

Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 4

Try It

Describe the intersection of the plane and the solid.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 5
Answer:
The intersection of the plane of the solid = one dimensional

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 6
Answer:
The intersection of the plane of the solid = two dimensional

Describe the intersection of the plane and the solid.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 7
Answer:
The intersection of the plane of the cylinder = two dimensional

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 8
Answer:
The intersection of the plane of the cone = two dimensional

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
VOCABULARY
What is a cross section?
Answer:
The intersection of the plane of the solid is a two-dimensional is called crosssection.
Question 6.
DESCRIBING CROSS SECTIONS
Describe the intersection of the plane and the solid at the left.
Answer:
The intersection of the plane and the solid at the left is a two dimensional.

Question 7.
REASONING
Name all possible cross sections of a cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 9
Answer:
The cross-section of the sphere is a circle. The vertical cross-section of a cone is a triangle, and the horizontal cross- section is a circle.

Question 8.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
You slice a square prism. Which cross section does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 10
Answer:
circle crosssection does not belong with the other three.

Explanation:
square, triangle, the rectangle does not belong with the three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
A steel beam that is 12 meters long is cut into four equal parts. The cross sections are rectangles with side lengths of 1 meter and 2 meters.
a. What is the perimeter of each cross section?
b. What is the area of each cross section?
c. What is the volume of the original beam?
Answer:
a. The perimeter of each cross-section =  3 meters
b. The area of each cross-section = 2 meters
c.  The volume of the original beam = 12 meters.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
A lumberjack saws a cylindrical tree trunk at an angle. Is the cross-section a circle? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Yes, the cross-section is a circle.

Explanation:
The cross-section of the sphere is a circle

Cross Sections of Three-Dimensional Figures Homework & Practice 10.6

Review & Refresh

Find the volume of the pyramid.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 11
Answer:
The volume of the  pyramid = 37.33 cu. in

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B =16 and h = 7 in
v = (1/3) x16 x 7
v = (112/3)
v = 37.33 cu. in

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 12
Answer:
The volume of the  pyramid = 2.875 cubic centimeters.

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B =23 and h = 8
v = (1/3) x23 x 8
v = (112/3)
v = 2.875 cubic centimeters.

Find the sum.
Question 3.
(w – 7) + (- 6w – 5)
Answer:
w = -2

Explanation:
w = -11w+7
w=-4w
2w = -4
w= -2

Question 4.
(8 – b) + (5b + 6)
Answer:
b = 2.33

Explanation:
-b = 5b-2
5b + 6b = 2
b = 2.33

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

DESCRIBING CROSS SECTIONS Determine whether it is possible to obtain the cross section from a cube. (See Exploration 2, p. 439.)
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 13
Question 5.
circle
Answer:
No it is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Question 6.
square
Answer:
No it is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Question 7.
equilateral triangle
Answer:
No it is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Explanation:
equilateral triangle is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Question 8.
pentagon
Answer:
No it is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Explanation:
pentagon is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Question 9.
non-rectangular parallelogram
Answer:
No it is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Explanation:
non rectangular parallelogram is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Question 10.
octagon
Answer:
No it is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Explanation:
octagon is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

DESCRIBING CROSS SECTIONS OF PRISMS AND PYRAMIDS Describe the intersection of the plane and the solid.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 14
Answer:
The intersection of the prism and the solid is a two dimensional.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 15
Answer:
The intersection of the pyramid and the solid is a one dimensional.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 16
Answer:
The intersection of the pyramid and the solid is a two dimensional.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 17
Answer:
The intersection of the pyramid and the solid is a three dimensional.

DESCRIBING CROSS SECTIONS OF CYLINDERS AND CONES Describe the intersection of the plane and the solid.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 18
Answer:
The intersection of the plane and the solid is a circle

Explanation:
The cross section of the cylinder is a circle.
Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 19
Answer:
The intersection of the plane and the solid is a circle

Explanation:
The cross section of the cone is a circle.

DESCRIBING CROSS SECTIONS Describe the shape that is formed by the cut in the food.
Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 20
Answer:
The shape that is formed is circle.

Explanation:
The cross section when it is cut it is formed a circle.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 21
Answer:
The shape that is formed is semi-circle.

Explanation:
The cross section when it is cut it is formed a semi circle.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 22
Answer:
The shape that is formed is  circle.

Explanation:
The cross section when it is cut it is formed  circle.

Question 20.
DESCRIBING CROSS SECTIONS
Describe the intersection of the plane and the cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 23
Answer:
The intersection of a plane and a cylinder is a rectangle.

REASONING Determine whether the given intersection is possible. If so, draw the solid and the cross section.
Question 21.
The intersection of a plane and a cone is a rectangle.
Answer:
No the intersection of a plane and a cone is a circle.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 19
Question 22.
The intersection of a plane and a square pyramid is a triangle.
Answer:
Yes the intersection of a plane and a square pyramid is a triangle.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 5

Question 23.
REASONING
A plane that intersects a prism is parallel to the bases of the prism. Describe the intersection of the plane and the prism.
Answer:
when a plane intersects a prism and is parallel to the bases of the prism , the intersection is the same shape as the base.

Question 24.
REASONING
Explain how a plane can be parallel to the base of a cone and intersect the cone at exactly one point.
Answer:
A plane will be parallel to the base and intersecting the cone at only one point is only possible when the plana will pass through

Question 25.
DIG DEEPER!
An artist plans to paint bricks.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 24
a. Find the surface area of the brick.
b. The artist cuts along the length of the brick to form two bricks, each with a width of 2 inches. What is the percent of increase in the surface area? Justify your answer.
Answer:
a. The surface area of the brick = 164 in
b. The surface area of the percent increase = 2 %

Explanation:
b.The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw +lh +wh)
surface area = 2(12 x 6 +12 x5  +6 x 5)
surface area = 2(72 + 60+30)
surface area = 2(162)
surface area = 81 in
a. The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw +lh +wh)
surface area = 2(10 x 4 +10 x3 +4 x 3)
surface area = 2(40 + 30 +12)
surface area = 2(82)
surface area = 164 in
Question 26.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cross section of an artery is shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 25
a. Describe the cross section of the artery.
b. The radius of the artery is 0.22 millimeter. What is the circumference of the artery?
Answer:
a. The cross section of the artery is a circle.
b. The circumference of the artery = 1.3816 millimeters

Explanation:
The circumference of the circle = 2πr
where r= 0.22 mm given π = 3.14
circumference = 2 x 3.14 x 0.22
circumference= 1.3816 millimeters

Question 27.
REASONING
Three identical square pyramids each with a height of meters and a base area of 100 square meters are shown. For each pyramid, a cross section parallel to the base is shown. Describe the relationship between the area of the base and the area of any cross section parallel to the base.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 26
Answer:
The relationship between the area of the base and the area of any cross section parallel to the base  for 1st figure = 1: 2 %
The relationship between the area of the base and the area of any cross section parallel to the base  for 2nd figure = 1: 5%
The relationship between the area of the base and the area of any cross section parallel to the base  for 3rd figure = 1: 10%

Explanation:
In the above 3 figures  the base area is same for all the 3 figures = 100 square meters

Surface Area and Volume Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
A store pays $2 per pound for popcorn kernels. One cubic foot of kernels weighs about 45 pounds. Wha tis the selling price of the container shown when the markup is 30%?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cc 1
Understand the problem.
You are given the dimensions of a container of popcorn kernels and the price that a store pays for the kernels. You also know the weight of one cubic foot of popcorn kernels. You are asked to find the selling price of the container when the markup is 30%.
Make a plan.
Use the volume of the container to find the weight of the kernels. Then use the weight of the kernels to find the cost to the store. Finally, use the percent markup to find the selling price of the container.
Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Answer:
Selling price = 525 $

Explanation:
Selling price = cost to store x markup + cost to store
selling price = $2 x 30% + $45
selling price = $2x 0.30 + $45
selling price = $525

Question 2.
The pyramid shown has a square base. What is the height of the pyramid? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cc 2
Answer:
The height of the pyramid = 3000 cm

Explanation:
The volume of the triangular pyramid = (1/3) x B h
1500 = (1/3) x 1.5 h
1500 = 0.5 h
h = (1500/3)
h = 3000 cm

Question 3.
A cylindrical can of soup has a height of 7 centimeters and a lateral surface area of 63π square centimeters. The can is redesigned to have a lateral surface area of 45π square centimeters without changing the radius of the can. What is the height of the new design? Justify your answer.
Answer:
The height of the new design can = 5 centimeters.

Explanation:
The can when it is redesigned to have a lateral surface area of 45π = 5 x 9 = 45
The height of the can when it is redesigned = 5 centimeters.

Performance Task

Volumes and Surface Areas of Small Objects
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Paper Measurements.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cc 3

Surface Area and Volume Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary
Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 1

Graphic Organizers
Information Frame You can use an to help organize and remember a concept. Here is an example of an Information Frame for Surface Areas of Rectangular Prisms.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 3
1. surface areas of prisms
2. surface areas of cylinders
3. surface areas of pyramids
4. volumes of prisms
5. volumes of pyramids
6. cross sections of three-dimensional figures

Chapter Self-Assessment
As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 4

10.1 Surface Areas of Prisms (pp. 409–414)
Learning Target: Find the surface area of a prism.

Find the surface area of the prism.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 5
Answer:
The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 158 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 8 w = 3 h = 5
rectangular prism =2(8 x 3) +(8 x 5) +(3 x 5)
prism = 2(24) + (40) +(15)
surface area =2(79)
surface area = 158 sq. in

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 6
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 562 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(7 x 8) + 2(8 x 15) +2(15×7) where l = 8m,w = 8m, h= 8m
surface area = 2(56) + 2(120)+ 2(105)
surface area =112 + 240 + 210
surface area = 562 sq. cm
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 7
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 262 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(5 x 7) + 2(5x 8) +2(8×7) where l = 5m,w = 7m, h= 8m
surface area = 2(35) + 2(40)+ 2(56)
surface area =70 + 80 + 112
surface area = 262 sq. m

Question 4.
You want to wrap the box using a piece of wrapping paper that is 76 centimeters long by56 centimeters wide. Do you have enough wrapping paper to wrap the box? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 8
Answer:
The enough wrapping  paper to wrap the box = 4180 cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 35 w = 50 h = 4
rectangular prism =2(35 x 50) +(50 x 4) +(35 x 4)
prism = 2(1750) + (200) +(140)
surface area =2(2090)
surface area = 4180 sq. cm

Question 5.
To finish a project, you need to paint the lateral surfaces of a cube with side length 2.5 inches. Find the area that you need to paint.
Answer:

10.2 Surface Areas of Cylinders (pp. 415–420)
Learning Target: Find the surface area of a cylinder.

Find the surface area and lateral surface area of the cylinder. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 9
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 169.56 square yards
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 113.04 square yards

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 3  , height = 6  given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 3 + 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 6
surface area =  56.52+ 113.04
surface area = 169.56
The lateral surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 3  , height = 6  given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 3 x 6
surface area = 113.04 sq. yards

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 10
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 34.196 square centimeters
The lateral surface area of the cylinder =30.144 square centimeters

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 0.8  , height = 6  given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 0.8 x 0.8 + 2 x 3.14 x 0.8 x 6
surface area =  4.0192+ 30.144
surface area = 34.196 square centimeters
The lateral surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 0.8  , height = 6  given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 0.8 x 6
surface area = 30.144 square centimeters

Question 8.
The label covers the entire lateral surface area of the can. How much of the can is not covered by the label?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 11
Answer:
The can that is not covered =276.32 square centimeters

Explanation:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 4 , height = 11  given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 4 x11
surface area = 276.32 square centimeters

10.3 Surface Areas of Pyramids (pp. 421–426)
Learning Target: Find the surface area of a pyramid.

Find the surface area of the regular pyramid.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 12
Answer:
The surface area of the pyramid =  5 square inches.

Explanation:
The surface area of the pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
surface area = 2 +(1/2) x 3 x 2
surface area= 2 +3
surface area= 5 sq. in
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 13
Answer:
The surface area of the pyramid =  42.5 sq. meters

Explanation:
The surface area of the pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
surface area = 8 +(1/2) x 10 x 6.9
surface area= 8 +34.5
surface area= 42.5 sq. m

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 14
Answer:
The surface area of the pyramid = 115.8 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
surface area = 84.3+(1/2) x 9 x 7
surface area= 84.3 +31.5
surface area= 115.8  sq. cm

Question 12.
The tent is shaped like a square pyramid. There is no fabric covering the ground.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 15
a. Estimate the amount of fabric needed to make the tent.
b. Fabric costs $5.25 per square yard. How much will it cost to make the tent?
Answer:
a. The amount of fabric needed to make the tent = 12 ft
b. The cost to make the tent =

Explanation:
The surface area of the pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
surface area = 3+(1/2) x 3 x 6
surface area= 3 +9
surface area= 12 sq. ft

10.4 Volumes of Prisms (pp. 427–432)
Learning Target: Find the volume of a prism.

Find the volume of the prism.
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 16
Answer:
The volume of prism = 96 cu. in

Explanation:
The volume of prism = lwh
where l = 8,w=2,h = 6
volume = 8 x 2 x 6
volume = 96 cu. in

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 17
Answer:
The volume of prism = 240 cu. m

Explanation:
The volume of prism =( lbh/2)
where l = 4,w=8,h = 7.5
volume = 8 x 4 x 7.5
volume = 240 cu. m

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 18
Answer:
The volume of prism =607.5 cu. mm

Explanation:
The volume of prism = lwh
where l = 15,w=4.5,h = 9
volume = 15 x 4.5 x 9
volume = 607.5 cu. mm

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 19
Answer:
The volume of prism =96 cu. m

Explanation:
The volume of prism = lwh
where l = 6,w=3,h = 4
volume = 6 x 3 x 4
volume = 96 cu. m

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 20
Answer:
The volume of prism = 15.6 cu. cm

Explanation:
The volume of prism = lwh
where l = 2.6 ,w=1.5 ,h = 4
volume = 2.6 x1.5 x 4
volume = 15.6 cu. cm

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 21
Answer:
The volume of prism = 105 cubic feet

Explanation:
The volume of prism =( lbh/2)
where l = 7 ,w=5 ,h = 3
volume = 7 x 5 x 3
volume = 105 cu. feet

Question 19.
Two cereal boxes each hold exactly 192 cubic inches of cereal. Which box should a manufacturer choose to minimize the amount of cardboard needed to make the cereal boxes?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 22
Answer:
The first cereal box is used to minimize

10.5 Volumes of Pyramids (pp.433-438)
Learning Target: Find the volume of a pyramid.

Find the volume of the pyramid.
Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 23
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 133.33 cu. ft

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) 17 20
volume = (340/3)
volume = 113.33 cu. ft

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 24
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 2100 cubic in

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) 210 x  30
volume = (6300/3)
volume = 2100 cubic in

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 25
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 48 cu. mm

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) 16 x  9
volume = (144/3)
volume =48 cu. mm

Question 23.
A pyramid-shaped hip roof is a good choice for a house in an area with many hurricanes.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 26
a. What is the volume of the roof to the nearest tenth of a foot?
b. What is the volume of the entire house, including the roof?
Answer:
a. The volume of the pyramid = 800 cu. ft

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) 80 x  30
volume = (2400/3)
volume =800 cu. ft
b.
The volume of the pyramid = 400 cu. ft

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) 40 x  30
volume = (1200/3)
volume =400 cu. ft

Question 24.
A laboratory creates calcite crystals for use in the study of light. The crystal is made up of two pieces of calcite that form a square pyramid. The base length of the top piece is 2 inches.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 27
a. Find the volume of the entire pyramid.
b. Find the volume of each piece of the pyramid.
Answer:
a. The volume of the entire pyramid = 1.58 cu. in

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) 3.5 x  3
volume = (4.75/3)
volume =1.58 cu. in
b.The volume of the pyramid = 1.458 cu. in

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) 3.5 x 1.25
volume = (4.375/3)
volume =1.458 cu. in

10.6 Cross Sections of Three-Dimensional Figures (pp. 439–444)
Learning Target: Describe the cross sections of a solid.

Describe the intersection of the plane and the solid.
Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 28
Answer:
The intersection of the plane of the solid = two dimensional
The  cross section of a solid = rectangular prism

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 29
Answer:
The intersection of the plane of the solid = two dimensional
The  cross section of a solid = triangular prism

Sketch how a plane can intersect with a cylinder to form a cross section of the given shape.
Question 27.
rectangle
Answer:

Question 28.
circle
Answer:

Question 29.
line segment
Answer:

Surface Area and Volume Practice Test

Find the surface area of the prism or regular pyramid.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 1
Answer:
The surface area of the pyramid = 7 ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the pyramid = (1/3) x B h
surface area = (1/3) X 7 x 3
surface area = (21/3)
surface area = 7 sq. ft

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 2
Answer:
The surface area of the pyramid = 0.66 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the pyramid = (1/3) x B h
surface area = (1/3) X 1 x 2
surface area = (2/3)
surface area = 0.66 sq. in

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 3
Answer:
The surface area of the pyramid = 47.5 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the pyramid = (1/3) x B h
surface area = (1/3) X 9.5 x 15
surface area = (142.5/3)
surface area = 47.5 sq. m

Find the surface area and lateral surface area of the cylinder. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 4
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 62.8 sq. cm
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 37.68 sq. cm

Explanation:

The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 2 , height = 3 given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 2 x 2 + 2 x 3.14 x 2 x 3
surface area =  25.12+ 37.68
surface area = 62.8 sq. cm
The lateral surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 2  , height = 3 given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 2 x 3
surface area = 37.68 sq. cm

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 5
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 1623.38 sq. in
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 863.5 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 11 , height = 12.5 given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 11 x 11 + 2 x 3.14 x 11 x 12.5
surface area =  759.88+ 863.5
surface area = 1623.38 sq. in
The lateral surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 11  , height = 12.5 given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 11 x 12.5
surface area = 863.5 sq. in

Find the volume of the solid.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 6
Answer:
Volume of the prism = 324 cu. in

Explanation:
Volume of the prism =( bhl/2)
volume = (9 x `12 x 6/2)
volume =(648 /2)
volume = 324 cu. in

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 7
Answer:
Volume of the prism = 41.6 cu. yd

Explanation
Volume of the prism =lwh
volume = (4 x `2 x 5.2)
volume =(41.6)
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 8
Answer:
Volume of the prism = 72 cu. m

Explanation:
Volume of the prism =( bhl/2)
volume = (3 x `8 x 6/2)
volume =(144/2)
volume = 72 cu. m

Question 9.
A quart of paint covers 80 square feet. How many quarts should you buy to paint the ramp with two coats? (Assume you will not paint the bottom of the ramp.)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 9
Answer:
Volume of the prism = 2914.8 cu. ft

Explanation:
Volume of the prism =lwh
volume = (14x 34.7 x 6)
volume =2914.8 cu. ft

Question 10.
A manufacturer wants to double the volume of the graham cracker box. The manufacturer will either double the height or double the width.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 10
a. What is the volume of the new graham cracker box?
b. Which option uses less cardboard? Justify your answer.
c. A graham cracker takes up about 1.5 cubic inches of space. Write an inequality that represents the numbers of graham crackers that can fit in the new box.
Answer:
a. the volume of the new graham cracker box = 108 cu. in

Explanation:
Volume of the prism =lwh
volume = (9 x 2 x 6)
volume = 108 cu. in

Question 11.
The label on the can of soup covers about 354.2 square centimeters. What is the height of the can? Round your answer to the nearest whole number.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 11
Answer:
The height of the can = 10,454.5672 cm

Explanation:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 4.7 , height = 354.2 given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 4.7 x 354.2
surface area = 10,454.5672 cm

Question 12.
A lumberjack splits the cylindrical log from top to bottom with an ax, dividing it in half. Describe the shape that is formed by the cut.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 12
Answer:
cylinder.

Explanation:
The shape that formed by the cut = cylinder

Surface Area and Volume Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 1
Question 1.
A gift box and its dimensions are shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 2
What is the least amount of wrapping paper that you need to wrap the box?
A. 20 in.2
B. 56 in.2
C. 64 in.2
D. 112 in.2
Answer:
option C is correct.

Explanation:
The least amount of wrapping paper that need to wrap the box = l x w x h
8 x 4 x 2
64
Question 2.
James is getting ready for wrestling season. As part of his preparation, he plans to lose 5% of his body weight. James currently weighs 160 pounds. How much will he weigh, in pounds, after he loses 5% of his weight?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 3
Answer:
he weigh after he loses 5 % = 128

Question 3.
How far will the tip of the hour hand of the clock travel in 2 hours? (Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 4
F. 44 mm
G. 88 mm
H. 264 mm
I. 528 mm
Answer:
option G is correct

Explanation:
The circumference of circle = 2 π r h

Question 4.
Which value of x makes the equation true?
5x – 3 = 11
A. 1.6
B. 2.8
C. 40
D. 70
Answer:
option B is correct

Explanation:
5x – 3 = 11
5x = 11 + 3
5x = 14
x = (14/3)
x = 2.8
Question 5.
A hockey rink contains 5 face-off circles. Each of these circles has a radius of 15 feet. What is the total area of all the face-off circles? (Use 3.14 for π.)
F. 706.5 ft 2
G. 2826 ft2
H. 3532.5 ft2
I. 14,130 ft2
Answer:
Option G is correct

Explanation:
The surface area of circle = 2rhπ
circle = 2 x 15 x 5 x 3.14

Question 6.
How much material is needed to make the popcorn container?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 5
A. 76π in.2
B. 84π in.2       
C. 92π in.2
D. 108π in.2

Answer:
The material needed to make the popcorn container = 76π in.2

Explanation:
The lateral surface area = 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 9.5 x 4 π
surface area = 76π in.2

Question 7.
What is the surface area of the square pyramid?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 6
F. 24 in.2
G. 96 in.2
H. 132 in.2
I. 228 in.2
Answer:
Option g is correct

Explanation:
surface area = 2 x l x h
surface area = 2 x 8 x 6
surface area = 96 square inches

Question 8.
A rectangular prism and its dimensions are shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 7
What is the volume, in cubic inches, of a rectangular prism whose dimensions are three times greater?
Answer:
The volume of rectangular prism = 24 cu. in

Explanation:
The volume of rectangular prism l w h
volume = 4 x 3 x 2
volume = 24 cu. in
Question 9.
What is the value of x?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 8
A. 20
B. 43
C. 44
D. 65
Answer:
option A  is correct

Explanation:
(2x + 4) = 46
2x = (46 – 4)
2x = 42
x = 21

Question 10.
Which of the following are possible angle measures of a triangle?
F. 60°, 50°, 20°
G. 40°, 80°, 90°
H. 30°, 60°, 90°
I. 0°, 90°, 90°
Answer:
option H is the correct

Explanation:
The angles of a triangle = 30°, 60°, 90°

Question 11.
The table shows the costs of buying matinee movie tickets.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 9
Part A Graph the data.
Part B Find and interpret the constant of proportionality for the graph of the line.
Part C How much does it cost to buy 8 matinee movie tickets?
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume

Here you are at the end of the page. You have learned about formula solving and many other things that have helped you to solve the problems at the next level. If you come across some problems of a higher level then this site helps you to attempt those topics and even solve some. If in the future you want to refer by starting from trash, take a look at this site and clear all your doubts. Bookmark the site for future use and reach us whenever needed.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9

The students of elementary school can find the answer key for big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem-Solving on this page. By using the BIM Book 3rd Grade 9th Chapter Multiples and Problem Solving Answer Key you can complete your homework in time and also improve your math skills. Get a free step-by-step explanation for all the questions in Big Ideas Math 3rd Grade 9th Chapter Multiples and Problem Solving Key.

Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving

Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem-Solving Answers prevailing here will help students, teachers, and parents to clarify their doubts. Hit on the direct links mentioned below to get to know more details about each lesson. Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving PDF for free of cost and start preparation.

The different lessons of Multiples and Problem Solving Chapter 9 are Use Number Lines to Multiply by Multiples of 10, Use Place Value to Multiply by Multiples of 10, Use Properties to Multiply by Multiples of 10, and Problem Solving: Multiplication and Division. Solve all the problems from BIM Book Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving to enhance your math skills.

Lesson – 1: Use Number Lines to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Lesson – 2: Use Place Value to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Lesson – 3: Use Properties to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Lesson – 4: Problem Solving: Multiplication and Division

Lesson – 5: Problem Solving: All Operations

Performance Task

Lesson 9.1 Use Number Lines to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Explore and Grow

Show 5 jumps of 3. Write a multiplication equation shown by the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 1
____ × _____ = _____

Answer: 5 × 3 = 15

Explanation:
The count starts from 0.
You have put 5 jumps of 3 on the number line.
Skip by 3 five times.
That means from 0 to 3, 3 to 6, 6 to 9, 9 to 12, 12 to 15.
5 × 3 = 15

Show 5 jumps of 30. Write a multiplication equation shown by the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 2
____ × ____ = _____
Answer: 5 × 30 = 150

Explanation:

The count starts from 0.
You have put 5 jumps of 30 on the number line.
Skip by 30 five times.
That means from 0 to 30, 30 to 60, 60 to 90, 90 to 120, 120 to 150.
5 × 30 = 150

Structure
Compare the models. How are they the same? How are they different?
Answer: The Multiplication equation for both the models are the same but counts are different.

Think and Grow: Number Lines and Multiples of 10

Example
Find 3 × 50.
3 × 50 means 3 groups of 50.
Number of jumps: ______
Size of each jump: ______
Start at 0. Skip count by 50 three times.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 3

Answer: 3 × 50 = 150

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 3 jumps of 50.
The count starts at 0. Skip 50 three times.
Number of jumps = 3
Size of each jump = 50
3 × 50 = 150

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Find 8 × 20.
Number of jumps: ______
Size of each jump: ______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 4
8 × 20 = _____
Answer: 160

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 8 jumps of 20.
The count starts at 0. Skip 20 eight times.
Number of jumps = 8
Size of each jump = 20
8 × 20 = 160

Question 2.
Find 4 × 30
Number of jumps: _______
Size of each jump: _______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 5
4 × 30 = _____
Answer: 120

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 4 jumps of 30.
The count starts at 0. Skip 30 four times.
Number of jumps = 4
Size of each jump = 30
4 × 30 = 120

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 3.
Find 2 × 60.
Number of jumps: _______
Size of each jump: _______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 6
2 × 60 = _____
Answer: 120

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 2 jumps of 60.
The count starts at 0. Skip 60 two times.
Number of jumps = 2
Size of each jump = 60
2 × 60 = 120

Question 4.
Find 5 × 50
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 7
5 × 50 = _____
Answer: 250

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 5 jumps of 50.
The count starts at 0. Skip 50 five times.
Number of jumps = 5
Size of each jump = 50
5 × 50 = 250

Question 5.
Find 3 × 70.
3 × 70 = _____
Answer: 210

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 3 jumps of 70.
The count starts at 0. Skip 70 three times.
Number of jumps = 3
Size of each jump = 70
3 × 70 = 210

Question 6.
Find 30 × 6.
30 × 6 = _____
Answer: 180

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 6 jumps of 30.
The count starts at 0. Skip 30 six times.
Number of jumps = 6
Size of each jump = 30
30 × 6 = 180

Question 7.
Structure
Show 2 × 40 on one number line and 4 × 20 on the other. What is the same about the number lines? What is different?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 10
Answer: The model is the same on the number line. The counts are different and the number of jumps on the number line is different.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A section of an airplane has 20 rows of seats. Each row has 7 seats. Can the section seat more than 150 people? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 11
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 12
The section ______ seat more than 150 people.
Explain:

Answer:
Given that,
A section of an airplane has 20 rows of seats. Each row has 7 seats.
20 × 7 = 140 seats
Thus the section cannot seat more than 150 people.

Show and Grow

Question 8.
There are 9 rows of seats in an auditorium. Each row has 30 seats. Can the auditorium seat more than 250 people? Explain.
Answer:
Given that,
There are 9 rows of seats in an auditorium. Each row has 30 seats.
9 × 30 = 270 seats
270 – 250 = 20
Thus the auditorium seat more than 250 people.

Question 9.
A mechanic installs new tires on 20 cars and 20 pickup trucks. How many new tires does the mechanic install in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 13
Answer:
Given that,
A mechanic installs new tires on 20 cars and 20 pickup trucks.
20 × 4 = 80 cars
20 × 4 = 80 trucks
80 + 80 = 160 new tires
Thus the mechanic install 160 new tires.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton saves $5 each week for 20 weeks. How much more money does he need to buy a new bike that costs $130? If he continues to save the same amount each week, how many more weeks does he need to save to buy the bike? Explain.
Answer:
Given that,
Newton saves $5 each week for 20 weeks.
5 × 20 = $100
$130 – $100 = $30
Thus Newton need to save $30 to buy the bike.

Use Number Lines to Multiply by Multiples of 10 Homework & Practice 9.1

Question 1.
Find 3 ×30.
Number of jumps: _______
Size of each jump: _______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 14
3 × 30 =

Answer: 90

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 3 jumps of 30.
The count starts at 0. Skip 30 three times.
Number of jumps = 3
Size of each jump = 30
3 × 30 = 90

Question 2.
Find 7 × 60.
Number of jumps: _______
Size of each jump: _______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 15
7 × 60 = _____
Answer: 420

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that the count starts from 0.
It means that there are 7 jumps of 60.
The count starts at 0. Skip 60 seven times.
Number of jumps = 7
Size of each jump = 60
7 × 60 = 420

Question 3.
Find 4 × 40.
4 × 40 = ____
Answer: 160

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
4 × 40 = 4 × (20 + 20)
4 × 40 = (4 × 20) + (4 × 20)
4 × 40 = 80 + 80
4 × 40 = 160

Question 4.
Find 80 × 3.
80 × 3 = _____
Answer: 240

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the associative property.
80 × 3 = (8 × 10) × 3
80 × 3 = 8 × 3 × 10
80 × 3 = 24 × 10
80 × 3 = 240

Question 5.
Structure
Complete the number line. Then write the multiplication equation shown on the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 18
____ × ____ = _____
Answer: 5 × 30 = 150
By using the number line you can write the multiplication equation.
30 + 30 + 30 + 30 + 30 = 150

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
A gymnasium has 9 rows of seats. Each row has 50 seats. Can the gymnasium seat more than 500 people? Explain.
Answer:
Given,
A gymnasium has 9 rows of seats. Each row has 50 seats.
9 × 50 = 450 seats
450 – 500 = -50 people
No the gymnasium cannot seat more than 500 people.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
Ten adults and 20 children fill their bike tires at a public pump. How many tires are filled in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.1 19
Answer:
Given that,
Ten adults and 20 children fill their bike tires at a public pump.
10 × 2 = 20
20 × 2 = 40
20 + 40 = 60
Thus 60 tires are filled in all.

Review & Refresh

Question 8.
There are 35 counters. The counters are in 7 equal rows. How many counters are in each row?
7 rows of _____
35 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer: 5

Explanation:
There are 35 counters.
The counters are in 7 equal rows.
35/7 = 5
7 rows of 5
35 ÷ 7 = 5
Thus there are 5 counters in each row.

Question 9.
You have 32 counters. You arrange them with 8 counters in each row. How many rows of counters do you make?
_____ rows of 8
32 ÷ 8 = ____
Answer: 4

Explanation:
Given that,
You have 32 counters. You arrange them with 8 counters in each row.
32/8 = 4
Thus you can make 4 rows of 8.

Lesson 9.2 Use Place Value to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Explore and Grow

Use models to find each product. Draw your models.
4 × 6 = _____
4 × 60 = _____
Answer: 24, 240

i. Bigideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 img_1
Multiply the rows and columns
4 × 6 = 24
ii. Multiply the two numbers 4 and 60
4 × 60 = 240

Structure
Compare the models. How are they the same? How are they different?
Answer: The models for both the problem are the same but the columns are different.

Think and Grow: Place Value and Multiples of 10

Example
Find 4 × 70.
Step 1:
Make a quick sketch to model the product.
Think: 4 groups of 70, or 7 tens.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 1
4 × 70 = 4 × ____ tens
4 × 70 = ____ tens

Answer:
4 × 70 = 4 × 7 tens
4 × 70 = 28 tens

Step 2:
Regroup ____ tens
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 3
There are _____ hundreds and _____ tens.
So, 4 × 70 = _____.
Answer:
There are 2 hundred and 8 tens.
Now regroup tens.
There are 2 tens
So, group the tens.
2 tens are grouped and the remaining is 8.
4 × 70 = 280

Show and Grow

Make a quick sketch to find the product
Question 1.
3 × 80 = ______
Answer: 240
Big Ideas Math Answer grade 3 chapter 9 img_2
There are 2 hundred and 4 tens.

Question 2.
5 × 40 = _____
Answer: 200
BIM Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 img_3
5 × 40 = 20 tens
There are 2 hundred and 0 tens.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use place value to find the product.
Question 3.
3 × 90 = 3 × ____ tens
3 × 90 = ____ tens
3 × 90 = _____
Answer:
3 × 90 = 3 × 9 tens
3 × 90 = 27 tens
3 × 90 = 270

Question 4.
6 × 60 = 6 × ____ tens
6 × 60 = ____ tens
6 × 60 = _____
Answer:
6 × 60 = 6 × 6 tens
6 × 60 = 36 tens
6 × 60 = 360

Question 5.
2 × 70 = 2 × ____ tens
2 × 70 = ____ tens
2 × 70 = _____
Answer:
2 × 70 = 2 × 7 tens
2 × 70 = 14 tens
2 × 70 = 140

Question 6.
9 × 20 = 9 × ____ tens
9 × 20 = ____ tens
9 × 20 = _____
Answer:
9 × 20 = 9 × 2 tens
9 × 20 = 18 tens
9 × 20 = 180

Find the product
Question 7.
3 × 30 = ____
Answer: 90

Explanation:
3 × 30 = 3 × 3 tens
3 × 30 = 9 tens
3 × 30 = 90

Question 8.
6 × 80 = ____
Answer: 480

Explanation:
6 × 80 = 6 × 8 tens
6 × 80 = 48 tens
6 × 80 = 480

Question 9.
4 × 40 = _____
Answer: 160

Explanation:
4 × 40 = 4 × 4 tens
4 × 40 =  16 tens
4 × 40 = 160

Question 10.
7 × 50 = _____
Answer: 350

Explanation:
7 × 50 = 7 × 5 tens
7 × 50 = 35 tens
7 × 50 = 350

Question 11.
8 × 70 = _____
Answer: 560

Explanation:
8 × 70 = 8 × 7 tens
8 × 70 = 56 tens
8 × 70 = 560

Question 12.
5 × 90 = _____
Answer: 450

Explanation:
5 × 90 = 5 × 9 tens
5 × 90 = 45 tens
5 × 90 = 450

Question 13.
Reasoning
Explain why the product of 6 and 30 has 1 zero and the product of 4 and 50 has 2 zeros.
Answer:
6 × 30 = 180
4 × 50 = 200
4 and 50 has two zeros because it is multiplied by 50 If the number is multiplied by 5 or 10 you will get two zeros.

Question 14.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Is Descartes correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 4
Answer: Yes, Descartes is correct.
3 × 7 = 21
3 × 70 = 210
So the product of 3 and 70 is equal to the product of 3 and 7 with a 0 written after it.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Newton saves $30 each month for 6 months. Does he have enough money to buy the drone? Explain.
Newton _______ have enough money to buy the drone.$189
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 5
Answer:
Given that,
Newton saves $30 each month for 6 months.
6 × $30 = $180
The cost of the drone is $189.
180 – 189 = -9
Therefore Newton does not have enough money to buy the drone.

Show and Grow

Question 15.
Descartes saves $20 each month for 8 months. Does he have enough money to buy the remote control jeep? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 6
Answer:
Given that,
Descartes saves $20 each month for 8 months.
8 × $20 = $160
The cost of remote control jeep is $129
160 – 129 = $31
Thus Descartes has enough money to buy the remote control jeep.

Question 16.
You practice playing the guitar for 40 minutes every day. How many minutes do you practice in one week?
Answer:
Given that,
You practice playing the guitar for 40 minutes every day.
1 week = 7 days
7 × 40 = 280
Thus you practice 280 minutes in one week.

Question 17.
A box of snacks has 25 bags of pretzels and 25 bags of peanuts. How many bags are in 9 boxes?
Answer:
Given that,
A box of snacks has 25 bags of pretzels and 25 bags of peanuts.
25 + 25 = 50
50 × 9 = 450
Thus there are 450 bags in 9 boxes.

Use Place Value to Multiply by Multiples of 10 Homework & Practice 9.2

Make a quick sketch to find the product.
Question 1.
5 × 70 = _____
Answer: 350
Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 9 Answer Key img_4

Question 2.
3 × 60 = ____
Answer: 180
BIM Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiplies and problem solving img_5

Use place value to find the product
Question 3.
8 × 50 = 8 × ____ tens
8 × 50 = ____ tens
8 × 50 = _____
Answer:
8 × 50 = 8 × 5 tens
8 × 50 = 40 tens
8 × 50 = 400

Question 4.
7 × 60 = 7 × ____ tens
7 × 60 = ____ tens
7 × 60 = _____
Answer:
7 × 60 = 7 × 6 tens
7 × 60 = 42 tens
7 × 60 = 420

Find the product.
Question 5.
6 × 90 = _____
Answer: 540

Explanation:
6 × 90 = 6 × 9 tens
6 × 90 = 54 tens
6 × 90 = 540

Question 6.
8 × 30 = _____
Answer: 240

Explanation:
8 × 30 = 8 × 3 tens
8 × 30 = 24 tens
8 × 30 = 240

Question 7.
5 × 40 = _____
Answer: 200

Explanation:
5 × 40 = 5 × 4 tens
5 × 40 = 20 tens
5 × 40 = 200

Question 8.
Is Newton correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 7
Answer: Newton is incorrect

Explanation:
6 × 50 = 6 × 5 tens
6 × 50 = 30 tens
6 × 50 = 300
By this we can say that Newton is incorrect.

Question 9.
Structure
Write an equation for the quick sketch.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 8
Answer: 2 × 60 = 120
There are 1 group of tens and 2 are remaining.
So, 2 × 60 = 120

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
Descartes saves $50 each month for 5 months. Does he have enough money to buy the game system? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.2 9
Answer:
Given that,
Descartes saves $50 each month for 5 months.
5 × $50 = $250
The cost of the game system is $205.
$250 – $205 = $45
Thus Descartes has enough money to buy the game system.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A group of staff members packs coolers for a field trip. Each cooler has 15 peanut butter sandwiches and 15 turkey sandwiches. How many sandwiches are in 7 coolers?
Answer:
Given that,
A group of staff members packs coolers for a field trip.
Each cooler has 15 peanut butter sandwiches and 15 turkey sandwiches.
15 + 15 = 30
7 × 30 = 210
Thus there are 210 sandwiches in 7 coolers.

Review & Refresh

Question 12.
Round 282 to the nearest ten and to the nearest hundred.
Nearest ten: ____
Nearest hundred: _____
Answer:
First, 282 rounded to the nearest ten is 280.
The number nearest hundred to 282 is 300.

Lesson 9.3 Use Properties to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Explore and Grow

Use the colored rectangles to find 5 × 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 1
So, 5 × 30 = ______
Answer: 50 + 50 + 50 = 150

Explanation:
The multiplication equation for the yellow-colored rectangle is 5 × 10 = 50
The multiplication equation for the blue-colored rectangle is 5 × 10 = 50
The multiplication equation for the red-colored rectangle is 5 × 10 = 50
50 + 50 + 50 = 150

Reasoning
How does this model relate to the Distributive Property?
Answer:
Yes, you can relate the above equation to the distributive property.
5 × 30 = 5 × (10 + 20)
5 × 30 = (5 × 10) + (5 × 20)
5 × 30 = 50 + 100
5 × 30 = 150

Think and Grow: Properties and Multiples of 10

Example:
Find 6 × 20
One Way:
Use the Associative Property of Multiplication
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 2
6 × 20 = 6 × (_____ × 10)
6 × 20 = (6 × ____) × 10
6 × 20 = ____ × 10
6 × 20 = ____
Rewrite 20 as _____ × 10
Associative Property of Multiplication

Answer:
Rewrite 20 as 2× 10
6 × 20 = 6 × (2 × 10)
6 × 20 = (6 × 2) × 10
6 × 20 = 12 × 10
6 × 20 = 120

Another Way:
Use the Distributive Property
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 3
6 × 20 = 6 × (10 × _____)
6 × 20 = (6 × 10) × (6 × ____)
6 × 20 = ____ + _____
6 × 20 = ____

Answer:
Rewrite 20 as 10 + 10
By using the Distributive Property we can find the product.
6 × 20 = 6 × (10 + 10)
6 × 20 = (6 × 10) × (6 × 10)
6 × 20 = 60 + 60
6 × 20 = 120

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Use the Associative Property of Multiplication to find 4 × 60.
4 × 60 = 4 × (_____ × 10)
4 × 60 = (4 × ____) × 10
4 × 60 = ____ × 10
4 × 60 = ____
Answer:
You have to find the product by using the Associative Property of Multiplication.
4 × 60 = 4 × (6 × 10)
4 × 60 = (4 × 6) × 10
4 × 60 = 24 × 10
4 × 60 = 240
Thus the product of 4 × 60 = 240.

Question 2.
Use the Distributive Property to find 9 × 20.
9 × 20 = 9 × (10 × _____)
9 × 20 = (9 × 10) × (9 × ____)
9 × 20 = ____ + _____
9 × 20 = ____
Answer:
You have to find the product by using the Distributive Property of Multiplication.
9 × 20 = 9 × (10 + 10)
9 × 20 = (9 × 10) + (9 × 10)
9 × 20 = 90 + 90
9 × 20 = 180

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use properties to find the product
Question 3.
7 × 30 = _____
Answer: 210

Explanation:
You have to find the product by using the Associative Property of Multiplication.
7 × 30 = 7 × (3 × 10)
7 × 30 = (7 × 3) × 10
7 × 30 = 21 × 10
7 × 30 = 210

Question 4.
5 × 80 = _____
Answer: 400

Explanation:
You have to find the product by using the Associative Property of Multiplication.
5 × 80 = 5 × (8 × 10)
5 × 80 = (5 × 8) × 10
5 × 80 = 40 × 10
5 × 80 = 400

Question 5.
5 × 20 = _____
Answer: 100

Explanation:
You have to find the product by using the Associative Property of Multiplication.
5 × 20 = 5 × (10 × 2)
5 × 20 = (5 × 2) × 10
5 × 20 = 10 × 10
5 × 20 = 100

Question 6.
3 × 90 = _____
Answer: 270

Explanation:
You have to find the product by using the Associative Property of Multiplication.
3 × 90 = 3 × (9 × 10)
3 × 90 = (3 × 9) × 10
3 × 90 = 27 × 10
3 × 90 = 270

Find the missing factor.
Question 7.
8 × ____ = 320
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x.
8 × x = 320
x = 320/8
x = 40
Thus the missing factor is 40.

Question 8.
____ × 50 = 300
Answer: 6

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be y.
y × 50 = 300
y = 300/50
y = 6
Thus the missing factor is 6.

Question 9.
_____ × 30 = 270
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be z.
z × 30 = 270
z = 270/30
z = 9
Thus the missing factor is 9.

Question 10.
Number Sense
Use the Associative Property of Multiplication to show why
4 × 20 = 8 × 10.
Answer:
You have to find the product by using the Associative Property of Multiplication.
4 × 20 = 8 × 10
4 × (2 × 10) = 8 × 10
8 × 10 = 8 × 10
By this we can say that 4 × 20 = 8 × 10.

Question 11.
Open-Ended
Write three expressions equal to 240.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 4
Answer:
The three expressions equal to 240 is
240/3 = 80
2 × 40 | 2 × 40 | 2 × 40
80 + 80 + 80 = 240

Question 12.
Number Sense
Which equations show the Distributive Property?
2 × 20 = (2 × 10) + (2 × 10)
4 × (3 × 10) = (4 × 3) × 10
(7 × 10) + (7 × 10) = 7 × 20
Answer:
2 × 20 = (2 × 10) + (2 × 10) is the distributive property.
4 × (3 × 10) = (4 × 3) × 10 shows the associative property.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

There are 8 tables in the classroom. There are 5 students at each table. Each student has 10 markers. How many markers do the students have in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 5
There are ______ markers at each table.
The students have ______ markers in all.

Answer:
Given that,
There are 8 tables in the classroom.
There are 5 students at each table.
8 × 5 = 40
Each student has 10 markers.
40 × 10 = 400

Show and Grow

Question 13.
Your teacher buys 5 boxes of pens. Each box has 6 bundles of 10 pens. How many pens does your teacher buy in all?
Answer:
Given that,
Your teacher buys 5 boxes of pens. Each box has 6 bundles of 10 pens.
6 × 10 = 60
60 × 5 = 300 pens
Thus the teacher buy 300 pens.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton earns $30 each work shift. He wants to buy Descartes a cat tree. The tree costs $150. After how many work shifts can Newton buy the tree?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 6
Answer:
Given,
Newton earns $30 each work shift. He wants to buy Descartes a cat tree. The tree costs $150.
To find how many work shifts can Newton buy the tree, you need to divide the cost of the tree by newton’s earned amount.
150/30 = 5
After 5 work shifts, Newton can buy the tree.

Use Properties to Multiply by Multiples of 10 Homework & Practice 9.3

Question 1.
Use the Associative Property of Multiplication to find 6 × 70.
6 × 70 = 6 × (_____ × 10)
6 × 70 = (6 × ____) × 10
6 × 70 = ____ × 10
6 × 70 = ____
Answer:
6 × 70 = 6 × (7 × 10)
6 × 70 = (6 × 7) × 10
6 × 70 = 42 × 10
6 × 70 = 420

Question 2.
Use the Distributive Property to find 3 × 20.
3 × 20 = 3 × (10 × _____)
3 × 20 = (3 × 10) × (3 × ____)
3 × 20 = ____ + _____
3 × 20 = ____
Answer:
3 × 20 = 3 × (10 × 2)
3 × 20 = (3 × 10) × (1 × 2)
3 × 20 = 30 × 2
3 × 20 = 60

Use properties to find the product.
Question 3.
9 × 20 = _____
Answer: 180

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
9 × 20 = 9 × (10 + 10)
9 × 20 = (9 × 10) + (9 × 10)
9 × 20 = 90 + 90
9 × 20 = 180

Question 4.
5 × 30 = ____
Answer: 150

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the associative property.
5 × 30 = (5 × 3) × 10
5 × 30 = 15 × 10
5 × 30 = 150

Find the missing factor
Question 5.
____ × 60 = 180
Answer: 3

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x.
x × 60 = 180
x = 180/60
x = 3
Thus the missing factor is 3.

Question 6.
6 × ____ = 240
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be y.
6 × y = 240
y = 240/6
y = 40
Thus the missing factor is 40.

Question 7.
____ × 80 = 720
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be z.
z × 80 = 720
z = 720/80
z = 9
Thus the missing factor is 9.

Question 8.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend draws a model to find 4 × 20. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 7
4 × 10 = 40 4 × 10 = 40
40 + 40 = 80
So, 4 × 20 = 80
Answer: Yes your friend is correct.
There are 4 rows and 20 shaded blocks
4 × 20 = 80

Question 9.
Number Sense
How can you tell whether 7 × 40 or 8 × 70 is greater without finding the products?
Answer: We can find a greater number by seeing the numbers.
7 < 8
40 < 70
7 × 40 = 280
8 × 70 = 560
So, 7 × 40 < 8 × 70

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
There are 9 teams in a math competition. Each team has 6 students. Each student answers 10 questions. How many questions are answered in all?
Answer:
Given that,
There are 9 teams in a math competition. Each team has 6 students.
9 × 6 = 54 students
Each student answers 10 questions.
54 × 10 = 540
Thus the students answered 540 questions in all.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
A soccer team earns $40 each week washing cars. The team wants to buy an inflatable field for $240. After how many weeks can the team buy the field?
Answer:
Given that,
A soccer team earns $40 each week washing cars.
The team wants to buy an inflatable field for $240.
240/40 = 6
It takes 6 weeks to buy the field.

Review & Refresh

Find the quotient
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 8
Answer: 6

Explanation:
Divide the two numbers 3 and 18.
18/3 = 6
Thus the quotient is 6.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 9
Answer: 8

Explanation:
Divide the two numbers 4 and 32
32/4 = 8
Thus the quotient is 8.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 10
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Divide the two numbers 27 and 3
27/3 = 9
Thus the quotient is 9.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.3 11
Answer: 4

Explanation:
Divide the two numbers 4 and 16.
16/4 = 4
Thus the quotient is 4.

Lesson 9.4 Problem Solving: Multiplication and Division

Explore and Grow

Use any strategy to solve the problem.
Descartes uses 72 blocks to build ships. He uses 9 blocks for each ship. Each ship has 2 fabric sails. How many sails does Descartes use?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 1
Descartes uses _____ fabric sails.
Answer:
Given that,
Descartes uses 72 blocks to build ships. He uses 9 blocks for each ship.
72/9 = 8
Each ship has 2 fabric sails.
8 × 2 = 16 sails
Therefore Descartes uses 16 fabric sails.

Structure
What equations did you use to solve? How can you write the equations using a letter to represent the number of fabric sails?
Answer:
I used the division and multiplication equation to solve the problem.
First, you have to divide the number of blocks by the number of blocks for each ship.
72/9 = 8
After that multiply the blocks by the number of fabric sails.
8 × 2 = 16

Think and Grow: Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Example
A box of 8 burritos costs $9. How much does it cost a group of friends to buy 40 burritos?
Understand the Problem

What do you need to find?
• A box has ______ burritos.
• The box costs _____.
• A group of friends wants to buy ______ burritos.

Answer:

• A box has 8 burritos.
• The box costs $9.
• A group of friends wants to buy 40 burritos.

What do you know?
• You need to find how much it _____ costs to buy.

Answer:
You can find the answer by using the above question.
• You need to find how much burritos cost to buy.

Make a Plan
How will you solve?
• Divide _____ by _____ to find how many _____ the group needs to buy.
• Then multiply the quotient by _____ to find the total cost.

Answer:

• Divide 40 by 8 to find how many burritos the group needs to buy.
• Then multiply the quotient by 9 to find the total cost.

Solve
Step 1:
How many boxes does the group need to buy?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 2

Step 2:
Use to find the total cost.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 3
It costs $ _____ for 40 burritos.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 2
First divide 40/8 = 5
b = 5
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 3
c = 5 × 9 = 45
Thus the total cost is $45.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
You make 9 shots in a basketball game. Each shot is worth 2 points. Your friend has the same number of points. All of her shots are worth 3 points. How many shots does your friend make?
Answer:
Given that,
You make 9 shots in a basketball game. Each shot is worth 2 points.
9 × 2 = 18 points
Your friend has the same number of points. All of her shots are worth 3 points.
18/3 = 6
Thus your friend needs to make 6 shots.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Write equations to solve. Use letters to represent the unknown numbers. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 2.
You read 3 chapters. Each chapter has 8 pages. Your friend reads the same number of pages. All of her chapters have 6 pages. How many chapters does your friend read?
Answer:
Given that,
You read 3 chapters. Each chapter has 8 pages.
3 × 8 pages = 24 pages
Your friend reads the same number of pages. All of her chapters have 6 pages.
24/6 = 4
Thus your friend reads 4 pages.

Question 3.
There are 42 players in a basketball tournament. The players are divided into teams of 7 players. The teams are divided equally among 3 basketball courts. How many teams are at each basketball court?
Answer:
Given that,
There are 42 players in a basketball tournament. The players are divided into teams of 7 players.
42/7 = 6 teams
The teams are divided equally among 3 basketball courts.
6/3 = 3
Thus there are 3 teams at each basketball court.

Question 4.
You have 2 dream catcher kits. Each kit makes 4 dream catchers. You make all of the dream catchers and sell them for $9 each. How much money do you earn?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 4
Answer:
Given that,
You have 2 dream catcher kits. Each kit makes 4 dream catchers.
2 × 4 = 8 dream catchers
You make all of the dream catchers and sell them for $9 each.
8 × 9 = $72
Thus you earn $72.

Question 5.
A box of 4 test tubes costs $6. How much does it cost to buy 20 test tubes?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 5
Answer:
Given that,
A box of 4 test tubes costs $6.
20/4 = 5
5 × $6 = $30
Thus it costs $30 to buy 20 test tubes.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

There are 4 crates of milk bottles. Each crate holds 20 bottles. You hand out an equal number of bottles to 10 tables of students. How many bottles of milk does each table of students get?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 6
Understand the problem:
Make a plan:
Solve:
Each table of students gets _____ bottles of milk.

Answer:
Given that,
There are 4 crates of milk bottles. Each crate holds 20 bottles.
4 × 20 = 80 bottles
You hand out an equal number of bottles to 10 tables of students.
80/10 = 8
Therefore each table of students gets 8 bottles of milk.

Show and Grow

Question 6.
Six groups of hikers have 2 cases of water to share equally. Each case has 30 bottles of water. How many bottles of water does each group get?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 7
Answer:
Given,
Six groups of hikers have 2 cases of water to share equally. Each case has 30 bottles of water.
2 × 30 = 60 bottles of water
There are 6 groups so divide 60 by 6.
60/6 = 10
Thus each group gets 10 bottles of water.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton and Descartes decide to buy 2 pet toys that cost $20 each. Newton saves $5 each week. Descartes saves $3 each week. If they combine their money, how long does it take them to save enough money to buy the toys?
Answer:
Given that,
Newton and Descartes decide to buy 2 pet toys that cost $20 each.
2 × 20 = $40
Newton saves $5 each week. Descartes saves $3 each week.
5 + 3 = 8
40/8 = 5
Thus it takes 5 weeks to buy the toys.

Problem Solving: Multiplication and Division Homework & Practice 9.4

Write equations to solve. Use letters to represent the unknown numbers. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 1.
Your friend saves $5 each week for 8 weeks. He spends all of the money on 4 toys that each cost the same amount. How much does each toy cost?
Answer:
Given that,
Your friend saves $5 each week for 8 weeks.
He spends all of the money on 4 toys that each cost the same amount.
To find the cost of the toy we need to multiply your friend savings and the number of weeks.
8 × 5 = 40
Thus the cost of the toy is $40.

Question 2.
There are 3 trees. Each tree has 2 birdhouses. Each birdhouse has 4 birds. How many birds are there in all?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 8
Answer:
Given that,
There are 3 trees. Each tree has 2 birdhouses.
3 × 2 = 6 birdhouses
Each birdhouse has 4 birds.
6 × 4 = 24 birds
Therefore there are 24 birds in all.

Question 3.
There are 54 students at a field day who are divided equally into teams of 6 students. The teams are divided equally among 3 stations. How many teams are at each station?
Answer:
Given that,
There are 54 students at a field day who are divided equally into teams of 6 students.
54/6 = 9 teams
The teams are divided equally among 3 stations.
Again the teams are divided into 3 stations.
9/3 = 3
Thus there are 3 teams at each station.

Question 4.
Newton runs an equal number of miles 2 days each week. He runs 8 miles each week. One mile is equal to 4 laps around the track. Which equation can you use to find how many laps Newton runs each day?
r = 8 ÷ 4
r = 4 ÷ 4
r = 4 × 4
r = 2 × 4
Answer:
Given that,
Newton runs an equal number of miles 2 days each week. He runs 8 miles each week. One mile is equal to 4 laps around the track.
8/2 = 4
To find how many laps Newton runs each day you need to divide 4 by 4
r = 4 ÷ 4
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
Ten classrooms have 3 boxes of white boards to share equally. Each box has 30 white boards. How many white boards does each classroom get?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 9
Answer:
Given that,
Ten classrooms have 3 boxes of white boards to share equally.
Each box has 30 white boards.
1 box = 30 whiteboards
3 boxes = 3 × 30 = 90 white boards
Now divide the whiteboards by number of classrooms.
90/10 = 9
Thus each classroom gets 9 whiteboards.

Question 6.
DIP DEEPER!
Newton and Descartes decide to buy 2 amusement park tickets that cost $30 each. Newton saves $2 each week. Descartes saves $4 each week. If they combine their money, how long does it take them to save enough money to buy the tickets?
Answer:
Given that,
Newton and Descartes decide to buy 2 amusement park tickets that cost $30 each.
Newton saves $2 each week. Descartes saves $4 each week.
2 + 4 = 6
Now divide the ticket cost by their savings.
30/6 = 5
Therefore it takes 5 weeks to save enough money to buy the tickets.

Review & Refresh

Round to the nearest ten to estimate the difference
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 10
Answer:
58 round to the nearest ten is 60.
27 round to the nearest ten is 30.
60
-30
30
Thus the estimated difference is 30.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 11
Answer:
763 round to the nearest ten is 760.
415 round to the nearest ten is 420.
760
-420
340
Thus the estimated difference is 340.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.4 12
Answer:
686 round to the nearest ten is 690.
24 round to the nearest ten is 20.
690
-20
670
Thus the estimated difference is 670.

Lesson 9.5 Problem Solving: All Operations

Explore and Grow

Use any strategy to solve the problem.
You are making 6 fruit baskets. Each basket has 3 pieces of fruit in it to start. You buy 18 bananas and divide them equally among the baskets. How many pieces of fruit are in each fruit basket now?
There are ______ pieces of fruit in each fruit basket now.
Answer:
Given that,
You are making 6 fruit baskets. Each basket has 3 pieces of fruit in it to start.
6 × 3 = 18
You buy 18 bananas and divide them equally among the baskets.
18/18 = 1
Thus there are 4 pieces of fruit in each fruit basket now.

Structure
How can you solve this problem using one equation?
Answer:
We can solve the above problem by using the multiplication equation.
First, you need to multiply the number of fruit baskets by the number of pieces of fruit.
After that divide the number of pieces by the number of bananas.

Think and Grow: One Equation with Two Operations

Example
Newton buys 3 DVDs for $4 each. He pays with a $20 bill. What is his change?
You can write one equation with two operations to solve this problem.
The equation is shown.
20 – 3 × 4 = c ← c is the amount of change.
When solving a problem with more than one type of operation, use the rules below.
• First, multiply or divide as you read the equation from left to right.
• Then add or subtract as you read the equation from left to right.
Step 1:
Multiply from left to right.
20 – 3 × 4 = c
20 – ____ = c

Step 2: Subtract from left to right.
20 – ____ = c
____ = c
His change is ____.

Answer:
Step 1:
Multiply from left to right.
20 – 3 × 4 = c
20 – 12 = c
Step 2: Subtract from left to right.
20 – 12 = c
8 = c
His change is 8.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
There are 8 tomato plants. You pick 9 tomatoes from each plant. You give away 35 of them. Use the equation 8 × 9 – 35 to find how many tomatoes you have left.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 1
Answer:
Given that,
There are 8 tomato plants. You pick 9 tomatoes from each plant.
8 × 9 = 72
You give away 35 of them.
We can find the number of tomatoes left by using the equation.
8 × 9 – 35
72 – 35 = 37
Thus 37 tomatoes are left.

Question 2.
A family buys 5 tickets for a musical. Each ticket costs $9. They spend $28 at the musical on snacks. Write and solve an equation to find how much they spend in all at the musical. Use to represent the total amount spent.
Answer:
Given that,
A family buys 5 tickets for a musical. Each ticket costs $9.
5 × $9 = $45
They spend $28 at the musical on snacks.
45 – 28 = 17
The equation to find how much they spend in all at the musical is 5 × 9 – 45

Apply and Grow: Practice

Write an equation to solve. Use a letter to represent the unknown number. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 3.
Newton buys 2 movie tickets. Each ticket costs $7. Descartes spends $23 at the movie on snacks. How much money do they spend in all at the movie?
Answer:
Given,
Newton buys 2 movie tickets. Each ticket costs $7.
2 × 7 = $14
Descartes spends $23 at the movie on snacks.
23 + 2 × 7
23 + 14 = $37

Question 4.
Newton has 28 cards. Descartes has 24 cards. Newton divides his cards into 4 equal stacks and gives Descartes one stack. How many cards does Descartes have now?
Answer:
Given,
Newton has 28 cards. Descartes has 24 cards. Newton divides his cards into 4 equal stacks and gives Descartes one stack.
28/4 = 7
Thus there are 7 cards in each stack.
24 + 7 = 31 cards
Therefore Descartes has 31 cards now.

Question 5.
There are 12 apps divided into 3 equal rows on a smart phone. One row of apps is removed. How many apps are left?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 2
Answer:
Given that,
There are 12 apps divided into 3 equal rows on a smart phone.
12/3 = 4
There are 4 apps in each row
One row of apps is removed.
12 – 4 = 8
Thus 8 apps are left.

Question 6.
It costs $240 each week to rent a car. Newton has a coupon that saves him $10 each day he rents the car. How much will it cost him to rent the car for a week with the coupon?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 3
Answer:
Given that,
It costs $240 each week to rent a car. Newton has a coupon that saves him $10 each day he rents the car.
1 week – 7 days
1 day – $10
7 × 10 = $70
240 – 70 = $170

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says 24 – 6 ÷ 2 = 9. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
No, because you need to solve the equation from the left.
24 – (6 ÷ 2) = 24 – 12
= 12
Thus your friend is incorrect.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Newton has $135. He saves $20 each week for 8 weeks. How much money does he have now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 4
Understand the problem:
Make a plan:
Solve:
Newton now has _____.

Answer:
Given,
Newton has $135. He saves $20 each week for 8 weeks.
20 × 8 = 160
$135 + $160 = $295
Thus Newton now gas $295.

Show and Grow

Question 8.
Your teacher buys 3 packages of napkins for a class party. Each package has 50 napkins. The class uses 79 napkins. How many napkins are left?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 5
Answer:
Given,
Your teacher buys 3 packages of napkins for a class party. Each package has 50 napkins.
1 pack – 50 napkins
3 packs – 3 × 50 = 150
The class uses 79 napkins.
150 – 79 = 71
Thus 71 napkins are left.

Question 9.
There are 60 seconds in one minute. It takes you 2 minutes and 16 seconds to run from your home to your friend’s home. How many seconds does it take you?
Answer:
Given,
There are 60 seconds in one minute. It takes you 2 minutes and 16 seconds to run from your home to your friend’s home.
1 min – 60 seconds
2 mins – 2 × 60 = 120 seconds
120 + 16 = 136 seconds
Thus it takes 136 seconds to run from your home to your friend’s home.

Question 10.
A store is selling comic books for $5 each. The store sells 33 superhero comic books and 57 science-fiction comic books. How much money does the store earn?
Answer:
Given,
A store is selling comic books for $5 each.
The store sells 33 superhero comic books and 57 science-fiction comic books.
33 + 57 = 90
5 × 90 = $450
Thus the store earn $450.

Problem Solving: All Operations Homework & Practice 9.5

Question 1.
There are 20 math problems divided into 4 equal columns on a worksheet. Your teacher has you cross out one column of problems. Use the equation 20 – 20 ÷ 4 = p to find how many problems are left.
Answer:
Given that,
There are 20 math problems divided into 4 equal columns on a worksheet. Your teacher has you cross out one column of problems.
20 – 20 ÷ 4 = p
20 – 5 = p
15 = p
Thus 15 problems are left.

Question 2.
Newton has 42 blocks. Descartes has 48 blocks. Newton divides his blocks into 6 equal groups and gives Descartes one group. How many blocks does Descartes have now? Use d to represent how many blocks Descartes has now.
Answer:
Given,
Newton has 42 blocks. Descartes has 48 blocks. Newton divides his blocks into 6 equal groups and gives Descartes one group.
42/6 = 7 blocks
48 + 7 = 55 blocks
Thus Descartes has 55 blocks now.

Question 3.
There are 6 palm trees. An islander gathers 8 coconuts from each tree. She gives away 19 of them. How many coconuts does she have now? Write an equation to solve. Use a letter to represent the unknown number. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 6
Answer:
Given,
There are 6 palm trees. An islander gathers 8 coconuts from each tree. She gives away 19 of them.
6 × 8 – 19 = p
48 – 19 = p
29 = p
Thus the unknown number is 29.

Question 4.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the number that makes 5 × ____ – 15 = 5 true. Explain.
Answer:
5 × ____ – 15 = 5
5 × p – 15 = 5
p – 15 = 5/5
p – 15 = 1
p = 1 + 15
p = 16
Thus the value of the number is 16.

Question 5.
Number Sense
Which equations are true?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 7
Answer:
3 + 5 × 2 = 13
Solve from left to right.
3 + 10 = 13
13 = 13 (true)
20 – 10 × 2 = 20
20 – 20 = 0 (false)
36 ÷ 6 + 3 = 4
36 ÷ 9 = 4
4 = 4 (true)
26 – 8 ÷ 2 = 22
26 – 4 = 22
22 = 22 (true)

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
A school nurse orders 7 packages of bandages. Each package has 20 bandages. The nurse uses 53 bandages. How many bandages are left?
Answer:
Given,
A school nurse orders 7 packages of bandages. Each package has 20 bandages.
7 × 20 = 140 bandages
The nurse uses 53 bandages.
140 – 53 = 87 bandages
Thus 87 bandages are left.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
There are 60 seconds in one minute. You record a video that is 3 minutes and 48 seconds long. How many seconds long is the video?
Answer:
Given,
There are 60 seconds in one minute. You record a video that is 3 minutes and 48 seconds long.
3 mins = 3 × 60 = 180 seconds
180 + 48 = 228 seconds
Thus the video is 228 seconds long.

Review & Refresh

Estimate. Then find the sum. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 8.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 8
Answer:
The estimated number for 23 is 20.
The estimated number for 358 is 360.
The estimated number for 172 is 170.
360
170
+20
550

Question 9.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 9
Answer:
The estimated number for 202 is 200.
The estimated number for 64 is 60.
The estimated number for 545 is 550.
550
200
+60
810

Question 10.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 9.5 10
Answer:
The estimated number for 21 is 20
The estimated number for 15 is 20
The estimated number for 837 is 840
840
20
+20
880

Multiples and Problem Solving Performance Task

Question 1.
a. You read 120 minutes from Monday through Thursday this week. How many minutes do you read on Thursday? Complete the picture graph for Thursday.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 1

Answer:
Given,
You read 120 minutes from Monday through Thursday this week.
Each star = 10 minutes
There are 9 stars
9 × 10 = 90 minutes
120 – 90 = 30 minutes
Thus you read 30 minutes on Thursday.

b. Last week you read 30 minutes each day for 5 days. Your goal this week is to read the same number of minutes as last week. How many minutes do you need to read on Friday to reach your goal? Complete the picture graph for Friday.
Answer:
Given,
Last week you read 30 minutes each day for 5 days. Your goal this week is to read the same number of minutes as last week.
30 × 5 = 150 minutes
150 – 120 = 30 minutes
Thus to reach your goal you need to read 30 minutes on Friday.

Question 2.
Write equations to solve. Use letters to represent the unknown numbers. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
a. There are 60 minutes in one hour. Your friend reads 2 hours and 38 minutes during the week. How many minutes does your friend read in all?

Answer:
Given,
There are 60 minutes in one hour. Your friend reads 2 hours and 38 minutes during the week.
1 hour – 60 min
2 hour – 2 × 60 = 120 min
120 + 38 = 158 min
Thus your friend read 158 minutes in all.

b.Your cousin earns 2 stars on her graph each day for 5 days. How many minutes does your cousin read in all?
Answer:
Given,
Your cousin earns 2 stars on her graph each day for 5 days.
2 × 5 = 10 stars
1 star = 10 min
10 stars = 10 × 10 min = 100 min
Thus your cousin read 100 min in all.

Question 3.
Use the information above. Order the numbers of minutes you, your friend, and your cousin read from least to greatest. The person with the least number of minutes wants to read the same amount as the person with the greatest number of minutes. How many more minutes does the person need to read?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 2
Answer:
Given that,
you read 150 minutes in all.
your friend read 158 minutes in all
your cousin read 100 min in all.
The order from least to greatest is 100, 150, 158.

Multiples and Problem Solving Activity

Multiplication Flip and Find
Directions:
1. Place the Multiplication Flip and Find Cards face down in the boxes.
2. Players take turns flipping two cards.
3. If your cards show a matching expression and product, then keep the cards. If your cards do not show a matching expression and product, then flip the cards back over.
4. Play until all matches are made.
5. The player with the most matches wins!
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving 3
Answer:
Total number of cards = 12
There are 2 matching flip cards in boxes
To find the most matches we have to divide the total number of flip cards by matching cards.
12/2 = 6
Thus the player with the most matches wins is 6.

Multiples and Problem Solving Chapter Practice

9.1 Use Number Lines to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Question 1.
Find 8 × 20
Number of jumps: ______
Size of each jumps: _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving chp 1
8 × 20 = _____
Answer: 160
Number of jumps: 8
Size of each jump: 20
8 jumps of 20 = 160

Question 2.
Find 7 × 40
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving chp 2
7 × 40 = ____
Answer: 280

Explanation:
Number of jumps: 7
Size of each jump: 40
7 jumps of 40 = 7 × 40 = 280

Question 3.
Find 30 × 9
30 × 9 = ____
Answer: 270

Explanation:
Number of jumps: 9
Size of each jump: 30
30 × 9 = 270

Question 4.
Structure
Complete the number line. Then write the multiplication equation for the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving chp 4
____ × ____ = ____
Answer: 3 × 40 = 120

Explanation:
By seeing the above number line we can say that there are
3 jumps of 40
That means 3 × 40
40 + 40 + 40 = 120
Thus the multiplication equation is 3 × 40 = 120

9.2 Use Place Value to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Make a quick sketch to find the product
Question 5.
6 × 40 = _____
Answer: 240
Number of jumps: 6
Size of each jump: 40
We can find the product by using the number line.
6 jumps of 40.
6 × 40 = 240

Question 6.
5 × 20 = ____
Answer: 100
Number of jumps: 5
Size of each jump: 20
We can find the product by using the number line.
5 jumps of 20.
5 × 20 = 100

Use place value to find the product
Question 7.
4 × 50 = 4 × ____ tens
4 × 50 = ____ tens
4 × 50 = ____
Answer:
4 × 50 = 4 × 5 tens
4 × 50 = 20 tens
4 × 50 = 20 × 10
4 × 50 = 200

Question 8.
3 × 60 = 3 × ____ tens
3 × 60 = ____ tens
3 × 60 = ____
Answer:
3 × 60 = 3 × 6 tens
3 × 60 = 18 tens
3 × 60 = 18 × 10
3 × 60 = 180

Question 9.
7 × 70 = 7 × ____ tens
7 × 70 = ____ tens
7 × 70 = ____
Answer:
7 × 70 = 7 × 7 tens
7 × 70 = 49 tens
7 × 70 = 49 × 10
7 × 70 = 490

Question 10.
9 × 80 = 9 × ____ tens
9 × 80 = ____ tens
9 × 80 = ____
Answer:
9 × 80 = 9 × 8 tens
9 × 80 = 72 tens
9 × 80 = 72 × 10
9 × 80 = 720

Find the product
Question 11.
2 × 60 = _____
Answer: 120

Explanation:
We can write 60 as 6 tens.
2 × 60 = 2 × 6 tens
2 × 60 = 12 tens
2 × 60 = 12 × 10
2 × 60 = 120

Question 12.
8 × 40 = ____
Answer: 320

Explanation:
We can write 40 as 4 tens.
8 × 40 = 8 × 4  tens
8 × 40 = 32 tens
8 × 40 = 32 × 10
8 × 40 = 320

Question 13.
5 × 90 = _____
Answer: 450

Explanation:
We can write 90 as 9 tens.
5 × 90 = 5 × 9 tens
5 × 90 = 45 tens
5 × 90 = 45 × 10
5 × 90 = 450

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
You practice ballet for 30 minutes every day. How many minutes do you practice in one week?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving chp 14
Answer: 210 minutes

Explanation:
Given that,
You practice ballet for 30 minutes every day.
Convert from week to days.
1 week – 7 days
7 × 30 min = 210 minutes
Thus you practice 210 minutes in one week.

9.3 Use Properties to Multiply by Multiples of 10

Question 15.
Use the Associative Property of Multiplication to find 4 × 90.
4 × 90 = 4 × (____ × 10)
4 × 90 = (4 × ____) × 10
4 × 90 = ____ × 10
4 × 90 = ____
Answer:
We can find the product by using the Associative property.
4 × 90 = 4 × (9 × 10)
4 × 90 = (4 × 9) × 10
4 × 90 = 36 × 10
4 × 90 = 360

Question 16.
Use the Distributive Property to find 8 × 20.
8 × 20 = 8 × (10 + ____)
8 × 20 = (8 × 10) + (8 × ____)
8 × 20 = ___ + ____
8 × 20 = ____
Answer:
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
8 × 20 = 8 × (10 + 10)
8 × 20 = (8 × 10) + (8 × 10)
8 × 20 = 80 + 80
8 × 20 = 160

Use properties to find the product
Question 17.
7 × 20 = ____
Answer: 140

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
7 × 20 = 7 × (10 + 10)
7 × 20 = (7 × 10) + (7 × 10)
7 × 20 = 70 + 70
7 × 20 = 140

Question 18.
5 × 70 = ____
Answer: 350

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the Associative property.
5 × 70 = 5 × (7 × 10)
5 × 70 = (5 × 7) × 10
5 × 70 = 35 × 10
5 × 70 = 350

Find the missing factor
Question 19.
____ × 20 = 180
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x.
x × 20 = 180
x = 180/20
x = 9
Thus the missing factor is 9

Question 20.
7 × ___ = 350
Answer: 50

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be y.
7 × y = 350
y = 350/7
y = 50
Thus the missing factor is 50.

Question 21.
____ × 80 = 240
Answer: 3

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be z.
z × 80 = 240
z = 240/80
z = 3
Thus the missing factor is 3.

Question 22.
Open-Ended
Write three expressions equal to 120.
_____ × ______
_____ × ______
_____ × _______
Answer:
The three expressions equal to 120 are given below,
1 × 120 = 120
2 × 60 = 120
3 × 40 = 120

9.4 Problem Solving: Multiplication and Division

Write equations to solve. Use letters to represent the unknown numbers. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 23.
There are 2 bookcases. Each bookcase has 3 shelves of 5 books. How many books are there in all?
Answer: 30

Explanation:
Given,
There are 2 bookcases.
Each bookcase has 3 shelves of 5 books.
3 × 5 = 15 books in one bookcase
15 × 2 = 30 books
Thus there are 30 books in 2 bookcases.

Question 24.
Four veterinarians share 2 boxes of ear wipes. Each box has 20 packs of ear wipes. How many packs of ear wipes does each veterinarian get?
Answer:
Given,
Four veterinarians share 2 boxes of ear wipes.
Each box has 20 packs of ear wipes.
2 × 20 = 40 packs
There are 4 veterinarians.
40/4 = 10
Thus each veterinarian gets 10 packs of ear wipes.

9.5 Problem Solving: All Operation

Write an equation to solve. Use a letter to represent the unknown number. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 25.
Newton has 30 beads. Descartes has 22 beads. Newton divides his beads into 3 equal groups and gives Descartes one group. How many beads does Descartes have now?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving chp 25
Answer: 32 beads

Explanation:
Given that,
Newton has 30 beads. Descartes has 22 beads.
Newton divides his beads into 3 equal groups and gives Descartes one group.
30/3 = 10 beads
Thus there are 10 beads in each group.
22 + 10 = 32
Therefore Descartes has 32 beads now.

Question 26.
It costs $166 to rent a bounce house for 7 hours. Descartes has a coupon that saves him $5 each hour he rents the bounce house. How much will it cost him to rent the bounce house for 7 hours with the coupon?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving chp 26
Answer:
Given,
It costs $166 to rent a bounce house for 7 hours.
Descartes has a coupon that saves him $5 each hour he rents the bounce house.
7 × $5 = $35
$166 – $35 = $131 for 7 hours with the coupon.
Thus it will cost $131 to rent the bounce house for 7 hours with the coupon.

Final Words:

I hope the explanation for every question provided in Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 9 Multiples and Problem Solving Answer Key is helpful to understand the concept easily. We have given the answers for questions in pdf format so that you can prepare in offline mode also. For any doubts or queries, you can leave a comment below. Bookmark our page to find the answers for other chapters of grade 3.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10

Students can learn the concepts of addition and subtraction from Big Ideas Math Answer Grade K. This is the best source for your child to improve their performance skills. Big Ideas Math Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 Answer Key is given in the pdf format so that you can prepare in the online or offline mode. They learn counting numbers, subtraction and solve problems by using those concepts. Understand the way of representing the numerical operations with the help of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10.

Big Ideas Math Book Grade K Answer Key Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10

Children develop strategies for subtracting the whole numbers by referring to our BIM Grade K 7th Chapter Subtract Numbers within 10. This Subtract Numbers within 10 chapter discusses the concepts like Vocabulary, Understand Subtraction, Take From, etc. We provide different methods to solve the problems by using the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10. Hence Download Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 pdf for free.

Lesson: 1 Understand Subtraction

Lesson: 2 Subtraction: Take From

Lesson: 3 Subtraction: Take Apart

Lesson: 4 Subtraction Number Patterns

Lesson: 5 Practice Subtraction

Lesson: 6 Use a Group of 5 to Subtract

Lesson: 7 Related Facts

Chapter 7: Subtract Numbers within 10

Subtract Numbers within 10 Vocabulary

Directions:
Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 v 1

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-v-1

Explanation:
Number bond:
A number bond is a simple addition of two numbers that add up to give the sum. Using number bonds, one can instantly tell the answer without the need for the actual calculation.
Whole: Here we know that 5 is a whole number. The number 3 combines with other number 2 gives the result 5.
Parts: A number can be thought of as a whole made up of different pairs, or parts, added together.

Vocabulary Cards
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 v 2

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 v 3

Lesson 7.1 Understand Subtraction

Explore and Grow

Directions: Use counters to act out the story.

  • There are 4 students in the school. Write the number.
  • 3 students leave the school. Write the number.
  • Tell how many students are left in the school.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.1 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.1-1

Explanation:
There are 4 students in the school.
In that 3 students leave the school.
Now we have to take away 3 from 4.
4 – 3 = 1
Hence 1 student is left in the school.

Think and Grow

Directions:
Complete the sentence to tell how many students there are in all how many are leaving, and how many are left.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.1 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.1-2

Explanation:
There are 5 students in the class.
Out of them 3 students left the class.
Now we have to find how many students are left in the class.
Take away 3 from 5
5 – 3 = 2
Thus there are 2 students in the class.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 – 3 Complete the sentence to tell how many students there are in all, how many are leaving, and how many are left.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.1 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.1-3

Explanation:
There are 6 students in the football ground.
2 students are leaving the ground.
We have to take away 2 from the total number of students.
6 – 2 = 4

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.1 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.1-4

Explanation:
There are 8 students in the room.
Out of which 3 students left the room.
So, 8 – 3 = 5
Thus there are 5 students left in the room.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.1 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.1-5

Explanation:
There are 10 students in the bus.
In which 3 students are getting down.
Take away 3 from 10.
10 – 3 = 7
Thus there are 7 students in the bus.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:

  • You have 8 green beans on your plate. You eat 6 of them. Cross out the green beans you eat. Then complete the sentence to match your picture.
  • You have 6 carrots on your plate. You eat some of them. Cross out the carrots you eat. Then complete the sentence to match your picture.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.1 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.1-6

Explanation:
You have 8 green beans on your plate. You eat 6 of them
So, you have to subtract 6 from 8.
Takeaway 6 from 8 which gives 2.
8 – 6 = 2
Thus there are 2 green beans on your plate.
You have 6 carrots on your plate. You eat some of them.
Takeaway 2 from 6 which gives 4.
6 – 2 = 4
Thus there are 4 carrots on your plate.

Understand Subtraction Homework & Practice 7.1

Directions:
1 and 2 Complete the sentence to tell how many students there are in all, how many are leaving, and how many are left.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.1 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.1-7

Explanation:
There are 3 students in the ground.
Among them 1 student leaving the ground.
So, takeaway 1 from 3
3 – 1 = 2
Thus 2 students left in the ground.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.1 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.1-8

Explanation:
5 students playing the room.
In which 1 student is leaving the room.
So, takeaway 1 from 5 we get 4
5 – 1 = 4
Thus 4 students left in the room.

Directions:
3 and 4 Complete the sentence to tell how many students there are in all, how many are leaving, and how many are left. 5 You have 9 blueberries on your plate. You eat some of them. Cross out the blueberries you eat. Then complete the sentence to tell how many blueberries there are in all, how many you eat, and how many are left.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.1 9
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.1-9

Explanation:
There are 7 students in the library.
3 students are leaving the library.
Takeaway 3 from 7.
7 – 3 = 4
Hence 4 students are left in the library.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.1 10
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.1-10

Explanation:
Total number of students in the playground are 10.
Of which 4 students left the playground
That means we have takeaway 4 from 10.
10 – 4 = 6
Thus 6 students are left in the playground .

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.1 11
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.1-11

Explanation:
You have 9 blueberries on your plate. You eat some of them.
Takeaway 1 blueberry from your plate.
9 – 1 = 8
Thus there are 8 blueberries on your plate.

Lesson 7.2 Subtraction: Take From

Explore and Grow

Directions: Use counters to act out the story.

  • There are 5 birds in the cage. Write the number.
  • 3 of the birds fly away. Write the number.
  • Tell how many birds are left in the cage.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.2 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.2-1

Explanation:
There are 5 birds in the cage. In which 3 of the birds fly away.
Now we have to take away 3 from 5.
5 – 3 = 2
Thus 2 birds are left in the cage.

Think and Grow

Directions:
Complete the sentence to tell how many animals there are in all, how many are leaving, and how many are left. Then complete the subtraction sentence to match.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.2 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.2-2

Explanation:
There are 5 animals on the ground.
Among them 1 animal leaving the ground.
So, take away 1 from 5
5 – 1 = 4
Thus 1 animal left in the ground.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 Complete the sentence to tell how many deer there are in all, how many are leaving, and how many are left. Then complete the subtraction sentence to match. 2 and 3 Complete the subtraction sentence to tell how many animals are left.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.2 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.2-3

Explanation:
There are 5 deers in all. Among them, 4 are leaving.
So subtract 4 deers from 5. So that we can know how many deers are left.
5 – 4 = 1
Thus only 1 deer is left.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.2 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.2-4

Explanation:
There are 4 deers in all. Among them, 2 are leaving.
So subtract 2 deers from 4. So that we can know how many deers are left.
4 – 2 = 2
Thus 2 deers are left.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.2 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.2-5

Explanation:
There are 9 sheep in all. Out of 9 three sheep are leaving.
9 – 3 = 6
Thus 6 sheep are left.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:
Some of the bats in a cave fly away. Cross out the bats that fly away. Then complete the subtraction sentence to tell how many are left.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.2 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.2-6

Explanation:
By seeing the figure we can say that there are 9 bats in all.
Now we have to subtract 2 bats from 9.
We get 9 – 2 = 7

Subtraction: Take From Homework & Practice 7.2

Directions:
1 Complete the sentence to tell how many panthers there are in all, how many are leaving, and how many are left. Then complete the subtraction sentence to match.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.2 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.2-7

Explanation:
From the above figure we can see that there are 3 panthers.
In that 1 panther is leaving.
So we have to subtract 3 from 1.
3 – 1 = 2
Thus 2 panthers are left.

Directions:
2 and 3 Complete the subtraction sentence to tell how many animals are left. 4 Some of the wolves leave the group. Cross out the wolves that leave. Then complete the subtraction sentence to tell how many wolves are left.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.2 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.2-8

Explanation:
There are 4 rabbits in all.
We observe that 1 rabbit is leaving.
4 – 1 = 3
Thus 3 rabbits are left.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.2 9
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.2-9

Explanation:
There are 7 eagles in all.
We observe that four eagles are leaving.
7 – 4 = 3
Thus 3 eagles are left.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.2 10
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.2-10

Explanation:
There are 10 wolves in all.
We have to subtract 2 wolves from them.
Cross any two wolves to find the subtraction equation.
10 – 2 = 8

Lesson 7.3 Subtraction: Take Apart

Explore and Grow

Directions:
There are 7 apples in the tree. Some are red and some are yellow. Use counters to show the apples in the tree. Write the number above the tree. Take apart the group of apples by placing the red apples in one group and the yellow apples in another group. Write the numbers.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.3 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.3-1 (1)

Explanation:
Given that,
There are 7 apples in the tree. Some are red and some are yellow.
There are 4 apples on the tree and 3 yellow apples on the tree.
4 + 3 = 7

Think and Grow

Directions:
Circle the linking cubes to show the parts in the number bond. Then write a subtraction sentence by taking one of the parts from the whole. Cross out the part on the number bond that you take away.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.3 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.3-2

Explanation:
There are 5 cubes in all.
3 and 2 are the parts and 5 is the number bond.
Now we have to take away 3 from 5.
5 – 3 = 2

Apply and Grow

Directions:
1 Circle the linking cubes to show the parts in the number bond. Then write a subtraction sentence by taking one of the parts from the whole. Cross out the part on the number bond that you take away. 2 Take apart the linking cubes. Circle the parts. Write a subtraction sentence by taking one of the parts from the whole. Then write another subtraction sentence by taking the other part from the whole.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.3 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.3-3

Explanation:
There are 8 cubes in all. Among them we have to take away 3 cubes, we get
8 – 3 = 5

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.3 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.3-4

Explanation:
There are 9 cubes in all. Among them we have to take away 2 cubes, we get
9 – 2 = 7
There are 9 cubes in all. Among them we have to take away 3 cubes, we get
9 – 3 = 6

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions: You have 10 balloons. You want to share some with your friend.

  • Put the balloons into 2 groups. Circle the groups. Then cross out the group you give to your friend. Write a subtraction sentence to match your picture. Circle the number that shows how many balloons you have left.
  • Show another way you can share the balloons. Then write a subtraction sentence to match your picture. Circle the number that shows how many balloons you have left.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.3 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.3-5

Explanation:
There are 10 ballons in all.
Put the balloons into 2 groups. Circle the groups. Then cross out the group you give to your friend.
From the figure, we observe that you give 3 balloons to your friend.
10 – 3 = 7
From the figure, we observe that you give 5 balloons to your friend.
10 – 5 = 5

Subtraction: Take Apart Homework & Practice 7.3

Directions:
1 Circle the linking cubes to show the parts in the number bond. Then write a subtraction sentence by taking one of the parts from the whole. Cross out the part on the number bond that you take away. 2 Take apart the linking cubes. Circle the parts. Then write a subtraction sentence by taking one of the parts from the whole.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.3 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.3-6 (1)

Explanation:
There are 4 cubes in all.
Make a group and cross 3 cubes from the total.
4 – 3 = 1

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.3 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.3-7

Explanation:
There are 6 cubes in all.
Make a group and cross 2 cubes from the total.
6 – 2 = 4

Directions:
3 Take apart the linking cubes. Circle the parts. Write a subtraction sentence by taking one of the parts from the whole. Then write another subtraction sentence by taking the other part from the whole. 4 You pick 8 flowers. You want to give some to your friend. Put the flowers into 2 groups. Circle the groups. Then cross out the group you give to your friend. Write a subtraction sentence to match your picture. Circle the number that shows how many flowers you have left.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.3 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.3-8

Explanation:
There are 8 cubes in all.
Make a group and cross 3 cubes from the total.
8 – 3 = 5
There are 8 cubes in all.
Make a group and cross 2 cubes from the total.
8 – 2 = 6

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.3 9
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.3-9

Explanation:
There are 8 flowers in all.
Out of which 4 flowers are crossed.
8 – 4 = 4

Lesson 7.4 Subtraction Number Patterns

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Shade the boxes to show how many there are to start. Cross out the shaded boxes to show how many are being taken away. Tell how many are left.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-1

Think and Grow

Directions:
Complete the subtraction sentence to tell how many dots are left. Tell what you notice.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-2

Explanation:
In the first block 4 boxes are shaded.
4 shaded blocks are crossed.
Now we have to write the subtraction equation for that
4 – 4 = 0
In the first block 7 boxes are shaded.
0 shaded blocks are crossed.
Now we have to write the subtraction equation for that
7 – 0 = 7

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 – 3 Complete the subtraction sentence to tell how many dots are left. Tell what you notice. 4 – 6 Complete the subtraction sentence. Tell what you notice.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-3

Explanation:
In the first block 8 boxes are shaded.
0 shaded blocks are crossed.
Now we have to write the subtraction equation for that
8 – 0 = 8

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-4

Explanation:
In the first block 8 boxes are shaded.
8 shaded blocks are crossed.
Now we have to write the subtraction equation for that
8 – 8 = 0

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-5

Explanation:
In the first block 8 boxes are shaded.
1 shaded blocks are crossed.
Now we have to write the subtraction equation for that
8 – 1 = 7

Question 4:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-6

Explanation:
In the first block 6 boxes are shaded.
6 shaded blocks are crossed.
Now we have to write the subtraction equation for that
6 – 6 = 0

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-7

Explanation:
In the first block 9 boxes are shaded.
1 shaded blocks are crossed.
Now we have to write the subtraction equation for that
9 – 1 = 8

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-8

Explanation:
In the first block 10 boxes are shaded.
0 shaded blocks are crossed.
Now we have to write the subtraction equation for that
10 – 0 = 1

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:

  • You make 9 bracelets. You give all of them away. Cross out the bracelets you give away. Then write a subtraction sentence to tell how many bracelets you have left.
  • Your friend makes 6 bracelets. She does not give away any of her bracelets. Draw and color your friend’s bracelets. Then write a subtraction sentence to tell how many bracelets she has left.
  • Your friend gives you a bracelet. Write a subtraction sentence to tell how many bracelets she has left now.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 9
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-9

Subtraction Number Patterns Homework & Practice 7.4

Directions:
1 – 3 Complete the subtraction sentence to tell how many dots are left. Tell what you notice.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 10
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-10

Explanation:
There are 3 shaded blocks.
Out of them 1 block is crossed.
3 – 1 = 2
Thus 2 are left.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 11
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-11

Explanation:
There are 3 shaded blocks.
Out of them 0 block is crossed.
3 – 0 = 3
Thus 3 are left.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 12
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-12

Explanation:
There are 3 shaded blocks.
Out of them 3 blocks are crossed.
3 – 3 = 0
Thus 0 are left.

Directions:
4 – 6 Complete the subtraction sentence. Tell what you notice. 7 Your friend makes 10 cards. She does not give away any of her cards. Draw and color your friend’s cards. Then write a subtraction sentence to tell how many cards she has left. Your friend gives you a card. Write a subtraction sentence to tell how many cards she has left now.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 13
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-13

Explanation:
There are 10 cards.
You give all the cards.
10 – 10 = 0

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 14
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-14

Explanation:
There are 7 cards.
You give away 1 card.
7 – 1 = 6

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 15
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-15

Explanation:
There are 9 cards.
You give away 0 card.
9 – 0 = 9

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.4 16
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.4-16

Explanation:
There are 10 cards.
You give away 0 card.
10 – 0 = 10
There are 10 cards.
You give away 1 card.
10 – 1 = 9

Lesson 7.5 Practice Subtraction

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Use counters in the five frame to show how many there are to start. Show how many counters are being taken away. Tell and write how many are left.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.5-1

Think and Grow

Directions:
Complete the subtraction sentence. Tell how you found your answer.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.5-2

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 – 4 Complete the subtraction sentence. Tell how you found your answer. 5 Circle all of the subtraction problems that equal 3.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.5-3

Explanation:
The subtraction sentence for 2 – 2 is 0.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.5-4

Explanation:
The subtraction sentence for 5 – 0 = 5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.5-5

Explanation:
The subtraction sentence for 4 – 2 = 2

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.5-6

Explanation:
The subtraction sentence for 5 – 3 = 2

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.5-7

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions: You are playing a video game.

  • You have 5 spaceships. Some of them are captured. Cross out the spaceships that are captured. Then write a subtraction sentence to tell how many spaceships you have left.
  • You need to capture 5 aliens to win. You capture some aliens. Cross out the aliens that you capture. Then write a subtraction sentence to tell how many aliens you still need to capture.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.5-8

Practice Subtraction Homework & Practice 7.5

Directions:
1 – 3 Complete the subtraction sentence. Tell how you found your answer.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 9
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.5-9

Explanation:
The subtraction sentence for 5 – 5 is 0.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 10
Answer: 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.5-10

Explanation:
The subtraction sentence for 4 – 0 is 4.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 11
Answer: 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.5-11

Explanation:
The subtraction sentence for 5 – 2 is 3.

Directions:
4 and 5 Complete the subtraction sentence. Tell how you found your answer. 6 Circle all of the subtraction problems that equal 2. 7 You are playing a video game. You need to visit 5 moons. You visit some moons. Cross out the moons you visit. Then write a subtraction sentence to tell how many moons you have left to visit.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 12
Answer: 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.5-12

Explanation:
The subtraction sentence for 4 – 3 = 1

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 13
Answer: 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-chp-8

Explanation:
The subtraction sentence for 3 – 1 is 2.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 14
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.5-14

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.5 15
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.5-15

Explanation:
There are 5 moons.
We have to cross 1 moon from them.
The subtraction sentence for 5 – 1 is 4.

Lesson 7.6 Use a Group of 5 to Subtract

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Color the counters to show how many there are in all. Cross out counters to take away 5. Complete the subtraction sentence.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.6 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.6-1

Explanation:
Shade the counters given in the figure.
We have to cross 5 counters.
The subtraction sentence for 6 – 5 = 1

Think and Grow

Directions:
Cross out 5 counters to show how many to take away. Use the ten frame to complete the subtraction sentence.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.6 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.6-2

Explanation:
There are 7 counters. Among them 5 counters are crossed.
The subtraction sentence for 7 – 5 = 2
There are 9 counters. Among them 5 counters are crossed.
The subtraction sentence for 9 – 5 = 4

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 and 2 Cross out 5 counters to show how many to take away. Use the ten frame to complete the subtraction sentence. 3 Draw 10 counters. Cross out 5 counters to show how many to take away. Use the ten frame to complete the subtraction sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.6 3
Answer: 0
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.6-3

Explanation:
There are 5 counters. Among them 5 counters are crossed.
The subtraction sentence for 5 – 5 = 0

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.6 4
Answer: 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.6-4

Explanation:
There are 6 counters. Among them 5 counters are crossed.
The subtraction sentence for 6 – 5 = 1

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.6 5
Answer: 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.6-5

Explanation:
There are 10 counters. Among them 5 counters are crossed.
The subtraction sentence for 10 – 5 = 5

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions: You have 2 rolls to knock down 10 bowling pins.

  • On your first roll, you knock down 5 pins. Cross out the pins you knock down. Then write a subtraction sentence to match your picture. How many pins do you need to knock down on your second roll? Circle the answer.
  • On your second roll, you knock down the pins that are left. Write a subtraction sentence to show how many pins you have left now.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.6 6
Answer:
10 – 5 = 5
5 – 5 = 0
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.6-6

Use a Group of 5 to Subtract Homework & Practice 7.6

Directions:
1 and 2 Cross out 5 counters to show how many to take away. Use the ten frame to complete the subtraction sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.6 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.6-3

Explanation:
There are 5 counters. Among them 5 counters are crossed.
The subtraction sentence for 5 – 5 = 0

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.6 8
Answer: 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.6-8

Explanation:
There are 7 counters. Among them 5 counters are crossed.
The subtraction sentence for 7 – 5 = 2

Directions:
3 Cross out 5 counters to show how many to take away. Use the ten frame to complete the subtraction sentence. 4 Draw 8 counters. Cross out 5 counters to show how many to take away. Use the ten frame to complete the subtraction sentence. 5 You have 2 throws to knock down 9 bottles. On your first throw, you knock down 5 bottles. Cross out the bottles you knockdown. Then write a subtraction sentence to match your picture. How many more bottles do you need to knock down? Circle the answer.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.6 9
Answer: 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.6-9

Explanation:
There are 5 counters. Among them 5 counters are crossed.
The subtraction sentence for 5 – 5 = 0

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.6 10
Answer: 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.6-10

Explanation:
There are 8 counters. Among them 5 counters are crossed.
The subtraction sentence for 8 – 5 = 3

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.6 11
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.6-11

Explanation:
There are 9 counters. Among them 5 counters are crossed.
The subtraction sentence for 9 – 5 = 4

Lesson 7.7 Related Facts

Explore and Grow

Directions:

  • You have 3 yellow linking cubes and 2 green linking cubes. How many linking cubes do you have in all? Write an addition sentence to match the picture.
  • You have 5 linking cubes. You give your friend 2 linking cubes. How many linking cubes do you have left? Write a subtraction sentence to match the picture.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.7 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.7-1

Explanation:
There are 3 yellow linking cubes and 2 green linking cubes.
The addition sentence is 3 + 2 = 5
There are 5 linking cubes. You give your friend 2 linking cubes.
5 – 2 = 3

Think and Grow

Directions:
Tell whether the pictures show addition or subtraction. Then write addition and subtraction sentences to show the related facts.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.7 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.7-2

Explanation:
The addition sentence for the first figure is 2 + 3 = 5
The subtraction sentence for the second figure is 5 – 3 = 2

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 Tell whether the pictures show addition or subtraction. Then write addition and subtraction sentences to show the related facts. 2 and 3 Circle the addition and subtraction sentences that show related facts. Tell how you know.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.7 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.7-3

Explanation:
There are 5 bees in all.
4 bees are leaving.
5 – 4 = 1
There is 1 bee and 4 bees are coming.
1 + 4 = 5

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.7 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.7-4

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.7 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.7-5

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:

  • A zoo has 5 lizards. Some are green and some are brown. Color the lizards. Then write an addition sentence to match your picture.
  • Write a subtraction sentence that shows the related fact. Tell a story to match your subtraction sentence.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.7 6
Answer:
3 + 2 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.7-6

Explanation:
There are 3 green lizards and 2 brown lizards.
Additional sentence 3 + 2 = 5
There are 5 lizards in all.
subtraction sentence 5 – 2 = 3

Related Facts Homework & Practice 7.7

Directions:
1 Tell whether the pictures show addition or subtraction. Then write addition and subtraction sentences to show the related facts.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.7 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.7-7

Explanation:
There are 5 seals and 1 seal is leaving.
The subtraction sentence is 5 – 1 = 4
There are 4 seals on the ice and 1 seal is coming.
4 + 1 = 5

Directions:
2 and 3 Circle the group of addition and subtraction sentences that shows related facts. Tell how you know. 4 A tank at a pet store has 5 tree frogs. Some are blue and some are red. Color the frogs. Then write an addition sentence to match your picture. Write a subtraction sentence that shows the related fact. Tell a story to match your subtraction sentence.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.7 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.7-8

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.7 9
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.7-9

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 7.7 10
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-7.7-10

Subtract Numbers within 10 Performance Task

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 1
Directions:
1 You blow 9 bubbles in the air. There are more big bubbles than small bubbles. Draw the bubbles. Then write a subtraction sentence to tell how many small bubbles are in the air. 2 Some of the bubbles pop. Cross out the bubbles that pop. Then write a subtraction sentence to tell how many bubbles are left. 3 All of the remaining bubbles pop. Write a subtraction sentence to tell how many bubbles are left now.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-2

Explanation:
Given that,
There are 9 bubbles in the air.
There are more big bubbles than small bubbles.
9 – 4 = 5
Thus the subtraction sentence is 9 – 4 = 5

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-3
Thus the subtraction sentence is 9 – 5 = 4

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-4
Thus the subtraction sentence is 9 – 9 = 0

Subtract Numbers within 10 Activity

Losing Teeth
Directions:
Spin the blue spinner. Put that many counters on the ten frame. Spin the red spinner. Take away that many counters from the ten frame. Tell how many counters are left. Complete the subtraction sentence on your Subtraction Recording Sheet. Repeat this process until you fill your sheet.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 5
Answer:
10 – 4 = 6

Explanation:
Let the number in the blue spinner be 10
Let the number in the red spinner be 4
10 – 4 = 6

Subtract Numbers within 10 Chapter Practice

Directions:
1 Complete the sentence to tell how many students there are in all, how many are leaving, and how many are left. 2 Complete the sentence to tell how many lions there are in all, how many are leaving, and how many are left. Then complete the subtraction sentence to match.

7.1 Understand Subtraction

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 chp 1
Answer: 7 – 6 = 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-chp-1

Explanation:
There are 7 students in all.
6 students are leaving.
So, we have to take away 6 from 7.
7 – 6 = 1
Thus 1 student left.

7.2 Subtraction: Take From

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 chp 2
Answer: 6 – 3 = 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-chp-2

Explanation:
There are 6 lions in all.
3 lions are leaving.
Take away 3 lions from 6
6 – 3 = 3
Thus 3 lions left.

Directions:
3 Circle the linking cubes to show the parts in the number bond. Then write a subtraction sentence by taking one of the parts from the whole. Cross out the part on the number bond that you take away. 4 You have 9 toys. You want to give some to your friend. Put the toys into 2 groups. Circle the groups. Then cross out the group you give to your friend. Write a subtraction sentence to match your picture. Circle the number that shows how many toys you have left. 5 Complete the subtraction sentence to tell how many dots are left. Tell what you notice.

7.3 Subtraction: Take Apart

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 chp 3
Answer: 7 – 2 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-chp-3

Explanation:
There are 7 linking cubes in all.
2 cubes are crossed.
7 – 2 = 5
Thus 5 cubes are left.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 chp 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-chp-4

Explanation:
There are 9 dragons in all.
9 dragons are crossed.
9 – 9 = 0

7.4 Subtraction Number Patterns

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 chp 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-chp-5

Explanation:
There are 6 shaded blocks. In that 6 blocks are crossed.
6 – 6 = 0

Directions:
6 and 7 Complete the subtraction sentence. Tell what you notice. 8 and 9 Complete the subtraction sentence. Tell how you found your answer. 10 Circle all of the subtraction problems that equal 4.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 chp 6
Answer: 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-chp-6

Explanation:
The subtraction sentence is 3 – 0 = 3

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 chp 7
Answer: 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-chp-7

Explanation:
The subtraction sentence is 8 – 1 = 7

7.5 Practice Subtraction

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 chp 8
Answer: 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-chp-8

Explanation:
The subtraction sentence is 3 – 1 = 2

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 chp 9
Answer: 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-chp-9

Explanation:
The subtraction sentence is 4 – 2 = 2

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 chp 10
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-chp-10

Directions:
11 Cross out 5 counters to show how many to take away. Use the ten frame to complete the subtraction sentence. 12 An aquarium has 5 starfish. Some are orange and some are purple. Color the starfish. Then write an addition sentence to match your picture. Write a subtraction sentence that shows the related fact. Tell a story to match your subtraction sentence.

7.6 Use a Group of 5 to Subtract

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 chp 11
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-chp-11

Explanation:
There are 9 shaded blocks. 5 blocks are grouped.
So cross 5 blocks from 9.
9 – 5 = 4

7.7 Related Facts

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 chp 12
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-chp-12

Explanation:
There are 3 orange stars and 2 violet stars.
The addition sentence is 3 + 2 = 5
The subtraction sentence is 5 – 2 = 3

Subtract Numbers within 10 Cumulative Practice

Directions:
Shade the circle next to the answer. 1 Which group of animals matches the number bond? 2 Which animal is shown 2 times? 3 Which partner numbers do not make 5?

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 cp 1
Answer: ii option
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-cp-1

Explanation:
1 + 3 = 4
1 is left and 3 are leaving.
1 and 3 are the parts and 4 is the number bond.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 cp 2
Answer: i option
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-cp-2

Explanation:
There are 2 polar bears.
Thus the answer is option i.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 cp 3
Answer: iii option
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-cp-3

Directions:
Shade the circle next to the answer. 4 Which ten frame shows the number of camels? 5 Which sentence tells how many students are in the group to start, how many join, and how many there are in all? 6 Which subtraction sentence tells how many dots are left?

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 cp 4
Answer: ii option
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-cp-4

Explanation:
There are 8 camels in all.
Now we have to match it to the tens pattern.
Option ii is the correct answer.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 cp 5
Answer: iv option
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-cp-5

Explanation:
There are 6 students in all.
3 students are joining them.
6 + 3 = 9
Thus the correct answer is option iv.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 cp 6
Answer: ii option
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-cp-6

Explanation:
By seeing the figure we can say that there are 6 shaded blocks among them 6 are crossed.
That means the subtraction sentence is 6 – 6 = 0
option ii is the correct answer.

Directions:
7 Match the subtraction sentences with the pictures that show how many there are in all, how many are leaving, and how many are left. 8 Count the objects in each group. Write each number. Draw a line through the number that is less than the other number. 9 Circle 2 groups of bear counters that make 10 bear counters in all. Then write an addition sentence.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 cp 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-cp-7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 cp 8
Answer:
horses = 7
apples = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-cp-8

Explanation:
By seeing the figure we observe that,
There are 7 horses and 8 apples.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 cp 9
Answer: 5 + 5 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-cp-9

Directions:
10 Color 5 cars blue and the rest red. Then complete the number bond to match your picture. 11 Draw lines between the objects in each group. Circle the group that is greater in number than the other group. 12 You are playing a video game. You need to catch 5 pigs that escaped. You catch some of the pigs. Cross out the pigs you catch. Then write a subtraction sentence to tell how many pigs you have left to catch.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 cp 10
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-cp-10

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 cp 11
Answer: 4 > 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-cp-11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 cp 12
Answer: 5 – 5 = 0
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-7-Subtract-Numbers-within-10-cp-12

Conclusion:

We wish the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 7 Subtract Numbers within 10 Pdf is beneficial for you. If you have any doubts regarding the concepts you can post the comments in the below-mentioned comment box.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4

Make your Practice Sessions perfect taking the help of the quick resources for Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Ch 4 Transformations. Experts have curated the BIM Book Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations keeping the student’s level of understanding. You can rely on the Big Ideas Math Geometry Ch 4 Solution Key as all of them are created after ample research and meets the Common Core State Standards. Avail the Preparation Material over here for Geometry Big Ideas Math Textbook Answer Key and start practicing from them on a frequent basis.

Enhance your conceptual knowledge taking the help of the Transformations Big Ideas Math Geometry Ch 4 Answers. Our Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations includes questions from Exercises, Practice Tests, Cumulative Assessments, Chapter Tests, Review Tests, etc.

Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations

Master the concepts of Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations by solving them on a regular basis. You just need to tap on the relevant links and prepare accordingly. Clarify all your doubts by availing the quick resources on Topicwise BIM Geometry Ch 4 Transformations. You can make use of them without paying a single penny and get to know the concepts in a better way.

Transformations

Lesson: 1 Translations

Lesson: 2 Reflections

Lesson: 3 Rotations

Quiz

Lesson: 4 Congruence and Transformations

Lesson: 5 Dilations

Lesson: 6 Similarity and Transformations

Review

Transformations Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Tell whether the red figure is a translation, reflection, rotation, or dilation of the blue figure.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 1
Answer: The red figure is the mirror image of the blue figure so it is a reflection.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 2
Answer: The blue figure turns to form the red figure so it is a rotation.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 3
Answer: A dilation produces an image similar to the original figure. So, the blue polygon is a dilation of the red figure.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4
Answer: The blue figure is similar to the red figure and one is a dilation of the other.

Tell whether the two figures are similar. Explain your reasoning.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 5
Answer:
Length of A/Length of B = 12/14 = 6/7
Width of A/Width of B = 5/7
Thus Rectangle A and Rectangle B are not similar.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 6
Answer:
Base of triangle A/Base of triangle B = 6/9 = 2/3
Height of triangle A/Height of triangle B = 8/12 = 2/3
Hypotenuse of triangle A/Hypotenuse of triangle B = 10/12 = 5/6
Triangle A and Triangle B are similar.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 7
Answer:
Length of A/Length of B = 6/3 = 2
Width of A/Width of B = 10/5 = 2
The two figures are similar.

Transformations Mathematical Practices

Monitoring Progress

Use dynamic geometry software to draw the polygon with the given vertices. Use the software to find the side lengths and angle measures of the polygon. Round your answers to time nearest hundredth.

Question 1.
A(0, 2), B(3, – 1), C(4, 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_119
Points:
A(0, 2), B(3, – 1), C(4, 3)
Segments:
AB = 3 units
BC = 4 units
AC = 4 units

Question 2.
A(- 2, 1), B(- 2, – 1), C(3, 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_120
points:
A(- 2, 1), B(- 2, – 1), C(3, 2)
Segments:
AB = 2 units
BC = 5 units
AC = 5 units

Question 3.
A(1, 1), B(- 3, 1), C(- 3, – 2), D(1, – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_121
Points:
A(1, 1), B(- 3, 1), C(- 3, – 2), D(1, – 2)
Segments:
AB = 2 units
BC = 3 units
DC = 2 units
AD = 3 units
Angles:
∠A = ∠B = ∠C = ∠D = 90°

Question 4.
A(1, 1) B(- 3, 1), C(- 2, – 2), D(2, – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_122
Points:
A(1, 1) B(- 3, 1), C(- 2, – 2), D(2, – 2)
Segments:
AB = 4 units
BC = 4 units
CD = 4 units
DA = 4 units

Question 5.
A(- 3, 0), B(0, 3), C(3, 0), D(0, – 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_124
Points:
A(- 3, 0), B(0, 3), C(3, 0), D(0, – 3)
Segments:
AB = 3.5 units
BC = 3.5 units
CD = 3 units
AD = 6 units

Question 6.
A(0, 0), B(4, 0), C(1, 1), D(0, 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_125
Points:
A(0, 0), B(4, 0), C(1, 1), D(0, 3)

4.1 Translations

Exploration 1

Translating a Triangle in a Coordinate Plane

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 8
Work with a partner.
a. Use dynamic geometry software to draw any triangle and label it ∆ABC.
Answer:

b. Copy the triangle and translate (or slide) it to form a new figure, called an image, ∆A’B’C’ (read as triangle A prime, B prime. C prime”).
USING TOOLS STRATEGICALLY
To be proficient in math, you need to use appropriate tools strategically, including dynamic geometry software.
Answer:

c. What is the relationship between the coordinates of the vertices of ∆ABC and
those of ∆A’B’C’?
Answer:

d. What do you observe about the side lengths and angle measures of the two triangles?
Answer:

Exploration 2

Translating a Triangle in a Coordinate Plane

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 9
Work with a partner.
a. The point (x, y) is translated a units horizontally and b units vertically. Write a rule to determine the coordinates of the image of (x, y).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 10
Answer: (x + a, y + b)

b. Use the rule you wrote in part (a) to translate ∆ABC 4 units left and 3 units down. What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image. ∆A’B’C’?
Answer:
A'(-4, 0), B'(0, 2) and C'(-1, -6)

c. Draw ∆A’B’C.’ Are its side lengths the same as those of ∆ABC? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_126

Exploration 3

Comparing Angles of Translations

Work with a partner.

a. In Exploration 2, is ∆ABC a righL triangle? Justify your answer.
Answer:

b. In Exploration 2, is ∆A’B’C’ a right triangle? Justify your answer.
Answer:

c. Do you think translations always preserve angle measures? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you translate a figure in a coordinate plane?
Answer:

Question 5.
En Exploration 2. translate ∆A’B’C’ 3 units right and 4 units up. What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image, ∆A”B”C”? How are these coordinates
related to the coordinates of the vertices of the original triangle. ∆ABC?
Answer:

Lesson 4.1 Translations

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Name the vector and write its component form.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 11
Answer:

Question 2.
The vertices of ∆LMN are L(2, 2), M(5, 3), and N(9, 1). Translate ∆LMN using the vector (- 2, 6).
Answer:
The vertices of ∆LMN are L(2, 2), M(5, 3), and N(9, 1)
L(2, 2) → L'(0, 8)
M(5, 3) → M'(3, 9)
N(9, 1) → N'(7, 7)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_127

Question 3.
In Example 3. write a rule to translate ∆A’B’C’ back to ∆ABC.
Answer:

Question 4.
Graph ∆RST with vertices R(2, 2), S(5, 2), and T(3, 5) and its image alter the translation (x, y) → (x + 1, y + 2).
Answer:
R(2, 2), S(5, 2), and T(3, 5)
translation (x, y) → (x + 1, y + 2).
x = 2 and y = 2 to find R’
R(2, 2) → (2 + 1, 2 + 2) = R'(3, 4)
S(5, 2) → (5 + 1, 2 + 2) = S'(6, 4)
T(3, 5) → (3 + 1, 5 + 2) = R'(4, 7)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_129

Question 5.
Graph \(\overline{T U}\) with endpoints T(1, 2) and U(4, 6) and its image after the composition.
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 2, y – 3)
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 4, y + 5)
Answer:

Question 6.
Graph \(\overline{V W}\) with endpoints V(- 6, – 4) and W(- 3, 1) and its image after the composition.
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 3, y + 1)
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 6, y – 4)
Answer:

Question 7.
In Example 6, you move the gray square 2 units right and 3 units up. Then you move the gray square 1 unit left and 1 unit down. Rewrite the composition as a single transformation.
Answer:

Exercise 4.1 Translations

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Name the preimage and image of the transformation ∆ABC – ∆A’B’C’.
Answer:
∆ABC is the preimage and ∆A’B’C’ is the image.

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A _______ moves every point of a figure the same distance in the same direction.
Answer: A translation moves every point of a figure the same distance in the same direction.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, name the vector and write its component form.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 13
Answer:
A vector is quantity that has both direction and magnitude.
The vertor is ST to more from the initial point S to the terminal point T, you move 2 units left and 4 units down.
So, the component form is (-2, 4)

In Exercises 5 – 8, the vertices of ∆DEF are D(2, 5), E(6, 3), and F(4, 0). Translate ∆DEF using the given vector. Graph ∆DEF and its image.

Question 5.
(6, 0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 5

Question 6.
(5, – 1)
Answer:
D(2, 5), E(6, 3) and F(4, 0)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_130
D'(7, 4)
E'(11, 2)
F'(9, -1)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_131

Question 7.
(- 3, – 7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 7

Question 8.
(- 2, – 4)
Answer:
D(2, 5), E(6, 3) and F(4, 0)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_130
D'(0, 1)
E'(4, -1)
F'(2, -4)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_132

In Exercises 9 and 10, find the component form of the vector that translates P(- 3, 6) to P’.

Question 9.
P'(0, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 9

Question 10.
P'(- 4, 8)
Answer:
P(-3, 6) → P'(-3 + x, 6 + y) = P'(- 4, 8)
-3 + x = -4
x = -1
6 + y = 8
y = 8 – 6
y = 2
The component form is (x, y) = (-1, 2)

In Exercises 11 and 12, write a rule for the translation of ∆LMN to ∆L’M’W’.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 15
Answer:
To go from M to M’, you move 3 units right and 1 unit up
So you unmove along vector (3, 1)

In Exercises 13 – 16, use the translation.
(x, y) → (x – 8,y + 4)

Question 13.
What is the image of A(2, 6)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 13

Question 14.
What is the image of B(- 1, 5)?
Answer:
(x, y) → (x – 8,y + 4)
B(- 1, 5)
(-1, 5) → (-1 – 8,5 + 4) = B'(-9, 9)
Big Ideas Math Answer Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_132

Question 15.
What is the preimage of C'(- 3, – 10)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 15

Question 16.
What is the preimage of D'(4, – 3)?
Answer:
(x, y) → (x – 8,y + 4)
D'(4, – 3)
x – 8 = 4
x = 12
y + 4 = -3
y = 7
D(12, 7)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_133

In Exercises 17 – 20, graph ∆PQR with vertices P (-2, 3) Q(1, 2), and R(3, – 1) and its image after the translation.
Question 17.
(x, y) → (x + 4, y + 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 17

Question 18.
(x, y) → (x + 9, y – 2)
Answer:
P (-2, 3) Q(1, 2), and R(3, – 1)
(x, y) → (x + 9, y – 2)
P'(7, 1)
Q'(10, 0)
R'(12, -3)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_134

Question 19.
(x, y) → (x – 2, y – 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 19

Question 20.
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 3)
Answer:

P (-2, 3) Q(1, 2), and R(3, – 1)
translation: (x, y) → (x – 1, y + 3)
BIM Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_136
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 3)
x = -2 and y = -3 from point P(-2, 3)
(-2, 3) → (-2 – 1, 3 + 3) = P'(-3, 6)
Q(1, 2) → (1 – 1, 2 + 3) = Q'(0, 5)
R(3, -1) → (3 – 1, -1 + 3) = R'(2, 2)
BIM Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_137

In Exercises 21 and 22. graph ∆XYZ with vertices X(2, 4), Y(6, 0). and Z(7, 2) and its image after the composition.

Question 21.
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 12, y + 4)
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 5, y – 9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 21

Question 22.
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 6, y)
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 2, y + 7)
Answer:
X(2, 4), Y(6, 0). and Z(7, 2)
BIM Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_138
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 6, y)
X(2, 4) → (2 – 6, 4) = X'(-4, 4)
Y(6, 0) → (6 – 6, 0) = Y'(0, 0)
Z(7, 2) → (7 – 6, 2) = Z'(1, 2)
Big Ideas Math Solution Key Geometry Chapter 4 transformations img_139
translation: (x, y) → (x + 2, y + 7)
(x, y) → (x + 2, y + 7)
X'(-4, 4) → (-4 + 2, 4 + 7) = X”(-2, 11)
Y'(0, 0) → (0 + 2, 0 + 7) = Y”(2, 7)
Z'(1, 2) → (1 + 2, 2 + 7) = Z”(3, 9)
Big Ideas Math Answer Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_140

In Exercises 23 and 24, describe the composition of translations.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 17
Answer:
vertex 6 units right and 4 units down.
1. translation (x, y) → (x + 6, y – 4)
vertex 6 units left
2. translation (x, y) → (x – 6, y)

Question 25.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in graphing the image of quadrilateral EFGH after the translation (x, y) → (x – 1, y – 2).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 25

Question 26.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In chess, the knight (the piece shaped like a horse) moves in an L pattern. The hoard shows two consecutive moves of a black knight during a game. Write a composition of translations for the moves. Then rewrite the composition as a single translation that moves the knight from its original position to its ending position.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 19
Answer:
Assuming the initial position of the knight is (x, y)
The first translation moved the knight 2 units right and 1 unit down.
The first translation is (x, y) → (x + 2, y – 1)
The second translation moved the knight 1 unit right and 2 unit down.
The first translation is (x, y) → (x + 1, y – 2)
Single translation rule is the sum of both first and second translations
(x, y) → (x + 2 + 1, y – 1 – 2) = (x + 3, y – 3)

Question 27.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are studying an amoeba through a microscope. Suppose the amoeba moves on a grid-indexed microscope slide in a straight line from square B3 to square G7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 20
a. Describe the translation.
b. The side length of each grid square is 2 millimeters. How far does the amoeba travel?
c. The amoeba moves from square B3 to square G7 in 24.5 seconds. What is its speed in millimeters per second?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 27

Question 28.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Translation A maps (x, y) to (x + n, y + t). Translation B maps (x, y) to (x + s, y + m).
a. Translate a point using Translation A, followed by Translation B. Write an algebraic rule for the final image of the point after this composition.
Answer:
Translation A maps (x, y) to (x + n, y + t)
Translation B maps (x, y) to (x + s, y + m)
Translating a point using translation A followed by translation B.
First: Applying translation A from the initial point (x, y) maps it to the final point (x + n, y + t)
Applying translation B from the initial point (x + n, y + t) maps it to the final point (x + n + s, y + t + m)
The single translation rule for the composition
(x, y) → (x + n + s, y + t + m)

b. Translate a point using Translation B, followed by Translation A. Write an algebraic rule for the final image of the point after this composition.
Answer:
Translating a point using translation A followed by translation B.
First: Applying translation A from the initial point (x, y) maps it to the final point (x + s, y + m)
Applying translation B from the initial point (x + s, y + m) maps it to the final point (x + n + s, y + t + m)
The single translation rule for the composition
(x, y) → (x + n + s, y + t + m)

c. Compare the rules you wrote for parts (a) and (b) Does it matter which translation you do first? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Translating a point using translation A followed by translation B is the same as translation using B followed by A.
(x, y) → (x + n + s, y + t + m)
is equivalent to the single rule of the second case
(x, y) → (x + s + n, y + m + t)

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 29 and 30, a translation maps the blue figure to the red figure. Find the value of each variable.
Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 21
Answer:
The blue figure is congruent to the red figure.
r = 100 because corresponding angles are congruent.
162 = 3w
w = 54 because corresponding sides are congruent.
2t = 10
t = 5 because corresponding sides are congruent.
s = 8 because corresponding sides are congruent.

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 22
Answer:
Since translation is a rigid motion, then the lengths and angles of the image are the same as the preimage.
a = 180 – 90 – 55
a = 35
b + 6 = 20
b = 20 – 6
b = 14
4c – 6 = 14
4c = 14 + 6
4c = 20
c = 20/4 = 5
c = 5

Question 31.
USING STRUCTURE
Quadrilateral DEFG has vertices D(- 1, 2), E(- 2, 0), F(- 1, – 1), and G( 1, 3). A translation maps quadrilateral DEFG to quadrilateral D’E’F’G’. The image of D is D'(- 2, – 2). What are the coordinates of E’, F’, and G’?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 31

Question 32.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Which two figures represent a translation? Describe the translation.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 23
Answer:
To move from figure 5 to figure 7 you must move 4 units right and 8 units up.

Question 33.
REASONING
The translation (x, y) → (x + m, y + n) maps \(\overline{P Q}\) to \(\overline{P’ Q’}\). Write a rule for the translation of \(\overline{P’ Q’}\) to \(\overline{P Q}\). Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 33

Question 34.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
The vertices of a rectangle are Q(2, – 3), R(2, 4), S(5, 4), and T(5, – 3),
a. Translate rectangle QRST 3 units left and 3 units down to produce rectangle Q’R’S’T’. Find the area of rectangle QRST and the area of rectangle Q’R’S’T’.
Answer:
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_141
The length of each rectangle = 7 units
Width of each rectangle = 3 units
The area of QRST = 7 × 3 = 21 sq. units
The area of Q’R’S’T’ = 7 × 3 = 21 sq. units

b. Compare the areas. Make a conjecture about the areas of a preimage and its image after a translation.
Answer:
The area of QRST = The area of Q’R’S’T’ = 21 sq. units
Translation creates an image that is congruent to the original figure.

Question 35.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Composition Theorem (Theorem 4.1).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 35

Question 36.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use properties of translations to prove each theorem.
a. Corresponding Angles Theorem (Theorem 3. 1)
Answer:
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_144
\(\overline{A B}\)|| \(\overline{C D}\)
Using \(\overline{E F}\) a translation vector.
Translating ∠BEF along \(\overline{E F}\) until F becomes the image of E.
\(\overline{E B}\) || \(\overline{E’ B’}\)
So, \(\overline{E’ B’}\) coincides \(\overline{F D}\) as they are parallel and have a common endpoint.
Since translation is a rigid motions.
Then ∠1 ≅ ∠2
Thus, If two lines are cut by a transversal and the alternate interior angles are congruent, then the lines are parallel.

b. Corresponding Angles Converse (Theorem 3.5)
Answer:
Given,
∠AEF ≅ ∠EFD
Assume \(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{C D}\) are not parallel.
If two lines are cut by a transversal and the alternate interior angles are congruent, then the lines are parallel.

Question 37.
WRITING
Explain how to use translations to draw a rectangular prism.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 37

Question 38.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The vector PQ = (4, 1) describes the translation of A(- 1, w) Onto A'(2x + 1, 4) and B(8y – 1, 1) Onto B'(3, 3z). Find the values of w, x, y, and z.
Answer:
The vector PQ = (4, 1) describes the translation of A(- 1, w) Onto A'(2x + 1, 4) and B(8y – 1, 1) Onto B'(3, 3z).
(-1, w) → (-1 + 4, w + 1) = (3, w + 1)
A'(2x + 1, 4)
(3, w + 1) = (2x + 1, 4)
3 = 2x + 1
2x = 2
x = 1
w + 1 = 4
w = 4 – 1
w = 3
We know that vector PQ = (4, 1) describes the translation of B(8y – 1, 1)
(8y – 1, 1) → (8y – 1 + 4, 1 + 1) = (8y + 3, 2)
B'(3, 3z)
(8y + 3, 2) = (3, 3z)
8y + 3 = 3
8y = 3 – 3
8y = 0
y = 0
3z = 2
z = 2/3

Question 39.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A translation maps \(\overline{G H}\) to \(\overline{G’ H’}\). Your friend claims that if you draw segments connecting G to G’ and H to H’, then the resulting quadrilateral is a parallelogram. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 39

Question 40.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
You are a graphic designer for a company that manufactures floor tiles. Design a floor tile in a coordinate plane. Then use translations to show how the tiles cover an entire floor. Describe the translations that map the original tile to four other tiles.
Answer:
Let the tile by a square of side length of 2 units on a coordinate grid.
If one of its vertex lies at the origin, then its other vertices, in that order are (2, 0), (2, 2) and (0, 2)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_147
This design can then be used to cover the entire floor by horizontal and vertical translations of 2 units right and upwards.
A horizontal translation of 2 units towards the right maps the tile onto X.
A vertical translation of 2 units upwards maps the tile onto Y and a horizontal translation of Y by 2 units towards the right maps the tile onto Z.
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_148

Question 41.
REASONING
The vertices of ∆ABC are A(2, 2), B(4, 2), and C(3, 4). Graph the image of ∆ABC after the transformation (x, y) → (x + y, y). Is this transformation a translation? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.1 Question 41

Question 42.
PROOF
\(\overline{M N}\) is perpendicular to line l. \(\overline{M’ N’}\) is the translation of \(\overline{M N}\) 2 units to the left. Prove that \(\overline{M’ N’}\) is perpendicular to l.
Answer:
M’N’ is a horizontal translation of MN by 2 units to the left.
MN and M’N’ are parallel to each other and so their slopes must be equal.
If a line l is perpendicular to MN, then it must be perpendicular to M’N’

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Tell whether the figure can be folded in half so that one side matches the other.

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 24
Answer:
Yes; The figure can be folded in half in several ways so that one side matches the other.

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 25
Answer: The shape is symmetrical along a diagnol.

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 26
Answer:
The shape is asymmetrical

Question 46.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 27
Answer: The shape is symmetrical along its x-axis.

Simplify the expression.

Question 47.
– (- x)
Answer:
When we multiply two negative numbers we get the positive number.
-1 × -x = x

Question 48.
– (x + 3)
Answer:
In this expression minus is multiplied with the whole term
-1 × x + -1 × 3 = -x – 3

Question 49.
x – (12 – 5x)
Answer:
When we multiply two negative numbers we get the positive number.
x – 12 + 5x

Question 50.
x – (- 2x + 4)
Answer:
When we multiply two negative numbers we get the positive number.
x + 2x – 4

4.2 Reflections

Exploration

Reflecting a Triangle Using a Reflective Device

Work with a partner:
Use a straightedge to draw any triangle on paper. Label if ∆ABC.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 28

a. Use the straightedge to draw a line that does not pass through the triangle. Label it m.
Answer:

b. Place a reflective device on line in.
Answer:

c. Use the reflective device to plot the images of the vertices of ∆ABc. Label the images of vertices A, B. and C as A’, B’, and C’, respectively.
Answer:

d. Use a straightedge to draw ∆A’B’C by connecting the vertices.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Reflecting a Triangle in a Coordinate Plane

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to draw any triangle and label it ∆ABC.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 29
a. Reflect ∆ABC in the y-axis to form ∆A’B’C’.
Answer:

b. What is the relationship between the coordinates of the vertices of ∆ABC and
those of ∆A’B’C’?
LOOKING FOR STRUCTURE
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Answer:

c. What do you observe about the side lengths and angle measures of the two triangles?
Answer:

d. Reflect ∆ABC in the x-axis to form ∆A’B’C’. Then repeal parts (b) and (c).
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you reflect a figure in a coordinate plane?
Answer:

Lesson 4.2 Reflections

Monitoring progress

Graph ∆ABC from Example 1 and its image after a reflection in the given line.
Question 1.
x = 4
Answer:

Question 2.
x = – 3
Answer:

Question 3.
y = 2
Answer:

Question 4.
y = – 1
Answer:

The vertices of ∆JKL are J(1, 3), K(4, 4), and L(3, 1).

Question 5.
Graph ∆JKL and its image after a reflection in the x-axis.
Answer:

Question 6.
Graph ∆JKL and its image after a reflection in the y-axis.
Answer:

Question 7.
Graph ∆JKL and its image after a reflection in the line y = x.
Answer:

Question 8.
Graph ∆JKL and its image aIter a reflection in the line y = – x.
Answer:

Question 9.
In Example 3. verify that \(\overline{F F’}\) is perpendicular to y = – x.
Answer:

Question 10.
WHAT IF?
In Example 4, ∆ABC is translated 4 units down and then reflected in the y-axis. Graph ∆ABC and its image after the glide reflection.
Answer:

Question 11.
In Example 4. describe a glide reflection from ∆A”B”C” to ∆ABC.
Answer:

Determine the number of lines of symmetry for the figure.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 30
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 31
Answer:

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 32
Answer:

Question 15.
Draw a hexagon with no lines of symmetry.
Answer:

Question 16.
Look back at Example 6. Answer the question by Using a reflection of point A instead of point B.
Answer:

Exercise 4.2 Reflections

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
A glide reflection is a combination of which two transformations?
Answer:
A glide reflection is a combination of a translation and reflection.

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which transformation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 33

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, determine whether the coordinate plane shows a reflection in the x-axis, y-axis, or neither.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 34
Answer:
Reflection in the y-axis

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 35
Answer:
We see the triangle ABC with vertices A(-2, 0), B(-1, 2) and C(-2, 3)
We also see the triangle DEF with vertices D(1, 0), E(2, -1) and F(1, -3)
Apply reflection in the x-axis to the triangle ABC, we do not have the points D, E and F in the same place on opposite sides.
Apply reflection in the y-axis to the triangle ABC, we do not have the points D, E and F in the same place on opposite sides.
There is no reflection.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 36
Answer:
We observe the triangles ABC and DEF, we can say that there is no reflection.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 37
Answer:
The triangle ABC with vertices A(2, 1), B(2, 3) and C(6, 1)
Apply reflection in the x-axis to the triangle ABC.
By seeing the above graph we say that the point which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point A.
The point is D(2, -1)
By seeing the above graph we say that the point which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point B.
The point is E(2, -3)
By seeing the above graph we say that the point which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point C.
The point is F(6, -1)
We see that the triangle DEF with vertices D(2, -1), E(2, -3) and F(6, -1).
When we apply reflection in the y-axis to the triangle ABC, we do not have the points D, E, F in the same place on opposite sides.

In Exercises 7 – 12, graph ∆JKL and its image after a reflection in the given line.
Question 7.
J(2, – 4), K(3, 7), L(6, – 1); x-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 7

Question 8.
J(5, 3), K(1, – 2), L(- 3, 4); y-axis
Answer:
J(5, 3), K(1, – 2), L(- 3, 4)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_104
We will apply reflection in the y-axis to the triangle JKL.
J’ which is in the same place on opposite sides y-axis with respect to the point J(5, 3)
The coordinates of this point are J'(-5, 3)
K’ which is in the same place on opposite sides y-axis with respect to the point K(1, -2)
The coordinates of this point are K'(-1, -2)
L’ which is in the same place on opposite sides y-axis with respect to the point L(-3, 4)
The coordinates of this point are L'(3, 4)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_103

Question 9.
J(2, – 1), K(4, – 5), L(3, 1); x = – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 9

Question 10.
J(1, – 1), K(3, 0), L(0, – 4); x = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_104
Apply reflection in the line x = 2 to the triangle JKL.
J = (1, -1) J’ = (3, -1)
K = (3, 0) K’= (1, 0)
L(0, – 4) L’ = (4, -4)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_105

Question 11.
J(2, 4), K(- 4, – 2), L(- 1, 0); y = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 11

Question 12.
J(3, – 5), K(4, – 1), L(0, – 3); y = – 3
Answer:
Graph the triangle by using the given vertices J(3, – 5), K(4, – 1), L(0, – 3)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_104
J(3, – 5) → J'(3, -1)
K(4, – 1) → K'(4, -5)
L(0, – 3) → L'(0, 3)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_105

In Exercises 13-16, graph the polygon and its image after a reflection in the given line.

Question 13.
y = x
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 38
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 13

Question 14.
y = x
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 39
Answer:
The vertices of the above polygon are A(2, -1), B(-1, 2), C(2, 3) and D(4, 2)
Apply reflection in the line y = x to the polygon ABCD.
So, A'(-1, 2)
B(-1, 2) → B'(2, -1)
C(2, 3) → C'(3, 2)
D(4, 2) → D'(2, 4)
When the point is reflected in the line y = x the coordinates of the point image change place.
Point A’ and B have the same coordinates, and points A and B have the same coordinates.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_108

Question 15.
y = -x
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 15

Question 16.
y = -x
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 41
Answer:
Apply reflection in the line y = x to the triangle ABC.
The vertices are A(1, 2), B(4, 2), C(3, -2)
A(1, 2) → A'(-2, -1)
B(4, 2) → B'(-2, -4)
C(3, -2) → C'(2, -3)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_109

In Exercises 17-20. graph ∆RST with vertices R(4, 1), s(7, 3), and T(6, 4) and its image after the glide reflection.

Question 17.
Translation: (x, y) → (x, y – 1)
Reflection: in the y-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 17

Question 18.
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 3,y)
Reflection: in the line y = – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_110
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 3,y)
R(4, 1) to find R’
(4, 1) → (4 – 3,1) = R'(1, 1)
S(7, 3) to find S’
(7, 3) → (7 – 3,3) = S'(4, 3)
T(6, 4) to find T’
(6, 4) → (6 – 3,4) = T'(3, 4)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_111
Apply reflection in the line y = -1 to the triangle R’S’T’
R'(1, 1) → R”(1, -3)
S'(4, 3) → S”(4, -5)
T'(3, 4) → T”(3, -6)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_112

Question 19.
Translation: (x, y) → (x, y + 4)
Reflection: in the line x = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 19

Question 20.
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 2, y + 2),
Reflection: in the line y = x
Answer:
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_113
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 2, y + 2),
R(4, 1) to find R’
(4, 1) → (4 + 2,1 + 2) = R'(6, 3)
S(7, 3) to find S’
(7, 3) → (7 + 2,3 + 2) = S'(9, 5)
T(6, 4) to find T’
(6, 4) → (6 + 2,4 + 2) = T'(8, 6)
Big Ideas Math Solution Key Geometry Chapter 4 transformations img_114
R'(6, 3) → R”(3, 6)
S'(9, 5) → S”(5, 9)
T'(8, 6) → T”(6, 8)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_115

In Exercises 21 – 24, determine the number of lines of symmetry for the figure.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 42
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 43
Answer:
The figure has 4 lines of symmetry.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 44
Answer:
There are no lines of symmetry.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 45
Answer: The figure has 5 lines of symmetry.

Question 25.
USING STRUCTURE
Identify the line symmetry (if any) of each word.
a. LOOK
b. MOM
c. OX
d. DAD
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 25

Question 26.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in describing the transformation.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 46
Answer:
By drawing \(\overline{A B}\)
A(5, -1) and B(2, -2)
A(5, -1) → A'(7, 2)
B(2, -2) → B'(4, 1)
Translating \(\overline{A B}\) with the rule (x, y) → (x + 2, y + 3)
Reflecting \(\overline{A’ B’}\) over the y-axis
A'(7, 2) → A”(-7, 2)
B'(4, 1) → B”(-4, 1)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_116
Thus the transformation is a glide reflection.

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You park at some point K on line n. You deliver a pizza to House H, go back to your car. and deliver a pizza to House J. Assuming that you can cut across both lawns, how can you determine the parking location K that minimizes the distance HK + KJ?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 47
Answer:
Reflect H in line n to obtain H’. Connect H’ to J to draw \(\overline{J H’}\).
Label the intersection of JH’ and n as K. Because JH’ is the shortest distance between J and H’ and HK = H’K, park at point K.

Question 28.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
Use the numbers and symbols to create the glide reflection resulting in the image shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 48
Answer:
We will find the preimage of point A”(5, 6)
That is point A'(6, 5)
We will find the preimage of point B”(4, 2)
That is point B'(2, 4)
We will find the preimage of point C”(-1, 5)
That is point C'(5, -1)
Translation is: (x, y) → (x + 3, y + 3)
A(3, 2) in the translation to find A’
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 3)
(3, 2) → (3 + 3, 2 + 3) = (6, 5)
B(-1, 1) in the translation to find B’
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 3)
(-1, 1) → (-1 + 3, 1 + 3) = (2, 4)
C(2, -4) in the translation to find C’
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 3)
(2, -4) → (2 + 3, -4 + 3) = (5, -1)

In Exercises 29 – 32, find point C on the x-axis so AC + BC is a minimum.

Question 29.
A(1, 4), B(6, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 29

Question 30.
A(4, – 5), B(12, 3)
Answer:
Given,
A(4, – 5), B(12, 3)
We have to find the point C on the x-axis.
Ac + BC is minimum.
First we will plot points in the coordinate system.
The shortest distance from point A to point B gives the line that join these two points.
The line intersects the x-axis at point C.
x = 9 and y = 0
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_117

Question 31.
A(- 8, 4), B(- 1, 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 31

Question 32.
A(- 1, 7), B(5, – 4)
Answer:
A(- 1, 7), B(5, – 4)
We have to find the point C on the x-axis.
AC + BC is minimum.
First we will plot points in the coordinate system.
The shortest distance from point A to point B gives the line that join these two points.
The line intersects the x-axis at point C.
x = 2.8 and y = 0
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_118

Question 33.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The line y = 3x + 2 is reflected in the line y = – 1. What is the equation of the image?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 33

Question 34.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use Figure A.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 49

a. Which figure is a reflection of Figure A in the line x = a? Explain.
Answer:
The reflection of Figure A in the line x =a is Fig 2.
Points of Fig 2 is in the same place on opposite sides x = a with respect to the points of Fig A.

b. Which figure is a reflection of Figure A in the line y = b? Explain.
Answer:
The reflection of Figure A in the line y = b is Fig 4.
Points of Fig 4 is in the same place on opposite sides y = b with respect to the points of Fig A.

c. Which figure is a reflection of Figure A in the line y = x? Explain.
Answer:
The reflection of Figure A in the line y = x is Fig 1.
Points of Fig 1 is in the same place on opposite sides y = x-axis with respect to the points of Fig A.

d. Is there a figure that represents a glide reflection? Explain your reasoning.
Answer: The figure that represent glide reflection is Fig 4.

Question 35.
CONSTRUCTION
Follow these steps to construct a reflection of △ ABC in line m. Use a compass and straightedge.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 50
Step 1 Draw △ABC and line m.
Step 2 Use one compass setting to find two points that are equidistant from A on line m. Use the same compass setting to find a point on the other side of m that is the same distance from these two points. Label that point as A’.
Step 3 Repeat Step 2 to find points B’ and C’.
Draw △A’B’C.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 35

Question 36.
USING TOOLS
Use a reflective device to verify your construction in Exercise 35.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Geometry-Answers-Chapter-4-Transformations-4.2-Question-35

Question 37.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Reflect △MNQ in the line y = -2x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 51
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 37

Question 38.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Is the composition of a translation and a reflection commutative? (In other words, do you obtain the same image regardless of the order in which you perform the transformations?) Justify your answer.
Answer:
When the direction of the translation is parallel to the line of reflection, that is only case when the composition of a translation and a reflection is commutative.

Question 39.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Point B (1, 4) is the image of B(3, 2) after a reflection in line c. Write an equation for line c.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.2 Question 39

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Use the diagram to Íind the angle measure.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 52

Question 40.
m∠AOC
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠AOC = 60°

Question 41.
m∠AOD
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠AOD = 130°

Question 42.
m∠BOE
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠BOE = 20°

Question 43.
m∠AOE
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠AOE = 160°

Question 44.
m∠COD
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠COD = 70°

Question 45.
m∠EOD
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠EOD = 30°

Question 46.
m∠COE
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠COE = 100°

Question 47.
m∠AOB
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠AOB = 180°

Question 48.
m∠COB
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠COB = 120°

Question 49.
m∠BOD
Answer:
Place the center of the protractor at point O parallel to the longer AB, and then read the measure of the angle from the protractor.
m∠BOD = 50°

4.3 Rotations

Exploration 1

Rotating a Triangle in a Coordinate Plane

Work with a partner:

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 53

a. Use dynamic geometry software to draw any triangle and label it ∆ABC.
Answer:

b. Rotate the triangle 90° counterclockwise about the origin to from ∆A’B’C’.
Answer:

c. What is the relationship between the coordinates of the vertices of ∆ABC and those of ∆A’B’C’?
Answer:

d. What do you observe about the side lengths and angle measures of the two triangles?
Answer:

Exploration 2

Rotating a Triangle in a Coordinate Plane

Work with a partner:
a. The point (x, y) is rotated 90° counterclockwise about the origin. Write a rule to determine the coordinates of the image of (x, y).
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to use previous established results in constructing arguments.
Answer:

b. Use the rule you wrote in part (a) to rotate ∆ABC 90° counterclockwise about the origin. What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image. ∆A’B’C’?
Answer:

c. Draw ∆A’B’C’. Are its side lengths the same as those of ∆ABC? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Exploration 3

Rotating a Triangle in a Coordinate Plane

Work with a partner.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 54

a. The point (x, y) is rotated 180° counterclockwise about the origin. Write a rule to
determine the coordinates of the image of (x, y). Explain how you found the rule.
Answer:

b. Use the rule you wrote in part (a) to rotate ∆ABC (front Exploration 2) 180° counterclockwise about the origin. What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image, ∆A’B’C’?
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you rotate a figure in a coordinate plane?
Answer:

Question 5.
In Exploration 3. rotate A’B’C’ 180° counterclockwise about the origin. What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image. ∆A”B”C”? How are these coordinates related to the coordinates of the vertices of the original triangle, ∆ABC?
Answer:

Lesson 4.3 Rotations

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Trace ∆DEF and point P. Then draw a 50° rotation of ∆DEF about point P.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 55
Answer:

Question 2.
Graph ∆JKL with vertices J(3, 0), K(4, 3), and L(6, 0) and its image after a 90° rotation about the origin.
Answer:

Question 3.
Graph \(\overline{R S}\) from Example 3. Perform the rotation first, followed by the reflection. Does the order of the transformations matter? Explain.
Answer:

Question 4.
WHAT IF?
In Example 3. \(\overline{R S}\) is reflected in the x-axis and rotated 180° about the origin. Graph \(\overline{R S}\) and its image after the composition.
Answer:

Question 5.
Graph \(\overline{A B}\) with endpoints A(- 4, 4) and B(- 1, 7) and its image after the composition.
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 2, y – 1)
Rotation: 90° about the origin
Answer:

Question 6.
Graph ∆TUV with vertices T(1, 2), U(3. 5), and V(6, 3) and its image after the composition.
Rotation: 180° about the origin
Reflection: in the x-axis
Answer:

Determine whether the figure has rotational symmetry. If so, describe any rotations that map the figure onto itself.

Question 7.
rhombus
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 56
Answer:
So within 360∘ rhombus turns 2 times into itself as 360∘ divided by 180∘ is 2.
Hence the order of rotational symmetry of the rhombus is 2.

Question 8.
octagon
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 57
Answer:
A regular octagon has 8 lines of symmetry and a rotational symmetry of order 8. This means that it can be rotated in such a way that it will look the same as the original shape 8 times in 360°.

Question 9.
right triangle
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 58
Answer: A right triangle does not have rotational symmetry.

Exercise 4.3 Rotations

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
When a point (a, b) is rotated counterclockwise about the origin. (a, b) → (b, – a) is the result of a rotation of _________ .
Answer:
When a point (a, b) is rotated counterclockwise about the origin. (a, b) → (b, – a) is the result of a rotation of 270°

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 59
What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image after a 90° counterclockwise rotation about the origin?
Answer:
When rotating the figure 90° counterclockwise the coordinates will be
A(1, 2) → A'(-2, 1)
B(2, 4) → B'(-4, 2)
C(4, 2) → C'(-2, 4)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_87

What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image after a 270° clockwise rotation about the origin?
Answer:
When rotating the figure 270° counterclockwise the coordinates will be
A(1, 2) → A'(-2, 1)
B(2, 4) → B'(-4, 2)
C(4, 2) → C'(-2, 4)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_88

What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image after turning the figure 90° to the left about the origin?
Answer:
Rotating 90° to the left is equivalent to rotating the figure 90° counterclockwise the coordinates will be
A(1, 2) → A'(-2, 1)
B(2, 4) → B'(-4, 2)
C(4, 2) → C'(-2, 4)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_89

What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image after a 270° counterclockwise rotation about the origin?
Answer:
When rotating the figure 270°clockwise the coordinates will be
A(1, 2) → A'(-2, 1)
B(2, 4) → B'(-4, 2)
C(4, 2) → C'(-2, 4)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_90

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6. trace the polygon and point P. Then draw a rotation o the polygon about point P using the given number of degrees.

Question 3.
30°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 60
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 3

Question 4.
80°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 61
Answer:
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_91

Question 5.
150°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 62
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 5

Question 6.
130°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 63
Answer:
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_92

In Exercises 7-10. graph the polygon and its image after a rotation of the given number of degrees about the origin.

Question 7.
90°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 64
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 7

Question 8.
180°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 65
Answer:
The vertices of DEF are D(-3, -1), E(-1, 2) and F(4, -2)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_93
Rotate D(-3, -1) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get the point D'(3, 1)
Rotate E(-1, 2) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get the point E'(1, -2)
Rotate F(4, -2) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get the point F'(-4, 2)
We will rotate the point of triangle through an angle 180° about the origin, the coordinates of the point image change sign.
Then we will graph the triangle D’E’F’ with vertices D'(3, 1), E'(1, -2) and F'(-4, 2)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_94

Question 9.
180°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 66
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 9

Question 10.
270°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 67
Answer:
Rotation 270°
Q(-6, -3) → Q'(-3, 6)
R(-5, 0) → R'(0, 5)
S(-3, 0) → S'(0, 3)
T(-1, -3) → T'(-3, 1)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_91

In Exercises 11-14, graph \(\overline{X Y}\) with endpoints X(-3, 1) and Y(4, – 5) and its image after the composition.

Question 11.
Translation: (x, y) → (x, y + 2)
Rotation: 90° about the origin
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 11

Question 12.
Rotation: 180° about the origin
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
Answer:
X(-3, 1) and Y(4, -5)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_93
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
x = -3 and y = 1 in the translation to find X’
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
(-3, 1) → (-3 – 1, 1 + 1) = (-4, 2)
x = 4 and y = -5 in the translation to find Y’
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
(4, -5) → (4 – 1, -5 + 1) = (3, -4)
X'(-4, 2) and Y'(3, -4)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_94
Rotate 180° about the origin
X'(-4, 2) = X”(4, -2)
Y'(3, -4) = Y”(-3, 4)
X”(4, -2) and Y”(-3, 4)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_95

Question 13.
Rotation: 270° about the origin
Reflection: in the y-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 13

Question 14.
Reflection: in the line y = x
Rotation: 180° about the origin
Answer:
X(-3, 1) and Y(4, -5)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_95
Reflection in the line y = x to the \(\overline{X Y}\)
X'(1, -3)
Y'(-5, 4)
\(\overline{X’ Y’}\) with end points X'(1, -3) and Y'(-5, 4)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_96
Rotate X'(1, -3) through an angle 180° we get X”(-1, 3)
Rotate Y'(-5, 4) through an angle 180° we get Y”(5, -4)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_97

In Exercises 15 and 16, graph ∆LMN with vertices 2 L(1, 6), M(- 2, 4), and N(3, 2) and its image after the composition.

Question 15.
Rotation: 90° about the origin
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 3, y + 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 15

Question 16.
Reflection: in the x-axis
Rotation: 270° about the origin
Answer:
The vertices are L(1, 6), M(-2, 4) and N(3, 2)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_95
L’ which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point L(1, 6).
The coordinates of this point are L'(1, -6)
M’ which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point M(-2, 4).
The coordinates of this point are M'(-2, -4)
N’ which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point N(3, 2).
The coordinates of this point are N'(3, -2)
L'(1, -6), M'(-2, -4) and N'(3, -2)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_96
L'(1, -6) → L”(-6, -1)
M'(-2, -4) → M”(-4, 2)
N'(3, -2) → N”(-2, -3)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_97

In Exercises 17-20, determine whether the figure has rotational symmetry. If so, describe any rotations that map the figure onto itself.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 68
Answer:
The rotations of 90° and 180° about the center will map this figure onto itself.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 69
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_98
The figure has rotational symmetry.
The rotation center is the center of the shape.
Rotation of 72°, 144°, 216°, 288° and 360° about the center all map the shape onto itself.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 70
Answer:
The rotations of 45°, 90°, 135° and 180° about the center will map this figure onto itself.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 71
Answer:
A rectangle has two equal sides and all equal angles.
We have to determine which angles of rotation map the figure onto itself.
Geometry Big Ideas Math Answers Chapter 4 Transformations img_99
The interior angles are 90°
The angle of rotational symmetry for the rectangle is 180°

REPEATED REASONING
In Exercises 21-24, select the angles of rotational symmetry for the regular polygon. Select all that apply.

(A) 30°        (B) 45°       (C) 60°         (D) 72°
(E) 90°         (F) 120°     (G) 144°      (H) 180°

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 72
Answer: Option F
The angle of rotational symmetry of this figure is 120°

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 73
Answer:
The above figure has equal lengths of sides and angles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_100
The angles of rotational symmetry for the regular polygon are 90° and 180°.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 74
Answer:
The above figure has equal lengths of sides and angles.
The angles of rotational symmetry for the regular polygon are 72° and 144°.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 75
Answer:
The above figure has equal lengths of sides and angles.
The interior angles in the hexagon are 60°
The angles of rotational symmetry for the regular polygon are 60°, 120° and 180°

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 25 and 26, the endpoints of \(\overline{C D}\) are C(- 1, 1) and D(2, 3). Describe and correct the error in finding the coordinates of the vertices of the image after a rotation of 270° about the origin.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 76
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 77
Answer:
Rotating 270° (a, b) → (b, -a)
Reflection about y = x
The correct answer is
C(-1, 1) = C'(1, 1)
D(2, 3) = D'(3, -2)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_101

Question 27.
CONSTRUCTION
Follow these Steps to construct a rotation of ∆ABC by angle D around a point O. Use a compass and straightedge.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 78
Step 1 Draw ∆ABC, ∠D, and O, the center of rotation.
Step 2 Draw \(\overline{O A}\). Use the construction for copying an angle to copy ∠D at O. as shown. Then use distance OA and center O to find A’.
Step 3 Repeat Step 2 to find points B’ and C’. Draw ∆ A’B’C’.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 27

Question 28.
REASONING
You enter the revolving door at a hotel.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 79
a. You rotate the door 180°. what does this mean in the context of the situation? Explain.
Answer:
The revolving door is composed of 3 rectangular glass parts intersecting at the door axis.
In the context of our lesson, Rotating the revolving door 180° means rotating the short sides of the rectangles 180° about the origin.

b. You rotate the door 360°. What does this mean in the Context of the situation? Explain.
Answer:
Rotating the revolving door 360° means rotating the short sides of the rectangles 360° about the origin.

Question 29.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Use the graph of Y = 2X – 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 80
a. Rotate the line 90°, 180° 270°, and 360° about the origin. Write the equation of the line for each image. Describe the relationship between the equation of the preimage and the equation of each image.
b. Do you think that the relationships you described in part (a) are true for any line? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 29

Question 30.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that rotating a figure by 180° is the same as reflecting a figure in the y-axis arid then reflecting it in the x-axis. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
rotating a figure by 180° (a, b) → (-a, -b)
reflecting a figure in the y-axis (a, b) → (-a, b)
reflecting a figure in the x-axis (a, b) → (a, -b)
For reflecting a figure in the y-axis and then reflecting in the x-axis
the first step will result (a, b) → (a, -b)
Reflecting (-a, b) in the x-axis (-a, b) → (-a, -b)
Thus your friend is correct.

Question 31.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A figure only has point symmetry. How many times can you rotate the figure before it is back where it started?
Answer:
If a figure only has point symmetry, then it has 180° rotational symmetry. One rotation will rotate the figure 180°. A second rotation will rotate the figure another 180°. The two rotations combined result in a 360° rotation and therefore the rotations map the figure onto itself. So, you can rotate the figure 2 times before it is back where it started.

Question 32.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Is it possible for a figure to have 90° rotational symmetry but not 180° rotational symmetry? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
No, it is not possible.
When figure has 90° rotational symmetry, it must has 180° rotational symmetry.
When we rotate the figure twice by 90°, we get 180°

Question 33.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Is it possible for a figure to have 180° rotational symmetry hut not 90° rotational symmetry? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 33

Question 34.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Can rotations of 90°, 180°, 270°, and 360° be written as the composition of two reflections? Justify your answer.
Answer:
1. 180°
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_102
The 1st image is original. The vertical lines in the above image are mirrors.
So, if I use two reflections I get image 3 eventually from two possible paths.
Image 3 is the 180° rotation of original object 1.
2. 360° rotation
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_103
The 1st image is original. The horizontal lines in the above image are mirrors.
So, if I use two reflections – First take the reflection of 1st image to get it flipped.
Then again take reflection of this flipped image again to get original image.

Question 35.
USING AN EQUATION
Inside a kaleidoscope. two mirrors are placed next to each other to form a V. The angle between the mirrors determines the number of lines of symmetry in the image. Use the formula n(m∠1) = 180° to find the measure of ∠1, the angle between the mirrors, for the number n of lines of symmetry.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 81
a.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 82

b.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 83
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 35

Question 36.
REASONING
Use the coordinate rules for counterclockwise rotations about the origin to write coordinate rules 11w clockwise rotations of 9o°. 180°, or 270° about the origin.
Answer:
For a rotation of 90° (a, b) = (b, -a)
For a rotation of 180° (a, b) = (-a, -b)
For a rotation of 270° (a, b) = (-b, a)

Question 37.
USING STRUCTURE
∆XYZ has vertices X(2, 5). Y(3, 1), and Z(0, 2). Rotate ∆XYZ 90° about the point P(- 2, – 1).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 37

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
You are finishing the puzzle. The remaining two pieces both have rotational symmetry.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 84
a. Describe the rotational symmetry of Piece 1 and of Piece 2.
Answer: The rotational symmetry of the two pieces are 180°

b. You pick up Piece 1. How many different ways can it fit in the puzzle?
Answer:
There are 2 different ways piece 1 can fit in the puzzle.
If we fit it in one of the two ways, we rotate it 180° to get the second way.

c. Before putting Piece 1 into the puzzle, you connect it to Piece 2. Now how many ways can it fit in the puzzle? Explain.
Answer:
If we connect piece 1 to piece 2 before putting them in the puzzle, there is only one way we can fit it in the puzzle.

Question 39.
USING STRUCTURE
A polar coordinate system locates a point in a plane by its distance from the origin O and by the measure of an angle with its vertex at the origin. For example, the point A(2, 30°) is 2 units from the origin and m∠XOA = 30°. What are the polar coordinates of the image of point A after a 90° rotation? a 180° rotation? a 270° rotation? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 85
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 39

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

The figures are congruent. Name the corresponding angles and the corresponding sides.

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 86
Answer:
Each of the figures is a reflection to the other on a vertical line between them
\(\overline{V W}\) ≅ \(\overline{Q P}\) and ∠V ≅ ∠Q
\(\overline{W X}\) ≅ \(\overline{P T}\) and ∠W ≅ ∠P
\(\overline{X Y}\) ≅ \(\overline{T S}\) and ∠X ≅ ∠T
\(\overline{Y Z}\) ≅ \(\overline{R S}\) and ∠Y ≅ ∠S
\(\overline{Z V}\) ≅ \(\overline{R Q}\) and ∠Z ≅ ∠R
Thus QPTSR ≅ VWXYZ

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 87
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.3 Question 41

4.1 – 4.3 Quiz

Graph quadrilateral ABCD with vertices A(- 4, 1), B(- 3, 3), C(0, 1), and D(- 2, 0) and its
image alter the translation.

Question 1.
(x, y) → (x + 4, y – 2)
Answer:
Given the vertices of the quadrilateral are A(- 4, 1), B(- 3, 3), C(0, 1), and D(- 2, 0)
translation: (x, y) → (x + 4, y – 2)
A(- 4, 1) → (-4 + 4, 1 – 2) → A'(0, -1)
B(- 3, 3) → (-3 + 4, 3 – 2) → B'(1, 1)
C(0, 1) → (0 + 4, 1 – 2) → C'(4, -1)
D(- 2, 0) → (-2 + 4, 0 – 2) → D'(2, -2)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry 4th Chapter Transformations img_61

Question 2.
(x, y) → (x – 1, y – 5)
Answer:
Given the vertices of the quadrilateral are A(- 4, 1), B(- 3, 3), C(0, 1), and D(- 2, 0)
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 1, y – 5)
A(- 4, 1) → (-4 – 1, 1 – 5) → A'(-5, -4)
B(- 3, 3) → (-3 – 1, 3 – 5) → B'(-4, -2)
C(0, 1) → (0 – 1, 1 – 5) → C'(-1, -4)
D(- 2, 0) → (-2 – 1, 0 – 5) → D'(-3, -5)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_62

Question 3.
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 6)
Answer:
Given the vertices of the quadrilateral are A(- 4, 1), B(- 3, 3), C(0, 1), and D(- 2, 0)
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 3, y + 6)
A(- 4, 1) → (-4 + 3, 1 + 6) = A’ (-1, 7)
B(- 3, 3) → (-3 + 3, 3 + 6) = B'(0, 9)
C(0, 1) → (0 + 3, 1 + 6) = C'(3, 7)
D(- 2, 0) → (-2 + 3, 0 + 6) = D'(1, 6)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_63

Graph the polygon with the given vertices and its image after a reflection in the given line.

Question 4.
A(- 5, 6), B(- 7, 8), c(- 3, 11); x – axis
Answer:
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_64
Now we will apply reflection in the x-axis to the ΔABC.
A(-5, 6) → A'(-5, -6)
B(-7, 8) → B'(-7, -8)
C(-3, 11) → C'(-3, -11)
The vertices are A'(-5, -6), B'(-7, -8) and C'(-3, -11)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_65

Question 5.
D(- 5, – 1), E(- 2, 1), F(- 1, – 3); y = x
Answer:
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_66
Apply reflection in the line y = x to the ΔDEF
D(- 5, – 1) → D'(-1, -5)
E(- 2, 1) → E'(1, -2)
F(- 1, – 3) → F'(-3, -1)
D'(-1, -5), E'(1, -2) and F'(-3, -1).
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_69

Question 6.
J(- 1, 4), K(2, 5), L(5, 2), M(4, – 1); x = 3
Answer:
J(- 1, 4), K(2, 5), L(5, 2), M(4, – 1); x = 3
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_70
J(- 1, 4) → J'(7, 4)
K(2, 5) → K'(4, 5)
L(5, 2) → L'(1, 2)
M(4, – 1) → M'(2, -1)
J'(7, 4), K'(4, 5), L'(1, 2) and M'(2, -1)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_71

Question 7.
P(2, – 4), Q(6, – 1), R(9, – 4), S(6, – 6); y = – 2
Answer:
P(2, – 4), Q(6, – 1), R(9, – 4), S(6, – 6)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_72
P(2, – 4) → P'(2, 0)
Q(6, – 1) → Q'(6, -3)
R(9, – 4) → R'(9, 0)
S(6, – 6) → S'(6, 2)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_73

Graph ∆ABC with vertices A(2, – 1), B(5, 2), and C(8, – 2) and its image after the glide reflection.

Question 8.
Translation: (x, y) → (x, y + 6)
Reflection: in the y – axis
Answer:
A(2, – 1), B(5, 2), and C(8, – 2)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_74
Translation: (x, y) → (x, y + 6)
A(2, -1) → (2, -1 + 6) = A'(2, 5)
B(5, 2) → (5, 2 + 6) = B'(5, 8)
C(8, – 2) → (8, -2 + 6) = C'(8, 4)
A'(2, 5), B'(5, 8) and C'(8, 4)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_75
A'(2, 5) → A”(-2, 5)
B'(5, 8) → B”(-5, 8)
C'(8, 4) → C”(-8, 4)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_76

Question 9.
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 9, y)
Reflection: in the line y = 1
Answer:
A(2, – 1), B(5, 2), and C(8, – 2)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_77
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 9, y)
A(2, – 1) → (2 – 9, -1) = A'(-7, -1)
B(5, 2) → (5 – 9, 2) = B'(-4, 2)
C(8, – 2) → (8 – 9, -2) = C'(-1, -2)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry 4th Chapter Transformations img_77
Apply reflection in the line y = 1 to the triangle A’B’C’
A'(-7, -1) → A”(-7, 3)
B'(-4, 2) → B”(-4, 0)
C'(-1, -2) → C”(-1, 4)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_78

Determine the number of lines of symmetry for the figure.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 88
Answer: The hexagon has 6 lines of symmetry.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 89
Answer: The figure has no lines of symmetry. It cannot be reflected anyway.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 90
Answer: The figure has two lines of symmetry.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 91
Answer: The figure has only 1 line of symmetry.

Graph the polygon and its image after a rotation of the given number of degrees about the origin.

Question 14.
90°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 92
Answer: ABC with the vertices are A(1, 1), B(2, 4) and C(4, 1)
A(1, 1) through an angle 90° about the origin, A'(-1, 1)
B(2, 4) through an angle 90° about the origin, B'(-4, 2)
C(4, 1) through an angle 90° about the origin, C'(-1, 4)
Bigideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_79

Question 15.
270°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 93
Answer:
Rotate D(-3, 2) through an angle 270° about the origin, we get D'(2, 3)
Rotate E(-1, 4) through an angle 270° about the origin, we get E'(4, 1)
Rotate F(1, 2) through an angle 270° about the origin, we get F'(2, -1)
Rotate G(1, -1) through an angle 270° about the origin, we get G'(-1, -1)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_80

Question 16.
180°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 94
Answer:
Rotating 180° (a, b) → (-a, -b)
H(-4, 1) → H'(4, -1)
I(-2, 2) → I'(2, -2)
J(-1, -2) → J'(1, 2)
K(-4, -4) → K'(4, 4)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_81

Graph ∆LMN with vertices L(- 3, – 2), M (- 1, 1), and N(2, – 3) and its image after
the composition.

Question 17.
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 4, y + 3)
Rotation: 180° about the origin
Answer:
L(- 3, – 2), M (- 1, 1), and N(2, – 3)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry 4th Chapter Transformations img_81
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 4, y + 3)
L(- 3, – 2) → (-3 – 4, -2 + 3) = L'(-7, 1)
M (- 1, 1) → (-1 – 4, 1 + 3) = M'(-5, 4)
N(2, – 3) → (2 – 4, -3 + 3) = N'(-2, 0)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_82
L'(-7, 1) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get L”(7, -1).
M'(-5, 4) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get M”(5, -4).
N'(-2, 0) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get N”(2, 0).
L”(7, -1), M”(5, -4) and N”(2, 0)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_83

Question 18.
Rotation: 90° about the origin
Reflection: in the y-axis
Answer:
L(- 3, – 2), M (- 1, 1), and N(2, – 3)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_84
L(- 3, – 2) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get L'(2, -3)
M (- 1, 1) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get M'(-1, -1)
N(2, – 3) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get N'(3, 2)
L'(2, -3), M'(-1, -1) and N'(3, 2)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_86
L” which is in the same place on opposite sides y-axis with respect to the point L'(2, -3)
L”(-2, -3)
M'(-1, -1) = M”(1, -1)
N'(3, 2) = N”(-3, 2)
L”(-2, -3), M”(1, -1), and N”(-3, 2) will be vertices of the triangle L”M”N”

Question 19.
The figure shows a game in which the object is to create solid rows using the pieces given. Using only translations and rotations, describe the transformations for each piece at the top that will form two solid rows at the bottom.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 4 Transformations 95
Answer:
Figure A can be moved on to its location A at the bottom of the chart by a rotation 90° anticlockwise followed by a translation of 4 units horizontally towards the right and 6 units downwards.
Figure B can be moved on to its location B at the bottom of the chart by translation of 3 units horizontally towards the right and 7 units downwards.
Figure C can be moved on to its location C at the bottom of the chart by a rotation 180° anticlockwise followed by a translation of 5 units horizontally towards the right and 7 units downwards.

4.4 Congruence and Transformations

Exploration 1

Reflections in Parallel Lines

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software to draw any scalene triangle and label it ∆ABC.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 96

a. Draw an line Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 97. Reflect ∆ ABC in Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 97 to form ∆A’B’C’.
Answer:

b. Draw a line parallel to Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 97. Reflect ∆A’B’C’ in the new line to form ∆A”B”C”.
Answer:

c. Draw the line through point A that is perpendicular to Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 97. What do you notice?
Answer:

d. Find the distance between points A and A”. Find the distance between the two parallel lines. What do You notice?
Answer:

e. Hide ∆A’B’C’. Is there a single transformation that maps ∆ABC to ∆A”B”C”? Explain.
Answer:

f. Make conjectures based on your answers in parts (c)-(e). Test our conjectures by changing ∆ABC and the parallel lines.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to make conjectures and justify your conclusions.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Reflections in Intersecting Lines

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to draw any scalene triangle and label it ∆ABC.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 99

a. Draw an line Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 97. Reflect ∆ABC in Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 97 to form ∆A’B’C’.
Answer:

b. Draw any line Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 98 so that angle EDF is less than or equal to 90°. Reflect ∆A’B’C’ in Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 98 to form ∆A”B”C”.
Answer:

c. Find the measure of ∠EDF. Rotate ∆ABC counterclockwise about point D using an angle twice the measure of ∠EDF.
Answer:

d. Make a conjecture about a figure reflected in two intersecting lines. Test your conjecture by changing ∆ABC and the lines.
Answer:

Communicate your Answer

Question 3.
What conjectures can you make about a figure reflected in two lines?
Answer:

Question 4.
Point Q is reflected in two parallel lines, Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 100 and Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 101. to form Q’ and The distance from Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 100 to Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 101 is 3.2 inches. What is the distance QQ”?
Answer:

Lesson 4.4 Congruence and Transformations

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Identify any congruent figures in the coordinate plane. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 102
Answer:

Question 2.
In Example 2. describe another congruence transformation that maps ▱ABCD to ▱EFGH.
Answer:
Reflected over the x-axis and then translate 5 units left.

Question 3.
Describe a congruence transformation that maps △JKL to △MNP.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 103
Answer:
J(-1, 2)
K(-3, 4)
L(-4, 2)
M(4, -2)
N(2, -4)
P(1, -2)
Reflect over the y-axis and translate 5 units right.

Use the figure. The distance between line k and line m is 1.6 centimeters.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 104

Question 4.
The preimage is reflected in line k, then in line m. Describe a single transformation that maps the blue figure to the green figure.
Answer: Translation 3.2 cm to the right.

Question 5.
What is the relationship between \(\overline{P P’}\) and line k? Explain.
Answer: \(\overline{P P’}\) is perpendicular to line k by reflections in parallel lines.

Question 6.
What is the distance between P and P”?
Answer: 3.2 cm

Question 7.
In the diagram. the preimage is reflected in line k, then in line m. Describe a single transformation that maps the blue figure onto the green figure.
Answer:  160° rotation about point P.

Question 8.
A rotation of 76° maps C to C’. To map C to C’ Using two reflections, what is the measure of the angle formed by the intersecting lines of reflection?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 105
Answer: 38°

Exercise 4.4 Congruence and Transformations

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Two geometric figures are __________ if and only if there is a rigid motion or a composition of rigid motions that moves one of the figures onto the other.
Answer:
Two geometric figures are congruent if and only if there is a rigid motion or a composition of rigid motions that moves one of the figures onto the other.

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
Why is the term congruence transformation used to refer to a rigid motion?
Answer: preimage and image are congruent.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, identify an congruent figures in the coordinate plane. Explain.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 106
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 107
Answer:
Rectangle ABCD ≅ Rectangle HJKL
Both rectangle are 3 units length and 2 units width.
Rectangle HJKL is the image Rectangle ABCD after translating the second 7 units right and 4 units Down.
ΔMNP ≅ ΔTUV
Both triangles are isosceles with 2 units base and 2 units altitude.
ΔMNP is the image of ΔTUV after rotating the second 90°
Rotating 90° is (a, b) → (-b, a)
T(2, 0) → M(0, 2)
U(3, 2) → N(-2, 3)
V(4, 0) → P(0, 4)
ΔQRS ≅ ΔEFG
Both triangles are right isosceles with 3 units length.
ΔEFG is the image of ΔQRS after rotating the second 180°
Rotating 180° is (a, b) → (-a, -b)
Q(5, 5) → E(-5, -5)
R(5, 2) → F(-5, -2)
S(2, 5) → G(-2, -5)

In Exercises 5 and 6, describe a congruence transformation that maps the blue preimage to the green image.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 108
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 109
Answer:
The congruent transformation is 180° rotation about the origin.
180° rotation: (a, b) → (-a, -b)
P(5, -4) → W(-5, 4)
Q(3, -4) → X(-3, 4)
R(1, -2) → Y(-1, 2)
S(5, -2) → Z(-5, 2)
PQRS ≅ WXYZ

In Exercises 7-10. determine whether the polygons with the given vertices are congruent. Use transformations to explain your reasoning.

Question 7.
Q(2, 4), R(5, 4), S(4, 1) and T(6, 4), U(9, 4), V(8, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 7

Question 8.
W(- 3, 1), X(2, 1), Y(4, -,4),,Z(- 5, – 4) and C(- 1, – 3) D(- 1, 2), E(4, 4), F(4, – 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry 4th Chapter Transformations img_58
We have to check whether two polygons are congruent.
Now Rotate W(-3, 1) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get C(-1, -3)
Now Rotate Y(4, -4) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get E(4, 4)
Now Rotate X(2, 1) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get D(-1, 2)
Now Rotate Z(-5, -4) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get F(4, -5)
These two polygons are congruent when we apply rotation.

Question 9.
J(1, 1), K(3, 2), L(4, 1) and M(6, 1), N(5, 2), P(2, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 9

Question 10.
A(0, 0), B(1, 2), C(4, 2), D(3, 0) and E(0, – 5), F( – 1, – 3), G(- 4, – 3), H(- 3, – 5)
Answer:
A(0, 0), B(1, 2), C(4, 2), D(3, 0)
(x, y) → (x, y – 5)
A(0, 0) → A'(0, -5)
B(1, 2) → B'(1, -3)
C(4, 2) → C'(4, -3)
D(3, 0) → D'(3, -5)
Then reflecting the image A’B’C’D’ in the y-axis with the rule
(x, y) → (-x, y)
A'(0, -5) → A”(0, -5) ≅ E
B'(1, -3) → B”(-1, -3) ≅ F
C'(4, -3) → C”(-4, -3) ≅ G
D'(3, -5) → D”(-3, -5) ≅ H
So, ABCD ≅ EFGH
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_59

In Exercises 11-14, k || m, ∆ABC is reflected in line k, and ∆A’B’C” is reflected in line in.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 110

Question 11.
A translation maps ∆ABC onto which triangle?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 11

Question 12.
Which lines are perpendicular to \(\overline{A A”}\)?
Answer: The lines k and m are perpendicular

Question 13.
If the distance between k and m is 2.6 inches. what is the length of \(\overline{C C”}\)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 13

Question 14.
Is the distance from B’ to in the same as the distance from B” to m? Explain.
Answer:
The lines k and m are parallel.
The triangle ABC is reflected in the line k.
The triangle ABC is reflected in the line m.
Let us apply reflection in the line m to the triangle A’B’C’
Point A’ which is in the same place on opposite sides from the line m with respect to the point A”
Point B’ which is in the same place on opposite sides from the line m with respect to the point B”
Point C’ which is in the same place on opposite sides from the line m with respect to the point C”
When we join point B and point B”, then we get \(\overline{B B”}\)”
The distance from B’ to m is the same as the distance from B” to m.

In Exercises 15 and 16, find the angle of rotation that maps A onto A”.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 111
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 112
Answer:
In the intersection of the line m and the line n there is a point that we will mark with M.
When we join point A and point M, then we get \(\overline{A M}\)
When we join point A” and point M, then we get \(\overline{A” M}\)
Now observe at the angle ∠AMA’
∠AMA” = 2 × 15 = 30

Question 17.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in describing the congruence transformation.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 113
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 17

Question 18.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in using the Reflections in Intersecting Lines Theorem
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 114
Answer:
When a figure is reflected in two intersecting lines, then the image is a rotation of the preimage about the point of intersection of the 2 reflecting lines through an angle between the intersecting lines.
This means that the blue figure should be rotated about the point of intersection by
72° × 2 = 144° anticlockwise to obtain the image of given preimage.
The solution shown here is incorrect because the reflection is done in the first line first, followed by the reflection in the second line, which is incorrect.

In Exercises 19 – 22, find the measure of the acute or right angle formed by intersecting lines so that C can be mapped to C’ using two reflections.

Question 19.
A rotation of 84° maps C to C’.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 19

Question 20.
A rotation of 24° maps C to C’.
Answer:
By using the theorem we can find the measure of the angle formed by two intersecting lines.
In the intersection of the line m and the line n there is a point that we will mark with M.
When we join point C and point M, then we get \(\overline{C M}\)
When we join point C’ and point M, then we get \(\overline{C’ M}\)
Now observe at the angle ∠CMC’
∠CMC’ = 24
84/2 = 12

Question 21.
The rotation (x, y) → (- x, – y) maps C to C’.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 21

Question 22.
The rotation (x, y) → (y, – x) maps C to C’.
Answer:
The rotation (x, y) → (y, – x) is a 270° counterclockwise rotation, that is equivalent to 90° clockwise rotation.
The reflection on intersecting lines theorem considers the acute or right angle of the intersecting lines.
So, we will consider that the rotation is 90° clockwise
The angle of intersection is 45°

Question 23.
REASONING
Use the Reflection in Parallel Lines Theorem (Theorem 4.2) to explain how you can make a glide reflection using three reflections. How are the lines of reflection related?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 23

Question 24.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
The pattern shown is called a tessellation.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 115
a. What transformations did the artist use when creating this tessellation?
Answer: The artist used translation and rotation in creating the tessellation.

b. Are the individual figures in the tessellation congruent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer: The individual figures are congruent to connect each other.

CRITICAL THINKING
In Exercises 25-28, tell whether the statement is away, sometime or never true. Explain your reasoning.

Question 25.
A Congruence transformation changes the size of a figure.
Answer: Never; A congruence transformation is a rigid motion that preserves length and angle measurement.

Question 26.
If two figures are Congruent, then there is a rigid motion or a composition of rigid motions that maps one figure onto the other.
Answer:
This statement is always true, because if two figures are congruent.
Then there is a grid motion or a composition of rigid motions that maps one figure onto the other.

Question 27.
The composition of two reflections results in the same image as a rotation.
Answer:
Sometimes; Reflecting in y =x and then y = x is not a rotation. Reflecting in the y-axis and then the x-axis is a rotation of 180°

Question 28.
A translation results in the same image as the composition of two reflections.
Answer: The statement is sometimes true because depends on the position.

Question 29.
REASONING
During a presentation, a marketing representative uses a projector so everyone in the auditorium can view the advertisement. Is this projection a congruence transformation? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
No; the preimage is smaller than the projected image.

Question 30.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
What type of congruence transformation can be used to verify each statement about the stained glass window?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 116
a. Triangle 5 is congruent to Triangle 8.
Answer: Triangle 5 can be mapped on to triangle 8 by a translation towards right.

b. Triangle 1 is congruent to Triangle 4.
Answer: Triangle 1 and Triangle 4 are congruent as they are reflection of one another in the line perpendicular to their common smaller acute angle vertex.

c. Triangle 2 is congruent to Triangle 7.
Answer: Triangle 2 can be mapped on to triangle 7 by 90° clockwise rotation.

d. Pen1aon 3 is congruent to Pentagon 6.
Answer: Pentagon 3 can be mapped on to pentagon 6 by a reflection in the horizontal followed by a rotation.

Question 31.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Reflections in Parallel Lines Theorem (Theorem 4.2).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 117
Given A reflection in line l maps \(\overline{J K}\) to \(\overline{J’ K’}\).
a reflection in line in maps \(\overline{J’ K’}\) to \(\overline{J” K”}\).
and l || m.
Prove a. \(\overline{K K”}\) is perpendicular to l and m. b. KK” = 2d, where d is the distance between l and m.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 31.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 31.2

Question 32.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
A tessellation is the covering of a plane with congruent figures so that there are no gaps or overlaps (see Exercise 24). Draw a tessellation that involves two or more types of transformations. Describe the transformations that are used to create the tessellation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_60
A tessellation using equuilateral triangles transformation types used are
180° rotation to construct opposite triangles.
Translation to construct adjacent triangles.

Question 33.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
\(\overline{P Q}\), with endpoints P(1, 3) and Q(3, 2). is reflected in the y-axis. The image \(\overline{P’ Q’}\) is then reflected in the x-axis to produce the image \(\overline{P” Q”}\). One classmate says that \(\overline{P Q}\) is mapped to \(\overline{P” Q”}\) by the translation (x, y) → (x – 4, y – 5). Another classmate says that \(\overline{P Q}\) is mapped to \(\overline{P” Q”}\) by a (2 • 90)°, or 180°, rotation about the origin. Which classmate is correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 33

Question 34.
CRITICAL THINKING
Does the order of reflections for a composition of two reflections in parallel lines matter? For example, is reflecting ∆XYZ in line l and then its image in line in the same as reflecting ∆XYZ in line in and then its image in line l ?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 118

Answer:
Yes, the order of reflections for a composition of two reflections in parallel lines matter.
When reflecting ΔXYZ the places of the middle images ΔX’Y’Z’ and the final images ΔX”Y”Z” will differ between the two cases.
In this case the reflecting ΔXYZ in l then m, results middle image ΔX’Y’Z’ between l and m. and the final image ΔX”Y”Z” after the line m.
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_61
In this case the reflecting ΔXYZ in l then m, results middle image ΔX’Y’Z’ to the extreme right of the two lines l and m and the final image ΔX”Y”Z” to the extreme left to the two lines l and m.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_62

CONSTRUCTION
In Exercises 35 and 36. copy the figure. Then use a compass and straightedge to construct two lines of reflection that produce a composition of reflections resulting in the same image as the given transformation.

Question 35.
Translation: ∆ABC → ∆A”B”C”
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 119
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 35

Question 36.
Rotation about P: ∆XYZ → ∆X”Y”Z”
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 4 Transformations 120
Answer:
Two construct the two reflections lines that produce ∆XYZ → ∆X”Y”Z equivalent to rotation about P.
Connecting \(\overline{P Y}\) and \(\overline{P Y”}\) and bisecting ∠YPY”
The bisector of ∠YPY” is the first line of reflection and \(\overline{P Y”}\) is the second one.

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 37.
5x + 16 = – 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 37

Question 38.
12 + 6m = 2m
Answer:
6m – 2m = 12
4m = 12
m = 12/4
m = 3

Question 39.
4b + 8 = 6b – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 39

Question 40.
7w – 9 = 13 – 4w
Answer:
7w + 4w = 13 + 9
11w = 22
w = 22/11
w = 2

Question 41.
7(2n + 11) = 4n
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 41

Question 42.
-2(8 – y) = – 6y
Answer:
-2(8 – y) = – 6y
-16 + 2y = -6y
-16 = -6y – 2y
-16 = -8y
y = 2

Question 43.
Last year. the track team’s yard sale earned $500. This year. the yard sale earned $625. What is the percent of increase?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.4 Question 43

4.5 Dilations

Exploration 1

Dilating a Triangle in a Coordinate Plane

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to draw any triangle and label
it ∆ABC.

a. Dilate ∆ABC using a scale factor of 2 and a center of dilation at the origin to form ∆A’B’C’. Compare the coordinates, side lengths. and angle measures of ∆ABC and ∆A’B’C’.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 121
Answer:

b. Repeat part (a) using a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LOOKING FOR STRUCTURE
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Answer:

c. What do the results of parts (a) and (b) suggest about the coordinates, side lengths, and angle measures of the image of ∆ABC after a dilation with a scale factor of k?
Answer:

Exploration 2

Dilating Lines in a Coordinate Plane

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software to draw Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 122 that passes through the origin and Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 123 that does not pass through the origin.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 124

a. Dilate Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 122 using a scale factor of 3 and a center of dilation at the origin. Describe the image.
Answer:

b. Dilate Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 123 using a scale factor of 3 and a center of dilation at the origin. Describe the image.
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) using a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

d. What do you notice about dilations of lines passing through the center of dilation and dilations of lines not passing through the center of dilation?
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What does it mean to dilate a figure?
Answer:

Question 4.
Repeat Exploration 1 using a center of dilation at a point other than the origin.
Answer:

Lesson 4.5 Dilations

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
In a dilation. CP’ = 3 and CP = 12. Find the scale factor. Then tell whether the dilation is a reduction or an enlargement.
Answer:
Given,
In a dilation. CP’ = 3 and CP = 12.
3/12 = 1/4
k = 1/4
The dilation is a reduction.

Graph ∆PQR and its image alter a dilation with scale factor k.

Question 2.
P(- 2, – 1), Q(- 1, 0), R(0, – L); k = 4
Answer:
Use the coordinate rule for a dilation with k = 4 to find the coordinates of the vertices of the image.
(x, y) → (4x, 4y)
P(-2, -1) → P'(4(-2), 4(-1)) = P'(-8, -4)
Q(-1, 0) → Q'(-1(4), 0(4)) = Q'(-4, 0)
R(0, – 1) → R'(4(0), 4(-1)) = R'(0, -4)

Question 3.
P(5, – 5), Q( 10, – 5), R( 10, 5); k = 0.4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_60

Question 4.
Graph ∆PQR with vertices P(1, 2), Q(3, 1). and R( 1, – 3) and its image after a dilation with a scale factor of – 2.
Answer:
P'(-2, -4)
Q'(-6, -2)
R'(-2, 6)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_59

Question 5.
Suppose a figure containing the origin is dilated. Explain why the corresponding point in the image of the figure is also the origin
Answer:
According to the coordinate rule for dilations. if the origin P(0, 0) is the preimage of a point, then its image after a dilation centered at the origin with a scale factor k is the point P'(k0, k0) which is also the origin.

Question 6.
An optometrist dilates the pupils of a patient’s eyes to get a better look at the back of the eyes. A pupil dilates from 4.5 millimeters to 8 millimeters. What is the scale factor of this dilation?

Answer:
Given,
An optometrist dilates the pupils of a patient’s eyes to get a better look at the back of the eyes.
A pupil dilates from 4.5 millimeters to 8 millimeters.
= 8/4.5 = 80/45 = k

Question 7.
The image of a spider seen through the magnifying glass in Example 6 is shown at the left. Find the actual length of the spider.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 125
Answer:

Exercise 4.5 Dilations

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
If P(x. y) is the preimage of a point, then its image after a dilation centered at the origin (0, 0) with scale factor k is the point _________.
Answer:
If P(x. y) is the preimage of a point, then its image after a dilation centered at the origin (0, 0) with scale factor k is the point P'(kx, ky).

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESNT BELONG?
Which scale factor does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
\(\frac{5}{4}\) 60% 115% 2
Answer:
2 scale factor does not belong with the other 3. Because it is an integer while the others are fractions.

Monitoring Progress Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6. find the scale factor of the dilation. Then tell whether the dilation is a reduction or an enlargement.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 126
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 127
Answer:
To find the scale factor put P’/P
24/9 = 8/3, which is enlargement.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 128
Answer:
To find the scale factor put P’/P
9/15 = 3/5, which is a reduction.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 129
Answer:
To find the scale factor put P’/P
28/8 = 7/2
If P’ is greater than P than it is an enlargement.

CONSTRUCTION
In Exercises 7-10. copy the diagram. Then use a compass and straightedge to construct a dilation of ∆LMN with the given center and scale factor k.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 130

Question 7.
Center C, k = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 7

Question 8.
Center P, k = 3
Answer:
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_42

Question 9.
Center M, k = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 9

Question 10.
Center C. k = 25%
Answer:
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_43

CONSTRUCTION
In Exercises 11-14, copy the diagram. Then use a coin pass and straightedge to construct a dilation of quadrilateral RSTU with the given center and scale factor k.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 131
Question 11.
Center C, k = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 11

Question 12.
Center P, k = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_44

Question 13.
Center P, k = 0.25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 13

Question 14.
Center C, k = 75%
Answer:
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_45

In Exercises 15-18, graph the polygon and its image after a dilation with scale factor k.

Question 15.
X(6, – 1), Y(- 2, – 4), Z(1, 2); k = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 15

Question 16.
A(0, 5), B(- 10, – 5), C(5, – 5); k = 12o%
Answer:
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_46

Question 17.
T(9, – 3), U(6, 0), V(3, 9), W(0. 0); k = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 17

Question 18.
J(4, 0), K(- 8, 4), L(0, – 4), M(12, – 8);k = 0. 25
Answer:
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_47
J(4, 0) → J'(4 × 1/4, 0 × 1/4) = (1, 0)
K(-8, 4) → K'(-8 × 1/4, 4 × 1/4) = (-2, 1)
L(0, -4) → L'(0 × 1/4, -4 × 1/4) = (0, -1)
M(12, -8) → M'(12 × 1/4, -8 × 1/4) = (3, -2)

In Exercises 19-22, graph the polygon and its image after a dilation with scale factor k.

Question 19.
B(- 5, – 10), C(- 10, 15), D(0, 5); k = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 19

Question 20.
L(0, 0), M(- 4, 1), N(- 3, – 6); k = – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_47

Question 21.
R(- 7, – 1), S(2, 5), T(- 2, – 3), U(- 3,- 3); k = – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 21

Question 22.
W(8, – 2), X(6, 0), Y(- 6, 4), Z(- 2, 2); k = – 0.5
Answer:
We need to use the coordinate rule for dilation with scale factor k = -0.5 to find the coordinates of the vertices.
(x, y) → (-0.5x, -0.5y)
W(8, -2) → W'(-0.5 × 8, -0.5 × (-2)) = W'(-4, 1)
X(6, 0) → X'(-0.5 × 6, -0.5 × 0) = X'(-3, 0)
Y(-6, 4) → Y'(-0.5 × (-6), -0.5 × 4) Y'(3, -2)
Z(-2, 2) → Z'(-0.5 × (-2). -0.5 × 2) = Z'(1, -1)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_48

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 23 and 24, describe and correct the error in finding the scale factor of the dilation.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 132
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 133
Answer:
A side length of the original triangle in blue is 2, and a side length of its image is 4.
The scale factor is a ratio of a side length of the image triangle to a side length of the original triangle.
scale factor k = 4/2 = 2

In Exercises 25-28, the red figure is the image of the blue figure after a dilation with center C. Find the scale factor of the dilation. Then find the value of the variable.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 134
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 135
Answer:
To find the scale factor put P’/P
28/14 = 2
12 × 1/2 = 6

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 136
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 137
Answer:
The length of the original rectangle is 28
The length of its image after dilation with the center C and scale facator k is 7.
k = 7/28
k = 1/4
k = length of the image/length of the actual image
4/m = 1/4
1/m = 1/16
m = 16

Question 29.
FINDING A SCALE FACTOR
You receive wallet-sized photos of your school picture. The photo is 2.5 inches by 3.5 inches. You decide to dilate the photo to 5 inches by 7 inches at the store. What is the scale factor of this dilation?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 29

Question 30.
FINDING A SCALE FACTOR
Your visually impaired friend asked you to enlarge your notes from class so he can study. You took notes on 8.5-inch by 11-inch paper. The enlarged copy has a smaller side with a length of 10 inches. What is the scale factor of this dilation?
Answer:
The scale factor is a ratio of a side length of the copy image to a side length of the original notes.
k = 10/8.5
k = 100/85
k = 20/17

In Exercises 31-34, you are using a magnifying glass. Use the length of the insect and the magnification level to determine the length of the image seen through the magnifying glass.

Question 31.
emperor moth
Magnification: 5×
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 138
Answer:
The length of the image of the emperor moth is
5 × 60 = 300 millimeters

Question 32.
ladybug
Magnification: 10×
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 139
Answer:
image length = 4.5 mm × 10
= 45 mm
Thus the image length of ladybug is 45mm.

Question 33.
dragonfly
Magnification: 20×
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 140
Answer:
The length of the image of the dragonfly is
20 × 47 = 940 millimeters

Question 34.
carpenter ant
Magnification: 15×
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 141
Answer:
Carpenter ant length = 12mm
Magnification = 15x
The length of the image = 15 × 12 = 180 mm
Now convert from mm to cm
180 mm = 18 cm

Question 35.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Use the given actual and magnified lengths to determine which of the following insects were looked at using the same magnifying in glass. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 142
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 35

Question 36.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Draw ∆ABC and ∆A’B’C’ so that ∆A’B’C’ is a dilation of ∆ABC. Find the center of dilation and explain how you found it.
Answer:
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_49
The point of concurrency of the 3 lines connecting each point to its image is the center of dilation.

Question 37.
REASONING
Your friend prints a 4-inch by 6-inch photo for you from the school dance. All you have is an 8-inch by 10-inch frame. Can you dilate the photo to fit the frame? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
No, the scale factor for the shorter sides is 8/4 = 2, but the scale factor for the longer sides is 10/6 = 5/3.
The scale factor for both sides has to be the same or the picture will be disturbed.

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Point C is the center of dilation of the images. The scale factor is \(\frac{1}{3}\). Which figure is the original figure? Which figure is the dilated figure? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 143
Answer:
The larger star is the original figure while the smaller star is the dilated image.
Since 1/3 is less than one but more than 0, the image should be reduced thus making the smaller star the dilated figure.

Question 39.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The larger triangle is a dilation of the smaller triangle. Find the values of x and y.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 144
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 39

Question 40.
WRITING
Explain why a scale factor of 2 is the same as 200%.
Answer:
to convert a percentage into a whole number, divide by 100.
200% = 200/100 = 2

In Exercises 41-44, determine whether the dilated figure or the original figure is closer to the center of dilation. Use the given location of the center of dilation and scale factor k.

Question 41.
Center of dilation: inside the figure; k = 3
Answer:
With a scale factor of 3, this indicates that the dilated figure is larger than the original (3 > 1).
So, the original figure is closer to the center of dilation, which is inside both.

Question 42.
Center of dilation: inside the figure; k = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
Since k < 1, Then the dilation is the reduction and the original image is closest to the center of dilation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_50

Question 43.
Center of dilation: outside the figure; k = 120%
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 43

Question 44.
Center of dilation: outside the figure; k = 0. 1
Answer:
Since k < 1, Then the dilation is the enlargement and the original image is closest to the center of dilation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_51

Question 45.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Dilate the line through 0(0, 0) and A(1, 2) using a scale factor of 2.
a. What do you notice about the lengths of \(\overline{O’ A’}\) and \(\overline{O A}\)?
b. What do you notice about Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 145
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 45

Question 46.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Dilate the line through A(0, 1) and B( 1, 2) using a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\).

a. What do you notice about the lengths of \(\overline{A’ B’}\) and \(\overline{A B}\)?
Answer:
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_54
It is clear that the length of \(\overline{O’ B’}\) is half the length of \(\overline{O B}\)

b. What do you notice about Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 146?
Answer:
\(\overline{O’ B’}\) ia parallel to \(\overline{O B}\)

Question 47.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
You are making a blueprint of your house. You measure the lengths of the walls of your room to be 11 feet by 12 feet. When you draw your room on the blueprint, the lengths of the walls are 8.25 inches by 9 inches. What scale factor dilates your room to the blueprint?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 47

Question 48.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that dilating a figure by 1 is the same as dilating a figure by – 1 because the original figure will not be enlarged or reduced. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Dilating a figure with scale factor 1 is not the same as a dilating a figure with scale factor -1.

Question 49.
USING STRUCTURE
Rectangle WXYZ has vertices W(- 3, – 1), X(- 3, 3), Y(5, 3), and Z(5, – 1).
a. Find the perimeter and area of the rectangle.
b. Dilate the rectangle using a scale factor of 3. Find the perimeter and area of the dilated rectangle. Compare with the original rectangle. What do you notice?
c. Repeat part (b) using a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{4}\).
d. Make a conjecture for how the perimeter and area change when a figure is dilated.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 49.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 49.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 49.3
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 49.4

Question 50.
REASONING
You put a reduction of a page on the original page. Explain why there is a point that is in the same place on both pages.
Answer:
The center of dilation is the common point on both pages, so that must be present, that is on the same place on both pages.

Question 51.
REASONING
∆ABC has vertices A(4, 2), B(4, 6), and C(7, 2). Find the coordinates of the vertices of the image alter a dilation with center (4, 0) and a scale factor of 2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 51

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

The vertices of ∆ABC are A(2,- 1), B(0, 4), and C(- 3, 5). Find the coordinates of the vertices of the image after the translation.

Question 52.
(x, y) → (x, y – 4)
Answer:
translation (x, y) → (x, y – 4)
The vertices of ∆ABC are A(2,- 1), B(0, 4), and C(- 3, 5)
A(2,- 1) → A'(2, -5)
B(0, 4) → B'(0, 0)
C(-3, 5) → C'(-3, 1)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_55

Question 53.
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 53

Question 54.
(x, y) → (x + 3, y – 1)
Answer:
translation: (x, y) → (x + 3, y – 1)
A(2, -1) → (x + 3, y – 1)
A(2, -1) → (2 + 3, -1 – 1) = A'(5, -2)
B(0, 4) → (x + 3, y – 1)
B(0, 4) → (0 + 3, 4 – 1) = B'(3, 3)
C(-3, 5) → (x + 3, y – 1)
C(-3, 5) → (-3 + 3, 5 – 1) = C'(0, 4)
BIM Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_56

Question 55.
(x, y) → (x – 2, y)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 55

Question 56.
(x, y) → (x + 1, y – 2)
Answer:
(x, y) → (x – 2, y)
A(2, -1) → A'(3, -3)
B(0, 4) → B'(1, 2)
C(-3, 5) → C'(-2, 3)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_57

Question 57.
(x, y) → (x – 3y + 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.5 Question 57

4.6 Similarity and Transformations

Exploration 1

Dilations and similarity

Work with a partner.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 147

a. Use dynamic geometry software to draw any triangle and label it ∆ABC.
Answer:
We have a triangle ABC with vertices A(2, 1), B(1, 3) and C(3, 2).
The image of the graph of ΔABC along with its dilated figure by scale factor 2 that is ΔA’B’C’ are A'(4,2), B'(2, 6) and C'(6, 4)
Thus each coordinate of ΔA’B’C’ are twice than the coordinates of corresponding vertices ΔABC.
Also the side lengths of dilated image ΔA’B’C’ are double than the side lengths of the original image ΔABC.
But the measure of ∠A, ∠B and ∠C are same as the measure of ∠A’, ∠B’ and ∠C’ respectively.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_40

b. Dilate the triangle using a scale factor of 3. Is the image similar to the original triangle? Justify your answer.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
To be proficient in math, you need to use clear definitions in discussions with others and in your own reasoning.
Answer:
We have a triangle ABC with vertices A(2, 1), B(1, 3) and C(3, 2).
The image of the graph of ΔABC along with its dilated figure by scale factor 1/2 that is ΔA”B”C”
It can be observed that the coordinates of ΔA”B”C” are A”(1, 0.5), B”(0.5, 1.5) and C”(1.5, 1)
Thus each coordinate of vertices ΔA”B”C” are half than the coordinates of corresponding vertices of ΔABC.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_41

Exploration 2

Rigid Motions and Similarity

Work with a partner.
a. Use dynamic geometry software to draw any triangle.
Answer:

b. Copy the triangle and translate it 3 units left and 4 units up. Is the image similar to the original triangle? Justify your answer.
Answer:

c. Reflect the triangle in the y-axis. Is the image similar to the original triangle? Justify your answer.
Answer:

d. Rotate the original triangle 90° counterclockwise about the origin. Is the image similar to the original triangle? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
When a figure is translated, reflected, rotated, or dilated in the plane, is the image always similar to the original figure? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 4.
A figure undergoes a composition of transformations. which includes translations.
reflections, rotations, and dilations. Is the image similar to the original figure?
Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Lesson 4.6 Similarity and Transformations

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Graph \(\overline{C D}\) with endpoints C(- 2, 2) and D(2, 2) and its image after the similarity transformation.
Rotation: 90° about the origin
Dilation: (x, y) → \(\left(\frac{1}{2} x, \frac{1}{2} y\right)\)
Answer:
Rotation: 90° about the origin
Dilation: (x, y) → \(\left(\frac{1}{2} x, \frac{1}{2} y\right)\)
C'(-2, -2)
D'(-2, 2)
C”(-1, -1)
D”(-1, 1)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_36

Question 2.
Graph ∆FGH with vertices F(1, 2), G(4, 4), and H(2, 0) and its image after the similarity transformation.
Reflection: in the x-axis
Dilation: (x, y) → (1.5x, 1.5y)
Answer:
Reflection: in the x-axis is (-b, a)
Dilation: (x, y) → (1.5x, 1.5y)
F'(1, -2)
G'(4, -4)
H'(2, 0)
F”(1.5, -3)
G”(6, -6)
H”(3, 0)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_40

Question 3.
In Example 2, describe another similarity transformation that maps trapezoid PQRS to trapezoid WXYZ.
Answer:
Sample answer: Reflection in the x-axis followed by a dilation with a scale factor of -1/3

Question 4.
Describe a similarity transformation that maps quadrilateral DEFG to quadrilateral STUV.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 148
Answer:
Sample answer: dilation with a scale factor of 1/2 followed by a 180° rotation about the origin.

Question 5.
Prove that ∆JKL is similar to ∆MNP.
Given Right isosceles ∆JKL with leg length t, right isosceles ∆MNP with leg length ν,
\(\overline{L J}\) || \(\overline{P M}\)
Prove ∆JKL is similar to ∆MNP.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 149
Answer:

Exercise 4.6 Similarity and Transformations

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is the difference between similar figures and congruent figures?
Answer:
Congruent figures have the same size and shape. Similar figures have the same shape, but not necessarily the same size.

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A transformation that produces a similar figure. such as a dilation.
is called a _________ .
Answer: A transformation that produces a similar figure. such as a dilation is called a similarity transformation.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, graph ∆FGH with vertices F(- 2, 2), G(- 2, – 4), and H(- 4, – 4) and its image after the similarity transformation.

Question 3.
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 3, y + 1)
Dilation: (x, y) → (2x, 2y)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 3

Question 4.
Dilation: (x, y) → \(\left(\frac{1}{2} x, \frac{1}{2} y\right)\)
Reflection: in the y-axis
Answer:
Dilation: (x, y) → \(\left(\frac{1}{2} x, \frac{1}{2} y\right)\)
F(-2, 2) → F'(-1, 1)
G(-2, -4) → G'(-1, -2)
H(-4, -4) → F'(-2, -2)
Reflection: in the y-axis
F'(-1, 1) → F”(1, 1)
G'(-1, -2) → G”(1, -2)
H'(-2, -2) → H”(2, -2)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_30

Question 5.
Rotation: 90° about the origin
Dilation: (x, y) → (3x, 3y)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 5

Question 6.
Dilation: (x, y) → \(\left(\frac{3}{4} x, \frac{3}{4} y\right)\)
Reflection: in the x-axis
Answer:
First draw ΔFGH with vertices F(-2, 2), G(-2, -4) and H(-4, -4)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_31
Dilation: (x, y) → \(\left(\frac{3}{4} x, \frac{3}{4} y\right)\)
Scale factor is \(\frac{3}{4}\)
F(-2, 2) = F'(-\(\frac{3}{2}\), \(\frac{3}{2}\))
G(-2, -4) = G'(-\(\frac{3}{2}\), -3)
H(-4, -4) = H'(-3, -3)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_32
Reflection: in the x-axis
F'(-\(\frac{3}{2}\), \(\frac{3}{2}\)) → F”(-\(\frac{3}{2}\), – \(\frac{3}{2}\))
G'(-\(\frac{3}{2}\), -3) → G”(-\(\frac{3}{2}\), 3)
H'(-3, -3) → H”(-3, 3)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_33

In Exercises 7 and 8. describe a similarity transformation that maps the blue preimage to the green image.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 150
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 151
Answer:
The similarity transformation that maps the blue preimage to green image is:
Reflection on y-axis. Then dilation with the scale factor is 1/2 about the center point (0, 0)
The length of \(\overline{J K}\) = 4 units
The length of \(\overline{J” K”}\) = 2 units
Scale factor =\(\overline{J” K”}\) / \(\overline{J K}\) = 2/4 = 1/2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_34

In Exercises 9-12, determine whether the polygons with the given vertices are similar. Use transformations to explain your reasoning.
Question 9.
A6, 0), B(9, 6), C(12, 6) and D(0, 3), E( 1, 5), F(2. 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 9

Question 10.
Q(- 1, 0), R(- 2, 2), S(1, 3), T(2, 1) and W(0, 2), X(4, 4), Y(6, – 2), Z(2, – 4)
Answer:
The length of a segment with two points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2)
= √(y2 – y1)² + (x2 – x1)²
The length of \(\overline{R S}\) = √(3 – 2)² + (1 – (-2))²
= √1² + 3²
= √10
The length of \(\overline{X Y}\) = √(-2 – 4)² + (6 – 4)²
= √(-6)² + 2²
= √36 + 4 = √40
= 2 × √10
\(\overline{X Y}\) = 2 × \(\overline{R S}\)
The length of \(\overline{S T}\) = √(1 – 3)² + (2 – 1)²
= √4 + 1
= √5
The length of \(\overline{Y Z}\) = √(-4 – (-2))² + (2 – 6)²
= √(-2)² + (-4)²
= √4 + 16 = √20
= 2 × √5
\(\overline{Y Z}\) = 2 × \(\overline{S T}\)
So, Quadrilateral WXYZ is a symmetry transformation of Quadrilateral QRST with a scale factor 2.
By dilation quadrilateral QRST from the origin and with a scale factor of 2, we get the image Q’R’S’T’
Q'(-2, 0) → W(0, 2)
R'(-4, 4) → X(4, 4)
S'(2, 6) → Y(6, -2)
T'(4, 2) → Z(2, -4)
The symmetry transformation of the two figures is 270° rotation and silation with a scale factor of 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_35

Question 11.
G(- 2, 3), H(4, 3), I(4, 0) and J(1, 0), K(6, – 2), L(1, – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 11

Question 12.
D(- 4, 3), E(- 2, 3), F(- 1, 1), G(- 4, 1) and L(1, – 1), M(3, – 1), N(6, – 3), P(1, – 3)
Answer:
\(\overline{L P}\) = 2 units
\(\overline{D G}\) = 2 units
The ratio = 2/2 = 1
The long leg:
\(\overline{P N}\) = 5 units
\(\overline{G F}\) = 3 units
The ratio = 5/3
Since the ratio is not a constant, then the figures are not similar.

In Exercises 13 and 14, prove that the figures are similar.

Question 13.
Given Right isosceles ∆ABC with leg length j.
right isosceles ∆RST with leg length k.
\(\overline{C A}\) || \(\overline{R T}\)
Prove ∆ABC is similar to ∆RST.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 152
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 13.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 13.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 13.3

Question 14.
Given Rectangle JKLM with side lengths x and y, rectangle QRST with side lengths 2x and 2y
Prove Rectangle JKLM is similar to rectangle QRST.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 153
Answer:
It can be seen that both the dimensions of QRST are 2 times that of JKLM and that they are both rectangles so the 2 rectangles must be similar.
QRST are 2y/y = 2x/x = 2 times larger than that of JKLM
Therefore the 2 rectangles are similar.

Question 15.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Determine whether the regular-sized stop sign and the stop sign sticker are similar. Use transformations to explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 154
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 15

Question 16.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in comparing the figures.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 155
Answer:
Two figures are similar if they are the same shape, if their corresponding angles are congruent, and the ratios of the lengths of their corresponding sides are equal.
Length of longer side of a figure A/Length of longer side of a figure B = 6/4 = 3/2
Length of shorter side of a figure A/Length of shorter side of a figure B = 4/2 = 2
When two figures are similar, the ratios of the lengths of their corresponding sides are equal, but this case the ratios of the lengths of their corresponding sides are not equal, so figure A and B are not similar.

Question 17.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A member of the homecoming decorating committee gives a printing company a banner that is 3 inches by 14 inches to enlarge. The committee member claims the banner she receives is distorted. Do you think the printing company distorted the image she gave it? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 156
Answer:
No. The scale factor is 6 for both dimensions. So, the enlarged banner is proportional to the smaller one.

Question 18.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Determine whether each pair of figures is similar. Explain your reasoning.
a.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 157
Answer: The above figure is similar because the right sun can be obtained by shrinking the left sum.

b.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 158
Answer:
Not similar, because both figures appear to have the same height, but the right heart appears to be wider than the left heart and thus it is not possible to obtain one of the hearts by shrinking one of the other hearts.

Question 19.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Graph a polygon in a coordinate plane. Use a similarity transformation involving a dilation (where k is a whole number) and a translation to graph a second polygon. Then describe a similarity transformation that maps the second polygon onto the first.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 19

Question 20.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Is the composition of a rotation and a dilation commutative? (In other words. do you obtain the same image regardless of the order in which you perform the transformations?) Justify your answer.
Answer:
Assuming we have a point A(a, b) on the coordinate plane.
Assuming the dilation and rotation center is the origin.
On dilating it with the scale factor k then rotating with 90° for instance.
Dilating first: A(a, b) → A'(ka, kb)
Then rotating 90°: A'(ka, kb) → A”(-kb, ka)

Question 21.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Quadrilateral JKLM is mapped to quadrilateral J’K’L’M’ using the dilation (x, y) → \(\left(\frac{3}{2} x, \frac{3}{2} y\right)\). Then quadrilateral J’K’L’M is mapped to quadrilateral J”K”L”M” using the translation (x, y) → (x + 3, y – 4). The vertices of quadrilateral J’K’L’M’ are J(- 12, 0), K(- 12, 18), L(- 6, 18), and M(- 6, 0), Find the coordinates of the vertices of quadrilateral JKLM and quadrilateral J”K”L”M”. Are quadrilateral JKLM and quadrilateral J”K”L”M” similar? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 21

Question 22.
REPEATED REASONING
Use the diagram.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 159
a. Connect the midpoints of the sides of ∆QRS to make another triangle. Is this triangle similar to ∆QRS? Use transformations to support your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_36
The midpoints of the line segments are algebraically evaluated using midpoint formula and triangle ABC is plotted.
It can be seen that the 2 triangles are similar as the corresponding side lengths of ABC are half in length of that QRS.

b. Repeat part (a) for two other triangles. What conjecture can you make?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_36
The midpoints of the line segments are algebraically evaluated using midpoint formula and triangle STU is plotted.
It can be seen that the 2 triangles are similar as the corresponding side lengths of STU are half in length of that MNP.
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_38
The midpoints of the line segments are algebraically evaluated using midpoint formula and triangle EFG is plotted.
It can be seen that the 2 triangles are similar as the corresponding side lengths of EFG are half in length of that KLM.
The triangle formed inside a bigger triangle by joining the midpoints of the line segments bigger triangle is also similar to the bigger triangle.

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Classify the angle as acute, obtuse, right, or straight.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 160
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 161
Answer: Straight angle

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 162
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 4.6 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 163
Answer: Right angle

Transformations Chapter Review

4.1 Translations

Graph ∆XYZ with vertices X(2, 3), Y(- 3, 2), and Z(- 4, – 3) and its image after the translation.
Question 1.
(x, y) → (x, y + 2)
Answer:
Given,
(x, y) → (x, y + 2)
(2, 3) → (2, 3 + 2)
(2, 3) → (2, 5)
x = -3 and y = 2 in the translation to find Y’
(x, y) → (x, y + 2)
(-3, 2) → (-3, 2 + 2)
(-3, 2) → (-3, 4)
x = -3 and y = 2 in the translation to find Z’
(x, y) → (x, y + 2)
(-4, -3) → (-4, -3 + 2)
(-4, -3) → (-4, -1)
Then we will graph the triangle X’Y’Z’ with vertices X'(2, 5), Y'(-3, 4) and Z'(-4, -1)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_1

Question 2.
(x, y) → (x – 3, y)
Answer:
Given,
(x, y) → (x – 3, y)
Substitute x = 2 and y = 3 in the translation to find X’
(2, 3) → (2 – 3, 3)
(2, 3) → (-1, 3)
Substitute x = -3 and y = 2 in the translation to find Y’
(x, y) → (x – 3, y)
(-3, 2) → (-3 – 3, 2)
(-3, 2) → (-6, 2)
Substitute x = -4 and y = -3 in the translation to find Z’
(x, y) → (x – 3, y)
(-4, -3) → (-4 – 3, -3)
(-4, -3) → (-7, -3)
Then we will graph the triangle X’Y’Z’ with vertices X'(-1, 3), Y'(-6, 2) and Z'(-7, -3)
BIM Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_2

Question 3.
(x, y) → (x + 3, y – 1)
Answer:
Given,
(x, y) → (x + 3, y – 1)
Substitute x = 2 and y = 3 in the translation to find X’
(x, y) → (x + 3, y – 1)
(2, 3) → (2 + 3, 3 – 1)
(2, 3) → (5, 2)
Substitute x = -3 and y = 2 in the translation to find Y’
(x, y) → (x + 3, y – 1)
(-3, 2) → (-3 + 3, 2 – 1)
(-3, 2) → (0, 1)
Substitute x = -4 and y = -3 in the translation to find Z’
(x, y) → (x + 3, y – 1)
(-4, -3) → (-4 + 3, -3 – 1)
(-4, -3) → (-1, -4)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_3

Question 4.
(x, y) → (x + 4, y + 1)
Answer:
Given,
(x, y) → (x + 4, y + 1)
Substitute x = 2 and y = 3 in the translation to find X’
(x, y) → (x + 4, y + 1)
(2, 3) → (2 + 4, 3 + 1)
(2, 3) → (6, 4)
Substitute x = -3 and y = 2 in the translation to find Y’
(x, y) → (x + 4, y + 1)
(-3, 2) → (-3 + 4, 2 + 1)
(-3, 2) → (1, 3)
Substitute x = -4 and y = -3 in the translation to find Z’
(x, y) → (x + 4, y + 1)
(-4, -3) → (-4 + 4, -3 + 1)
(-4, -3) → (0, -2)
Big Ideas Math Solution Key Geometry Chapter 4 transformations img_4

Graph ∆PQR with vertices P(0, – 4), Q(1, 3), and R(2, – 5) and its image after the composition.

Question 5.
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 1, y + 2)
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
Answer:
Substitute x = 0 and y = -4 from point P(0, -4) in the translation to find P’
(x, y) → (x + 1, y + 2)
(0, -4) → (0 + 1, -4 + 2)
(0, -4) → (1, -2)
Substitute x = 1 and y = 3 from point Q(1, 3) in the translation to find Q’
(x, y) → (x + 1, y + 2)
(1, 3) → (1 + 1, 3 + 2)
(1, 3) → (2, 5)
Substitute x = 2 and y = -5 from point R(2, -5) in the translation to find R’
(x, y) → (x + 1, y + 2)
(2, -5) → (2 + 1, -5 + 2)
(2, -5) → (3, -3)
P’Q’R’ with vertices P(1, -2), Q'(2, 5) and R'(3, -3)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_5
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
Substitute x = 1 and y = -2 from point P'(1, -2) in the translation to find P”
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
(1, -2) → (1 – 4, -2 + 1)
(1, -2) → (-3, -1)
Substitute x = 2 and y = 5 from point Q'(2, 5) in the translation to find Q”
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
(2, 5) → (2 – 4, 5 + 1)
(2, 5) → (-2, 6)
Substitute x = 3 and y = -3 from point R'(3, -3) in the translation to find R”
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
(3, -3) → (3 – 4, -3 + 1)
(3, -3) → (-1, -2)
P”Q”R” with vertices P”(-3, -1), Q”(-2, 6) and R”(-1, -2)
Chapter 4 Transformations Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry img_5(1)

Question 6.
Translation: (x, y) → (x, y + 3)
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
Answer:
Given,
Translation: (x, y) → (x, y + 3)
x = 0 and y = -4 from P(0, -4) in the translation to find P1
(x, y) → (x, y + 3)
(0, -4) → (0, -4 + 3)
(0, -4) → (0, -1)
Substitute x = 1 and y = 3 from point Q(1, 3) in the translation to find Q’
(x, y) → (x, y + 3)
(1, 3) → (1, 3 + 3)
(1, 3) → (1, 6)
Substitute x = 2 and y = -5 from point R(2, -5) in the translation to find R’
(x, y) → (x, y + 3)
(2, -5) → (2, -5 + 3)
(2, -5) → (2, -2)
P’Q’R’ with vertices P(0, -1), Q'(1, 6) and R'(2, -2)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_6
Substitute x = 0 and y = -1 from point P'(0, -1) in the translation to find P”
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
(0, -1) → (0 – 1, -1 + 1)
(0, -1) → (-1, 0)
Substitute x =1 and y = 6 from point Q'(1, 6) in the translation to find Q”
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
(1, 6) → (1 – 1, 6 + 1)
(1, 6) → (0, 7)
Substitute x = 2 and y = -2 from point R'(2, -2) in the translation to find R”
(x, y) → (x – 1, y + 1)
(2, -2) → (2 – 1, -2 + 1)
(2, -2) → (1, -1)
P”Q”R” with vertices P”(-1, 0), Q”(0, 7) and R”(1, -1)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_6.1

4.2 Reflections

Graph the polygon and its image after a reflection in the given line.

Question 7.
x = 4
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 164
Answer:
x = 4 to the triangle ABC.
We will find a point A’
The coordinates of this point are A'(7, 2)
Find B’:
The coordinates of this point are B'(5, 4)
Find C’:
The coordinates of this point are C'(3, 1)
When the point is reflect in the line x = 4 the x-coordinate changes, the y-coordinate remains the same.
A'(7, 2), B'(5, 4) and C'(3, 1)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_7

Question 8.
y = 3
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 165
Answer:
y = 3 to the triangle EFGH.
We will find a point E’
The coordinates of this point are E'(1, 3)
Find F’:
The coordinates of this point are F'(4, 3)
Find G’:
The coordinates of this point are G'(5, 6)
Find H’:
The coordinates of this point are H'(2, 6)
E’ and F’ have the same coordinate like points E and F.
E’F’G’H’ with vertices E'(1, 3), F'(4, 3), G'(5, 6) and H'(2, 6)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_8

Question 9.
How many lines of symmetry does the figure have?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 166
Answer: The above figure has 2 lines of symmetry.

4.3 Rotations

Question 10.
A(- 3, – 1), B(2, 2), C(3, – 3); 90°
Answer:
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_9
A(-3, -1) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get the point A'(1, -3)
B(2, 2) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get the point B'(-2, 2)
C(3, -3) through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get the point C'(3, 3)
Graph the polygon A’B’C’ with the vertices A'(1, -3), B'(-2, 2) and C'(3, 3)
BIM Solution Key for Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_9

Question 11.
W(- 2, – 1), X(- 1, 3), Y(3, 3), Z(3, – 3); 180°
Answer:
Given the vertices
W(- 2, – 1), X(- 1, 3), Y(3, 3), Z(3, – 3); 180°
Geometry Big Ideas Math Answers Chapter 4 Transformations img_10
Now you have to rotate W(2, 1) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get the point W'(2, 1)
We will also X(1, 3) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get the point X'(1, -3)
We will also Y(3, 3) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get the point Y'(-3, -3)
At the end we will rotate Z(3, 3) through an angle 180° about the origin, we will get the point Z'(-3, 3)
The x-coordinates of new points change sign, the y-coordinate of new points change sign.
W'(2, 1), X'(1, -3), Y'(-3, -3), Z'(-3, 3)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_11

Question 12.
Graph \(\overline{X Y}\) with endpoints X(5, – 2) and Y(3, – 3) and its image after a reflection in the x-axis and then a rotation of 270° about the origin.
Answer:

Now we will apply reflection in the x-axis to the \(\overline{X Y}\)
We will find the point X’ which is in the same place on the opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point X.
The coordinates of this point are X'(5, 2)
We will find the point Y’ which is in the same place on the opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point Y.
The coordinates of this point are Y'(3, 3)
Graph \(\overline{X’ Y’}\) with end points X'(5, 2) and Y'(3, 3)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_12

Determine whether the figure has rotational symmetry. If so, describe any rotations that map the figure onto itself.
Now we have to rotate X'(5, 2) through an angle 270° about the origin, we will get the point X”(2, -5)
Now we have to rotate Y'(3, 3) through an angle 270° about the origin, we will get the point Y”(3, -3)
Graph \(\overline{X” Y”}\) with end points X”(2, -5) and Y”(3, -3)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_13

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 167
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Geometry-Answers-Chapter-4-Transformations-167
The above figure has 6 rotations that can map the figure onto itself.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 4 Transformations 168
Answer:
A pentagon has a rotational symmetry.
It has 5 rotations that can map the figure onto itself.

4.4 Congruence and Transformations

Describe a congruence transformation that maps ∆DEF to ∆JKL.

Question 15.
D(2, – 1), E(4, 1), F(1, 2) and J(- 2, – 4), K(- 4, – 2), L(- 1, – 1)
Answer:
Graphing ∆DEF and ∆JKL.
On reflecting ∆DEF on y-axis, we obtain ∆D’E’F’ with the vertices.
D(-2, – 1), E(-4, 1), F(-1, 2)
On translating ∆D’E’F’ 3 units down
D'(-2, – 1) → D”(-2, -4) ≅ J
E'(-4, 1) → E”(-4, -2) ≅ K
F'(-1, 2) → F”(-1, -1) ≅ L
The congruence transformation that maps ∆DEF and ∆JKL is reflecting on the y-axis. then translating 3 units downwards.

Question 16.
D(- 3, – 4), E(- 5, – 1), F(- 1, 1) and J(1, 4), K(- 1, 1), L(3, – 1)
Answer:
Graphing ∆DEF and ∆JKL.
On reflecting ∆DEF on y-axis, we obtain ∆D’E’F’ with the vertices.
D'(- 3, 4), E'(- 5, 1), F'(- 1, -1)
On translating ∆D’E’F’ 3 units down
D'(-3, 4) → D”(1, 4) ≅ J
E'(-5, 1) → E”(-1, 1) ≅ K
F'(-1, -1) → F”(3, -1) ≅ L
The congruence transformation that maps ∆DEF and ∆JKL is reflecting on the y-axis. then translating 4 units right.

Question 17.
Which transformation is the same as reflecting an object in two Parallel lines? in two intersecting lines?
Answer:
Reflection in 2 parallel lines can be represented by a single translation of the preimage to form the image.
Reflection in 2 intersecting lines can be represented by a single rotation of preimage to form the image about the point of intersecting of the 2 lines and through the angle twice that of angle between 2 intersecting lines.

4.5 Dilations

Graph the triangle and its image after a dilation with scale factor k.

Question 18.
P(2, 2), Q(4, 4), R(8, 2); k = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
dilation (x, y) → (\(\frac{1}{2}\)x, \(\frac{1}{2}\)y)
P(2, 2), Q(4, 4), R(8, 2)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_14

Question 19.
X(- 3, 2), Y(2, 3), Z(1, – 1); k = – 3
Answer:
We need to use the coordinate rule for dilation with scale factor k = -3 to find the coordinates of the vertices.
(x, y) → (-3x, -3y)
X(-3, 2) → X'(-3 . (-3), -3 . 2) = X'(9, -6)
Y(2, 3) → Y'(-3 . 2, -3 . 3) = Y'(-6, -9)
Z(1, -1) → Z'(-3 . 1, -3 . (-1)) = Z'(-3, 3)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_17

Question 20.
You are using a magnifying glass that shows the image of an object that is eight times the object’s actual size. The image length is 15.2 centimeters. Find the actual length of the object.
Answer:
Given,
You are using a magnifying glass that shows the image of an object that is eight times the object’s actual size.
The image length is 15.2 centimeters.
15.2/8 = 1.9 centimeters

4.6 Similarity and Transformations

Describe a similarity transformation that maps ∆ABC to ∆RST.

Question 21.
A(1, 0), B(- 2, – 1), C(- 1, – 2) and R(- 3, 0), S(6, – 3), T(3, – 6)
Answer:
\(\overline{A C}\) = √(-2 – 0)² + (-1 – 1)² = √8 = 2 × √2
\(\overline{R T}\) = √(-6 – 0)² + (3 – (-3))² = √72 = 6 × √2
The ratio \(\overline{R T}\)/\(\overline{A C}\) = 6 × √2/2 × √2 = 3
\(\overline{B C}\) = √(-2 + 1)² + (-1 + 2)² = √2
\(\overline{S T}\) = √(-6 + 3)² + (3 – 6)² = √18 = 3 × √2
The ratio \(\overline{S T}\)/\(\overline{B C}\) = 3 × √2/ √2 = 3
\(\overline{A B}\) = √(-1 – 0)² + (-2 – 1)² = √10
\(\overline{R S}\) = √(-3 – 0)² + (6 + 3)² = √90= 3 × √10
The ratio \(\overline{R S}\)/\(\overline{A B}\) = 3 × √10/ √10 = 3
∆RST is a dilation of ∆ABC with a scale factor 3.
By dilating ∆ABC with a scale factor of 3
A(1, 0) → A'(3, 0)
B(-2, -1) → B'(-6, -3)
C(-1, -2) → C'(-3, -6)
On reflecting ∆A’B’C’ about the y-axis:
A'(3, 0) → A”(-3, 0) ≅ R
B'(-6, -3) → B”(6, -3) ≅ S
C'(-3, -6) → C”(3, -6) ≅ T
The similarity transformation that maps ∆ABC to ∆RST is dilating with a scale factor of 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_17

Question 22.
A(6, 4), B(- 2, 0), C(- 4, 2) and R(2, 3), S(0, – 1), T(1, – 2)
Answer:
\(\overline{A B}\) = √(0 – 4)² + (-2 – 6)² = √80 = 4 × √5
\(\overline{R S}\) = √(-1 – 3)² + (0 – 2)² = √20 = 2 × √5
The ratio \(\overline{R S}\)/\(\overline{A B}\) = 2 × √5/4 × √5 = 1/2
\(\overline{B C}\) = √(2 – 0)² + (-4 + 2)² = √8 = 2 × √2
\(\overline{S T}\) = √(-2 + 1)² + (1 – 0)² = √2
The ratio \(\overline{S T}\)/\(\overline{B C}\) =√2/ 2 × √2 = 1/2
\(\overline{A C}\) = √(2 – 4)² + (-4 – 6)² = √104 = 2 × √26
\(\overline{R T}\) = √(-2 – 3)² + (1 – 2)² = √26
The ratio \(\overline{R T}\)/\(\overline{A C}\) =√26 / 2 × √26 = 1/2
∆RST is a dilation of ∆ABC with a scale factor 1/2
By dilating ∆ABC with a scale factor of 1/2
A(6, 4) → A'(3, 2)
B(-2, 0) → B'(-1, 0)
C(-4, 2) → C'(-2, 1)
On reflecting ∆A’B’C’ about the line y = x
A'(3, 2) → A”(-3, 0) ≅ R
B'(-1, 0) → B”(0, -1) ≅ S
C'(-2, 1) → C”(1, -2) ≅ T
The similarity transformation that maps ∆ABC to ∆RST is dilating with a scale factor of 1/2
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_18

Question 23.
A(3, – 2), B(0, 4), C(- 1, – 3) and R(- 4, – 6), S(8, 0), T(- 6, 2)
Answer:
\(\overline{A B}\) = √(4 + 2)² + (0 – 3)² = √45 = 3 × √5
\(\overline{R S}\) = √(0 + 6)² + (8 + 4)² = √180 = 6 × √5
The ratio \(\overline{R S}\)/\(\overline{A B}\) = 6 × √5/3 × √5 = 2
\(\overline{B C}\) = √(-3 – 4)² + (-1 – 0)² = √50 = 5 × √2
\(\overline{S T}\) = √(2 – 0)² + (-6 – 8)² = √200 = 10 × √2
The ratio \(\overline{S T}\)/\(\overline{B C}\) =10 × √2/ 5 × √2 = 2
\(\overline{A C}\) = √(-3 + 2)² + (-1 – 3)² = √17
\(\overline{R T}\) = √(2 + 6)² + (-6 + 4)² = √68 = 2 × √17
The ratio \(\overline{R T}\)/\(\overline{A C}\) =2 × √17 / √17 = 2
∆RST is a dilation of ∆ABC with a scale factor 2
By dilating ∆ABC with a scale factor of 2
A(3, 2) → A'(-2, -3)
B(0, 4) → B'(4, 0)
C(-1, -3) → C'(-3, 1)
On reflecting ∆A’B’C’ about the line y = x
A'(-2, -3) → A”(-4, -6) ≅ R
B'(4, 0) → B”(8, 0) ≅ S
C'(-3, 1) → C”(-6, 2) ≅ T
The similarity transformation that maps ∆ABC to ∆RST is dilating with a scale factor of 2.

Transformations Test

Graph ∆RST with vertices R(- 4, 1), S(- 2, 2), and T(3, – 2) and its image after the translation.

Question 1.
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
Answer:
Given,
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
Substitute x = -4 and y = 1 in the translation to find R’
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
(-4, 1) → (-4 – 4, 1 + 1)
(-4, 1) → (-8, 2)
Substitute x = -2 and y = 2 in the translation to find S’
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
(-2, 2) → (-2 – 4, 2 + 1)
(-2, 2) → (-6, 3)
Substitute x = 3 and y = -2 in the translation to find T’
(x, y) → (x – 4, y + 1)
(3, -2) → (3 – 4, -2 + 1)
(3, -2) → (-1, -1)
R'(-8, 2), S'(-6, 3) and T'(-1, -1)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_18

Question 2.
(x, y) → (x + 2, y – 2)
Answer:
Given,
(x, y) → (x + 2, y – 2)
Substitute x = -4 and y = 1 in the translation to find R’
(x, y) → (x + 2, y – 2)
(-4, 1) → (-4 + 2, 1 – 2)
(-4, 1) → (-2, -1)
Substitute x = -2 and y = 2 in the translation to find S’
(x, y) → (x + 2, y – 2)
(-2, 2) → (-2 + 2, 2 – 2)
(-2, 2) → (0, 0)
Substitute x = 3 and y = -2 in the translation to find T’
(x, y) → (x + 2, y – 2)
(3, -2) → (3 + 2, -2 – 2)
(3, -2) → (5, -4)
R’S’T’ with vertices R'(-2, -1), S'(0, 0) and T'(5, -4)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations Answer Key img_19

Graph the polygon with the given vertices and its image after a rotation of the given number of degrees about the origin.

Question 3.
D(- 1, – 1), E(- 3, 2), F(1, 4); 270°
Answer:
Rotate D(-1, -1) through an angle 270° about the origin we get D'(-1, 1)
Rotate E(-3, 2) through an angle 270° about the origin we get E'(2, 3)
Rotate F(1, 4) through an angle 270° about the origin we get F'(4, -1)
D'(-1, 1), E'(2, 3) and F'(4, -1)
BIM Geometry Answer Key for Chapter 4 Transformations img_20

Question 4.
J(- 1, 1), K(3, 3), L(4, – 3), M(0, – 2); 90°
Answer:
Given,
J(- 1, 1), K(3, 3), L(4, – 3), M(0, – 2); 90°
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_21
Rotate J(-1, 1) through an angle 90° about the origin we get J'(-1, -1)
Rotate K(3, 3) through an angle 90° about the origin we get K'(-3, 3)
Rotate L(4, -3) through an angle 90° about the origin we get L'(3, 4)
Rotate M(0, -2) through an angle 90° about the origin we get M'(2, 0)
J'(-1, -1), K'(-3, 3), L'(3, 4) and M'(2, 0)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_22

Determine whether the polygons with the given vertices are congruent or similar. Use transformations to explain your reasoning.

Question 5.
Q(2, 4), R(5, 4), S(6, 2), T(1, 2) and W(6, – 12), X(15, – 12), Y(18, – 6), Z(3, -,6)
Answer:
First we will graph the given points QRST and WXYZ
Q(2, 4), R(5, 4), S(6, 2), T(1, 2) and W(6, – 12), X(15, – 12), Y(18, – 6), Z(3, -,6)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_23
k = 15/5
k = 3
Thus the scale factor is 3.
(x, y) → (3x, 3y)
x = 2 and y = 4 from point Q(2, 4) in the translation to find the Q’
(x, y) → (3x, 3y)
(2, 4) → (3(2), 3(4))
(2, 4) → (6, 12)
x = 5 and y = 4 from point R(5, 4) in the translation to find the R’
(x, y) → (3x, 3y)
(5, 4) → (3(5), 3(4))
(5, 4) → (15, 12)
x = 6 and y = 2 from point S(6, 2) in the translation to find the S’
(x, y) → (3x, 3y)
(6, 2) → (3(6), 3(2))
(6, 2) → (18, 6)
x = 1 and y = 2 from point T(1, 2) in the translation to find the T’
(x, y) → (3x, 3y)
(1, 2) → (3(1), 3(2))
(1, 2) → (3, 6)
Q'(6, 12), R'(15, 12), S'(18, 6) and T'(3, 6)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_24
Now find Q” which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point Q’.
The coordinates of this point are Q”(6, -12)
Now find R” which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point R’.
The coordinates of this point are R”(15, -12)
Now find S” which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point S’.
The coordinates of this point are S”(18, -6)
Now find T” which is in the same place on opposite sides x-axis with respect to the point T’.
The coordinates of this point are T”(3, -6)
Q”(6, -12), R”(15, -12), S”(18, -6) and T”(3, -6)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_24
The sides of polygons WXYZ and QRST do not have equal length.
WXYZ and QRST are not congruent they are similar.

Question 6.
A(- 6, 6), B(- 6, 2), C(- 2, – 4) and D(9, 7), E(5, 7), F(- 1, 3)
Answer:
Given,
A(- 6, 6), B(- 6, 2), C(- 2, – 4) and D(9, 7), E(5, 7), F(- 1, 3)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_25
Rotate A(-6, 6) through an angle 270° about the origin, we will get the point A'(6, 6)
Rotate B(-6, 2) through an angle 270° about the origin, we will get the point B'(2, 6)
Rotate C(-2, -4) through an angle 270° about the origin, we will get the point C'(-4, 2)
A'(6, 6), B'(2, 6) and C'(-4, 2)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_26
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 1)
x = 6 and y = 6 from point A'(6, 6) in the translation to find A”
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 1)
(6, 6) → (6 + 3, 6 + 1) = (9, 7)
x = 2 and y = 6 from point B'(2, 6) in the translation to find B”
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 1)
(2, 6) → (2 + 3, 6 + 1) = (5, 7)
x = -4 and y = 2 from point C'(-4, 2) in the translation to find C”
(x, y) → (x + 3, y + 1)
(-4, 2) → (-4 + 3, 2 + 1) = (-1, 3)
A”(9, 7), B”(5, 7) and C”(-1, 3)
Bigideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_27

Determine whether the object has line symmetry and whether it has rotational symmetry.
Identify all lines of symmetry and angles of rotation that map the figure onto itself.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 169
Answer:
It can be cut one directly down the middle from the top and from the side. It has rotational symmetry when rotated 180°
2 lines of symmetry and yes it has rotation symmetry.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 170
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Geometry-Chapter-4-Transformations-170

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 171
Answer:
The above figure is a four of diamond and because of the 4 written on it the figure has no line of symmetry by a rotational symmetry of 180° about the center of the card.

Question 10.
Draw a diagram using a coordinate plane. two parallel lines, and a parallelogram that demonstrates the Reflections in Parallel Lines Theorem (Theorem 4.2).
Answer:
If AB and CD are parallel, then a reflection in AB followed by a reflection in CD is the same as a translation.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Geometry-Chapter-4-Transformations-img-29
QRST can be translated 16 units right to construct Q”R”S”T”

Question 11.
A rectangle with vertices W(- 2, 4), X(2, 4), Y(2, 2), and Z(- 2, 2) is reflected in the y-axis. Your friend says that the image. rectangle W’X’ Y’Z. is exactly the same as the preimage. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Reflection is a transformation that does not affect the shape or size of an image with respect to its preimage, therefore, the friend is correct as WXYZ and W’X’Y’Z’ will be the same in shape and size.

Question 12.
Write a composition of transformations that maps ∆ABC Onto ∆CDB in the tesselation shown. Is the composition a congruence transformation? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 172
Answer:
The composition of transformation the maps ∆ABC Onto ∆CDB is reflecting ∆ABC on the x-axis.
Then translating its image with the rule
(a, b) → (a + 1, b + 2)

Question 13.
There is one slice of a large pizza and one slice of a small pizza in the box.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 173
a. Describe a similarity transformation that maps pizza slice ABC to pizza slice DEF.
Answer:
Rule of given dilation is (x, y) → (1/2x, 1/b2y)
A(0, 0) → A'(0, 0)
B(2, 4) → B'(1, 2)
C(4, 2) → C'(2, 1)
The second similarity transformation is reflection across x-axis.
A'(0, 0) → A”(0, 0)
B'(1, 2) → B”(1, -2)
C'(2, 1) → C”(2, -1)

b. What is one possible scale factor for a medium slice of pizza? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
If we use a dilation of a scale factor of 1/2 we will get a small pizza slice.
Thus a medium slice of pizza we will get if we use a dilation of a scale factor k which is in between 1 and 1/2.
This means the following inequality must apply
1/2 < k < 1
1/2 < k < 2/2
k = 1.5/2 = 3/4

Question 14.
The original photograph shown is 4 inches by 6 inches.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 174
a. What transformations can you use to produce the new photograph?
Answer:
There are 2 types of transformations
1. Enlargement
2. Reflection on the vertical axis

b. You dilate the original photograph b a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\). What are the dimensions of the new photograph?
Answer:
New dimension = scale factor .  old dimension
4 . 1/2 = 2 and 6 . 1/2 = 3
Dimensions of new photograph: 2 inches by 3 inches

c. YOU have a frame that holds photos that are 8.5 inches by 11 inches. Can you dilate the original photograph to fit the frame? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
8.5/4 = 2.125 and 11/6 = 1.833
Since the scale factors for both the dimensions are different, it will not be possible to dilate the photo to fit the frame.

Transformations Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Which composition 0f transformations maps ∆ABC to ∆DEF?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 175
(A) Rotation: 90° counterclockwise about the origin
Translation: (x, y) → (x + 4, y – 3)

(B) Translation: (x, y) → (x – 4, y – 3)
Rotation: 90° counterclockwise about the origin

(C) Translation: (x, y) → (x + 4, y – 3)
Rotation: 90° counterclockwise about the origin

(b) Rotation: 90° counterclockwise about the origin
Translation: (x, y) → (x – 4, y – 3)
Answer: Option B is correct answer

Explanation:
The ΔABC with vertices A(-1, 2), B(3, 4) and C(2, 2).
(x, y) → (x – 4, y – 3)
(-1, 2) → (-1 – 4, 2 – 3) = (-5, -1)
x = 3 and y = 4 from point B(3, 4) in the translation to find B’
(x, y) → (x – 4, y – 3)
(3, 4) → (3 – 4, 4 – 3) = (-1, 1)
x = 2 and y = 2 from point C(2, 2) in the translation to find C’
(x, y) → (x – 4, y – 3)
(2, 2) → (2 – 4, 2 – 3) = (-2, -1)
Rotate A’ through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get the point D(1, -5)
Rotate B’ through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get the point E(-1, -1)
Rotate C’ through an angle 90° about the origin, we will get the point F(1, -2)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Use the diagrams to describe the steps you would take to construct a line perpendicular to line m through point P. which is not on line m.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 176
Answer:
Step 1: The fixed end of the compass is placed on P and an arc is drawn through the given line such that this intersects the given line at 2 points, A and B such that A and B are equidistant from P.
Measure this distance A and B, open the compass to a length greater than half of AB.
Place the fixed end at A and mark an ac below the given line.
Step 2: Without changing the length of the compass, move the fixed end to B and mark another arc below the given line. This point is labeled Q.
Step 3: Join P and Q by a straight line. Here PQ is perpendicular to the given line.

Question 3.
Your friend claims that she can find the perimeter of the school crossing sign without using the Distance Formula. Do you support your friend’s claim? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 177
Answer:
It can be seen that each unit here is equal to 1 unit.
Therefore the straight-lined perimeter can be evaluated by counting the number of boxes.
E = C = 2 units
D = 4 units
A = B and these form the hypotenuse of right isosceles triangles with side lengths of 2 units.
Therefore A = B = 2√2 units.
The perimeter of the sign is 2(2√2) + 4 + 2(2)
= 8 + 4√2 = 13.657 units

Question 4.
Graph the directed line segment ST with endpoints S(- 3, – 2) and T(4, 5). Then find the coordinates of point P along the directed line segment ST so that the ratio of SP to PT is 3 to 4.
Answer:
Graph the directed line segment ST with endpoints S(- 3, – 2) and T(4, 5).
4 – (-3) = 4 + 3 = 7
The point P along the directed line segment ST so that the ratio of SP to PT is 3 to 4.
P = -3 + 3 = 0
P = (0, 1)
BIM Answer Key Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations img_29

Question 5.
The graph shows quadrilateral WXYZ and quadrilateral ABCD.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 178
a. Write a composition of transformations that maps quadrilateral WXYZ to
quadrilateral ABCD.
Answer:
It can be seen that ABCD and WXYZ are symmetrical about the line y = -x
It can be concluded that WXYZ can be mapped on to ABCD by reflection in the line y = -x

b. Are the quadrilaterals congruent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Reflection is a transformation that does not change the size of an image with respect to its preimage.
So it can be said that the quadrilateral ABCD and WXYZ are congruent.

Question 6.
Which equation represents the line passing through the point (- 6, 3) that is parallel to
the line y = – \(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 5?
(A) y = 3x + 21
(B) y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 5
(C) y = 3x – 15
() y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 1
Answer:
y = mx + c
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 5
Slope = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)
point (-6, 3)
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + n
3 = –\(\frac{1}{3}\) (-6) + n
n = 1
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 1
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 7.
Which scale factor(s) would create a dilation of \(\overline{A B}\) that is shorter than \(\overline{A B}\)? Select all that apply.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 4 Transformations 179
Answer:
In order to create a dilation of AB that is shorter than AB, the dilation factor must greater than 0 but less than 1
Therefore the possible values of the dilation factor here are 1/3, 1/2 and 3/4

Question 8.
List one possible set of coordinates of the vertices of quadrilateral ABCD for each description.
a. A reflection in the y-axis maps quadrilateral ABCD onto itself.
Answer:
If the preimage and image of the figure are same after the reflection in the y-axis, then this implies that the line of symmetry of the quadrilateral is the y-axis.
Thus the coordinates can be A(-1, 2), B(1, 2), C(1, -2) and D(-1, -2)

b. A reflection in the x-axis maps quadrilateral ABCD onto itself
Answer:
If the preimage and image of a figure are same after reflection in the x-axis then this implies that the line of symmetry of the quadrilateral is the x-axis.
The coordinates can be A(-1, 2), B(1, 2), C(1, -2) and D(-1, -2)

c. A rotation of 90° about the origin maps quadrilateral ABCD onto itself.
Answer:
If the preimage and image of a figure are same after reflection 90° about the origin then this implies that the quadrilateral has a rotational symmetry.
The coordinates can be A(-1, 1), B(1, 1), C(1, -1) and D(-1, -1)

d. A rotation of 180° about the origin maps quadrilateral ABCD onto itself.
Answer:
If the preimage and image of a figure are same after reflection 180° about the origin then this implies that the quadrilateral has a rotational symmetry.
The coordinates can be A(-1, 2), B(1, 2), C(1, -2) and D(-1, -2)

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers are included here to help the students to improve their preparation level. You must practice every question given on Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 to aware of the different questions impose in the exam. Practice all the problems and verify the solution and explanation to find out the easy method to solve problems. Students are suggested to learn the in-depth concept of Divide Multi-Digit Numbers into One-Digit Numbers and start practicing the below questions.

Big Ideas Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers

Learn from basics using Big Ideas Grade 4 Solution Key pdf. Click on the below attached links and start solving all the problems. Tips and tricks are also given to help the students to remember the process to solve different problems. So, by referring to our bigideasmathanswers.com students can get a complete grip on the concepts as well as they will become math experts easily. Find out various methods to solve problems and choose the best out of one that makes your learning easy.

Lesson: 1 Divide Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands

Lesson: 2 Estimate Quotients

Lesson: 3 Understand Division and Remainder

Lesson: 4 Use Partial Quotients

Lesson: 5 Use Partial Quotients with a Remainder

Lesson: 6 Divide Two-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers

Lesson: 7 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers

Lesson: 8 Divide by One-Digit Numbers

Lesson: 9 Problem Solving: Division

Performance Task

Lesson 5.1 Divide Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands


Explore and Grow

Use a model to find each missing factor. Draw each model. Then write the related division equation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 1

What pattern do you notice?

Answer: The pattern follows the multiplication of 4 with ones, tens, hundreds, and thousands.

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X.
Now,
The given Expressions are:

A) X × 2 = 8
So, X can be calculated by
X= 8 ÷ 2 = 4

B) X × 2 = 80
So, X can be calculated by
X= 80 ÷ 2 = 40

C) X × 2 = 800
So, X can be calculated by
X= 800 ÷ 2 = 400

D) X × 2 = 8,000
So, X can be calculated by
X= 8,000 ÷ 2 = 4,000
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the pattern follows the multiplication of 4 with ones, tens, hundreds, and thousands.

Repeated Reasoning

Explain how 12 ÷ 4 can help you find 1,200 ÷ 4

Answer: 1,200 ÷ 4 is 100 times the value of 12 ÷ 4.

Explanation:

The value of 12 ÷ 4 = 3
Now,
we know that 1,200 times is 100 times the value of 12. ( From the place-value Concept)
So,
1,200 ÷ 4 = 120 tens ÷ 4
=30 tens
= 300
Hence, from the values of 3 and 300,
We can conclude that the value of 300 is 100 times the value of 3.

Think and Grow: Divide Tens, Hundreds and Thousands

You can use place value and basic division facts to divide tens, hundreds, or thousands by one-digit numbers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 2

Example
Find 270 ÷ 9
Think: 27 ÷ 9
270 ÷ 9 = 27 tens ÷ 9
= 3 tens
= 30
So, 270 ÷ 9 = 30

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 3

Example
Find 5,600 ÷ 8.
Think: 56 ÷ 8
5,600 ÷ 8 = 56 hundreds ÷ 8
= 7 hundreds
= 700
So, 5,600 ÷ 8 = 700

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Find 2,400 ÷ 6.
Think: 24 ÷ 6 = 3
2,400 ÷ 6 = 24 hundreds ÷ 6
= 3 hundreds
=300
So, 2,400 ÷ 6 = 300.

Question 2.
Find each quotient.
49 ÷ 7 =_____
490 ÷ 7 = ______
4,900 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer: Let the Expressions be A), B) and C)
So,
The quotients of A), B) and C) are:
A) 7
B) 70
C) 700

Explanation:
Let the given Expressions be A), B) and C)
So, the given Expressions are:
A) 49 ÷ 7
B) 490 ÷ 7
C) 4,900 ÷ 7
So,
A) 49 ÷ 7 = 7

B) 490 ÷ 7 = 49 tens ÷ 7
= 7 tens
=70
So, 490 ÷ 7 = 70

C) 4,900 ÷ 7 =  49 hundreds ÷ 7
= 7 hundred
= 700
So, 4,900 ÷ 7 = 700

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the quotient
Question 3.
50 ÷ 5 = _____

Answer: 10

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
50 ÷ 5 = 5 tens ÷ 5
= 1 ten
=10
So, 50 ÷ 5 = 10

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 4.
360 ÷ 6 = _____

Answer: 60

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
360 ÷ 6 = 36 tens ÷ 6
= 6 tens
=60
So, 360 ÷ 6 = 60

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 5.
7,200 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 900

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
7,200 ÷ 8 = 72 hundreds ÷ 8
= 9 hundred
=900
So, 7,200 ÷ 8 = 900

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 6.
180 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 90

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
180 ÷ 2 = 18 tens ÷ 2
= 9 tens
=90
So, 180 ÷ 2 = 90

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 7.
4,200 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer: 600

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
4,200 ÷ 7 = 42 hundreds ÷ 7
= 6 hundred
=600
So, 4,200 ÷ 7 = 600

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 8.
20 ÷ 2 = ____

Answer: 10

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
20 ÷ 2 = 2 tens ÷ 2
= 1 ten
=10
So, 20 ÷ 2 = 10

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 9.
2,000 ÷ 5 = _____

Answer: 400

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
2,000 ÷ 5 = 20 hundreds ÷ 5
= 4 hundred
=400
So, 2,000 ÷ 5 = 400

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 10.
30 ÷ 3 = _____

Answer: 10

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
30 ÷ 3 = 3 tens ÷ 3
= 1 ten
=10
So, 30 ÷ 3 = 10

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 11.
320 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 80

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
320 ÷ 4 = 32 tens ÷ 4
= 8 tens
=80
So, 320 ÷ 4 = 80

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 12.
140 ÷ 2 = _____

Answer: 70

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
140 ÷ 2 = 14 tens ÷ 2
= 7 tens
=70
So, 140 ÷ 2 = 70

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 13.
5,400 ÷ 9 = ____

Answer: 600

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
5,400 ÷ 9 = 54 hundreds ÷ 9
= 6 hundred
=600
So, 5,400 ÷ 9 = 600

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 14.
180 ÷ 6 = _____

Answer: 30

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
180 ÷ 6 = 18 tens ÷ 6
= 3 tens
=30
So, 180 ÷ 6 = 30

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

DIG DEEPER!

Find the missing number.
Question 15.
70 ÷ ____ = 10

Answer: The missing number is: 7

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X.
The given Expression is:
70 ÷ X = 10
So, X can be calculated by
X= 70 ÷ 10 = 70

Question 16.
4,000 ÷ _____ = 800

Answer: The missing number is: 20

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X.
The given Expression is:
4,000 ÷ X = 800
So, X can be calculated by
X= 4,000 ÷ 800 = 20

Question 17.
160 ÷ _____ = 40

Answer: The missing number is: 4

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X.
The given Expression is:
160 ÷ X = 40
So, X can be calculated by
X= 160 ÷ 40 = 4

Question 18.
_____ ÷ 7 = 300

Answer: The missing number is: 2,100

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X.
The given Expression is:
X ÷ 7 = 300
So, X can be calculated by
X= 70 × 300 = 2,100

Question 19.
_____ ÷ 5 = 70

Answer: The missing number is: 350

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X.
The given Expression is:
X ÷ 5 = 70
So, X can be calculated by
X= 70 × 5 = 350

Question 20.
_____ ÷ 6 = 10

Answer: The missing number is: 60

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X.
The given Expression is:
X ÷ 6 = 10
So, X can be calculated by
X= 6 × 10 = 60

Compare
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 4
Answer: 10 is equal to 10

Explanation:
Let the given Expressions be A) and B)
The given Expressions are:
A) 40 ÷ 4 = 4 tens ÷ 4
= 1 ten
= 10
B) 1 × 10 = 10
So, from the above,
We can conclude that 10 is equal to 10

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 5

Answer: 20 is less than 200

Explanation:
Let the given Expressions be A) and B)
The given Expressions are:
A) 160 ÷ 8 = 16 tens ÷ 8
= 2 tens
= 20
B) 2 × 100 = 200
So, from the above,
We can conclude that 20 is less than 200

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 6

Answer: 900 is greater than 90

Explanation:
Let the given Expressions be A) and B)
The given Expressions are:
A) 8,100 ÷ 9 = 81 hundreds ÷ 9
= 9 hundreds
= 900
B) 9 × 10 = 90
So, from the above,
We can conclude that 900 is equal to 90

Question 24.
There are 240 students visiting a fair. They are divided equally among 8 barns. How many students are in each barn?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 7
Answer: There are 30 students in each barn.

Explanation:
Given that there are 240 students visiting a fair and these students are divided equally among 8 barns.
So,
The number of students in each barn can be calculated by dividing the number of students by the number of barns.
Hence,
The number of students in each barn is:
240 ÷ 8 = 24 tens ÷ 8
= 3 tens
= 30
So, 240 ÷ 8 = 30 students

Question 25.

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Is Descartes correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 8

Answer: Descartes is not correct.

Explanation:
Given Expression is 2,500 ÷ 5
The value of 2,500 ÷ 5 is:
2,500 ÷ 5  = 25 hundreds ÷ 5
= 5 hundreds
= 500
So, 2,500 ÷ 5 = 500
But, According to Descartes,
2,500 ÷ 5 = 5,000
But, up on calculation, we get the result as 500.
So, Descartes is not correct.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A lobster lays 5,400 eggs. It lays 9 times as many eggs as a seahorse. How many eggs does the seahorse lay?

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 9.1
Draw a model.

Show and Grow

Question 26.
A coach has 350 career wins. He has 7 times as many careers wins as wins this season. How many wins does the coach have this season?

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 10

Answer: 50 wins

Explanation:
Given that a coach has 350 career wins and he has 7 times as many careers wins as this season.
So,
The number of wins that the coach has in this season can be calculated by dividing the total career wins by the number of times the career wins of this season.
Hence,
The number of career wins in this season is:
350 ÷ 7 = 35 tens ÷ 7
= 5 tens
= 50
So, from the above,
We can conclude that the career wins of this season are: 50

Question 27.
There are 160 shareable bicycles in a city. There are 8 bicycle-sharing stations. Each station has the same number of bicycles. How many bicycles are at each station?

Answer: 20 bicycles are at each station.

Explanation:
Given that there are 160 shareable bicycles in a city and there are 8 bicycle-sharing stations.
It is also given that each station has the same number of bicycles.
So, the number of bicycles in each station are:
160 ÷ 8 = 16 tens ÷ 8
= 2 tens
= 20
So, 160 ÷ 8 = 20
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 20 bicycles at each station.

Question 28.
A charity has 637 adult volunteers and 563 teenage volunteers. All of the volunteers are divided, into 6 equal groups. How many volunteers are in each group?

Answer: There are 200 volunteers in each group.

Explanation;
Given that a charity has 637 adult volunteers and 563 teenage volunteers.
So,
The total number of Volunteers = Number of adult volunteers + Number of teenage volunteers
= 637 + 563
= 1,200 volunteers
It is also given that the volunteers are divided into 6 equal groups.
So, the number of volunteers in each group are 1,200 ÷ 6.
Now,
1,200 ÷ 6 = 12 hundreds ÷ 6
= 2 hundred
= 200
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 200 volunteers in each group.

Divide Tens, Hundreds and Thousands Homework & Practice 5.1

Question 1.
Find 150 ÷ 3.
Think: 15 ÷ 3 = 5
150 ÷ 3 = 15 tens ÷ 3
= 5 tens
= 50
So, 150 ÷ 3 = 50

Question 2.
Find 6,300 ÷ 7
Think: 63 ÷ 7 = 9
6,300 ÷ 7 = 63 hundreds ÷ 7
= 9  hundreds
= 900
So, 6300 ÷ 7 = 900

Find the quotient.

Question 3.
12 ÷ 2 = _____
120 ÷ 2 = ______
1,200 ÷ 2 = ______
Answer:
Let the Expressions be A), B) and C)
So,
The quotients of A), B) and C) are:
A) 6
B) 60
C) 600

Explanation:
Let the given Expressions be A), B) and C)
So, the given Expressions are:
A) 12 ÷ 2
B) 120 ÷ 2
C) 1,200 ÷ 2
So,
A) 12 ÷ 2 = 6

B) 120 ÷ 2 = 12 tens ÷ 2
= 6 tens
=60
So, 120 ÷ 2 = 60

C) 1,200 ÷ 2 =  12 hundreds ÷ 2
= 6 hundred
= 600
So, 1,200 ÷ 2 = 600

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 4.
40 ÷ 8 = _____
400 ÷ 8 = ______
4,000 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer:
Let the Expressions be A), B) and C)
So,
The quotients of A), B) and C) are:
A) 5
B) 50
C) 500

Explanation:
Let the given Expressions be A), B) and C)
So, the given Expressions are:
A) 40 ÷ 8
B) 400 ÷ 8
C) 4,000 ÷ 8
So,
A) 40 ÷ 8 = 5

B) 400 ÷ 8 = 40 tens ÷ 8
= 5 tens
=50
So, 400 ÷ 8 = 50

C) 4,000 ÷ 8 =  40 hundreds ÷ 8
= 5 hundred
= 500
So, 4,000 ÷ 8 = 500

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Find the quotient.
Question 5.
80 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 10

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
80 ÷ 8 = 8 tens ÷ 8
= 1 ten
=10
So, 80 ÷ 8 = 10

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 6.
300 ÷ 6 = _____

Answer: 50

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
300 ÷ 6 = 30 tens ÷ 6
= 5 tens
=50
So, 300 ÷ 6 = 50

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 7.
1,000 ÷ 5 = _____

Answer: 200

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
1,000 ÷ 5 = 10 hundreds ÷ 5
= 2 hundred
=200
So, 1,000 ÷ 5 = 200

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Find the quotient.
Question 8.
40 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
40 ÷ 8 = 4 tens ÷ 8
=5
So, 40 ÷ 8 = 5

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 9.
6,400 ÷ 8 = _____

Answer: 800

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
6,400 ÷ 8 = 64 hundred ÷ 8
= 8 hundred
=800
So, 6,400 ÷ 8 = 800

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 10.
350 ÷ 5 = ______

Answer: 70

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
350 ÷ 5 = 35 tens ÷ 5
= 7 tens
=70
So, 350 ÷ 5 = 70

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 11.
2,100 ÷ 7 = ____

Answer: 300

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
2,100 ÷ 7 = 21 hundreds ÷ 7
= 3 hundred
=300
So, 2,100 ÷ 7 = 300

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 12.
240 ÷ 3 = ______

Answer: 80

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
240 ÷ 3 = 24 tens ÷ 3
= 8 tens
=80
So, 240 ÷ 3 = 80

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 13.
90 ÷ 9 = _____

Answer: 10

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
90 ÷ 9 = 9 tens ÷ 9
= 1 ten
=10
So, 90 ÷ 9 = 10

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

DIG DEEPER!

Find the missing number.

Question 14.
50 ÷ ______ = 10

Answer: The missing number is:  5

Explanation:
Let the missing Expression be X.
The given Expression is:
50 ÷ X = 10
So, X can be calculated by
X= 160 ÷ 40 = 4

Question 15.
_____ ÷ 7 = 600

Answer: The missing number is: 4,200

Explanation:
Let the missing Expression be X.
The given Expression is:
X ÷ 7 = 600
So, X can be calculated by
X= 600 × 7 = 4,200

Question 16.
320 ÷ ______ = 40

Answer: The missing number is: 8

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X.
The given Expression is:
320 ÷ X = 40
So, X can be calculated by
X= 3200 ÷ 40 = 8

Compare
Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 11

Answer: 10 is equal to 10

Explanation:
Let the given Expressions be A) and B)
The given Expressions are:
A) 30 ÷ 3 = 3 tens ÷ 3
= 1 ten
= 10
B) 1 × 10 = 10
So, from the above,
We can conclude that 10 is equal to 10

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 12
Answer: 70 is less than 700

Explanation:
Let the given Expressions be A) and B)
The given Expressions are:
A)560 ÷ 8 = 56 tens ÷ 8
= 7 tens
= 70
B) 9 × 100 = 700
So, from the above,
We can conclude that 70 is less than 700

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 13
Answer: 700 is less than 7,000

Explanation:
Let the given Expressions be A) and B)
The given Expressions are:
A) 4,900 ÷ 7 = 49 hundreds ÷ 7
= 7 hundreds
= 700
B) 7 × 1,000 = 7,000
So, from the above,
We can conclude that 700 is equal to 7,000

Question 20.
A movie theater has 180 seats. The seats are divided into 9 equal rows. How many seats are in each row?

Answer: There are 20 seats in each row.

Explanation:
Given that a model theater has 180 seats and the seats are divided into 9 equal rows.
Now, to find the number of seats in each row, we have to divide the total number of seats by the number of rows.
So,
180 ÷ 9 = 18 tens ÷ 9
= 2 tens
= 20 seats
So, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of seats in each row is: 20 seats

Question 21.
Number Sense
What is Newton’s number?

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 14

Answer:

Question 22.
Modeling Real Life
A gorilla understands 2,000 words. She understands 4 times as many words as a toddler. How many words does the toddler understand?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 15

Answer: The toddler understands 500 words.

Explanation:
Given that a gorilla understands 2,000 words.
It is also given that the gorilla understands 4 times as many words as a toddler.
So,
The words understand by a toddler = The words understand by a gorilla ÷ 4
So,
2,000 ÷ 4 = 20 hundreds ÷ 4
= 5 hundred
= 500
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the words understand by a toddler are: 500 words

Review & Refresh

Compare

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 16
Answer: 1,834 is greater than 1,796

Explanation:
Given numbers are 1,834 and 1,796.
Hence, from these 2 numbers,
We can conclude that 1,834 is greater than 1,796

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 17
Answer: 62,905 is greater than 62,081

Explanation:
Given numbers are 62,905 and 62,081.
Hence, from these 2 numbers,
We can conclude that 62,905 is greater than 62,081

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 18
Answer: 9,142 is less than 9,146

Explanation:
Given numbers are 9,142 and 9,146
Hence, from these 2 numbers,
We can conclude that 9,142 is less than 9,146.

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 19
Answer: 52,048 is less than 52,071

Explanation:
Given numbers are 52,048 and 52,071
Hence, from these 2 numbers,
We can conclude that 52,048 is less than 52,071

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 20
Answer: 402,157 is equal to 402,157

Explanation:
Given numbers are 402,157 and 402,157
Hence, from these 2 numbers,
We can conclude that 402,157 is equal to 402,157

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.1 21
Answer: 387,402 is less than 384,927

Explanation:
Given numbers are 387,402 and 384,927
Hence, from these 2 numbers,
We can conclude that 387,402 is less than 384,927

Lesson 5.2 Estimate Quotients

Explore and Grow

Explain how you can use the table to estimate 740 ÷ 8.

740 ÷ 8 is about ______.

Answer: 90

Explanation:
Let 740 be Estimated to 720.
So, now we have to find the value of 720 ÷ 8
Now,
720 ÷ 8 = 72 tens ÷ 8
= 9 tens
= 90
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 740 ÷ 8 is about 90.

Reasoning
Why did you choose your estimate? Compare your results with your partner.

Answer: We choose the Estimate to round off the Result because the quotient must be the Integer.

Think and Grow: Estimate Quotients

You can use division facts and compatible numbers to estimate a quotient.
Example
Estimate 154 ÷ 4.

Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 2

Look at the first two digits of the dividend and use basic division facts. and are close to the actual numbers.
Think: What number close to 154 is easily divided by 4?
Try 120. 12 ÷ 4 = 3, so 120 ÷ 4 =30.
Try 160. 16 ÷ 4 , = 4, so 160 ÷ 4 = 140.
Choose 160 because 154 is closer to 160.
So, 154 ÷ 4 is about 40.

When solving division problems, you can check whether an answer is reasonable by finding two numbers that a quotient is between.
Example
Find two numbers that the quotient 6,427 ÷ 7 is between.

Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 3
Think: What numbers close to 6,427 are easily divided by7?
Use 6,300. 63 ÷ 7 = 9, so 6,300 ÷ 7 = 900.
Use 7,000. 70 ÷ 7 = 10, so 7,000 ÷ 7 = 1,000 .
6,427 is between 6,300 and 7,000.
So, the quotient 6,427 ÷ 7 is between 900 and 1,000.

Show and Grow

Estimate the quotient.
Question 1.
61 ÷ 3
Answer: 20

Explanation;
Let 61 be rounded off to 60.
So, now we have to find 60 ÷ 3
Now,
60 ÷ 3 = 6 tens ÷ 3
= 2 tens
= 20
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 61 ÷ 3 can be rounded off to 20.

Question 2.
465 ÷ 9
Answer: 50

Explanation:
Let 465 be rounded off to 450.
So, now we have to find 450 ÷ 9
Now,
450 ÷ 9 = 45 tens ÷ 9
= 5 tens
= 50
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 465 ÷ 9 can be rounded off to 50..

Find two numbers that the quotient is between.
Question 3.
477 ÷ 8
Answer: The Quotient of 477 ÷ 8 is between 50 and 60.

Explanation:
Use 400. 40 ÷ 8 = 5, so 400 ÷ 8 = 50.
Use 480. 48 ÷ 8 = 6, so 480 ÷ 8 = 60 .
477 is between 400 and 480.
So, the quotient of 477 ÷ 8 is between 50 and 60.

Question 4.
5,194 ÷ 6
Answer: The Quotient of 5,194 ÷ 6 is between 800 and 900

Explanation:
Use 4,800. 48 ÷ 6 = 8, so 4,800 ÷ 6 = 800.
Use 5,400. 54 ÷ 6 = 9, so 5,400 ÷ 6 = 900 .
5,194 is between 4,800 and 5,400.
So, the quotient of 5,194 ÷ 6 is between 800 and 900

Apply and Grow: Practice

Estimate the quotient
Question 5.
29 ÷ 5
Answer: 6

Explanation;
Let 29 be rounded off to 30.
So, now we have to find 30 ÷ 5
Now,
30 ÷ 5 = 3 tens ÷ 5
= 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 29 ÷ 5 can be rounded off to 6.

Question 6.
571 ÷ 8
Answer: 70

Explanation;
Let 571 be rounded off to 560.
So, now we have to find 560 ÷ 8
Now,
560 ÷ 8 = 56 tens ÷ 8
= 7 tens
= 70
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 571 ÷ 8 can be rounded off to 70.

Question 7.
202 ÷ 6
Answer: 30

Explanation;
Let 202 be rounded off to 180.
So, now we have to find 180 ÷ 6
Now,
180 ÷ 6 = 18 tens ÷ 6
= 3 tens
= 30
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 202 ÷ 6 can be rounded off to 30.

Question 8.
3,384 ÷ 7
Answer: 500

Explanation;
Let 3,384 be rounded off to 3,500.
So, now we have to find 3,500 ÷ 7
Now,
3,500 ÷ 7 = 35 hundreds ÷ 7
= 5 hundred
= 500
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 3,384 ÷ 7 can be rounded off to 500.

Find two estimates that the quotient is between.
Question 9.
22 ÷ 3
Answer: The Quotient of 22 ÷ 3 is between 7 and 8.

Explanation:
Use 21. , so 21 ÷ 3 = 7.
Use 24.  so 24 ÷ 3 = 8 .
22 is between 21 and 24.
So, the quotient of 22 ÷ 3 is between 7 and 8.

Question 10.
165 ÷ 9
Answer: The Quotient of 165 ÷ 9 is between 10 and 20

Explanation:
Use 90. 9 ÷ 9 = 1, so 90 ÷ 9 = 10.
Use 180. 18 ÷ 9 = 2, so 180 ÷ 9 = 20 .
165 is between 90 and 180.
So, the quotient of 165 ÷ 9 is between 10 and 20

Question 11.
2,387 ÷ 5
Answer: The Quotient of 2,387 ÷ 5 is between 400 and 500.

Explanation:
Use 2,000. 20 ÷ 5 = 4, so 2,000 ÷ 5 = 400.
Use 2,500. 25 ÷ 5 = 5, so 2,500 ÷ 5 = 500 .
2,387 is between 2,000 and 2,500.
So, the quotient of 2,387 ÷ 5 is between 400 and 500.

Question 12.
3,813 ÷ 4
Answer: The Quotient of 3,813 ÷ 4 is between 900 and 1,000

Explanation:
Use 3,600. 36 ÷ 4 = 9, so 3,600 ÷ 4 = 900.
Use 4,000. 40 ÷ 4 = 10, so 4,000 ÷ 4 = 1,000 .
3,813 is between 3,600 and 4,000.
So, the quotient of 2,387 ÷ 5 is between 400 and 500.

DIG DEEPER!
Estimate to compare.
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 4
Answer: 3 is greater than 2

Explanation;
Given Expressions are 26 ÷ 9 and 2
Let 26 be rounded to 27.
Now,
27 ÷ 9 = 3
Hence, from the above values,
We can conclude that 3 is greater than 2

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 5
Answer: 50 is equal to 50.

Explanation;
Given Expressions are 142 ÷ 3 and 50
Let 142 be rounded to 150.
Now,
150 ÷ 3 = 15 tens ÷ 3
= 5 tens
= 50
Hence, from the above values,
We can conclude that 50 is equal to 50.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 6
Answer: 80 is less than 90

Explanation;
Given Expressions are 645 ÷ 8 and 816 ÷ 9
Let 645 be rounded to 640.
Now,
640 ÷ 8 = 64 tens ÷ 8
= 8 tens
= 80
Let 816 be rounded to 810.
Now,
810 ÷ 9 = 81 tens ÷ 9
= 9 tens
= 90
Hence, from the above results,
We can conclude that 80 is less than 90

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 7
Answer: 200 is equal to 200

Explanation;
Given Expressions are 1,200 ÷ 6 and 800 ÷ 4
Now,
1,200 ÷ 6 = 12 hundreds ÷ 6
= 2 hundred
= 200
Now,
800 ÷ 4 = 80 tens ÷ 4
= 20 tens
= 200
Hence, from the above results,
We can conclude that 200 is equal to 200

Question 17.
A pizza shop owner has 2,532 coupons in pamphlets of 4 coupons each. He wants to determine whether he has enough pamphlets to give one to each of his first 600 customers. Can he use an estimate, or is an exact answer required? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 8

Answer: He has to use an Estimate.

Explanation:
Given that a pizza owner has 2,532 coupons in pamphlets of 4 coupons each and he wants to give one to each of his first 600 customers.
So, we have to first find the total number of coupons he has.
But, there are 2,532 coupons in pamphlets for 4 coupons each. The coupons are in such a way that we can cot divide all the coupons equally.
So, we have to find the estimate of 2,532
Let 2,532 be rounded to 2,400 ( Since the coupons are to be divided into 4 coupons each)
Hence,
2,400 ÷ 4 = 24 hundreds ÷ 4
= 6 hundred
= 600
From this,
We can conclude that the pizza owner has to use an Estimate.

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds a quotient. Is his answer reasonable? Estimate to check.
Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 9
Answer: His answer is reasonable

Explanation:
Given Expression is 273 ÷ 3
Let 273 be rounded to 270
Now,
270 ÷ 3 = 27 tens ÷ 3
= 9 tens
= 90
Since there is not much difference between the Estimate quotient and the quotient of your friend, his answer is reasonable.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 10
Answer: His answer is not reasonable.

Explanation:
Given Expression is 4,290 ÷ 6
Let 4,290 be rounded to 4,200
Now,
4,200 ÷ 6 = 42 hundreds ÷ 6
= 7 hundred
= 700
Since the Estimate quotient and the quotient of your friend has large difference, the answer of your friend is not reasonable.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Mount Nantai is 2,486 meters above sea level. It is about 8 times as many meters above sea level as the Taal Volcano. About how many meters above sea level is the Taal Volcano?

Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 11

Mount Nantai is about 8 times as many meters above sea level as the Taal Volcano, so estimate 2,486 ÷ 8.
Think: What number close to 2,486 is easily divided by 8?
Try 2,400. 24 ÷ 8 = 3, so 2,400 ÷ 8 = 300.
Try 3,200. 32 ÷ 8 = 4, so 3,200 ÷ 8 = 400.
Choose 2,400 because 2,486 is closer to 2,400.
So, the Taal Volcano is about 400 meters above sea level.

Show and Grow

Question 20.
There are about 3,785 milliliters in 1 gallon. There are 4 times as many milliliters in 1 gallon as there are in 1 quart. About how many milliliters are in 1 quart?
Answer: 900 milliliters

Explanation:
Given that there are about 3,785 milliliters in 1 gallon and there are 4 times as many milliliters in 1 gallon as there are in 1 quart.
So,
The number of milliliters in 1 gallon = the number of milliliters in 1 quant
So, we have to find 3,785 ÷ 4
Now,
Let 3,785 be rounded to 3,600
So,
3,600 ÷ 4 = 36 hundreds ÷ 4
= 9 hundred
= 900
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of milliliters in 1 quant is: 900 milliliters.

Question 21.
A teenager works at an amusement park for 3 months and earns $2,178. She earns the same amount each month. About how much money does she earn each month?

Answer: $700

Explanation:
Given that a teenager works at an amusement park for 3 months ad earns $2,178 and she earns the same amount each month.
So, the amount of money she earns each month = $2,178 ÷ 3
Now,
Let 2,178 be rounded to 2,100 (Since the amount of money is the same each month)
Now,
2,100 ÷ 3 = 21 hundreds ÷ 3
= 7 hundred
=700
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that she earns $700 each month.

Question 22.
An animal shelter has a bin filled with 456 pounds of dog food. There are 4 large dogs at the shelter who each eat 2 pounds of dog food each day. For about how many days can the dogs eat from the bin of food?

Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 12

Answer: The dogs eat food from the bin of food for about 60 days.

Explanation:
Given that an animal shelter has a bin filled with 456 pounds of dog food.
It is also given that there are 4 large dogs at the shelter who each eat 2 pounds of dog food each day.
So,
The total amount of food dogs eat = 4 × 2 = 8 pounds
So,
The number of days the total amount of food the dogs eat = Total amount of food ÷ Total amount of food dogs eat per each day
= 456 ÷ 8
Let,
456 be rounded to 480
Now,
480 ÷ 8 = 48 tens ÷ 8
= 6 tens
= 60
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the dogs complete the total food in about 60 days.

Estimate Quotients Homework & Practice 5.2

Estimate the quotient.

Question 1.
33 ÷ 4.
Answer: 8

Explanation;
Let 33 be rounded off to 32.
So, now we have to find 32 ÷ 4
Now,
32 ÷ 4 = 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 33 ÷ 4 can be rounded off to 8.

Question 2.
527 ÷ 9
Answer: 60

Explanation;
Let 527 be rounded off to 540.
So, now we have to find 540 ÷ 9
Now,
540 ÷ 9 = 54 tens ÷ 9
= 6 tens
= 60
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 527 ÷ 9 can be rounded off to 60.

Find two estimates that the quotient is between.

Question 3.
308 ÷ 7
Answer: The Quotient of 308 ÷ 7 is between 40 and 50

Explanation:
Use 280. 28 ÷ 7 = 4, so 280 ÷ 7 = 40.
Use 350. 35 ÷ 7 = 5, so 350 ÷ 7 = 50 .
308 is between 280 and 350.
So, the quotient of 308÷ 7 is between 40 and 50.

Question 4.
3,421 ÷ 6
Answer: The Quotient of 3,421 ÷ 6 is between 500 and 600

Explanation:
Use 3,000. 30 ÷ 6 = 5, so 3,000 ÷ 6 = 500.
Use 3,600. 36 ÷ 6 = 6, so 3,600 ÷ 6 = 600 .
3,421 is between 3,000 and 3,600.
So, the quotient of 3,421 ÷ 6 is between 500 and 600.

DIG DEEPER!
Estimate to compare
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 13
Answer: 30 is less than 40

Explanation;
Given Expressions are 97 ÷ 3 and 40
Let 97 be rounded to 90.
Now,
90 ÷ 3 = 30
Hence, from the above values,
We can conclude that 30 is greater than 40

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 14
Answer: 80 is greater than 20

Explanation;
Given Expressions are 425 ÷ 5 and 182 ÷7
Let 425 be rounded to 400.
Now,
400 ÷ 5 = 40 tens ÷ 5
= 8 tens
= 80
Let 182 be rounded to 140.
Now,
140 ÷ 7 =14 tens ÷ 7
= 2 tens
= 20
Hence, from the above results,
We can conclude that 80 is greater than 20

Question 7.
Three friends want to share 261 tickets equally. They want to determine whether they can each have at least 87 tickets. Can they use an estimate, or is an exact answer required? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 15

Answer: The three friends don’t have to use an Estimate and they needed an exact answer.

Explanation:
Given that 3 friends want to share 261 tickets equally and they want to determine whether they each have at least 87 tickets.
By using Estimate:
Let 261 be rounded to 270.
So, 270 tickets have to be shared among 3 friends.
Now,
270 ÷ 3 = 27 tens ÷ 3
= 9 tens
= 90
So, each friend have 90 tickets.
Now,
The given actual value is 261 tickets.
So,
261 ÷ 3 = ( 240 + 21 ) ÷ 3 ( Divide 261 into multiples of 3 so that all the partitioned numbers can be divided exactly)
= ( 240 ÷ 3) + ( 21 ÷ 3)
= 80 + 7
= 87 tickets.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the 3 friends required an exact number.

Question 8.
Reasoning
Explain how to find a better estimate for 462 ÷ 5 than the one shown.

Round 462 to 500. Estimate 500 ÷ 5. 500 ÷ 5 = 100, so 462 ÷ 5 is about 100.

Answer: The better estimate to find 462 ÷ 5 is to round off 462 to 450.

Explanation:
Given Expression is 462 ÷ 5
Let 462 be rounded to 450
So,
450 ÷ 5 = 45 tens ÷ 5
= 9 tens
= 90
Now,
Let 462 be rounded to 500.
So,
500 ÷ 5 = 5 hundreds ÷ 5
= 1 hundred
=100
But, 462 is near to 450 when compared to 450.
So,
We can conclude that
462 ÷ 5 = 90

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
A machine that makes toy spinners is in operation for 8 hours each day. The machine makes 7,829 toy spinners in 1 day. About how many toy spinners does the machine make each hour?

Answer: About 1,000 toy spinners the machine make each hour.

Explanation:
Given that a machine that makes toy spinners is in operation for 8 hours each day and the machine makes 7,829 toy spinners in 1 day.
So, to find the number of toy spinners the machine make each hour, we have to find the value of 7,829 ÷ 8
Now,
Let 7,829 be rounded to 8,000
So, 8,000 ÷ 8 = 80 hundreds ÷ 8
= 10 hundred
=1,000
So, from the above
We can conclude that about 1,000 toy spinners the machine make each hour.

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
A little penguin has 10,235 feathers. The penguin has about 3 times as many feathers as a blue jay. About how many feathers does the blue jay have?

Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.2 16
Answer: The blue jay have about 3,412 feathers.

Explanation;
Given that a penguin has 10,235 feathers and it has about 3 times as many feathers as a blue jay.
So,
The feathers of a blue jay = 10,235 ÷ 3
Now,
Let 10,235 be rounded to 10,236
So,
10,236 ÷ 3 = ( 9,000 + 1,236) ÷ 3
=( 9,000 ÷ 3 )+ ( 1,236 ÷ 3)
= 3,000 + 412
= 3,412 feathers
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are about 3,412 feathers in a blue jay.

Review & Refresh

Write an equation for the comparison sentence.

Question 11.
15 is 9 more than 6.

Answer:

Question 12.
56 is 7 times as many as 8.

Answer: 7 ×8 = 56

Explanation:
Given that 56 is 7 times as many as 8
That means 8 + 8 + 8+ 8 + 8 +8 + 8 = 56
= 7 ×8 = 56

Lesson 5.3 Understand Division and Remainder

Explore and Grow

Use base ten blocks to determine whether 14 can be divided equally among 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups. Draw and describe your models.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.3 1
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.3 2

Answer:

Structure
Explain why the units that are leftover cannot be put into a group.

Answer: The leftover units of the above group can not be put into a group because it is clearly mentioned that the blocks will have to be divided into equal parts.

Think and Grow: Find and Interpret Remainder

Sometimes you cannot divide a number evenly and there is an amount left over.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.3 3
The amount left over is called the remainder. Use an R to represent the remainder.

 

Show and Grow

Use a model to find the quotient and the remainder.

Question 1.
19 ÷ 6 = _____ R _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.3 5

Answer: 6 R 1

Explanation:
Number of Units in each group = 6
Number of units leftover = 1
So,
19 ÷ 6 = 6 R 1
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 2.
34 ÷ 5 = _____ R ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.3 6
Answer: 6 R 4

Explanation:
Number of Units in each group = 6
Number of units leftover = 4
So,
34 ÷ 5 = 6 R 4
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 3.
26 ÷ 3 = _____ R _____
Answer: 8 R 2

Explanation:
Divide 26 into 3 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 8
Number of units leftover = 2
Hence,
26 ÷ 3 = 8 R 2
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 4.
20 ÷ 7 = ______ R _____
Answer: 14 R 6

Explanation:
Divide 20 into 7 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 2
Number of units leftover = 6
Hence,
20 ÷ 7 = 14 R 6
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use a model to find the quotient and the remainder.
Question 5.
13 ÷ 2 = _____ R _____
Answer: 6 R 1

Explanation:
Divide 13 into 2 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 6
Number of units leftover = 1
Hence,
13 ÷ 2 = 6 R 1
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 6.
25 ÷ 9 = ____ R ____
Answer: 2 R 7

Explanation:
Divide 25 into 9 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 2
Number of units leftover = 7
Hence,
25 ÷ 9 = 2 R 7
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 7.
28 ÷ 8 = _______ R _____
Answer: 3 R 4

Explanation:
Divide 28 into 8 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 3
Number of units leftover = 4
Hence,
28 ÷ 8 = 3 R 4
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 8.
15 ÷ 4 = _____ R _____
Answer: 3 R 3

Explanation:
Divide 15 into 4 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 3
Number of units leftover = 3
Hence,
15 ÷ 4 = 3 R 3
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 9.
29 ÷ 6 = _____ R ______
Answer: 4 R 5

Explanation:
Divide 29 into 6 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 4
Number of units leftover = 5
Hence,
29 ÷ 6 = 4 R 5
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 10.
11 ÷ 5 = ______ R ______
Answer: 2 R 1

Explanation:
Divide 11 into 5 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 2
Number of units leftover = 1
Hence,
11 ÷ 5 = 2 R 1
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 11.
Descartes has 23 cat treats to divide equally among 4 friends. How many treats does he give each friend? How many treats are left over?
Answer:
The number of treats he gives to each friend = 5
The number of treats leftover = 3

Explanation:
Given that Descartes has 23 cat treats to divide equally among 4 friends.
So,
We have to find 23 ÷ 4 to find the number of treats he gives to each friend and the number of treats leftover
Now,
Divide 23 into 4 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 5
Number of units leftover = 3
So,
23 ÷ 4 = 5 R 3
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that,
The number of treats he gives to each friend = 5
The number of treats leftover = 3

Question 12.
You have 26 markers. How many groups of 3 markers can you make? How many markers are left over?
Answer:

The number of markers can you make = 8
The number of markers leftover = 2

Explanation:
Given that you have 26 markers and you have to make a group of 3 markers each.
So, we have to find 26 ÷ 3 so that we can find the number of markers that you make and the number of markers leftover.
Now,
Divide 26 into 3 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 8
Number of units leftover = 2
So,
26 ÷ 3 = 8 R 2
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that,
The number of markers can you make = 8
The number of markers leftover = 2

Question 13.
Structure
Write a division equation represented by the model.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.3 7
Answer: 19 ÷ 3 = 5 R 4

Explanation:
Given model is
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.3 7
So, from the above model, we can see that
The number of groups = 3
The number of units in each group = 5
The number of units leftover = 4
So, to find the total number of units,
Total number of units = (The number of groups × The number of units in each group ) + ( The number of units leftover)
= (5 × 3) + 4 = 15 + 4 = 19
Hence, from the above, the division equation represented by the model is:
19 ÷ 3 = 5 R 4

Question 14.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Is Newton correct? Draw a model to support your answer.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.3 8

Answer: Yes, Newton is correct.

Explanation:
The given  division equation is:
30 ÷ 4
From the division equation, we can see that
The number of units in each group = 6
The number of units leftover = 6
So, we can write
30 ÷ 4 = 6 R 6
Newton has also given the same division equation as we got above.
Hence, Newton is correct.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life
Example
A water taxi transports passengers to an island. The taxi holds no more than 8 passengers at a time. There are 53 people in line to ride the water taxi.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.3 9
• How many trips to the island are full?
• How many trips to the island are needed?
• How many passengers are on the last trip?
Use a model to find 53 ÷ 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.3 10
The quotient is 6. The remainder is 5.
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.

How many trips to the island are full?
“6”  is the number of trips that have 8 passengers.
So, 6 trips to the island are full.

How many trips to the island are needed?
6 trips are full and 1 trip is not full.
So, 7 trips are needed.

How many passengers are on the last trip?
“5”  is the number of passengers that are on the last trip.
So, 5 passengers are on their last trip.

Show and Grow

Question 15.
Tours of a crayon factory have no more than 9 guests. There are 87 guests in line to tour the factory.
• How many tours are full?
• How many tours are needed?
• How many guests are on the last tour?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.3 11

Answer:
a) 9 Tours are full.
b) 10 Tours are needed.
c) 6 guests are on the last tour.

Explanation:
Given that there are 87 guests in line to tour a crayon factory It is also given that there are no more than 9 guests in the tours of a crayon factory.
We have to observe that to make all the guests full on all the trips without leftovers, we will need 10 trips. i.e.., 90 guests.
So, now we have to find the number of guests in each tour of a crayon factory by finding the quotient and remainder of 87 ÷ 9.
Now,
87 ÷ 9
From this, we can see
The number of guests in each tour that are full = 9
The number of guests leftover on the last trip = 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
a) 9 Tours are full.
b) 10 Tours are needed.
c) 6 guests are on the last tour.

Understand Division and Remainder Homework & Practice 5.3

Use a model to find the quotient and the remainder.
Question 1.
25 ÷ 7 = _____ R _____
Answer: 3 R 4

Explanation:
Divide 25 into 7 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 3
Number of units leftover = 4
Hence,
25 ÷ 7 = 3 R 4
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 2.
19 ÷ 2 = ______ R ______
Answer: 9 R 1

Explanation:
Divide 19 into 2 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 9
Number of units leftover = 1
Hence,
19 ÷ 2 = 9 R 1
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 3.
27 ÷ 6 = _____ R ______
Answer: 4 R 3

Explanation:
Divide 27 into 6 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 4
Number of units leftover = 3
Hence,
27 ÷ 6 = 4 R 3
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 4.
26 ÷ 4 = ______ R ______
Answer: 6 R 2

Explanation:
Divide 26 into 4 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 6
Number of units leftover = 2
Hence,
26 ÷ 4 = 6 R 2
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Use a model to find the quotient and the remainder.
Question 5.
29 ÷ 8 = _____ R _____
Answer: 3 R 5

Explanation:
Divide 29 into 8 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 3
Number of units leftover = 5
Hence,
29 ÷ 8 = 3 R 5
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 6.
11 ÷ 2 = _____ R ______
Answer: 5 R 1

Explanation:
Divide 11 into 2 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 5
Number of units leftover = 1
Hence,
11 ÷ 2 = 5 R 1
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
A number divided by 4 has a remainder. What numbers might the remainder be? Explain.
Answer:

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
Tours of a space center can have no more than 7 guests. There are 31 guests in line to tour the space center.
• How many tours are full?
• How many tours are needed?
• How many guests are on the last tour?
Answer:
a) 4 Tours are full.
b) 5 Tours are needed.
c) 3 guests are on the last tour.

Explanation:
Given that there are 31 guests in line to tour the space center. It is also given that there are no more than 7 guests in the tours of a space center.
We have to observe that to make all the guests full on all the trips without leftovers, we will need 5 trips. i.e.., 35 guests.
So, now we have to find the number of guests in each tour of a crayon factory by finding the quotient and remainder of 31 ÷ 7.
Now,
31 ÷ 7
From this, we can see
The number of guests in each tour that are full = 4
The number of guests leftover on the last trip = 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
a) 4 Tours are full.
b) 5 Tours are needed.
c) 3 guests are on the last tour.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
You need 3 googly eyes to make one monster puppet. You have 28 googly eyes. How many monster puppets can you make?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.3 12
Answer: You can make 9 monster puppets.

Explanation:
Given that you need 3  googly eyes to make 1 monster puppet.
It is also given that you have 28 googly eyes.
So, to find the number of monster puppets that you can make with the given googly eyes, we have to find the quotient and remainder of 28 ÷ 3.
The quotient of 28 ÷ 3.is the number of monster puppets that you can make with the help of given googly eyes.
Now,
28 ÷ 3
From this, we can find
The number of units in each group = 9
The number of units leftover = 1
Now, we have to observe that “The number of units in each group” is the “Quotient”
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that You can make 9 monster puppets with 1 leftover.

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
Forty-one students attend tryouts for a debate league. Each team can have 6 students. How many students will not be on a team?
Answer: 5 students will not be on a team

Explanation:
Given that 41 students attend tryouts for a debate league and each team can have 6 students.
So, to find the number of students that can not form a team, we have to find the quotient and remainder of 41 ÷6
Now,
41 ÷ 6
From this, we can observe that
The number of students in each team = 6
The number of students that can not form a team = 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 5 students will not be on a team.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A book has 37 pages. You read 7 pages each day. How many days will it take you to finish the book?
Answer: About 5 days

Explanation:
Given that a book has 37 pages and you read 7 pages each day.
To find the number of days it will take to finish the book, we have to find the quotient of 37 ÷ 7.
Now,
37 ÷ 7
From this,
The number of groups that can be filled = 5
The number of groups that are leftover = 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the book will be finished in about 5 days.

Review & Refresh

Estimate the sum or difference.
Question 12.
50,917 – 23,846 = _____
Answer: 27,071

Question 13.
499,042 + 181,765 = ______
Answer: 680,807

5.4 Use Partial Quotients

Explore and Grow

Use the area models to find 3 × 12 and 36 ÷ 3.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.4 1
Answer:

Reasoning
How does the Distributive Property relate to each of the area models? Explain.

Answer: The “Distributive Property for Partial Quotients” works in a similar way to ” The Distributive Property of Partial Products”

Explanation:
Take the above 2 Area models as examples.
In the 1st Area model, we have to find 3 × 12.
Now, by using the Distributive Property of Partial Products,
3 × 12 = 3 × (10 + 2)
= ( 3 ×10 ) + ( 3 × 2 )
= 30 + 6
= 36
Hence, 3 × 12 = 36
In the 2ndArea model, we have to find 36 ÷ 3
Now, by using the Distributive Property for Partial Quotients,
36 ÷ 3 = ( 30 + 6 ) ÷ 3
= ( 30 ÷ 3 ) + ( 6 ÷ 3 )
= 10 + 2
= 12
Hence, 36 ÷ 3 = 12

Note:  When the quotient has to divide into Partial quotients, the partial quotients has to be the multiples of the number that has to  divide the quotient.

Think and Grow: Use Partial Quotients to Divide

To divide using partial quotients, subtract a multiple of the divisor that is less than the dividend. Continue to subtract multiples until the remainder is less than the divisor. The factors that are multiplied by the divisor are called partial quotients. Their sum is the quotient.
Example
Use an area model and partial quotients to find 235 ÷ 5.

Show and Grow

Use an area model and partial quotients to divide.
Question 1.
60 ÷ 4 = _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.4 3

Answer:

Explanation:
By using the Distributive Property for Partial Quotients,
60 ÷ 4 = ( 40 + 20 ) ÷ 4
= ( 40 ÷ 4 ) + ( 20 ÷ 4 )
= 10 + 5
= 15
Hence, 60 ÷ 4 = 15

Question 2.
192 ÷ 3 = _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.4 4

Answer:

Explanation:
By using the Distributive Property for Partial Quotients,
192 ÷ 3 = ( 180 + 12 ) ÷ 3
= ( 180 ÷ 3 ) + ( 12 ÷ 3 )
= 60 + 4
= 64
Hence, 192 ÷ 3 = 64

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 3.
Use an area model and partial quotients to find 264 ÷ 8.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.4 5

Answer:

Explanation:
By using the Distributive Property for Partial Quotients,
264 ÷ 8 = ( 240 + 24 ) ÷ 8
= ( 240 ÷ 8 ) + ( 24 ÷ 8 )
= 30 + 3
= 33
Hence, 264 ÷ 8 = 33

Use partial quotients to divide
Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 96 } \)

Answer: 

Explanation:
By using the Distributive Property for Partial Quotients,
96 ÷ 4 = ( 80 + 16 ) ÷ 4
= ( 80 ÷ 4 ) + ( 16 ÷ 4 )
= 20 + 4
= 24
Hence, 96 ÷ 4 = 24

Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 9 ]{ 405 } \)
Answer:

Explanation:
By using the Distributive Property for Partial Quotients,
405 ÷ 9 = ( 360 + 45 ) ÷ 9
= ( 360 ÷ 9 ) + ( 45 ÷ 9 )
= 40 + 5
= 45
Hence, 405 ÷ 9 = 45

Question 6.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 378 } \)
Answer:

Explanation:
By using the Distributive Property for Partial Quotients,
378 ÷ 6 = ( 360 + 18 ) ÷ 6
= ( 360 ÷ 6 ) + ( 18 ÷ 6 )
= 60 + 3
= 63
Hence, 378 ÷ 6 = 63

Question 7.
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 84 } \)
Answer:

Explanation:
By using the Distributive Property for Partial Quotients,
84 ÷ 7 = ( 70 + 14 ) ÷ 7
= ( 70 ÷ 7 ) + ( 14 ÷ 7 )
= 10 +2
= 12
Hence, 84 ÷ 7 = 12

Question 8.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 735 } \)
Answer:

Explanation:
By using the Distributive Property for Partial Quotients,
735 ÷ 5 = ( 700 + 35 ) ÷ 5
= ( 700 ÷ 5 ) + ( 35 ÷ 5 )
= 140 + 7
= 147
Hence, 735 ÷ 5 = 147

Question 9.
Structure
Find the missing numbers.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.4 6
Answer: The missing numbers are: 60, 20, and 3.

Explanation:

By using the Distributive Property for Partial Quotients,
332 ÷ 4 = ( 240 + 80 + 12 ) ÷ 4
= ( 240 ÷ 4 ) + ( 80 ÷ 4 ) + ( 12 ÷ 4 )
= 60 + 20 + 3
= 83
Hence, 332 ÷ 4 = 63

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
There are 8 students on each tug-of-war team. How many tug-of-war teams are there?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.4 7
Use an area model and partial quotients to find 128 ÷ 8.

 

Show and Grow

Use the table above.
Question 10.
There are 5 students on each relay race team. How many relay race teams are there?
Answer: 18 relay race teams

Explanation:
The given number of students in relay race = 90
Given that there are 5 students on each relay race team.
SO, to find the number of relay race teams, we have to find the value of 90 ÷ 5.

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 18 relay race teams.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
There are 6 students on beach volleyball team. There are 4 fewer students on each water balloon toss team than each volleyball team. How many of each team are there?

Answer: There are 78 teams of water balloon toss team.

Explanation:
Given that,
The total number of students in the volleyball team = 96
The total number of students in the water balloon toss team = 156
It is also given that,
There are 6 students on each volleyball team and there are 4 fewer students on each water balloon toss team.
So,
The number of students on  water balloon toss team = 6 – 4 = 2 students.
Hence, to find the number of students on each water balloon toss team, we have to find the value of 156 ÷ 2 by using the Distributive Property of Partial quotients.
Using the Distributive Property of Partial quotients,
156 ÷ 2 = ( 140 + 16 ) ÷ 2
= ( 140 ÷ 2 ) + ( 16 ÷ 2 )
= 70 + 8
= 78
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 78 students on each water balloon toss team.

Question 12.
Twenty-seven students were absent on the day of sign-ups. They all decide to play kickball. There are 9 students on each kickball team. How many kickball teams are there?

Answer:  There are 3 kickball teams

Explanation:
Given that there are 27 students who were absent on the day of sign-ups and they all decide to play kickball. It is also given that there are 9 students on each kickball team.
So, to find the number of kickball teams, we have to find the value of 27 ÷ 9
Now, by using the Distributive Property of partial quotients,
27 ÷ 9 = ( 18 + 9 ) ÷ 9
= ( 18 ÷ 9 ) + ( 9 ÷ 9 )
= 2 + 1
= 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 3 kickball teams.

Use Partial Quotients Homework & Practice 5.4

Question 1.
Use an area model and partial quotients to find 345 ÷ 5.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.4 9

Answer:

Explanation:
Using the Distributive Property of Partial quotients,
345 ÷ 5 = ( 300 + 45 ) ÷ 5
= ( 300 ÷ 5 ) + ( 45 ÷ 5 )
= 60 + 9
= 69
Hence, 345 ÷ 5 = 63

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 2.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 90 } \)
Answer: 15

Explanation:
Using the Distributive Property of Partial quotients,
90 ÷ 6 = ( 60 + 30 ) ÷ 6
= ( 60 ÷ 6 ) + ( 30 ÷ 6 )
= 10 + 5
= 15
Hence, 90 ÷ 6 = 15

Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 48 } \)
Answer: 16

Explanation:
Using the Distributive Property of Partial quotients,
48 ÷ 3 = ( 18 + 30 ) ÷ 3
= ( 30 ÷ 3 ) + ( 18 ÷ 3 )
= 10 + 6
= 16
Hence, 48 ÷ 3 = 16

Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 8 ]{ 200 } \)
Answer: 25

Explanation:
Using the Distributive Property of Partial quotients,
200 ÷ 8 = ( 160 + 40 ) ÷ 8
= ( 160 ÷ 8 ) + ( 40 ÷ 8 )
= 20 + 5
= 25
Hence, 200 ÷ 8 = 25

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 56 } \)
Answer: 14

Explanation:
Using the Distributive Property of Partial quotients,
56 ÷ 4 = ( 40 + 16 ) ÷ 4
= ( 40 ÷ 4 ) + ( 16 ÷ 4 )
= 10 + 4
= 14
Hence, 56 ÷ 4 = 14

Question 6.
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 511 } \)
Answer: 73

Explanation:
Using the Distributive Property of Partial quotients,
511 ÷ 7 = ( 490 + 21 ) ÷ 7
= ( 490 ÷ 7 ) + ( 21 ÷ 7 )
= 70 + 3
= 73
Hence, 511 ÷ 7 = 73

Question 7.
\(\sqrt [ 9 ]{ 423 } \)
Answer: 47

Explanation;
Using the Distributive Property of Partial quotients,
423 ÷ 9 = ( 360 + 63 ) ÷ 9
= ( 360 ÷ 9 ) + ( 63 ÷ 9 )
= 40 + 7
= 47
Hence, 423 ÷ 9 = 47

Question 8.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes finds 952 ÷ 8. Is he correct? Explain.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.4 10

Answer: Descartes is correct.

Explanation:

By using the Distributive Property for Partial Quotients,
952 ÷ 8 = ( 800 + 80 + 72 ) ÷ 8
= ( 800 ÷ 8 ) + ( 80 ÷ 8 ) + ( 72 ÷ 8 )
= 100 + 10 + 9
= 119
Hence, 952 ÷ 8 = 119

Question 9.
Writing
Explain how you can solve a division problem in more than one-way using partial quotients.
Answer: We can solve partial quotients in more than one-way by dividing the partial quotients in more than 2 multiples.

Explanation:
Take an example of 952 ÷ 8.

From the above, we can see that the partial quotients are divided in to 3 quotients which are the multiples of 8.

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
Each shelter animal gets 3 toys. How many shelter animals are there?

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.4 11

Answer: There are 56 shelter animals.

Explanation:
From the given table,
The number of toys donated = 168
It is also given that each shelter animal gets 3 toys.
So,
The number of shelter animals = The number of toys donated ÷ The number of toys that each shelter animal gets
= 168 ÷ 3
By using the Distributive property of quotients,
168 ÷ 3 = ( 150 + 18 ) ÷ 3
= ( 150 ÷ 3 ) + ( 18 ÷ 3 )
= 50 + 6
= 56
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 56 shelter animals.

Review & Refresh

Find the product.
Question 11.
40 × 70 = _____
Answer: 2,800

Explanation:
Using the Place-value method,
40 × 70 = 40 × 7 tens
= 4 tens × 7 tens
= 28 × 1 ten × 1 ten
= 28 × 10 × 10
= 2,800
Hence, 40 × 70 = 2,800

Question 12.
30 × 58 = ______
Answer: 1740

Explanation:
Using the Distributive Property of partial products,
30 × 58 = 30 × ( 50 + 8 )
= ( 30 × 50 ) + ( 30 × 8 )
= 1,500 + 240
= 1,740
Hence, 30 × 58 = 1,740

Question 13.
62 × 90 = ______
Answer: 5580

Explanation:
Using the place-value method,
62 × 90 = 62 × 9 tens
= 558 tens
= 558 × 10
= 5,580
Hence,62 × 90 = 5,580

Lesson 5.5 Use Partial Quotients with a Remainder

Explore and Grow

Use an area model to find 125 ÷ 5.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.5 1

Answer:

Explanation:
Using the Distributive Property of partial quotients,
125 ÷ 5 = ( 100 + 25 ) ÷ 5
= ( 100 ÷ 5 ) + ( 25 ÷ 5 )
= 20 + 5
= 25
Hence, 125 ÷ 5 = 25

Can you use an area model to find 128 ÷ 5? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.5 2

Answer: We can’t use an area model to find 128 ÷ 5 because 128 can’t be divided by 5 as 128 leaves a remainder.

Explanation:
Given division Expression is 128 ÷ 5
From this Expression, we can say that 128 can’t be divided by 5
When 128 is divided by 5, it leaves a remainder of 3.
So,
128 ÷ 5
From this,
The number of units in each group = 25
The number of units that are leftover = 3
Hence,
128 ÷ 5 = 25 R 3

Construct Arguments
Explain to your partner how your model shows that 5 does not divide evenly into 128.

Answer:


                               


Like the above arrangement, do the remaining 20 times.
Hence, we arranged 125 models in to a group and there are 3 models that are not fit in the group.
In this way, 128 will not be divided by 5 evenly.

Think and Grow: Practice

Example
Use partial quotients to find 2,918 ÷ 4.

So, 2,918 ÷ 4 = 2,916 R 2.

Show and Grow

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 1.
82 ÷ 3 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.5 5
Answer: 27 R 1

Explanation:

Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
82 ÷ 3 = ( 60 + 21 ) ÷ 3
= ( 60 ÷ 3 ) + ( 21 ÷ 3)
= 20 + 7
= 27 R 1
Hence, 82 ÷ 3 = 27 R 1

Question 2.
754 ÷ 9 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.5 6
Answer: 83 R 7

Explanation:

Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
754 ÷ 9 = ( 720 + 27 ) ÷ 9
= ( 720 ÷ 9 ) + ( 27 ÷ 9 )
= 80 + 3
= 83 R 7
Hence, 754 ÷ 9 = 83 R 7

Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 8 ]{ 460 } \)
Answer:  57 R 4

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
460 ÷ 8 = ( 400 + 56 ) ÷ 8
= ( 400 ÷ 8 ) + ( 56 ÷ 8 )
= 50 + 7
= 57 R 4
Hence, 460 ÷ 8 = 57 R 4

Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 3,242 } \)
Answer: 648 R 2

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
3,242 ÷ 5 = ( 3,000 + 200 + 40 ) ÷ 5
= ( 3,000 ÷ 5 ) + ( 200 ÷ 5 ) + ( 40 ÷ 5 )
= 600 + 40 + 8
= 648 R 2
Hence, 3,242 ÷ 5 = 648 R 2

Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 5,850 } \)
Answer: 975 R 0

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
5,850 ÷ 6 = ( 5,400 + 420 + 30 ) ÷ 6
= ( 5,400 ÷ 6 ) + ( 420 ÷ 6 ) + ( 30 ÷ 6 )
= 900 + 70 + 5
Hence, 5,850 ÷ 6 = 975 R 0

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 6.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 63 } \)
Answer: 12 R 3

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
63 ÷ 5 = ( 50 + 10 ) ÷ 5
= ( 50 ÷ 5 ) + ( 10 ÷ 5 )
= 10 + 2
= 12 R 3
Hence, 63 ÷ 5 = 12 R 3

Question 7.
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 401 } \)
Answer: 57 R 2

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
401 ÷ 7 = ( 350 + 49 ) ÷ 7
= ( 350 ÷ 7 ) + ( 49 ÷ 7 )
= 50 + 7
= 57 R 2
Hence, 401 ÷ 7 = 57 R 2

Question 8.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 5,237 } \)
Answer: 1,309 R 1

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
5,237 ÷ 4 = ( 5,200 + 36 ) ÷ 4
= ( 5,200 ÷ 4 ) + ( 36 ÷ 4 )
= 1,300 + 9
= 1,309 R 1
Hence, 5,237 ÷ 4 = 1,309 R 1

Question 9.
\(\sqrt [ 9 ]{ 256 } \)
Answer: 28 R 4

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
256 ÷ 9 = ( 180 + 72 ) ÷ 9
= ( 180 ÷ 9 ) + ( 72 ÷ 9 )
= 20 + 8
= 28 R 4
Hence, 256 ÷ 9 = 28 R 4

Question 10.
\(\sqrt [ 8 ]{ 945 } \)
Answer: 118 R 1

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
945 ÷ 8 = ( 880 + 64 ) ÷ 8
= ( 880 ÷ 8 ) + ( 64 ÷ 8 )
= 110 + 8
= 118 R 1
Hence, 945 ÷ 8 = 118 R 1

Question 11.
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 7,043 } \)
Answer: 3521 R 1

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
7,043 ÷ 2 = ( 7,000 + 42 ) ÷ 2
= ( 7,000 ÷ 2 ) + ( 42 ÷ 2 )
= 3,500 + 21
= 3,521 R 1
Hence, 7,043 ÷ 2 = 3,521 R 1

Question 12.
The third, fourth, and fifth grades make 146 science projects for a fair. Did each grade make the same number of projects? Explain.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.5 7

Answer:  No, each grade did not make the same number of projects.

Explanation:
It is given that the third, fourth, and fifth grades make 146 science projects for a fair.
From this,
The total number of grades = 3
Now, to find whether each grade makes the same number of projects or not, we can find out by knowing the value of 146 ÷ 3.
Now,
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
146 ÷ 3 = ( 120 + 24 ) ÷ 3
= ( 120 ÷ 3 ) + ( 24 ÷ 3 )
= 40 + 8
= 48 R 2
Hence, 146 ÷ 3 = 48 R 2

Question 13.
Structure
Newton found 315 ÷ 6. Explain how the steps would be different if he had used 50 as the first partial quotient?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.5 8
Answer:

By changing the first partial quotient to 50, the number of partial quotients reduced to 2, and hence the calculation of the division becomes easy.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
There are 1,862 people attending a mud run. Each wave of runners can have8 people. How many waves of runners are needed?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.5 9
Use partial quotients to find 1,862 ÷ 8.

1,862 ÷ 8 = 232 R 6
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 232. This means that 232 waves of runners will have 8 people.
The remainder is 6. This means that 1 wave of runners will have 6 people.
So, 1864  waves of runners are needed.

Show and Grow

Question 14.
A juice factory has 768 fluid ounces of juice for guests to sample. A worker pours the juice into 5-fluid ounce cups. How many cups does the worker fill?
Answer: The number of cups that the worker fill = 153 cups

Explanation:
Given that a juice factory has 78 fluid ounces of juice for guests to sample and a worker pours the juice into 5- fluid ounce cups.
To find the number of cups that the worker fill, we have to find the quotient of 768 ÷ 5
Now,
768 ÷ 5 = ( 700 + 60 + 5 ) ÷ 5
= ( 700 ÷ 5 ) + ( 60 ÷ 5 ) + ( 5 ÷ 5 )
= 140 + 12 + 1
= 153 R 3
Hence,
The number of cups that the worker fill = 153 cups

Question 15.
A toy company designs 214 collectible figures. The company releases 6 of the figures each month. How many months will it take the company to release all of the collectible figures? How many years will it take?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.5 11
Answer:
The number of months that the company released all the toys = About 35 years
The number of years that the company released all the toys = About 3 years

Explanation:
Given that a toy company designs 214 collectible figures and the company releases 6 of the figures each month.
Now,
The number of months that the company released all toys = 214 ÷ 6
Now,
214 ÷ 6 = ( 180 + 30 ) ÷ 6
= ( 180 ÷ 6 ) + ( 30 ÷ 6 )
= 30 + 5
= 35 R 4
We know that,
1 year = 12 months
It is given that 6 figures released each month.
So, for 1 year, 72 toys will be released.
Now,
The number of years that the company released all the toys = 214 ÷ 72
Now,
214 ÷ 72 = 2 R 70
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of months that the company released all the toys = About 35 years
The number of years that the company released all the toys = About 3 years

Use Partial Quotients with a Remainder Homework & Practice 5.5

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 67 } \)
Answer: 16 R 3

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
67 ÷ 4 = ( 60 + 4 ) ÷ 4
= ( 60 ÷ 4 ) + ( 4 ÷ 4 )
= 15 + 1
= 16 R 3
Hence, 67 ÷ 4 = 16 R 3

Question 2.
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 715 } \)
Answer: 357 R 1

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
715 ÷ 2 = ( 700 + 14 ) ÷ 2
= ( 700 ÷ 2 ) + ( 14 ÷ 2 )
= 350 + 7
= 357 R 1
Hence, 715 ÷ 2 = 357 R 1

Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 1,308 } \)
Answer: 261 R 3

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
1,308 ÷ 5 = ( 1,000 + 300 + 5 ) ÷ 5
= ( 1,000 ÷ 5 ) + ( 300 ÷ 5 ) + ( 5 ÷ 5 )
= 200 + 60 + 1
= 261 R 3
Hence, 1,308 ÷ 5 = 261 R 3

Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 516 } \)
Answer: 172 R 0

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
516 ÷ 3 = ( 510 + 6 ) ÷ 3
= ( 510 ÷ 3 ) + ( 6 ÷ 3 )
= 170 + 2
= 172 R 0
Hence, 516 ÷ 3 = 172 R 0

Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 9 ]{ 2,497 } \)
Answer: 277 R 4

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
2,497 ÷ 9 = ( 1,800 + 630 + 36 + 27 )  ÷ 9
= ( 1,800 ÷ 9 ) + ( 630 ÷ 9 ) + ( 36 ÷ 9 ) + ( 27 ÷ 9 )
= 200 + 70 + 4 + 3
= 277 R 4
Hence, 2,497 ÷ 9 = 277 R 4

Question 6.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 831 } \)
Answer: 138 R 3

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
831 ÷ 6 = ( 780 + 48 ) ÷ 6
= (780 ÷ 6 ) + ( 48 ÷ 6 )
= 130 + 8
= 138 R 3
Hence, 831 ÷ 6 = 138 R 3

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 7.
\(\sqrt [ 9 ]{ 476 } \)
Answer: 52 R 8

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
476 ÷ 9 = ( 450 + 18 ) ÷ 9
= ( 450 ÷ 9 ) + ( 18 ÷ 9 )
= 50 + 2
= 52 R 8
Hence, 476 ÷ 9 = 52 R 8

Question 8.
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 2,254 } \)
Answer: 322 R 0

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
2,254 ÷ 7 = ( 2,100 + 140 + 14 ) ÷ 7
= ( 2,100 ÷ 7 ) + ( 140 ÷ 7 ) + ( 14 ÷ 7 )
= 300 + 20 + 2
= 322 R 0
Hence, 2,254 ÷ 7 = 322 R 0

Question 9.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 3,018 } \)
Answer: 754 R 2

Explanation:
Using Distributive property of partial quotients,
3,018 ÷ 4 = ( 2,800 + 200 + 16 ) ÷ 4
= ( 2,800 ÷ 4 ) + ( 200 ÷ 4 ) + ( 16 ÷ 4 )
= 700 + 50 + 4
= 754 R 2
Hence, 3,018 ÷ 4 = 754 R 2

Question 10.
Reasoning
Show how to use the least number of partial quotients to find 3,526 ÷ 4

Answer:
By using the Distributive property of partial quotients,
3,526 ÷ 4 = ( 3,520 + 4) ÷ 4
= ( 3,520 ÷ 4 ) + ( 4 ÷ 4 )
= 880 + 1
= 881 R 2
Hence, 3,526 ÷ 4 = 881 R 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the least number of partial quotients are “2” in 3,526 ÷ 4

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A gardening center has 1,582 pots to fill. Each bag of soil can fill 4 pots. How many bags of soil are needed?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.5 12

Answer: The number of bags of soil needed = 395 R 2

Explanation:
Given that a gardening center has 1,582 pots to fill and each bag of soil can fill 4 pots.
So, the number of bags of soil needed = Number of pots ÷ Number of pots that each bag of soil fill
= 1,582 ÷ 4
By using the Distributive property of quotients,
1,582 ÷ 4 = ( 1,200 + 360 + 20 ) ÷ 4
= ( 1,200 ÷ 4 ) + ( 360 ÷ 4 ) + ( 20 ÷ 4 )
= 300 + 90 + 5
= 395 R 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of bags of soil needed are: 395 R 2

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 178 photos. You put 3 photos on each page of an album. Your friend has 354 photos. She puts 6 photos on each page of an album. Who uses more pages? Explain.
Answer: The one who has 178 photos uses more pages.

Explanation:
Given that you 178 photos and you put 3 photos on each page of an album.
Hence, The number of pages used by you = The number of photos ÷ The number of photos on each page of an album
= 178 ÷ 3
By using the Distributive property of quotients,
178 ÷ 3 = ( 150 + 27 ) ÷ 3
= ( 150 ÷ 3 ) + ( 27 ÷ 3 )
= 50 + 9
= 59 R 1 pages
It is also given that your friend has 354 photos and she puts 6 photos on each page of an album.
Hence, The number of pages used by your friend = The number of photos ÷ The number of photos on each page of an album
= 354 ÷ 6
By using the Distributie property of quotients,
354 ÷ 6 = ( 300 + 48 + 6 ) ÷ 6
= ( 300 ÷ 6 ) + ( 48 ÷ 6 ) + ( 6 ÷ 6 )
= 50 + 8 + 1
= 59 pages
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that you have more pages wh0 have 60 pages.

Review & Refresh

Question 13.
An Olympic swimmer wants to eat 10,000 calories each day. He eats 3,142 calories at breakfast and 3,269 calories at lunch. How many more calories must the swimmer eat to reach his goal?
Answer: The swimmer must eat 3,589 calories to reach his goal.

Explanation:
Given that an Olympic swimmer wants to eat 10,000 calories each day.
It is also given that he eats 3,142 calories at breakfast and 3,269 calories at lunch.
So,
The total calories he eat = 3,142 + 3,269 = 6,411 calories
Hence,
The number of calories he wants to eat more to reach his goal = Total number of calories – The number of calories he eats
= 10,000 – 6,411
= 3,589 calories
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the swimmer must eat 3,589 calories to reach his goal.

Lesson 5.6 Divide Two-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Use a model to find each quotient. Draw each model.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.6 1
84 ÷ 4

85 ÷ 5
Answer:
84 ÷ 4 = 21
85 ÷ 5 = 17

Explanation:
Let the given Expressions be marked as A) and B)
So,
A) 84 ÷4  B) 85 ÷ 5
Now,
By using the Distributive property of partial quotients,
84 ÷ 4 = ( 80 + 4 ) ÷ 4
= ( 80 ÷ 4 ) + ( 4 ÷ 4 )
= 20 + 1
= 21
Hence, 84 ÷ 4 = 21
By using the Distributive property of partial quotients,
85 ÷ 5 = ( 80 + 5 0 ÷ 5
= ( 80 ÷ 5 ) + ( 5 ÷ 5 )
= 16 + 1
= 17
Hence, 85 ÷ 5 = 17

Construct Arguments
Explain to your partner how your methods for finding the quotients above are the same. Then explain how they are different.
Answer: Let you and your partner are finding the value of 70 ÷ 5.
You want to use the Partial quotients method and your partner wants to use the area model method.
Even though the methods of your’s and your partner are different, the answer will be the same.
Now,
By using the Distributive Property of partial quotients,
70 ÷ 5 = ( 65 + 5) ÷ 5
= ( 65 ÷ 5 ) + ( 5 ÷ 5 )
= 13 + 1
= 14
So, 70 ÷ 5 = 14
Now,
By using the Area Model,
70 ÷ 5
From this,
The number of units that are grouped together = 14
The number of units that are leftover = 0
So, 70 ÷ 5 = 14 R 0

Think and Grow: Use Regrouping to Divide

Show and Grow

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.6 3
Answer: 96 ÷ 6 = 16

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
96 ÷ 6 = ( 90 + 6 ) ÷ 6
= ( 90 ÷ 6 ) + ( 6 ÷ 6 )
= 15 + 1
= 16
Hence, 96 ÷ 6 = 16

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.6 4
Answer: 88 ÷ 2 = 44

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
88 ÷ 2 = ( 80 + 8 ) ÷ 2
= ( 80 ÷ 2 ) + ( 8 ÷ 2 )
= 40 + 4
= 44
So, 88 ÷ 2 = 44

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.6 5
Answer: 74 ÷ 5 = 14 R 4

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
74 ÷ 5 = ( 65 + 5 ) ÷ 5
= ( 65 ÷ 5 ) + ( 5 ÷ 5 )
= 13 + 1
= 14
So, 74 ÷ 5 = 14 R 4

Apply and Grow: Practice

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 60 } \)
Answer: 60 ÷ 5 = 12

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
60 ÷ 5 = ( 55 + 5 ) ÷ 5
= ( 55 ÷ 5 ) + ( 5 ÷ 5 )
= 11 + 1
= 12
Hence, 60 ÷ 5 = 12

Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 70 } \)
Answer: 70 ÷ 6 = 11 R 4

Explanation:
70 ÷ 6 = ( 60 + 6 ) ÷ 6
= ( 60 ÷ 6 ) + ( 6 ÷ 6 )
= 10 + 1
= 11
Hence, 70 ÷ 6 = 11 R 4

Question 6.
\(\sqrt [ 8 ]{ 90 } \)
Answer: 90 ÷ 8 = 11 R 2

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
90 ÷ 8 = ( 80 + 8 ) ÷ 8
= ( 80 ÷ 8 ) + ( 8 ÷ 8 )
= 10 + 1
= 11
Hence, 90 ÷ 8 = 11 R 2

Question 7.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 93 } \)
Answer: 93 ÷ 3 = 31 R 0

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
93 ÷ 3 = ( 90 + 3 ) ÷ 3
= ( 90 ÷ 3 ) + ( 3 ÷ 3 )
= 30 + 1
= 31
Hence, 93 ÷ 3 = 31 R 0

Question 8.
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 45 } \)
Answer: 45 ÷ 2 = 22 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partila quotients method,
45 ÷ 2 = ( 40 + 4 ) ÷ 2
= ( 40 ÷ 2 ) + ( 4 ÷ 2 )
= 20 + 2
= 22
Hence, 45 ÷ 2 = 22 R 1

Question 9.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 64 } \)
Answer: 64 ÷ 3 = 21 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
64 ÷ 3 = ( 60 + 3 ) ÷ 3
= ( 60 ÷ 3 ) + ( 3 ÷ 3 )
= 20 + 1
= 21
Hence, 64 ÷ 3 = 21 R 1

Question 10.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 42} \)
Answer: 42 ÷ 6 = 7

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
42 ÷ 6 = ( 36 + 6 ) ÷ 6
= ( 36 ÷ 6 ) + ( 6 ÷ 6 )
= 6 + 1
= 7
Hence, 42 ÷ 6 = 7

Question 11.
\(\sqrt [ 8 ]{ 36 } \)
Answer: 36 ÷ 8 = 4 R 4

Explanantion:
By using the partial quotients method,
36 ÷ 8 = ( 24 + 8 ) ÷ 8
= ( 24 ÷ 8 ) + ( 8 ÷ 8 )
= 3 + 1
= 4 R 4
Hence, 36 ÷ 8 = 4 R 4

Question 12.
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 50 } \)
Answer: 50 ÷ 7 = 7 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
50 ÷ 7 = ( 42 + 7 ) ÷ 7
= ( 42 ÷ 7 ) + ( 7 ÷ 7 )
= 6 + 1
= 7
Hence, 50 ÷ 7 = 7 R 1

Question 13.
Writing
Explain how you can use estimation to check the reasonableness of your answer when dividing a two-digit number by a one-digit number.
Answer:  We can check the estimation to check the reasonableness of the answer when dividing a two-digit number by a one-digit number by 2 methods. They are:
A) The partial quotients method  B) Regrouping  C) Area model method

Question 14.
Structure
Find the missing numbers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.6 6
Answer: The missing numbers are: 4, 2, 5, 2, and 2 ( The order of numbers is from top to bottom)

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
72 ÷ 5 = ( 65 + 5 ) ÷ 5
= ( 65 ÷ 5 ) + ( 5 ÷ 5 )
= 13 + 1
= 14
Hence, 72 ÷ 5 = 14 R 2

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A house cat has 64 muscles in its ears. It has the same number of muscles in each ear. How many muscles does the house cat have in each ear?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.6 7
The house cat has 2 ears, so find 64 ÷ 2.
Think: 64 is 6 tens and 4 ones.
Divide the tens.

Show and Grow

Question 15.
You earn 5 cents for each plastic bottle you recycle. You recycle some bottles and earn 75 cents. How many bottles did you recycle?
Answer:  75 ÷ 5 = 15 bottles

Explanation:
Given,
The cost of each plastic bottle you recycle = 5 cents
The total money earned by recycling plastic bottles = 75 cents
So,
The number of plastic bottles = The total money earned by recycling plastic bottles ÷ The cost of each plastic bottle you recycle
=75 ÷ 5
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
75 ÷ 5 = ( 70 + 5 ) ÷ 5
= ( 70 ÷ 5 ) + ( 5 ÷ 5 )
= 14 + 1
= 15
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 15 plastic bottles that are recycled.

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
A cross-country runner must run 80 miles in 1 week. He wants to run about the same number of miles each day. How many miles should he run each day? How can you interpret the remainder?
Answer: 80 ÷ 7 = 11 R 3

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
80 ÷ 7 = ( 70 + 7 ) ÷ 7
= ( 70 ÷ 7 ) + ( 7 ÷ 7 )
= 10 + 1
= 11
Hence, 80 ÷ 7 = 11 R 3

Question 17.
Admission to a go-kart park costs a total of $78 for 3 adults and 3 children. The price is the same for all ages. What is the cost of admission for each person?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.6 9
Answer: 78 ÷ 6 = $13

Explanation:
Given that admission to a go-kart, park costs a total of $78 for 3 adults and 3 children and it is also given that the price is the same for all ages.
Hence, the price for children and adults are the same.
Hence, total number of people = 3 adults + 3 children = 6 people
To find the cost of admission for each person, we have to find the value of 78 ÷ 6
Now,
By using the partial products method,
78 ÷ 6 = ( 60 + 18 ) ÷ 6
= ( 60 ÷ 6 ) + ( 18 ÷ 6 )
= 10 + 3
= 13
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the cost of admission for each person is: $13.

Divide Two-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 5.6

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.6 10
Answer: 85 ÷ 5 = 17

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
85 ÷ 5 = ( 80 + 5 ) ÷ 5
= ( 80 ÷ 5 ) + ( 5 ÷ 5 )
= 16 + 1
= 17
Hence, 85 ÷ 5 = 17

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.6 11
Answer: 63 ÷ 3 = 21

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
63 ÷ 3 = ( 60 + 3 ) ÷ 3
= ( 60 ÷ 3 ) + ( 3 ÷ 3 )
=20 + 1
= 21
Hence, 63 ÷ 3 = 21

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.6 12
Answer: 94 ÷ 7 =13 R 3

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
94 ÷7 = ( 84 + 7 ) ÷ 7
= ( 84 ÷ 7 ) + ( 7 ÷ 7 )
= 12 + 1
= 13 R 3
Hence, 94 ÷ 7 = 13 R 3

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 74 } \)
Answer: 74 ÷ 6 = 12 R 2

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
74 ÷ 6 = ( 60 + 12 ) ÷ 6
= ( 60 ÷ 6 ) + ( 12 ÷ 6 )
= 10 + 2
= 12 R 2
Hence, 74 ÷ 6 = 12 R 2

Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 8 ]{ 92 } \)
Answer: 92 ÷ 8 = 11 R 4

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
92 ÷ 8 = ( 80 + 8 ) ÷ 8
= ( 80 ÷ 8 ) + ( 8 ÷ 8 )
= 10 + 1
= 11 R 4
Hence, 92 ÷ 8 = 11 R 4

Question 6.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 50 } \)
Answer: 50 ÷ 3 = 16 R 2

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
50 ÷ 3 = ( 42 + 6 ) ÷ 3
= ( 42 ÷ 3 ) + ( 6 ÷ 3 )
= 14 + 2
= 16 R 2
Hence, 50 ÷ 3 = 16 R 2

Question 7.
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 83 } \)
Answer: 83 ÷ 2 = 41 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
83 ÷ 2 = ( 80 + 2 ) ÷ 2
= ( 80 ÷ 2 ) + ( 2 ÷ 2 )
= 40 + 1
= 41 R 1
Hence, 83 ÷ 2 = 41 R 1

Question 8.
\(\sqrt [ 9 ]{ 72 } \)
Answer: 72 ÷ 9 = 8 R 0

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
72 ÷ 9 = ( 63 + 9 ) ÷ 9
= ( 63 ÷ 9 ) + ( 9 ÷ 9 )
= 7 + 1
= 8 R 0
Hence, 72 ÷ 9 = 8 R 0

Question 9.
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 65 } \)
Answer: 65 ÷ 7 = 9 R 2

Explanation:
By using the artial products method,
65 ÷ 7 = ( 56 + 7 ) ÷ 7
= ( 56 ÷ 7 ) + ( 7 ÷ 7 )
= 8 + 1
= 9 R 2
Hence, 65 ÷ 7 = 9 R 2

Question 10.
Which One Doesn’t Belong?
Which problem does not require regrouping not to solve?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.6 13
Answer: Let the given Expressions be named as A), B), C), and D)
Hence,
A) 36 ÷ 2
B) 55 ÷ 2
C) 47 ÷ 2
D) 92 ÷ 2
From the above Expressions, we can conclude that Expression A) does not require Regrouping to solve.

Explanation:
Let the given Expressions be named as A), B), C), and D)
Hence,
A) 36 ÷ 2
B) 55 ÷ 2
C) 47 ÷ 2
D) 92 ÷ 2
A) 36 ÷ 2 = ( 3 tens + 6 ones ) ÷ 2
= ( 3 tens ÷ 2 ) + ( 6 ones ÷ 2 )
= 15 + 3
= 18
Here, as there are no tens left to regroup, there is no need for Regrouping again.
B) 55 ÷ 2 = ( 5 tens + 5 ones ) ÷ 2
= ( 5 tens ÷ 2 ) + ( 5 ones ÷ 2 )
It can’t be solved further and there is need for us for further Regrouping.
Hence, the remaining two will also be the same.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Expression A) does not require Regrouping.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A team of 6 students finishes an obstacle course in 66 minutes. Each student spends the same number of minutes on the course. How many minutes is each student on the course?

Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.6 14

Answer: Each student takes 11 minutes to finish an obstacle course.

Explanation:
Given that a team of 6 students finishes an obstacle course in 66 minutes and it is also given that each student spends the same number of minutes on the course.
So,
The number of minutes each student takes on the course = The number of total minutes taken to complete an obstacle course ÷ The number of members on each team
= 66 ÷ 6
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
66 ÷ 6 = ( 60 + 6 ) ÷ 6
= ( 60 ÷ 6 ) + ( 6 ÷ 6 )
= 10 + 1
= 11 minutes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that each student takes 11 minutes to finish an obstacle race.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
You want to make 40 origami animals in 3 days. You want to make about the same number of animals each day. How many animals should you make each day? How can you interpret the remainder?

Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.6 15

Answer: You should make 13 animals each day.

Explanation:

Given that you want to make 40 origami animals in 3 days and you want to make about the same number of animals each day.
So,
The number of animals you want to make on each day = Total number of animals ÷ 3
= 40 ÷ 3
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
40 ÷ 3 = ( 30 + 9 ) ÷ 3
= ( 30 ÷ 3 ) + ( 9 ÷ 3 )
= 10 + 3
= 13 R 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that you have to make 13 animals each day with one remaining at last.

Review & Refresh

Estimate the product.
Question 13.
32 × 67
Answer:  32 × 67 = 2,144

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
32 × 6 = ( 30 + 2 ) × ( 60 + 7 )
= ( 30 × 60 ) + ( 2 × 60 ) + ( 30 × 7 ) + ( 2 × 7 )
= 1,800 + 120 + 210 + 14
= 2,144
Hence, 32 × 67 = 2,144

Question 14.
24 × 51
Answer: 24 × 51 = 1,224

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
24 × 51 = ( 20 + 4 ) × ( 50 + 1 )
= ( 20 × 50 ) + ( 20 × 1 ) + ( 4 × 50 ) + ( 4 × 1 )
= 1,000 + 20 + 200 + 4
= 1,244
Hence, 24 × 51 = 1,244

Question 15.
96 × 75
Answer: 96 × 75 = 7,200

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
96 × 75 = ( 90 + 6 ) × ( 70 + 5 )
= ( 90 × 70 ) + ( 90 × 5 ) + ( 6 × 70 ) + ( 6 × 5 )
= 6,300 + 450 + 420 + 30
= 7,200
Hence, 96 × 75 = 7,200

Lesson 5.7 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Use a model to divide. Draw each model.
348 ÷ 3
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.7 1
148 ÷ 3
Answer:
348 ÷ 3 = 116
148 ÷ 3 = 49 R 1

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
348 ÷ 3 = ( 330+ 18 ) ÷ 3
= ( 330 ÷ 3 ) + ( 18 ÷ 3 )
= 110 + 6
= 116
Hence, 348 ÷ 3 = 116
148 ÷ 3 = ( 120 + 27 ) ÷ 3
= ( 120 ÷ 3 ) + ( 27 ÷ 3 )
= 40 + 9
= 49 R 1
Hence, 148 ÷ 3 = 49 R 1

Reasoning
Explain why the quotient of 148 ÷ 3 does not have a digit in the hundreds place.
Answer:
When 148 is divided by 3, the hundreds place in 148 won’t be divided by 3. This is the reason why the quotient of 148 ÷ 3 does not have the hundreds place.

Think and Grow: Practice

Example
Find 907 ÷ 5.
Estimate: 1,000 ÷ 5 = 200 R 0
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.7 2
So, 907 ÷ 5 = 181 R 2.
Check: Because 181 R 2 is close to the estimate, the answer is reasonable.

Show and Grow

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.7 3
Answer: 531 ÷ 4 = 132 R 3

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
531 ÷ 4 = ( 480 +48 ) ÷ 4
= ( 480 ÷ 4 ) + ( 48 ÷ 4 )
= 120 + 12
= 132 R 3
Hence, 531 ÷ 4 = 132 R 3

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.7 4
Answer: 7,180 ÷ 5 = 1,436

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
7,180 ÷ 5 = ( 7,000 + 150 + 30 ) ÷ 5
= ( 7,000 ÷ 5 ) + ( 150 ÷ 5 ) + ( 30 ÷ 5 )
= 1,400 + 10 + 30 + 6
= 1,436
Hence, 7,180 ÷ 5 = 1,436

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.7 5
Answer: 8,385 ÷ 7 = 1,197 R 6

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
8,385 ÷ 7 = ( 7,700 + 630 + 49 ) ÷ 7
= ( 7,700 ÷ 7 ) + ( 630 ÷ 7 ) + ( 49 ÷ 7 )
= 1,100 + 90 + 7
=1,197 R 6
Hence, 8,385 ÷ 7 = 1,197 R 6

Apply and Grow: Practice

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 6,381 } \)
Answer: 6,381 ÷ 5 = 1,276 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
6,381 ÷ 5 = ( 6,000 + 350 + 30 ) ÷ 5
= ( 6,000 ÷ 5 ) + ( 350 ÷ 5 ) + ( 30 ÷ 5 )
=1,200 + 70 + 6
=1,276 R 1
Hence, 6,381 ÷ 5 = 1,276 R 1

Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 4,605 } \)
Answer: 4,605 ÷ 3 = 1,535 R 0

Explanation:
4,605 ÷ 3 = ( 4,500 + 105 ) ÷ 3
= ( 4,500 ÷ 3 ) + ( 105 ÷ 3 )
= 1,500 + 35
= 1,535 R 0
Hence, 4,605 ÷ 3 = 1,535 R 0

Question 6.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 820 } \)
Answer: 820 ÷ 6 = 136 R 4

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
820 ÷ 6 = ( 720 + 90 + 6 ) ÷ 6
= ( 720 ÷ 6 ) + ( 90 ÷ 6 ) + ( 6 ÷ 6 )
= 120 + 15 + 1
= 136 R 4
Hence, 820 ÷ 6 = 136 R 4

Question 7.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 7,039 } \)
Answer: 7,039 ÷ 6 = 1,173 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
7,039 ÷ 6 = ( 6,600 + 420 + 18 ) ÷ 6
= ( 6,600 ÷ 6 ) + ( 420 ÷ 6 ) + ( 18 ÷ 6 )
= 1,100 + 70 + 3
= 1,173 R 1
Hence,
7,039 ÷ 6 = 1,173 R 1

Question 8.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 855 } \)
Answer: 855 ÷ 4 = 213 R 3

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
855 ÷ 4 = ( 800 + 52 ) ÷ 4
= ( 800 ÷ 4 ) + ( 52 ÷ 4 )
= 200 + 13
= 213 R 3
Hence, 855 ÷ 4 = 213 R 3

Question 9.
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 367 } \)
Answer: 367 ÷ 2 = 183 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
367 ÷ 2 = ( 360 + 6 ) ÷ 2
= ( 360 ÷ 2 ) + ( 6 ÷ 2 )
= 180 + 3
= 183 R 1
Hence, 367 ÷ 2 = 183 R 1

Question 10.
\(\sqrt [ 8 ]{ 9,692 } \)
Answer: 9,692 ÷ 8 = 1,211 R 4

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
9,692 ÷ 8 = ( 9,600 + 88 ) ÷ 8
= ( 9,600 ÷ 8 ) + ( 88 ÷ 8 )
= 1,200 + 11
= 1,211 R 4
Hence, 9,692 ÷ 8 = 1,211 R 4

Question 11.
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 8,345 } \)
Answer: 8,345 ÷ 7 = 1,192 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
8,345 ÷ 7 = ( 7,700 +630 +14 ) ÷ 7
= ( 7,700 ÷ 7 ) + ( 630 ÷ 7 ) + ( 14 ÷ 7 )
= 1,100 + 90 + 2
=1,192 R 1
Hence, 8,345 ÷ 7 = 1,192 R 1

Question 12.
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 971 } \)
Answer: 971 ÷ 7 = 138 R 5

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
971 ÷ 7 = ( 910 + 56 ) ÷ 7
= ( 910 ÷ 7 ) + ( 56 ÷ 7 )
= 130 + 8
= 138 R 5
Hence, 971 ÷ 7 = 138 R 5

Question 13.
There are 8,274 people at an air show. The people are divided into equally 6 sections. How many people are in each section?

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.7 6

Answer: There are 1,379 people in each section.

Explanation:
Given that there are 8,274 people at an air show and the people are divided equally into 6 sections.
So,
The number of people in each section = Total number of people ÷ Number of sections
= 8,274 ÷ 6
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
8,274 ÷ 6 = ( 7,800 + 420 + 54 ) ÷ 6
= ( 7,800 ÷ 6 ) + ( 420 ÷ 6 ) + ( 54 ÷ 6 )
= 1,300 + 70 + 9
= 1,379
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 1,379 people in each section.

Question 14.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton finds 120 ÷ 5. Is he correct? Explain.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.7 7

Answer: Newton is not correct.

Explanation:
According to Newton,
For 120 ÷ 5,
Quotient = 114 and Remainder = 0
But,
By using the partial quotients method,
120 ÷ 5 = ( 100 + 20 ) ÷ 5
= ( 100 ÷ 5 ) + ( 20 ÷ 5 )
= 20 + 4 )
= 24
Hence,
According to the partial quotients method,
For 120 ÷ 5,
Quotient = 24 and Remainder = 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Newton is not correct.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
There are 1,014 toy car tires at a factory. Each car needs 4 tires. How many toy cars can the factory workers make with the tires?
Each car needs 4 tires, so find 1,014 ÷ 4.
1 thousand cannot be shared among 4 groups without regrouping. So, regroup 1 thousand as 10 hundreds.

Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 253. The factory workers can make 253 toy cars.
The remainder is 2. There are 2 tires left over.

Show and Grow

Question 15.
A principal orders 750 tablets. The distributor can fit 8 tablets in each box. How many boxes are needed to ship all of the tablets?
Answer:
The number of boxes needed to ship all of the tablets= 93 boxes with 6 leftovers = 93 R 6

Explanation:
Given that a principal orders 750 tablets and the distributor can fit 8 tablets in each box.
So,
The number of boxes needed to ship all of the tablets = The number of tablets ordered ÷ The number of tablets that fits into each box
= 750 ÷ 8
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
750 ÷ 8 = ( 720 + 24 ) ÷ 8
= ( 720 ÷ 8 ) + ( 24 ÷ 8 )
= 90 + 3
= 93 R 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of boxes needed to ship all the tablets = 93 boxes with 6 leftovers

Question 16.
An athlete’s heart rate after a 5-mile run is 171 beats per minute, which is 3 times as fast as her resting heart rate. What is the athlete’s resting heart rate?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.7 9
Answer: The athlete’s resting heart rate is 57 beats per minute.

Explanation:
Given that an athlete’s heart rate after a 5-mile run is 171 beats per minute. It is also given that 171 beats per minute which are 3 times as fast as her resting heart rate.
So,
The athlete’s heart rating rate = Athlete’s heart rate after a 5-mile run ÷ 3
= 171 ÷ 3
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
171 ÷ 3 = ( 150 + 21 ) ÷ 3
= ( 150 ÷ 3 ) + ( 21 ÷ 3 )
= 50 + 7
= 57 beats per minute.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the athlete’s resting heart rate is 57 beats per minute.

Question 17.
A car costs $5,749. The taxes and fees for the car cost an additional $496. A customer uses a 5-year  interest-free loan to buy the car. How much money will the customer pay for the car each year?
Answer:  The customer will pay $1,249 for the car each year

Explanation:
Given that a car costs $5,749 and the taxes and fees for the car cost an additional $496.
So,
The total cost of the car = 5,749 + 496 = $6,245
It is also given that the customer uses a 5-year interest – free loan to buy the car.
So,
The money that the customer will pay each year = The total cost of the car ÷ 5
= 6,245 ÷ 5
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
6,245 ÷ 5 = ( 6,000 +  200 + 45 ) ÷ 5
= ( 6,000 ÷ 5 ) + ( 200 ÷ 5 ) + ( 45 ÷ 5 )
= 1,200 +  40 + 9
= $1,249
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The money that the customer pay each year = $1,249

Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 5.7

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.7 10
Answer: 473 ÷ 9 = 52 R 5

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
473 ÷ 9 = ( 450 ÷ 9) + ( 18 ÷ 9)
= 50 + 2
= 52 R 5
Hence, 473 ÷ 9 = 52 R 5

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.7 11
Answer: 3,904 ÷ 2 = 1,952

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
3,904 ÷ 2 = ( 3,000 + 900 + 4 ) ÷ 2
= ( 3,000 ÷ 2 ) + ( 900 ÷ 2 ) + ( 4 ÷ 2 )
= 1,500 + 450 +2
= 1,902
Hence, 3,904 ÷ 2 = 1,902

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.7 12
Answer: 2,531 ÷6 = 421 R 5

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
2,531 ÷ 6 = ( 2,400 + 120 + 6 ) ÷ 6
= ( 2,400 ÷ 6 ) + ( 120 ÷ 6 ) + ( 6 ÷ 6 )
= 400 + 20 + 1
= 421 R 5
Hence, 2,531 ÷ 6 = 421 R 5

Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 8,271 } \)
Answer: 8,271 ÷ 5 = 1,654 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
8,271 ÷ 5 = ( 8,000 + 250 + 20 ) ÷ 5
= ( 8,000 ÷ 5 ) + ( 250 ÷ 5 ) + (20 ÷ 5 )
= 1,600 + 50 + 4
= 1,654 R 1
Hence, 8,271 ÷ 5 = 1,654 R 1

Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 952 } \)
Answer: 952 ÷ 7 = 136

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
952 ÷ 7 = ( 910 + 42 ) ÷ 7
= (910 ÷ 7 ) + ( 42 ÷ 7 )
= 130 + 6
= 136
Hence, 952 ÷ 7 = 136

Question 6.
\(\sqrt [ 8 ]{ 9,107 } \)
Answer: 9,107 ÷ 8 = 1,138 R 3

Explanation:
9,107 ÷ 8 = ( 8,800 + 240 + 56 +8 ) ÷ 8
= ( 8,800 ÷ 8 ) + ( 240 ÷ 8 ) + ( 56 ÷ 8 ) + ( 8 ÷ 8 )
= 1,100 + 30 + 7 + 1
= 1,138 R 3
Hence, 9,107 ÷ 8 = 1,138 R 3

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 7.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 509 } \)
Answer: 509 ÷ 3 = 169 R 2

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
509 ÷ 3 = ( 480 + 27 ) ÷ 3
= ( 480 ÷ 3 ) + ( 27 ÷ 3 )
= 160 + 9
= 169 R 2
Hence, 509 ÷ 3 = 169 R 2

Question 8.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 7,150 } \)
Answer: 7,150 ÷ 4 = 1,787 R 2

Explanation:
7,150 ÷ 4 = ( 6,800 + 320 + 28 ) ÷ 4
= ( 6,800 ÷ 4 ) + ( 320 ÷ 4 ) + ( 28 ÷ 4 )
= 1,700 + 80 + 7
= 1,787 R 2
Hence, 7,150 ÷ 4 = 1,787 R 2

Question 9.
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 5,547 } \)
Answer: 5,547 ÷ 2 = 2,773 R 1

Explanation:
5,547 ÷ 2 = ( 5,000 + 500 +46 ) ÷ 2
= ( 5,000 ÷ 2 ) + ( 500 ÷ 2 ) + ( 46 ÷ 2 )
= 2,500 + 250 + 23
= 2,273 R 1
Hence, 5,547 ÷ 2 = 2,273 R 1

Question 10.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 756 } \)
Answer: 756 ÷ 3 = 252 R 0

Explanation:
756 ÷ 3 = ( 720 +36 ) ÷ 3
= ( 720 ÷ 3 ) + ( 36 ÷ 3 )
= 240 + 12
= 252
Hence, 756 ÷ 3 = 252 R 0

Question 11.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 6,871 } \)
Answer: 6,871 ÷ 4 = 1,717 R 3

Explanation:
6,871 ÷ 4 = ( 6,000 + 800 + 64 + 4 ) ÷ 4
= ( 6,000 ÷ 4 ) + ( 800 ÷ 4 ) + ( 64 ÷ 4 ) + ( 4 ÷ 4 )
= 1,500 + 200 + 16 +1
= 1,717 R 3
Hence, 6,871 ÷ 4 = 1,717 R 3

Question 12.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 108 } \)
Answer: 108 ÷ 5 = 21 R 3

Explanation:
108 ÷ 5 = ( 100 +5 ) ÷ 5
= ( 100 ÷ 5 ) + ( 5 ÷ 5 )
= 20 + 1
= 21 R 3
Hence, 108 ÷ 5 = 21 R 3

Question 13.
A deli sells 203 pretzel roll sandwiches. Each bag has 7 pretzel rolls. How many bags of pretzel rolls are used?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.7 13

Answer: The number of pretzel rolls is used = 29 rolls

Explanation:
Given that a deli sells 203 pretzel roll sandwiches and each bag has 7 pretzel rolls.
So,
The number of pretzel rolls used = Total number of pretzel roll sandwiches ÷ 7
= 203 ÷ 7
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
203 ÷ 7 = ( 140 + 63 ) ÷ 7
= ( 140 ÷ 7 ) + ( 63 ÷ 7 )
= 20 + 9
= 29 bags
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 29 bags of pretzel rolls of sandwiches

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
Which expression does have a 4-digit quotient? Explain not how you know without solving.
6,197 ÷ 2
3, 261 ÷ 5
5,240 ÷ 4
9,045 ÷ 8
Answer:
Let the Expressions be named as A), B), C), and D)
So,
A) 6,197 ÷ 2
B) 3, 261 ÷ 5
C) 5,240 ÷ 4
D) 9,045 ÷ 8
From the above,
Expression C) does have a 4- digit quotient without leaving a remainder.

Explanation;
Let the Expressions be named as A), B), C), and D)
So,
A) 6,197 ÷ 2
B) 3, 261 ÷ 5
C) 5,240 ÷ 4
D) 9,045 ÷ 8
A) 6,197 ÷ 2
By using the partial quotients method,
6,197 ÷ 2 = ( 6,000 + 196 ) ÷ 2
= ( 6,000 + 196 ) ÷ 2
= 3,000 + 98
=3,098 R 1
Hence, 6,197 ÷ 2 = 3,098 R 1
B) 3,261 ÷ 5 = ( 3,000 + 250 + 10 ) ÷ 5
= ( 3,000 ÷ 5 ) + ( 250 ÷ 5 ) + ( 10 ÷ 5 )
= 600 + 50 + 2
= 652 R 1
Hence, 3,261 ÷ 5 = 652 R 1
C) 5,240 ÷ 4 = ( 5,200 + 40 ) ÷ 4
= ( 5,200 ÷ 4 ) + ( 40 ÷ 4 )
= 1,300 + 10
= 1,310 R 0
Hence, 5,240 ÷ 4 = 1,310
D) 9,045 ÷ 8 = ( 9,000 + 40 ) ÷ 8
= ( 9,000 ÷ 8 ) + ( 40 ÷ 8 )
= 1,125 + 5
= 1,130 R 5
Hence, from all the 4 Expressions,
We can conclude that the Expression C)  has 4-digit quotient having remainder 0

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
There are 505 pieces of chalk donated for a community event. The chalk is bundled into groups of 7 pieces. How many bundles can be made?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.7 14

Answer: The number of bundles that can be made = 72 R 1

Explanation:
Given that there are 505 pieces of chalk donated for a community event and the chalk is bundled into groups of 7 pieces.
So,
The number of bundles that can be made = 505 ÷ 7
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
505 ÷ 7 = ( 490 + 14 ) ÷ 7
= ( 490 ÷ 7 ) + ( 14 ÷ 7 )
= 70 + 2
= 72 R 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of bundles that can be made = 72 bundles with 1 leftover

Review & Refresh

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 16.
Estimate: _____
61 × 3 = _____
Answer: 61 × 3 =183

Explanation:
By using theDistributive Property,
61 × 3 = ( 60 + 1 ) × 3
= ( 60 × 3 ) + ( 1 × 3 )
= 180 + 3
= 183
So, 61 × 3 = 183
Estimate:
Let 61 be rounded to 60.
So, by using the place-value method,
60 × 3 = 6 tens × 3
= 18 tens
= 18 × 10
= 180
So, 60 × 3 = 180
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the actual answer is near to the Estimate. So, the answer is reasonable.

Question 17.
Estimate: ______
54 × 9 = ______
Answer: 54 × 9 = 486

Explanation:
By using the Distributive Property,
54 × 9 = ( 50 + 4 ) × 9
= ( 50 × 9 ) + ( 4 × 9 )
= 450 + 36
= 486
So, 54 × 9 = 486
Estimate:
Let 54 be rounded to 55.
Let 9 be rounded to 10
So, by using the place-value method,
10 × 55 = 1 ten × 55
= 55 tens
= 55 × 10
= 550
So, 55 × 10 = 550
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the actual answer is not near to the Estimate. So, the answer is not reasonable.

Question 18.
Estimate: _______
82 × 7 = ______
Answer: 82 × 7 = 574

Explanation:
By using the Distributive Property,
82 × 7 = ( 80 + 2 ) × 7
= ( 80 × 7 ) + ( 2 × 7 )
= 560 + 14
= 574
So, 82 × 7 = 574
Estimate:
Let 82 be rounded to 80.
Let 7 be rounded to 5.
So, by using the place-value method,
80 × 5 = 8 tens × 5
= 40 tens
= 40 × 10
= 400
So, 80 × 5 = 400
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the actual answer is not near to the Estimate. So, the answer is not reasonable.

Lesson 5.8 Divide by One-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Use a model to find each quotient. Draw each model.
312 ÷ 3
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.8 1
312 ÷ 4
Answer:
312 ÷ 3 = 104
312 ÷ 4 = 78

Explanation:
           
By using the partial quotients method,
312 ÷ 3 = ( 300 + 12 )÷ 3
= ( 300 ÷ 3 ) + ( 12 ÷ 3 )
= 100 + 4
= 104
Hence, 312 ÷ 3 = 104
By using the partial quotients method,
312 ÷ 4 = ( 280 + 20 + 12 ) ÷ 4
= ( 280 ÷ 4 ) + ( 20 ÷ 4 ) + ( 12 ÷ 4 )
= 70 + 5 + 3
= 78
Hence, 312 ÷ 4 = 78

Structure
Compare your models for each quotient. What is the same? What is different? What do you think this means when using regrouping to divide?
Answer: The Divisor for both the models is the same and the quotient is different for both Expressions.

Think and Grow: Divide by One-Digit Numbers

Example
Find 4,829 ÷ 8.
4 thousand cannot be shared among 8 groups without regrouping. So, regroup 4 thousands as 40 hundred and combine with 8 hundred.

Show and Grow

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.8 3
Answer: 756 ÷ 7 = 108

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
756 ÷ 7 = ( 700 + 56 ) ÷ 7
= ( 700 ÷ 7 ) + ( 56 v 7 )
= 100 + 8
= 108
Hence, 756 ÷ 7 = 108

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.8 4
Answer: 364 ÷ 6 = 6 R 4

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
364 ÷ 6 = ( 300 + 60 ) ÷ 6
= ( 300 ÷ 6 ) + ( 60 ÷ 6 )
= 50 + 10
= 60 R 4
Hence, 364 ÷ 6 = 60 R 4

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.8 5
Answer: 3,190 ÷ 3 = 1,063 R 1

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
3,190 ÷ 3 = ( 3,000 + 180 + 9 ) ÷ 3
= ( 3,000 ÷ 3 ) + ( 180 ÷ 3 ) + ( 9 ÷ 3 )
= 1,000 + 60 + 3
= 1,063 R 1
Hence, 3,190 ÷ 3 = 1,063 R 1

Apply and Grow: Practice

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 81 } \)
Answer: 81 ÷ 2 = 40 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
81 ÷ 2 = ( 60 + 20 ) ÷ 2
= ( 60 ÷ 2 ) + ( 20 ÷ 2 )
= 30 + 10
= 40 R 1
Hence, 81 ÷ 2 = 40 R 1

Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 428 } \)
Answer: 428 ÷ 4 = 107

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
428 ÷ 4 = ( 400 + 28 ) ÷ 4
= ( 400 ÷ 4 ) + ( 28 ÷ 4 )
= 100 + 7
= 107
Hence, 428 ÷ 4 = 107

Question 6.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 842 } \)
Answer: 842 ÷ 6 = 140 R 2

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
842 ÷ 6 = ( 780 + 60 ) ÷ 6
= ( 780 ÷ 6 ) + ( 60 ÷ 6 )
= 130 + 10
= 140 R 2
Hence, 842 ÷ 6 = 140 R 2

Question 7.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 2,724 } \)
Answer: 2,724 ÷ 3 = 908

Explanation:
By using partial quotients method,
2,724 ÷ 3 = ( 2,700 + 24 ) ÷ 3
= ( 2,700 ÷ 3 ) + ( 24 ÷ 3 )
= 900 + 8
= 908
Hence, 2,724 ÷ 3 = 908

Question 8.
\(\sqrt [ 9 ]{ 635 } \)
Answer: 635 ÷ 9 = 70 R 5

Explanation:
By using partial products method,
635 ÷ 9 = ( 540 + 90 ) ÷ 9
= ( 540 ÷ 9 ) + ( 90 ÷ 9 )
= 60 + 10
= 70 R 5
Hence, 635 ÷ 9 = 70 R 5

Question 9.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 1,442 } \)
Answer: 1,442 ÷ 6 = 240 R 2

Explanation:
By using partial quotients method,
1,442 ÷ 6 = ( 1,200 +240 ) ÷ 6
= ( 1,200 ÷ 6 ) + ( 240 ÷ 6 )
= 200 +40
= 240 R 2
Hence, 1,442 ÷ 6 = 240 R 2

Question 10.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 303 } \)
Answer: 303 ÷ 6 = 50 R 3

Explanation:
By using partial quotients method,
303 ÷ 6 = ( 240 + 60 ) ÷ 6
= ( 240 ÷ 6 ) + ( 60 ÷ 6 )
= 40 + 10
= 50 R 3
Hence, 303 ÷ 6 = 50 R 3

Question 11.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 2,530 } \)
Answer: 2,530 ÷ 5 = 506

Explanation:
By using partial quotients method,
2,530 ÷ 5 = ( 2,500 + 30 ) ÷ 5
= ( 2,500 ÷ 5 ) + ( 30 ÷ 5 )
= 500 + 6
= 506
Hence, 2,530 ÷ 5 = 506

Question 12.
\(\sqrt [ 8 ]{ 7,209 } \)
Answer: 7,209 ÷ 8 = 900 R 9

Explanation:
By using partial quotients method,
7,209 ÷ 8 = ( 6,400 + 800 ) ÷ 8
= ( 6,400 ÷ 8 ) + ( 800 ÷ 8 )
= 800 + 100
= 900 R 9
Hence, 7,209 ÷ 8 = 900 R  9

Question 13.
The 5 developers of a phone app earn a profit of $4,535 this month. They divide the profit equally. How much money does each developer get?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.8 6
Answer: Each developer gets the money of $907

Explanation:
Given that the 5 developers of a phone app earn a profit of $4,535 this month and it is also given that they divide the profit equally.
So,
The money each developer get = The total profit earned by 5 developers ÷ 5
= $4,535 ÷ 5
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
4,535 ÷ 5 = ( 4,500 + 35 ) ÷ 5
= ( 4,500 ÷ 5 ) + ( 35 ÷ 5 )
= 900 + 7
= 907
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the money got by each developer is $907.

Question 14.
Newton finds 817 ÷ 4. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.8 7
Answer: Newton is not correct.

Explanation;

By using the partial quotients method,
817 ÷ 4 = ( 800 + 16 ) ÷ 4
= ( 800 ÷ 4 ) + ( 16 ÷ 4 )
= 200 + 4
= 204 R 1
According to Newton,
817 ÷ 4 = 24 R 1
But according to the partial quotients method,
817 ÷ 4 = 204 R 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Newton is not correct.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Seven players are placed on each basketball team. Remaining basketball players are added to the teams, so some of the teams have 8 players. How many basketball teams have 7 players? 8 players?
There are 1,839 players signed up for basketball, so find 1,839 ÷ 7.
1 thousand be shared cannot among 7 groups without regrouping. So, regroup 1 thousand as 10 hundreds and combine with 8 hundreds.

Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is262. So, there are 262 basketball teams in all.
The remainder is 5. So, 5 basketball teams have 8 players.
Subtract to find how many teams have 7 players. 262 −5 = 257
So, 257 basketball teams have 7 players and 5 have 8 players.

Show and Grow

Use the table above.
Question 15.
Nine players are placed on each ball hockey team. Remaining players are added to the teams, so some of the teams have 10 players. How many ball hockey teams have9 players? 10 players?
Answer:
Given that there are 9 players on each ball hockey team.
So, the quotient represents the ball hockey teams who have 9 players and the remainder represents the ball hockey teams who have 10 players.
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
952 ÷ 9 = ( 900 + 45 ) ÷ 9
= ( 900 ÷ 9 ) + ( 45 ÷ 9 )
= 100 + 5
= 105 R 7
The quotient is 105. So, there are 105 ball hockey teams in all.
The remainder is 7. So, 7 ball hockey teams have 10 players.
Subtract to find the number of teams has 9 players. 105 −7 = 98
So, 98 basketball teams have 9 players and 7 have 10 players.

Question 16.
Eighty-four players who signed up to play soccer decide not to play. Eight players are placed on each soccer team. How many soccer teams are there?
Answer: There are 299 soccer teams

Explanation:
Given that 84 players who signed up to play soccer decide not to play and it is also given that 8 players are placed on each soccer team.
It is also given that,
The total number of players who play soccer = 2,476 players
So,
The number of players who played soccer = 2,476 – 84 = 2,392 players
Now,
The number of soccer teams = 2,392 ÷ 8
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
2,392 ÷ 8 = ( 1,600 + 720 + 72 ) ÷ 8
= ( 1,600  ÷ 8 ) + ( 720 ÷ 8 ) + ( 72 ÷ 8 )
= 200 + 90 + 9
= 299
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that there are 299 soccer teams.

Divide by One-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 5.8

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.8 9
Answer: 832 ÷ 8 = 104

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
832 ÷ 8 = ( 800 + 32 ) ÷ 8
= ( 800 ÷ 8 ) + ( 32 ÷ 8 )
= 100 + 4
= 104
Hence, 832 ÷ 8 = 104

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.8 10
Answer: 215 ÷ 7 = 30 R 5

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
215 ÷ 7 = ( 140 + 70 ) ÷7
( 140 ÷ 7 ) + ( 70 ÷ 7 )
= 20 + 10
= 30 R 5
Hence, 215 ÷7 = 30 R 5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.8 11
Answer: 5,078 ÷ 5 = 1,015 R 3

Explanation:

By using the partial quotients method,
5,078 ÷ 5 = ( 5,000 + 75 ) ÷ 5
= ( 5,000 ÷5 ) + ( 75 ÷ 5 )
= 1,000 + 15
= 1,015 R 3
Hence, 5,078 ÷ 5 = 1,015 R 3

Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 94 } \)
Answer: 94 ÷ 7 = 13 R 3

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
94 ÷ 7 = ( 84 + 7 ) ÷ 7
= ( 84 ÷ 7 ) + ( 7 ÷ 7 )
= 12 + 1
= 13 R 1
Hence, 94 ÷ 7 = 13 R 1

Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 731 } \)
Answer: 731 ÷ 6 = 121 R 5

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
731 ÷ 6 = ( 720 + 6 ) ÷ 6
= ( 720 ÷ 6 ) + ( 6 ÷ 6 )
= 120 + 1
= 121 R 5
Hence, 731 ÷ 6 = 121 R 5

Question 6.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 6,514 } \)
Answer: 6,514 ÷ 4 = 1,628 R 2

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
6,514 ÷ 4 = ( 6,000 + 480 + 32 ) ÷ 4
= ( 6,000 ÷ 4 ) + ( 480 ÷ 4 ) + ( 32 ÷ 4 )
= 1,500 + 120 + 8
= 1,628 R 2
Hence, 6,514 ÷ 4 = 1,628 R 2

Question 7.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 62 } \)
Answer: 62 ÷ 3 = 20 R 2
Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
62 ÷3 = ( 33 + 27 ) ÷ 3
= ( 33 ÷ 3 ) + ( 27 ÷ 3 )
= 11 + 9
= 20 R 2
Hence, 62 ÷ 3 = 20 R 2

Question 8.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 548 } \)
Answer: 548 ÷ 5 = 109 R 3

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
548 ÷ 5 = ( 500 + 45 ) ÷ 5
= ( 500 ÷ 5 ) + ( 45 ÷ 5 )
= 100 + 9
= 109 R 3
Hence, 548 ÷ 5 = 109 R 3

Question 9.
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 4,136 } \)
Answer: 4,136 ÷ 2 = 2,068

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
4,136 ÷ 2 = ( 4,000 + 100 + 36 ) ÷ 2
= ( 4,000 ÷ 2 ) + ( 100 ÷ 2 ) + ( 36 ÷ 2 )
= 2,000 + 50 + 18
= 2,068
Hence, 4,136 ÷ 2 = 2,068

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 10.
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 214 } \)
Answer: 214 ÷ 7 = 30 R 4

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
214 ÷ 7 = ( 140 + 70 ) ÷ 7
= ( 140 ÷ 7 ) + ( 70 ÷ 7 )
= 20 + 10
= 30 R 4
Hence, 214 ÷ 7 = 30 R 4

Question 11.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 321 } \)
Answer: 321 ÷ 4 = 80 R 1

Explanation:
By usng the partial quotients method,
321 ÷ 4 = ( 280 + 40 ) ÷ 4
= ( 280 ÷ 4 ) + ( 40 ÷ 4 )
= 70 + 10
= 80 R 1
Hence, 321 ÷ 4 = 80 R 1

Question 12.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 5,162 } \)
Answer: 5,162 ÷6 = 860 R 2

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
5,162 ÷ 6 = ( 4,800 + 300 + 60 ) ÷ 6
= ( 4,800 ÷ 6 ) + ( 300 ÷ 6 ) + ( 60 ÷ 6 )
= 800 + 50 + 10
= 860 R 2
Hence, 5,162 ÷ 6 = 860 R 2

Question 13.
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 7,301 } \)
Answer: 7,301 ÷ 2 = 3,650 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
7,301 ÷ 2 = ( 7,000 + 300 ) ÷ 2
= ( 7,000 ÷ 2 ) + ( 300 ÷ 2 )
= 3,500 + 150
= 3,650 R 1
Hence, 7,301 ÷ 2 = 3,650 R 1

Question 14.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 603 } \)
Answer: 603 ÷ 5 = 120 R 3

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
603 ÷ 5 = ( 550 + 50 ) ÷ 5
= ( 550 ÷ 5 ) + ( 50 ÷ 5 )
= 110 + 10
= 120 R 3
Hence, 603 ÷ 5 = 120 R 3

Question 15.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 6,082 } \)
Answer: 6,082 ÷ 3 = 2,027 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
6,082 ÷ 3 = ( 6,000 + 81 ) ÷ 3
= ( 6,000 ÷ 3 ) + ( 81 ÷ 3 )
= 2,000 + 27
= 2,027 R 1
Hence, 6,082 ÷ 3 = 2,027 R 1

Question 16.
There are 450 pounds of grapes for a grape stomping contest. They are divided equally into 5 barrels. How many pounds of grapes are in each barrel?

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.8 12

Answer: There are 90 pounds of grapes in each barrel.

Explanation:
Given that there are 450 pounds of grapes for a grape stomping contest and they are divided equally into 5 barrels.
So,
The number of pounds of grapes in each barrel = Total number of pounds of groups ÷ 5
= 450 ÷ 5
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
450 ÷ 5 = ( 400 + 50 ) ÷ 5
= ( 400 ÷ 5 ) + ( 50 ÷ 5 )
= 80 + 10
= 90 pounds
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 90 pounds of grapes in each barrel.

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
How could you change the dividend in Exercise 11 so that there would be no remainder? Explain.
Answer: The dividend given in Exercise 11 is 321 and leaves the remainder 1 when the dividend is divided by 4.
So, to make the dividend a number in such a way that it is divisible by 4 and leaves the remainder 0
By observing the given number 321, we can say that it is close to 320 which is divisible by 4 and leaves the remainder 0.
Hence, the number which we have to change so that the remainder will be 0 is: 320

Question 18.
Modeling Real Life
Five actresses are placed on each team. Remaining actresses are added to the teams, so some of the teams have 6 actresses. How many teams have 5 actresses? 6 actresses?

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.8 13

Answer:
The number of teams that have 5 actresses = 40
The number of teams that have 6 actresses = 2

Explanation:
Given that actresses are placed on each team and the remaining actresses are added to the teams.
So, from the table, we can see that
The total number of actresses = 202
Now, to find the number of teams that have 5 actresses, we have to find the value of 202 ÷ 5
The remainder of 202 ÷ 5 gives the number of teams that have 6 actresses
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
202 ÷ 5 = ( 150 + 50 ) ÷ 5
= ( 150 ÷ 5 ) + ( 50 ÷ 5 )
= 30 + 10
= 40 R 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The number of teams that have 5 actresses = 40 teams
The number of teams that have 6 actresses = 2 teams

Review & Refresh

Write the value of the underlined digit.
Question 19.
86,109
Answer: The place- value of 6 in 86,109 is: 6,000

Explanation:
We know that the position of a given digit in any number depends on the place-value of that number.
So,
The place-value of 6 in 86,109 is: 6,000

Question 20.
15,327
Answer: The place-value of 1 in 15,327 is: 10,000

Explanation:
We know that the position of a given digit in any number depends on the place-value of that number.
So,
The place-value of 1 in 15,327 is: 10,000

Question 21.
914,263
Answer: The place-value of 9 in  914,263 is: 900,000

Explanation:
We know that the position of a given digit in any number depends on the place-value of that number.
So,
The place-value of 9 in  914,263 is: 900,000

Question 22.
284,505
Answer: The place-value of 0 in 284,505 is: 0 ( Since 0 × 10 = 0 )

Explanation:
We know that the position of a given digit in any number depends on the place-value of that number.
So,
The place-value of 0 in 284,505 is: 0 ( Since 0 × 10 = 0 )

Lesson 5.9 Problem Solving: Division

Explore & Grow

Make a plan to solve the problem.
A fruit vendor has 352 green apples and 424 red apples. The vendor uses all of the apples to make fruit baskets. He puts 8 apples in each basket. How many fruit baskets does the vendor make?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.9 1

Answer: The fruit vendor makes 97 fruit baskets

Explanation:
Given that a fruit vendor has 352 green apples and 424 red apples.
So,
Total number of apples = Number of red apples + Number of green apples
= 352 + 424
= 776 apples.
It is also given that the vendor uses all of the apples to make fruit baskets and he puts 8 apples in each basket.
Hence,
The number of fruit baskets that the vendor makes = Total number of apples ÷ Number of apples the vendor puts in each basket
= 776 ÷ 8
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
776 ÷ 8 = ( 720 + 56 ) ÷ 8
= ( 720 ÷ 8 ) + ( 56 ÷ 8 )
= 90 + 7
= 97 baskets
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 97 fruit baskets that the vendor made.

Make Sense of Problems
The vendor decides that each basket should have 8 of the same colored apples. Does this change your plan to solve the problem? Will this change the answer? Explain.
Answer: Yes, you have to change your plan to solve the problem but this way will not change the answer as we will get the same answer as above.

Explanation:
Given that the vendor decides that each basket should have 8 of the same colored apples.
So,
The number of fruit baskets that have red apples = 424 ÷ 8
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
424 ÷ 8 = ( 400 + 24 ) ÷ 8
= ( 400 ÷ 8 ) + ( 24 ÷ 8 )
= 50 + 3
= 53 fruit baskets ( for every 8 red apples)
Now,
The number of fruit baskets that have green apples = 352 ÷ 8
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
352 ÷ 8 = ( 320 + 32 ) ÷ 8
= ( 320 ÷ 8 ) + ( 32 ÷ 8 )
= 40 + 4
= 44 fruit baskets ( for every 8 green apples)
So,
Total number of fruit baskets that a vendor make = Number of fruit baskets that have red apples + Number of fruit baskets that have green apples
= 44 + 53 = 97 fruit baskets
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we change the plan of solving the problem but the answer remains the same.

Think and Grow: Problem Solving: Division

Example
The speed of sound in water is 1,484 meters per second. Sound travels 112 more than 4 times as many meters per second in water as it does in air. What is the speed of sound in air?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.9 2
Understand the Problem
What do you know?
• The speed of sound in water is sound 1,484 meters per second.
• Sound travels 112 more than 4 times as many meters per second in water as it does in air.

What do you need to find?
• You need to find the speed in the air.

Make a Plan
How will you solve it?
• Subtract 112 from 1,484 to find 4 times the speed of sound in the air.
• Then divide the difference by 4 to find the speed of sound in the air.

Solve

So,
The speed of sound in air is 343 meters per second.

Show and Grow
Question 1.
Explain how you can check whether your answer above is reasonable.
Answer:

Apply and Grow: Practice

Understand the problem. What do you know? What do you need to find? Explain.
Question 2.
A surf shop owner divides 635 stickers evenly among all of her surfboards. Each surfboard has 3 tiki stickers and 2 turtle stickers. How many surfboards does she have?
Answer: She has 127 surfboards

Explanation:
Given that a surf shop owner divides 635 stickers evenly among all of her surfboards and each surfboard has 3 tiki stickers and 2 turtle stickers.
So,
The total number of stickers on each surfboard = Number of tiki stickers + Number of turtle stickers
= 3 + 2
= 5 stickers
So,
Total number of surfboards = Total number of stickers ÷ The number of stickers on each surfboard
= 635 ÷ 5
By using the partial quotients method,
635 ÷ 5 = ( 600 + 35 ) ÷ 5
= ( 600 ÷ 5 ) + ( 35 ÷ 5 )
= 120 + 7
= 127 surfboards
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 127 surfboards.

Question 3.
There are 1,008 projects in a science fair. The projects are divided into equally 9 rooms. Each room has 8 equal rows of projects. How many projects are in each row?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.9 4
Answer: There are 14 projects in each row.

Explanation:
Given that there are 1,008 projects in a science fair and the projects are divided into equally 9 rooms. It is also given that each room has 8 equal rows of projects.
So,
Total number of rooms = 9 × 8 =72 rooms
Now,
Number of projects in each row = Total number of projects ÷ Total number of rooms
= 1,008 ÷ 72
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
1,008 ÷ 72 = ( 720 + 288 )÷ 72
= ( 720 ÷ 72 ) + ( 288 ÷ 72 )
= 10 + 4
= 14 projects in each row
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 14 projects in each row.

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve it? Explain.
Question 4.
Of 78 students who work on a mural, 22 students design it, and the rest of the students paint it. The painters are divided equally among 4 areas of the mural. How many painters are assigned to each area?
Answer: 14 painters are assigned to each area.

Explanation:
Given that there are 78 students who work on a mural and 22 students designed the mural and the remaining students painted it.
So,
The students who painted the mural = Total number of students – The students who designed the mural
= 78 – 22
= 56 students
It is also given that the painters are divided equally among 4 areas of the mural.
So,
The number of painters divided = The number of students who painted the mural ÷ 4
= 56 ÷ 4
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
56 ÷ 4 = ( 40 + 16 ) ÷ 4
= ( 40 ÷ 4 ) + ( 16 ÷ 4 )
= 10 + 4
= 14 students
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that there are 14 students are assigned to each area.

Question 5.
The Winter Olympics occur twice every 8 years. How many times will the Winter Olympics occur in 200 years?
Answer:  50 times

Explanation:
Given that the Winter Olympics occur twice every 8 years.
So, the Winter Olympics occur every 4 years. ( 8 ÷ 2 = 4 )
So,
The number of times Winter Olympics occur in 200 years = 200 ÷ 4
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
200 ÷ 4 = ( 160 + 40 ) ÷ 4
= ( 160 ÷ 4 ) + ( 40 ÷ 4 )
= 40 + 10
= 50 times
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the Winter Olympics occur 50 times in 200 years.

Question 6.
A party planner wants to put 12 balloons at each of 15 tables. The balloons come in packages of 8. How many packages of balloons must the party planner buy?
Answer: The party planner buy 176 packages of balloons with 4 leftover balloons

Explanation:
Given that a part planner wants to put 12 balloons at each of 15 tables.
So,
Total number of balloons = 15 × 12
Now,
By using the partial products method,
12 × 15 = ( 10 + 2 ) × ( 10 + 5 )
= ( 10 × 10 ) + ( 10 × 5 ) + ( 2 × 10 ) + ( 2 × 5 )
= 100 + 50 + 20 +10
= 180 balloons
It is also given that the balloons come in packages of 8.
So,
The number of balloons that each package contain = Total number of balloons ÷ 8
= 180 ÷ 8
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
180 ÷ 8 = ( 160 + 16 ) ÷ 8
= ( 160 ÷ 8 ) + ( 16 ÷ 8 )
= 20 + 2
= 22 R 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of balloons that each package contain is: 22 with 4 leftovers

Question 7.
An art teacher has 8 boxes of craft sticks. Each box has 235 sticks. The students use the sticks to make as many hexagons as possible. How many sticks are used?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.9 5

Answer: The number of sticks used is: 313 with 2 leftover

Explanation:
Given that an art teacher has 8 boxes of craft sticks and each box has 235 sticks.
So,
Total number of sticks = 235 × 8
Now,
By using the partial products method,
235 × 8 = ( 200 + 35 ) × 8
= ( 200 × 8 ) + ( 35 × 8 )
= 1,600 + 280
= 1,880 sticks
It is also given the sticks are used to make hexagons.
We know that,
The number of sides of Hexagon = 6
So,
The number of sticks used to make hexagons = 1,880 ÷ 6
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
1,880 ÷ 6 = ( 1,800 + 60 + 18 ) ÷ 6
= ( 1,800 ÷ 6 ) + ( 60 ÷ 6 ) + ( 18 ÷ 6 )
= 300 + 10 + 3
= 313 R 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of sticks used for making hexagons is: 313 with 2 leftover

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A book enthusiast has $200 to buy an e-reader and e-books. He uses a $20 off coupon and buys the e-reader shown. Each e-book costs $6. How many e-books can the book enthusiast buy?
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve it?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.9 6
Step 1: How much money does the book enthusiast pay for the e-reader?
Subtract $20 from $119.

Step 2: Subtract to find how much money he has left to spend on e-books.
$200 – _____ = d
d is the unknown difference.

Step 3: Use to find the number of e-books the book enthusiast can buy.

So, the book enthusiast can buy 16 e-books.

Show and Grow

Question 8.
You run 17 laps around a track. Newton runs 5 times as many laps as you. Descartes runs 35 more laps than Newton. Eight laps around the track are equal to 1 mile. How many miles does Descartes run?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.9 10
Answer: Descartes runs 15 miles

Explanation:
Given that you run 17 laps around a track and Newton runs 5 times as many laps as you.
So,
The number of laps covered by Newton = 17 × 5 = 85 laps
It is also given that Descartes runs 35 more laps than Newton.
So,
The number of laps covered by Descartes = 35 + Number of laps covered by Newton
= 35 + 85
= 120 laps
Given that,
8 laps = 1 mile
So,
The number of miles covered by Descartes = The number of laps covered by Descartes ÷ 8
= 120 ÷ 8
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
120 ÷ 8 = ( 80 + 40 ) ÷ 8
= ( 80 ÷ 8 ) + ( 40 ÷ 8 )
= 10 + 5
= 15 miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Descartes covers 15 miles.

Problem Solving: Division Homework & Practice 5.9

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve it? Explain.
Question 1.
You borrow a 235-page book from the library. You read 190 pages. You have 3 days left until you have to return the book. You want to read the same number of pages each day to finish the book. How many pages should you read each day?

Answer:  The number of pages you should read each day is: 15 pages

Explanation:
Given that you borrow a 235-page book and you read 190 pages. It is also given that you have only 3 days left until you have to return the book.
So,
The number of remaining pages = 235 – 190 = 45 pages
So,
The number of pages you should read each day = 45 ÷ 3
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
45 ÷ 3 = ( 30 + 15 ) ÷ 3
= ( 30 ÷ 3 ) + ( 15 ÷ 3 )
= 10 + 5
= 15
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of pages you should read each day is: 15 pages

Question 2.
There are 24 fourth-graders and 38 fifth graders traveling to a math competition. If 8 students can fit into each van, how many vans are needed?
Answer: The number of vans needed is: 7 R 6

Explanation:
Given that there are 24 fourth-graders and 38 fifth-graders traveling to a math competition.
So,
The total number of students who are traveling to a math competition = Number of fourth-graders + Number of fifth-graders
= 24 + 38
=  62 students
It is also given that 8 students can fit into each van.
So,
The number of vans needed = Total number of students ÷ Number of students fit into each van
= 62 ÷ 8
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
62 ÷ 8 = ( 40 + 16 ) ÷ 8
= ( 40 ÷ 8 ) + ( 16 ÷ 8 )
= 5 + 2
= 7 vans with 6 students leftover
= 7 R 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of vans needed is: 7 vans with 6 students leftover

Question 3.
Your class has 3 bags of buttons to make riding horses for a relay race. Each bag has 54 buttons. What is the greatest number of horses your class can make?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.9 11
Answer: The greatest number of horses your class can make = 40 horses

Explanation:
Given that your class has 3 bags of buttons to make riding horses for a relay race and each bag contains 54 buttons
So,
The total number of buttons present = 54 × 3
Now,
By using the Distributive Property of multiplication,
54 × 3 = ( 50 + 4 ) × 3
( 50 × 3 ) + ( 4 × 3 )
= 150 + 12
= 162 buttons
It is also given that each horse needs 4 buttons.
So,
The greatest number of horses you can make = Total number of buttons ÷ 4
= 162 ÷ 4
NOw,
By using the partial quotients method,
162 ÷ 4 = ( 120 + 40 ) ÷ 4
= ( 120 ÷ 4 ) + ( 40 ÷ 4 )
= 30 + 10
= 40 horses with 2 buttons leftover
= 40 R 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the greatest number of horses you can make = 40 horses

Question 4.
Factory workers make 2,597 small, 2,597 medium, and 2,597 large plush toys. The workers pack the toys into boxes with 4 toys in each box. How many toys are left over?
Answer: The number of toys leftover are: 3 toys

Explanation:
Given that factory workers make 2,597 small, 2,597 medium, and 2,597 large plush toys.
So,
Total number of toys that factory workers can made = 2,597 + 2,597 + 2,597
= 7,791 toys
It is also given that the workers pack the toys into boxes with 4 toys in each box.
So,
The number of toys in each box = Total number of toys that the factory workers can make ÷ 4
= 7,791 ÷ 4
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
7,791 ÷ 4 = ( 7,200 + 520 + 68 ) ÷ 4
= ( 7,200 ÷ 4 ) + ( 520 ÷ 4 ) + ( 68 ÷ 4 )
= 1,200 + 130 + 17
=1,347 R 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 3 leftovers after all the toys packed into  group of 4.

Question 5.
Writing
Write and solve a two-step word problem that can be solved using division.
Answer:

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
You exercise for 300 minutes this week. Outside of jogging, you divide your exercising time equally among 3 other activities. How many minutes do you spend on each of your other 3 activities?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.9 12
Answer: You spend 100 minutes on each of your other 3 activities.

Explanation:
Given that you exercise for 300 minutes this week.
It is also given that outside of jogging, you divide your exercising time equally among 3 other activities.
So,
The number of minutes you spend on each of your 3 other activities = Total minutes of exercising ÷ Total number of activities outside jogging
= 300 ÷ 3
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
300 ÷ 3 = ( 270 + 30 ) ÷ 3
= ( 270 ÷ 3 ) + ( 30 ÷ 3 )
= 90 + 10
= 100 minutes.
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that you spent 100 minutes on each of the 3 other activities outside of jogging.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
Drones are used to help protect orangutans and their habitats. A drone takes a picture every 2 seconds. How many pictures does the drone take in 30 minutes?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 5.9 13

Answer: The drone makes 900 pictures in 30 minutes.

Explanation:
Given that the drones are used to help protect orangutans and their habitats
It is also given that a drone takes a picture every 2 seconds.
We know that,
1 minute = 60 seconds
So,
30 minutes = 30 × 60 seconds
Now,
By using the place-value method,
30 × 60 = 3 tens × 60
= 3 tens × 6 tens
= 18 × 10 × 10
= 1,800 seconds
So,
The number of pictures does the drone takes in 30 minutes = 1,800 ÷ 2
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
1,800 ÷ 2 = ( 1,000 +800 ) ÷ 2
= ( 1,000 ÷ 2 ) + ( 800 ÷ 2 )
= 500 + 400
= 900 pictures
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that the drone takes 900 pictures in 30 minutes.

Review & Refresh

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 8.
Estimate: _____
41 × 22 = _____
Answer: 41 × 22 = 902

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
41 × 22 = ( 40 + 1 ) × ( 20 + 2 )
=( 40 × 20 ) + ( 1 × 20 ) + ( 40 × 2 ) + ( 1 × 2 )
= 800 + 20 + 80 + 2
= 902
So, 41 × 22 = 902
Estimate:
Let 41 be rounded to 40.
Let 22 be rounded to 20.
So, by using the place-value method,
40 × 20 = 4 tens × 20
= 80 tens
= 80 × 10
= 800
So, 40 × 20 = 400
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the actual answer is not near to the Estimate. So, the answer is not reasonable.

Question 9.
Estimate: ______
87 × 19 = ______

Answer: 87 × 19 = 1,653

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
87 × 19 = ( 80 + 17 ) × ( 10 + 9 )
=( 80 × 10 ) + ( 80 × 9 ) + ( 17 × 10 ) + ( 17 × 9 )
= 800 + 720 + 170 + 153
= 1,653
So, 87 × 19 = 1,653
Estimate:
Let 87 be rounded to 85.
Let 19 be rounded to 20.
So, by using the place-value method,
85 × 20 = 2 tens × 85
= 170 tens
= 170 × 10
= 1,700
So, 85 × 20 = 1,700
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the actual answer is near to the Estimate. So, the answer is reasonable.

Question 10.
Estimate: _____
36 × 59 = ______
Answer: 36 × 59 = 2,124

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
36 × 59 = ( 30 + 6 ) × ( 50 + 9 )
=( 30 × 50 ) + ( 30 × 9 ) + ( 6 × 50 ) + ( 6 × 9 )
= 1,500 + 270 + 300 + 54
= 2,124
So, 36 × 59 = 2,124
Estimate:
Let 36 be rounded to 35.
Let 59 be rounded to 60.
So, by using the place-value method,
35 × 60 = 6 tens × 35
= 210 tens
= 210 × 10
= 2,100
So, 35 × 60 = 2,100
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the actual answer is near to the Estimate. So, the answer is reasonable.

Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers Performance Task

The students in fourth grade go on a field trip to a planetarium.
Question 1.
The teachers have $760 to buy all of the tickets for the teachers and students. They receive less than $6 in change.

a. Each ticket costs $6. How many tickets do the teachers buy?
b. Exactly how much money is left over?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 1
c. There are 6 groups on the field trip. Each group has 1 teacher. There is an equal number of students in each group. How many students are in each group?
d. Two groups can be in the planetarium for each show. The planetarium has 7 rows of seats with 8 seats in each row. How many seats are empty during each show?

Answer:
a) The teachers buy 126 tickets.
b) The money that is leftover: $4
c) The number of students in each group: 20
d) The number of seats empty during each show is: 0

Explanation:
Given that the teachers have $760 to buy all of the tickets for the teachers and students and they received less than $6 change.
a) Given that each ticket cost $6
So,
The number of tickets that the teachers can buy = 760 ÷ 6
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
760 ÷ 6 = ( 600 + 120 + 36 ) ÷ 6
= ( 600 ÷ 6 ) + ( 120 ÷ 6 ) + ( 36 ÷ 6 )
= 100 + 20 + 6
= 126 tickets with 4 leftover as change=
= 126 R 4
b) From the above,
The money that is leftover = $4
c) Given that there are 6 groups on the field trip and each group has 1 teacher.
It is also given that there is an equal number of students in each group.
From the number of tickets, we can conclude that there are 126 students.
So,
The number of groups of students = 126 ÷ 6
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
126 ÷ 6 = ( 60 + 60 ) ÷ 6
= ( 60 ÷ 6 ) + ( 60 ÷ 6 )
= 10 + 10
= 20 R 6
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that there are 20 student groups.
d) Given that there are two groups in the planetarium for each show and the planetarium has 7 rows of seats with 8 seats in each row.
So,
The total number of seats = 7 × 8 = 56 seats
So,
The number of seats that are empty during each show = 56 ÷ 2 = 28
Hence, there are no empty seats left in each show.

Question 2.
The groups will be at the planetarium from 11:00 A.M. until 2:30 P.M. During that time they will rotate through 7 events: the planetarium show, 5 activities, and lunch. The planetarium show lasts 45 minutes. Each activity lasts 22 minutes. Students have 5 minutes between each event. How long does each group have to eat lunch?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 2

Answer: Each group has 10 minutes to eat lunch.

Explanation:
Given that,
The groups will be at the planetarium from 11:00 A.M. until 2:30 P.M.
The number of events = 7
The number of activities = 5
The time of planetarium show = 45 minutes
The time each activity lasts = 22 minutes
So,
The time at which 5 activities lasts = 22 × 5 = 110 minutes
The time for which students have time between each event = 5 minutes
Now,
The total time that the groups will be at the planetarium = From 11:00 A.M. until 2:30 P.M.
= 3 hours 30 minutes
= 210 minutes
The time taken by the groups for the activities and events = 45 + 110 =155 minutes
So,
The remaining time = 210 – 155 = 55 minutes
The time is taken by all the students between the events = 5 × 7 = 35 minutes
So, the remaining time = 55 – 35 = 20 minutes
Given that there are 2 groups in the above Exercise.
So, The time is taken for lunch by each group = 20 ÷ 2 = 10 minutes.
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that there are 10 minutes for each group to eat lunch.

Question 3.
You learn that the distance around Mars is about twice the distance around the moon. The distance around Mars is 13,263 miles. To find the distance around the moon, do you think an estimate or an exact answer is needed? Explain.

Answer: We need an Estimate.

Explanation:
Given that the distance around Mars is about twice the distance around the moon and the distance around Mars is 13,263 miles.
So,
The distance of Moon = The distance around Mars ÷ 2
= 13,263 ÷ 2
If we find the value of 13,263 ÷ 2, we will get the answer with decimals.
So, we have to take an Estimate to calculate the distance around the Moon.
Estimate:
let 13,263 be rounded to 13,262
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
13,262 ÷ 2 = ( 12,000 + 1,000 + 260 + 2 ) ÷ 2
= ( 12,000 ÷ 2 ) + ( 1,000 ÷ 2 ) + ( 260 ÷ 2 ) + ( 2 ÷ 2 )
= 6,000 + 500 + 130 +1
= 6,631 miles.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the estimated distance around the Moon = 6,631 miles

Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers Activity

Division Dots
Directions:
1. Players take turns connecting two dots, each using a different color.
2. On your turn, connect two dots, vertically or horizontally. If you close a square around a division problem, find and write the quotient and the remainder. If you do not close a square, your turn is over.
3. Continue playing until all division problems are solved.
4. The player with the most completed squares wins!
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers 3
Answer:

Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers Chapter Practice

5.1 Divide Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands

Find the quotient.
Question 1.
90 ÷ 9 = _____
Answer: The quotient is: 10

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
90 ÷ 9 =9 tens ÷ 9
= 1 ten
=10
So, 90 ÷ 9 = 10

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 2.
560 ÷ 7 = _____
Answer: The quotient is: 80

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
560 ÷ 7 = 56 tens ÷ 7
= 8 tens
=80
So, 560 ÷ 7 = 80

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 3.
2,700 ÷ 9 = _____
Answer: The quotient is: 300

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
2,700 ÷ 9 = 27 hundreds ÷ 9
= 3 hundred
=300
So, 2,700 ÷ 9 = 300

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 4.
240 ÷ 4 = ______
Answer: The quotient is: 60

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
240 ÷ 4 = 24 tens ÷ 4
= 6 tens
=60
So, 240 ÷ 4 = 60

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 5.
4,500 ÷ 5 = _____
Answer: The quotient is: 900

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
4,500 ÷ 5 = 45 hundreds ÷ 5
= 9 hundred
=900
So, 4,500 ÷ 5 = 900

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 6.
60 ÷ 6 = _____
Answer: The quotient is: 10

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
60 ÷ 6 = 6 tens ÷ 6
= 1 ten
=10
So, 60 ÷ 6 = 10

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 7.
1,600 ÷ 8 = _____
Answer: The quotient is: 200

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
1,600 ÷ 8 = 16 hundreds ÷ 8
= 2 hundred
=200
So, 1,600 ÷ 8 = 200

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 8.
30 ÷ 3 = ______
Answer: The quotient is: 10

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
30 ÷ 3 = 3 tens ÷ 3
= 1 ten
=10
So, 30 ÷ 3 = 10

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Question 9.
540 ÷ 9 = _____
Answer: The quotient is: 60

Explanation:
The given Expression is:
540 ÷ 9 = 54 tens ÷ 9
= 6 tens
=60
So, 540 ÷ 9 = 60

Note: The “Quotient” of an Expression is defined as a number that divides the Dividend and the quotient should be an Integer.

Find the missing number.
Question 10.
720 ÷ _____ = 80
Answer: The missing number is: 9

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X.
The given Expression is:
720 ÷ X = 80
So, X can be calculated by
X= 720 ÷ 80 = 9

Question 11.
_____ ÷ 7 = 10
Answer: 70

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X.
The given Expression is:
X ÷ 7 = 10
So, X can be calculated by
X= 7 × 10 = 70

Question 12.
1,800 ÷ _____ = 600
Answer: The missing number is: 3

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X.
The given Expression is:
1,800 ÷ X = 600
So, X can be calculated by
X= 1,800 ÷ 600 = 3

5.2 Estimate Quotients

Question 13.
47 ÷ 7
Answer: The estimated quotient is: 7

Explanation;
Let 47 be rounded off to 49.
So, now we have to find 49 ÷ 7
Now,
49 ÷ 7 = ( 42 + 7 ) ÷ 7
= ( 42 ÷ 7 ) + ( 7 ÷ 7 )
= 6 + 1
= 7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 47 ÷ 7 can be rounded off to 7.

Question 14.
593 ÷ 6
Answer: The estimated quotient is: 99

Explanation;
Let 593 be rounded off to 594.
So, now we have to find 594 ÷ 6
Now,
594 ÷ 6 = ( 540 + 54 ) ÷ 6
= ( 540 ÷ 6 ) + ( 54 ÷ 6 )
= 90 + 19
= 99
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 593 ÷ 6 can be rounded off to 99

Find two estimates that the quotient is between.
Question 15.
261 ÷ 8
Answer: The quotient of 261 ÷ 8 is between 30 and 40.

Explanation:
Use 240. 24 ÷ 8 = 3, so 240 ÷ 8 = 30.
Use 320. 32 ÷ 8 = 4, so 320 ÷ 8 = 40 .
261 is between 240 and 320.
So, the quotient of 261 ÷ 8 is between 30 and 40.

Question 16.
7,012 ÷ 9
Answer: The quotient of 7,012 ÷ 9 is between 700 and 800.

Explanation:
Use 6,300. 63 ÷ 9 = 7, so 6,300 ÷ 9 = 700.
Use 7,200. 72 ÷ 9 = 8, so 7,200 ÷ 9 = 800 .
7,012 is between 6,300 and 7,200.
So, the quotient of 7,012 ÷ 9 is between 700 and 800.

Question 17.
Reasoning
Explain how to find a better estimate for 2,589 ÷ 6 than the one shown.
Round 2,589 to 3,000. Estimate 3,000 ÷ 6.
3,000 ÷ 6 = 500, so 2,589 ÷ 6 is about 500.
Answer: The better Estimate to find 2,589 ÷ 6 is to round off 2,589 to 2,580

Explanation:
Given Expression is 2,589 ÷ 6
Let 2,589 be rounded to 3,000
So,
3,000 ÷ 6 = 300 tens ÷ 6
= 50 tens
= 500
Now,
Let 2,589 be rounded to 2,580.
So,
2,580 ÷ 6 = 258 tens ÷ 6
= 43 tens
=430
But, 2,589 is near to 2,580 when compared to 3,000.
So,
We can conclude that
2,580 ÷ 6 = 43

5.3 Understand Division and Remainder

Use a model to find the quotient and the remainder.
Question 18.
14 ÷ 4 = _____ R _____
Answer: 3 R 2

Explanation:
Divide 14 into 4 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 3
Number of units leftover = 2
Hence,
26 ÷ 3 = 3 R 2
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 19.
28 ÷ 6 = _____ R ______
Answer: 4 R 4

Explanation:
Divide 28 into 6 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 4
Number of units leftover = 4
Hence,
28 ÷ 6 = 4 R 4
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 20.
18 ÷ 7 = _____ R ______
Answer: 2 R 4

Explanation:
Divide 18 into 7 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 2
Number of units leftover = 4
Hence,
18 ÷ 7 = 2 R 4
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 21.
23 ÷ 3 = _____ R _______
Answer: 7 R 2

Explanation:
Divide 23 into 3 equal parts.
So, we will get
Number of Units in each group = 7
Number of units leftover = 2
Hence,
23 ÷ 3 = 7 R 2
Where R is the Remainder (or) the number of units leftover

Question 22.
Modeling Real Life
Tours of a factory can have no more than 9 guests. There are 76 guests in line to tour the factory.
• How many tours are full?
• How many tours are needed?
• How many guests are on the last tour?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers chp 22
Answer:

a) The number of tours that are full = 8 tours
b) The number of tours needed = 9 tours
c) The number of guests on the last tour = 4 guests

Explanation:
Given that there are 76 guests in line to tour a  factory It is also given that there are no more than 9 guests on the tours of a  factory.
We have to observe that to make all the guests full on all the trips without leftovers, we will need 9 trips. i.e.., 81 guests.
So, now we have to find the number of guests in each tour of a crayon factory by finding the quotient and remainder of 76 ÷ 9.
Now,
76 ÷ 9
From this, we can see
The number of guests in each tour that are full = 8
The number of guests leftover on the last trip = 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
a) 8 Tours are full.
b) 9 Tours are needed.
c) 4 guests are on the last tour.

5.4 Use Partial Quotients

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 23.
\(\sqrt [ 8 ]{ 504 } \)
Answer: 504 ÷ 8 = 63

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
504 ÷ 8 = ( 480 + 24 ) ÷ 8
( 480 ÷ 8 ) + ( 24 ÷ 8 )
= 60 + 3
= 63
Hence, 504 ÷ 8 = 63

Question 24.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 52 } \)
Answer: 52 ÷ 4 = 13

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
52 ÷ 4 = ( 40 + 12 ) ÷ 4
= ( 40 ÷ 4 ) + ( 12 ÷ 4 )
= 10 + 3
= 13
Hence, 52 ÷ 4 = 13

Question 25.
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 119 } \)
Answer: 119 ÷ 7 = 17

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
119 ÷ 7 = ( 105 + 14 ) ÷ 7
= ( 105 ÷ 7 ) + ( 14 ÷ 7 )
= 15 + 2
= 17
Hence, 119 ÷ 7 = 17

5.5 Use Partial Quotients with an Remainder

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 26.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 82 } \)
Answer: 82 ÷ 5 = 16 R 2

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
82 ÷ 5 = ( 75 + 5 ) ÷ 5
= ( 75 ÷ 5 ) + ( 5 ÷ 5 )
= 15 + 1
= 16 R 2
Hence, 82 ÷ 5 = 16 R 2

Question 27.
\(\sqrt [ 8 ]{ 759 } \)
Answer: 759 ÷ 8 = 94 R 7

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
759 ÷ 8 = ( 720 + 32 ) ÷ 8
= ( 720 ÷ 8 ) + ( 32 ÷ 8 )
= 90 + 4
= 94 R 7
Hence, 759 ÷ 8 = 94 R 7

Question 28.
\(\sqrt [ 3]{ 5,468 } \)
Answer: 5,468 ÷ 3 = 1,822 R 2

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
5,468 ÷ 3 = ( 5,400 + 66 ) ÷ 3
= ( 5,400 ÷ 3 ) + ( 66 ÷ 3 )
= 1,800 + 22
= 1,822 R 2
Hence, 5,468 ÷ 3 = 1,822 R 2

5.6 Divide Two-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 29.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 58 } \)
Answer: 58 ÷ 3 = 19 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
58 ÷ 3 = ( 48 + 9 ) ÷ 3
= ( 48 ÷ 3 ) + ( 9 ÷ 3 )
= 16 + 3
= 19 R 1
Hence, 58 ÷ 3 = 19 R 1

Question 30.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 90 } \)
Answer: 90 ÷ 4 = 22 R 2

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
90 ÷ 4 = ( 80 + 8 ) ÷ 4
= ( 80 ÷ 4 ) + ( 8 ÷ 4 )
= 20 + 2
= 22 R 2
Hence, 90 ÷ 4 = 22 R 2

Question 31.
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 67 } \)
Answer: 67 ÷ 2 = 33 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
67 ÷ 2 = ( 60 + 6 ) ÷ 2
= ( 60 ÷ 2 ) + ( 6 ÷ 2 )
= 30 + 3
= 33 R 1
Hence, 67 ÷ 2 = 33 R 1

5.7 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 32.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 865 } \)
Answer: 865 ÷ 5 = 173

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
865 ÷ 5 = ( 800 + 65 )÷ 5
= ( 800 ÷ 5 ) + ( 65 ÷ 5 )
=  160 + 13
= 173
Hnece, 865 ÷ 5 = 173

Question 33.
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 7,532 } \)
Answer: 7,532 ÷ 2 = 3,766

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
7,532 ÷ 2 = ( 7,000 + 500 + 3 ) ÷ 2
= ( 7,000 ÷ 2 ) + ( 500 ÷ 2 )  + ( 32 ÷ 2 )
= 3,500 + 250 + 16
= 3,766
Hence, 7,532 ÷ 2 = 3,766

Question 34.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 507 } \)
Answer: 507 ÷ 4 = 126 R 3

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
507 ÷ 4 = ( 480 + 24 ) ÷ 4
= ( 480 ÷ 4 ) + ( 24 ÷ 4 )
= 120 + 6
= 126 R 3
Hence, 507 ÷ 4 = 126 R 3

Question 35.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 9,127 } \)
Answer: 9,127 ÷ 6 = 1,521 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
9,127 ÷ 6 = ( 9,000 + 126 ) ÷ 6
= ( 9,000 ÷ 6 ) + ( 126 ÷ 6 )
= 1,500 + 21
= 1,521 R 1

Question 36.
\(\sqrt [ 8 ]{ 253 } \)
Answer: 253 ÷ 8 = 31 R 5

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
253 ÷ 8 = ( 240 + 8 ) ÷ 8
= ( 240 ÷ 8 ) + ( 8 v 8 )
= 30 + 1
= 31 R 5
Hence,253 ÷ 8 = 31 R 5

Question 37.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 429 } \)
Answer: 429 ÷ 6 = 71 R 3

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients,
429 ÷ 6 = ( 420 + 6 ) ÷ 6
= ( 420 ÷ 6 ) + ( 6 ÷ 6 )
= 70 + 1
= 71 R 3
Hence, 429 ÷ 6 = 71 R 3

5.8 Divide by One-Digit Numbers

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 38.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 91 } \)
Answer: 91 ÷ 3 = 30 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
91 ÷ 3 = ( 60 + 30 ) ÷ 3
= ( 60 ÷ 3 ) + ( 30 ÷ 3 )
= 20 + 10
= 30 R 1
Hence, 91 ÷ 3 = 30 R 1

Question 39.
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 914 } \)
Answer: 914 ÷ 7 = 130 R 4

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
914 ÷ 7 = ( 840 + 70 ) ÷ 7
= ( 840 ÷ 7 ) + ( 70 ÷ 7 )
= 120 + 10
= 130 R 4
Hence, 914 ÷ 7 = 130 R 4

Question 40.
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 6,075 } \)
Answer: 6,075 ÷ 2 = 3,037 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
6,075 ÷ 2 = ( 6,000 + 74 ) ÷ 2
= ( 6,000 ÷ 2 ) + ( 74 ÷ 2 )
= 3,000 + 37
= 3,037 R 1
Hence, 6,075 ÷ 2 = 3,037 R 1

5.9 Problem Solving: Division

Question 41.
A young snake sheds its skin every 2 weeks. How many times will the snake shed its skin in 3 years?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers chp 41.1
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers chp 41.2
Answer: A young snake sheds its skin 78 times in 3 years.

Explanation:
Given that a young snake sheds its skin every 2 weeks
We know that,
1 year = 52 weeks
So,
3 years = 3 × 52 = 156 weeks
So,
The number of times the young snake sheds its skin in 3 years = 156 ÷ 2
Now,
By using the partial quotients method,
156 ÷ 2 = ( 100 + 56 ) ÷ 2
= ( 100 ÷ 2 ) + ( 56 ÷ 2 )
= 50 + 28
= 78 times
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the young snake will shed its skin 78 times in 3 years

Conclusion:

After your preparation please test your knowledge by solving the problems provided at the end of the chapter. You can also prepare the questions on your own and solve the problems if you learn the concepts in depth. Prepare well and secure highest marks in the exams. All the Best!!!

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals

What are you searching for? If you are really on the hunt for the best source to learn the Multiply Decimals concept, then refer to Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals is the one-stop solution for better learning. All types of problems, practice tests, explanations, step-by-step solving processes, real-time examples are provided on our material. Therefore, students who want to become math experts can use our material and get good marks in the exam. Chapter-wise topics are given for the best practice of students. Make use of our Big Ideas Grade 5 Math Answers and learn perfectly.

Big Ideas 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals Math Book Answer Key

For the best practice, refer to all the links available below. Every link refers to every individual topic. On our website, we have given various methods to learn in-depth concepts. Therefore, find the best way that makes your preparation easy. never waste a single moment. Immediately start your preparation and finish all problems. Accurate learning is in your hands if you prepare with the Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals Answer Key.

Lesson: 1 Multiplication Patterns with Decimals

Lesson: 2 Estimate Products of Decimals and Whole Numbers

Lesson: 3 Use Models to Multiply Decimals and Whole Numbers

Lesson: 4 Multiply Decimals and Whole Numbers

Lesson 5.5 Use Models to Multiply Decimals

Lesson: 6 Use Partial Products to Multiply Decimals

Lesson: 7 Use Strategies to Multiply Decimals

Lesson: 8 Multiply Decimals

Lesson: 9 Problem Solving: Multiply with Money

Chapter: 5 – Multiply Decimals

Lesson 5.1 Multiplication Patterns with Decimals

Explore and Grow

Use the relationship between positions in a place value chart to find each product.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.1 1
What patterns do you notice?
Answer:

I notice that in first value chart the decimal point  shifts one place to the right and in the second value chart the decimal point shifts one place to the left.

Structure
Describe the placement of the decimal point when multiplying a decimal by 10, 100, 0.1, and 0.01.
Answer:
When we multiply 0.01with 10 the decimal point shifts one place to the right(10×0.01=0.1)
When we multiply 0.01with 100 the decimal point shifts two places to the right(100×0.01=1)
When we multiply 0.01 with 0.1 the decimal point shifts one place to the left(0.1×0.01=0.001).

Think and Grow: Use Patterns to Find Products

Example
Find 0.38 × 103.
Use place value concepts. Every time you multiply a number by 10, each digit in the number shifts one position to the left in a place value chart.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.1 2
So, 0.38 × 103 = ______.
Notice the pattern: In each product, the number of places the decimal point moves to the right is the same as the exponent.

Example
Find 9.2 × 0.01.
Use place value concepts. Every time you multiply a number by \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 0.1, 10each digit in the number shifts one position to the right in a place value chart.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.1 3
Notice the pattern: When you multiply by0.1, the decimal point moves one place to the left. When you multiply by 0.01, the decimal point moves two places to the left.

Show and Grow

Find the product.
Question 1.
2.51 × 104 = _______
Answer:
2.51×10000=25,100

Explanation:
2.51×1=2.51
2.51x 101 =2.51×10=25.1
2.51x 102 =2.51×100=251
2.51x 103 =2.51×1000=2510
2.51x 104 =2.51×10000=25100
So, 2.51x 104 =25100
When we multiply 2.51 by 104 the number of places the decimal point moves to the right is the same as the exponent ie 4 places.

Question 2.
0.7 × 0.01 = ______
Answer:
0.7 × 0.01 = 0.007

Explanation:
0.7×1=0.7
0.7×0.1=0.07
0.7×0.01=0.007
So, 0.7×0.01=0.007
When you multiply 0.7 by 0.1, the decimal point moves one place to the left. When you multiply 0.7 by 0.01, the decimal point moves two places to the left.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product.
Question 3.
4.1 × 102 = _______
Answer:
4.1×100=410

Explanation:
4.1×1=4.1
4.1x 101 =4.1×10=41
4.1x 102 =4.1×100=410
So, 4.1×102 =410
When we multiply 4.1 by 102 the number of places the decimal point moves to the right is the same as the exponent ie 2.

Question 4.
7.03 × 0.1 = _______
Answer:
7.03×0.1=0.703

Explanation:
7.03×1=7.03
7.03×0.1=0.703
So, 7.03×0.1=0.703
When you multiply 7.03 by 0.1, the decimal point moves one place to the left.

Question 5.

16.579 × 104 = _______
Answer:
16.579×10000=1,65,790

Explanation:
16.579×1=16.579
16.579x 101 =16.579×10=165.79
16.579x 102 =16.579×100=1657.9
16.579x 103 =16.579×1000=16,579
16.579x 104 =16.579×10000=1,65,790
So, 16.579x 104 =1,65,790
When we multiply 16.579 by 104 the number of places the decimal point moves to the right is the same as the exponent ie 4.

Question 6.
843.7 × 0.01 = _______
Answer:
843.7×0.01=8.437

Explanation:
843.7×1=843.7
843.7×0.1=84.37
843.7×0.01=8.437
So, 843.7×0.01=8.437
When we multiply 843.7 by 0.1, the decimal point moves one place to the left.When you multiply 843.7 by 0.01, the decimal point moves two placs to the left.

Question 7.
A contractor installs a new floor of a room using 1,000 square tiles. Each tile has an area of 1.25 square feet. What is the area of the floor?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.1 4
Answer:
There are 1,000 square tiles in a room, Area of each tile is 1.25 square feet
Find the area of the floor by multiplying Area of tile by Number of tiles.
Multiplying 1.25 by 1000, shifts the digits 3 positions to the left in a place value chart.So, the decimal point moves 3 places to the right.
=1.25×1000=1,250 square feet
Therefore Area of floor is 1,250 square feet.

Reasoning
complete the equation

Question 9.
_____ × 103 = 6,209
Answer:
6.209×1000=6,209

Explanation:
Multiplying something by 1000, shifts the digits 3 positions to the left in a place value chart.So, the decimal point moves 3 places to the right.As the number 6,209 is already multiplyed by 1000 now to know the missing factor shift the decimal point 3 places to the left.
So, the number is 6.209

Question 10.
_____ × 0.01 = 1.879
Answer:
187.9=0.01=1.879

Explanation:
When you multiply by 0.1, the decimal point moves one place to the left.When you multiply by 0.01, the decimal point moves two places to the left.As the number 1.879 is already multiplied by 0.01 now to know the missing factor shift the decimal point two places to the right.
So, the number is 187.9

Question 11.
0.045 × _____ = 45
Answer:
0.045×1000=45

Explanation:
0.045×1=0.045
0.045×10=0.45
0.045×100=4.5
0.045×1000=45
When we multiply 0.045 by 1000 the decimal point moves 3 placed to the right.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A flea is 1.5 millimeters long. A magnified image of the flea is 100 times as long as its actual length. How much longer is the flea in the image than its actual length?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.1 5
Find the length of the flea in the image by multiplying the length of the flea by 100.
Multiplying 1.5 by 100, or 102, shifts the digits _____ positions to the left in a place value chart. So, the decimal point moves ____ places to the right.
1.5 × 100 = 1.5 × 102 = ______
The length of the flea in the image is _______ millimeters.
Subtract the length of the flea from the length of the flea in the image.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.1 6
The flea in the image is ________ millimeters longer than its actual length.

Answer:
Multiplying 1.5 by 100, or 102, shifts the digits right positions to the left in a place value chart. So, the decimal point moves left places to the right.
1.5 × 100 = 1.5 × 102 = 150
The length of the flea in the image is 150 millimeters.
150 – 1.5 = 148.5
The flea in the image is 148.5 millimeters longer than its actual length.

Show and Grow

Question 12.
The London Eye is a 443-foot-tall Ferris wheel. A model is 0.01 times as tall as the actual Ferris wheel. How much taller is the actual London Eye than the model?
Answer:
The London Eye is 443 feet tall Ferris, a model is 0.01 times tall as actual Ferris.
When we multiply 443 by 0.01 the decimal point moves 2 places to the left
443×0.01=4.43. So, the area of the model is 4.43 feet.
Subtract the area of the model from the actual area of the Ferris.
443.00‐ 4.43=438.57
The actual London Eye ferris wheel is 438.57 feet taller than a model ferris wheel.

Question 13.
Each day,you ride your bike from home to school and back. Your school is 0.9 mile from home. How far do you ride your bike in 10 days?
Answer:
My school is 0.9 mile from my home.If I ride bike from home to school and back every day then I ride 1.8(0.9×2) miles every day.
If each day I ride 1.8 miles then for 10 days i ride 1.8×10=18 miles.
When we multiply 1.8 by 10 and the decimal point moves 1 places to the right.
Therefore I ride 18 miles in 10 days.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
An eel travels at a speed of 2 miles per hour. A starfish travels one hundredth the speed of the eel. A falcon travels 10,000 times as fast as the starfish. How many more miles per hour can the falcon travel than the eel?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.1 7
Answer:
An eel travels at a speed of 2 miles per hour.A starfish and travels one hundredth the speed of the eel.
Speed of starfish is 2×0.01(one hundredth)=0.02miles per hour.
When we multiply 2 by 0.01 the decimal point moves 2 places to the left
A falcon travels 10,000 times as fast as the starfish.
Speed of falcon is 10,000×0.02(speed of starfish)=200 miles per hour.
When we multiply 0.02 by 10000 the decimal point moves 4 places to the right
A falcon can travel 200 miles more miles per hour than the eel.

Multiplication Patterns with Decimals Homework & Practice 5.1

Find the product.
Question 1.
5.201 × 10 = ______
Answer:
5.201 × 10 =52.01

Explanation:
5.201×1=5.201
5.201×10=52.01
So, 5.201×10=52.01
When we multiply 5.201 by 10 the decimal point moves one place to the right.

Question 2.
26.7 × 0.01 = _____
Answer:
26.7 × 0.01 =0.267

Explanation:
26.7×1=26.7
26.7×0.1=2.67
26.7×0.01=0.267
So, 26.7 × 0.01 =0.267
When we multiply 26.7 by 0.1, the decimal point moves one place to the left. When you multiply 26.7 by 0.01, the decimal point moves two places to the left.

Question 3.
0.095 × 103 = ______
Answer:
0.095 × 103 =0.095×1000=95

Explanation:
0.095×1=0.095
0.095x 101 =0.095×10=0.95
0.095x 102 =0.095×100=9.5
0.095x 103 =0.095×1000=95
So, 0.095 × 103 =95
When we multiply 0.095 by 103 the number of places the decimal point moves to the right is the same as the exponent ie 3 places.

Question 4.
37.84 × 0.1 = ______
Answer:
37.84 × 0.1 =3.784

Explanation:
37.84×1=37.84
37.84×0.1=3.784
So, 37.84×0.1=3.784
When we multiply 37.84 by 0.1, the decimal point moves one place to the left.

Question 5.
0.26 × 104 = ______
Answer:
0.26 × 104 =0.26×10000=2600

Explanation:
0.26×1=0.26
0.26x 101 =0.26×10=2.6
0.26x 102 =0.26×100=26
0.26x 103 =0.26×1000=260
0.26x 104 =0.26×10000=2600
So, 0.26x 104 =2600
When we multiply 0.26 by 104 the number of places the decimal point moves to the right is the same as the exponent ie 4 places.

Question 6.
15.9 × 0.01 = ______
Answer:
15.9 × 0.01 =0.159

Explanation:
15.9×1=15.9
15.9×0.1=1.59
15.9×0.01=0.159
So, 15.9×0.01=0.159
when we multiply 15.9 by 0.01 the decimal point moves two places to the left.

Find the product.
Question 7.
0.8 × 0.01 = ______
Answer:
0.8 × 0.01 =0.008

Explanation:
0.8×1=0.8
0.8×0.1=0.08
0.8×0.01=0.008
So, 0.8×0.01=0.008
When we multiply 0.8 by 0.1, the decimal point moves one place to the left. When you multiply 0.8 by 0.01, the decimal point moves two places to the left.

Question 8.
3.1 × 104 = ______
Answer:
3.1 × 104 =3.1×10000=31000

Explanation:
3.1×1=3.1
3.1x 101 =3.1×10=31
3.1x 102 =3.1×100=310
3.1x 103 =3.1×1000=3100
3.1x 104 =3.1×10000=31000
So, 3.1x 104 =31000
When we multiply 3.1 by 104 the number of places the decimal point moves to the right is the same as the exponent ie 4 places.

Question 9.
Writing
Explain how you can use mental math to find 5.4 × 103 and 5.4 × 0.01.
Answer:
5.4 × 103 and 5.4 × 0.01
5.4 × 103
5.4 × 10 × 10 × 10
= 54 × 100
= 5400
5.4 × 0.01 = 0.054

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
What is Newton’s number?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.1 8
Answer:
Newton’s number is 49.874

Explanation:
Subtract 12.6 from 5000
5000‐12.6=4987.4
Divide the balance with 100 to find Newton’s number.
4987.4×0.01=49.874
When you multiply 4987.4 by 0.01, the decimal point moves two places to the left.
Newton’s number is 49.874

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A house cat weighs 9.22 pounds. Hercules the liger is the world’s largest cat, and weighs 100 times the weight of the house cat. How much more does Hercules weigh than the house cat?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.1 9
Answer:
Hercules weigh  912.7 pounds more than the house cat.

Explanation:
A house cat weighs 9.22 pounds, Hercules the liger is the world’s largest cat and weighs 100 times more than a house cat.
The weight of Hercules is 9.22×100=922 pounds
When we multiply 9.22 by 100 the decimal point moves 2 places to the right.
Subtract weight of house cat from the weight of Hercules =922‐9.22=912.7
Hercules weigh  912.7 pounds more than the house cat.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
A Tyrannosaurus rex weighed about 1.4 tons more than one-tenth the weight of a Patagotitan. About how much did the mayorumTyrannosaurus rex weigh?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.1 10
Answer:
MayorumTyrannosaurus rex weigh=9 tons.

Explanation:
Weight of patagotitan mayorum is 76 tons and One‐tenth of patagotitan is 76×0.1=7.6 tons.
When you multiply 76.0 by 0.1 , the decimal point moves one places to the left.
A Tyrannosaurus rex weighed about 1.4 tons more than one-tenth the weight of a Patagotitan
Weight of Tyrannosaurus rex=1.4 tons + 7.6 tons= 9 tons
MayorumTyrannosaurus rex weigh=9 tons.

Review & Refresh

Question 13.
Newton and Descartes have a $50.00 gift card to a pet store. Newton’s total is $18.95 and Descartes’s total is $24.38. How much money do they have left on their gift card?
Answer:
Newton’s total is $18.95 and Descartes’s total is $24.38.
Total money they spent in a pet store =$18.95+$24.38 =$43.33
Newton and Descartes have a $50.00 gift card to a pet store
Subtract the money they spent in a pet store from the gift card money
$50.00‐$43.33=$6.67
Therefore , $6.67 is the amount they have left on their gift card.

Lesson 5.2 Estimate Products of Decimals and Whole Numbers

Explore and Grow

Choose an expression to estimate each product. Write the expression. You may use an expression more than once.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.2 1
Compare your answers with a partner. Did you choose the same expressions?
Answer:

when i compared my answers with my partners answers i found that we didnot choose the same expressions.

Construct Arguments
Which estimated product do you think will be closer to the product of 2.7 and 9? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.2 2
Answer:
The estimated product of 3 and 9 is closer to the product of 2.7 and 9.

Explanation:
The product of 2.7 and 9 is 2.7×9=24.3
The product of 3 and 9 is 3×9=27
The product of 3 and 10 is 3×10=30
24.3 is closer to 27
Therefore the estimated product of 3 and 9 is closer to the product of 2.7 and 9.

Think and Grow: Estimate Products

Example
Estimate 3.85 × 27.
One Way: Use rounding. Round 3.85 to the nearest whole number. Then multiply.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.2 3
4 × 27 = ______
So, 3.85 × 27 is about = ______

Answer:
4 × 27 = 108
So, 3.85 × 27 is about = 104

Another Way: Use compatible numbers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.2 4
4 × 25 = ______
So, 3.85 × 27 is about = ______.

Answer:
4 × 25 = 100
So, 3.85 × 27 is about = 100.

Example
Estimate 77 × 93.6.
One Way: Use rounding. Round to the nearest ten. Then multiply.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.2 5
80 × 90 = _____
So, 77 × 93.6 is about = ______

Answer:
80 × 90 = 7200
So, 77 × 93.6 is about = 7200

Another Way: Use compatible numbers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.2 6
75 × 100 = _______
So, 77 × 93.6 is about = ______.

Answer:
75 × 100 = 7500
So, 77 × 93.6 is about = 7207.

Show and Grow

Estimate the product.
Question 1.
11.6 × 9

Answer:
Use rounding. Round 11.6 to the nearest whole number. Then multiply.

12×9=108
So, 11.6×9 is about =108
Another Way: Use compatible numbers

10×10=100
So, 11.6× 9 is about =100

Question 2.
159.81 × 17
Answer:
One Way: Use rounding. Round 159.81 to the nearest whole number. Then multiply.

160×17=2720
So, 159.81×17 is about =2720
Another Way: Use compatible numbers

150×20=3000
So, 159.81×17 is about =3000

Apply and Grow: Practice

Estimate the product.
Question 3.
72 × 0.76
Answer:
Use rounding. Round 0.76 to the nearest whole number. Then multiply.

72×1 =72
So, 72×0.76 is about =72

Question 4.
6.1 × 4
Answer:
Use rounding. Round 6.1 to the nearest whole number. Then multiply.

6×4=24
So, 6.1×4 is about =24

Question 5.
1.54 × 12
Answer:
Use rounding. Round 1.54 to the nearest whole number. Then multiply.

2×12=24
So, 1.54×12 is about =24

Question 6.
22 × 8.02
Answer:
Use rounding. Round 8.02 to the nearest whole number. Then multiply.

22×8=176
So, 22 × 8.02 is about = 176

Question 7.
147 × 11.6
Answer:
Use compatible numbers

145×12=1740
So, 147×11.6 is about =1740

Question 8.
217 × 13.42
Answer:
Use compatible numbers

200×15=3000
So, 217×13,42 is about =3000

Question 9.
There are 1.36 liters of pineapple juice in 1 can. You buy a case of 8 cans. About how many liters of pineapple juice do you buy?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.2 7
Answer:
There are 1.36 liters of pineapple juice in 1 can, there are 8 cans in a case.
Number of liters of pineapple juice in a case is about 1.36×8
Use rounding. Round 1.36 to the nearest whole number. Then multiply.

1×8=8 liters
About 8 liters of pineapple juice i shall buy.

Question 10.
Open-Ended
Write a decimal and a whole number that have an estimated product of 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.2 8
Answer:
Imagine the numbers as 1.9 and 8
1.9 × 8
Use rounding.Round 1.9 to the nearest whole number. Then multiply

2×8=16
So, 1.9×8 is about =16.

Question 11.
Number Sense
You use 50 × 4 to estimate 45 × 3.56. Is your estimate an overestimate or an underestimate? Explain.
Answer:
My estimate is an overestimate.

Explanation:
50×4=200
45×3.56=160.2
As the product of 50 and 4 is more than the product of 45 and 3.56 so mu estimate is over estimate.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Describe a situation in which an estimate of the product of a whole number and a decimal is suffcient.
Answer:
A biscuit packet costs 4.83 rupees for a vendor and he sells 15 packets of biscuits he will earn an amount of 75 rupees(15 × 4.83=72.45).

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A space probe is 756,600 miles from Earth. The probe travels 9.7 miles farther from Earth each second. About how far is the space probe from Earth after 60 seconds?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.2 9
Find the distance the probe travels in 60 seconds by multiplying the distance the probe travels in 1 second by60. Round 9.7 to the nearest whole number because you do not need a precise answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.2 10
The probe travels about ______ miles in 60 seconds.
Add the distance the probe is from Earth to the distance it travels in 60 seconds.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.2 11
The probe is about ______ miles from Earth after 60 seconds.

Answer:
10 × 60 = 600
The probe travels about 600 miles in 60 seconds.
Add the distance the probe is from Earth to the distance it travels in 60 seconds.
756,600 + 600 = 757200
The probe is about 757200 miles from Earth after 60 seconds.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
A bucket weighs 1.4 pounds. One gallon of sand weighs 13.4 pounds. About how much does the bucket and 4 gallons of sand weigh in all?
Answer:
A bucket weighs 1.4 pounds, A gallon of sand weighs 13.4 pounds.
Use rounding. Round 1.4 and 13.4 to the nearest whole number

Weight of 4 gallons = 4 × weight of gallon= 4 × 13=52
The bucket and 4 gallons of sand weight=1+52=53 pounds

Question 14.
An 8.2-centimeter-tall plant grows 2.9 centimeters each month for 1 year. About how tall is the plant at the end of 1 year?
Answer:
Length of the plant now is 8.2 centimeters. If it grows about 2.9 centimeter for each month the length of the plant increased is product of 12months and the length of plant that grows each month.
Round of 8.2 and 2.9 to the nearest whole numbers

The length of the plant increased is product of 12months and the length of plant that grows each month
12×3=36
Total length= length of plant + increased length after a year=8+36 =44 centimeters
About 44 centimeters tall is the plant at the end of 1 year.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
A motorcycle travels 52.3 miles using 1 gallon of gasoline. A car travels 29.8 miles using 1 gallon of gasoline. About how much farther does the motorcycle travel using 6 gallons of gasoline than the car?
Answer:
A motorcycle travels 52.3 miles using 1 gallon of gasoline and a car travels 29.8 miles using 1 gallon of gasoline
Round of 52.3 and 29.8 sto the nearest whole number.

For 6 gallons of gasoline motorcycle travels    30× 6=180 miles
For 6 gallons of gasoline car travels                 52× 6=312 miles
312‐180=132 miles
About 132 miles farther the motorcycle travel using 6 gallons of gasoline than the car.

Estimate Products of Decimals and Whole Numbers Homework & Practice 5.2

Estimate the product.
Question 1.
0.8 × 36
Answer:
Use rounding. Round of 0.8 to nearest whole number. And multiply

1×36=36
So, 0.8×36=36

Question 2.
2.34 × 16
Answer:
Use rounding. Round of 2.34 to the nearest whole number. And multiply

2×16=32
So, 2.34×16 is about =32

Question 3.
9 × 1.67
Answer:
Use rounding. Round of 1.67 to the nearest whole number. And multiply

9×2=18
So, 9×1.67 is about = 18

Question 4.
105 × 4.6
Answer:
Use rounding. Round of 4.6 to the nearest whole number. And multiply

105×5=525
So, 105×4.6 is about =525

Question 5.
88 × 0.9
Answer:
Use rounding. Round of 0.9 to the nearest whole number. And multiply

88×1=88
So, 88×0.9 is about =8

Question 6.
5.5 × 131
Answer:
Use rounding. Round of 5.5 to the nearest whole number. And multiply

6×131=786
So, 5.5×131 is about =786

Question 7.
An athlete runs 6.23 miles in 1 hour. At this pace, about how far does the athlete run in 4 hours?
Answer:
An athlete runs 6.23 miles in 1 hour.
Use rounding.
Round of 6.23 to the nearest whole number.
6.23——6
Number of miles athlete run in 4 hours
=4× Number of miles athlete run in 1 hour
=4×6=24
About 24 miles the athlete run in 4 hours.

Question 8.
Number Sense
Which expressions are underestimates of 26.5 × 91?
20 × 90
30 × 100
30 × 90
25 × 90
Answer:
20×90 and 25×90 are the underestimates of 26.5×91 as both the estimated numbers in these expressions are less than original numbers.

Question 9.
Writing
Which strategy can you use to estimate the product of 8.02 and 106? Explain.
Answer:
I use compatible numbers strategy because numbers are near to round figures.

Question 10.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the product. Is her answer reasonable? Estimate to check.?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.2 12
Answer:
1.06 × 103 = 109.18
Use rounding.Round 1.06 to the nearest whole number. And multiply.

1×103 =103
So, my friend’s answer is reasonable.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
Newton pays for 5 pounds of pears that cost $3.75 per pound. Descartes pays$15 for 5 pounds of apples. About how much more do the 5 pounds of pears cost than the 5 pounds of apples?
Answer:
Cost of 5 pounds of pears 5×$3.75
Round 3.75 to the nearest whole number. And multiply
5×$4=$20
Descartes pays$15 for 5 pounds of apples
Subtract cost of apples from pears $20‐$15=$5
About $5 more the 5 pounds of pears cost than the 5 pounds of apples.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
A hospital employee works 3 days each week. The route from her house to the hospital is 9.9 miles and the route back to her house is 10.5 miles. About how many miles does she travel for work each week?
Answer:
Use rounding.Round 9.9 and 10.5 to the nearest whole numbers.

A hospital employee works 3 days each week.
So, as the route from her house to the hospital is 9.9 miles per day for 3 days it is 10×3= 30 miles
As the route back to her house is 10.5 miles per day for 3 days it is 10×3=30 miles
Total number of miles =30+30=60
Therefore About 60 miles she travel for work each week.

Review & Refresh

Question 13.
Write the number in two other forms.
Standard form:
Word form: four and twenty-six thousandths
Expanded form:
Answer:
4.26000

Lesson 5.3 Use Models to Multiply Decimals and Whole Numbers

Explore and Grow

Complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 1
Answer:

Structure
How does the relationship between addition and multiplication help you find each product?
Answer:
Addition is the process of combining a number of individual items together to form a new total.Multiplication, however, is the process of using repeated addition and combining the total number of items that make up equal-sized groups.

Think and Grow: Use Models to Multiply Decimals and Whole Numbers

Example
Find 0.23 × 3.
Use a model. Shade 3 groups of 0.23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 2

Example
Find 0.48 × 4.
Use a model. Shade 4 groups of 0.48.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 3

Show and Grow

Find the product.
Question 1.
0.19 × 3 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 4
Answer:


0.19+0.19+0.19=0.57
So, 0.19×3=0.57

Question 2.
0.37 × 5 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 5
Answer:


0.37+0.37+0.37+0.37+0.37=1.85
S0, 0.37×5=1.85

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product.
Question 3.
0.09 × 5 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 6
Answer:


0.09+0.09+0.09+0.09+0.09=0.45
So, 0.09×5=0.45

Question 4.
8 × 0.2 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 7
Answer:


0.2+0.2+0.2+0.2+0.2+0.2+0.2=1.6
So, 8×0.2=1.6

Question 5.
7 × 0.14 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 8
Answer:


0.14+0.14+0.14+0.14+0.14+0.14+0.14=0.98
So, 7×0.14=0.98

Question 6.
0.96 × 2 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 9
Answer:

0.96+0.96=1.92
So, 0.96×2=1.92

Question 7.
A hummingbird’s heart beats once every 0.05 second. How long does it take for its heart to beat 7 times?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 10
Answer:
Given,
A hummingbird’s heart beats once every 0.05 second.
0.005 × 7 = 0.035 seconds

Question 8.
Precision
When multiplying a decimal less than one by a whole number, how does the product compare to the whole number? Is this true when multiplying two whole numbers?
Answer:
When we multiply a decimal less than one by a whole number the product will be a decimal or a whole number but when we multiply two whole numbers the product will be only a whole number.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
Write two multiplication equations involving a decimal and a whole number whose product is shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 11
Answer:
0.2×3=0.6 and 0.3×2=0.6

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You build the card tower shown. Each row is 0.08 meter tall. Your friend’s card tower is 0.3 meter tall. Whose tower is taller?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 12
Because your card tower has 4 rows, multiply 4 by0.08 to find the height of your tower.
Use a model. Shade 4 groups of 0.08.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 13
0.08 + 0.08 + 0.08 + 0.08 = ______
Compare the height of your tower to the height of your friend’s tower.
So, ______ tower is taller.

Answer:
0.08 + 0.08 + 0.08 + 0.08 = 0.32
Compare the height of your tower to the height of your friend’s tower.
So, 0.32tower is taller.

Show and Grow

Question 10.
You have 1 meter of ribbon. Do you have enough ribbon to border the outside of the square picture frame?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 14
Answer:
No

Explanation:
Length of side of the square picture is 0.33m.
Border of the square picture is 4 × length of side=4×0.33m=1.32m
I have 1 meter of ribbon 1.32>1
So, i don’t have enough ribbon to border the square picture.

Question 11.
Organic shaved coconut originally costs $0.34 per ounce. A baker buys 8 ounces on sale for $0.27 per ounce.How much money does the baker save?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 15
Answer:
Money the baker save is 0$2.72‐$2.16=$0.56

Explanation:
Original cost of organic shaved coconut is $0.34 per ounce
Then for 8 ounces it will be 8×$0.34=$2.72
Cost of the baker is $0.27 per ounce
Then for 8 ounces it will be 8×$0.27=$2.16
Money the baker save is 0$2.72‐$2.16=$0.56

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 4 pennies, 3 nickels, and 2 quarters. Find the total weight and the total value of your coins.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 16
Answer:
4 × 2.5 = 10
3 × 5 = 15
2 × 5.67 = 11.34
10 + 15 + 11.34 = 36.34

Use Models to Multiply Decimals and Whole Numbers Homework & Practice 5.3

Find the product.
Question 1.
0.4 × 2 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 17
Answer:


0.4+0.4=0.8
So, 0.4×2=0.84

Question 2.
6 × 0.31 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 18
Answer:


0.31+0.31+0.31+0.31+0.31+0.31=1.86
So, 6×0.31=1.86

Question 3.
0.54 × 3 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 19
Answer:


0.54+0.54+0.54=1.62
So, 0.54×3=1.62

Question 4.
0.25 × 7 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 20
Answer:


0.25+0.25+0.25+0.25+0.25+0.25+0.25=1.75
So, 0.25×7=1.75

Find the product
Question 5.
0.22 × 4 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 21
Answer:


0.22+0.22+0.22+0.22=0.88
So, 0.22×4=0.88

Question 6.
5 × 0.4 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 22
Answer:


0.4+0.4+0.4+0.4+0.4=2
So, 5×0.4=2

Question 7.
A city mayor plans to build two new parks. Each park will cover 1.45 acres. How many acres will the new parks cover altogether? Explain.
Answer:
2.9 Acers

Explanation:
Acres covered by one park is 1.45 acres, A city mayor plans to build two new parks.
Acres covered by two new parks is 2×1.45=2.9acers.

Question 8.
Structure
Write an equation represented by the model.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.3 23
Answer:
0.35+0.35+0.35+0.35+0.35=1.75
So, 0.35×5=1.75

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the product of 0.03 and 4. How does the product change when you replace 4 with 0.4? Explain.
Answer:
The product of 0.03 and 4 is 0.03×4=0.12
The product of 0.03 and 0.4 is 0.03×0.4=0.012
When we replace the 4 with 0.4 then the product will become very small.

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
In 1 year, you spend $1.50 on electricity to charge your tablet. In 1 month, you spend $0.02 on electricity to charge your smart phone. Which device costs more to charge in 1 year?
Answer:
In 1 year, i spend $1.50 on electricity to charge my tablet
If In 1 month, i spend $0.02 on electricity to charge my smart phone in a year i spend = 12months × electricity charge per month
=12×0.02=$0.24
$0.24<$1.50
Therefore Tablet costs more to charge in 1 year.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
You have a 2-pound carton of blueberries. You eat 0.2 of the carton on Monday and 0.35 of the carton on Tuesday. How many pounds of blueberries are left?
Answer:
Weight of carton of blueberries is 2 pounds
I ate 0.2 of carton on Monday 0.2×2=0.4 pounds
I ate 0.35 of carton on Tuesday 0.35×2=0.7
Total of berries i ate is 0.4+0.7=1.1
pounds of blueberries are left=2‐1.1=0.9
Therefore 0.9 pounds of blueberries are left in the carton.

Review & Refresh

Evaluate the expression.
Question 12.
(12 ÷ 4) × 30 – 15
Answer:
(12 ÷ 4) × 30 – 15=75

Explanation:
(12 ÷ 4) × 30 – 15
=(3)×30‐15
=90‐15
=75
S0, (12 ÷ 4) × 30 – 15=75

Question 13.
(11 + 7) ÷ (3 + 5 + 1)
Answer:
(11 + 7) ÷ (3 + 5 + 1)=2

Explanation:
(11 + 7) ÷ (3 + 5 + 1)
=(18)÷(9)
=2
So, (11 + 7) ÷ (3 + 5 + 1)=2

Question 14.
35 ÷ [(153 – 139) ÷ 2]
Answer:
35 ÷ [(153 – 139) ÷ 2]=5

Explanation:
35 ÷ [(153 – 139) ÷ 2]
=35÷[(14÷2)]
=35÷7
=5
So, 35 ÷ [(153 – 139) ÷ 2]=5

Lesson 5.4 Multiply Decimals and Whole Numbers

Explore and Grow

Complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.4 1
What pattern do you notice in the placement of the decimal point?
Answer:


We can notice that the decimal point moves one place to the left.

Structure
How is multiplying decimals similar to multiplying whole numbers?
Answer:
Decimal multiplication is similar to the multiplication of whole numbers after decimal point the product of the numbers is the same.

Think and Grow: Multiply a Decimals and a Whole Numbers

Example
Find 5.8 × 4. Estimate ________
One Way: Multiply as you do with whole numbers. Then place the decimal point.
Find 58 × 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.4 2

Another Way: Use place value and partial products.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.4 3
So, 5.8 × 4 = ______.

Show and Grow

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 1.
2.4 × 7 = ______
Answer:
2.4 × 7 =16.8

Explanation:
2.4 × 7

Multiply 24 with 7
24×7=168
Multiply 168 with 0.1
168×0.1=16.8 decimal point moves one place to the left.
So, 2.4 × 7 =16.8

Question 2.
8.15 × 3 = ______
Answer:
8.15 × 3 =24.45

Explanation:
8.15 × 3

Multiply 8.15 with 3
815×4=2445
Multiply 2445 with 0.01
2445×0.01=24.45 decimal point moves two places to the left.
So, 8.15 × 3 =24.45

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product.
Question 3.
6 × 5.3 = _____
Answer:
6×5.3=31.8

Explanation:
6×5.3=

6×53=318
318 ×0.1=31.8decimal point moves one place to the left.
So,6 ×5.3=31.8

Question 4.
4.68 × 4 = ______
Answer:
4.68×4=18.72

Explanation:
4.68×4

468×4=1872
1872×0.01=18.72decimal point moves two places to the left.
So, 4.68 × 4 =18.72

Question 5.
7 × 0.81 = ______
Answer:
7×0.81=5.56

Explanation:
7×0.81

7×81=567
567×0.01=5.67decimal point moves two places to the left.
So, 7 × 0.81 =5.67

Question 6.
1.45 × 5 = _____
Answer:
1.45 × 5=7.25

Explanation:
1.45 × 5

145×5=725
725×0.01=7.25decimal point moves two places to the left.
So, 1.45 × 5 =7.25

Question 7.
34 × 7.2 = _____
Answer:
34 × 7.2=244.8

Explanation:
34 × 7.2

34×72=2448
2448×0.1=244.8decimal point moves one place to the left.
So, 34 × 7.2=244.8

Question 8.
23.66 × 19 = ______
Answer:
23.66 × 19=499.54

Explanation:
23.66 × 19

2366×19=44954
44954×0.01=449.54decimal point moves two places to the left.
So, 23.66 × 19 =449.54

Question 9.
How much do you pay for 3 pounds of grapes?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.4 4
Answer:
One pound of grapes costs $1.98
3 pounds of grapes cost is 3×$1.98

=3×198=598
598×0.01=5.98decimal point moves two places to the left.
Therefore cost of 3 pounds of grapes is 5.98

Question 10.
Which One Doesn’t Belong?
Which equation is not true?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.4 5
Answer:
0.4×15=60 is not correct

Explanation:
0.4×15

4×15=60
60×0.1=6decimal point moves one place to the left.
0.4×15=6
Therefore it is a wrong equation.

Question 11.
Number Sense
Without calculating, determine whether the product of 0.67 and 8 is greater than or less than 8. Explain.
Answer:
The product of 0.67 and 8 is less than 8.

Explanation:
We know that 0.67 is less than 1 so 0.67 when multiplied with 8 will be less than 8.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the missing digits. Then find the product.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.4 6
Answer:

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You buy a 40-pack of bottled water. Each bottle contains 16.9 fluid ounces of water. You drink 10 bottles. How many total fluid ounces of water do you have left?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.4 7
Subtract 10 from the number of bottles you buy to find the number of bottles you have left.
40 – 10 = 30
To find how much water you have left, multiply the number of bottles you have left by16.9. Multiply as you do with whole numbers. Then place the decimal point.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.4 8
You have _______ total fluid ounces of water left.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
The stories of a residential building are 3.2 meters tall. The stories of an office building are 0.4 meter taller than the stories in the residential building. The office building has 12 stories. How tall is the office building?
Answer:
The stories of a residential building are 3.2 meters tall.The stories of an office building are 0.4 meter taller than the stories in the residential building
So stories of office building is 3.2+0.4=3.6 meter tall
Office building has 12 stories and each storey is 3.6 meters tall
So, 12×3.6=

12×36=432
432×0.1=43.2decimal point moves one place to the left.
Therefore the office building is 43.2 meters tall.

Question 14.
You have3 strands of lights that are each 10.8 feet long. You buy 5 strands of lights that are each 16.25 feet long. How many feet of lights do you have in all?
Answer:
If i have3 strands of lights that are each 10.8 feet long
The length of 3 strands is 3×10.8

3×10.8=324×0.1 = 32.4 feet decimal point moves one place to the left.
If i buy 5 strands of lights that are each 16.25 feet long
The length of 5 strands is 5×16.25

5×1625=8125
1825×0.01=81.25decimal point moves two places to the left.
Feet of lights i have in all is32.4+81.25=133.65 feet.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
You stack $1 in dimes and you stack $1 in quarters. Which stack is taller? How much taller?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.4 9
Answer:
1.35 × 1 = 1.35
1.75 × 1 = 1.75

Multiply Decimals and Whole Numbers Homework & Practice 5.4

Find the product.
Question 1.
9.8 × 2 = _____
Answer:
9.8×2=19.6

Explanation:
9.8×2

98×2=196
196×0.1=19.6 decimal point moves one place to the left.
So, 9.8×2=19.6

Question 2.
0.61 × 8 = ______
Answer:
0.61 × 8 =4.88

Explanation:
0.61×8

61×8=488
488×0.01=4.88decimal point moves two places to the left.
So, 0.61 × 8 =4.88

Question 3.
82 × 1.1 = ______
Answer:
82×1.1=90.2

Explanation:
82×1.1

82×11=902
902×0.1=90.2decimal point moves one place to the left.
So, 82×1.1=90.2

Question 4.
43 × 0.6 = ______
Answer:
43×0.6=25.8

Explanation:
43×0.6

43×6=258
258×0.1=25.8decimal point moves one place to the left.
So, 43×0.6=25.8

Question 5.
2.39 × 57 = _______
Answer:
2.39×57=136.23

Explanation:
2.39×57

239×57=13623
13623×0.01=136.23decimal point moves two places to the left.
So, 2.39×57=136.23

Question 6.
10.75 × 24 = ______
Answer:
10.75×24=258

Explanation:
10.75×24

1075×24=25800
25800×0.01=258.00=258decimal point moves two places to the left.
So, 10.75×24=258

Question 7.
There are 6.3 grams of protein in a boiled egg. You eat 3 boiled eggs. How many grams of protein do you consume?
Answer:
There are 6.3 grams of protein in a boiled egg
I eat 3 boiled eggs and grams of protein i consumed=3×6.3

3×63=189
189×0.1=18.9decimal point moves one place to the left.
Therefore 18.9 grams of protein i consumed.

Question 8.
Reasoning
Newton says the product of 7.55 and 8 is 60.40. Descartes says the product is 60.4.Who is correct? Explain.
Answer:
Both Newton’s and Descartes answers are correct as zero at the end of a number after decimal point does not change the value of the number 60.40 and 60.4 is same.

Question 9.
Patterns
Describe and complete the pattern.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.4 10
Answer


In the above table the decimal point is shifting one place to the left in each expression respectively.

Question 10.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds 14 × 0.82. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.4 11
Answer:
My friend is incorrect.

Explanation:
14×0.82

14×82=1148
1148×0.01=11.48decimal point moves two places to the left.
14×0.82=11.48.
so, my friends answer is correct.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A person weighs 2.34 times as much on Jupiter as on Earth. An 85-pound student would weigh 90.1 pounds less on Saturn than on Jupiter. How much would he weigh on Saturn?
Answer:
85 pounds student weighs 2.34 times as much on Jupiter as on Earth.So, weight on jupiter is 85×2.34

85×234=19890
19890×0.01=198.90decimal point moves two places to the left.
Weight on jupiter is 198.9
student would weigh 90.1 pounds less on Saturn than on Jupiter
So, weight on saturn = weight on Jupiter ‐ 90.1=198.9‐90.1=108.8
Therefore An 85-pound student would weigh 108.8 on saturn.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
A landscaper digs a rectangular region for a garden. The length is a one-digit whole number of meters. What is the least possible area? What is the greatest possible area?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.4 12
Answer:
If length of rectangular region is a one-digit whole number of meters and breadth is 4.75 meters.
Smallest 1 digit whole number is 1
The least possible area is 1×4.75 =4.75 squaremeters
Largest 1 digit whole number is 9
The greatest possible area is 9×4.75

9×475=4275
4275×0.01=42.75 square meters decimal point moves two places to the left.
Therefore The least possible area and the greatest possible area is 4.75 and 42.75 square meters respectively.

Review & Refresh

Find the sum or difference.
Question 13.
0.83 – 0.14 = ______
Answer:
0.83 – 0.14=0.96

Explanation:
0.83‐0.14=
83‐14=69
69×0.01=0.69decimal point moves two places to the left.
So, 0.83 – 0.14=0.96

Question 14.
1.34 + 1.35 = _______
Answer:
1.34 + 1.35 =2.69

Explanation:
1.34 + 1.35
134+135=269
269×0.01=2.69decimal point moves two places to the left.
So, 1.34 + 1.35 =2.69

Lesson 5.5 Use Models to Multiply Decimals

Explore and Grow

A rectangle is 0.8 meter long and 0.7 meter wide.
Use a model to find the area of the rectangle.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 1.1

Answer:

Use a model to find 0.8 × 0.7
Use a model. Shade 8 rows to represent 0.8 and shade 7 columns to represent 0.7
56 squares are shaded twice
So, 0.8 × 0.7=0.56

Use a model to find 0.8 × 1.7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 1
Answer:

Use a model to find 0.8 × 1.7
Use a model. Shade 8 rows to represent 0.8 and shade 17 columns to represent 1.7
136 squares are shaded twice
So, 0.8 × 1.7 =1.36

Reasoning
When using a model to multiply decimals, how do you determine the number of rows and columns to shade?
Answer:
For a given multiplication of decimals. The multiplyer is used to determine the number of rows and the multiplicand is used to determine the number of columns.

Think and Grow: Use Models to Multiply Decimals

Example
Use a model to find 0.4 × 0.6
Use a model. Shade 4 rows to represent 0.4 and shade 6 columns to represent 0.6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 2

Example
Use a model to find 0.7 × 1.4.
Use a model. Shade 7 rows to represent 0.7 and shade 14 columns to represent 1.4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 3
_____ squares are shaded twice.
So, 0.7 × 1.4 = ______.

Show and Grow

Use the model to find the product.
Question 1.
0.9 × 0.2 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 4
Answer:


Use a model to find 0.9 × 0.2
Use a model. Shade 9 rows to represent 0.9 and shade 2 columns to represent 0.2
18 squares are shaded twice
So, 0.9 × 0.2 =0.18

Question 2.
0.8 × 1.5 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 5
Answer:


Use a model to find 0.8 × 1.5
Use a model. Shade 8 rows to represent 0.8 and shade 15 columns to represent 1.5
120 squares are shaded twice
So, 0.8 × 1.5 =1.2

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use the model to find the product.
Question 3.
0.4 × 0.4 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 6
Answer:

Use a model to find 0.4 × 0.4
Use a model. Shade 4 rows to represent 0.4 and shade 4 columns to represent 0.4
16 squares are shaded twice
So, 0.4 × 0.4 =0.16

Question 4.
0.9 × 0.9 = _______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 7
Answer:


Use a model to find 0.9 × 0.9
Use a model. Shade 9 rows to represent 0.9 and shade 9 columns to represent 0.9
81 squares are shaded twice
So, 0.9 × 0.9 =0.81

Question 5.
0.2 × 1.7 = ____

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 8
Answer:

Use a model to find 0.2 × 1.7
Use a model. Shade 2 rows to represent 0.2 and shade 17 columns to represent 1.7
34 squares are shaded twice
So, 0.2 × 1.7 =0.34

Question 6.
0.6 × 1.6 = _______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 9
Answer:

Use a model to find 0.6 × 1.6
Use a model. Shade 6 rows to represent 0.6 and shade 16 columns to represent 1.6
96 squares are shaded twice
So, 0.6× 1.6 =0.96

Question 7.
On Saturday, you ride your bike 1.5 miles. On Sunday, you ride your bike 0.7 times as far as you did on Saturday. How far do you ride your bike on Sunday?
Answer:
On saturday i rode my bike for 1.5 miles
On sunday i rode 0.7 times as far as i did on saturday
miles i rode bike on sunday =0.7×1.5=1.05
Therefore, 1.05miles far i rode my bike on sunday.

Question 8.
Reasoning
When multiplying 0.4 × 0.3, why is the product less than each of the factors?
Answer:
When we multiply 0.4 with 0.3 the product is less than each of their factors this is because we are finding a fractional amount of a quantity.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
Shade the model to represent the product of 0.6 and 0. What is the product? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 11
Answer:


Use a model to find 0.6 × 0
Use a model. Shade 6 rows to represent 0.6 and shade 0 columns to represent 0
No squares are shaded twice
So, 0.6× 0=0

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A donkey is 0.9 meter tall. A horse is 1.7 times as tall as the donkey. How much taller is the horse than the donkey?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 12
Multiply 0.9 by 1.7 to find the height of the horse.
Use a model. Shade 9 rows to represent 0.9 and shade 17 columns to represent 1.7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 13
So, the horse is ______ meter taller than the donkey.

Answer:
0.9 × 1.7 = 1.53
1.53 squares are shaded twice.
1.53 – 0.9 = 0.63
So, the horse is 0.63 meter taller than the donkey.

Show and Grow

Question 10.
On Sunday, you run 0.6 mile. On Monday, you run 1.3 times as far as you run on Sunday. How many more miles do you run on Monday than on Sunday?
Answer:
Multiply 0.6 by 1.3 to find the number of miles i run on monday.
usinga model. Shade 6 rows to represent 0.6 and shade 13 columns to represent 1.3.
78 squares are shaded twice.
So, i ran 0.78 miles on monday.
Subtract the number of miles i ran on monday from the miles i ran on sunday.
0.78‐0.6=0.72
Therefore 0.72miles i ran on Monday than on Sunday

Question 11.
A candle burns 0.2 ounce of wax each hour. A candle with 14.5 ounces of wax burns for 2.5 hours. How much wax is left?
Answer:
A candle with 14.5 ounces of wax burns for 2.5 hours and a candle burns 0.2 ounce of wax each hour.
Ounces of wax burnt in 2.5 hours is
2.5 hours × ounces of wax burns in each hour.
2.5×0.2=0.5 ounces
Ounced of Wax left=14.5‐0.5=14 ounces.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
You have a bottle that contains 1.5 liters of apple juice. You drink 0.2 of the bottle on Friday, and 0.3 of the juice remaining in the bottle on Saturday. How much apple juice do you have left?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 14
Answer:
A bottle contains 1.5 liters of apple juice.
If i  drink 0.2 of the bottle on Friday the amount of juice left is 1.5‐(1.5×0.2)=1.5 ‐ 0.3= 1.2
If i drink 0.3 of the juice remaining in the bottle on Saturday the amount of juice left is
=1.2‐(1.2×0.3)=1.2 ‐ 0.36= 0.84
Apple juice i have left id 0.84 liters.

Use Models to Multiply Decimals Homework & Practice 5.5

Use the model to find the product.
Question 1.
0.8 × 0.9 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 15
Answer:


Use a model to find 0.8 × 0.9
Use a model. Shade 8 rows to represent 0.8 and shade 9 columns to represent 0.9
72 squares are shaded twice
So, 0.8 × 0.9 =0.72

Question 2.
0.4 × 0.2 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 16
Answer:


Use a model to find 0.4 × 0.2
Use a model. Shade 4 rows to represent 0.4 and shade 2 columns to represent 0.2
8 squares are shaded twice
So, 0.4 × 0.2 =0.08

Question 3.
0.6 × 1.9 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 17
Answer:


Use a model to find 0.6 × 1.9
Use a model. Shade 6 rows to represent 0.6 and shade 19 columns to represent 1.9
114 squares are shaded twice
So, 0.6 × 1.9 =1.14

Question 4.
0.7 × 1.2 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 18
Answer:


Use a model to find 0.7 × 1.2
Use a model. Shade 7 rows to represent 0.7 and shade 12 columns to represent 1.2
84 squares are shaded twice
So, 0.7 × 1.2 =0.84

Question 5.
One banana contains 1.3 grams of protein. How much protein is in 0.5 of a banana?
Answer:
One banana contains 1.3 grams of protein
0.5 of a banana contains 1.3×0.5=0.65 grans of proteins.

Question 6.
Reasoning
When multiplying 0.6 and 1.2, why is the product less than only one of the factors?
Answer:
When multiplying 0.6 and 1.2, the product less than only one of the factors because we are finding a fractional amount of a quantity a part of the number.

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says that 0.2 × 0.2 = 0.36, because there are 36 squares shaded. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 19
Answer:
No

Explanation:
No, Newton’s answer is not correct as the number of squares shaded twice are 4 so, the product will be 0.4 not 0.36.

Question 8.
Structure
Write a multiplication equation that is represented by the model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 20
Answer:
Number of rows shaded are 6 so, the decimal is 0.6
Number of columns shaded are 7 so, the decimal is 0.7
Number of squares shaded twice are 42 so, the product is 0.42
Therefore multiplication equation is 0.6×0.7=0.42.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
A pancake batter recipe calls for 0.5 cup of water. The recipe calls for 1.5 times as much pancake mix as water.How much more pancake mix is needed than water?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 21
Answer:
A pancake batter recipe calls for 0.5 cup of water.
The recipe calls for 1.5 times as much pancake mix as water
Amount of pancake mix is 0.5×1.5=0.75 cups
Subtract the amount of pancake mix from the amount of water
0.75‐0.5=0.70 cups
Therefore 0.70 cups more pancake mix is needed than water.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
To make crafts, you buy colored paper for $1.90. You buy a pack of googly eyes that costs 0.4 times as much as the colored paper. How much money do you spend in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.5 22
Answer:
Cost of colored paper is $1.90
Cost of a pack of googly eyes is 0.4 times as much as the colored paper=0.4×1.90=$0.76
Add the money spent on colored paper and on googly eyes=$1.90+$0.76=$2.66
The money i spent in all is $2.66.

Review & Refresh

Write the value of the underlined digit.
Question 11.
5,120,379
Answer:
5,120,379
Value of 1 in the above number is 1 Hundred Thousands

Question 12.
400,681
Answer:
400,681
Value of 6 in the above number is 6 hundred.

Question 13.
7,245,819
Answer:
7,245,819
Value of 7 in the above number is 7 million.

Question 14.
23, 504
Answer:
23, 504
Value of  2 in the above number is 2 Ten Thousands

Lesson 5.6 Use Partial Products to Multiply Decimals

Explore and Grow

Use the area model and partial products to find 1.4 × 1.5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 1
Answer:
From the above grid we can note down the following expressions
1×1
1×0.4
1×0.5
0.4×0.5
Find the product of the four equations and then add their products to find the area of the model
1×1=1
1×0.4=0.4
1×0.5=0.5
0.4×0.5=0.2
Add the products of the above four equations
1+0.4+0.5+0.2=2.1

Structure
How can you use partial products to multiply decimals?
Answer:
Breaking up the number to multiply into parts, multiplying the parts separately, and then adding is called partial product.we can use partial product strategy to find the product of decimals by breaking them into parts.

Think and Grow: Use Partial Products toMultiply

Example
Use partial products to find 3.2 × 4.8. Estimate ________
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 2

Show and Grow

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 3
Answer:
4.5×2.1
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.5×0.1=0.05
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.5×2=1
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 4×0.1=0.4
4.Multiply the ones by ones =4×2=8
Add all the partial products =0.05+1+0.4+8=9.45
Therefore 4.5×2.1=9.45

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 4
Answer:
2.7×5.3
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.7×0.3=0.21
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.3×2=0.6
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 5×0.7=3.5
4.Multiply the ones by ones =5×2=10
Add all the partial products =0.21+0.6+3.5+10=14.31
Therefore  2.7×5.3=14.31

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 5
Answer:
5.4×3.3
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.3×0.4=0.12
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.3×5=1.5
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 4×0.3=1.2
4.Multiply the ones by ones =5×3=15
Add all the partial products=0.12+1.5+1.2+15=17.82
Therefore 5.4×3.3=17.82

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 6
Answer:
4.1×2.3
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.1×0.3=0.03
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.1×2=0.2
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 4×0.3=1.2
4.Multiply the ones by ones =4×2=8
Add all the partial products=0.03+0.2+1.2+8=9.43
Therefore 4.1×2.3=9.43

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 7
Answer:
16.7×0.4
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.7×0.4=0.28
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.7×0=0
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 16×0.4=6.4
4.Multiply the ones by ones =16×0=0
Add all the partial products=0.28+6.4=6.68
Therefore 16.7×0.4=6.68

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 8
Answer:
5.9×8.6
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.9×0.6=0.54
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.9×8=7.23.
Multiply the tenths by ones = 5×0.6=3
4.Multiply the ones by ones =5×8=40
Add all the partial products=0.54+7.2+3+40=50.74
Therefore 5.9×8.6=50.74

Question 7.
23.7 × 3.5 = ______
Answer:
23.7×3.5
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.7×0.5=0.35
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.7×3=2.1
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 23×0.5=11.5
4.Multiply the ones by ones =23×3=69
Add all the partial products=0.35+2.1+11.5+69=82.95
Therefore 23.7×3.5=82.95

Question 8.
10.6 × 14.7 = ______
Answer:
10.6×14.7
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.6×0.7=0.42
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.6×14=8.4
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 10×0.7=7
4.Multiply the ones by ones =10×14=140
Add all the partial products=0.42+8.4+9.8+140=155.82
Therefore 10.6×14.7=155.82

Question 9.
1.2 × 3.71 = ______
Answer:
1.2×3.71
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.2×0.71=0.142
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.2×3=0.6
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 1×0.71=0.71
4.Multiply the ones by ones =1×3=3
Add all the partial products=0.142+0.6+0.71+3=4.452
Therefore 1.2×3.71=4.452

Question 10.
A space probe travels 643.5 miles every minute. How far does it travel in 1.5 minutes?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 9
Answer:
A space probe travels 643.5 miles every minute.
The distance it travel in 1.5 minutes is 643.5×1.5
643.5×1.5
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.5×0.5=0.25
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.5×1=0.5
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 643×0.5=321.5
4.Multiply the ones by ones =643×1=643
Add all the partial products is=0.25+0.5+321.5+643=965.25
Therefore 643.5×1.5=965.25

Question 11.
Number Sense
Which products are greater than 20.4?
3.4 × 7.2
2.5 × 4.8
3.2 × 6.3
8.6 × 2.4
Answer:
3.4 × 7.2=24.48>20.4
2.5 × 4.8=12<20.4
3.2 × 6.3=20.16<20.4
8.6 × 2.4=2.64>20.4
The products of 3.4×7.2 and 8.6×2.4 are greater than 20.4.

Question 12.
Precision
How can you use estimation to help you place the decimal point in a product? Explain.
Answer:
You will need to multiply and then estimate the solution. Start by multiplying just as if you are multiplying whole numbers. Because the original numbers have 4 digits total after their decimal points , insert a decimal point into your answer so that it has 4 digits to its right.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
Write a multiplication equation shown by the partial products.
0.14 + 0.2 + 2.1 + 3
Answer:
0.14 + 0.2 + 2.1 + 3 = 5.44

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A geologist has a blue geode that weighs 2.5 pounds. The geologist has a purple geode that weighs 1.6 times as much as the blue geode. What is the total weight of the geodes?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 10
Find the weight of the purple geode by multiplying the weight of the blue geode by 1.6
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 11
The weight of the purple geode is ______ pounds.
Add the weights of the blue geode and the purple geode.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 12
The total weight of the geodes is ______ pounds.

Show and Grow

Question 14.
You buy 3.5 yards of yellow fabric to make a Chinese dragon. You buy 2.5 times as much red fabric as yellow fabric. How many yards of fabric do you buy in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 13
Answer:
Find the yards of red fabric by multiplying the yards of yellow fabric by 2.5
3.5×2.5=8.75(0.25+1.5+1+6)
8.75 yards of red fabric is required to make a dragon.
Add the yards of yellow and red fabric
3.5+8.75=12.25
Total fabric i need to buy to make a dragon is 12.25 yards.

Question 15.
An employee cleans the surface of the rectangular ice rink. What is the area of the ice rink?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 14
Answer:
Ice rink here is in rectangular shape.
Area of a rectangle is length × breadth
Length of ice rink is 18.3 m, breadth of ice rink is 9.1 m
18.3×9.1=0.03+2.7+1.8+162
Area of ice rink is 166.53 square meters

Question 16.
There are 89.1 milligrams of Vitamin C in 1 cup of strawberries. There are 83.2 milligrams of Vitamin C in 1 cup of orange slices. You eat2.5 cups of strawberries and 1.5 cups of orange slices. How much Vitamin C do you consume?
Answer:
Multiply vitamin C in 1 cup of strawberries with 2.5
89.1×2.5=222.75
Multiply vitamin C in 1 cup of orange slices with 1.5
83.2×1.5=124.8
Add both the quantities 222.75+124.8=347.55
Total vitamin c consumed by me is 347.55 milligrams.

Use Partial Products to Multiply Decimals Homework & Practice 5.6

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 15
Answer:
2.4×1.2=
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.4×0.2=0.08
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.4×1=0.4
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 2×0.2=0.4
4.Multiply the ones by ones =2×1=2
Add all the partial products =0.08+0.4+0.4+2=2.88
Therefore 2.4×1.2=2.88

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 16
Answer:
3.1×6.7
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.1×0.7=0.07
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.1×6=0.6
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 3×0.7=2.1
4.Multiply the ones by ones =3×6=18
Add all the partial products =0.07+0.6+2.1+18=20.77
Therefore 3.1×6.7=20.77

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 17
Answer:
7.3×5.9=
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.3×0.9=0.27
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.3×5=1.5
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 7×0.9=6.3
4.Multiply the ones by ones =7×5=35
Add all the partial products =0.27+1.5+6.3+35=42.07
Therefore 7.3×5.9=43.07

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 18
Answer:
2.8×3.7
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.8×0.7=0.56
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.8×3=2.4
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 2×0.7=1.4
4.Multiply the ones by ones =2×3=6
Add all the partial products =0.56+2.4+1.4+6=10.36
Therefore 2.8×3.7=10.36

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 19
Answer:
5.6×4.6
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.6×0.6=0.36
2.Multiply the ones by tenths =0.6×4=2.4
3.Multiply the tenths by ones =0.6×5=3
4.Multiply the ones by ones =5×4=20
Add all the partial products =0.36+2.4+3+20=25.76
Therefore 5.6×4.6=25.76

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 20
Answer:
14.5×7.8=
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.5×0.8=0.4
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.5×7=3.5
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 14×0.8=11.2
4.Multiply the ones by ones =14×7=98
Add all the partial products =0.4+3.5+11.2+98=133.1
Therefore  14.5×7.8=113.1

Question 7.
21.4 × 9.3 = ______
Answer:
21.4×9.3=
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.4×0.3=0.12
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.4×9=3.6
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 21×0.3=6.3
4.Multiply the ones by ones =21×9=189
Add all the partial products =0.12+3.6+6.3+189=199.02
Therefore  21.4×9.3=199.02

Question 8.
58.1 × 8.6 = ______
Answer:
58.1×8.6=
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.1×0.6=0.06
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.1×8=0.8
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 58×0.6=34.8
4.Multiply the ones by ones =58×8=464
Add all the partial products =0.06+0.8+34.8+464=499.66
Therefore  58.1×8.6=499.66

Question 9.
0.6 × 1.45 = ______
Answer:
0.6×1.45=
1.Multiply the tenths by tenths =0.6×0.45=0.27
2.Multiply the ones by tenths = 0.6×1=0.6
3.Multiply the tenths by ones = 0×0.45=0
4.Multiply the ones by ones =0×1=0
Add all the partial products =0.27+0.6+0+0=0.87
Therefore  0.6×1.45=0.87

Question 10.
Writing
How is multiplying two decimals different than multiplying a whole number and a decimal?
Answer:
You have to line up the decimals in the two numbers with decimals, but the decimal and the whole numbers you don’t have to line up the decimals because there is only one number with a decimal.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Two numbers each have one decimal place. Is it possible for their product to be a whole number? Explain.
Answer:
No. When you multiply something by a decimal, you make it smaller. Since you’ve started with something smaller than a whole number, and then you make it smaller, the answer will always be less than a whole number, and thus never a whole number

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
A red-bellied snake is 11.5 inches long. A ring-necked snake is 1.4 times as long as the red-bellied snake. How much longer is the ring-necked snake than the red-bellied snake?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.6 21
Answer:
To find the length of a ring‐necked snake multiply the length of red‐bellied snake by 1.4
11.5×1.4=16.1
Length of ring‐necked snake is 16.1 inches.
Subtract 11.5 from 16.1=4.6 inches.
4.6 inches much longer is the ring-necked snake than the red-bellied snake.

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
You use 2 cans of tomato sauce with mushrooms and 1.5 cans of plain tomato sauce to make lasagna. Each can contains 10.5 ounces. How many ounces of tomato sauce are in the lasagna?
Answer:
Each can contains 10.5 ounces of tomato sauce
2 cans contains 2×10.5=21 ounces
1.5 cans of plain sauce contains
1.5×10.5=15.75 ounces of sauce
Add 21 and 15.75 to find ounces of tomato sauce in the lasagna
21+15.75=36.75 ounces.
36.75 ounces of tomato sauce are in the lasagna.

Review & Refresh

Find the product.
Question 14.
24 × 104 = ______
Answer:
24×10000=240000

Question 15.
700 × 30 = ______
Answer:
700×30=21000

Question 16.
200 × 600 = _______
Answer:
200×600=120000

Lesson 5.7 Use Strategies to Multiply Decimals

Explore and Grow

Without multiplying, determine the pairs of expressions that have the same value. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.7 1
Answer:

Reasoning
How do you know how many decimal places are in each product? Explain.
Answer:
The number of decimal places in each product is the sum of decimal places in the multiplyer and the multiplicand.

Think and Grow: Use Strategies to Multiply

You can use estimation and place value, or multiplication properties to multiply.

Example
Find 3.84 × 2.1. Estimate _______
Multiply 384 by21. Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after the ______.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.7 2
So, 3.84 × 2.1 = _____.

Example
Find 0.3 × 0.7.
You can use properties to multiply.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.7 3

Show and Grow

Find the product. Explain the strategy you used.
Question 1.
4.91 × 0.8 = _____
Answer:
Estimate:4×1=4
Multiply 491×8=3928
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after one digit ie thousands place.
3.928

Question 2.
10.2 × 5.6 = ______
Answer
Estimate:10×6=60
Multiply 102×56=5712
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after one digit ie thousands place.
57.12

Question 3.
12.03 × 4.2 = ______
Answer:
Estimate:12×4=48
Multiply 1203×43=51729
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after two digits ie thousands place.
51.729

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product. Explain the strategy you used.
Question 4.
0.9 × 3.2 = _____
Answer:
Estimate:1×3=3
Multiply 9×32=288
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after one digit ie hundreds place.
2.88

Question 5.
1.7 × 0.84 = ______
Answer:
Estimate:2×1=2
Multiply 17×84=1428
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after one digit ie thousands place.
1.428

Question 6.
2.4 × 2.4 = ______
Answer:
Estimate:2×3=6
Multiply 24×24=576
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after one digit ie hundreds place.
5.76

Question 7.
12.1 × 0.8 = ______
Answer:
Estimate:12×1=12
Multiply 121×8=968
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after one digit ie hundreds place.
9.68

Question 8.
0.05 × 0.9 = ______
Answer:
Think: 0.05=5×0.01 and 0.9=9×0.1
Use properties to multiply (commutative property of multiplication and associative property of multiplication)
0.05×0.9=5×0.01×9×0.1
=(5×9)×(0.1×0.01)
=45(0.001)
=0.045
Multiplying 45 by 0.001 moves the decimal point three places to  the left.
Therefore 0.05×0.9=0.045.

Question 9.
7.4 × 8.6 = ______
Answer:
Estimate:7×9=63
Multiply 74×86=6364
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after two digits ie hundreds place.
63.64

Question 10.
A newly hatched fish is 0.25 inch long. An adult fish is 7.6 times as long as the newly hatched fish. How long is the adult fish?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.7 4
Answer:
A newly hatched fish is 0.25 inch long, An adult fish is 7.6 times as long as the newly hatched fish.
Multiply 7.6 by 0.25
7.6×0.25=(76×25)×(0.1×0.01)=1900×0.001=1.9Therefore the adult fish is 1.9 inches long.

Question 11.
Writing

Which strategy do you prefer to use to multiply decimals? Explain.
Answer:
I prefer estimate strategy as it is very easy find the product of decimals by estimating the product of their whole numbers and placing the decimal point.

Question 12.
Structure
Your friend multiplies two decimals by rewriting the product as (56 × 3) × (0.01 ×0.1). What two decimals could she be multiplying?
Answer:
My friend multiplies two decimals by rewriting the product as (56 × 3) × (0.01 ×0.1)
Use multiplication properties.
(56 × 3) × (0.01 ×0.1)=(56×0.01)×(3×0.1)=0.56×0.3
Therefore my friend multiplied 0.56 by 0.3.

Question 13.
Precision
How many decimal places are in the unknown factor? Explain
_____ × 2.8 = 4.48
Answer:
_____ × 2.8 = 4.48
In the above equation the multiplicand in the equation has one decimal place after decimal point.
As the product has two decimal places after the decimal point the multiplyer will also have 1 digit after decimal point.
Therefore there is one decimal place is in the unknown factor.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You measure the distance between Los Angeles and Anaheim on a map. Each centimeter represents 2.5 kilometers. What is the actual distance between the cities?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.7 5
Because each centimeter represents 2.5 kilometers, multiply 15.4 and 2.5 to find the actual distance.
Multiply 154 by 25. Then place the decimal point. Estimate ______
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after the ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.7 6
15.4 × 2.5 = _______
So, the actual distance between the cities is _________ kilometers.

Show and Grow

Question 14.
You measure the height of the replica of the Lincoln statue. Each centimeter represents 2.5 meters. What is the actual height of the Lincoln statue?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.7 7
Answer:
Because each centimeter represents 2.5 meters, multiply 2.32 and 2.5 to find the actual height.
Multiply 232 by 25. Then place the decimal point. Estimate 232×25
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after the one digit ie 3 places from the left.
232×25=5800
2.32 × 2.5 = 5.800=5.8
So, the actual height is 5.8 meters
Therefore the actual height of the Lincoln statue is 5.8 meters.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
How much does the bunch of bananas cost? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.7 8
Answer:
The above picture tells us that there are 2.3 pounds of bananas.
Each pound of banana costs $0.59
To find the cost of 2.3 pounds of bananas
Multiply 2.3×0.59=
Estimate
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after the one digit ie 3 places from the left
23×59=1357
Therefore 2.3×0.59=1.357

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
Your friend has a digital photograph file that is 0.25 mega byte larger than 7.5 times the file size of your photograph. What is the file size of your friend’s photograph?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.7 9
Answer:
File size of my photograph is 0.5 MB
My friend has a digital photograph file that is 0.25 mega byte larger than 7.5 times the file size of my photograph.
Estimate
Multiply 0.5×7.5
(5×75)×(0.1×0.1)=375×0.01=3.75 MB
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after the one digit ie 2 places from the left
Add 0.25 MB to 3.75 MB
=3.75+0.25=4 MB
The file size of my friend’s photograph is 4 MB.

Use Strategies to Multiply Decimals Homework & Practice 5.7

Find the product. Explain the strategy you used.
Question 1.
0.8 × 1.4 = ______
Answer:
Estimate:1×1=1
Multiply 8×14=112
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after one digit ie hundreds place.
1.12

Question 2.

1.3 × 2.9 = ______
Answer:
Estimate:1×3=3
Multiply 13×29=377
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after one digit ie hundreds place.
3.77

Question 3.
1.7 × 0.6 = ______
Answer:
Estimate:1×1=1
Multiply 17×6=102
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after one digit ie hundreds place.
1.02

Question 4.
3.86 × 2.8 = ______
Answer:
Estimate:3×3=9
Multiply 386×28=10808
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after two digits ie hundreds place.
10.808

Question 5.
0.07 × 4.5 = _______
Answer:
Estimate:0x4=0
Multiply 7×45=315
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point before three digits ie hundreds
place.
0.315

Question 6.
2.56 × 6.25 = ______
Answer:
Estimate:3×6=18
Multiply 256×625=160000
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after two digits ie ten thousands place.
16.0000=16

Question 7.
1.18 × 0.8 = ______
Answer:
Estimate:1×1=1
Multiply 118×8=944
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point before three digits ie hundreds place.
0.944

Question 8.
18.2 × 0.9 = ______
Answer:
Estimate:18×1=18
Multiply 182×9=1638
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after two digits ie hundreds place.
16.38

Question 9.
6.7 × 5.2 = ______
Answer:
Estimate:7×5=35
Multiply 67×52=3484
Then place the decimal point.
Because the product should be close to your estimate, place the decimal point after two digits ie hundreds place.
34.84

Question 10.
A beaker contains 0.75 liter of a solution. You use 0.1 of the solution for an experiment. How much of the solution do you use?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.7 10
Answer:
To find the amount of solution used multiply 0.75 by 0.1
0.75×0.1=0.075
0.075 litrrs of solution is used.

Question 11.
Structure
Which expressions are equivalent to 0.6 × 0.3?
(6 × 3) × (0.1 × 0.1)
(6 × 3) × (0.01 × 0.01)
(6 × 3) × (\(\frac{1}{10}\) × \(\frac{1}{10}\))
(6 × 0.1) × (3× 0.1)
Answer:
(6 × 3) × (0.1 × 0.1), (6 × 0.1) × (3× 0.1) are equivalent to 0.6×0.3 as their product is equal to the product of 0.6×0.3.

Question 12.
Number Sense
Your friend finds 0.92 × 0.3 by multiplying 92 and 3. Explain how your friend will know where to place the decimal point in the product.
Answer:
My friend finds 0.92×0.3 by multiplying 92 and 3
In 0.92 there are two digits after decimal point and in 0.3 there are three digits after decimal point so the product should have 3 digits after decimal point.
When we multiply 92 by 3 the product is 276
Therefore the decimal  point is placed before 3 digits from the left 0.276 will be the product.

Question 13.
Number Sense
When finding 75 × 0.01, where will the decimal point be placed? Explain.
Answer:
While finding the product of 75 and 0.01 the decimal point will be placed before two digits as the decimal point in 0.01 has two places after decimal.
Therefore 0.75 is the product and decimal point is placed two places from the left.

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
A toy car designer measures the length of the actual car shown. A toy car is 0.05 times as long as the actual car. How long is the toy car?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.7 11
Answer:
A toy car designer measures the length of the actual car shown.
Length of the actual car is 160.6 inches
A toy car is 0.05 times as long as the actual car
Multiply 160.6×0.05=8.03
Therefore Toy car is 8.03 inches long.

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
A carpet installer measures 3 rectangular bedrooms for new carpeting. Which bedroom needs the most carpeting?
Bedroom A: 3.1 meters by3.1 meters
Bedroom B: 2.9 meters by3.2 meters
Bedroom C: 2.5 meters by3.4 meters160.6 inches
Answer:
Bedroom A: 3.1×3.1= (31×31)×(0.1×0.1)=961×0.01=9.61
Bedroom B: 2.9×3.2=(29×32)×(0.1×0.1)=928×0.01=9.28
Bedroom C: 2.5×3.4=(25×34)×(0.1×0.1)=850×0.01=8.50
Bedroom A needs the most carpeting.

Review & Refresh
Question 16.
Round 4.163
Nearest whole number: ______
Nearest tenth: ______
Nearest hundredth: ______
Answer:
Nearest whole number: 4
Nearest tenth: 4.2
Nearest hundredth: 4.16

Question 17.
Round 10.187.
Nearest whole number: ______
Nearest tenth: ______
Nearest hundredth: ______
Answer:
Nearest whole number:10
Nearest tenth: 10.2
Nearest hundredth: 10.19

Lesson 5.8 Multiply Decimals

Explore and Grow

Choose any strategy to find each product.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 1
Answer:

0.8×0.4=
Estimate
=(8×4)×(0.1×0.1)
=32(0.01)
= 0.32
0.8×0.4=0.32

2.1×1.25=
Use partial products
2.1×1.25=
0 .1×0.25=0.025
0 .1×1=0.1
0 .25×2=0.5
2×1=2
2.1×1.25=0.025+0.1+0.5+2=2.625

0.22×4.5
Estimate and place value

22×45=990
There are 3 decimal places in the factors so place the decimal point before three digits ie hundreds place.
0.990=0.99
0.22×4.5=0.99

1.4×1.6
Think: 1.4=14×0.1 and 1.6=16×0.1
Use properties to multiply (commutative property of multiplication and associative property of multiplication
=1.4×1.6
=14×0.1×16×0.1
=(14×16)×(0.1×0.1)
=224(0.01)
= 2.24

Reasoning
How can you determine the number of decimal places a product will have before multiplying?
Answer:
The decimal places of the product is the sum of the decimal places of the factors.

Think and Grow: Multiply Decimals

Key Idea
To multiply decimals, multiply as you do with whole numbers. The number of decimal places in the product is equal to the sum of the number of decimal places in the factors.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 2
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 3

Show and Grow

Find the product.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 4
Answer:
1.8×7.3
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal points

18×73=1314
There are 1 decimal place each in both the factors so the product will have 2 decimal places
Place the decimal point before 2 digits feom the left 13.14
Therefore 1.8×7.3=13.14

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 5
Answer:
12.41×62
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal points

1241×62=76942
There are 2 decimal places and 1 decimal each in both the factors so the product will have 3 decimal
places
Place the decimal point before three digits from the left 76.942

Therefore 12.41×62=76.942

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 6
Answer:
0.14×0.7
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal points

14×7=98
There are 2 decimal places and 1 decimal place each in both the factors so the product will have 3 decimal
places
Place the decimal point before three digits from the left 0.098
Therefore 0.14×0.7=0.098

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 7
Answer:
2.4×8.9
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal points

24×89=2136
There are 1 decimal places each in both the factors so the product will have 2 decimal places
Place the decimal point before two digits from the left 21.36
Therefore 2.4×8.9=21.36

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 8
Answer:
0.17×0.3
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal points

17×3=51
There are 2 decimal places and 1 decimal each in both the factors so the product will have 3 decimal
places
Place the decimal point before three digits from the left 0.051
Therefore 0.17×0.3=0.051

Question 6.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 9
Answer:
35.4×6.2
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal points

354×62=21948
There are 1 decimal place each in both the factors so the product will have 2 decimal places
Place the decimal point before two digits from the left 219.48
Therefore 35.4×62=219.48

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 10
Answer:
9.87×23.6
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal points

987×236=232932
There are 2 decimal places and 1 decimal each in both the factors so the product will have 3 decimal
places
Place the decimal point before three digits from the left 232.932
Therefore 9.87×23.6=232.932

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 11
Answer:
16.4×7.95
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal points

164×795=130380
There are 2 decimal places and 1 decimal each in both the factors so the product will have 3 decimal
places
Place the decimal point before three digits from the left 130.380
Therefore 16.4×79.5=130.380

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 12
Answer:
0.8×0.9
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal points
8×9=72
There are 1 decimal place  each in both the factors so the product will have 2 decimal places
Place the decimal point before two digits from the left 0.72
Therefore 0.8×0.9=0.72

Question 10.
46.5 × 0.73 = ______
Answer:
46.5×0.73
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal point

465×73=33945
There are 2 decimal places and 1 decimal each in both the factors so the product will have 3 decimal
places
Place the decimal point before three digits from the left 33.945
Therefore 46.5×0.73=33.945

Question 11.
14.8 × 9.3 = ________
Answer:
14.8×9.3
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal points

148×93=13764
There are 1 decimal place  each in both the factors so the product will have 2 decimal places
Place the decimal point before two digits from the left 137.64
Therefore 14.8×9.3×=137.64

Question 12.
1.54 × 2.6 = ______
Answer:
1.54×2.6
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal points

154×26=4004
There are 2 decimal places and 1 decimal each in both the factors so the product will have 3 decimal
places
Place the decimal point before three digits from the left4.004
Therefore 1.54×2.6=4.004

Question 13.
A sugar glider weighs 0.35 times the weight of the pygmy slow loris. How much does the sugar glider weigh?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 13
Answer:
A sugar glider weighs 0.35 times the weight of the pygmy slow loris
Weight of pygmy slow loris is 14.9 ounces
Multiply 14.9 by 0.35 to find the weight of sugar glider 14.9×0.35=
149×35

5215
There are 3 decimal places in the factors so the product will have 3 decimal places
Place the decimal point before 3 digits from the left. 5.215
Therefore 14.9×0.35=5.215

Question 14.
Structure
Use the equation to write two different multiplication expressions that have products of 28.34.
109 × 26 = 2,834
Answer:
Equation 1:10.9×2.6=28.34
Equation 2:109×26×0.1×0.1=28.34

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Without calculating, explain how many decimal places are in the product 0.6 0.4 1.9. Rewrite the expression as the product of two decimals to support your answer.
Answer:
0.6 × 0.4 × 1.9
= 0.456

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Nutritionists recommend that fifth-graders should consume about 28 grams of fiber each day. One serving of broccoli contains 3.8 grams of fiber. You eat 4.5 servings of broccoli in 1 day. Do you consume enough fiber for the day by eating broccoli? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 14
Multiply 3.8 by4.5 to find how many grams of fiber you consume by eating broccoli.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 15
Compare the product to 28.
So, you ______ consume enough fiber for the day by eating broccoli.

Show and Grow

Question 16.
Your aunt drives a car from Cincinnati to Nashville. The car travels 30.4 miles using 1 gallon of gasoline. There are 6.5 gallons of gasoline in the tank. Can she drive the entire distance without adding more gas to the 6.5 gallons already in the tank? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 16
Answer:
My aunt drives a car from Cincinnati to Nashville.
The distance from cincinnati to Nashville is 274 miles
The car travels 30.4 miles using 1 gallon of gasoline, There are 6.5 gallons of gasoline in the tank.
To find the total distance that my aunt can travel by using 6.5 gallons of gasoline
Multiply 6.5×30.4=65×304

65×304=19760
Place the decimal point before 2 digits from the left 197.60 miles
197.6<274 miles
So, my aunt cannot drive the entire distance without adding more gas to the 6.5 gallons already in the tank.

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
The equation shows how to convert a temperature C in degrees Celsius to a temperature F in degrees Fahrenheit. Convert the temperature shown to Fahrenheit.
1.8 × C + 32 = F
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 17
Answer:
Given 1.8×C+32=F
In the above picture the temperature is 37.1°C
To find degrees in Farenheit
Multiply 1.8 by 37.1 and add 32 to the product.

1.8×37.1=66.78+32=98.78°F
Therefore the temperature is 98.78°Farenheit.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
Pennies dated 1982 or later contain about 0.06 gram of copper. Pennies dated prior to 1982 contain about 49.2 times as much copper as newer pennies. How many total grams of copper are in the pennies shown?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 18
Answer:
Pennies dated 1982 or later contain about 0.06 gram of copper
There is 3 pennies which are dated after 1983
Multiply 3×0.06=0.18
Pennies dated prior to 1982 contain about 49.2 times as much copper as newer pennies
Multiply 49.2 by the copper in penny dated after 1982 ie 0.06
49.2×0.06=2.952
Multiply 49 by 6 and place the decimal point before 3 digits from the left

Add 0.18 to 2.952 to find the total amount of copper in all the coins
2.952+0.18=3.132 grams
The total amount of copper in all the coins is 3.132 grams.

Multiply Decimals Homework & Practice 5.8

Find the product.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 19
Answer:
12.8×0.4
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal points


128×4=512
There are 1 decimal place  each in both the factors so the product will have 2 decimal places
Place the decimal point before two digits from the left 5.12
Therefore 12.8×0.4=512

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 20
Answer:
3.97×62.4
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal point

397×624=247728
There are 2 decimal places and 1 decimal each in both the factors so the product will have 3 decimal
places
Place the decimal point before three digits from the left 247.728
Therefore 3.97×62.4=247.728

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 21
Answer:
5.2×0.9
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal points

52×9=468
There are 1 decimal place  each in both the factors so the product will have 2 decimal places
Place the decimal point before two digits from the left 4.68
Therefore 5.2×0.9=4.68

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 22
Answer:
18.3×9.27
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal point

183×927=169641
There are 2 decimal places and 1 decimal each in both the factors so the product will have 3 decimal places
Place the decimal point before three digits from the left 169.641
Therefore 18.3×9.27=169.641

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 23
Answer:
2.57×4.6
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal point

257×46=11822
There are 2 decimal places and 1 decimal each in both the factors so the product will have 3 decimal places
Place the decimal point before three digits from the left 11.822
Therefore 2.57×4.6=11.822

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 24
Answer:
22.5×3.7
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal point

225×37=8325
There are 1 decimal place each in both the factors so the product will have 2 decimal places
Place the decimal point before 2 digits from the left 83.25
Therefore 22.5×3.7=83.25

Question 7.
0.89 × 0.3 = ______
Answer:
0.89×0.3
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal point

89×3=267
There are 2 decimal places and 1 decimal each in both the factors so the product will have 3 decimal
places
Place the decimal point before three digits from the left 0.269
Therefore 0.89×0.3=0.269

Question 8.
7.1 × 5.6 = ______
Answer:
7.1×5.6
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal points

71×56=3976
There are 1 decimal place  each in both the factors so the product will have 2 decimal places
Place the decimal point before two digits from the left 39.76
Therefore 7.1×5.6=39.76

Question 9.
13.63 × 9.2 = ______
Answer:
13.63×9.2
Multiply the whole numbers first and place the decimal point

1363×92=125396
There are 2 decimal places and 1 decimal each in both the factors so the product will have 3 decimal
places
Place the decimal point before three digits from the left 125.396
Therefore 13.63×9.2=125.396

Question 10.
The Miniature pinscher weighs 0.12 times the weight of the Doberman pinscher. How much does the Miniature pinscher weigh?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 25
Answer:
The Miniature pinscher weighs 0.12 times the weight of the Doberman pinscher
Weight of Doberman pinscher is 32.65 kilograms
Multiply 3265 by 12 and place the decimal point before 4 digits from the left.

Weight of miniature pinscher is 32.65×0.12=3.918
Miniature pinscher weigh is 3.918 kilograms.

Question 11.
Reasoning
Explain how you can tell which product is greater without multiplying or estimating.
3.75 × 922 or  37.5 × 9.22
Answer:
Product of 3.75 × 922 is greater because the number contains bigger whole number when compared to the other product.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
Nutritionists recommend that fifth-graders should consume about 5 ounces of protein each day. One serving of yogurt contains 0.6 ounce of protein. You eat 2.5 servings of yogurt in 1 day. Do you consume enough protein for the day by eating yogurt? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 26
Answer:
Nutritionists recommend that fifth-graders should consume about 5 ounces of protein each day.
One serving of yogurt contains 0.6 ounce of protein.
If i eat 2.5 servings of yogurt in 1 day then i consume 2.5×0.6 ounce sof protein per day
Multiply 25 by 6 and place the decimal point 2before 2 digitd from the left

2.5×0.6=1.5 ounces of protein
Compare 1.5 with 5
1.5<5
So, i cannot consume enough protein for the day by eating yogurt.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
Each 18-karat gold ring shown is a mixture of gold and other metals. One gram of 18-karat gold contains 0.75 gram of gold. How many total grams of gold are in the rings shown?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.8 27
Answer:
Each 18-karat gold ring shown is a mixture of gold and other metals.
If one gram of 18-karat gold contains 0.75 gram of gold then
Multiply 18 by 75 and place the decimal point before 3 digits from the left

1.8 grams ring contains 1.8×0.75 grams of gold 1.8×0.75=1.35 grams of gold.
Multiply 19 by 75 and place the decimal point before 3 digits from the left

1.9 grams ring contains 1.9×0.75 grams of gold 1.9×0.75=1.425 grams of gold
Multiply 21 by 75 and place the decimal point before 3 digits from the left

2.1 grams ring contains 2.1×0.75 grams of gold 2.1×0.75=1.575 grams of gold
Add 1.35 , 1.425 and 1.575 to find the total grams of gold 1.35+1.425+1.575=4.35
Total 4.35 grams of gold are in the rings shown.

Review & Refresh

Write the words as an expression. Then interpret the expression.
Question 14.
Subtract 10 from 50, then divide by 5
Answer:
8

Explanation:
Subtract 10 from 50=50‐10=40
divide by 5=40÷5=8

Question 15.
Add the product of 12 and 6 to the product of 6 and 8.
Answer:
120

Explanation:
product of 12 and 6=12×6=72
product of 6 and 8=6×8=48
Add the product of 12 and 6 to the product of 6 and 8=72+48=120

Lesson 5.9 Problem Solving: Multiply with Money

Explore and Grow

Explain how you would estimate the cost of 1.9 pounds of ham, 0.8 pound of turkey, and 1 pound of cheese.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.9 1
Answer:

At Descartes’s Deli the Ham costs $8.90;per pound , Turkey costs $9.80 per pound and Cheese costs $6.70 per pound
Estimated solution
Use rounding
Cost of ham is 9, cost of turkey is 10 and cost of cheese is 7 per pound
By using rounding to find
Cost of 2 pounds of ham=2×9=18
Cost of 1 pound of turkey=10
Cost of 1 pound of cheese=7
Total =18+10+7=35
Original solution
To find the cost of
1.9 pounds of ham, Multiply 1.9×$8.9=$16.91
0.8 pound of turkey, Multiply 0.8×$9.8=$7.84
1 pound of cheese , Multiply 1×$6.7=$6.7
Therefore Total cost is $16.91+$7.84+$6.7=$31.45.

Reasoning
Is your answer an overestimate or an underestimate? Explain.
Answer:
My answer is an overestimate as it is more than the actual cost.

Think and Grow: Problem Solving: Multiply with Money

Example
Carrots cost $0.90 per pound. You buy 2.6 pounds of carrots and give the cashier $5. How much change do you receive?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.9 2
Understand the Problem
What do you know?
• Carrots cost $0.90 per pound.
• You buy 2.6 pounds of carrots.
• You pay with $5.

What do you need to find?
• You need to find the amount of change you receive.

Make a Plan
How will you solve?
Write and solve an equation: Multiply the number of pounds by the cost per pound, and subtract from $5.

Solve
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.9 3
So, you receive $ ______ in change.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Landscaping rocks cost $0.35 per pound. A landscaper buys 86.4 pounds of rocks with $40. How much change does she receive?
Answer:
What i know is
Cost of landscaping rocks per pound is $0.35
A landscaper buys 86.4 pounds of rocks with $40
What i need to find is the change landscaper receives.
The amount of change landscaper receives =Amount spent ‐cost of rock per pound × 86.4 pounds of rock
=($40)‐($0.35×86.4)=$40‐$30.24=$9.76
$9.76 is the change landscaper receives.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Understand the problem. What do you know? What do you need to find? Explain.
Question 2.
A gallon of milk cost $0.82 in 1960. In2015, it cost $0.03 more than 4 times the cost in 1960. How much did a gallon of milk cost in 2015?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.9 4
Answer:
What we know is
The cost of gallon of milk in 1960 is $0.82
What we have find is
The Cost of gallon of milk in 2015 is
(4×$0.82)+$0.03=$3.28+$0.03=$3.31
A gallon of milk cost in 2015 is $3.31

Question 3.
A secretary earns $10.75 each hour. He works 8 hours each day,5 days each week. How much money does he earn in 1 week?
Answer:
What we know is
A secretary earns $10.75 each hour, he works 8 hours each day,5 days each week
What we have to find is
The amount he earns in a weekIf he works 8 hours each day and 5 days a week then he works for 40 hours in a week
The amount he earns in a week =Amount he earns per hour × Number of hours he work in a week.
=$10.75×40=$430
The money he earn in 1 week is $430.

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.
Question 4.
You download 8 songs for $1.29 each and 1 song for $0.99. How much do you pay for all of the songs?
Answer:
If i download 8 songs for $1.29 each then the money for 8 songs is number of songs multiplied by charges per
song
Ie 8×$1.29=$10.32
If i download another song for $0.99 then total charges i spent is charges of 8 songs plus charges of 1 song
$10.32+$0.99=$11.31
Therefore i pay $11.31 for all the songs.

Question 5.
Your friend buys a snack for $2.75, and a book that costs 5 times as much as the snack. He also buys a poster that costs $3.50 less than the book. How much does the poster cost?
Answer:
Cost of snack is $2.75
Book costs 5 times as much as the snack
The cost of book = 5×cost of snack
=5×$2.75=13.75
poster costs $3.50 less than the book
The cost of the poster = cost of book‐$3.50
=$13.75‐3.50=$10.25
Therefore cost of the poster is $10.25

Question 6.

A pair of shoes costs $35. Newton has a coupon topay 0.8 of the price.Descartes has a $10 off coupon. Who will pay more for the shoes?
Answer:
A pair of shoes costs $35
Newton has a coupon topay 0.8 of the price
=0.8×$35=28
Newton pays $28
Descartes has a $10 off coupon
=$35‐$10=$25
Descartes pay $25
28>25 so, Newton pays more for the pair of shoes.

Question 7.
Two friends eat at a restaurant for $34. They calculate the tip by multiplying $34 by 0.18. How much do they pay for the meal, including the tip?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.9 5
Answer:
Two friends eat at a restaurant for $34
If they calculate the tip by multiplying $34 by 0.18
Amount of tip =0.18×$34=$6.12
The money they pay for the meal, including the tip =$34+$6.12=$40.12
Therefore the money they paid is $40.12.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A traveler gives a cashier 100 U.S. dollars to exchange for European euros. A $7.50 service fee is deducted from the amount given. How many European euros does the traveler receive?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.9 6
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.9 7

Answer:
m = (100 – 7.5) × 0.86
92.5 × 0.86
= 79.55

Show and Grow

Use the table above.
Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
You need 50 Canadian dollars. You give a cashier 50 U.S. dollars to exchange for Canadian dollars. A $9.50 service fee is deducted from the amount given. Do you have enough Canadian dollars? Explain.
Answer:
I need 50 canadian dollars
I gave 50 U.S. dollars for exchange and the service fee is $9.50
Exchange rate for US dollar to canadian dollar is 1.28
So, 50 US dollars ×1.28=64 canadian dollars
64>50
Therefore i have enough Canadian dollars.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
In the example, the traveler decides to exchange the same number of U.S. dollars for British pounds. Without calculating, determine whether the traveler receives more European euros or British pounds. Explain.
Answer:
The traveler receives more European euros because the exchange rate of European euros ia more than the
exchange rate of British pounds.

Problem Solving: Multiply with Money Homework & Practice 5.9

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.
Question 1.
One gallon of gasoline costs $2.75. Your cousin fills his car with 10 gallons of gasoline each week. How much money does he spend on gasoline in 1 year?
Answer:
One gallon of gasoline costs $2.75
My friend fills his car with 10 gallons of gasoline each week
We have to find the money he spend on gasoline for a year.
An year consists of 52 weeks
So, multiply 52 by 10 to find number of gallons used in a year
52×10=520
If Cost of a gallon of gasoline is $2.75 then cost of 52p gallons is $2.75×520=$1430
$1430 is the money spend by my cousin on gasoline in 1 year.

Question 2.
Newton buys a guitar for $46 and a guitar amplifier. The amplifier costs $1.54 more than 1.26 times the cost of the guitar. How much does the amplifier cost?
Answer:
Cost of guitar is $46
The amplifier costs $1.54 more than 1.26 times the cost of the guitar
Cost of amplifier = ($46×1.26)+$1.54
=$57.96+$1.54
$59.5
Therefore the amplifier costs $59.5.

Question 3.
One pound of cheese costs $3.98. You buy a box of crackers for $3.37 and 2.5 pounds of cheese. How much do you spend in all?
Answer:
One pound of cheese costs $3.98
Cost of 2.5 pounds of cheese =2.25×$3.98=$8.955
If i  buy a box of crackers for $3.37 and 2.5 pounds of cheese
The money is spent =$3.37+$8.955=$12.325
$12.325 is the money i spend in all.
Question 4.

Writing
Write and solve a two-step word problem involving money.
Answer:
A boy buys a toy car for $3 and also a toy bike for 2.4 times as much as the cost of the toy car. Find the money spend by the boy in all.
Solution:
The cost of toy car is $3
Cost of toy bike is 2.4 × cost of toy car
=2.4×$3=$7.2
Add cost of toy car and toy bike =$3+$7.2=$10.2
The money spent by the boy in all is $10.2

Question 5.Modeling Real Life
You buy 2.75 pounds of pistachios and 2 pounds of cashews. Do you pay more for the pistachios or for the cashews? How much more?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 5.9 8
Answer:
Cost of pistachios per pound is $6.60
If i buy 2.75 pounds of pistachios then the money spend is 2.75×$6.60=$18.15
Cost of cashews per pound is $8.66
If i buy 2 pounds of cashews then the money spend is 2×$8.66=$17.32
18.15>17.32
So, i pay more for the pistachios.

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
You, Newton, and Descartes sell items at a craft show. You earn $34.50. Newton earns 5 times as much as you do. Descartes earns 0.1 times as much as Newton does. How much do the three of you earn in all?
Answer:
You, Newton, and Descartes sell items at a craft show
Money i earned is $34.50
Newton earns 5 times as much as i do
Money earned by Newton is 5×$34.50=$172.5
Descartes earns 0.1 times as much as Newton does
Money earned by descartes is 0.1×$172.5=$17.25
Sum of $34.5, $172.5 and $17.25 is 224.25.
$22425 is the money the three earn in all.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
A daycare employee earns $10.90 per hour for the first works in 1 week. He is paid 1.5 times that rate for each additional hour that he works. How much money does he earn working for 43 hours in 1 week?
Answer:
Given,
A daycare employee earns $10.90 per hour for the first works in 1 week.
He is paid 1.5 times that rate for each additional hour that he works.
10.90 × 1.5 = 16.35
16.35 × 43 = 703.05

Review & Refresh

Find the sum. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 8.
24.93 + 3.86 = ______
Answer:
24.93 + 3.86 = 28.79
Explanation:

Question 9.
105.6 + 37.1 = _____
Answer:
105.6 + 37.1 = 142.7
Explanation:

Multiply Decimals Performance Task

You study the different parts of a corn plant in science class.
Question 1.
You have a corn root sample and a corn stem sample on microscope slides. When you view the samples through a microscope, the magnification number tells you how many times larger the image will be than the actual size.You see only a portion of the enlarged image.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 1
a. The corn root sample is 0.6 millimeter wide. You magnify the image by400. What is the width of the magnifiedCorn root corn root image?

b. You magnify the corn root sample by1,200. How much wider is the image when magnified by 1,200 than by 400?

c. You have a sample of a corn stem. The corn stem sample is 9.6 times wider than the corn root sample. What is the width of the corn stem sample?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 2
Answer:

a.The corn root sample is 0.6 millimeter wide
If i  magnify the image by 400 then the magnifird width =0.6×400=240 millimeters.

b.The corn root sample is 0.6 millimeter wide
If i  magnify the image by 1200 then the magnifird width =0.6×1200=720 millimeters
Subtract 240 millimeters from 720 millimeters
480 millimeters wider is the image when magnified by 1,200 than by 400.

c.Given that the corn stem sample is 9.6 times wider than the corn root sample
The corn root sample is 0.6 millimeter wide
Width of corn stem =9.6 × width of corn root
=9.6×0.6=5.76 millimeters.

Question 3.
An ear of corn has about 16 rows of kernels. Each row has about 50 kernels of corn.
a. About 0.2 of the kernels are white and the rest are yellow. How many kernels are yellow?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 3
b. Each ear of corn has about 0.25 pound of corn kernels. How many pounds of kernels are in a dozen ears of corn?
Answer:

a.An ear of corn contains 16×50=800kernels of corn
0.2 of corn are white 0.2×800=160
Subtract 160 from total number  of kernels of corn =800‐160=640
Therefore number of yellow kernels of corn are 640.

b.Each ear of corn has about 0.25 pound of corn kernels.
Dozen corn ears contains 12×0.25 =3 pounds of corn kernels
3 pounds of kernels are in a dozen ears of corn.

Question 3.
You measure the growth of a corn stalk. The corn stalk grows about 1.75 inches each day.About how many inches does the plant growin 1 month? Justify your answer.
Answer:
The corn stalk grows about 1.75 inches each day.
If there are 30 days in a month then the length of corn stalk after month is 1.75 inches ×30=52.5 inches
Therefore, the plant grow 52.5 inches in 1 month.

Multiply Decimals Activity

Race Around the world: Multiplication
Directions:
1. Players take turns.
2. On your turn, flip a RaceAround the World: Multiplication Card and find the product.
3. Move your piece to the next number on the board that is highlighted in the product.
4. The first player to make it back to North America wins!
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals 4

Multiply Decimals Chapter Practice

5.1 Multiplication Patterns with Decimals

Find the product.
Question 1.
0.9 ×103 = ______
Answer:
0.9×103 =900

Explanation:
0.9×1=0.9
0.9×10=9
0.9×100=90
0.9×1000=900
So, 0.9×103 =900
When we multiply 0.9 by 1000 the number of places of decimal point moves to the right is same as the exponent ie 3.

Question 2.
612.5 × 0.1 2 = ______
Answer:
612.5 × 0.1 2 =73.5
Multiply 6125 by 12 and place the decimal places before three places from the left.

So, 612.5×0.12=73.5

Question 3.
30.1 × 102 = _____
Answer:
30.1×100=3010

Explanation:
30.1×1=30.1
30.1×10=301
30.1×100=3010
When we multiply 30.1 by 100 the number of places of decimal point moves to the right is same as the exponent ie 2.
So, 30.1×100=3010.

Question 4.
45.7 × 0.01 = ______
Answer:
45.7×0.01=0.457

Explanation:
45.7×1=45.7
45.7×0.1=4.57
45.7×0.01=0.457
When we multiply 45.7 by 0.01 the decimal point moves two places to the left
So, 45.7×0.01=0.457

Question 5.
8.6 × 10 = ______
Answer:
8.6×10=86

Explanation:
8.6×1=8.6
8.6×10=86
When we multiply 8.6 by 10 the decimal point moves 1 place to the right.
So, 8.6×10=86

Question 6.
5.24 × 0.1 = _______
Answer:
5.24×0.1=0.524

Explanation:
5.24×1=5.24
5.24×0.1=0.524
When we multiply 5.24 by 0.1 the decimal point moves one places to the left
So, 5.24×0.1=0.524

5.2 Estimate Products of Decimals and Whole Numbers

Estimate the product.
Question 7
0.99 × 45
Answer:
Use Rounding

1×45=45
0.99×45 is about 45

Question 8.
3.15 × 8
Answer:
Use Rounding

3×8=24
3.15×8 is about 24

Question 9.
17 × 1.68
Answer:
Use Rounding

17×2=34
17×1.68 is about 34

Question 10.
95 × 5.02
Answer:
Use Rounding

95×5=475
95×5.02  is about 475

5.3 Use Models to Multiply Decimals and Whole Numbers

Find the product.
Question 11.
0.3 × 3 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals chp 11
Answer:


0.3+0.3+0.3 =0.9
Therefore 0.3×3=0.9

Question 12..
0.17 × 8 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals chp 12
Answer:


0.17+0.17+0.17+0.17+0.17+0.17+0.17+0.17=1.36
Question 13.
Structure
Write an equation represented by the model.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals chp 13
Answer:
0.29×8=2.32

5.4 Multiply Decimals and Whole Numbers

Find the product.
Question 14.
3 × 1.64 = ______
Answer:
3×1.64=3×164

=492
Place the decimal point before 2 places from the left
4.92
Therefore 3 × 1.64 =4.92

Question 15.

2.3 × 8 = ______
Answer:
2.3×8=23×8

=184
Place the decimal point before 1 place from the left
18.4
Therefore 2.3×8=18.4

Question 16.
9 × 10.7 = ______
Answer:
9×10.7=9×107

=963
Place the decimal point before 1 place from the left
96.3
Therefore 9×10.7=96.3

Question 17.
18.65 × 6 = _____
Answer:
18.65×6=1865×6

=11190
Place the decimal point before 2 places from the left
111.90
Therefore 18.65×6=111.90

5.5 Use Models to Multiply Decimals

Use the Models to find the product.
Question 18.
0.5 × 0.6 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals chp 18
Answer:


Shade 5 rows to represent 0.5 and 6 column to represent 0.6
30 squares are shaded twice
So, 0.5×0.6=0.30

Question 19.
1.8 × 0.9 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals chp 19
Answer:


Shade 9 rows to represent 0.9 and 18 columns to represent 1.8
162 squares are shaded twice
So, 1.8 × 0.9= 1.62

5.6 Use Partial Products to Multiply Decimals

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals chp 20
Answer:
Step 1:0.1×0.3=0.03
Step 2:0.1×2=0.2
Step 3:8×0.3=2.4
Step 4:8×2=16
Add 0.03+0.2+2.4+16=18.63

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals chp 21
Answer:Step 1:0.2×0.5=0.10

Step 2:
.2×9=1.8
Step 3:4×0.5=2
Step 4:4×9=36
Add 0.10+1.8+2+36=39.9

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals chp 22
Answer:
Step1:0.6×0.8=0.48
Step2:0.6×6=3.6
Step3:7×0.8=5.6
Step4:7×6=42
Add 0.48+3.6+5.6+42=51.68

7.6×6.8=51.68

Question 23.
0.7 × 6.5 = ______
Answer:
Step1:0.7×0.5=0.35
Step2:0.7×6=4.2
Step3:0×0.5=0
Step4:0×6=0
Add 0.35+4.2=4.55

Therefore 0.7×6.5=4.55

Question 24.
25.6 × 16.9 = ______
Answer:
Step1:0.6×0.9=0.54
step2:0.6×16=9.6
Step3:25×0.9=22.5
Step4:25×16=400
Add 0.54+9.6+22.5+400=432.64
Therefore 25.6×16.9=432.64

Question 25.
2.5 × 6.81 = _____
Answer:
Step1:0.5×0.81=0.405
Step2:0.5×6=3
Step3:2×0.81=1.62
Step4:2×6=12
Add 0.405+3+1.62+12=17.025
Therefore 2.5×6.81=17.025

5.7 Use Strategies to Multiply Decimals

Find the product. Explain the strategy you used.
Question 26.
0.4 × 0.16 = ______
Answer:
Estimate
4×16

=64 place the decimal point before three places from the left
0.064
Therefore 0.4×0.16=0.064

Question 27.
0.2 × 0.8 = _______
Answer:
Estimate
2×8=16 and place the decimal point before two places from the left
0.16
Therefore 0.2×0.6=0.16

Question 28.
2.5 × 0.3 = ______
Answer:
Estimate
25×3

=74 and place the decimal point before two places from the left
0.74
Therefore 2.5×0.3=0.74

Question 29.
Structure
Your friend multiplies two decimals by rewriting the product as (8 × 3) × (0.1 × 0.1). What two decimals is she multiplying?
Answer:
(8×3)×(0.1×0.1)
(8×0.1)×(3×0.1)
0.8×0.3
The two decimals she is multiplying are 0.8 and 0.3

5.8 Multiply Decimals

Find the product.
Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals chp 30
Answer:
Multiply 58 by 3 and place the decimal point
58×3

=174
Place the decimal point before two places from the left.
1.74
Therefore 5.8×0.3=1.74

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals chp 31
Answer:
Multiply 722 by 16 and place the decimal point
722×16

=11552
Place the decimal point before three places from the left
11.552
Therefore 7.22×1.6=11.552

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals chp 32
Answer:
Multiply 408 by 95 and place the decimal point
408×95

=38760
Place the decimal point before two places from the left
387.60
Therefore 40.8×9.5=387.60

5.9 Problem Solving: Multiply with Money

Question 33.
Your friend buys 4 glow sticks for $0.99 each. She pays with a $10 bill. How much change does she receive?
Answer:
My friend buys 4 glow sticks for $0.99 each
Total cost =4×$0.99=$3.96
Subtract cost from $10
$10‐$3.96=$6.04
change she receives is $6.04

Question 34.
Modeling Real Life
Descartes parks in the parking garage for 3 hours on Monday, 5 hours on Tuesday, and 10 hours on Wednesday. How much does he pay altogether?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals chp 34
Answer:
Descartes parks in the parking garage for 3 hours on Monday, 5 hours on Tuesday, and 10 hours on Wednesday.
parking garage rates are $4.50 per hour and $10.00 for more than 8 hours
charges on monday =3hoursx$4.50=$13.5
charges on tuesday =5hoursx$4.5=$22.5
on wednesday deacartes parks his car for more than 8 hours so, charges on wednesday are $10
Add 13.5+22.5+10=$46
Therefore Descartes pay $46 altogether.

Conclusion:

Take the help from the direct links available below and solve the problems covered in Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 5 Multiply Decimals. Test your knowledge by solving the questions given at the end of the chapter. If you have any doubts regarding the concepts post the comments in the below attached comment box.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8

Do you face any difficulties in the concepts of Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation Chapter? If So, you have come the right way and we will provide you the complete Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answers Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation Solutions all in one place. Look no further and begin your preparation taking the help of the quick resources and stand out from the rest of the crowd. Consistent practice is the only key to achieve success in your journey of learning math.

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation

Middle School Students are advised to go through the Topicwise BIM Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation Answers provided to resolve their queries at the soonest. All the Concepts here are given by subject experts in a simple and easy-to-understand language. Big Ideas Math Textbook Solution Key is given via direct links and you can download the respective topic and prepare anywhere and anytime.

Performance Task

Lesson: 1 Exponents

Lesson: 2 Product of Powers Property

Lesson: 3 Quotient of Powers Property

Lesson: 4 Zero and Negative Exponents

Lesson: 5 Estimating Quantities

Lesson: 6 Scientific Notation

Lesson: 7 Operations in Scientific Notation

Chapter: 8 – Exponents and Scientific Notation

Exponents and Scientific Notation STEAM Video/ Performance Task

STEAM Video

Carbon Atoms
Carbon is one of the four main elements of life. The number of carbon atoms in a compound can be represented using exponents. In what other real-life situations are exponents used?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 1
Watch the STEAM Video “Carbon Atoms.” Then answer the following questions.
1. The table shows the percent carbon by weight for humans and plants. How many pounds of carbon are in a 130-pound person? a 25-pound plant?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 2
a. Pounds of Carbon in  130-pound person is 2.57 X 1021.
b. Pounds of Carbon in 25 -pound plant is 1.23975 X 1021.

Explanation:
Given 1 carbon atoms consists of 5 X 1022,
a. So 1 person has 18% of carbon means 18 ÷ 100 X 5 × 1022 =
18 X 5 X 1022-2 = 90 X 1020 = 9 X 10 X 1020 = 9 X 1021 now,
We know 1 gram is equal to 0.00220462 pound
So 0.00220462 X 9 X 1021 as 0.00220462 approximately equal to ≈
2.204 X 10-3 X 9 X 1021 = 19.836 X 1021-3 = 19.836 X 1018 = 1.9836 X 1019  now
in 130-pound person is 130 X 1.9836 X 1019 = 257.868 X 1019 = 2.57 X 1021.
b. So 1 plant  has 45% of carbon means 45 ÷ 100 X 5 × 1022 =
45 X 5 X 1022-2 = 225 X 1020 = 2.25 X 100 X 1020 = 2.25 X 1022 now,
We know 1 gram is equal to 0.00220462 pound
So 0.00220462 X 2.25 X 1022 as 0.00220462 approximately equal to ≈
2.204 X 10-3 X 2.25 X 1022 = 4.959 X 1022-3 = 4.959 X 1019 = 4.959 X 1019  now
in 25-pound plant is 25 X 4.959 X 1019 =123.975 X 1019 = 1.23975 X 1021.

2. Steven says 5 × 1022, carbon atoms are in 1 gram of carbon. How many carbon atoms are in 3 grams of carbon?

In 3 grams of carbon = 3 X (5 x1022) =  15 x 1022 carbon atoms are available

Explanation:
Given Steven says 5 x1022 ,carbon atoms are in 1 gram of carbon,
in 3 grams of carbon it will be (
5 x 1022) X 3 = 5 X 3 X (1022)=
15 x 1022 carbon atoms are available.

Performance Task

Elements in the Universe
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given information about the atomic masses of the four most common elements in the universe: oxygen, hydrogen, helium, and carbon.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 3
You will be asked to solve problems about the amounts of carbon dioxide in Earth’s atmosphere for several years. What might cause the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere to increase over time?

Exponents and Scientific Notation Getting Ready for Chapter 8

Chapter Exploration
1. Work with a partner. Write each distance as a whole number. Which numbers do you know how to write in words? For instance, in words, 102 is equal to one hundred.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 4

a. 1027 meters diameter of the observable universe is
10000000 0000000000 0000000000 is equal to
octillion ( quadrilliard )
b. 1021 meters diameter of the Milky Way galaxy is
10 0000000000 0000000000 is equal to
sextillion (trilliard)
c. 1016 meters diameter of the solar system is
10 0000000000 00000 is equal to
10 quadrillion or 10 thousand trillion
d. 107 meters diameter of Earth is 10000000
is equal to ten million (crore (India))
e. 104 meters diameter of Halley’s Comet is 10000
is equal to ten thousand
f. 103 meters diameter of a meteor crater is
1000 is equal to thousand.

Explanation:
a. 1027 meters diameter of the observable universe,
we call the number 10 is called the base
and the number 27 is called the exponent, we multiply 10 by 27 times,
we write 10 to the 27th power as  1,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000
is equal to octillion ( quadrilliard )
b. 1021 meters diameter of the Milky Way galaxy,
we call the number 10 is called the base
and the number 21 is called the exponent, we multiply 10 by 21 times,
we write 10 to the 21th power as 1,000,000,000,000,000,000,000
is equal to sextillion (trilliard)
c. 1016 meters diameter of the solar system
we call the number 10 is called the base
and the number 16 is called the exponent, we multiply 10 by 16 times,
we write 10 to the 16th power as 10,000,000,000,000,000 is equal to
10 quadrillion or 10 thousand trillion
d. 107 meters diameter of Earth
we call the number 10 is called the base
and the number 7 is called the exponent, we multiply 10 by 7 times,
we write 10 to the 7th power as 10,000,000 is equal to ten million (crore (India))
e. 104 meters diameter of Halley’s Comet we call the number 10 is called the base
and the number 4 is called the exponent, we multiply 10 by 4 times,
we write 10 to the 4th power as 10,000 is equal to ten thousand
f. 103 meters diameter of a meteor crater we call the number 10 is called the base
and the number 27 is called the exponent, we multiply 10 by 3 times
we write 10 to the 3th power as 1,000 is equal to thousand.

2. Work with a partner. Write the numbers of wives, sacks, cats, and kits as powers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 5

Man ,wives are  70  + 71 = 1 + 7 = 8,
Man, wives, sacks are  70 + 7= 1 + 49 = 50
Man, wives, sacks, cats are 70 + 7= 1 + 343 = 344,
Man, wives, sacks, cats , kits are 70 + 7= 1 + 2401 = 2402
Total 2402 are going to St. Ives.
Explanation:
Given I met a man with seven wives so
writing as powers man and seven wives means 1 + 71 = 8,
man, each wives had seven sacks means 1 + 7= 49,
man, wives, each sack had seven cats are 1+ 7= 1 + 343 = 344,
man, wives, sacks , Each cat had seven kits are 1+ 7= 1 + 2401 = 2402,
So in total kits, cats, sacks, wives and man are 2402 are going to St. Ives.

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
power
exponent of a power
base of a power
scientific notation

Lesson 8.1 Exponents

The expression 35 is called a power. The base is 3. The exponent is 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 1

EXPLORATION 1

Using Exponent Notation
Work with a partner.
a. Copy and complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 2

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-1

Explanation:
Given Powers wrote repeated multiplication form and value as
(-3)3= (-3).(-3).(-3)= -27, multiplied -3 three times as power is 3
(-3)4= (-3).(-3).(-3).(-3)= 81,multiplied -3 four times as power is 4
(-3)5= (-3).(-3).(-3).(-3).(-3)= -243,multiplied -3 five times as power is 5
(-3)6= (-3).(-3).(-3).(-3).(-3).(-3)= 729,multiplied -3 five times as power is 6
(-3)7= (-3).(-3).(-3).(-3).(-3).(-3).(-3)= 2187,multiplied -3 five times as power is 7

b. Describe what is meant by the expression (- 3)n. How can you find the value of (- 3)n?
Answer:
The expression (-3)n is called a power. The base is -3. The exponent is n.
We find the value of (- 3)n we multiply -3 with n number of times.

Explanation:
An expression that represents repeated multiplication
of the same factor is called a power. Here the expression
(-3)n is called a power of n and the number -3 is called the base,
and the number n is called the exponent. The exponent corresponds
to the number of times the base is used as a factor.

EXPLORATION 2

Using Exponent Notation
Work with a partner. On a game show, each small cube is worth $3. The small cubes are arranged to form a large cube. Show how you can use a power to find the total value of the large cube. Then write an explanation to convince a friend that your answer is correct.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 3
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 4
The total value of the large cube is =$3 X (320)320
My answer is correct as given base as 320 and exponent is 320.

Explanation:
Given small cubes are arranged to form large cube,
and power is 320, base is 320 and exponent is 320,
each small cube is worth $3  so the total value of the large
cube is $3 multiplied by 320 and multiplied $3 with 320 by 320 times is
$3 X (320)320 as my answer is correct I say my friend because
given base is 320 and exponent is 320  we write as (320)320  and
multiply by $3 to get the value of the large cube.

Try It

Write the product using exponents.
Question 1.
\(\frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4}\) = (\(\frac{1}{4}\))5

Explanation:
As \(\frac{1}{4}\) is multiplied by 5 times,
the expression is (\(\frac{1}{4}\))5.
The base is \(\frac{1}{4}\) and the exponent is 5.

Question 2.
0.3 • 0.3 • 0.3 • 0.3 • x • x
Answer:
0.3 • 0.3 • 0.3 • 0.3 • x • x = (0.3)X (x)

Explanation:
As 0.3 is multiplied 4 times we write as (0.3)and x
is multiplied twice so (x)2
so the expression is (0.3)X (x)2.

Evaluate the expression.

Question 3.
122
Answer:
122 = 144

Explanation:
Given 122 means 12 is multiplied twice
as 12 X 12 we get 144.
here base is 12 and exponent is 2.

Question 4.
(- 2)6
Answer:
(- 2)6 = 64

Explanation:
Given (- 2)6 we multiply -2 by 6 times as
-2  X -2 X -2 X -2 X -2 X -2 we get 64
here base is -2 and exponent is 6.

Question 5.
– 54
Answer:
– 54 =625

Explanation:
Given – 5we multiply -5 by 4 times as
-5 X -5 X -5 X -5 = 625,
here base is -5 and 4 is exponent.

Question 6.
\(\left(-\frac{1}{6}\right)^{3}\)
Answer:
\(\left(-\frac{1}{6}\right)^{3}\) = –\(\frac{1}{216}\)

Explanation:
Given \(\left(-\frac{1}{6}\right)^{3}\)  we multiply
– \(\frac{1}{6}\) by 3 times as –\(\frac{1}{6}\) X
– \(\frac{1}{6}\) X –\(\frac{1}{6}\) we get
– \(\frac{1}{216}\) here base is –\(\frac{1}{6}\)
and 3 is exponent.

Evaluate the expression.
Question 7.
9 – 25 . 0.5
Answer:
9 – 25 . 0.5 = -7

Explanation:
Given 9 – 25 . 0.5 = First we solve  25 . 0.5
25 X 0.5 as 0.5 can be written as \(\frac{1}{2}\),
= 32 X \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 16 now we subtract 16 from 9
9-16 = -7

Question 8.
|- 33 ÷ 27|
Answer:
|- 33 ÷ 27| = -1

Explanation:
First we calculate – 33 we multiply -3 by 3 times as
-3 X -3 X -3 = -27 now we divide -27 by 27 we get -1.

Question 9.
(7 . 4 – 43) ÷ 6
Answer:
(7 . 4 – 43) ÷ 6 = -6

Explanation:
First we calculate the value of 43
we multiply 4 by 3 times as 4 X 4 X 4 = 64,
Now we multiply 7 X 4 = 28 now we subtract 64 from 28
we get (7 . 4 – 43) =(28 – 64) = -36 now we divide this by 6 we get
-36 ÷ 6 = -6, So (7 . 4 – 43) ÷ 6 = -6.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING EXPRESSIONS USING EXPONENTS Write the product using exponents.
Question 10.
(- 0.9) • (- 0.9) • (- 0.9)
Answer:
(- 0.9) • (- 0.9) • (- 0.9 )= (-0.9)3

Explanation:
As -0.9 is multiplied by 3 times we write as
(-0.9)3 here -0.9 is base and 3 is exponent.

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) • \(\frac{1}{8}\) • y • y • y
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{8}\) • \(\frac{1}{8}\) • y • y • y =
(\(\frac{1}{8}\))2 X (y)3

Explanation:
As \(\frac{1}{8}\) is multiplied by 2 times we write as
(\(\frac{1}{8}\))2
and y is multiplied 3 times we write as (y)3,
So \(\frac{1}{8}\) • \(\frac{1}{8}\) • y • y • y =
(\(\frac{1}{8}\))2 X (y)3.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 12.
112
Answer:
112 = 121

Explanation:
Given 112 means 11 is multiplied twice
as 11 X 11 = 121.

Question 13.
– 63
Answer:
– 63 = – 216

Explanation:
Given – 6 is multiplied by 3 times as
– 6 X -6 X -6 = -216

Question 14.
(- 0.3)4
Answer:
(- 0.3)4 = 0.0081

Explanation:
As (-0.3) is multiplied by 4 times we get
-0.3 X -0.3 X -0.3 X -0.3 = 0.0081

USING ORDER OF OPERATIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 15.
|- 24 ÷ 22|
Answer:
|- 24 ÷ 22|= -6

Explanation:
First we calculate 22 we get 4,
now we divide -24 by 4 we get -6.

Question 16.
(33 – 6 • 8) ÷ 7
Answer:
(33 – 6 • 8) ÷ 7 = -3

Explanation:
First we calculate 6 X 8 we get 48 Now we subtract
48 from 33 as 33  is 3 X 3 X 3 = 27 we get (27 – 48 )= -21
now we divide -21 by 7 we get -3 therefore
(33 – 6 • 8) ÷ 7 = -3 .

Question 17.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 5
Answer:
The expression – 82 does not belongs to other three.

Explanation:
Given expressions (-2)6,- 82 ,-82 and 2
the values are  (-2)6= -2 X -2 X -2  X -2 X -2 X -2 = 64,
– 82 =- ( 8 X 8) = -64,
82 = 8 X 8 = 64 and 26 = 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 = 64
as (-2)6,-82 and 26 have same value 64 only – 82 =-64 is different,
so the expression – 82 does not belongs to other three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
Consider the diameters of three planets.
Planet A: 109m
Planet B: 107n
Planet C: 108m
a. Write each diameter as a whole number.
b. A dwarf planet is discovered with a radius that is \(\frac{1}{100}\) the radius Planet C. Write the diameter of the dwarf planet as a power.
Answer:
a. Planet A: 109m = 1000000000m
Planet B: 107n = 10000000n
Planet C: 108m = 100000000m
b. diameter = 2 X 106m

Explanation:
The diameters of three planets are given as
Planet A: 109m, Planet B: 107n, Planet C: 108m
in part a,we write whole for Planet A as 10 is multiplied by 9 times
so 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 =1000000000m
Planet B as 10 is multiplied by 7 times therefore it is
10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 =10000000n and Planet C
as 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 =100000000m and
in part b, Given a dwarf planet is discovered with a radius that is
\(\frac{1}{100}\) the radius Planet C and
we know diameter = 2 X radius so diameter is
2 X 100000000 X \(\frac{1}{100}\) = 2 X 1000000,
therfore the diameter of the dwarf planet as a power is 2 X 106m.

Question 19.
A fish jumps out of the water at a speed of 12 feet per second. The height y (in feet) of the fish above the surface of the water is represented by the equation y = – 16x2 + 12x, where x is the time (in seconds) since the jump began. The fish reaches its highest point above the surface of the water after 0.375 second. How far above the surface is the fish at this time?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 6
Answer:
The fish is 2.25 feet above the surface at 0.375 second.

Explanation:
The height y (in feet) of the fish above the surface of the water
is represented by the equation y = – 16x2 + 12x,
where x is the time (in seconds) since the jump began.
The fish reaches its highest point above the surface
of the water after 0.375 second, So X = 0.375 second
we substitute In the equation as
y=- 16 (0.375 X 0.375 ) + 12 (0.375)= – 16 ( 0.140625) + 4.5
= -2.25 + 4.5 = 2.25
The fish is 2.25 feet above the surface at 0.375 second.

Exponents Homework & Practice 8.1

Review & Refresh

Sketch a graph that represents the situation.
Question 1.
A trading card becomes more valuable over time. The value increases at a constant rate, and then at a faster and faster rate.
Answer:
Sketch is
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-2
Explanation:
We represent the graph Trading card as
on X axis Time and on Y axis Value,
Given the value increases at a constant rate,
so first we draw a straight Line with positive slope,
and increase rate is represented by exponential growth as
shown in the figure above.

Question 2.
The water level of a river remains constant, and then decreases at a constant rate.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-3
Explanation:
Given the water level of a river remains constant
and then decreases at a constant rate so in the graph
we draw a straight Line with positive slope as constant,
and decrease rate is represented as decay shown in the figure above.

The vertices of a figure are given. Rotate the figure as described. Find the coordinates of the image.
Question 3.
A(0, – 4), B(0, – 1), C(2, – 1)
90° clockwise about the origin
Answer:
A/(-4,0)
B/(-1,0)
C/(-1,-2)

Explanation:
When we rotate a figure of 90 degrees clockwise about the origin,
each point of the given figure has to be changed from (x, y) to (y, -x).
So A(0,-4) becomes A/(-4,-0)= A/(-4,0) ,
B(0,-1) becomes B/(-1,-0)= B/(-1,0) and
C(2, – 1) becomes C/(-1,-2)

Question 4.
E(1, 2), F(1, 3), G(4, 3), H(4, 2)
180° about the origin
Answer:
E/(-1,-2)
F/(-1,-3)
G/(-4,-3)
H/(-4,-2)
Explanation:
Rotation of a point through 180°, about the origin when a point A (x, y)
is rotated about the origin O through 180° in anticlockwise
or clockwise direction, it takes the new position A’ (-x, -y)
So E(1,2) becomes E/(-1,-2), F(1,3) becomes F/(-1,-3), G(4,3)
becomes G/(-4,-3) and H(4,2) becomes H/(-4,-2).

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING EXPONENT NOTATION Write the power in repeated multiplication form. Then find the value of the power.(See Exploration 1, p. 319.)
Question 5.
44
Answer:
4 X 4 X 4 X 4, 256

Explanation:
First we write 44 in repeated multiplication form as
power is 4 times 4 X 4 X 4 X 4 and the value is 256.

Question 6.
(- 8)2
Answer:
-8 X -8 , 64

Explanation:
First we write (- 8)2 in repeated multiplication form as
– 8 X -8 as power is 2 times and the value is 64.

Question 7.
(- 2)3
Answer:
– 2 X -2 X -2 , -8

Explanation:
First we write (- 2)3  in repeated multiplication form as
– 2 X -2 X -2  as power is 3 times and the value is -8.

WRITING EXPRESSIONS USING EXPONENTS Write the product using exponents.
Question 8.
3 • 3 • 3 • 3
Answer:
3 • 3 • 3 • 3 = (3)4  

Explanation:
We write the product 3 • 3 • 3 • 3 in exponents as (3)4
because 3 is multiplied by 4 times.

Question 9.
(- 6) • (- 6)
Answer:
(- 6) • (- 6) = (-6)2  

Explanation:
We write the product (-6) X (-6)  in exponents as (-6)2
because -6 is multiplied by 2 times.

Question 10.
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\)) • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\)) • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))
Answer:
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\)) • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\)) • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))=
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3  

Explanation:
We write the product (- \(\frac{1}{2}\)) X(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))
X (- \(\frac{1}{2}\)) in exponent as (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3
here – \(\frac{1}{2}\) is multiplied by 3 times.

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) • \(\frac{1}{3}\) • \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) • \(\frac{1}{3}\) • \(\frac{1}{3}\)=
(\(\frac{1}{3}\))3

Explanation:
We write the product ( \(\frac{1}{3}\)) X ( \(\frac{1}{3}\)) X
(\(\frac{1}{3}\)) in exponent as (\(\frac{1}{3}\))3
here \(\frac{1}{3}\) is multiplied by 3 times.

Question 12.
π • π • π • x • x • x • x
Answer:
π • π • π • x • x • x • x = (π)3 X (x)4

Explanation:
We write the product π • π • π • x • x • x • x
in exponent as (π)3 X (x)4 here π is multiplied by
3 times and X is multiplied 4 times.

Question 13.
(- 4) • (- 4) • (- 4) • y • y
Answer:
(- 4) • (- 4) • (- 4) • y • y = (-4)3 X (y)2

Explanation:
Here we write the product (- 4) • (- 4) • (- 4) • y • y
as (-4)3 X (y)2,-4 is multiplied three times and y is
multiplied by 2 times

Question 14.
6.4 • 6.4 • 6.4 • 6.4 • b • b • b
Answer:
6.4 • 6.4 • 6.4 • 6.4 • b • b • b = (6.4)4 X (b)3

Explanation:
Here we write the product 6.4 • 6.4 • 6.4 • 6.4 • b • b • b
as (6.4)4 X (b)3,6.4  is multiplied four times and b is
multiplied by 3 times.

Question 15.
(- t) • (- t) • (- t) • (- t) • (- t)
Answer:
(- t) • (- t) • (- t) • (- t) • (- t ) = (-t)5

Explanation:
Here we write the given product (- t) • (- t) • (- t) • (- t) • (- t)
as (-t)5 because – t is multiplied by 5 times.

Question 16.
– (7 • 7 • 7 • 7 • 7)
Answer:
– (7 • 7 • 7 • 7 • 7) = -(7)5

Explanation:
We write the given product as – (7 • 7 • 7 • 7 • 7)
= -(7)5 here -(7) is multiplied by 5 times.

Question 17.
\(-\left(\frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
Answer:
\(-\left(\frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4}\right)\)= – (\(\frac{1}{4}\))4

Explanation:
We write the given product as
\(-\left(\frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
as – (\(\frac{1}{4}\))4 because \(\frac{1}{4}\)
is multiplied by 4 times.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 18.
52
Answer:
52 = 5 X 5 = 25

Explanation:
Given 52 we write the expression as 5 X 5
and the value is 25

Question 19.
– 113
Answer:
– 113 = (-11 X -11 X -11) = -1331

Explanation:
Given – 113  we write it as (-11 X -11 X -11)
we get -1331.

Question 20.
(- 1)6
Answer:
(- 1)6= (-1 X -1 X  -1 X -1 X -1 X -1) = 1

Explanation:
Given (- 1)6 as power is 6 we multiply -1 by
6 times as  (-1 X -1 X  -1 X -1 X -1 X -1) we get 1.

Question 21.
(\(\frac{1}{6}\))6
Answer:
(\(\frac{1}{6}\))6
= \(\frac{1}{6}\)  X \(\frac{1}{6}\) X
\(\frac{1}{6}\) X \(\frac{1}{6}\) X
\(\frac{1}{6}\) X \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{46656}\)

Explanation:
Given (\(\frac{1}{6}\))here power is 6 we multiply
\(\frac{1}{6}\) by 6 times as \(\frac{1}{6}\)  X \(\frac{1}{6}\) X
\(\frac{1}{6}\) X \(\frac{1}{6}\) X
\(\frac{1}{6}\) X \(\frac{1}{6}\) we get \(\frac{1}{46656}\)

Question 22.
(- \(\frac{1}{12}\))2
Answer:
(- \(\frac{1}{12}\))2 = –\(\frac{1}{12}\) X –\(\frac{1}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{144}\)

Explanation:
Given (- \(\frac{1}{12}\))2
the expression has power 2 we write it as –\(\frac{1}{12}\) X –\(\frac{1}{12}\)
we get \(\frac{1}{144}\)
Question 23.
– (\(\frac{1}{9}\))3
Answer:
– (\(\frac{1}{9}\))3 = – \(\frac{1}{9}\) X – \(\frac{1}{9}\) X –\(\frac{1}{9}\)=
– \(\frac{1}{729}\)

Explanation:
Given – (\(\frac{1}{9}\))3 as in the expression we have power 3 we multiply
– \(\frac{1}{9}\) by three times as – \(\frac{1}{9}\) X – \(\frac{1}{9}\) X –\(\frac{1}{9}\) we get –\(\frac{1}{729}\)

Question 24.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend evaluates the power – 62. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 7
Answer:
Yes friend is correct,

Explanation:
Given friend evaluates the power – 62 as -6 X -6 = 36,
as given -6 has power 2 we multiply -6 twice so we get 36,
which is similar to what friend has evaluated so friend is correct.

STRUCTURE Write the prime factorization of the number using exponents.
Question 25.
675
Answer:
675 = 33 X 52

Explanation:
The number 675 is a composite number so, it is possible to factorize it.
In other words, 675 can be divided by 1, by itself and at least by 3 and 5.
A composite number is a positive integer that has at least one positive divisor
other than one or the number itself.
In other words, a composite number is any integer greater than one that is not a prime number.
The prime factorization of 675 = 33 X 52.
The prime factors of 675 are 3 and 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-4
Question 26.
280
Answer:
280 = 23 X 5 X 7

Explanation:
The number 280 is a composite number so, it is possible to factorize it.
In other words, 280 can be divided by 1, by itself and at least by 2, 5 and 7.
A composite number is a positive integer that has at least one
positive divisor other than one or the number itself.
In other words, a composite number is any integer greater than
one that is not a prime number.
The prime factorization of 280 = 23 X 5 X 7.
The prime factors of 280 are 2, 5 and 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-5

Question 27.
363
Answer:
363 = 3 X 112

Explanation:
The number 363 is a composite number so, it is possible to factorize it.
In other words, 363 can be divided by 1, by itself and at least by 3 and 11.
A composite number is a positive integer that has at least one
positive divisor other than one or the number itself.
In other words, a composite number is any integer greater than
one that is not a prime number.
The prime factorization of 363 = 3 X 112.
The prime factors of 363 are 3 and 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-6

Question 28.
PATTERNS
The largest doll is 12 inches tall. The height of each of the other dolls is \(\frac{7}{10}\) the height of the next larger doll. Write an expression involving a power that represents the height of the smallest doll. What is the height of the smallest doll?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 8.1
Answer:
The height of the smallest doll is 4.116 inches.

Explanation:
Given the largest doll is 12 inches tall, The height of each of the other dolls is
\(\frac{7}{10}\) the height of the next larger doll, There are 4 dolls
So  12 X \(\frac{7}{10}\) X \(\frac{7}{10}\)  X \(\frac{7}{10}\) =
\(\frac{4116}{1000}\) = 4.116 inches, therefore the height of the smallest doll is 4.116 inches.

USING ORDER OF OPERATIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 29.
5 + 2 • 23
Answer:
5 + 2 • 23 = 21

Explanation:
Given 5 + 2 • 23 we first simplify 2and multiply with 2
we get 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 = 16 and add 5, 16 + 5 = 21,
therefore 5 + 2 • 23 = 21

Question 30.
2 + 7 • (- 3)2
Answer:
2 + 7 • (- 3)2 = 65

Explanation:
Given expression as 2 + 7 • (- 3)we first simplify  7 • (- 3)2
we multiply – 3 twice as – 3 X -3 = 9 and multiply with 7 we get
7 X 9 = 63 now we add 2 to 63 now we get 2 + 63 = 65,
therefore 2 + 7 • (- 3)2 = 65.

Question 31.
(132 – 122) ÷ 5
Answer:
(132 – 122) ÷ 5= 5.

Explanation:
We have expression as (132 – 122) ÷ 5 first
we calculate (132 – 122) so 13 X 13 = 169 and
12 X 12 = 144 we subtract 144 from 169 we get
169 – 144 = 25 now we divide 25 by 5  we get 5,
therefore (132 – 122) ÷ 5= 5.

Question 32.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)(43 – 6 • 32)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)(43 – 6 • 32) = 5

Explanation:
Given expression as \(\frac{1}{2}\)(43 – 6 • 32) First we evaluate
(43 – 6 • 32) as 32) as 3 X 3 = 9 now multiply by 6 we get 6 X 9 = 54,
43 = 4 x 4 X 4 = 64, So 64 – 54 =10 Now we multiply 10 with \(\frac{1}{2}\)
we get 5, therefore \(\frac{1}{2}\)(43 – 6 • 32) = 5.

Question 33.
|\(\frac{1}{2}\)(7 + 53)|
Answer:
|\(\frac{1}{2}\)(7 + 53)| = 66

Explanation:
given expression is |\(\frac{1}{2}\)(7 + 53)| so first we evaluate
(7 + 53) = 7 + 5 X 5 X 5 = 7 + 125 = 132 now we multiply 132 with \(\frac{1}{2}\)
we get \(\frac{1}{2}\) X 132 = 66. So |\(\frac{1}{2}\)(7 + 53)| = 66.

Question 34.
|(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3 ÷ (\(\frac{1}{4}\))2|
Answer:
|(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3 ÷ (\(\frac{1}{4}\))2| = -2

Explanation:
Given expression as |(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3 ÷ (\(\frac{1}{4}\))2|
first we evaluate (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3= – \(\frac{1}{2}\) X – \(\frac{1}{2}\) X
– \(\frac{1}{2}\) = – \(\frac{1}{8}\), Now (\(\frac{1}{4}\))2
= \(\frac{1}{4}\) X \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{16}\),
now we multiply – \(\frac{1}{8}\) with \(\frac{1}{16}\) = -2.

Question 35.
(92 – 15 • 2) ÷ 17
Answer:
(92 – 15 • 2) ÷ 17 = 3

Explanation:
The expression is (92 – 15 • 2) ÷ 17 we evaluate first (92 – 15 • 2) as
9 X 9 = 81 and 15 X 2 = 30 so 81 – 30 = 51 now we divide 51 by 17
we get 3 as 17 x 3 = 51 therefore (92 – 15 • 2) ÷ 17 = 3.

Question 36.
– 6 • (- 52 + 20)
Answer:
– 6 • (- 52 + 20) = 30

Explanation:
The given expression  is – 6 • (- 52 + 20) we first find
(- 52 + 20) = – 5 X -5 = -25 + 20 = -5 now we multiply -5 with -6
we get – 5 X -6 = 30, So – 6 • (- 52 + 20) = 30.

Question 37.
(- 4 + 12 – 62) ÷ 7
Answer:
(- 4 + 12 – 62) ÷ 7 = – 4

Explanation:
Given expression is (- 4 + 12 – 62) ÷ 7 we calculate  first (- 4 + 12 – 62) as
-4 +12 – (6 X 6)= -4 +12 -36 = -40 + 12 = – 28 now we divide -28 by 7 we
get -4, therefore (- 4 + 12 – 62) ÷ 7 = – 4

Question 38.
STRUCTURE
Copy and complete the table. Compare the values of 2h – 1 with the values of 2h – 1. When are the values the same?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-7
Comparing the values of 2h – 1 with the values of 2h – 1 both do not
have any same values.

Explanation:
First we calculate 2h -1 we substitute h as 1,2,3,4,5
we get If h is 1 , 21 -1= 2 – 1 = 2, if h is 2 we get 22 -1= 4 -1 = 3,
now h = 3,  23 -1 = 8 – 1 = 7, if h =4 , 24 -1= 16 – 1 = 15 and
h=5, 25 -1= 32 – 1 = 31. So for h =1,2,3,4,5 we get 2h -1 = 2,3,7,15,31 respectively
Now we substitute for h= 1,  2h-1 = 21-1= 20= 1, for h = 2 it is 22-1 = 21 = 2, now h = 3
23-1 = 22 = 2 X 2 = 4 , if h is 4 we get 24-1 = 23 = 2 X 2 X = 8 and if  h is 5
we get 25-1 = 24 = 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 = 16, So for h = 1,2,3,4,5,  we get 2h-1 = 1,
2,4,8,16 respectively. As comparing the values of 2h – 1 with the values of 2h – 1
both do not have any same values. Hence no common values.

Question 39.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Scientists use carbon-14 dating to determine the age of a sample of organic material.
a. The amount C(in grams) of carbon-14 remaining after t years of a
sample of organic material is represented by the equation C = 100(0.99988)t. Find the amount of carbon-14 remaining after 4 years.
b. What percent of the carbon-14 remains after 4 years?
Answer:
a. The amount of carbon – 14 remaining after 4 years is 99.95 grams.
b. The percent of the carbon – 14 remains after 4 years is 99.95%.

Explanation:
a. Given the amount C(in grams) of carbon-14 remaining
after t years of a sample of organic material is represented
by the equation C = 100(0.99988)t we the amount of carbon-14 remaining
after 4 years as  t = 4  we substitute C = 100(0.99988)4 we get C =
100 X 0.99988 X 0.99988 X 0.99988 X 0.99988 = 99.95 grams,
therefore The amount of carbon – 14 remaining after 4 years is 99.95 grams.
b. Now the percent of the carbon – 14 remains after 4 years , we have the amount
of carbon after 4 years is 99.95 grams,
So Percentage is 100 X 99.95 by 100 = 99.95 %.


Question 40.

DIG DEEPER!
The frequency (in vibrations per second) of a note on a piano is represented by the equation F = 440(1.0595)n, where n is the number of notes above A440. Each black or white key represents one note.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.1 9
a. How many notes do you take to travel from A440 to A?
b. What is the frequency of A?
c. Compare the frequency of A to the frequency of A440.
Answer:
a. There are 12 notes to travel from A440 to A.
b. The frequency of A is 880 vibrations.
c. The frequency of A is twice to the frequency of A440.

Explanation:
a. As each black or white key represents one note, to reach
from A 440 to A if we count there are 12 notes to travel.
b. The frequency (in vibrations per second) of a note on a piano
is represented by the equation F = 440(1.0595)n, For note A, n =12
F = 440(1.0595)12, F = 440 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X
1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 X 1.0595 =
F=880.37 therefore the frequency of A is 880 vibrations.
c. The frequency of A to the frequency of A440 is 880 by 440(1.0595)0,
we get approximately 2, So the frequency of A is twice to the frequency of A440.

Lesson 8.2 Product of Powers Property

EXPLORATION 1

Finding Products of Powers
Work with a partner.
a. Copy and complete the table. Use your results to write a general rule for finding am • an, a product of two powers with the same base.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 1.1
b. Show how to use your rule in part(a) to write each expression below as a single power. Then write a general rule for finding (am)n, a power of a power.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 1
Answer:
a.Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-8

General rule for am • an = am+n a product of two powers with the same base
then powers are added.
b.
(73)2 = 73×2 = 76,
(62)2 = 62×2 = 64,
(32)3 = 32×3 = 36,
(22 )4= 22×4 = 28,
((\(\frac{1}{2}\))2)5 = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))2 x 5 = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))10
General rule for finding (am)power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then
we can multiply the powers as (am)n = am x n .

Explanation:
a. Completed the table as shown above as Product,
Repeated Multiplication Form and Power as
(22  X 24) = 22+4  = 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 =  26
(-3)2  X (-3)4  = (-3)2+4  = -3 X -3 X -3 X -3 X -3 X -3 = (-3)6
73  X 72  = (7)3+2  = 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 = 75
5.11  X 5.16  = (5.1)1+6  = 5.1 X 5.1 X 5.1 X 5.1 X 5.1 X 5.1 X5.1 =(5.1)7
(-4)2  X (-4)2 = (-4)2+2  = -4 X -4 X -4 X -4 = (-4)4
10X 105= 103+5 = 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 = 108
(\(\frac{1}{2}\))5 X (\(\frac{1}{2}\))5=(\(\frac{1}{2}\))5+5
=\(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))10
General rule for am • an = am+n a product of two powers with the same base,
powers are added. If two powers have the same base
then we can multiply the powers.
When we multiply two powers we add their exponents.
b. We write (73)as  73×2 = 76,
(62)2 as  62×2 = 64,
(32)3 as 32×3 = 36,
(22 )4 as 22×4 = 28,
((\(\frac{1}{2}\))2)5 = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))2 x 5 = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))10
wrote each expression as a single power above,
General rule for finding (am)n a power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then
we can multiply the powers as (am)n = am x n .

EXPLORATION 2

Finding Powers of Products
Work with a partner. Copy and complete the table. Use your results to general rule write a for finding (ab)m, a power of a product.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-9

Explanation:
Completed the table as shown above as first
Repeated Multiplication Form and Product of Powers as
(2 X 3)3 = 2 X 2 X 2 X 3 X 3 X 3 = 23 X 33
(2 X 5)2 = 2 X 2 X 5 X 5 = 22 X 52
(5 X 4)3 = 5 X 5 X 5 X 4 X 4 X 4 = 53 X 43
(-2 X 4)2 = -2 X -2 X 4 X 4 = -22 X 42
(-3 X 2)4 = -3 X -3 X -3 X -3 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 = -34 X 24
We know general rule to write (ab)m  power of a product is am X bm

Try It
Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 1.
62 • 64
Answer:
62 • 64 = 66

Explanation:
Given 62 • 6we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. As both base are 6 so 62 • 64 = 62+4 = 66

Question 2.
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))6
Answer:
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))6 =(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))9
Given (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))6 we have general rule for
am • an = am+n  If product of two powers with the same base
then powers are added as both bases  are same so (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))6 =
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))3+6 =(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))9

Question 3.
z • z12
Answer:
z • z12 = z13

Explanation:
Given z • z12 we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, here  both bases are z so z • z12 = z1+12= z13

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 4.
(43)5
Answer:
(43)=(4)15

Explanation:
Given (43)we have general rule for finding (am)n a power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then we can multiply the
powers as (am)n = am x n . Here both base is 4 so (43)=(43x5) = (4)15

Question 5.
(y2)4
Answer:
(y2)4 =(y)8

Explanation:
Given (y2)4 we have general rule for finding (am)n a power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then we can multiply the
powers as (am)n = am x n . Here both base is y so (y2)=(y2x4) = (y)8

Question 6.
((- 4)3)2
Answer:
((- 4)3)2 = (-4)6

Explanation:
Given ((- 4)3)we use general rule for finding (am)n a power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then we can multiply the
powers as (am)n = am x n . Here both base is 4 so ((- 4)3)2 =(- 4)3x2 = (-4)6

Simplify the expression.
Question 7.
(5y)4
Answer:
(5y)4 = 54 X y4

Explanation:
Given (5y)4 to simplify the expression we use general rule to
write (ab)m  power of a product as am X bm ,So (5y)4 = 54 X y4

Question 8.
(ab)5
Answer:
(ab)5= a5 X b5

Explanation:
Given (ab)5 to simplify the expression we use general rule to
write (ab)m  power of a product as am X bm ,So (ab)5= a5 X b5

Question 9.
(0.5 mn)2
Answer:
(0.5 mn)2= 0.5X m2 X n2

Explanation:
Given (0.5 mn)2 to simplify the expression we use general rule to
write (abc)m  power of a product as am X bm X cm , So (0.5 mn)2= 0.5X m2 X n2

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FINDING POWERS Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 10.
47 • 44
Answer:
47 • 44= 411

Explanation:
Given 47 • 4we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So 47 • 44 = 47+4 = 411

Question 11.
(g6)3
Answer:
(g6)3=g18

Explanation:
Given (g6)we have general rule for finding (am)n a power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then we can multiply the
powers as (am)n = am x n . So (g6)3= g6x3= g18

Question 12.
(- \(\frac{1}{3}\))5 • (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))7
Answer:
(- \(\frac{1}{3}\))5 • (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))7= (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))12

Explanation:
Given (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))5 • (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))7
we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, here  both bases are – \(\frac{1}{3}\) so
(- \(\frac{1}{3}\))5 • (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))7= (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))5+7 = (- \(\frac{1}{3}\))12

FINDING A POWER OF A PRODUCT Simplify the expression.
Question 13.
(8t)4
Answer:
(8t)4 = 84 X t4

Explanation:
Given (8t)4 we have general rule to write (ab)m
power of a product as am X bm therefore (8t)4 = 84 X t4

Question 14.
(yz)6
Answer:
(yz)6= y6 X z6

Explanation:
Given (yz)we have general rule to write (ab)m
power of a product as am X bm therefore (yz)6= y6 X z6

Question 15.
(\(\frac{1}{4}\)gh)3
Answer:
(\(\frac{1}{4}\)gh)3= (\(\frac{1}{4}\))3 X g3 X h3

Explanation:
Given (\(\frac{1}{4}\)gh)3 to simplify the expression we use general rule to
write (abc)m  power of a product as am X bm X cm , So (\(\frac{1}{4}\)gh)3= (\(\frac{1}{4}\))3 X g3 X h3

Question 16.
CRITICAL THINKING
Can you use the Product of Powers Property to simplify 52 • 64? Explain.
Answer:
No, we can not use the Product of Powers Property to simplify 52 • 64

Explanation:
Given to simplify 52 • 6as both bases are different
and Product of Powers Property is in general,
for all real numbers  we  multiply two powers having
the same base we add the exponents but here the bases are different
5,6 so no, we can not use the Product of Powers Property to simplify 52 • 64

Question 17.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an expression that simplifies to x12 using the Product of Powers Property.
Answer:
The expression is x2 X x10 simplifies to  x12

Explanation:
Given an expression that simplifies to x12 by
using the Product of Powers Property we write as x12 = x2 X x10 
as we know Product of Powers Property is for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. As base is x here we have m + n  = 12,
so we can take powers (m , n) as (2,10) or (6,6) or (1,11) or (3,9) or
(4,8) or (5,7) or (7,5) or (8,4) or (9,3) or (10,2) or (11,1). So I took (2,10)
as m, n and wrote expression as  x2 X x10 = x12 .

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
A newborn blue whale weighs 37 kilograms. An adult blue whale weighs 81 times the weight of the newborn. How many kilograms does the adult blue whale weigh?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 3
Answer:
The adult blue whale weighs 81 X  37 kilograms = 311 kilograms

Explanation:
Given A newborn blue whale weighs 37 kilograms.
An adult blue whale weighs 81 times the weight of the newborn.
So the adult blue whale weighs 81 X  37 kilograms , we write 81 as
multiple of 3 we get 81 = 3 X 3 X 3 X 3, 81 =   34 therefore
81 X  37 kilograms =  34 X  37 kilograms,
when bases are same powers are added
34 X  37 kilograms = 34+7 = 311 kilograms,
therefore the adult blue whale weighs
81 X  37 kilograms = 311 kilograms.

Question 19.
One megabyte of cell phone storage space is 220 bytes. An app uses 44 megabytes of storage space. How many bytes of storage space does the app use?
Answer:
The app used 228 bytes of storage space.

Explanation:
Given One megabyte of cell phone storage space is 220 bytes.
and an app uses 44 megabytes of storage space.
the number of bytes of storage space does the app use is
44 X 220 bytes as 4 we can write as 2 X 2 = 22 (22)4 X 220
44 X 220 = (22)4 X 220  = 28 X 220= 28+20 = 228 bytes.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
The diagram shows the area of a small circular rug. The radius of a large circular rug is 3 times the radius of the small rug. Write an expression for the area of the large rug in terms of x. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 4
Answer:
The area of the large rug in terms of x is 9πx2 X \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
We have area of small circular rug as
A= \(\frac{1}{4}\) X πx2
A = π X (\(\frac{x}{2}\))2
hence the radius of small rug is \(\frac{x}{2}\) and radius
of large rug is \(\frac{3x}{2}\), therefore the area of the
large rug is π X (\(\frac{3x}{2}\))2= 9πx2 X \(\frac{1}{4}\),
therefore the area of the large rug in terms of x is 9πx2 X \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Product of Powers Property Homework & Practice 8.2

Review & Refresh

Write the product using exponents.
Question 1.
11 • 11 • 11 • 11 • 11
Answer:
11 • 11 • 11 • 11 • 11 =  115

Explanation:
Given 11 • 11 • 11 • 11 • 11 as 11 is multiplied by 5 times
we write as 11 • 11 • 11 • 11 • 11 =  115

Question 2.
(- 6) • (- 6) • (- 6) • z • z
Answer:
(- 6) • (- 6) • (- 6) • z • z = (-6)3 X z2

Explanation:
Given (- 6) • (- 6) • (- 6) • z • z we have -6 multiplied
by 3 times and z twice so write the product as
(- 6) • (- 6) • (- 6) • z • z = (-6)3 X z2

Find the value of for the given value of x.
Question 3.
y = – 4x; x = 7
Answer:
y= -28

Explanation:
Given  y = -4x and value of x as 7,
we substitute x as y = -4 X 7, So y = -28.

Question 4.
y = 5x + 6; x = – 2
Answer:
y= -4

Explanation:
Given y= 5x + 6 and value of x as -2,
we substitute x as y= 5 X -2 + 6 = -10 + 6 = -4,
therefore y = -4.

Question 5.
y = 10 – 3x ; x = 3
Answer:
y=1

Explanation:
Given y= 10 – 3x and value of x as 3,
we substitute x as  y= 10 – 3 X 3 = 10 – 9 = 1,
therefore y =1.

Question 6.
What is the measure of each interior angle of the regular polygon?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 5
A. 45°
B. 135°
C. 1080°
D. 1440°
Answer:
The measure of each interior angle of the
regular polygon given is B.135°.

Explanation:
We know each Angle (of a Regular Polygon) =
(n−2) × 180° / n where n is number of sides
in the given figure we 8 sides so n is 8,
the measure of each interior angle is (8-2) X 180° / 8=
6 X 180° / 8 = 135° . So the measure of each
interior angle of the regular polygon given is B.135°.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

FINDING PRODUCTS OF POWERS Write the expression in repeated multiplication form. Then write the expression as a power. (See Exploration 1, p. 325.)
Question 7.
56 • 53
Answer:
56 • 53 = 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 = 59

Explanation:
Given 56 • 53 the expression in repeated multiplication form is
5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 X 5 and expression as power
is 56 • 53= 56+3 = 59

Question 8.
(64)2
Answer:
(64)2 = 6 X 6 X 6 X 6 X 6 X 6 X 6X 6 = 68

Explanation:
Given (64)2 the expression in repeated multiplication form is
6 X 6 X 6 X 6 X 6 X 6 X 6 X 6  and expression as power
is  (64)= 64×2 = 68

Question 9.
(- 8)3 • (- 8)4
Answer:
(- 8)3 • (- 8)4= (- 8)7

Explanation:
Given (- 8)3 • (- 8)4 the expression in repeated multiplication form is
-8 X -8 X -8 X -8 X -8 X -8 X -8 and expression as power
is  (- 8)3 • (- 8)4= (- 8)3+4 = (- 8)7

FINDING POWERS Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 10.
32 • 32
Answer:
32 • 32 = 34

Explanation:
We write the given 32 • 3expression as a power,
so 32 • 32 as bases are same 3 powers are added 32+2 = 34

Question 11.
810 • 84
Answer:
810 • 84 = 814

Explanation:
We write the given 810 • 84 expression as a power,
here 810 • 84  has same bases 8 so same powers are
added as 810+4 = 814

Question 12.
(54)3
Answer:
(54)3 = (5)12

Explanation:
We write the given expression (54)3 as a power,
so (54)3 has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (5)4 x 3 = 512

Question 13.
((- 3)2)4
Answer:
((- 3)2)4 = (- 3)8

Explanation:
We write the given expression ((- 3)2)4 as a power,
so ((- 32) has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (-3)2 x 4 = (-3)8

Question 14.
(- 4)5 • (- 4)7
Answer:
(- 4)5 • (- 4)7= (- 4)12

Explanation:
We write the given expression (- 4)5 • (- 4)7 as a power,
here (- 4)5 • (- 4)7 has same bases -4 so same powers are
added as  (- 4)5+7 = (- 4)12.

Question 15.
h6 • h
Answer:
h6 • h = h7

Explanation:
We write the given expression h6 • h as a power,
here h6 • h has same bases h so same powers are
added as  (h)6+1 = (h)7.

Question 16.
(b12)3
Answer:
(b12)3 = (b)36

Explanation:
We write the given expression (b12)3 as a power,
so (b12)3  has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (b)12 x 3 = (b)36

Question 17.
(\(\frac{2}{3}\))2 • (\(\frac{2}{3}\))6
Answer:
(\(\frac{2}{3}\))2 • (\(\frac{2}{3}\))6= (\(\frac{2}{3}\))8

Explanation:
We write the given expression (\(\frac{2}{3}\))2 • (\(\frac{2}{3}\))6
as a power, here (\(\frac{2}{3}\))2 • (\(\frac{2}{3}\))6
has same bases so same powers are added as (\(\frac{2}{3}\))2+6
= (\(\frac{2}{3}\))8 

Question 18.
(3.83)4
Answer:
(3.83)4= (3.8)12

Explanation:
We write the given expression (3.83)4 as a power,
so (3.83)4  has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (3.8)3 x 4 = (3.8)12

Question 19.
(n3)5
Answer:
(n3)5 = (n)15

Explanation:
We write the given expression (n3)5 as a power,
so (n3)5 has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (n)3 X 5= (n)15

Question 20.
((- \(\frac{3}{4}\))5)2
Answer:
((- \(\frac{3}{4}\))5)2= (- \(\frac{3}{4}\))10

Explanation:
We write the given expression ((- \(\frac{3}{4}\))5)2 as a power,
so ((- \(\frac{3}{4}\))5)2 has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (- \(\frac{3}{4}\))5 x 2= (- \(\frac{3}{4}\))10

Question 21.
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))8 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))9
Answer:
(- \(\frac{1}{2}\))8 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))9= (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))17

Explanation:
We write the given expression (-\(\frac{1}{2}\))8 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))9
as a power, here (-\(\frac{1}{2}\))8 • (- \(\frac{1}{2}\))9
has same bases so same powers are added as (-\(\frac{1}{2}\))8+9
= (-\(\frac{1}{2}\))17 

YOU BE THE TEACHER Your friend simplifies the expression.
Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 6
Answer:
No, Friend is in correct as 52 X 59 = 511 not 2511

Explanation:
Given expression is 52 X 52
here as base is same 5 we add powers
as 52+9  we get 511 not 2511

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 7
Answer:
No, friend is In correct as (r6)4= (r)6 x 4 = (r)24 not r10

Explanation:
Given expression is (r6)4 here we have
powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied not added so (r6)4= (r)6 x 4 = (r)24
not r10 therefore friend is incorrect.

FINDING A POWER OF A PRODUCT
Simplify the expression.
Question 24.
(6g)3
Answer:
(6g)3 = 216 g3

Explanation:
Given (6g)3 we simplify as 63 X g3= 6 X 6 X 6 X g X g X g
= 216 g3 here we multiplied 6 by 3 times and g by
3 times as both has power 3.

Question 25.
(- 3v)5
Answer:
(- 3v)5 = -243v5

Explanation:
Given (-3v)5 we simplify as
– 3 X -3 X -3 X -3 X -3 X v X v X v X v X v = -243v5,
here we multiplied -3 and v by
5 times as power for both is 5.

Question 26.
(\(\frac{1}{5}\)k)2
Answer:
(\(\frac{1}{5}\)k)2 = \(\frac{1}{25}\)k2

Explanation:
Given expression (\(\frac{1}{5}\)k)2 we simplify as
\(\frac{1}{5}\) X \(\frac{1}{5}\) X k X k = \(\frac{1}{25}\)k2
here we multiply \(\frac{1}{5}\)  and k
by 2 times as power for both is 2.

Question 27.
(1.2 m)4
Answer:
(1.2 m)4 = 2.0736m4

Explanation:
Given expression as (1.2 m)4 we simplify as
1.2 X 1.2 X 1.2 X m X m X m X m is 2.0736m4
here we multiply 1.2 and m by 4 times as
power for both is 4.

Question 28.
(rt)12
Answer:
(rt)12 =  r12 X t12

Explanation:
Given expression as (rt)12 we simplify as
r X r X r X r X r X r X r X r X r X r X r X r X
t X t X t X t X t X t X t X t X t X t X t X t is r12 X t12
here we multiply r and t by 12 times as
power for both is 12.

Question 29.
(- \(\frac{3}{4}\)p)3
Answer:
(- \(\frac{3}{4}\)p)3 = –\(\frac{27}{64}\)p3

Explanation:
Given expression as (- \(\frac{3}{4}\)p)3 we simplify as
– \(\frac{3}{4}\) X – \(\frac{3}{4}\) X – \(\frac{3}{4}\) X p X p X p is
–\(\frac{27}{64}\)p3
here we multiply –\(\frac{3}{4}\) and p by 3 times as
power for both is 3.

Question 30.
PRECISION
Is 32 + 33 equal to 35? Explain.
Answer:
No,32 + 33 is not equal to 35

Explanation:
Given expression is 32 + 33 first we solve
32 as 3 X 3 = 9 and 33 = 3 X 3 X 3 = 27 so
32 + 33= 9 + 27 = 36 now we have 35 which is
equal to 3 X 3 X 3 X 3 X 3 = 243 as 36 ≠ 243 so
no, 32 + 3≠ 35

Question 31.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A display case for the artifact shown is in the shape of a cube. Each side of the display case is three times longer than the width w of the artifact.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 8
a. Write a power that represents the volume of the case.
b. Simplify your expression in part(a).
Answer:
a. The volume of the case is (3w)3.
b. Simplified form is 27w3.

Explanation:
Given a display case for the artifact shown
is in the shape of a cube. Each side of the display
case is three times longer than the width w of the artifact.
a. we have volume of cube as (edge)3
So the volume of the case = 3w X 3w X 3w = (3w)3.

b. Simplified form of (3w)3= 3 X 3 X 3 X w X w X w = 27w3.

Question 32.
LOGIC
Show that (3 • 8 • x)7 = 67 • 47 • x7.
Answer:
(3 • 8 • x)7 = ( 37 X 27) X 47 X x7 = 67 x 47 x x7

Explanation:
Given expression is (3 • 8 • x)7 we write 8 as
multiple of 2 X 4 so (3 X 2 X 4 X x)7
and now we multiply first 3 and 2 as (6 X 4 X x)7
we simplify we get 67 x 47 x x7
So (3 • 8 • x)7 = 67 • 47 • x7.

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The lowest altitude of an altocumulus cloud is about 38 feet. The highest altitude of an altocumulus cloud is about 3 times the lowest altitude. What is the highest altitude of an altocumulus cloud? Write your answer as a power.
Answer:
The highest altitude of an altocumulus cloud is
3 X 38= 39 feet.

Explanation:
Given The lowest altitude of an altocumulus cloud is
about 38 feet. The highest altitude of an altocumulus cloud is
about 3 times the lowest altitude. So the highest altitude
of an altocumulus cloud is 3 X 38   as bases are same
powers are added  31+8 =  39 feet.

Question 34.
GEOMETRY
A square pyramid has a height h and a base with side lengths. The side lengths of the base increase by 50%. Write a formula for the volume of the new pyramid in terms of s and h.
Answer:
The formula for the volume of the
new pyramid is terms of s and h is 3s2h by 4.

Explanation:
Given a square pyramid has a height h and
a base with side lengths. The side lengths
of the base increase by 50%. So volume is
s2\(\frac{h}{3}\) and side length s
increases by 50%, so s + 50%s = s + \(\frac{50}{100}\)s
= s + \(\frac{1}{2}\)s = \(\frac{3s}{2}\).
The new volume is (\(\frac{3s}{2}\))2 X \(\frac{h}{3}\)
= 9s2 X \(\frac{h}{12}\) = 3s2h by 4
therefore the formula for the volume of the
new pyramid is terms of s and h is 3s2h by 4.

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The United States Postal Service delivers about 24 • 3 • 53 pieces of mail each second. There are 28 • 34 • 52 seconds in 6 days. How many pieces of mail does the United States Postal Service deliver in 6 days? Write your answer as an expression involving three powers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 9
Answer:
Number of pieces of mails does the United States Postal Service
deliver in 6 days is 212 X 35 X 55 .

Explanation:
Given the United States Postal Service delivers about
24 • 3 • 53 pieces of mail each second. There are 28 • 34 • 52
seconds in 6 days. so number of  pieces of mail does
the United States Postal Service deliver in 6 days is
24 X 3 X 53 X  28 X 34 X 5we add the same bases power we get
24 X  28 X 3 X 34 X 53 X 52 as 24+8 X 31+4 X 53+2
= 212 X 35 X 55 therefore number of pieces of mails
does the United States Postal Service
deliver in 6 days is 212 X 35 X 55 .

Question 36.
REASONING
The row numbers y and column numbers x of a chessboard are shown. Each position on the chessboard has a stack of pennies. (Only the first row is shown.) The number of pennies in each stack is 2x • 2y.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 10
a. Which locations have 32 pennies in their stacks?
b. How much money (in dollars) is in the location with the tallest stack?
c. A penny is about 0.06 inch thick. About how tall is the tallest stack?
Answer:
a. The locations are the combinations of (x,y)=
(1,4),(2,3),(3,2),(4,1).
b. $655.36 is the money in the location with the tallest stack.
c. The tallest stack is 3932.16 inches.

Explanation:
The row numbers y and column numbers x,
The number of pennies in each stack is 2x • 2y
a. The locations that have 32 pennies in their stacks is
2x • 2y = 32 we write 32 as power of 2 we get
2x • 2y = 25 we write 2x • 2y (bases are same powers are added)
as 2x+y = 25 therefore x + y = 5, So the locations
are the combinations of (x, y)= (1,4),(2,3),(3,2),(4,1).
b. The tallest stack will be in the location of (8,8)
so the maximum combination is 28 X 28 = 28+8 = 216
= 65536 pennies. Now converting pennies into dollar
1 penny = 0.01 dollar so 65536 X 0.01 = $655.36,
therefore $655.36 is the money in the location
with the tallest stack.
c. Given each penny is about 0.06 inch thick
the tallest stack is 65536 X 0.06 = 3932.16 inches.

Question 37.
CRITICAL THINKING
Find the value of x in the equation without evaluating the power.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.2 11
Answer:
a. x = 3
b. x = 4

Explanation:
a. Given 25 X 2x = 256, we write 256 as 28,
so 25 X 2x = 25 + x = 28 , 5 + x = 8 so x = 8 – 5,
therefore x = 3.
b. Given (\(\frac{1}{3}\))2 X (\(\frac{1}{3}\))x = \(\frac{1}{729}\)
\(\frac{1}{729}\) as multiple of \(\frac{1}{3}\) we get
\(\frac{1}{729}\) as (\(\frac{1}{3}\)))6  so (\(\frac{1}{3}\))2 X (\(\frac{1}{3}\))x = (\(\frac{1}{3}\)))6  as bases are same
we equate powers as 2 + x = 6 therefore x = 6 – 2 = 4, So X = 4.

Lesson 8.3 Quotient of Powers Property

EXPLORATION 1

Finding Quotients of Powers
Work with a partner.
a. Copy and complete the table. Use your results to write a general rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 1
b. Use your rule in part(a) to simplify the quotients in the first column of the table above. Does your rule give the results in the third column?
Answer:
a. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-10

The general rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base is am-n
b. Yes my rule gives the result in third column.

Explanation:
a. Completed the given table as shown above.
We use the general rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base is am-n .
b. We use part(a) rule to simplify the quotients in
the first column of the table above
and rule gives the results in the third column as
\(\frac{2^{4}}{2^{2}}\) =24-2 = 22
\(\frac{-4^{5}}{-4^{2}}\) = (-4)5-2  = (-4)3
\(\frac{7^{7}}{7^{3}}\) = 77-3 = 74
\(\frac{8.5^{9}}{8.5^{6}}\) = (8.5)9-6 = (8.5)3
\(\frac{10^{8}}{10^{5}}\) = 108-5 = 103
\(\frac{3^{12}}{3^{4}}\) = 312-4 = 38
\(\frac{-5^{7}}{-5^{5}}\) = (-5)7-2 =(-5)2
\(\frac{11^{4}}{11^{1}}\) = 114-1 =113
\(\frac{x^{6}}{x^{2}}\) = x6 – 2= x4

Try It

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 2
Answer:
\(\frac{9^{7}}{9^{4}}\) = 97-4 = 93

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{9^{7}}{9^{4}}\) we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
so \(\frac{9^{7}}{9^{4}}\) = 97-4 = 93

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 3
Answer:
\(\frac{4.2^{6}}{4.2^{5}}\) = 4.26-5 = 4.21 = 4.2

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{4.2^{6}}{4.2^{5}}\) we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
so \(\frac{4.2^{6}}{4.2^{5}}\) = 4.26-5 = 4.21 = 4.2

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 4
Answer:
\(\frac{-8^{8}}{-8^{4}}\) = (-8)8-4 = (-8)

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{-8^{8}}{-8^{4}}\) we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
so \(\frac{-8^{8}}{-8^{4}}\) = (-8)8-4 = (-8)

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 5
Answer:
\(\frac{x^{8}}{x^{3}}\) = (x)8-3 = (x)

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{x^{8}}{x^{3}}\) we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
so \(\frac{x^{8}}{x^{3}}\) = (x)8-3 = (x)

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 6
Answer:
\(\frac{6^{7}}{6^{5}}\) X 63 = 65

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{6^{7}}{6^{5}}\) X 6we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
first we solve \(\frac{6^{7}}{6^{5}}\) = = 67-5 = 62
and now we multiply by = 62 X  63 as bases are same 6 now
we add powers as = 62+3 = 6
therefore \(\frac{6^{7}}{6^{5}}\) X 63 = 65

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 7= 27

Explanation:
First we multiply denominators as bases are same
we add powers so 23  X 25 = 23+5 = 28
now we solve \(\frac{2^{15}}{2^{8}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{2^{15}}{2^{8}}\) = 215-8 = 27
therefore Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 7= 27

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 8= m9

Explanation:
First we multiply numerators as bases are same
we add powers so m8  X m6 = m8+6 = m14
now we solve \(\frac{m^{14}}{m^{5}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),  a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{m^{14}}{m^{5}}\)  = m14-5 = m9

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 9= (-5)6

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide , we have numerator (-5)7 X (-5)6
we have same bases as -5 so we add powers as (-5)7+6 = (-5)13
we have denominator (-5)5 X (-5)2
we have same base as -5 so we add powers as (-5)5+2 = (-5)7
Now we have \(\frac{-5^{13}}{-5^{7}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{-5^{13}}{-5^{7}}\)  = (-5)13-7 = (-5)6

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 10= d5

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide , we have numerator (d)5 X (d)9
we have same bases as d so we add powers as (d)5+9 = (d)14
we have denominator (d) X (d)8
we have same base as d so we add powers as (d)1+8 = (d)9
Now we have \(\frac{d^{14}}{d^{9}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{d^{14}}{d^{9}}\)  = (d)14-9 = d5

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 11= p10

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide , we have numerator (p)3 X (p)6 X (p)4
we have same bases as p so we add powers as (p)3+6+4 = (d)13
we have denominator (p)2 X (p)
we have same bases as p so we add powers as (p)2+1 = (p)3
Now we have \(\frac{p^{13}}{p^{3}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{p^{13}}{p^{3}}\)  = (p)13-3 = p10

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 12= (-3)

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{-3^{9}}{-3^{2}}\) we use rule for
finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two
powers with the same base as am-n
so \(\frac{-3^{9}}{-3^{2}}\) = (-3)9-2 = (-3)

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 13= (8)3
Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide , we have numerator (8)6 X (8)2
we have same bases as d so we add powers as (8)6+2 = (8)8
\(\frac{8^{8}}{8^{5}}\) we use rule for
finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two
powers with the same base as am-n
so \(\frac{8^{8}}{8^{5}}\) = (8)8-5 = (8)3

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 14= x

Explanation:
First we multiply denominators as bases are same
we add powers so x4  X x6 = x4+6 = x10
now we solve \(\frac{x^{11}}{x^{10}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{x^{11}}{x^{10}}\) = x11-10 = x

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 15= 56
Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide , we have numerator (5)6 X (5)3 
we have same bases as 5 so we add powers as (5)6+3 = (5)9
we have denominator 5 X (5)
we have same bases as 5 so we add powers as (5)1+2 = (5)3
Now we have \(\frac{5^{9}}{5^{3}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{5^{9}}{5^{3}}\)  = (5)9-3 = 56

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 16= (-2)5

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide , we have numerator (-2)9 X (-2)4
we have same bases as -2 so we add powers as (-2)9+4 = (-2)13
we have denominator (-2)4 X (-2)4
we have same base as -2 so we add powers as (-2)4+4 = (-2)8
Now we have \(\frac{-2^{13}}{-2^{8}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two
powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{-2^{13}}{-2^{8}}\)  = (-2)13-8 = (-2)5

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 17 = b13

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (b)10 X (b)3 X (b)5
we have same bases as b so we add powers as (b)10+3+5 = (b)18
we have denominator (b)2 X (b)3
we have same base as b so we add powers as (b)2+3 = (b)5
Now we have \(\frac{b^{18}}{b^{5}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{b^{18}}{b^{5}}\)  = (b)18-5 = b13

Question 17.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which quotient does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 18
Answer:
\(\frac{-4^{8}}{-3^{4}}\)  does not belongs with the other three.

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{-10^{7}}{-10^{2}}\)  have same base -10,
\(\frac{6^{3}}{6^{2}}\)  have same base 6,
\(\frac{5^{6}}{5^{3}}\) have same base 5 but
\(\frac{-4^{8}}{-3^{4}}\) has different bases -4 and -3,
So, \(\frac{-4^{8}}{-3^{4}}\) does not belongs with the other three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
You want to purchase a cat tracker. Tracker A detects your cat within a radius of 4 • 102 feet of your home. Tracker B detects your cat within a radius of 104 feet of your home. Which tracker has a greater radius? How many times greater?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 19.1
Answer:
Tracker B has greater radius than Tracker A and
Tracker B is greater by radius of 9,600 feet.

Explanation:
Given Tracker A detects your cat within a radius of 4 • 102 feet of your home.
Tracker B detects your cat within a radius of 104 feet of your home,
Tracker A = 4 X 102 = 4 X 100 = 400 feet
Tracker B = 104 feet =  10 X 10 X 10 X 10 = 10,000 feet as
comparing Tracker A and Tracker B,Tracker B is greater than Tracker A,
by 10,000 – 400 = 9,600 feet, therfore Tracker B
has greater radius than Tracker A and
Tracker B is greater by radius of 9,600 feet.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
An earthquake of magnitude 3.0 is 102 times stronger than an earthquake of magnitude 1.0. An earthquake of magnitude 8.0 is 107 times stronger than an earthquake of magnitude 1.0. How many times stronger is an earthquake of magnitude 8.0 than an earthquake of magnitude 3.0?
Answer:
105 times stronger is an earthquake of magnitude 8.0
more than an earthquake of magnitude 3.0.

Explanation:
Given an earthquake of magnitude 3.0 is 102 times
stronger than an earthquake of magnitude 1.0 and
an earthquake of magnitude 8.0 is 107 times stronger
than an earthquake of magnitude 1.0. So how many times
stronger is an earthquake of magnitude 8.0 than an
earthquake of magnitude 3.0 is \(\frac{10^{7}}{10^{2}}\) ,
so we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
as \(\frac{10^{7}}{10^{2}}\) = 107-2 = 105
therefore 105 times stronger is an earthquake of magnitude 8.0
more than an earthquake of magnitude 3.0.

Question 20.
The edge length of a cube-shaped crate is the square of the edge length of a cube-shaped box. Write an expression for the number of boxes that can fit in the crate. Justify your answer.
Answer:
The number of boxes that fit in the crate is x3

Explanation:
Let the edge be x, So the volume of box is V = x3
Given the edge length of a cube-shaped crate is the square of the
edge length of a cube-shaped box so
the volume crate with side equal to the side of the box x2 = ( x2)
we use general rule for finding (am)n a power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then
we can multiply the powers as (am)n = am x n so ( x2)3 = x2 x 3=( x)6
The number of boxes that fit in crate is
\(\frac{x^{6}}{x^{3}}\) now we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
therefore \(\frac{x^{6}}{x^{3}}\)  = x6-3 = x3
so the number of boxes that fit in the crate is x3

Quotient of Powers Property Homework & Practice 8.3

Review & Refresh

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 1.
42 • 43
Answer:
42 • 43 = 45

Explanation:
Given expression as 42 • 43
we use general rule for am • an = am+n a product of
two powers with the same base then powers are added.
So 42 • 43 = 42+3 = 45

Question 2.
(a5)5
Answer:
(a5)5 = a25

Explanation:
Given expression is (a5)5 we have general rule for
finding (am)n a power of a power, If two powers have the
same base then we can multiply the
powers as (am)n = am x n . So (a5)5 = a5X5 = a25 .

Question 3.
(xy)7
Answer:
(xy)7= x7 X y7 = x7 y7

Explanation:
Given expression as (xy)7as both as same
power 7 we write as x7 X y7 = x7 y7

The red figure is similar to the blue figure. Describe a similarity transformation between the figures.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 19
Answer:
Similarity between two figures is
dilate the red figure using a scale factor of 2:3
and then reflect the image in the x- axis.

Explanation:
By comparing the side lengths, we can see that
the blue figure is 2:3 the size of red figure,
Similarity between two figures is dilate the red figure
using a scale factor of 2:3 and then reflect the image in the x- axis.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 20
Answer:
Similarity between two figures is
dilate the red figure using a scale factor of 1/2
and then reflect the image in the x- axis.

Explanation:
By comparing the side lengths, we can see that
the blue figure is one-half the size of red figure,
Similarity between two figures is dilate the red figure
using a scale factor of 1/2 and then reflect the image in the x- axis.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

FINDING QUOTIENTS OF POWERS Write the quotient as repeated multiplication. Then write the quotient as a power.(See Exploration 1, p. 331.)
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 21= \(\frac{7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7}{7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7}\) = 73

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{7^{9}}{7^{6}}\) the repeated multiplication is
\(\frac{7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7}{7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7}\) and
the quotient as a power we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n,so \(\frac{7^{9}}{7^{6}}\) is 79-6 = 73

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 22
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 22= \(\frac{-4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5}{-4.5 X -4.5}\) = (-4.5)4.
Explanation:
Given \(\frac{-4.5^{6}}{-4.5^{2}}\) the repeated multiplication is
\(\frac{-4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5 X -4.5}{-4.5 X -4.5}\) and
the quotient as a power we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n ,so \(\frac{-4.5^{6}}{-4.5^{2}}\)
is (-4.5)6-2 = (-4.5)4.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 23= \(\frac{m X m X m X m X m X m X m X m X m X m}{m X m X m X m X m }\) = m5

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{m^{10}}{m^{5}}\) the repeated multiplication is
and \(\frac{m X m X m X m X m X m X m X m X m X m}{m X m X m X m X m }\)
the quotient as a power we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{m^{10}}{m^{5}}\)
is (m)10-5  = m5.

DIVIDING POWERS WITH THE SAME BASE Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 24
Answer:
\(\frac{6^{10}}{6^{4}}\) = 66.

Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{6^{10}}{6^{4}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{6^{10}}{6^{4}}\) =
(6)10-4 = 66.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 25
Answer:
\(\frac{8^{9}}{8^{7}}\) = 82.

Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{8^{9}}{8^{7}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{8^{9}}{8^{7}}\) =
(8)9-7 = 82.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 26
Answer:
\(\frac{-3^{4}}{-3^{1}}\) = -33.

Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{-3^{4}}{-3^{1}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{-3^{4}}{-3^{1}}\) =
(-3)4-1 = -33.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 27
Answer:
\(\frac{4.5^{5}}{4.5^{3}}\) = 4.52.

Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{4.5^{5}}{4.5^{3}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{4.5^{5}}{4.5^{3}}\) =
(4.5)5-3 = 4.52.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 28
Answer:
\(\frac{64^{4}}{64^{3}}\) = 64.

Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{64^{4}}{64^{3}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{64^{4}}{64^{3}}\) =
(64)4-3 = 64.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 29
Answer:
\(\frac{-17^{5}}{-17^{2}}\) = (-17)3.

Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{-17^{5}}{-17^{2}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{-17^{5}}{-17^{2}}\) =
(-17)5-2 = (-17)3.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 30
Answer:
\(\frac{-6.4^{8}}{-6.4^{6}}\) = (-6.4)2.

Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{-6.4^{8}}{-6.4^{6}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{-6.4^{8}}{-6.4^{6}}\) =
(-6.4)8-6 = (-6.4)2.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 31
Answer:
\(\frac{π^{11}}{π^{7}}\) = π4.
Explanation:
As given expression is \(\frac{π^{11}}{π^{7}}\) we use
rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{π^{11}}{π^{7}}\)=
(π)11-7 = π4.

Question 17.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend simplifies the quotient. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 32
Answer:
No, friend is incorrect as \(\frac{6^{15}}{6^{5}}\) = 610 ≠ 63

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{6^{15}}{6^{5}}\) as per rule finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{6^{15}}{6^{5}}\) = 615-5
= 610 but friend says \(\frac{6^{15}}{6^{5}}\) = 615/5= 63
which is incorrect therefore \(\frac{6^{15}}{6^{5}}\) = 610 ≠ 63
exponents should be subtracted not divided.

SIMPLIFYING AN EXPRESSION Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.

Question 18.
\(\frac{7^{5} \cdot 7^{3}}{7^{2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{7^{5} \cdot 7^{3}}{7^{2}}\) = 76.

Explanation:
Given Expression as \(\frac{7^{5} \cdot 7^{3}}{7^{2}}\)
first we calculate separately values of numerators
then divide with denominator, we have numerator (7)5 X (7)
we have same bases as 7 so we add powers as (7)5+3 = (7)8
Now we have \(\frac{7^{8}}{7^{2}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{7^{8}}{7^{2}}\)  = (7)8-2 = 76

Question 19.
\(\frac{6^{13}}{6^{4} \cdot 6^{2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{6^{13}}{6^{4} \cdot 6^{2}}\) = 67

Explanation:
Given expression \(\frac{6^{13}}{6^{4} \cdot 6^{2}}\)
first we calculate separately values of denominators
then divide with numerator, we have denominator  (6)4 X (6)
we have same bases as 6 so we add powers as (6)4+2 = (6)6
Now we have \(\frac{6^{13}}{6^{6}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{6^{13}}{6^{6}}\) = (6)13-6 = 67

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 33
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 33= = (-6.1)2

Explanation:
Given expression \(\frac{-6.1^{11}}{-6.1^{7} \cdot -6.1^{2}}\)
first we calculate separately values of denominators
then divide with numerator, we have denominator  (-6.1)7 X (-6.1)
we have same bases as -6.1 so we add powers as (-6.1)7+2 = (-6.1)9
Now we have \(\frac{-6.1^{11}}{-6.1^{9}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{-6.1^{11}}{-6.1^{9}}\) = (-6.1)11-9 = (-6.1)2

Question 21.
\(\frac{\pi^{30}}{\pi^{18} \cdot \pi^{4}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{\pi^{30}}{\pi^{18} \cdot \pi^{4}}\) = (π)8

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{\pi^{30}}{\pi^{18} \cdot \pi^{4}}\)
first we calculate separately values of denominators
then divide with numerator, we have denominator  (π)18 X (π)
we have same bases as π so we add powers as (π)18+4 = (π)22
Now we have \(\frac{\pi^{30}}{\pi^{22} \)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{\pi^{30}}{\pi^{22} \) = (π)30-22 = π8

Question 22.
\(\frac{c^{22}}{c^{8} \cdot c^{9}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{c^{22}}{c^{8} \cdot c^{9}}\) = c5

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{c^{22}}{c^{8} \cdot c^{9}}\)
first we calculate separately values of denominators
then divide with numerator, we have denominator  c8 X c
we have same bases as c so we add powers as c8+9 = c17
Now we have \(\frac{c^{22}} {c^{17}} \)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{c^{22}} {c^{17}} \) = c22-17 = c5

Question 23.
\(\frac{z^{8} \cdot z^{6}}{z^{8}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{z^{8} \cdot z^{6}}{z^{8}}\) = z6

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{z^{8} \cdot z^{6}}{z^{8}}\)
first we calculate separately values of numerators
then divide with denominator, we have numerator z6 X z
we have same bases as z so we add powers as z6+8 = z14
Now we have \(\frac{z^{14}}{z^{8}} \)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{z^{14}}{z^{8}} \) = z14-8 = z6

Question 24.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The sound intensity of a normal conversation is 106 times greater than the quietest noise a person can hear. The sound intensity of a jet at takeoff is 1014 times greater than the quietest noise a person can hear. How many times more intense is the sound of a jet at takeoff than the sound of a normal conversation?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 34
Answer:
108 times more intense is the sound of a jet at takeoff than
the sound of a normal conversation.

Explanation:
Given the sound intensity of a normal conversation is 106 times
greater than the quietest noise a person can hear.
The sound intensity of a jet at takeoff is 1014 times
greater than the quietest noise a person can hear.
Therefore more intense is the sound of a jet at takeoff than
the sound of a normal conversation is \(\frac{10^{14}}{10^{6}} \)
so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{10^{14}}{10^{6}} \) = 1014-6= 108
therefore 108 times more intense is the sound of a jet at
takeoff than the sound of a normal conversation.

SIMPLIFYING AN EXPRESSION Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 35
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 35= (-4)5

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (-4)8 X (-4)
we have same bases as -4 so we add powers as (-4)8+3 = (-4)11
we have denominator (-4)4 X (-4)2
we have same base as -4 so we add powers as (-4)4+2 = (-4)6
Now we have \(\frac{-4^{11}}{-4^{6}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{-4^{11}}{-4^{6}}\)  = (-4)11-6 = (-4)5

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 36= 65

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (6)2 X (6)12 
we have same bases as 6 so we add powers as (6)2+12 = (6)14
we have denominator (6)1 X (6)8
we have same base as 6 so we add powers as (6)1+8 = (6)9
Now we have \(\frac{6^{14}}{6^{9}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{6^{14}}{6^{9}}\)  = (6)14-9 = 65

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 37
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 37= 310

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (3)2 X (3)6 X (3)5
we have same bases as 3 so we add powers as (3)2+6+5 = (3)13
we have denominator (3)2 X (3)1
we have same base as 3 so we add powers as (3)2+1 = (3)3
Now we have \(\frac{3^{13}}{3^{3}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{3^{13}}{3^{3}}\)  = (3)13-3 = 310

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 38
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 38= z10
Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (z)7 X (z)
we have same bases as z so we add powers as z7+6 = z13
we have denominator (z)1 X (z)2
we have same base as z so we add powers as (z)1+2 = (z)3
Now we have \(\frac{3^{13}}{3^{3}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{z^{13}}{z^{3}}\)  = (z)13-3 = z10

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 39
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 39= x6

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (x)5 X (x)13 
we have same bases as x so we add powers as x5+13 = x18
we have denominator (x)4 X (x)8
we have same base as x so we add powers as (x)4+8 = (x)12
Now we have \(\frac{x^{18}}{x^{12}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{x^{18}}{x^{12}}\)  = (x)18-12 = x6

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 40= y11
Explanation:
First we calculate separately all multiple  values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (y)8 X (y)2 X (y)4 X (y)7
we have same bases as y so we add powers as y8+2+4+7 = y21
we have denominator (y)7 X (y)1 X (y)we have same base
as y so we add powers as (y)7+1+2 = (y)10
Now we have \(\frac{y^{21}}{y^{10}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{y^{21}}{y^{10}}\)  = (y)21-10 = y11

Question 31.
REASONING
The storage capacities and prices of five devices are shown in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 41
a. How many times more storage does Device D have than Device B?
b. Do storage and price have a linear relationship? Explain.
Answer:
a. 4 times more storage capacity Device D have than Device B.
b. No, as the price increases by $20 storage capacity doubles.

Explanation:
Given the storage capacities and prices of five devices are
as shown above in the table,
a. Storage Device D has capacity of 28 GB and Device B has
capacity of 28 GB as Device D has more capacity by
\(\frac{2^{8}}{2^{6}}\) = (2)8-6 = 22= 4,
therefore 4 times more storage capacity Device D
have than Device B.
b. As seen the price increases by $20 storage capacity doubles so
there is no linear relationship between storage and price.

Question 32.
DIG DEEPER!
Consider the equation \(\frac{9^{m}}{9^{n}}\) = 92
a. Find two numbers m and n that satisfy the equation.
b. Describe the number of solutions that satisfy the equation. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
a. The two numbers m and n are 3,1.
b. We have more number of solutions that satisfy the equation as
explained below

Explanation:
Given the equation \(\frac{9^{m}}{9^{n}}\) = 92
a. We have rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n so \(\frac{9^{m}}{9^{n}}\)= 9m-n= 92 so
m-n=2, m=2+n we can take n=1 we get m= 2 + 1 = 3 so m,n is 3,1.
the equation is \(\frac{9^{3}}{9^{1}}\)= 93-1= 92
b. As m=2 + n we can take n any natural number from 1 to infinity,
as if n=1 m will be 2+1=3, if n=2 , m will be 2+2 = 4 and so on.
therefore (m, n)=(n+2,n) or (m,m-2)=(3,1)….(5,3),(∞,∞-2) are the
(infinity, infinity minus 2) numbers of solutions that satisfy the equation.

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A scientist estimates that there are about 1024 stars in the universe and that each galaxy has, on average, approximately the same number of stars as the Milky Way galaxy. About how many galaxies are in the universe?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.3 42
Answer:
1013 galaxies are there in the universe.

Explanation:
A scientist estimates that there are about 1024 stars in the
universe and that each galaxy has, on average, approximately
the same number of stars as the Milky Way galaxy.
so number of galaxies in the universe are \(\frac{10^{24}}{10^{1} \cdot 10^{10}}\)
first we calculate separately values of denominators
then divide with numerator, we have denominator  (10)1 X (10)10 
we have same bases as 10 so we add powers as (10)1+10 = (10)11
Now we have \(\frac{10^{24}}{10^{11}} \)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{10^{24}}{10^{11}} \)  = (10)24-11 = 1013
therefore 1013 galaxies are there in the universe.

Question 34.
NUMBER SENSE
Find the value of x that makes c = 89 true. Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:
The value of x is 10,

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{8^{3 x}}{8^{2 x}+1}\) = 89 is true,
so we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
as bases are same 8 so 83x-(2x+1) = 89 now we equate powers we have
3x-(2x+1)= 9, means x-1=9 therefore x = 9 + 1 = 10.

Lesson 8.4 Zero and Negative Exponents

EXPLORATION 1

Understanding Zero Exponents
Work with a partner.
a. Copy and complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 1
b. Evaluate each expression in the first column of the table in part(a). How can you use these results to define a0, where a ≠ 0?
Answer:
a.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-11

b. We define  a0

Explanation:
a. We completed the table by using quotient of powers of property,
as  \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) = am-n
then  by the quotient rule for exponents  we can write this as
an-n  =\(\frac{a^{n}}{a^{n}}\) Then this becomes a problem about
dividing fractions. Since the numerator and denominator
are both the same this becomes .

EXPLORATION 2

Understanding Negative Exponents
Work with a partner.
a. Copy and complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 2
b. How can you use the Multiplicative Inverse Property to rewrite the powers containing negative exponents in the first column of the table?
c. Use your results in parts (a) and (b) to define a-n, where a ≠ 0 and n is an integer.
Answer:
a.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-12
b. We rewrite the powers containing negative exponents in the first column of the table as
5-3 X 53 as 62X 6-2 as 4 X 3-4 as -4-5 X -45 as =

c. a-n, where a ≠ 0 we write a-n as \(\frac{1}{a^{n}}\)

Explanation:
a. To complete the table first we write Product of Powers Property
then write their power and value.
As here we use Product of Powers Property
for am • an = am+n  If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So 5-3 X 53 = 5-3+3 = 50 = 1, 62X 6-2 = 62-2 = 60 = 1,
4 X 3-4 = 4-4 =0 = 1 and -4-5 X -45 = -4-5+5 =-40 = 1.
b. The inverse property of multiplication states that if you
multiply a number by its reciprocal, also called the multiplicative inverse,
the product will be 1. (a/b)*(b/a)=1,so we rewrite the powers
containing negative exponents in the first column of the table as
5-3 X 53 as 62X 6-2 as 4 X 3-4 as -4-5 X -45 as =

Try It

Evaluate the expression.
Question 1.
4-2
Answer:
4-2 =

Explanation:
Given expression as 4-2 so we write as

Question 2.
(- 2)– 5
Answer:
(- 2)– 5=

Explanation:
Given expression as (-2)-5 so we write as

Question 3.
6-8 • 68
Answer:
6-8 • 68 = 1

Explanation:
we write the given expression 6-8 X 68 as Product of Powers Property
for am • an = am+n  If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So 6-8 X 68 = 6-8+8 = 60 = 1.

Question 4.
\(\frac{(-3)^{5}}{(-3)^{6}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{(-3)^{5}}{(-3)^{6}}\) = – \(\frac{1}{3}\) or -3-1

Explanation:
Given expression as \(\frac{(-3)^{5}}{(-3)^{6}}\) we use
the quotient rule for exponents  we can write this as \(\frac{a^{n}}{a^{n}}\) = am-n ,
so (-3)5-6 ,= (-3)-1 or – \(\frac{1}{3}\).

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{5^{7}} \cdot \frac{1}{5^{4}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5^{7}} \cdot \frac{1}{5^{4}}\) = \(\frac{1}{5^{11}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{1}{5^{7}} \cdot \frac{1}{5^{4}}\)
first we calculate separately values of denominators
then divide with numerator, we have denominator  57 X 54
we have same bases as 5 so we add powers as 57+4 = 511
as numerator is 1 we write as \(\frac{1}{5^{11}}\).

Question 6.
\(\frac{4^{5} \cdot 4^{3}}{4^{2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{4^{5} \cdot 4^{3}}{4^{2}}\) = 46

Explanation:
Given Expression as \(\frac{4^{5} \cdot 4^{3}}{4^{2}}\)
first we calculate separately values of numerators
then divide with denominator, we have numerator (4)5 X (4)
we have same bases as 4 so we add powers as (4)5+3 = (4)8
Now we have \(\frac{4^{8}}{4^{2}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{4^{8}}{4^{2}}\)  = (4)8-2 = 46

Simplify. Write the expression using only positive exponents.
Question 7.
8x-2
Answer:
8x-2 = \(\frac{8}{x^{2}}\)

Explanation:
Given 8x-2  we write the expression as positive exponents by using

so 8 X \(\frac{1}{x^{2}}\) or \(\frac{8}{x^{2}}\)

Question 8.
b0 • b-10
Answer:
b0 • b-10 = \(\frac{1}{b^{10}}\)

Explanation:
Given b0 • b-10 we write the expression as positive exponents by using

so b0 X \(\frac{1}{b^{10}}\) as  we know b0 =1,
b0 X \(\frac{1}{b^{10}}\)=1 X \(\frac{1}{b^{10}}\) or \(\frac{1}{b^{10}}\).

Question 9.
\(\frac{z^{6}}{15 z^{9}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{z^{6}}{15 z^{9}}\) = \(\frac{1}{15 z^{3}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as \(\frac{z^{6}}{15 z^{9}}\) first we write it as
\(\frac{1}{15}\) X \(\frac{z^{6}}{z^{9}}\) now we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
as \(\frac{1}{15}\) X z6-9 we get \(\frac{1}{15}\) X z-3
= \(\frac{1}{15 z^{3}}\).

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 10.
7-2
Answer:
7-2= \(\frac{1}{49}\)

Explanation:
Given 7-2  we write the expression as positive exponents by using

so \(\frac{1}{7^{2}}\)= \(\frac{1}{49}\)

Question 11.
4-3 • 40
Answer:
4-3 • 40 = \(\frac{1}{64}\)

Explanation:
Given  4-3 X 40 we write the expression as positive exponents by using

so  \(\frac{1}{4^{3}}\) X 40 as  we know 40 =1,
\(\frac{1}{4^{3}}\) X 40 =\(\frac{1}{4^{3}}\) x 1 = \(\frac{1}{64}\).

Question 12.
\(\frac{(-9)^{5}}{(-9)^{7}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{(-9)^{5}}{(-9)^{7}}\) = \(\frac{1}{-9^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{81}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as \(\frac{-9^{5}}{-9^{7}}\) now we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
as -95-7 we get -9-2 we write as \(\frac{1}{-9^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{81}\).

SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS Simplify. Write the expression using only positive exponents.
Question 13.
10t-5
Answer:
10t-5 = \(\frac{10}{t^{5}}\)

Explanation:
Given 10t-5 we write as 10 X t-5 = now we write t-5 as tSo 10 X t-5 = 10 X

Question 14.
w3 • w-9
Answer:
w3 • w-9 =

Explanation:
Given expression is w3 • w-9  first we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, so we add powers as w3-9 = w-6,
So w-6 =

Question 15.
\(\frac{r^{8} \cdot r^{8}}{4}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{r^{8} \cdot r^{8}}{4}\) = \(\frac{r^{16}}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{r^{8} \cdot r^{8}}{4}\) first we
solve numerator by using general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, so we add powers as r8+8 = r16,
now we write as r16 X \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{r^{16}}{4}\).

Question 16.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 3
Answer:
d bit  is different because writing (-3) X (-3) X (-3) as a power
with an integer base is (-3)3 no negative exponent.
one more answer is all a,b,c bits have fractions but only d bit
is not in fraction form.

Explanation:
a. Writing \(\frac{1}{3 X 3 X 3}\) using negative exponent is 3-3.
b. Writing 3 to the negative third is 3-3.
c. Writing \(\frac{1^{3}}{3^{3}}\) is 3-3.
d. Writing (-3) X (-3) X (-3) as a power  with an integer base is (-3)3.
As a, b, c has value 3-3only bit d has (-3)3.
Therefore d bit  is different because writing (-3) X (-3) X (-3) as a power
with an integer base is (-3)3 we don not have a negative exponent.
one more answer is all a,b,c bits have fractions but only d bit
is not in fraction form.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 17.
The mass of a grain of sand is about 10-3 gram. About how many grains of sand are in a 10-kilogram bag of sand?
Answer:
There are about 10,000,000 grains of sand.

Explanation:
Given the mass of a grain of sand is about 10-3 gram.
We know 1 kg = 1000 grams ,10 kg = 10 X 1000 = 10,000 grams,
therefore one grain of sand is 10,000 X 1000 = 10,000,000 grains of sand.

Question 18.
A one-celled, aquatic organism called a dinoflagellate is 1000 micrometers long. A microscope magnifies the dinoflagellate 100 times. What is the magnified length of the dinoflagellate in meters? (1 micrometer is 10-6; meter.)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 4
Answer:
The magnified length of the dinoflagellate in meters10-1 meters

Explanation:
Given one-celled, aquatic organism called a dinoflagellate is
1000 micrometers long. A microscope magnifies the
dinoflagellate 100 times, the magnified length in meters is
1 micrometer is 10-6 meter now dinoflagellate is 1000 X 10-6 X 100 =
103 X 10-6 X 102 we use general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added so all have base 10 we add powers as
103-6+2 = 10-1 meters therefore the magnified length of
the dinoflagellate in meters10-1 meters.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
A garden is 12 yards long. Assuming the snail moves at a constant speed, how many minutes does it take the snail to travel the length of the garden? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 5
Answer:
Snail takes 15 minutes to travel the length of the garden

Explanation:
Given a garden is 12 yards long and the constant speed of snail is
5-2  foot per second. We know 1 yard is equal to 3 foot and
speed = distance by time ,So 5-2  = 12 X 3 by time
therefore time = 12 X 3 X 5seconds = 36 X 25 seconds = 900 seconds,
converting seconds in minutes 900 divide by 60 or \(\frac{900}{60}\)= 15 minutes, therefore snail takes 15 minutes to travel the length of the garden.

Zero and Negative Exponents Homework & Practice 8.4

Review & Refresh

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 1.
\(\frac{10^{8}}{10^{4}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{10^{8}}{10^{4}}\) = 104

Explanation:
Given expression \(\frac{10^{8}}{10^{4}}\) so
now we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base has am-n
So \(\frac{10^{8}}{10^{4}}\) = 108-4 = 104

Question 2.
\(\frac{y^{9}}{y^{7}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{y^{9}}{y^{7}}\) = y2

Explanation:
Given expression \(\frac{y^{9}}{y^{7}}\) so
now we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base has am-n
So \(\frac{y^{9}}{y^{7}}\) = y9-7 = y2

Question 3.
\(\frac{(-3)^{8} \cdot(-3)^{3}}{(-3)^{2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{(-3)^{8} \cdot(-3)^{3}}{(-3)^{2}}\) = (-3)9

Explanation:
Given Expression as \(\frac{-3^{8} \cdot -3^{3}}{-3^{2}}\)
first we calculate separately values of numerators
then divide with denominator, we have numerator (-3)8 X (-3)
we have same bases as -3 so we add powers as (-3)8+3 = (-3)11
Now we have \(\frac{-3^{11}}{-3^{2}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
So \(\frac{-3^{11}}{-3^{2}}\)  = (-3)11-2 = (-3)9

Tell whether the triangles are similar. Explain.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 6
Answer:
Yes, The triangles are similar.

Explanation:
Given two triangles in figure to know if they are similar we have
two triangles are said to be similar if their corresponding angles
are congruent and the corresponding sides are in proportion.
In the above two figures the triangles have the same angle measures,
and the corresponding sides are in proportion. So triangles are similar.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 7
Answer:
Yes, The triangles are similar.

Explanation:
Given two triangles in figure to know if they are similar we have
two triangles are said to be similar if their corresponding angles
are congruent and the corresponding sides are in proportion.
In the above two figures the triangles do not have the same angle measures,
So triangles are not similar.

Question 6.
Which data display best orders numerical data and shows how they are distributed?
A. bar graph
B. line graph
C. scatter plot
D. stem-and-leaf plot
Answer:
D. stem-and-leaf plot

Explanation:
A stem-and-leaf plot best orders numerical data and shows
how the data is distributed since it orders the values from
least to greatest and shows how many values lie under each “stem” in the stem-and leaf plot so you can see how the data is distributed.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

UNDERSTANDING NEGATIVE EXPONENTS Copy and complete the table. (See Exploration 2, p. 337.)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-13
Explanation:
To complete the table first we write Product of Powers Property
then write their power and value.
As here we use Product of Powers Property
for am • an = am+n  If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So 7. 7-4 X 74 = 7-4+4 = 70 = 1,
8. (-2)5X (-2)-5 = (-2)5-5 = (-2)0 = 1.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 9.
\(\frac{8^{7}}{8^{7}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{8^{7}}{8^{7}}\) = 1

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{8^{7}}{8^{7}}\)= 87 X 8-7 ,
Here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So 87 X 8-7 = 87-7 = 80 = 1.

Question 10.
50 • 53
Answer:
50 • 53 =  53 = 125.

Explanation:
Given expression is 50 X 53 ,
Here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So 50 X 53 = 50+3 = 53 = 125.

Question 11.
(- 2)-8 • (- 2)8
Answer:
(- 2)-8 • (- 2)8 = 1

Explanation:
Given expression is -2-8 X -28 ,
Here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So (-2)-8 X (-2)8 = (-2)-8+8 = (-2)0= 1.

Question 12.
94 • 9-4
Answer:
94 • 9-4 = 1

Explanation:
Given expression is 94 X 9-4 ,
Here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So 94 X 9-4 = 94-4 = 90= 1.

Question 13.
6-2
Answer:
6-2= \(\frac{1}{36}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as 6-2 we write the expression as positive exponents by using

so \(\frac{1}{6^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{36}\).

Question 14.
1580
Answer:
1580 = 1

Explanation:
Given expression is 158it is proven that any number or
expression raised to the power of zero is always equal to 1.
In other words, if the exponent is zero then the result is 1.
So 1580 = 1.

Question 15.
\(\frac{4^{3}}{4^{5}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{4^{3}}{4^{5}}\) = \(\frac{1}{4^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{4^{3}}{4^{5}}\)
now we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base has am-n So \(\frac{4^{3}}{4^{5}}\) =
43-5 = 4-2 = \(\frac{1}{4^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{16}\).

Question 16.
\(\frac{-3}{(-3)^{2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{-3}{(-3)^{2}}\) = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{-3}{(-3)^{2}}\)
now we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base has am-n ,so \(\frac{-3}{(-3)^{2}}\) =
(-3)1-2 = (-3)-1 = –\(\frac{1}{3}\).

Question 17.
22 • 2-4
Answer:
22 • 2-4 = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is 22 X 2-4 ,
Here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added so 22-4  = 22 X 2-4 = 2-2 = \(\frac{1}{2^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Question 18.
3-3 • 3-2
Answer:
3-3 • 3-2 = \(\frac{1}{243}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is 3-3 • 3-2 ,
Here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added so 3-3-2  = 3-5 = \(\frac{1}{3^{5}}\) = \(\frac{1}{243}\).

Question 19.
\(\frac{1}{5^{3}} \cdot \frac{1}{5^{6}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5^{3}} \cdot \frac{1}{5^{6}}\) = \(\frac{1}{5^{9}}\) =
\(\frac{1}{1953125}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{1}{5^{3}} \cdot \frac{1}{5^{6}}\)
now we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base has am-n ,so \(\frac{1}{5^{3}} \cdot \frac{1}{5^{6}}\) =
(5)-3-6 = (5)-9 = \(\frac{1}{5^{9}}\) =
\(\frac{1}{1953125}\).

Question 20.
\(\frac{(1.5)^{2}}{(1.5)^{2} \cdot(1.5)^{4}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{(1.5)^{2}}{(1.5)^{2} \cdot(1.5)^{4}}\) = \(\frac{1}{5.0625}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{(1.5)^{2}}{(1.5)^{2} \cdot(1.5)^{4}}\)
First we multiply denominators as bases are same
we add powers so (1.5)2  X (1.5)4 = (1.5)2+4 = (1.5)6
now we solve \(\frac{1.5^{2}}{1.5^{6}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{1.5^{2}}{1.5^{6}}\) = 1.52-6 = 1.5-4 now we use =\(\frac{1}{1.5^{4}}\) =
\(\frac{1}{5.0625}\).

Question 21.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend evaluates 4-3. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 9
Answer:

No, friend is incorrect as 4-3 = \(\frac{1}{64}\) ≠ -64

Explanation:
Given expression is 4-3 we have = \(\frac{1}{4^{3}}\) = \(\frac{1}{64}\),
but friend says = -64 which is in correct as 4-3 = \(\frac{1}{64}\) ≠ -64.

Question 22.
CRITICAL THINKING
How can you write the number 1 as a power with base 2? a power with base 10?
Answer:
21 and 101

Explanation:
Given to write the number 1 as a power with base 2 is 21 and
a power with base 10 is 101.

Question 23.
NUMBER SENSE
Without evaluating, order 50, 54, and 5-5 from least to greatest. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Order 50, 54, and 5-5 from least to greatest is 5-5, 50 and 54

Explanation:
Given order 50, 54, and 5-5 from least to greatest as each has base 5,
we take consideration of orders as -5 < 0 < 4 so Order 50, 54, and 5-5
from least to greatest is 5-5, 50 and 54.

SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS
Simplify. Write the expression using only positive exponents.
Question 24.
6y-4
Answer:
6y-4 = \(\frac{6}{y^{4}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as 6y-4 we write the expression using only
positive exponents for 6 X y-4  as we write first y-4 we have
=
\(\frac{1}{y^{4}}\) now 6 X \(\frac{1}{y^{4}}\) = \(\frac{6}{y^{4}}\).

Question 25.
8-2 • a7
Answer:
8-2 • a7 = \(\frac{a^{7}}{64}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as 8-2 X a7 we write the expression using only
positive exponents for 8-2 X a7 as we write first 8-2 we have
=
\(\frac{1}{8^{2}}\), So a7 X \(\frac{1}{8^{2}}\) = \(\frac{a^{7}}{64}\).

Question 26.
\(\frac{9 c^{3}}{c^{4}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{9 c^{3}}{c^{4}}\) = \(\frac{9}{c}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{9 c^{3}}{c^{4}}\) = 9 X \(\frac{c^{3}}{c^{4}}\)
First we solve \(\frac{c^{3}}{c^{4}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{c^{3}}{c^{4}}\) = c3-4 = c-1
now we use .

Question 27.
\(\frac{5 b^{2}}{b^{3}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{5 b^{2}}{b^{3}}\) = \(\frac{5}{b}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{5 b^{2}}{b^{3}}\) = 5 X \(\frac{b^{2}}{b^{3}}\)
First we solve \(\frac{b^{2}}{b^{3}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{b^{2}}{b^{3}}\) = b2-3 = b-1
now we use .

Question 28.
\(\frac{8 x^{3}}{2 x^{9}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{8 x^{3}}{2 x^{9}}\) = \(\frac{4}{x^{6}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as \(\frac{8 x^{3}}{2 x^{9}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{x^{3}}{x^{9}}\) = x3-9 = x-6 for x-6 we use

Question 29.
3d-4 • 4d4
Answer:
3d-4 • 4d4 = 12

Explanation:
Given expression 3d-4 • 4d4 first we multiply d-4 X d4 ,
here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, we have same base d so d-4+4 = d0= 1,
Now we multiply 1 with 3,4 as 3 X 4 X 1 we get 12.

Question 30.
m-2 • n3
Answer:
m-2 • n3 =

Explanation:
Given expression is m-2 • n3 so we write m-2 we use

Question 31.
\(\frac{3^{2} \cdot k^{0} \cdot w^{0}}{w^{6}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{3^{2} \cdot k^{0} \cdot w^{0}}{w^{6}}\) =

Explanation:
Given expression \(\frac{3^{2} \cdot k^{0} \cdot w^{0}}{w^{6}}\) we know
k0 and w0 is 1 now we have \(\frac{3^{2}}{w^{6}}\) X 1 X 1 = \(\frac{9}{w^{6}}\).

Question 32.

OPEN-ENDED
Write two different powers with negative exponents that have the same value. Justify your answer.
Answer:
We  write two different powers with negative exponents that
have the same value are 2and the value will be

Explanation:
Let us take two different powers with negative exponents that
have the same value are 2we have  .

REASONING
In Exercises 33–36, use the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 10
Question 33.
How many millimeters are in a decimeter?
Answer:
100 millimeters are in a decimeter.

Explanation:
Given to find millimeter are in a decimeter we have as per table
millimeters are in a decimeter we write as 10so 100 millimeters are in a decimeter.

Question 34.
How many micrometers are in a centimeter?
Answer:
10000 micrometers are in a centimeter

Explanation:
Given to find micrometers are in a centimeter we have as per table
micrometers are in a centimeter we write as 10so 10000 micrometers are in a centimeter.

Question 35.
How many nanometers are in a millimeter?
Answer:
1,000,000 nanometers are in a millimeter

Explanation:
Given to find nanometers are in a millimeter  we have as per table
nanometers are in a millimeter we write as 10so 1,000,000 nanometers are in a millimeter.

Question 36.
How many micrometers are in a meter?
Answer:
1,000,000 micrometers are in a meter

Explanation:
Given to find micrometers are in a meter we have as per table
micrometers are in a meter we write as 10so 1,000,000 micrometers are in a meter.

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A bacterium is 100 micrometers long. A virus is 1000 times smaller than the bacterium.
a. Using the table above, find the length of the virus in meters.
b. Is the answer to part (a) less than, greater than, or equal to 1 micrometer?
Answer:
a. The length of the virus in meters is

Explanation:
Given a bacterium is 100 micrometers long. A virus is 1000 times
smaller than the bacterium.
a. The length of the virus in meters is 
1 micrometer = 10-6 meters
= 100 X 10-6 by 1000 = 10 X 10-6 X 10-3
we have Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added so = therefore the length of the virus in meters is b. We have 1 micrometer as length of the virus it is So t

Question 38.
DIG DEEPER!
Every 2 seconds, someone in the United States needs blood. A sample blood donation is shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.4 11
a. One cubic millimeter of blood contains about 104 white blood cells. How many white blood cells are in the donation? (1 mm3 = 10-3 mL)
b. One cubic millimeter of blood contains about 5 × 106 red blood cells. How many red blood cells are in the donation?
c. Compare your answers for parts (a) and (b).
Answer:
a. The white blood cells in the donation are 107 white blood cells
and the blood donation contains 500 ml are  5 X 109 white blood cells.
b. The red blood cells in the donation are 5 X 109  red blood cells
and the blood donation contains 500 ml are  25 X 1011 red blood cells.
c. The white blood cells are 500 times more than the red blood cells.

Explanation:
a. One cubic millimeter of blood contains about 104 white blood cells.
(1 mm3 = 10-3 mL),The white blood cells  in the donation are
1 mm3 = 10-3 mL,
104 = 10-3 mL,
1 mL= 104+3, therefore 1 mL is 107 white blood cells,
Now the blood donation contains 500 ml = 5 X 102 X 10 7 =
5 X 109 white blood cells.
b.One cubic millimeter of blood contains about 5 × 106 red blood cells,
The red blood cells in the donation are
1 mm3 = 10-3 mL so
5 X 106 = 10-3 mL therefore 1 mL= 5 X 106 X 103
= 5 X 106+3 = 5 X 109 red blood cells
Now the blood donation contains 500 ml = 5 X 102 X 5 X 109 = 25 X 102+9
= 25 X  1011 red blood cells.
c. Now comparison of the white blood cells and the red blood cells are
25 X 1011 divide by  5 X 109 = 5 X 1011-9 = 5 X 102 = 5 X 100 = 500 ,
So the white blood cells are 500 times more than the red blood cells.

Question 39.
PRECISION
Describe how to rewrite a power with a positive exponent as a fraction with a power in the denominator. Use the definition of negative exponents to justify your reasoning.
Answer:

Explanation:
To rewrite a power with a positive exponent as a fraction
with a power in the denominator by using the definition of
negative exponents we write the power as 1 divided by a power
with the same base and a negative exponents , Example
an = a-(-n) =

Question 40.
REASONING
The definition of a negative exponent states that a-n = \(\frac{1}{a^{n^{*}}}\).
Explain why this rule does not apply when a = 0.
Answer:

Explanation:
we have negative exponent states that a-n = \(\frac{1}{a^{n^{*}}}\) but this
rule does not apply when a= 0 as 0-n = 0 or
if we use negative exponent we get =
we could get  0 or 1 so it is undefined.

Lesson 8.5 Estimating Quantities

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner. Match each picture with the most appropriate distance. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-14
Explanation:
Here we match each picture with the most appropriate distance
a. If we look at the picture it is very away so we take the
least distance in all as 6 X 10-2 m .
b. If we look at the picture it is very far so we take the
far distance in all as 6 X 103 m .
c. If we look at the picture it can jump very little distance so we take
as 2 X 10-1 m.
d. If we look at the picture it is at near distance so we take
as 1 X 101 m.

EXPLORATION 2

Approximating Numbers
Work with a partner. Match each number in List 1 with its closest approximation in List 2. Explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-15
Explanation:
We matched each number in List 1 with its closest
approximation in List 2 as
a. 180,000,000,000,000 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 2,00,000,000,000,000,
we have after 2 followed by 14 zeros so we take as 2 X 1014 matches with C.
therefore we match a. to C.
b. 0.0000000011 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 1 X 10-9 matches with C,
we have divided 1 by 10 followed by 9 zeros.
therefore we match b. to F.
c. 302,000,000,000 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 300,000,000,000,
we have after 3 followed by 11 zeros so we take as 3 X 1011 matches with A.
therefore match c. to A.
d. 0.00000028 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.0000003,
so 3 X 10-7 matches with E, we have divided 3 by 10 followed by 7 zeros,
therefore we match d. to E.
e. 0.0000097 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.00001,
so 1 X 10-5 matches with B, we have divided 1 by 10 followed by 5 zeros,
therefore we match e. to B.
f. 330,000,000,000,000 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 3,00,000,000,000,000
we have after 3 followed by 14 zeros so we take as 3 X 1014 matches with H.
therefore we match f. to H.
g. 26,000,000,000,000 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 30,000,000,000,000
we have after 3 followed by 13 zeros so we take as 3 X 1013 matches with D.
therefore we match g. to D.
h. 0.000023 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.00002,
so 2 X 10-5 matches with G, we have divided 2 by 10 followed by 5 zeros,
therefore we match h. to G.

Try It

Round the number. Write the result as the product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 1.
8,031,426,100
Answer:
8,031,426,100 = 8 X 109

Explanation:
Given number is 8,031,426,100 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 8,000,000,000 so we have 8 followed by 9 zeros,
so we write as 8 X 109.

Question 2.
98,247,836,218
Answer:
98,247,836,218 = 1 X 1011

Explanation:
Given number is 98,247,836,218 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 100,000,000,000 so we have 1 followed by 11 zeros,
so we write as 1 X 1011.

Round the number. Write the result as the product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 3.
0.000384509
Answer:
0.000384509 = 4 X 10-4

Explanation:
Given number is 0.000384509 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.0004, we have divided 4 by 10 followed
by 4 zeros so we write as 4 X 10-4.

Question 4.
0.00000726
Answer:
0.00000726 = 7 X 10-6

Explanation:
Given number is 0.00000726 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.000007, we have divided 7 by 10
followed by  zeros so we write as 7 X 10-6.

Question 5.
The distance from Mercury to Mars is about 105,651,744 miles. The distance from Saturn to Jupiter is about 4 times this distance. What is the approximate distance from Saturn to Jupiter?
Answer:
The distance from Saturn to Jupiter is (105,651,744)4 miles

Explanation:
Given the distance from Mercury to Mars is about 105,651,744 miles,
and the distance from Saturn to Jupiter is about 4 times this distance,
so 4 times of 105,651,744 is 105,651,744  X 105,651,744 X
105,651,744  X 105,651,744  = (105,651,744)4 miles.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

APPROXIMATING A NUMBER Round the number. Write the result as the product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 6.
899,032,878,300
Answer:
899,032,878,300 = 9 X 1011

Explanation:
Given number is 899,032,878,300 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 900,000,000,000 so we have 9 followed by 11 zeros,
so we write as 9 X 1011.

Question 7.
62,322,118,987
Answer:
62,322,118,987= 6 X 1010

Explanation:
Given number is 62,322,118,987 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 60,000,000,000 so we have 6 followed by 10 zeros,
so we write as 6 X 1010.

Question 8.
0.00000278101
Answer:
0.00000278101 = 3 X 10-6

Explanation:
Given number is 0.00000278101 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.000003,
we have divided 3 by 10 followed by 6 zeros so we write as
3 X 10-6.

Question 9.
0.000013094
Answer:
0.000013094 = 1 X 10-5.

Explanation:
Given number is 0.000013094 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.00001, we have divided 1 by 10
followed by 5 zeros so we write as 1 X 10-5.

Question 10.
APPROXIMATING A QUANTITY
Lake A has a volume of 21,150,427,000 cubic meters. Lake B has a volume that is 2.5 times the volume of Lake A. What is the approximate volume of Lake B?
Answer:

Explanation:
Given Lake A has a volume of 21,150,427,000 cubic meters.
Lake B has a volume that is 2.5 times the volume of Lake A.
The approximate volume of Lake B is 2.5 X 21,150,427,000,
we take 21,150,427,000 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 20,000,000,000 so 2.5 X 20,000,000,000
= 5 X 10,000,000,000 = 5 X 1010.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 11.
On average, a small dog’s heart beats about 530,000,000 times
during its lifetime, and a large dog’s heart beats about 1.4 times this amount.
What is the approximate number of heartbeats in the lifetime of a large dog?
Answer:
The approximate number of heartbeats in the lifetime of a
large dog is 7 X 108 times.

Explanation:
Given on average, a small dog’s heart beats about
530,000,000 times during its lifetime and a large dog’s
heart beats about 1.4 times this amount.
So number of heartbeats in the lifetime of a large dog
= 1.5 X 530,000,000 we take 530,000,000 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 500,000,000 so 1.5 X 500,000,000 = 7.5 X 100,000,000
= 7 X 108 times, therefore the approximate number
of heartbeats in the lifetime of a large dog is 7 X 108 times.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
A physicist observes a gamma ray with a wavelength of 0.00000000135 millimeter and an X-ray with a wavelength of 0.00000012 millimeter. (a) About how many times shorter is the wavelength of the gamma ray than the wavelength of the X-ray? (b) The diagram shows wavelengths of visible light. Which ray has a wavelength closer to the wavelength of dark blue light?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 3
Answer:
a.10 or 100 times shorter is the wavelength of the
gamma ray than the wavelength of the X-ray.
b. X-ray has a wave length closer to the wavelength of dark blue light. 

Explanation:
Given a physicist observes a gamma ray with a wavelength
of 0.00000000135 millimeter is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.000000001 millimeter = 1 X 10-9  millimeters,
and an X-ray with a wavelength 0.00000012 millimeter
is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.0000001 millimeter=
1 X 10-7  millimeters so now comparing wavelength
of the gamma ray with the wavelength of the X-ray,
1 X 10-9  millimeters with 1 X 10-7  millimeters so
we have 10 or 100 times shorter is the wavelength of the
gamma ray than the wavelength of the X-ray.
b. We have dark blue wavelength as 4 X 10-4  millimeters so
it is close to an X-ray with a wavelength 0.00000012 millimeter
is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.0000001 millimeter =
1 X 10-7  millimeters. So X-ray has a wave length closer to the
wavelength of dark blue light.  

Estimating Quantities Homework & Practice 8.5

Review & Refresh

Simplify. Write the expression using only positive exponents.
Question 1.
3x-5
Answer:
3x-5= \(\frac{3}{x^{5}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as 3x-5 we write the expression using only
positive exponents for 3 X x-5  as we write first x-5 we have
=
\(\frac{1}{x^{5}}\) now 3 X \(\frac{1}{x^{5}}\) = \(\frac{3}{x^{5}}\).

Question 2.
d0 • d-4
Answer:
d0 • d-4 = \(\frac{1}{d^{4}}\)

Explanation:
Given d0 • d-4 we write the expression as positive exponents by using

so d0 X \(\frac{1}{d^{4}}\) as  we know d0 =1,
d0 X \(\frac{1}{d^{4}}\)=1 X \(\frac{1}{d^{4}}\) or \(\frac{1}{d^{4}}\).

Question 3.
\(\frac{a^{6}}{2 a^{11}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{a^{6}}{2 a^{11}}\) = \(\frac{1}{2 a^{5}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression as \(\frac{a^{6}}{2 a^{11}}\) we use rule for finding
\(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\), a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{a^{6}}{a^{11}}\) = a6-11 = a-5 for a-5 we use

Write an equation in point-slope form of the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope.
Question 4.
(- 1, 2); m = – \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
The equation in point-slope form is (y-2)= – \(\frac{1}{3}\) (x+1)

Explanation:
Given (- 1, 2); m = – \(\frac{1}{3}\) we know
for straight-line equations  the “point-slope” form with
(x1, y1) and a slope m we have formula y – y1 = m(x – x1)
here we have  (x1, y1) are (-1,2) and a slope m is – \(\frac{1}{3}\),
So the equation in point-slope form is (y-2)= – \(\frac{1}{3}\) (x+1).

Question 5.
(3, 4); m = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
The equation in point-slope form is (y-4)= \(\frac{3}{4}\) (x-3)

Explanation:
Given (3, 4); m = \(\frac{3}{4}\) we know
for straight-line equations  the “point-slope” form with
(x1, y1) and a slope m we have formula y – y1 = m(x – x1)
here we have  (x1, y1) are (3,4) and a slope m is \(\frac{3}{4}\),
So the equation in point-slope form is (y-4)= \(\frac{3}{4}\) (x-3).

Question 6.
(1, – 4); m = – 2
Answer:
The equation in point-slope form is (y+4)=-2 (x-1)

Explanation:
Given (1, -4); m = -2 we know
for straight-line equations  the “point-slope” form with
(x1, y1) and a slope m we have formula y – y1 = m(x – x1)
here we have  (x1, y1) are (1,4) and a slope m is – 2,
So the equation in point-slope form is (y+4)= -2(x-1).

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

APPROXIMATING NUMBERS Match the number with its closest approximation. (See Exploration 2, p. 343.)
Question 7.
0.000618
Answer:
0.000618 ≈ 0.0006 ≈ 6 X 10-4
So we match with B with its closest approximation

Explanation:
0.000618 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.0006 ≈ 6 X 10-4 ,
we have divided 6 by 10 followed by 4 zeros,
therefore we match B with its closest approximation.

Question 8.
7,257,993,201
Answer:
7,257,993,201 ≈ 7,000,000,000 ≈ 7 X 109
therefore we match D with its closest approximation.

Explanation:
Given number is 7,257,993,201 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 7,000,000,000 so we have 7 followed by 9 zeros,
so we write as 7 X 109 therefore we match D with its closest approximation.

Question 9.
0.0006781004
Answer:
0.0006781004 ≈ 0.0007 ≈ 7 X 10-4
So we match with C with its closest approximation

Explanation:
0.000618 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.0007 ≈ 7 X 10-4 ,
we have divided 7 by 10 followed by 4 zeros,
therefore we match C with its closest approximation.

Question 10.
782,309,441
Answer:
782,309,441≈ 800,000,000 ≈ 8 X 108
therefore we match A with its closest approximation.

Explanation:
Given number is 782,309,441 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 800,000,000 so we have 8 followed by 8 zeros,
so we write as 8 X 108 therefore we match A with its closest approximation.

A. 8 × 108
B. 6 × 10-4
C. 7 × 10-4
D. 7 × 109

APPROXIMATING A LARGE NUMBER Round the number. Write the result as a product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 11.
414,148,636,008
Answer:
414,148,636,008 ≈ 4 X 1011

Explanation:
Given number is 414,148,636,008 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 400,000,000,000 so we have 4 followed by 11 zeros,
so we write as 4 X 1011.

Question 12.
231,210
Answer:
231,210 ≈ 2 X 105

Explanation:
Given number is 231,210 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 200,000 so we have 2 followed by 5 zeros,
so we write as 2 X 105.

Question 13.
28,007,806,203
Answer:
28,007,806,203 ≈ 3 X 1010

Explanation:
Given number is  28,007,806,203 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 30,000,000,000 so we have 3 followed by 10 zeros,
so we write as 3 X 1010.

Question 14.
38,108,996,999
Answer:
38,108,996,999 ≈ 4 X 1010

Explanation:
Given number is  38,108,996,999 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 40,000,000,000 so we have 4 followed by 10 zeros,
so we write as 4 X 1010.

Question 15.
1,003,111,391,008
Answer:
1,003,111,391,008 ≈ 1 X 1012

Explanation:
Given number is 1,003,111,391,008 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 1,000,000,000,000 so we have 1 followed by 12 zeros,
so we write as 1 X 1012.

Question 16.
627,638,538
Answer:
627,638,538 ≈ 6 X 108

Explanation:
Given number is 627,638,538 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 6,00,000,000 so we have 6 followed by 8 zeros,
so we write as 6 X 108.

Question 17.
APPROXIMATING A LARGE NUMBER
A company earns $518,204,500. Round the number. Write the result as a product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 4
Answer:
$518,204,500 ≈ 5 X 108 dollars

Explanation:
Given number is $518,204,500 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 500,000,000 so we have 5 followed by 8 zeros,
so we write as 5 X 108 dollars.

APPROXIMATING A SMALL NUMBER Round the number.
Write the result as a product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 18.
0.00000124
Answer:
0.00000124 ≈ 1 X 10-6

Explanation:
As 0.00000124 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.000001 ≈
1 X 0.000001 = 1 X 10-6 or we have divided 1 by 10 followed by 6 zeros.

Question 19.
0.00003946
Answer:
0.00003946 ≈ 4 X 10-5

Explanation:
As 0.00003946 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.00004 ≈
4 X 0.00001= 4 X 10-5 or we have divided 4 by 10 followed by 5 zeros.

Question 20.
0.00001726
Answer:
0.00001726 ≈ 2 X 10-5

Explanation:
As 0.00001726 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.00002 ≈ 2 X 10-5,
or we have divided 2 by 10 followed by 5 zeros.

Question 21.
0.00063718
Answer:
0.00063718 ≈ 6 X 10-4

Explanation:
As 0.00063718 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.0006 ≈ 6 X 10-4,
or we have divided 6 by 10 followed by 4 zeros.

Question 22.
0.00000000305
Answer:
0.00000000305 ≈ 3 X 10-9

Explanation:
As 0.00000000305 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.000000003 ≈ 3 X 10-9,
or we have divided 3 by 10 followed by 9 zeros.

Question 23.
0.000000000994
Answer:
0.000000000994 ≈ 1 X 10-9

Explanation:
As 0.000000000994 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.000000001 ≈ 1 X 10-9,
or we have divided 1 by 10 followed by 9 zeros.

Question 24.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend rounds 0.000468 to the nearest ten thousandth and writes the result as a product of a single digit and a power of 10. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 5
Answer:
Yes, Friend is correct as 0.000468 to the nearest ten thousandth is 5 X 10-4

Explanation:
As 0.000468 is nearly or approximately to the nearest
ten thousandth is equal to ≈ 0.0005 ≈ 5 X 0.0001= 5 X 10-4,
which is equal to the value of friend, So Yes, Friend is correct
as 0.000468 to the nearest ten thousandth is 5 X 10-4.

Question 25.
APPROXIMATING A QUANTITY
A series of mystery books contains 2,029,242 words. A series of science fiction books contains about 3.5 times the number of words as the mystery book series. What is the approximate number of words in the science fiction book series?
Answer:
The approximate number of words in the
science fiction book series are 7 X 106 words.

Explanation:
Given a series of mystery books contains 2,029,242 words,
a series of science fiction books contains about 3.5 times the
number of words as the mystery book series.
therefore approximate number of words in the science
fiction book series are 3.5 X 2,029,242 as 2,029,242 is
approximately equal to ≈ 2 X 1000,000 so 3.5 X 2 X 1,000,000
= 7 X 106 words.

Question 26.
APPROXIMATING A QUANTITY
A volcanic eruption ejects about 43,600,000,000 cubic feet of volcanic rock. A smaller volcanic eruption ejects about 75% of this amount. What is the approximate amount of volcanic rock that the smaller volcanic eruption ejects?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 6
Answer:
The approximate amount of volcanic rock that the
smaller volcanic eruption ejects is 3 X 1010 cubic feet.

Explanation:
Given a volcanic eruption ejects about 43,600,000,000 cubic feet
of volcanic rock. A smaller volcanic eruption ejects about 75% of
this amount, So the smaller volcanic eruption is 75% X 43,600,000,000
we get \(\frac{75}{100}\) X 43,600,000,000 = 75 X 43,6000000 =
32,700,000,000 is approximately equal to ≈ 3 X 10,000,000,000 = 3 X 1010 cubic feet.

Question 27.
STRUCTURE
Find a number that is approximately 1.5 times 61,040,000,100.
Write the result as the product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Answer:
The number approximate value of 1.5 times 61,040,000,100 is 9 X 1010

Explanation:
The number approximate value of 1.5 times 61,040,000,100 is
1.5 X 61,040,000,100 = 91,560,000,150 is approximately
equal to ≈ 9 X 10,000,000,000 = 9 X 1010 .

Question 28.
APPROXIMATING A QUANTITY
A mitochondrion has a diameter of about 0.00000031 meter. The diameter of a chloroplast is about 3 times that of the mitochondrion. What is the approximate diameter of the chloroplast?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 7
Answer:
The approximate diameter of the chloroplast is 9 X 10-7 meters.

Explanation:
A mitochondrion has a diameter of about 0.00000031 meter.
The diameter of a chloroplast is about 3 times that of the
mitochondrion. So the approximate diameter of the chloroplast is
3 X 0.00000031 = 0.00000093 is approximately
equal to ≈ 9 X 0.0000001 = 9 X 10-7 meters.

Question 29.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A photo taken with a smartphone has 1,227,104 pixels. A photo taken with a camera has 11,943,936 pixels. Approximately how many times more pixels are in the photo taken with the camera?
Answer:
10 times more pixels are in the photo taken with the camera.

Explanation:
Given a photo taken with a smartphone has 1,227,104 pixels and
A photo taken with a camera has 11,943,936 pixels.
Number of times the pixels are in the photo taken with the camera is
\(\frac{11943936}{1227104}\) = 9.7334341669 is approximately
equal to ≈ 10, So 10 times more pixels are in the photo taken with the camera.

Question 30.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A star has a core temperature of about 115,000,000°F. The temperature of a lightning strike is about 10,300°F. Approximately how many times hotter is the core temperature of the star than the temperature of the lightning strike?
Answer:
11165 times hotter is the core temperature of the star than the
temperature of the lightning strike

Explanation:
Given a star has a core temperature of about 115,000,000°F and
the temperature of a lightning strike is about 10,300°F.
Number of times hotter is the core temperature of the star
more than the temperature of the lightning strike is
\(\frac{115000000}{10300}\) = 11,165.048543689
is approximately equal to ≈ 11165, So 11165 times hotter is the
core temperature of the star than the temperature of the lightning strike.

Question 31.
REASONING
The table shows the diameters of five types of animal hairs.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.5 8
a. Order the hair types from greatest to least diameter.
b. What unit should be used to represent these data? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
a. The hair types from greatest to least diameter are
Cow, Buffalo, Camel, Donkey, Rat.
b. Millimeters unit should be used to represent these data.

Explanation:
a. Given the table shows the diameters of five types of animal hairs as
Buffalo = 0.00011 is approximately equal to ≈ 1 X 10-4
Rat       = 0.00004 is approximately equal to ≈ 4 X 10-5
Camel  = 0.00008 is approximately equal to ≈ 8 X 10-5
Cow    = 0.00016 is approximately equal to ≈ 1 X 10-4
Donkey = 0.00005 is approximately equal to ≈ 5 X 10-5,
Now from greatest to least  diameters are
1 X 10-4 > 1 X 10-4 > 8 X 10-5 > 5 X 10-5> 4 X 10-5,
therefore the hair types from greatest to least diameter are
Cow, Buffalo, Camel, Donkey, Rat.
b. As the smallest unit of length is millimeter,
Millimeter is the smallest common unit of length that is represented as
‘mm’. The relation between mm and m is 1 meter = 1000 millimeter.
So millimeters unit should be used to represent these data.

Question 32.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The distance between New York City and Princeton is about 68,500 meters. The distance between New York City and San Antonio is about 40 times this distance. What is the approximate distance between New York City and San Antonio? Write the result as the product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Answer:
The approximate distance between New York City and San Antonio is
3 X 106 meters.

Explanation:
Given the distance between New York City and Princeton
is about 68,500 meters. The distance between New York City
and San Antonio is about 40 times this distance.
So the approximate distance between New York City and San Antonio is
40 X 68500 =  2,740,000 is approximately equal to ≈ 3 X 1,000,000 = 3 X 106 meters.

Question 33.
REASONING
Is 5 × 106 a better approximation of 5,447,040 or 5,305,004? Explain.
Answer:
5 × 106 a better approximation of 5,305,004

Explanation:
We have 5,447,040 or 5,305,004 we take approximate values ,
now 5 × 106 is approximately equal to ≈ 5,000,000 now if
we see for 5,000,000 the more near value is 5,305,004 than the
5,447,040. So 5 × 106 a better approximation of 5,305,004.

Question 34.
DIG DEEPER!
A proton weighs 0.00000000000167 nanogram. About how much do 8 protons weigh? Write the result as the product of a single digit and a power of 10. Is your answer an overestimate or an underestimate?
Answer:
The weight of 8 protons is 1 × 10-11
My answer is overestimate.

Explanation:
A proton weighs 0.00000000000167 nanogram.
So 8 protons weighs is 8 X 0.00000000000167 =1.336 X 10-11
is approximately equal to ≈ 1 X 10-11.
My answer is overestimate given proton weighs
0.00000000000167 nanogram is approximately equal to ≈ 1 X 10-12
and the weight of 8 protons is 1 × 10-11 if we see 1 X 10-11 > 1 X 10-12 ,
So my answer is overestimate.

Lesson 8.6 Scientific Notation

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner. Use a graphing calculator.
a. Experiment with multiplying very large numbers until your calculator displays an answer that is not in standard form. What do you think the answer means?
b. Enter the function y = 10x into your graphing calculator. Use the table feature to evaluate the function for positive integer values of x until the calculator displays a y-value that is not in standard form. Do the results support your answer in part(a)? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 1
c. Repeat part(a) with very small numbers.
d. Enter the function y = (\(\frac{1}{10}\))x into your graphing calculator. Use the table feature to evaluate the function for positive integer values of x until the calculator displays a y-value that is not in standard form. Do the results support your answer in part(c)? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 2

a. Means the answer is big so answer is not in standard form it
will be in scientific notation.
b. Until at x =6 the calculator displays a y-value that is not in
standard form. Yes the results support my answer in part(a),
c. Means the answer is small so answer is not in standard form it
will be in scientific notation.
d. Until at x =6 the calculator displays a y-value that is not in
standard form. Yes the results support my answer in part(c).

Explanation:
a. If multiplying very large numbers until my calculator
displays an answer that is not in standard form. We use
scientific notation it is just a shorthand way of expressing
gigantic numbers also  known as an exponential form,
scientific notation has been one of the oldest mathematical approaches.
If numbers are too big  to be simply calculated we refer to
scientific notation to handle these circumstances.
For example 4.5 X 109 years or (on a calculator)
4.5E9 years (1 billion in scientific notation means
10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10)
b. Entering the function y = 10x into graphing calculator.
Using the table feature we evaluate the function for positive integer
values of until x =6 the calculator displays a y-value that is not in standard form.
Yes the results support my answer in part(a) as we multiplied
very large number, calculator displays an answer that is not in standard form.
c. If multiplying very small numbers until my calculator
displays an answer that is not in standard form. We use
scientific notation it is just a shorthand way of expressing
numbers also known as an exponential form,
For example 0.000003426
Step 1: Move the decimal so that there is only one digit in front of the decimal.
0.000003.426
Step 2: Count the number of moves from the original decimal to the new position.
0.000003.426, There are 6 moves
Step 3: Write the new number as a product with a power of ten.
3.426 x 10-6 , 3E-6 the number of moves becomes the exponent.
d. Entering the function y = (\(\frac{1}{10}\))x  into graphing calculator.
Using the table feature we evaluate the function for positive integer
values of until x =6 the calculator displays a y-value that is not in standard form.
Yes the results support my answer in part(c) as we multiplied
very small number, calculator displays an answer that is not in standard form.

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 3

Try It

Write the number in scientific notation.
Question 1.
50,000
Answer:
50,000 = 5 X 104

Explanation:
Given number is 50,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 50,000 = 5 X 10000 = 5 X 104.

Question 2.
25,000,000
Answer:
25,000,000 = 25 X 106

Explanation:
Given number is 25,000,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 25,000,000 = 25 X 1000000 = 25 X 106.

Question 3.
683
Answer:
683 = 6.83 X 102

Explanation:
Given number is 683 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 683 = 6.83 X 100 = 6.83 X 102 .

Question 4.
0.005
Answer:
0.005 = 5 X 10-3

Explanation:
Given number is 0.005 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.005 = 5 X 0.001 = 5 X 10-3.

Question 5.
0.00000033
Answer:
0.00000033 = 3.3 X 10-7

Explanation:
Given number is 0.00000033 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.00000033 = 3.3 X 0.0000001 = 3.3 X 10-7.

Question 6.
0.000506
Answer:
0.000506 = 5.06 X 10-4

Explanation:
Given number is 0.000506 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.000506 = 5.06 X 0.0001 = 5.06 X 10-4.

Write the number in standard form.
Question 7.
6 × 107
Answer:
6 × 107 = 60,000,000

Explanation:
Given 6 × 10the number in standard form is
6 X 10,000,000 , So 6 × 107 = 60,000,000.

Question 8.
9.9 × 10-5
Answer:
9.9 × 10-5 = 0.000099

Explanation:
Given 9.9 × 10-5  the number in standard form is
1 × 0.000099 = 0.000099.

Question 9.
1.285 × 104
Answer:
1.285 × 10= 12850

Explanation:
Given 1.285 × 104 the number in standard form is
1.285 X 10,000 , So 1.285 × 104 = 12850.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING NUMBERS IN SCIENTIFIC NOTATION Write the number in scientific notation.
Question 10.
675,000,000
Answer:
675,000,000 = 6.75 X 108

Explanation:
Given number is 675,000,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 675,000,000 = 6.75 X 1,00,000,000 = 6.75 X 108 .

Question 11.
0.000000084
Answer:
0.000000084 = 8.4 X 10-8

Explanation:
Given number is 0.000000084 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.000000084 = 8.4 X 0.00000001 = 8.4 X 10-8.

Question 12.
0.000012001
Answer:
0.000012001 = 1 X 10-5

Explanation:
Given number is 0.000012001 first we write
in approximately equal to ≈0.00001 now in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.00001= 1 X 0.00001 = 1 X 10-5.

WRITING NUMBERS IN STANDARD FORM Write the number in standard form.
Question 13.
8 × 10-7
Answer:
8 × 10-7 = 0.0000008

Explanation:
Given 8 × 10-7  the number in standard form is
8 × 0.0000001 = 0.0000008.

Question 14.
3.876 × 107
Answer:
3.876 × 107 = 38,760,000

Explanation:
Given 3.876 × 10the number in standard form is
3.876 X 10,000,000 = 38,760,000 so 3.876 × 107 = 38,760,000.

Question 15.
1.11 × 10-5
Answer:
1.11 × 10-5 = 0.0000111

Explanation:
Given 1.11 × 10-5  the number in standard form is
1.11 × 0.00001 = 0.0000111.

Question 16.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which number does not belong with the other three? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 4
Answer:
d. 10 X 9.2-13  does not belong with the other three

Explanation:
Given 2.8 X 1015 , 4.3 X 10-30 , 1.05 X 1028 all are single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10,
but only 10 X  9.2-13  has power for 9.213 ,so 10 X  9.2-13
does not belong with the other three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 17.
A series of movies is about 3.285 × 104 seconds long.
How long does it take to watch the series twice?
Express your answer using more-appropriate units.
Answer:
The time it takes to watch the series twice is 18.25 hours.

Explanation:
Given a series of movies is about 3.285 × 104 seconds long
and the time it takes to watch the series twice is
2 X 3.285 × 104 seconds = 6.57 X 104 seconds,
now we convert seconds into hours as 1 hour = 3600 seconds,
so \(\frac{6.57}{3600}\) X 104 = 18.25 hours, therefore
the time it takes to watch the series twice is 18.25 hours.

Question 18.
The total power of a space shuttle during launch is the sum of the power from its solid rocket boosters and the power from its main engines. e power from the solid rocket boosters is 9,750,000,000 watts. What is the power from the main engines?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 5
Answer:
The power from the main engines is 1.99 X 109 watts.

Explanation:
Given the power from the solid rocket boosters is
9,750,000,000 watts is approximately equal to ≈9.75 X109 watts
Let the main engine power be x, Total Power =
power from the solid rocket boosters + power from the main engines,
1.174 X 1010 watts = 9.75 X 109 watts + x, So x = (11.74 – 1.99) X 109 watts
= 9.75 X 109 watts, therefore the power from the main engines is 1.99 X 109 watts.

Question 19.
The area of a trampoline is about 1.8 × 104 square inches.
Write this number in standard form. Then represent the area of the
trampoline using more-appropriate units.
Answer:
The area of the trampoline is 125 square feet

Explanation:
Given the area of a trampoline is about 1.8 × 104 square inches,
so we get 1.8 × 104 as 18000 square inches, now we
represent the area of the trampoline using more-appropriate units
in square feet, We know 1 square feet = 144 square inches
= \(\frac{18000}{144}\) = 125 square feet,
so the area of the trampoline is 125 square feet.

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
The epidermis, dermis, and hypodermis are layers of your skin. The dermis is about 3.5 millimeters thick. The epidermis is about 1.25 × 10-3 meter thick. The hypodermis is about 0.15 centimeter thick. What is the difference in thickness of the thickest layer and the thinnest layer? Justify your answer.
Answer:
The difference in thickness of the thickest layer and
the thinnest layer is 0.002 meters

Explanation:
Given the epidermis, dermis, and hypodermis are layers of your skin.
The dermis is about 3.5 millimeters thick. The epidermis is about
1.25 × 10-3 meter thick. The hypodermis is about 0.15 centimeter thick.
So the difference in thickness of the thickest layer and the thinnest layer is
1 millimeter = 0.001 meters,
dermis = 3.5 X 0.001 = 0.0035 meters,
epidermis = 1.25 X 10-3 = 0.00125 meters,
hypodermis = 0.15 centimeter, we know 1 centimeter = 0.01 meter,
so 0.15 X 0.01 = 0.0015 meters, we have the thickest as 0.0035 meters and
thinnest is 0.00125 meters , So the difference in thickness of
the thickest layer and the thinnest layer is 0.0035 – 0.00125 =
0.00225 is approximately equal to ≈ 0.002 meters.

Scientific Notation Homework & Practice 8.6

Review & Refresh

Round the number. Write the result as the product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 1.
0.00000129
Answer:
0.00000129 ≈ 1 X 10-6

Explanation:
As 0.00000129 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.000001 ≈
1 X 0.000001 = 1 X 10-6 or we have divided 1 by 10 followed by 6 zeros.

Question 2.
4,241,933,200
Answer:
4,241,933,200 ≈ 4 X 109

Explanation:
Given number is 4,241,933,200 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 2,000,000,000 so we have 4 followed by 9 zeros,
so we write as 4 X 109.

Question 3.
0.0000001801
Answer:
0.0000001801≈ 2 X 10-7

Explanation:
As 0.0000001801 is nearly or approximately equal to ≈ 0.0000002 ≈
2 X 0.0000001 = 2 X 10-7 or we have divided 2 by 10 followed by 7 zeros.

Question 4.
879,679,466
Answer:
879,679,466 ≈ 9 X 108

Explanation:
Given number is 879,679,466 nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 9,00,000,000 so we have 9 followed by 8 zeros,
so we write as 9 X 108.

Write the product using exponents.
Question 5.
4 • 4 • 4 • 4 • 4
Answer:
4 • 4 • 4 • 4 • 4 = (4)5  

Explanation:
We write the product 4 • 4 • 4 • 4 • 4 in exponents as (4)5
because 4 is multiplied by 5 times.

Question 6.
3 • 3 • 3 • y • y • y
Answer:
3 • 3 • 3 • y • y • y = 33y3= (3y)3

Explanation:
We write the product 3 • 3 • 3• y • y • y in exponents as (3y)3
because 3 is multiplied by 3 times and y is also multiplied by 3 times.

Question 7.
(- 2) • (- 2) • (- 2)
Answer:
(- 2) • (- 2) • (- 2) = (-2)3

Explanation:
We write the product (-2) • (-2) • (-2) in exponents as (-2)3
because -2 is multiplied by 3 times.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

USING A GRAPHING CALCULATOR Use a graphing calculator to evaluate x the function when 10. Write the number in standard form. (See Exploration 1, p. 349.)
Question 8.
y = (\(\frac{1}{10}\))x
Answer:
The number in standard form is 0.0000000001

Explanation:
Given y = (\(\frac{1}{10}\))x and x = 10 so
y = (\(\frac{1}{10}\))10 so 1 X 10-10 = 1X 0.0000000001
= 0.0000000001 therefore the number in standard form is 0.0000000001.

Question 9.
y = 20x
Answer:
The number in standard form is 10,240,000,000,000

Explanation:
Given y = 20x and x = 10 so y= (20)10 = 10,240,000,000,000,
therefore the number in standard form is 10,240,000,000,000.

WRITING NUMBERS IN SCIENTIFIC NOTATION Write the number in scientific notation.
Question 10.
0.0021
Answer:
0.0021 = 2.1 X 10-3

Explanation:
Given number is 0.0021 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.0021 = 2.1 X 0.001 = 2.1 X 10-3.

Question 11.
5,430,000
Answer:
5,430,000 = 5.43 X 106

Explanation:
Given number is 5,430,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 5,430,000 = 5.43 X 1,000,000 = 5.43 X 106.

Question 12.
321,000,000
Answer:
321,000,000 = 3.21 X 108

Explanation:
Given number is 321,000,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 321,000,000 = 3.21 X 1,00,000,000 = 3.21 X 108.

Question 13.
0.00000625
Answer:
0.00000625 = 6.25 X 10-6

Explanation:
Given number is 0.00000625 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.00000625 = 6.25 X 0.000001 = 6.25 X 10-6.

Question 14.
0.00004
Answer:
0.00004 = 4 X 10-5

Explanation:
Given number is 0.00004 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.00004 = 4 X 0.00001 = 4 X 10-5.

Question 15.
10,700,000
Answer:
10,700,000 = 1.07 X 107

Explanation:
Given number is 10,700,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 10,700,000 = 1.07 X 10,000,000 = 1.07 X 107.

Question 16.
45,600,000,000
Answer:
45,600,000,000 = 4.56 X 1010

Explanation:
Given number is 45,600,000,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 45,600,000,000 = 4.56 X 10,000,000,000 = 4.56 X 1010.

Question 17.
0.000000000009256
Answer:
0.000000000009256 = 9.256 X 10-12

Explanation:
Given number 0.000000000009256 is in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.000000000009256 = 9.256 X 0.000000000001 = 9.256 X 10-12.

Question 18.
840,000
Answer:
840,000 = 8.4 X 105

Explanation:
Given number is 840,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 840,000 = 8.4 X 100,000 = 8.4 X 105.

WRITING NUMBERS IN STANDARD FORM Write the number in standard form.
Question 19
7 × 107
Answer:
7 × 107 = 70,000,000

Explanation:
Given 7 × 10the number in standard form is
7 X 10,000,000 =70,000,000.

Question 20.
8 × 10-3
Answer:
8 X 10-3 = 0.008

Explanation:
Given 8 × 10-3  the number in standard form is
8 × 0.001 = 0.008.

Question 21.
5 × 102
Answer:
5 × 102 = 500

Explanation:
Given 5 × 102 the number in standard form is
7 X 100 = 500.

Question 22.
2.7 × 10-4
Answer:
2.7 × 10-4 = 0.00027

Explanation:
Given 2.7 × 10-4  the number in standard form is
2.7 × 0.0001 = 0.00027.

Question 23.
4.4 × 10-5
Answer:
4.4 × 10-5 = 0.000044

Explanation:
Given 4.4 × 10-5  the number in standard form is
4.4 × 0.00001 = 0.000044.

Question 24.
2.1 × 103
Answer:
2.1 × 103= 2,100

Explanation:
Given 2.1 × 103 the number in standard form is
2.1 X 1000 = 2,100.

Question 25.
1.66 × 109
Answer:
1.66 × 109 = 1,660,000,000

Explanation:
Given 1.66 × 109 the number in standard form is
1.66 X 1,000,000,000 = 1,660,000,000.

Question 26.
3.85 × 10-8
Answer:
3.85 × 10-8 = 0.0000000385

Explanation:
Given 3.85 × 10-8  the number in standard form is
3.85 × 0.00000001 = 0.0000000385.

Question 27.
9.725 × 106
Answer:
9.725 × 106 = 9,725,000

Explanation:
Given 9.725 × 106 the number in standard form is
9.725 X 1,000,000 = 9,725,000.

Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The U.S.Brig Niagara, a warship from the Battle of Lake Erie in 1813, uses about 28,300 feet of rope to operate its sails and spars. Write this number in scientific notation.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 6.1
Answer:
28,300 feet = 2.83 X 104

Explanation:
Given the U.S.Brig Niagara, a warship from the Battle of
Lake Erie in 1813, uses about 28,300 feet of rope to
operate its sails and spars this number in scientific notation as
we write a number in scientific notation has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 28,300 = 2.83 X 10,000 = 2.83 X 104.

Question 29.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The radius of a fishing line is 2.5 × 10-4 feet. Write this ×number in standard form. Then write your answer using inches.
Answer:
The number in standard form is 0.00025 feet,
In inches it is 0.003 inches.

Explanation:
The radius of a fishing line is 2.5 × 10-4 feet,
The number in standard form is 2.5 X 0.0001 = 0.00025 feet,
Now to convert feet into inches we know 1 foot is 12 inch so
0.00025 X 12 = 0.003 inches.

Question 30.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Platelets are cell-like particles in the blood that help form blood clots.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 6
a. How many platelets are in 3 milliliters of blood? Write your answer in standard form.
b. An adult human body contains about 5 liters of blood. How many platelets are in an adult human body?
Answer:
a. There are 810,000,000 milliliters platelets in 3 milliliters of blood.
b. There are 1,350,000,000,000 milliliters platelets are in an adult human body.

Explanation:
a. Given blood has 2.7 X 108 platelets per milliliters,
So the number of platelets in 3 milliliters of blood is
3 X 2.7 X 108 = 8.1 X 108 = 810,000,000 milliliters.
b. An adult human body contains about 5 liters of blood,
So the number of platelets in an human body are, we know
1 liter = 1000 milliliters so 5 liters is equal to 5,000 milliliters,
5000 X 2.7 X 108 = 1,350,000,000,000 milliliters ,therefore
There are 1,350,000,000,000 milliliters platelets are in an adult human body.

CHOOSING APPROPRIATE UNITS Match each value with the most appropriate unit of measurement.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 7
Answer:
We match each value with the most appropriate unit of measurement
as 31. D, 32. C, 33. A , 34. B

Explanation:
Given
a. Height of a skyscraper is : 2.6 X 102 = 2.6  X 100 = 260,
so the most appropriate unit of measurement is meters as
it is used to measure big lengths.
b. Distance between two asteroids : 2.5 X 105 = 2.5 X 100,000 = 250,000
so the most appropriate unit of measurement is miles as
it is used to measure long distances.
c. Depth of bathtub: 1.6 X 101 = 16,
so the most appropriate unit of measurement is inches as
it is used to measure the length of small objects.
d. Length of memory chip : 7.8 X 100 = 7.8 X 1 = 7.8
so the most appropriate unit of measurement is millimeters as
it is used to measure very short lengths or thicknesses.

Question 35.
NUMBER SENSE
Describe how the value of a number written in scientific notation changes when you increase the exponent by 1.
Answer:
The number increases by 10 times

Explanation:
Whenever we increase the exponent by 1
in scientific notation the number becomes 10 times of
previous number. Example we have number 280 we write
number in scientific notation as single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 280 = 2.8 X 100 = 2.8 X 102 now if we increase exponent by 1 we get
2.8 X 103 as 2.8 X 1000 = 2800 here the value has increase by 10 times from
280 to 2800.

Question 36.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The area of the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary is about 9600 square kilometers. The area of the Florida Reef Tract is about 16.2% of the area of the sanctuary. What is the area of the Florida Reef Tract? Write your answer in scientific notation.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 8
Answer:
The area of the Florida Reef Tract is 1.5552 X 103 square kilometers

Explanation:
Given the area of the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary
is about 9600 square kilometers. The area of the Florida Reef
Tract is about 16.2% of the area of the sanctuary.
So the area of the Florida Reef Tract is \(\frac{16.2}{100}\) X 9600 =
1555.2 square kilometers, Now we convert 1555.2 in scientific notation as
single digit to the left of decimal sign and is multiplied
by an integer power of 10, So 1.552 X 1000 = 1.552 X 103 square kilometers,
therefore the area of the Florida Reef Tract is 1.5552 X 103 square kilometers.

Question 37.
REASONING
A gigameter is 1.0 × 106 kilometers. How many square kilometers
are in 5 square gigameters?
Answer:
There are  5 X 1012 kilometers2 are there in 5 square gigameters

Explanation:
Given a gigameter is 1.0 × 106 kilometers, So 1 Square kilometer =
(1.0 X 106)2 kilometers2 = 1.0 X 1012 kilometers2, So
5 gigameter2= 5 X 1012 kilometerstherefore there are
5 X 1012 kilometers2 are there in 5 square gigameter.

Question 38.
PROBLEM SOLVING
There are about 1.4 × 109 cubic kilometers of water on Earth.
About 2.5% of the water is freshwater. How much freshwater is on Earth?
Answer:
Fresh water available on earth is 3.5 X 107 kilometers3

Explanation:
Given there are about 1.4 × 109 cubic kilometers of water on Earth
and about 2.5% of the water is freshwater so the amount of
fresh water available is 2.5 % of 1.4 × 109 cubic kilometers
= \(\frac{2.5}{100}\) X 1.4 × 109 = 3.5 X 107 kilometers3 ,
therefore fresh water available on earth is 3.5 X 107 kilometers3 .

Question 39.
CRITICAL THINKING
The table shows the speed of light through each of five media. Determine in which media light travels the fastest and the slowest.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 9
Answer:
Fastest is Vacuum 3.0 X 108 m/sec and slowest is Glass 2.01 X 108 m/sec,

Explanation:
Given the table shows the speed of light through each of five media
Air is 6.7 X 108 mi/sec now convert into meters per second
6.7 X 108 X \(\frac{1609}{3600}\) = 2.99 X 108 m/sec,
Now speed in glass is 6.6 X 108 ft/sec now convert into meters per second
6.6 X 108 X 0.3048 = 2.01 X 108 m/sec,
Now speed in Ice is 2.3 X 105 km/sec now convert into meters per second
2.3 X 105 X 1000 = 2.3 X 108 m/sec, already Vacuum is in m/sec,
so now speed in Water is 2.3 X 1010 cm/sec now
convert into meters per second 2.3 X 1010 X \(\frac{1}{100}\) =
2.3 X 108 m/sec, Now
Medium            Speed in m/sec
Air                    2.99 X 108 m/sec
Glass                2.01 X 108 m/sec
Ice                    2.3 X 108 m/sec
Vacuum            3.0 X 108 m/sec
Water                2.3 X 108 m/sec , So now if we see at speeds the
fastest is Vacuum 3.0 X 108 m/sec and slowest is Glass  2.01 X 108 m/sec.

Question 40.

STRUCTURE
The mass of an atom or molecule is measured in atomic mass units. Which is greater, a carat or a milligram? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.6 10
Answer:
A carat is greater unit than milligram,

Explanation:
The mass of an atom or molecule is measured in atomic mass units.
One atomic mass unit(amu) is equivalent to
1 amu = 8.3 X 10-24 carat
1 amu = 1.66 X 10-21 milligram
now 8.3 X 10-24 carat = 1.66 X 10-21 milligram
8.3 carat = 1.66 X 103 milligram
So 1 carat = \(\frac{1660}{8.3}\) = 200 milligrams,
therefore A carat is greater unit than milligram.

Lesson 8.7 Operations in Scientific Notation

EXPLORATION 1

Adding and Subtracting in Scientific Notation
Work with a partner.
a. Complete the table by finding the sum and the difference of Expression 1 and Expression 2. Write your answers in scientific notation. Explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 1
b. Use your results in part(a) to explain how to find (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) and (a × 10n) – (b × 10n).
Answer:
a.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-16

b. (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) = (a + b ) X 10n
(a × 10n) – (b × 10n) = (a-b) X 10n

Explanation:
a. One of the properties of quantities with exponents is that
numbers with exponents can be added and subtracted
only when they have the same base and exponent.
Since all numbers in scientific notation have the same base (10),
we need only worry about the exponents.
To be added or subtracted, two numbers in scientific notation they
must be manipulated so that their bases have the same exponent,
this will ensure that corresponding digits in their coefficients
have the same place value.
So completed the table by finding
the sum and the difference of Expression 1 and Expression 2.
1. Sum = ( 3 X 104)  + ( 1 X 104) = ( 3 + 1) X 104 = 4 X 104,
Difference = ( 3 X 104)  – ( 1 X 104) = ( 3 – 1) X 104 = 2 X 104,
2. Sum = ( 4 X 10-3)  + ( 2 X 10-3) = ( 4 + 2) X 10-3 = 6 X 10-3,
Difference = ( 4 X 10-3)  – ( 2 X 10-3) = ( 4 – 2) X 10-3 = 2 X 10-3,
3. Sum=( 4.1 X 10-7)  + ( 1.5 X 10-7) = ( 4.1 + 1.5) X 10-7 = 5.6 X 10-7,
Difference = ( 4.1 X 10-7)  – ( 1.5 X 10-7) = ( 4.1 – 1.5) X 10-7 = 2.6 X 10-7,
4. Sum = ( 8.3 X 106)  + ( 1.5 X 106) = ( 8.3 + 1.5) X 106 = 9.8 X 106,
Difference = ( 8.3 X 106)  – ( 1.5 X 106) = ( 8.3 – 1.5) X 106 = 6.8 X 106.
b. (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over addition, i.e., factor out the common factor 10n
as (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) = (a + b ) X 10n and
(a × 10n) – (b × 10n) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over subtraction, i.e., factor out the common factor 10n
as (a × 10n) – (b × 10n) = (a-b) X 10n.

EXPLORATION 2

Multiplying and Dividing in Scientific Notation
Work with a partner.
a. Complete the table by finding the product and the quotient of
Expression 1 and Expression 2. Write your answers in scientific notation.
Explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 2
b. Use your results in part(a) to explain how to find (a × 10n) × (b × 10m) and
(a × 10n) ÷ (b ÷ 10m). Describe any properties that you use.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-17
b. (a × 10n) × (b × 10m)  = (a × b) X (10n × 10m) = (a × b) X (10n+m) ,
Separately we multiply the coefficients and exponents and
we use Product of Powers Property for an • am = an+m
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added and (a × 10n) ÷ (b ÷ 10m) = a ÷ b X (10nm),
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
We use the general rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base is am-n .

Explanation:
a. To multiply numbers in scientific notation these are the steps:
If the numbers are not in scientific notation, convert them.
Regroup the numbers using the commutative and
associative properties of exponents.
Now multiply the two
numbers written in scientific notation, we work out
the coefficients and the exponents separately.
we use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
Join the new coefficient to the new power of 10 to get the answer.
If the product of the coefficients is greater than 9, convert it to
scientific notation and multiply by the new power of 10.

To divide two numbers written in scientific notation, follow the steps below:
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
For the division of bases, use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Combine the result of coefficients by the new power of 10.
If the quotient from division of coefficients is not
less than 10 and greater than 1, convert it to scientific notation
and multiply it by the new power of 10.
Noted that when you dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So completed the table by finding the product and the
quotient of Expression 1 and Expression 2.
Now first we do write Products as
1.(3 X 104)  X  ( 1 X 104) = (3 X 1) X ( 104+4) = 3 X 108 .
2.(4 X 103)  X  (2 X 102) = (4 X 2 )  X  ( 103+2) = 8 X 105.
3.(7.7 X 10-2)  X  (1.1 X 10-3) = (7.7 X 1.1 ) X (10-2+(-3)) = 8.47 X 10-5.
4.(4.5 X 105)  X  (3 X 10-1) = (4.5 X 3
)  X  ( 105+(-1)) = 13.5 X 104.
Now we write Quotients as separately and divide the
coefficients and exponents.
For the division of bases, use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
1. (3 X 104) ÷ ( 1 X 104) = (3 ÷ 1) X ( 104-4) = 3 X 100 = 3 X 1 = 3.
2. (4 X 103) ÷ (2 X 102) = (4 ÷ 2 )  X  ( 103-2) = 2 X 101 = 2 X 10 = 20.
3. (7.7 X 10-2) ÷ (1.1 X 10-3) = (7.7 ÷ 1.1 ) X (10-2-(-3)) =7 X 101 =7 X 10 = 70
4. (4.5 X 105)  ÷  (3 X 10-1) = (4.5 ÷ 3)  X  ( 105-(-1)) = 1.5 X 106.
b. Here we multiply the coefficients separately  and
use Product of Powers Property for an • am = an+m
we have rule of product of two powers with the same base then
we add powers, so (a × 10n) × (b × 10m)  =
(a × b) X (10n × 10m) = (a × b) X (10n+m).
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
We use the general rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base is am-n .
So first we divide divide a ÷ b and then divide exponential terms
therefore (a × 10n) ÷ (b ÷ 10m) = a ÷ b X (10n-m).

Try It

Find the sum or difference.
Question 1.
(8.2 × 102) + (3.41 × 10-1)
Answer:
(8.2 × 102) + (3.41 × 10-1) =8203.41 X 10-1= 820.341

Explanation:
Given Expressions as (8.2 × 102) + (3.41 × 10-1)
as the powers of 10 differ we  need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 102 as 10-1 ·So we take 103 and then grouping the 103 with 8.2.
So 8.2 X 102 becomes  8200 X 10-1 therefore
(8.2 × 102) + (3.41 × 10-1) =(8.2 X 103 × 10-1) + (3.41 × 10-1) =
(8200 X  10-1) + (3.41 × 10-1)
using the distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (8200+3.41) X 10-1 =8203.41 X 10-1= 820.341

Question 2.
(7.8 × 10-5) – (4.5 × 10-5)
Answer:
(7.8 × 10-5) – (4.5 × 10-5) = 3.3 X 10-5

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7.8 × 10-5) – (4.5 × 10-5)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (7.8 – 4.5 ) X 10-5  = 3.3 X 10-5.

Find the product.
Question 3.
6 × (8 × 10-5)
Answer:
6 × (8 × 10-5) = 48 X 10-5

Explanation:
As given expression is 6 × (8 × 10-5) so we use
associative law of multiplication as a X (b X c) = (a X b ) X c,
So 6 × (8 × 10-5) = (6 × 8) × 10-5 = 48 X 10-5.

Question 4.
(7 × 102) × (3 × 105)
Answer:
(7 × 102) × (3 × 105) = 21 X 107

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7 × 102) × (3 × 105)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (7 × 102) × (3 × 105)  = (7 X 3) X (102 × 105) = 21 X (102+5) = 21 X 107 .

Question 5.
(2 × 104) × (6 × 10-7)
Answer:
(2 × 104) × (6 × 10-7) = 12 X 10-3

Explanation:
Given expressions as (2 × 104) × (6 × 10-7)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (2 × 104) × (6 × 10-7)  = (2 X 6) X (104 × 10-7) = 12 X (104-7) = 12 X 10-3 .

Question 6.
(3 × 108) × (9 × 103)
Answer:
(3 × 108) × (9 × 103) = 27 X 1011

Explanation:
Given expressions as (3 × 108) × (9 × 103)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (3 × 108) × (9 × 103)  = (3 X 9) X (108 × 103) = 27 X (108+3) = 27 X 1011 .

Find the quotient.

Question 7.
(9.2 × 1012) ÷ 4.6
Answer:
(9.2 × 1012) ÷ 4.6 = 2 X 1012

Explanation:
Given expression as (9.2 × 1012) ÷ 4.6,
Separately we divide the coefficients
and multiply exponent with base
so (9.2 ÷ 4.6) X 1012
= 2 X 1012.

Question 8.
(1.5 × 10-3) ÷ (7.5 × 102)
Answer:
(1.5 × 10-3) ÷ (7.5 × 102) = 0.2 X 10-5

Explanation:
Given expressions as (1.5 × 10-3) ÷ (7.5 × 102),
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (1.5 × 10-3) ÷ (7.5 × 102) = (1.5 ÷ 7.5 ) X ( 10-3-2) = 0.2 X 10-5.

Question 9.
(3.75 × 10-8) ÷ (1.25 × 10-7)
Answer:
(3.75 × 10-8) ÷ (1.25 × 10-7) = 3 X 10-1 or 0.3

Explanation:
Given expressions as (3.75 × 10-8) ÷ (1.25 × 10-7),
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (3.75 × 10-8) ÷ (1.25 × 10-7) =
(3.75 ÷ 1.25 ) X ( 10-8-(-7)) = 3 X 10-1= 0.3.

Question 10.
(9.2 × 106) ÷ (2.3 × 1012)
Answer:
(9.2 × 106) ÷ (2.3 × 1012) = 4 X 10-6

Explanation:
Given expressions as (9.2 × 106) ÷ (2.3 × 1012) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (9.2 × 106) ÷ (2.3 × 1012)  =
(9.2 ÷ 2.3 ) X ( 106-12) = 4 X 10-6.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 11.
WRITING
Describe how to add or subtract two numbers written in scientific notation with
the same power of 10.
Answer:
Example (a × 10m) + (b × 10m) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over addition, i.e., factor out the common factor 10m
as (a × 10m) + (b × 10m) = (a + b ) X 10m , Here we have the same power 10.

Explanation:
One of the properties of quantities with exponents is that
numbers with exponents can be added and subtracted
only when they have the same base and exponent.
Since all numbers in scientific notation have the same base (10),
we need only worry about the exponents.
To be added or subtracted, two numbers in scientific notation they
must be manipulated so that their bases have the same exponent,
this will ensure that corresponding digits in their coefficients
have the same place value.

Question 12.
NUMBER SENSE
Two numbers written in scientific notation have different powers of 10. Do you have to rewrite the numbers so they have the same power of 10 before multiplying or dividing? Explain.
Answer:
No need to rewrite the numbers so that they have
the same power of 10 before multiplying or dividing.

Explanation:
The steps to multiply two numbers in scientific notation is
multiply the coefficients round to the number of
significant figures in the coefficient with the smallest number
of significant figures and we a
dd the exponents.
The steps to divide two numbers in scientific notation is
divide the coefficients–round to the number of significant
figures in the coefficient with the smallest number of significant figures
and we subtract the exponents.
No need to rewrite the numbers so that they have
the same power of 10 before multiplying or dividing.
In multiplication we add exponents with same base and
in division we subtract exponents.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.

OPERATIONS IN SCIENTIFIC NOTATION Evaluate the expression. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 13.
(7.26 × 104) + (3.4 × 104)
Answer:
(7.26 × 104) + (3.4 × 104) = 10.66 X 104

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7.26 × 104) + (3.4 × 104) as it is
(a × 10n) + (b × 10n) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over addition, i.e., factor out the common factor 10n
as (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) = (a + b ) X 10n so (7.26 × 104) + (3.4 × 104) =
(7.26 + 3.4 ) X 104 =10.66 X 104 .

Question 14.
(2.8 × 10-5) – (1.6 × 10-6)
Answer:
(2.8 × 10-5) – (1.6 × 10-6) = 26.4 X 10-6

Explanation:
Given Expressions as (2.8 × 10-5) – (1.6 × 10-6)
as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 10-5 as 10-6 · So we take 10-5 and then grouping the 10-5 with 2.8.
So 2.8 X 10-5 becomes  28 X 10-6 therefore (2.8 × 10-5) – (1.6 × 10-6)=
(2.8 ×10 X 10-6) – (1.6 × 10-6) = (28 X 10-6) – (1.6 × 10-6)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (28-1.6) X 10-6 = 26.4 X 10-6.

Question 15.
(2.4 × 104) × (3.8 × 10-6)
Answer:
(2.4 × 104) × (3.8 × 10-6) = 9.12 X 10-2

Explanation:
Given expressions as (2.4 × 104) × (3.8 × 10-6)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (2.4 × 104) × (3.8 × 10-6) = (2.4 X 3.8) X (104 × 10-6) =
9.12 X (104-6) = 9.12 X 10-2 .

Question 16.
(5.2 × 10-3) ÷ (1.3 × 10-12)
Answer:
(5.2 × 10-3) ÷ (1.3 × 10-12) = 4 X 109

Explanation:
Given expressions as (5.2 × 10-3) ÷ (1.3 × 10-12) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (5.2 × 10-3) ÷ (1.3 × 10-12)  =
(5.2 ÷ 1.3 ) X ( 10-3+12) = 4 X 109.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 17.
It takes the Sun about 2.3 × 108 years to orbit the center of the Milky Way. It takes Pluto about 2.5 × 102 years to orbit the Sun. How ×many times does Pluto orbit the Sun while the Sun completes one orbit around the Milky Way?
Answer:
9.2 X 105 times

Explanation:
Given It takes the Sun about 2.3 × 108 years to orbit the
center of the Milky Way. It takes Pluto about 2.5 × 102 years
to orbit the Sun. So number of times does Pluto orbit the Sun
while the Sun completes one orbit around the Milky Way is
dividing the number of years the sun takes by
the number of years Pluto takes. So we divide by dividing the factors and
dividing the powers of 10 then rewrite in scientific notation
as  (2.3 × 108 ) ÷ (2.5 × 102) = \(\frac{2.3}{2.5}\) X (108-2) =
0.92 X 106 = 0.92 X 10 X 105 = 9.2 X105 times.

Question 18.
A person typically breathes about 8.64 × 108 liters of air per day.
The life expectancy of a person in the United States at birth is about 29,200 days.
Estimate the total amount of air a person born in the United States breathes over a lifetime.
Answer:
The total amount of air a person born in the United States
breathes over a lifetime is 2.52288 X 1013 liters

Explanation:
A person typically breathes about 8.64 × 108 liters of air per day.
The life expectancy of a person in the United States at birth is
about 29,200 days. The total amount of air a person born in the
United States breathes over a lifetime is 29,200 X 8.64 × 108 =
292 X 102 X 8.64 X 108 =(when bases are same powers are added)
2.92 X 8.64 X 1010 =2522.88 X1010 = 2.522 X 1013 liters.
therefore the total amount of air a person born in the United States
breathes over a lifetime is 2.52288 X 1013 liters.

Question 19.
In one week, about 4100 movie theaters each sold an average of 2200 tickets for Movie A. About 3.6 × 107 total tickets were sold at the theaters during the week. An article claims that about 25% of all tickets sold during the week were for Movie A. Is this claim accurate? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 3
Answer:
Yes, the claim is accurate.

Explanation:
Given in one week, about 4100 movie theaters each sold
an average of 2200 tickets for Movie A. About 3.6 × 107 total
tickets were sold at the theaters during the week.
Number of tickets  for movie A =
4100 X 2200 = 9,020,000= 9.02 X 106 =
is approximately equal to ≈ 9 X 106 tickets.
Now 25% of total movie tickets is \(\frac{25}{100}\) X  3.6 × 107 =
25 X 3.6 X 105 = 90 X 105 = 9 X 10 X 105 =9 X 106 tickets.
Therefore, the claim of 25% of movie tickets sold for movie A
is approximately accurate.

Operations in Scientific Notation Homework & Practice 8.7

Review & Refresh

Write the number in scientific notation.
Question 1.
0.0038
Answer:
0.0038 = 3.8 X 10-3.

Explanation:
Given number is 0.0038 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.0038 = 3.8 X 0.001 = 3.8 X 10-3.

Question 2.
74,000,000
Answer:
74,000,000 = 7.4 X 107

Explanation:
Given number is 74,000,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 74,000,000 = 7.4 X 10,000,000 = 7.4 X 107 .

Question 3.
0.0000475
Answer:
0.0000475 = 4.75 X 10-5

Explanation:
Given number is 0.0000475 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.0000475 = 4.75 X 0.00001 = 4.75 X 10-5.

Find the values of the ratios (red to blue) of the perimeters and areas of the similar figures.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 4
Answer:
Ratios of perimeter is \(\frac{3}{4}\),
Ratios of area is \(\frac{9}{16}\)

Explanation:
The ratios of corresponding sides are 9/12. These all reduce to 3/4.
It is then said that the scale factor of these two similar squares is 3 : 4.

The perimeter of red square is 4 X 9
the perimeter of blue square is 4 X 12
When we compare the ratios of the perimeters of these similar squares,
we get 4 X 9 : 4 X 12= 9 : 12 = 3 : 4

Now Area of square is side square
so the area of red square is 92 = 81
the area of blue square is 122= 144
So the ratio of their areas is 81 : 144 = 9 :16.
Therefore Ratios of perimeter is \(\frac{3}{4}\),
Ratios of area is \(\frac{9}{16}\)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 5
Answer:
Perimeter is \(\frac{3}{2}\),
Area is \(\frac{9}{4}\)

Explanation:
The ratios of corresponding sides are 6/4. These all reduce to 3/2.
It is then said that the scale factor of these two similar triangles is 3 : 2.

The perimeter of red triangle is 6 + 6 + 6 = 18 and
the perimeter of blue triangle is 4 + 4 + 4=12.
When we compare the ratios of the perimeters of these similar triangles,
we get 18 : 12 = 3:2.
We know if two similar triangles have a scale factor of a : b,
then the ratio of their areas is a2 : b2.
We have scale factor as 3 : 2 so the ratio of their areas is 32 : 22= 9 : 4.
Therefore the Perimeter is \(\frac{3}{2}\) and Area is \(\frac{9}{4}\).

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

OPERATIONS IN SCIENTIFIC NOTATION Find the sum, difference, product, and quotient of Expression 1 and Expression 2. Write your answers in scientific notation. (See Explorations 1 and 2, p. 355.)
Question 6.
3 × 103 Expression 1
2 × 103 Expression 2
Answer:
Sum = (3 X 103) + (2 × 103) = 5 X 103,
Difference = (3 X 103) – (2 × 103) = 1 X 103 = 103,
Product = (3 X 103) X  (2 × 103) = 6 X 106,
Quotient = (3 X 103) ÷ (2 × 103) = \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1.5

Explanation:
For sum:
Given expressions as (3 × 103) + (2 × 103) as it is
(a × 10n) + (b × 10n) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over addition, i.e., factor out the common factor 10n
as (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) = (a + b ) X 10n  so (3× 103) + (2 × 103) =
(3 + 2) X 103 =5 X 103.
For  difference:
Given expressions as (3 × 103) – (2 × 103)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (3-2) X 103  = 1 X 103 = 103
For product:
Given expressions as (3 × 103) × (2 × 103)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (3 × 103) × (2 × 103) = (3 X 2) X (103 × 103) = 6 X (103+3) = 6 X 106.
For quotient:
Given expressions as (3 × 103) ÷ (2 × 103) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (3×103) ÷ (2 × 103)  =
(3 ÷ 2 ) X ( 103-3) = (3 ÷ 2 ) X 100 = (3 ÷ 2 ) X 1 = (3 ÷ 2 ) =  \(\frac{3}{2}\) =1.5.

Question 7.
6 × 10-4 Expression 1
1.5 × 10-4 Expression 2
Answer:
Sum = (6 X 10-4) + (1.5 × 10-4) = 7.5 X 10-4,
Difference = (6 X 10-4) – (1.5 × 10-4) = 4.5 X 10-4 ,
Product = (6 X 10-4) X  (1.5 × 10-4) = 9 X 10-8,
Quotient = (6 X 10-4) ÷ (1.5 × 10-4) = 4 X 100,

Explanation:
For sum:
Given expressions as (6 × 10-4) + (1.5 × 10-4) as it is
(a × 10n) + (b × 10n) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over addition, i.e., factor out the common factor 10n
as (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) = (a + b ) X 10n  so (3× 103) + (2 × 103) =
(6 + 1.5) X 10-4 =7.5 X 10-4.
For  difference:
Given expressions as (6 × 10-4) – (1.5 × 10-4)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (6-1.5) X 10-4  = 4.5 X 10-4.
For product:
Given expressions as (6 × 10-4) × (1.5 × 10-4)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (6 × 10-4) × (1.5 × 10-4) = (6 X 1.5) X (10-4 × 10-4) = 6 X (10-4-4) = 9 X 10-8.
For quotient:
Given expressions as (6 × 10-4) ÷ (1.5 × 10-4) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (6×10-4) ÷ (1.5 × 10-4)  =
(6 ÷ 1.5 ) X ( 10-4-(-4)) = (6 ÷ 1.5 ) X 100 = (4) X 100 or 4.

ADDING AND SUBTRACTING IN SCIENTIFIC NOTATION Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 8.
(2 × 105) + (3.8 × 105)
Answer:
(2 × 105) + (3.8 × 105) = 5.8 X 105.

Explanation:
Given expressions as (2 × 105) + (3.8 × 105) as it is
(a × 10n) + (b × 10n) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over addition, i.e., factor out the common factor 10n
as (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) = (a + b ) X 10n  so (2× 105) + (3.8 × 105) =
(2 + 3.8) X 105 =5.8 X 105.

Question 9.
(6.33 × 10-9) – (4.5 × 10-9)
Answer:
(6.33 × 10-9) – (4.5 × 10-9) = 1.83 X 10-9.

Explanation:
Given expressions as (6.33 × 10-9) – (4.5 × 10-9)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (6.33 – 4.5) X 10-9  = 1.83 X 10-9.

Question 10.
(9.2 × 108) – (4 × 108)
Answer:
(9.2 × 108) – (4 × 108) = 5.2 X 108.

Explanation:
Given expressions as (9.2 × 108) – (4 × 108)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (9.2 – 4) X 108  = 5.2 X 108.

Question 11.
(7.2 × 10-6) + (5.44 × 10-6)
Answer:
(7.2 × 10-6) + (5.44 × 10-6) = 12.64 X 10-6 = 1.264 X 10-5

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7.2 × 10-6) + (5.44 × 10-6) as it is
(a × 10n) + (b × 10n) can be completed using the distributive property
of multiplication over addition, i.e., factor out the common factor 10n
as (a × 10n) + (b × 10n) = (a + b ) X 10n  so (2× 105) + (3.8 × 105) =
(7.2 + 5.44) X 10-6 =12.64 X 10-6 = 1.264 X 10-5.

Question 12.
(7.8 × 107) – (2.45 × 106)
Answer:
(7.8 × 107) – (2.45 × 106) = 7.55 X 107

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7.8 × 107) – (2.45 × 106)
as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 106 as 107 · So we take 107 and then grouping the 107 with 2.45.
So 2.45 X 106 becomes  0.245 X 107 therefore (7.8 × 107) – (0.245 × 107)=
(7.8 X 107) – (2.45 X 10-1X 101 X 106) = (7.8 X 107) – (0.245 × 107)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (7.8 – 0.245) X 107 = 7.55 X 107.

Question 13.
(5 × 10-5) + (2.46 × 10-3)
Answer:
(5 × 10-5) + (2.46 × 10-3) = 2.51 X 10-5.

Explanation:
Given expressions as (5 × 10-5) + (2.46 × 10-3)
as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 10-5 as 10-3 · So we take 10-3 and then grouping the 10-3 with 5.
So 5 X 10-5 becomes  0.05 X 10-3 therefore (5 × 10-5) + (2.46 × 10-3)=
(5 X 10-2 X 10-3) + (2.46 X 10-3) = (0.05 X 10-3) + (2.46 × 10-3)
using the distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (0.05 + 2.46) X 10-5 = 2.51 X 10-5.

Question 14.
(9.7 × 106) + (6.7 × 105)
Answer:
(9.7 × 106) + (6.7 × 105) = 103.7 X 105 or 1.037 X 107

Explanation:
Given expressions as (9.7 × 106) + (6.7 × 105)
as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 106 as 105 · So we take 105 and then grouping the 105 with 9.7.
So 9.7 X 106 becomes  97 X 105 therefore (9.7 × 106) + (6.7 × 105)=
(9.7 X 101 X 105) + (6.7 X 105) = (97 X 105) + (6.7 × 105)
using the distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (97 + 6.7) X 105 = 103.7 X 105 = 1 .037 X 102 X 105 = 1.037 X 107 .

Question 15.
(2.4 × 10-1) – (5.5 × 10-2)
Answer:
(2.4 × 10-1) – (5.5 × 10-2) = 1.85 X 10-1

Explanation:
Given expressions as (2.4 × 10-1) – (5.5 × 10-2)
as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 10-2 as 10-1 · So we take 10-1 and then grouping the 10-1 with 5.5.
So 5.5 X 10-2 becomes  0.55 X 10-1 therefore (2.4 × 10-1) – (5.5 × 10-2) =
(2.4 X 10-1) – (5.5 X 10-1X 10-1) = (2.4 X 10-1) – (0.55 × 10-1)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (2.4 – 0.55) X 10-1 = 1.85 X 10-1.

Question 16.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend adds 2.5 × 109 and 5.3 × 108. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 6
Answer:
Yes, Friend is correct

Explanation:
Given expressions as 2.5 × 109 and 5.3 × 108
we do sum as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 108 as 109 · So we take 109 and then grouping the 109 with 5.3.
So 5.3 X 109 becomes  0.53 X 109 therefore (2.5 × 109) + (5.3 × 108) =
(2.5 X 109) + (5.3 X 10-1 X 10 X 108) = (2.5 X 109) + (0.53 × 109)
using the distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (2.5 + 0.53 ) X 109 = 3.03 X 109.
As the results are same friend is correct.

MULTIPLYING AND DIVIDING IN SCIENTIFIC NOTATION
Find the product or quotient. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 17.
5 × (7 × 107)
Answer:
5 × (7 × 107) = 3.5 X 108

Explanation:
As given expression is 5 × (7 × 107) so we use
associative law of multiplication as a X (b X c) = (a X b ) X c,
So 5 × (7 × 107) = (5 X 7) × 107 = 35 X 107.= 3.7 X 10 X 107 = 3.7 X 108.

Question 18.
(5.8 × 10-6) ÷ (2 × 10-3)
Answer:
(5.8 × 10-6) ÷ (2 × 10-3) = 2.9 X 10-3.

Explanation:
Given expressions as (5.8 × 10-6) ÷ (2 × 10-3) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (5.8 × 10-6) ÷ (2 × 10-3)  = (5.8 ÷ 2 ) X ( 10-6+3) = 2.9 X 10-3.

Question 19.
(1.2 × 10-5) ÷ 4
Answer:
(1.2 × 10-5) ÷ 4 = 3 X 10-6

Explanation:
Given expression is (1.2 × 10-5) ÷ 4 so (1.2 ÷ 4) X 10-5= 0.3 X 10-5=
3 X 10-1X 10-5= 3 X 10-6.

Question 20.
(5 × 10-7) × (3 × 106)
Answer:
(5 × 10-7) × (3 × 106) = 15 X 10-1 = 1.5

Explanation:
Given expressions as (5 × 10-7) × (3 × 106)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (5 × 10-7) × (3 × 106)  = (5 X 3) X (10-7 × 106) = 15 X (10-7+6) = 15 X 10-1 = 1.5.

Question 21.
(3.6 × 107) ÷ (7.2 × 107)
Answer:
(3.6 × 107) ÷ (7.2 × 107) = 5 X 10-1

Explanation:
Given expressions as (5.8 × 10-6) ÷ (2 × 10-3) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (3.6 × 107) ÷ (7.2 × 107)  = (3.6 ÷ 7.2 ) X ( 10-7+7) = 0.5 X 100 = 5 X 10-1.

Question 22.
(7.2 × 10-1) × (4 × 10-7)
Answer:
(7.2 × 10-1) × (4 × 10-7) = 2.88 X 10-7

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7.2 × 10-1) × (4 × 10-7)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (7.2 × 10-1) × (4 × 10-7)  = (7.2 X 4) X (10-1 × 10-7) =
28.8 X (10-1-7) = 28.8  X 10-8 = 2.88 X 10-7.

Question 23.
(6.5 × 108) × (1.4 × 10-5)
Answer:
(6.5 × 108) × (1.4 × 10-5) = 9.1  X 103

Explanation:
Given expressions as (6.5 × 108) × (1.4 × 10-5)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (6.5 × 108) × (1.4 × 10-5)  = (6.5 X 1.4) X (108 × 10-5) =
9.1 X (108-5) = 9.1  X 103.

Question 24.
(2.8 × 104) ÷ (2.5 × 106)
Answer:
(2.8 × 104) ÷ (2.5 × 106) = 1.12 X 10-2

Explanation:
Given expressions as (2.8 × 104) ÷ (2.5 × 106) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (2.8 × 104) ÷ (2.5 × 106)  = (2.8 ÷ 2.5 ) X ( 104-6) = 1.12 X 10-2.

MATCHING You use technology to find four sums.
Match the sum with its standard form.
Question 25.
4.3E8
Answer:
4.3E8 matches with C. 430,000,000

Explanation:
Given number 4.3E8 here  nearly or approximately equals to ≈ 4.3 X 108,
The exponent “8” says to use the 10 by eight times in a multiplication as
4.3 E 8 = 4.3 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 = 430,000,000,
So 4.3E8 we will match with C.

Question 26.
4.3E – 8
Answer:
4.3E – 8 matches with B. 0.000000043

Explanation:
Given number 4.3E – 8 nearly or approximately equals to ≈ 4.3 X 10-8,
The exponent “-8” says to use the 10-1 by eight times in a multiplication as
4.3 E 8 = 4.3 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 = 0.000000043,
so 4.3E -8 we will match with B.

Question 27.
4.3E10
Answer:
4.3E10 matches with D. 43,000,000,000

Explanation:
Given number 4.3E10  nearly or approximately equals to ≈ 4.3 X 1010,
The exponent “10” says to use the 10 by ten times in a multiplication as
4.3 E 10 = 4.3 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 =
43,000,000,000 so 4.3E10 we will match with D.

Question 28.
4.3E – 10
Answer:
4.3E – 10 matches with A.0.00000000043

Explanation:
Given number 4.3E – 10 nearly or approximately equals to ≈ 4.3 X 10-10,
The exponent “-10” says to use the 10-1 by eight times in a multiplication as
4.3 E 8 = 4.3 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1 X 0.1
= 0.00000000043 so 4.3E -10 we will match with A.

A. 0.00000000043
B. 0.000000043
C. 430,000,000
D. 43,000,000,000

Question 29.
MODELING REAL LIFE
How many times greater is the thickness of a dime than the thickness of a dollar bill?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 7
Answer:
The dime is about 12 times thicker than the dollar bill.

Explanation:
Given the thickness of dime is 0.135 = 1.35 X 10-1 and
the thickness of a dollar is 1.0922 X 10-2 divide the thickness of
dime with the thickness of dollar as (1.35 × 10-1) ÷ (1.0922 × 10-2)
now we separately divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (1.35 × 10-1) ÷ (1.0922 × 10-2)  = (1.35 ÷ 1.0922 ) X ( 10-1+2) =
1.2360 X 101= 12.36 approximately equals to ≈ 12.
Therefore the dime is about 12 times thicker than the dollar bill.

Question 30.
MULTIPLE CHOICE
On a social media website, Celebrity A has about 8.6 × 106 followers and Celebrity B has about 4.1 × 106 followers. Determine which of the following is the best estimate for the number of followers for Celebrity A compared to the number of followers for Celebrity B.
A. more than 2 times greater
B. less than 2 times greater
C. more than 20 times greater
D. less than 20 times greater
Answer:
The best estimate for the number of followers for Celebrity A
compared to the number of followers for Celebrity B is
A. more than 2 times greater.

Explanation:
Given on a social media website, Celebrity A has about
8.6 × 106 followers and Celebrity B has about 4.1 × 106 followers.
To find the best estimate for the number of followers for Celebrity A
compared to the number of followers for Celebrity B we divide them as
the number of followers for Celebrity A to the number of
followers for Celebrity B as (8.6 × 106) ÷ (4.1× 106)
now we separately divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (8.6× 106) ÷ (4.1 × 106)  = (8.6 ÷ 4.1) X ( 106-6) =
2.097 X 100= 2.097 X 1 = 2.097 approximately equals to ≈ 2.
The best estimate for the number of followers for Celebrity A
compared to the number of followers for Celebrity B is
A. more than 2 times greater.

REASONING Evaluate the expression. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 31.
5,200,000 × (8.3 × 102) – (3.1 × 108)
Answer:
5,200,000 × (8.3 × 102) – (3.1 × 108) = 4.006 X 109

Explanation:
Given expressions as 5,200,000 × (8.3 × 102) – (3.1 × 108),
So first we solve 5,200,000 × (8.3 × 102) as 5.2 X 106 X (8.3 × 102),
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
(5.2 X 8.3) X (106 X 102
) = (43.16) X (106+2) = 43.16 X 108,
now we subtract expressions as (43.16 X 108) – (3.1 × 108) =
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (43.16 – 3.1) X 108  = 40.06 X 108 = 4.006 X 10 X 108 = 4.006 X 109.

Question 32.
(9 × 10-3) + (2.4 × 10-5) ÷ 0.0012
Answer:
(9 × 10-3) + (2.4 × 10-5) ÷ 0.0012 = 7.52

Explanation:
Given (9 × 10-3) + (2.4 × 10-5) ÷ 0.0012 first we solve
(9 × 10-3) + (2.4 × 10-5) given expressions as 9 × 10-3 and 2.4 × 10-5
we do sum as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 10-5 as 103 · So we take 10-5 and then grouping the 10-5 with 2.4.
So 2.4 X 10-5 becomes  0.024 X 10-3 therefore (9 × 10-3) + (2.4 × 10-5)=
(9X 10-3) + (2.4 X 10-2 X 10-3) = (9 X 10-3) + (0.024 × 10-3)
using the distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (9 + 0.024 ) X 10-3 = 9.024 X 10-3.
So (9 × 10-3) + (2.4 × 10-5) = 9.024 X 10-3 now we write 0.0012 as
1.2 X 10-3 therefore we divide (9.024 X 10-3) ÷ (1.2 X 10-3),
now we separately divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.

So (9.024 ÷ 1.2)  X (10-3 ÷ 10-3) so 7.52 X 10-3+3 = 7.52 X 100 =
7.52 X 1 = 7.52.

Question 33.
GEOMETRY
Find the perimeter of the rectangle at the right.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation 8.7 8
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle at the right is 1.962 X 108 cm.

Explanation:
Given area of rectangle as 5.612 X 1014cm2 and breadth as
9.2 X 107 cm , We will find the length first we take length as l,
we know area of rectangle is length X breadth so
5.612 X 1014 cm2 = l X 9.2 X 107
so l= (5.612 X 1014 ) ÷ (9.2 X 107) now we separately divide
the coefficients and exponents. We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
(5.612 X 9.2)  X (1014 ÷ 107) = 0.61 X (1014-7) = 0.61X 107=0.61 X 107 cm,
therefore length of rectangle is 0.61 X 107 cm now we will calculate
perimeter of rectangle as we know perimeter of rectangle =
2 x ( length + breadth)= 2 X ((0.61 X 107)+(9.2 X 107))cm,
now we calculate first (0.61 X 107)+(9.2 X 107) using the
distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (0.61 + 9.2) X 107 = 9.81 X 107  now 2 X (9.81X 107)=
19.62 X 107= 1.962 X 108 cm. Therefore the perimeter of the
rectangle at the right is 1.962 X 108 cm.

Question 34.
DIG DEEPER!
A human heart pumps about 7 × 10-2 liter of blood per heartbeat.
The average human heart beats about 72 times per minute.
How many liters of blood does a heart pump in 1 year? 70 years?
Answer:
2.65 X 106 liters of blood a heart pump in 1 year.
1.855 X 108 liters of blood a heart pump for 70 years.

Explanation:
Given a human heart pumps about 7 × 10-2 liter of blood per heartbeat.
The average human heart beats about 72 times per minute.
The the number of liters per minute multiply the number of
heartbeats per minute by the number of liters per heartbeat as
72 X 7 × 10-2 = 504 × 10-2 =5.04 liters per minute,
now we multiply by 60 to get liters per hour since
there are 60 minutes in 1 hour so 60 X 5.04 = 302.4 liters per hour,
now we multiply by 24 to get liters per day since
there are 24 hours in 1 day so 302.4 X 24 = 7257.6 liters per day,
now we multiply by 365 to get liters per year since
there are 365 days in 1 year and write in scientific notation
and round to two decimal places as 7257.6 X 365 = 2649024 =
2.649024 X 106 approximately equal to ≈ 2.65 X 106 liters per year
Now for 70 years it is 70 X 2.65 X 106 = 185.5 X 106 = 1.855 X 100 X 106 =
1.855 X 102 X 106 =1.855 X 108 liters for 70 years.

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Use the Internet or another reference to find the populations and areas (in square miles) of India, China, Argentina, the United States, and Egypt. Round each population to the nearest million and each area to the nearest thousand square miles.
a. Write each population and area in scientific notation.
b. Use your answers to part(a) to find and order the population densities (people per square mile) of each country from least to greatest.
Answer:
a. In India : Population = 1.311 X 109 , Area = 1.269 X 106
In China : Population = 1.371 X 109 , Area = 3.705 X 10
In Argentina : Population = 4.3 X 107 , Area = 1.074 X 106
In United States : Population = 3.21 X 108, Area = 3.797 X 106
In Egypt: Population = 9.2 X 107 , Area = 3.9 X 106

b. The population densities are
India = 1.033 X 103
China = 3.7 X 102
Argentina =4.0 X 101
United States = 8.45 X 101
and in Egypt = 2.36 X 101
Each country from least to greatest is
Egypt, Argentina, United States, China, India.

Explanation:
The following were found by doing a google search :
we write each population and area in scientific notation,
We  know 1 billion = 109 and 1 million = 106 ,
a. In India : Population = 1.311 billion= 1.311 X 10
Area = 1.268 million = 1.269 X 106
In China : Population = 1.371 billion = 1.371 X 10
Area =3.705 million= 3.705 X 10
In Argentina : Population= 43 million = 4.3 X 10
Area = 1.074 million = 1.074 X 106
In United States : Population=321 million = 3.21 X 10
Area =3.797 million= 3.797 X 106
In Egypt: Population = 92 million= 9.2 X 10
Area =390,000= 3.9 X 106

b. Divide each country’s population by its area to
get its population density, and we separately divide
the coefficients and exponents. We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.

India = ( 1.311 X 109 ) ÷ ( 1.269 X 106) = 1.033 X 103
(1.311 ÷ 1.269) X (109-6) = 1.033 X 103 ,
China = ( 1.371 X 109 ) ÷ ( 3.705 X 106) =
(1.371 ÷ 3.705) X (109-6) = 0.370 X 103 = 3.7 X 102,
Argentina = ( 4.3 X 107 ) ÷ ( 1.074 X 106) =
(4.3 ÷ 1.074) X (107-6) = 4 X 101,
United States = ( 3.21 X 108 ) ÷ ( 3.797 X 106) =
(3.21 ÷ 3.797) X (108-6) = 0.845 X 102 = 8.45X 101,
Egypt = (9.2 X 107 ) ÷ ( 3.9 X 106) =
(9.2 ÷ 3.9) X (107-6) = 2.36 X 101,
Now we write each country from least to greatest density as
2.36 X 101 < 4 X 101 < 8.45X 101< 3.7 X 102,1.033 X 103 so
Egypt, Argentina, United States, China, India.

Exponents and Scientific Notation Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
Atoms are made of protons, neutrons, and electrons. The table shows the numbers of protons and the masses of several atoms. Use a line of best fit to estimate the mass (in grams) of an atom that has 29 protons.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cc 1

Understand the problem.
You know the numbers of protons and the masses of several atoms. You are asked to use the line of best fit to estimate the mass of an atom that has 29 protons.

Make a plan.
Use a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit.
Then evaluate the equation when x = 29.

Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Answer:
Mass of an atom that has 29 protons is 4.843 X 10-23 grams

Explanation:
Given 1 proton has 1.67 X 10-24 grams of mass,
So 29 protons has 29 X 1.67 X 10-24 grams,
48.43 X 10-24 = 4.843 X 10-23 grams.

Question 2.
Modoc Country, California, is 74.9 miles long and 56.2 miles wide. 263A map of the county is drawn using a scale factor of 2.11 × 10-6. What is the perimeter of the county on the map? Express your answer using more appropriate units.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cc 2
Answer:
The perimeter of the country on the map is 6.66631 X 1011 inches

Explanation:
Given Modoc Country, California, is 74.9 miles long and 56.2 miles wide.
First we calculate perimeter it is 2 X ( 74.9 + 56.2) mile = 2 X 131.1 =
262.2 miles, So perimeter of Modoc Country, California is 262.2 miles.
Now on map we will use in inches , we know 1 mile = 5280 feet and
1 feet is equal to 12 inches so 262.2 we will convert into inches.
262.2 X 5280 X 12 = 1406592 inches. Now we are given with
scaling factor on the map as 2.11 × 10-6 equals to 1 inch on the map,
So now perimeter of the country on the map is
(1406592 ) ÷ 2.11 × 10-6 = 666631.27 X 106 = 6.66631 X 1011 inches.

Question 3.
A research company estimates that in the United States, 7733 about 8.37 × 107 adult males and 6.59 × 107 adult females watch NFL football, while 3.13 × 107 adult males and 5.41 × 107 adult females do not watch NFL football. Organize the results in a two-way table. Include the marginal frequencies.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-18

Explanation:
Given A research company estimates that in the United States, 7733 about
8.37 × 107 adult males and 6.59 × 107 adult females watch NFL football,
while 3.13 × 107 adult males and 5.41 × 107 adult females do not watch NFL football.
Organized the results in two-way table above,
Entries in the “Total” row and “Total” column are called
marginal frequencies or the marginal distribution.
Entries in the body of the table are called joint frequencies.
So total adult watched NFL football match are
(8.37 X 107) + (6.59 X 107)=14.96 X 107 and do not
watch NFL football are(3.13 X 107) + (5.41 X 107) = 8.54 X 107.

Performance Task

Elements in the Universe
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Carbon Atoms.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cc 3
Answer:

Exponents and Scientific Notation Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 1

Let us take an example : 52 ,
An expression that represents repeated multiplication
of the same factor is called a power.
Here the number 5 is called the base,
and the number 2 is called the exponent.
The exponent corresponds to the number of times
the base is used as a factor.
A method for expressing very large or very small numbers
as a product of decimal less than 10 and multiplied
by a power of 10.
Example: 8  X 107 or 5 X 10-2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-23
Graphic Organizers

You can use a Definition and Example Chart to organize information about a concept.
Here is an example of a Definition and Example Chart for the vocabulary term power.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 3
1. Product of Powers Property
2. Power of a Power Property
3. Power of a Product Property
4. Quotient of Powers Property
5. negative exponents
6. scientific notation
7. adding and subtracting numbers in scientific notation
8. multiplying and dividing numbers in scientific notation

Graphic Organizer:
1. Product of Powers Property
2. Power of a Power Property
3. Power of a Product Property
4. Quotient of Powers Property
5. negative exponents & power of a quotient
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-19
6. scientific notation
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-20
7. adding and subtracting numbers in scientific notation
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-21
8. multiplying and dividing numbers in scientific notation
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation-22

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 4

8.1 Exponents (pp. 319–324)
Learning Target: Use exponents to write and evaluate expressions. Write the product using exponents.

Question 1.
(- 9) • (- 9) • (- 9) • (- 9) • (- 9)
Answer:
(- 9) • (- 9) • (- 9) • (- 9) • (- 9) =(-9)5

Explanation:
As -9 is multiplied by 5 times we write as
(-9)5 here -9 is base and 5 is exponent.

Question 2.
2 • 2 • 2 • n • n
Answer:
2 • 2 • 2 • n • n = (2)X (n)

Explanation:
As 2 is multiplied 3 times we write as (2)and n
is multiplied twice so (n)2
so the expression is (2)X (n)2 .

Evaluate the expression.
Question 3.
113
Answer:
113 = 1331

Explanation:
Given 113 means 11 is multiplied thrice
as 11 X 11 X 11 we get 1331.
here base is 11 and exponent is 3.

Question 4.
-(\(\frac{1}{2}\))4
Answer:
-(\(\frac{1}{2}\))4 = – \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Explanation:
Given -(\(\frac{1}{2}\))4 means \(\frac{1}{2}\) is multiplied four times
as- (\(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) X \(\frac{1}{2}\) ) = – \(\frac{1}{16}\).

Question 5.
|\(\frac{1}{2}\left(16-6^{3}\right)\)|
Answer:
|\(\frac{1}{2}\left(16-6^{3}\right)\)| = 100

Explanation:
Given expression as |\(\frac{1}{2}\left(16-6^{3}\right)\)|=
first we solve 63 =6 X 6 X 6 = 216 now (16-216) = -200
so |\(\frac{1}{2}\) X -200|= |-100|= 100.

Question 6.
The profit P(in dollars) earned by a local merchant selling x items is 3 represented by the equation P = 0.2x3 – 10. How much more profit does he earn selling 15 items than 5 items?
Answer:
More profits  he earn by selling 15 items than 5 items is $650

Explanation:
Given P = 0.2x3 – 10
Profit by selling 5 items is
0.2 X (5)3 – 10 = 0.2 X 125 – 10 = 25 – 10 = $15.
Profit by selling 15 items is
0.2 X (15)3 – 10 = 0.2 X 3375 – 10 = 675 – 10 = $665.
More profits  he earn by selling 15 items than 5 items is
$665 -15 = $650.

8.2 Product of Powers Property (pp. 325–330)
Learning Target: Generate equivalent expressions involving products of powers.

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 7.
p5 • p2
Answer:
p5 • p2 = p7

Explanation:
We write the given p5 • p7 expression as a power,
we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added,
so p5 • p2 as bases are same p powers are added p5+2 = p7.

Question 8.
(n11)2
Answer:
(n11)2 = n22

Explanation:
We write the given expression (n11)2 as a power,
General rule for finding (am)power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then
we can multiply the powers as (am)n = am x n .
so (n11)2 has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (n)11 X 2= (n)22

Question 9.
\(\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{3} \cdot\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{2}\)
Answer:
\(\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{3} \cdot\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{2}\) = –

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{3} \cdot\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{2}\)
we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, so we add powers as (-\(\frac{2}{5}\))3+2 =
(-\(\frac{2}{5}\))5 So \(\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{3} \cdot\left(-\frac{2}{5}\right)^{2}\) =

Question 10.
Simplify (- 2k)4.
Answer:
(- 2k)4 = (-2)4 X k4

Explanation:
Given to simplify the expression (- 2k)we use general rule to
write (ab)m  power of a product as am X bm ,So (- 2k)4 = (-2)4 X k4

Question 11.
Write an expression that simplifies to x24 using the Power of a Power Property.
Answer:
x24 = (x12)2

Explanation :
To simplify  x24 using the Power of a Power Property,
we use general rule for finding (am)power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then
we can multiply the powers as (am)n = am x n ,here m X n = 24,
lets take m, n as 12,2 so that 12 X 2 = 24, therefore (x12)2 =  x12 x 2 =  x24.
therefore x24 = (x12)2 .

Question 12.
You send an email with a file size of 4 kilobytes. One kilobyte is 210 bytes. What is the file size of your email in bytes?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 12
Answer:
The file size of my email in bytes is

Explanation:
Given I send an email with a file size of 4 kilobytes. One kilobyte is 210 bytes.
The file size of my email in bytes is 4 X 210 bytes as 4 can be written as 2 X 2 =22,
So 22 X 210 we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, 22 X 210 = 22+10 = 212 bytes.

Question 13.
Explain how to use properties of powers 2 to simplify the expression 27 • 32.
Answer:
27 • 32 = 33 X 32 = 35

Explanation:
Given expression as 27 • 32 first we write 27 as power of 3,
so 27 = 3 X 3 X 3 = 33 now 27 • 32 = 33 X 32 ,
we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, 33 X 32 = 33+2= 35.

8.3 Quotient of Powers Property (pp. 331–336)

Learning Target: Generate equivalent expressions involving quotients of powers.

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 14= (8)8-3 = (8)

Explanation:
Given \(\frac{8^{8}}{8^{3}}\) we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
so \(\frac{8^{8}}{8^{3}}\) = (8)8-3 = (8)

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 15= 510
Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (5)2 X (5)
we have same bases as 5 so we add powers as (5)2+9 = (5)11
we have denominator  (5)1
Now we have \(\frac{5^{11}}{5^{1}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{5^{11}}{5^{1}}\)  = (5)11-1 = 510.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 16= w4
Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (w)8 X (w)
we have same bases as w so we add powers as (w)8+5 = (w)13
we have denominator (w)7 X (w)2
we have same base as w so we add powers as (w)7+2 = (w)9
Now we have \(\frac{w^{13}}{w^{9}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{w^{13}}{w^{9}}\)  = (w)13-9 = w4.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 17= m5

Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (m)8 X (m)10 X (m)2
we have same bases as m so we add powers as (m)8+10+2 = (m)20
we have denominator (m)6 X (m)9
we have same base as m so we add powers as (m)6+9 = (m)15
Now we have \(\frac{m^{20}}{m^{15}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{m^{20}}{m^{15}}\)  = (m)20-15 = m5.

Question 18.
Write an expression that simplifies to x3 using the Quotient of Powers Property.
Answer:
x3 = \(\frac{x^{6}}{x^{3}}\)

Explanation:
To simplify x3 using the Quotient of Powers Property,
we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n here we have m-n = 3,So lets take
m, n as 6,3 so that 6-3 = 3 therefore \(\frac{x^{6}}{x^{3}}\)= x6-3 = x3.
therefore x3 = \(\frac{x^{6}}{x^{3}}\).

Question 19.
At the end of a fiscal year, a company has made 1.62 × 77 dollars in profit. The company employs 73 people. How much will each person receive if the company divides the profit equally among its employees?
Answer:
Each person will receive $3889.62 if the company divides
the profit equally among its employees.

Explanation:
Given at the end of a fiscal year, a company has made 1.62 × 77 dollars in profit,
The company employs 73 people. To find how much each person
receive if the company divides the profit equally among its employees is
1.62 × 77 ÷ 73 we use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted. 1.62 X ( 77 ÷ 73 ) = 1.62 X ( 77-3)
=
1.62 X 74 = 1.62 X 7 X 7 X 7 X 7 = 3889.62, Therefore each person
will receive $3889.62 if the company divides the profit equally among its employees.

8.4 Zero and Negative Exponents (pp. 337–342)
Learning Target: Understand the concepts of zero and negative exponents.

Evaluate the expression.
Question 20.
2-4
Answer:
4-2

Explanation:
Given expression as 2-4 so we write as

Question 21.
950
Answer:
950 = 1

Explanation:
Given expression is 95it is proven that any number or
expression raised to the power of zero is always equal to 1.
In other words, if the exponent is zero then the result is 1.
So 950 = 1.

Question 22.
\(\frac{8^{2}}{8^{4}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{8^{2}}{8^{4}}\) = \(\frac{1}{8^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{64}\).

Explanation:
Given expression as \(\frac{8^{2}}{8^{4}}\) now we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
as 82-4 we get 8-2 we write as \(\frac{1}{8^{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{64}\).

Question 23.
(- 12)-7 • (- 12)7
Answer:
(- 12)-7 • (- 12)7= 1

Explanation:
Given expression is -12-7 X -127 ,
Here we use Product of Powers Property for am • an = am+n
if we have product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added. So (12)-7 X (12)7 = (12)-7+7 = (12)0= 1.

Question 24.
\(\frac{1}{7^{9}} \cdot \frac{1}{7^{6}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{7^{9}} \cdot \frac{1}{7^{6}}\) = \(\frac{1}{7^{15}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{1}{7^{9}} \cdot \frac{1}{7^{6}}\)
first we calculate separately values of denominators
then divide with numerator, we have denominator  79 X 76
we have same bases as 7 so we add powers as 79+6 = 715
as numerator is 1 we write as \(\frac{1}{7^{15}}\).

Question 25.
\(\frac{9^{4} \cdot 9^{2}}{9^{2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{9^{4} \cdot 9^{2}}{9^{2}}\) = 9

Explanation:
Given Expression as \(\frac{9^{4} \cdot 9^{2}}{9^{2}}\)
first we calculate separately values of numerators
then divide with denominator, we have numerator (9)4 X (9)
we have same bases as 9 so we add powers as (9)4+2 = (9)6
Now we have \(\frac{9^{6}}{9^{2}}\)  so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n,
So \(\frac{9^{6}}{9^{2}}\)  = (9)6-2 = (9)4.

Simplify. Write the expression using only positive exponents.
Question 26.
x-2 • x0
Answer:
x-2 • x0 = \(\frac{1}{x^{2}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is x-2 • x= \(\frac{1}{x^{2}}\).

Question 27.
y-8y3
Answer:
y-8y3 = \(\frac{1}{y^{5}}\)

Explanation:
Given expression is y-8 • y= \(\frac{1}{y^{5}}\).

Question 28.
\(\frac{3^{-1} \cdot z^{5}}{z^{-2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{3^{-1} \cdot z^{5}}{z^{-2}}\) =

Explanation:
Given expression is \(\frac{3^{-1} \cdot z^{5}}{z^{-2}}\)
we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n
for \(\frac{z^{5}}{z^{-2}}\) as z= z7
now we have 3-1 X z7

Question 29.
Write an expression that simplifies to x-4.
Answer:
x-4 =

Explanation:
To simplify  x-4 we use rule for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\),
a quotient of two powers with the same base as am-n,So m-n = -4 we take
m, n as 4,8 which makes (4-8) = -4 therefore x-4 =

Question 30.
Water flows from a shower head at a rate of 24-1 gallon per second. How many gallons do you use when taking a 15-minute shower? a 20-minute shower?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 30
Answer:
In 15 minutes we use in 20 minutes shower we use 50

Explanation:
Given water flows from a shower head at a rate of 24-1 gallon per second,
to know how many gallons we used in 15-minutes first
we convert minutes to seconds as 1 minute is equal to 60 seconds,
so 15 minutes is equal to 15 X 60 = 900 seconds now number of gallons we
used in 15 minutes are 900 X 24-1 =

Question 31.
Explain two different methods for simplifying w-2 • w5.
Answer:
One is product of powers = w-2 • w5 = w-2+5 = w3 or
other is quotient of two powers with the same base = w5-2 = w3

Explanation:
To simplify w-2 • w5 first we use
other method is we write as .

8.5 Estimating Quantities (pp. 343–348)

Learning Target: Round numbers and write the results as the product of a single digit and a power of 10.

Round the number. Write the result as a product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 32.
29,197,543
Answer:
29,197,543 = 3 X 107

Explanation:
Given number is 29,197,543 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 30,000,000 so we have 3 followed by 11 zeros,
so we write as 3 X 107.

Question 33.
0.000000647
Answer:
0.000000647 = 6 X 10-7

Explanation:
Given number 0.000000647 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.0000006, we have divided 6 by 10 followed
by 7 zeros so we write as 6 X 10-7.

Question 34.
The speed of light is 299,792,458 meters per second. About how far can a light beam travel in 3 seconds? Write your answer as a product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Answer:
A light beam can travel 9 X 108 meters in 3 seconds.

Explanation:
Given the speed of light is 299,792,458 meters per second.
to know about how far can a light beam travel in 3 seconds is
3 X 299,792,458 now we write 299,792,458 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 300,000,000 so 3 X 300,000,000 = 900,000,000
so we have 9 followed by 8 zeros so we write as 9 X 108 meters.
Therefore a light beam can travel 9 X 108 meters in 3 seconds.

Question 35.
The population of Albany, New York is about 98,989 and the population of Moscow, Russia is about 12,235,448. Approximately how many times greater is the population of Moscow than the population of Albany?
Answer:
100 times greater is the population of Moscow than the population of Albany.

Explanation:
Given the population of Albany, New York is about 98,989 and
the population of Moscow, Russia is about 12,235,448 if we see the
the population of Moscow is greater than the population of Albany.
So 12,235,448

8.6 Scientific Notation (pp. 349–354)
Learning Target: Understand the concept of scientific notation.

Write the number in scientific notation.
Question 36.
0.00036
Answer:
0.00036= 3.6 X 10-4

Explanation:
Given number is 0.00036 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 0.00036 = 3.6 X 0.0001 = 3.6 X 10-4.

Question 37.
800,000
Answer:
800,000 = 8 X 105

Explanation:
Given number is 800,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 800,000 = 8 X 100000 = 8 X 105.

Question 38.
79,200,000
Answer:
79,200,000 = 7.92 X 107

Explanation:
Given number is 79,200,000 in scientific notation
we write a number so that it has single digit to
the left of decimal sign and is multiplied by an integer power of 10.
So 79,200,000 = 7.29 X 10000000 = 7.29 X 107.

Write the number in standard form.
Question 39.
2 × 107
Answer:

2 X 107 = 20,000,000

Explanation:
Given 2 × 10the number in standard form is
2 X 10,000,000 = 20,000,000.
So 2 X 107 = 20,000,000.

Question 40.
4.8 × 10-3
Answer:
4.8 × 10-3  = 0.0048

Explanation:
Given 4.8 × 10-3  the number in standard form is
4.8 × 0.001 = 0.0048.

Question 41.
6.25 × 105
Answer:
6.25 × 105 = 6,25,000

Explanation:
Given 6.25 105  the number in standard form is
6.25 X 100,000 = 6,25,000.
So 6.25 X 105 = 6,25,000.

Question 42.
The mass of a single dust particle is 7.52 × 10-10 kilogram. What is the mass of a dust ball made of 100 dust particles? Express your answer using more-appropriate units.
Answer:
The mass of a dust ball made of 100 dust particles is 7.52 10-8 kilogram

Explanation:
Given the mass of a single dust particle is 7.52 × 10-10 kilogram.
So the mass of a dust ball made of 100 dust particles is
7.52 × 10-10 X 100 = 7.52 X 10-10 X 102 = 7.52 × 10-10+2 = 7.52 × 10-8.
Therefore the mass of a dust ball made of 100 dust
particles is 7.52 10-8 kilogram.

8.7 Operations in Scientific Notation (pp. 355–360)
Learning Target: Perform operations with numbers written in scientific notation.

Evaluate the expression. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 43.
(4.2 × 108) + (5.9 × 109)
Answer:
(4.2 × 108) + (5.9 × 109) = 6.32 X 109

Explanation:
Given Expressions as (4.2 × 108) + (5.9 × 109)
as the powers of 10 differ we  need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 108 as 109 ·So we take 109 and then grouping the 109 with 4.2.
So 4.2 X 108 becomes  0.42 X 109 therefore
(4.2 × 108) + (5.9 × 109) =(0.42 X 101X 108) + (5.9 X 109) =
(0.42 X  109) + (5.9 × 109)
using the distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (0.42+5.9) X 109 = 6.32 X 109.

Question 44.
(5.9 × 10-4) – (1.8 × 10-4)
Answer:
(5.9 × 10-4) – (1.8 × 10-4) = 4.1 X 10-4

Explanation:
Given expressions as (5.9 × 10-4) – (1.8 × 10-4)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (5.9 – 1.8 ) X 10-4  = 4.1 X 10-4.

Question 45.
(7.7 × 108) × (4.9 × 10-5)
Answer:
(7.7 × 108) × (4.9 × 10-5) =3.773 X 104

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7.7 × 108) × (4.9 × 10-5)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (7.7 × 108) × (4.9 × 10-5)  = (7.7 X 4.9) X (108 × 10-5) =
37.73 X (108-5) = 3.773 X 10 X 103 = 3.773 X 104.

Question 46.
(3.6 × 105) ÷ (1.8 × 109)
Answer:
(3.6 × 105) ÷ (1.8 × 109) = 2 X 10-4

Explanation:
Given expressions as (3.6 × 105) ÷ (1.8 × 109) ,
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (3.6 × 105) ÷ (1.8 × 109)  = (3.6 ÷ 1.8 ) X ( 105-9) = 2 X 10-4.

Question 47.
A white blood cell has a diameter of about 0.000012 meter. How many times greater is the diameter of a white blood cell than the diameter of a red blood cell?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cr 47
Answer:
1.5 times greater is the diameter of a white blood cell
than the diameter of a red blood cell

Explanation:
Given a white blood cell has a diameter of about 0.000012 meter and
red blood cell has a diameter of about 8 X 10-6 meter,
the number of times greater is the diameter of a white blood cell
than the diameter of a red blood cell is 0.000012 ÷ 8 X 10-6 we write
0.000012 approximately equal to ≈ 1.2 X 10-5 now separately we
divide the coefficients and exponents.
We use the division rule of exponents,
where the exponents are subtracted.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.

so (1.2 X 10-5) ÷ 8 X 10-6 = (1.2 ÷ 8)  X (10-5 ÷ 10-6) =
0.15 X (10-5+6) = 0.15 X 10 = 1.5 therefore 1.5 times greater is
the diameter of a white blood cell than the diameter of a red blood cell.

Exponents and Scientific Notation Practice Test

Write the product using exponents.
Question 1.
(- 15) • (- 15) • (- 15)
Answer:
(- 15) • (- 15) • (- 15) = (-15)3

Explanation:
As -15 is multiplied by 3 times we write as
(-15)3 here -15 is base and 3 is exponent.

Question 2.
4 • 4 • x • x • x
Answer:
4 • 4 • x • x • x = (4)X (x)

Explanation:
As 4 is multiplied 2 times we write as (4)and x
is multiplied thrice so (x)3
so the expression is 4 • 4 • x • x • x = (4)X (x)

Evaluate the expression.
Question 3.
10 + 33 ÷ 9
Answer:
10 + 33 ÷ 9 = 13

Explanation:
Given expression 10 + 33 ÷ 9 first we write 9 as
3 X 3 = 32 ÷now we divide 33 ÷ 32 so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n, 33 ÷ 32 = ( 33-2) = 31= 3,
now we add 10 so 10 + 3 = 13.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation pt 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation pt 4= (-2)-1=
Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (-2)1 X (-2)-4 
we have same bases as -2 so we add powers as (-2)1-4 = (-2)-3
we have denominator (-2)-2
Now we have \(\frac{-2^{-3}}{-2^{-2}}\) so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{-2^{-3}}{-2^{-2}}\) = (-2)-3+2 = (-2)-1n

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 5.
910 • 9
Answer:
910 • 9 = 911

Explanation:
We write the given 910 • 91 expression as a power,
we have general rule for am • an = am+n
If product of two powers with the same base then
powers are added, so 910 • 91 as bases are same 9
powers are added 910+1 = 911.

Question 6.
(66)5
Answer:
(66)= 630

Explanation:
We write the given expression (66)5 as a power,
General rule for finding (am)power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then
we can multiply the powers as (am)n = am x n .
so (66)5 has powers of powers therefore powers
are multiplied as (6)6 X 5= (6)30

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation pt 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation pt 7= (-3.5)6
Explanation:
First we calculate separately values of numerators
and denominators then divide, we have numerator (-3.5)13 X (-3.5)
we have same bases as -3.5 so we add powers as (-3.5)13+2 = (-3.5)15
we have denominator (-3.5)9
Now we have \(\frac{-3.5^{15}}{-3.5^{9}}\) so we use rule
for finding \(\frac{a^{m}}{a^{n}}\) a quotient of
two powers with the same base as am-n
\(\frac{-3.5^{15}}{-3.5^{9}}\) = (-3.5)15-9 = (-3.5)6.

Question 8.
Simplify (2y)7.
Answer:
(2y)7 =(2)7 X y7

Explanation:
Given to simplify the expression (2y)we use general rule to
write (ab)m  power of a product as am X bm ,So (2y)7 = (2)7 X y7

Round the number. Write the result as a product of a single digit and a power of 10.
Question 9.
4,610,428,970
Answer:
4,610,428,970 = 5 X 109

Explanation:
Given number is 4,610,428,970 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 5,000,000,000 so we have 5 followed by 9 zeros,
so we write as 4,610,428,970 = 5 X 109 .

Question 10.
0.00000572
Answer:
0.00000572 = 5.72 X 10-6

Explanation:
Given number 0.00000572 is nearly or approximately
equal to ≈ 0.000006, we have divided 6 by 10 followed
by 6 zeros so we write as 6 X 10-6.

Write the number in standard form.
Question 11.
3 × 107
Answer:

3 X 107 = 30,000,000

Explanation:
Given 3 × 10the number in standard form is
3 X 10,000,000 = 30,000,000.
So 3 X 107 = 30,000,000.

Question 12.
9.05 × 10-3
Answer:
9.05 × 10-3 = 0.00905

Explanation:
Given 9.05 × 10-3  the number in standard form is
9.05 × 0.001 = 0.00905.

Evaluate the expression. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 13.
(7.8 × 107) + (9.9 × 107)
Answer:
(7.8 × 107) + (9.9 × 107) = 1.77 X 108

Explanation:
Given expressions as (7.8 × 107) + (9.9 × 107)
using the distributive property of multiplication over addition,
we get (7.8 × 107) + (9.9 × 107)  = (7.8 + 9.9 ) X 107 = 17.7 X 107 =
1.77 X 10 X 107 =1.77 X 108.

Question 14.
(6.4 × 105) – (5.4 × 104)
Answer:
(6.4 × 105) – (5.4 × 104) = 5.86 X 105

Explanation:
Given expressions as (6.4 × 105) – (5.4 × 104)
as the powers of 10 differ we need to modify before we factor.
We work around this by using our exponent property bm · bn = b (m+n)
to rewrite the 104 as 105 · So we take 104 and then grouping the 104 with 5.4.
So 5.4 X 104 becomes  0.54 X 105 therefore = (6.4 × 105) – (5.4 × 104) =
(6.4 X 105) – (5.4 X 10-1X 10 X 104) = (6.4 X 105) – (0.54 × 105)
using the distributive property of multiplication over subtraction,
we get (6.4 – 0.54) X 105 = 5.86 X 105.

Question 15.
(3.1 × 106) × (2.7 × 10-2)
Ans;
(3.1 × 106) × (2.7 × 10-2) = 8.37 X 104.

Explanation:
Given expressions as (3.1 × 106) × (2.7 × 10-2)
we work out the coefficients and the exponents separately.
and use the product rule; bm x b n = b(m + n) to multiply the bases.
So (3.1 × 106) × (2.7 × 10-2) = (3.1 X 2.7) X (106 × 10-2) =
8.37 X (106-2) = 8.37 X 104.

Question 16.
(9.6 × 107) ÷ (1.2 × 10-4)
Answer:
(9.6 × 107) ÷ (1.2 × 10-4) = 8 X 1011

Explanation:
Given expressions as (9.6 × 107) ÷ (1.2 × 10-4),
Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator.
So (9.6 × 107) ÷ (1.2 × 10-4) = (9.6 ÷ 1.2 ) X ( 107-(-4)) = 8 X 1011.

Question 17.
Is (xy2)3 the same as (xy3)2? Explain.
Answer:
(xy2)3 is not same as (xy3)2

Explanation:
Given expressions (xy2)3 the same as (xy3)
first we solve the expressions with general rule for
finding (am)power of a power,
If two powers have the same base then
we can multiply the powers as (am)n = am x n as
(xy2)3 = (x)3 X (y2)3 = (x)3 X (y2x3) = x3 X y6.
Now (xy3)2 = (x)2 X (y3)2 = (x)2 X (y3×2) = x2 X y6.
Now comparing  x3 X y6 with x2 X y6 as x powers are not same so
(xy2)3 is not same as (xy3)2.

Question 18.
One scoop of rice weighs about 39 milligrams.
a. Write a linear function that relates the weight of rice to the number of scoops. What is the weight of 5 scoops of rice?
b. A grain of rice weighs about 33 milligrams. About how many grains of rice are in 1 scoop?
Answer:
a. The linear function that relates the weight of rice to the
number of scoops is y= 39x ,The weight of 5 scoops of rice
is 98415 grams,
b. There are 729 grains in 1 scoop of rice

Explanation:
Given One scoop of rice weighs about 39 milligrams.
Let us take x as number of scoops and y represent
the weight of rice,
a.The linear function that relates the
weight of rice to the number of scoops is y= 39x ,
so the weight of 5 scoops of rice = y= 39 X 5 =
19683 X 5 = 98415 grams,
The weight of 5 scoops of rice is 98415 grams,
b. A grain of rice weighs about 33 milligrams the number of
grains of rice are in 1 scoop is 39 ÷ 33,We use the division rule
of exponents, where the exponents are subtracted.
So (39 ÷ 33) = 39-3 = 36 = 3 X 3 X 3 X 3 X 3 X 3 = 729,
therefore there are 729 grains in 1 scoop of rice.

Question 19.
There are about 10,000 taste buds on a human tongue.
Write this number in scientific notation.
Answer:
10,000 = 1 x 104 taste buds are there on a human tongue.

Question 20.
From 1978 to 2008, the amount of lead allowed in the air in the
United States was 1.5 × 10-6 gram per cubic meter.
In 2008, the amount allowed was reduced by 90%.
What is the new amount of lead allowed in the air?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation pt 20
Answer:
1.5 X 10-7 gram per cubic meter is the new amount of lead allowed in the air.

Explanation:
Given from 1978 to 2008, the amount of lead allowed in the air in the
United States was 1.5 × 10-6 gram per cubic meter.
In 2008, the amount allowed was reduced by 90%.
to know the new amount of lead allowed in the air, we see
as it was reduced by 90% then 10% is still allowed, to find 10% of
original amount multiply by 0.1 so 0.1 X 1.5 × 10-6 = 0.15 X 10-6 =
= 1.5 X 10-7 gram per cubic meter, Therefore 1.5 X 10-7 gram per cubic meter
is the new amount of lead allowed in the air.

Exponents and Scientific Notation Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 1
Answer :
Bit B, 3072 years.

Explanation:
Cats were tamed 3 X 210 years ago in Egypt, So it was
3 X 210 = 3 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 = 3072 Years,
So bit b is matched.

Question 1.
Mercury’s distance from the Sun is approximately 5.79 × 107 kilometers. What is this distance in standard form?
A. 5,790,000 km
B. 57,900,000 km
C. 579,000,000 km
D. 5,790,000,000 km
Answer:
The distance of 5.79 × 107 kilometers in standard form is approximately
equal to ≈ 57,900,000 km so matches with  B bit.

Explanation:
Given Mercury’s distance from the Sun is approximately 5.79 × 107 kilometers,
So the distance in standard form is the number in standard form is
5.79 X 10,000,000 = 57,900,000 km. So 5.79 X 107 km matches with B bit
57,900,000 km.

Question 2.
Your friend solves the problem. What should your friend change to correctly answer the question?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 2
F. The left side of the equation should equal 360° instead of 180°.
G. The sum of the acute angles should equal 90.°
H. Evaluate the smallest angle when x = 15.
I. Evaluate the largest angle when x = 15.
Answer:
I. Evaluate the largest angle when x = 15.

Explanation:
Friend already solved x = 15°,So  the largest angle in the triangle
is 8x = 8 X 15°= 120°,So friend needs to
Evaluate the largest angle when x = 15. So bit I is the correct answer.

Question 3.
Which expression is equivalent to the expression 2423?
A. 212
B. 47
C. 48
D. 128
Answer:
2423 = 128, D bit

Explanation:
Given expression is 2423 we know when bases are same
product of powers property says add the powers.
So 2423 = 24 X 23 = 24+3= 27 =  2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 X 2 = 128,
therefore 2423 =128, so it matches with bit D.

Question 4.
You randomly survey students in your school about whether they have a pet. You display your results in the two-way table. How many female students took the survey?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 4
Answer:
Female 46 students took the survey.

Explanation:
As per two-way table it displays number of students in school
about whether they have a pet or not , So yes are 35 and no are 11,
Therefore total number of female students are 35 + 11 = 46,
So 46 female students took the survey.

Question 5.
A bank account pays interest so that the amount in the account doubles every 10 years. The account started with $5,000 in 1940. Which expression represents the amount (in dollars) in the account n decades later?
F. 2n • 5000
G. 5000 (n + 1)
H. 5000n
I. 2n + 5000
Answer:
F. 2n • 5000

Explanation:
Given a bank account pays interest so that the amount in the account
doubles every 10 years. The account started with $5,000 in 1940,
The expression that represents the amount (in dollars) in
the account n decades later is since the amount is getting doubled
every decade, So it will be increasing in multiples of  2,
so the correct answer is 2n X 5000 so bit  F.

Question 6.
The formula for the volume V of a pyramid is V = \(\frac{1}{3}\)Bh.
Which equation represents a formula for the height h of the pyramid?
A. h= \(\frac{1}{3}\) VB
B. h = \(\frac{3 V}{B}\)
C. h = \(\frac{V}{3B}\)
D. h = V – \(\frac{1}{3}\)B
Answer:
B. h = \(\frac{3 V}{B}\)

Explanation:
Given the formula for the volume V of a pyramid is V = \(\frac{1}{3}\)Bh,
If we cross multiply 3 with V divide by B we get height,
So the formula for the height h of the pyramid is h = 3 V X \(\frac{1}{B}\).
Therefore the correct answer is bit B, h = \(\frac{3 V}{B}\).

Question 7.
The gross domestic product (GDP) is a way to measure how much a country produces economically in a year. The table below shows the approximate population and GDP for the United States.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 7
Part A Write the population and the GDP using scientific notation.
Part B Find the GDP per person for the United States using your answers from PartA. Write your answer in scientific notation. Show your work and explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Part A : Population is 3.24 X 108,
GDP is $1.86 X 1013
Part B :
The GDP per person for the United States is 5.74 X 105

Explanation:
Part A:
Given the population of United States, 2016 is 324,000,000 the scientific
notation is 3.24 X 100,000,000 = 3.24 X 108 and GDP is
$18,600,000,000,000 in scientific notation is $1.86 X 10,000,000,000,000 =
$1.86 X 1013.
Part B :
The GDP per person is dividing the GDP of a country by its population,
So ($1.86 X 1013) ÷ (3.24 X 108) ,Separately we divide the coefficients and exponents.
Noted that when we are dividing exponential terms,
always subtract the denominator from the numerator,
Therefore (1.86 ÷ 3.24) X (1013 ÷ 108)  = 0.574 X (1013-8) =
0.574 X 105 = 0.574  X 10 X 104 = 5.74 X 105.

Question 8.
What is the equation of the line shown in the graph?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 8
Answer:
F. y = –
Explanation:
The equation of line is y = mx + b, Where m is slope and
b is y – intercept So m= (y2-y1) ÷ (x2 -x1)
from graph we have (x1,y1)= (3,2) and (x2,y2) = (-3,4)
m= (4-2) ÷ (-3-3) = 2 ÷ (-6) = (-1 ÷ 3) = now y-intercept is y value of the point where the line intersects the y- axis.
So here it is 3, Now the equation of the line is y =-y = -(1 ÷

Question 9.
Which graph represents a linear function?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 9
Answer:
Graph In B bit represents a linear function

Explanation:
Linear function is one where if there is a constant rate of change,
If we see all the graphs only in graph B there is constant rate of change,
in graph A it is increasing, decreasing and again increasing,
in graph C it is higher and at a time decreased
in graph D it decreased and again increased,
Therefore only in graph B , therefore only in graph B
it represents a linear function.

Question 10.
Find (- 2.5)-2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 10
Answer:
(- 2.5)-2 =

Explanation:
Given expression as (- 2.5)-2 we write the expression as
positive exponents by using So (- 2.5)-2  is

Question 11.
Two lines have the same y-intercept. The slope of one line is 1, and
the slope of the other line is – 1. What can you conclude?
F. The lines are parallel.
G. The lines meet at exactly one point.
H. The lines meet at more than one point.
I. The situation described is impossible.
Answer:
G. The lines meet at exactly one point.

Explanation:
If two lines have different slopes, they cannot be the same line.
However, if they share a y-intercept, that means they cross the
y-axis at the same y value. Since the x value is constant on the
y-axis (0), they also share an x-value here. If they share an x value
and corresponding y value, they intersect at that point,
in this case their y-intercept and two lines can’t intersect
at more than one point, So we conclude the lines meet at exactly one point.

Question 12.
Which list of ordered pairs represents the mapping diagram?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 8 Exponents and Scientific Notation cp 12
A. (1, 2), (2, 0), (3, – 2)
B. (1, 0), (2, 2), (3, – 2)
C. (1, 0), (2, 2), (2, – 2), (3, – 2)
D. (0, 1), (2, 2), (- 2, 2), (- 2, 3)
Answer:
C. (1, 0), (2, 2), (2, – 2), (3, – 2)

Explanation:
A mapping shows how the elements are paired.
Its like a flow chart for a function, showing the input and output values.
A mapping diagram consists of two parallel columns..
Lines or arrows are drawn from domain to range,
to represent the relation between any two elements.
So by seeing as 1 is related 0, 2 is related to 2, -2 and 3 is related to -2,
therefore the ordered pairs are (1,0),(2,2),(2,-2),(3,-2) matches with
bit C.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes

The various topics included in the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes. Check your math skills by taking the practice sections provided on this page. If you are looking for the Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes, then get it here. Begin your practice immediately using BIM 5th Grade Answer Key Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes. Freely access all of our math answers to learn them perfectly. Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes PDF for free.

Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes Answer Key

We have given all the topics for the sake of students to help them while preparing for the exam. Practice all given problems and know the various problems those impose in the exam. Every problem has its own answer and explanation that makes the student’s preparation easier. Go through the list given below to know the topics covered in Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes. The main topics covered in this chapter are Classify Triangles, Relate Quadrilaterals, and Quadrilaterals are explained here.

Lesson: 1 Classify Triangles

Lesson: 2 Classify Quadrilaterals

Lesson: 3 Relate Quadrilaterals

Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes

Lesson 14.1 Classify Triangles

Explore and Grow

Draw and label a triangle for each description. If a triangle cannot be drawn, explain why.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 1

Precision
Draw a triangle that meets two of the descriptions above.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-1

Think and Grow: Classify Triangles

Key Idea
Triangles can be classified by their sides.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 2
An equilateral triangle has three sides with the same length.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 3
An isosceles triangle has two sides with the same length.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 4
A scalene triangle has no sides with the same length.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 5

Key Idea
Triangles can be classified by their angles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 6
An acute triangle has three acute angles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 7
An obtuse triangle has one obtuse angle.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 8
A right triangle has one right angle.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 9
An equiangular triangle has three angles with the same measure.
Example
Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 10
The triangle has one ___ angle
and ___ sides with the same length.
So, it is a ___ triangle.

Answer:
The triangle has one right angle
and no sides with the same length.
So, it is a right triangle.

Show and Grow

Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 11

Answer:  Equilateral triangle.

Explanation: An equilateral triangle has three sides of the same length.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 12

Answer: Isosceles triangle

Explanation: An Isosceles triangle has two sides of the same size. Two of its angle also measure equal.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 13

Answer:  Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides are congruent (same size)

Apply and Grow: Practice

Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 14

Answer:  Right triangle.

Explanation: In a triangle one of the angle is a right angle (90 Deg ) called as Right triangle.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 15

Answer: Isosceles triangle.

Explanation: An Isosceles triangle has two sides of the same size. Two of its angle also measure equal.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 16

Answer: Equiangular triangle

Explanation: In an equilateral triangle, all the lengths of the sides are equal. In such a case, each of the interior angles will have a measure of 60 degrees. Since the angles of an equilateral triangle are the same, it is also known as an equiangular triangle. The figure given below illustrates an equilateral triangle.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 17

Answer:  Isosceles triangle.

Explanation: An Isosceles triangle has two sides of the same length. Two of its angle also measure equal.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 18

Answer:  Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 19

Answer:  Right triangle.

Explanation: In a triangle one of the angle is a right angle (90 deg ) called a Right triangle.

Question 10.
A triangular sign has a 40° angle, a 55° angle, and an 85° angle. None of its sides have the same length. Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides.

Answer:  Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different.

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says the triangle is an acute triangle because it has two acute angles. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 20

Answer:  Above is no acute triangle and it is called a scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has only no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different. So it is called a scalene triangle.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Draw one triangle for each category. Which is the appropriate category for an equiangular triangle? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 21

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-21
From the figure, we can say that acute triangles have the same length. So, the first triangle is the equiangular triangle.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A bridge contains several identical triangles. Classify each triangle by its angles and its sides. What is the length of the bridge?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 22
Each triangle has ___ angles with the same measure and ___ sides with the same length.
So, each triangle is ___ and ___.
The side lengths of 6 identical triangles meet to form the length of the bridge. So, multiply the side length by 6 to find the length of the bridge.
27 × 6 = ___
So, the bridge is ___ long.

Answer:
Each triangle has 3 angles with the same measure and 3 sides with the same length.
The side lengths of 6 identical triangles meet to form the length of the bridge. So, multiply the side length by 6 to find the length of the bridge.
27 × 6 = 162
So, the bridge is 162 ft long.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
The window is made using identical triangular panes of glass. Classify each triangle by its angles and its sides. What is the height of the window?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 23

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-23
The length of the two sides of the triangle is the same.
18 in + 18 in = 36 inches
Thus the height of the window is 36 inches

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
You connect four triangular pieces of fabric to make the kite. Classify the triangles by their angles and their sides. Use a ruler and a protractor to verify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 24

Answer:
The name of the blue triangle is isosceles right angle triangle.
The two sides of the triangle are the same.
The name of the red triangle is isosceles right-angle triangle.
The two sides of the triangle are the same.
The name of the green triangle is isosceles right angle triangle.
The two sides of the triangle are the same.
The name of the yellow triangle is isosceles right angle triangle.
The two sides of the triangle are the same.

Classify Triangles Homework & Practice 14.1

Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 25

Answer:  Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has only no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different. So it is called a scalene triangle

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 26

Answer: Isosceles triangle.

Explanation: An Isosceles triangle has two sides of the same size. Two of its angle also measure equal.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 27

Answer: Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 28

Answer: Isosceles triangle.

Explanation: An Isosceles triangle has two sides of the same length. Two of its angle also measure equal.

Question 5.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 29

Answer:  Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different.

Question 6.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 30

Answer:  Equiangular triangle.

Explanation:
In an equilateral triangle, all the lengths of the sides are equal. In such a case, each of the interior angles will have a measure of 60 degrees. Since the angles of an equilateral triangle are the same, it is also known as an equiangular triangle. The figure given below illustrates an equilateral triangle.

Question 7.
A triangular race flag has two 65° angles and a 50° angle. Two of its sides have the same length. Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides.

Answer: Isosceles triangle.

Explanation:  An Isosceles triangle has two sides of the same size. Two of its angle also measure equal.

Question 8.
A triangular measuring tool has a 90° angle and no sides of the same length. Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides.

Answer: Right triangle.

Explanation: In a triangle one of the angle is a right angle (90 Deg ) called a Right triangle.

Question 9.

Structure

Draw a triangle with vertices A(2, 2), B(2, 6), and C(6, 2) in the coordinate plane. Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides. Explain your reasoning.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 31

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-31

Question 10.

YOU BE THE TEACHER

Your friend says that both Newton and Descartes are correct. Is your friend correct? Explain.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 32

Answer: Yes

Explanation:  An acute triangle is a triangle in which each angle is an acute angle. Any triangle which is not acute is either a right triangle or an obtuse triangle. All acute triangle angles are less than 90 degrees. For example, an equilateral triangle is always acute, since all angles (which are 60) are all less than 90.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
The sum of all the angle measures in a triangle is 180°. A triangle has a 34° angle and a 26° angle. Is the triangle acute, right, or obtuse? Explain.

Answer: Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
A designer creates the logo using identical triangles. Classify each triangle by its angles and its sides. What is the perimeter of the logo?

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 33

Answer: Equiangular triangle

Explanation: In an equilateral triangle, all the lengths of the sides are equal. In such a case, each of the interior angles will have a measure of 60 degrees. Since the angles of an equilateral triangle are the same, it is also known as an equiangular triangle. The figure given below illustrates an equilateral triangle.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
The window is made using identical triangular panes of glass. Classify each triangle by its angles and its sides. What are the perimeter and the area of the window? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 34

Answer: Right triangle.

Explanation: A right triangle is a triangle in which one of the angles is 90 degrees. In a right triangle, the side opposite to the right angle (90-degree angle) will be the longest side and is called the hypotenuse. You may come across triangle types with combined names like right isosceles triangle and such, but this only implies that the triangle has two equal sides with one of the interior angles being 90 degrees. The figure given below illustrates a right triangle

Review & Refresh

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 35

Answer : \(\frac{1}{4}\) =0.25

Explanation: 2 divides by 8  with 1/4 times, So the answer is 1/4.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 36

Answer : \(\frac{15}{4}\) = 3.75

Explanation: 15 divides by 4 with \(\frac{15}{4}\) times, So the answer is \(\frac{15}{4}\) or 3.75.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 37

Answer : \(\frac{15}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 1.25

Explanation: 15 divides by 12 with \(\frac{1}{4}\) times, So the answer is \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Lesson 14.2 Classify Quadrilaterals

Explore and Grow

Draw and label a quadrilateral for each description. If a quadrilateral cannot be drawn, explain why

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 38

Precision
Draw a quadrilateral that meets three of the descriptions above.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-38

Think and Grow: Classify Quadrilaterals

Key Idea
Quadrilaterals can be classified by their angles and their sides.
A trapezoid is a quadrilateral that has exactly one pair of parallel sides.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 39
A parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides. Opposite sides have the same length.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 40
A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 41
A rhombus is a parallelogram that has four sides with the same length.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 42
A square is a parallelogram that has four right angles and four sides with the same length.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 43

Example
Classify the quadrilateral in as many ways as possible.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 44

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-44

Show and Grow

Classify the quadrilateral in as many ways as possible.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 45

Answer:  Square

Explanation: A square is a parallelogram that has four right angles and four sides with the same length.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 46

Answer: Trapezoid 

Explanation: A trapezoid is a quadrilateral that has exactly one pair of parallel sides

Apply and Grow: Practice

Classify the quadrilateral in as many ways as possible.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 47

Answer: Parallelogram

Explanation: A parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides. The opposite sides have the same length.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 48

Answer:  Square

Explanation: A square is a parallelogram that has four right angles and four sides with the same length.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 49

Answer: Rectangle

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles and diagonals are congruent.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 50

Answer: Rhombus

Explanation: A rhombus is a parallelogram with four congruent sides and A rhombus has all the properties of a parallelogram. The diagonals intersect at right angles.

Question 7.
A sign has the shape of a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides, four sides with the same length, and no right angles

Answer: Parallelogram

Explanation:
Assume that a quadrilateral has parallel sides or equal sides unless that is stated. A parallelogram has two parallel pairs of opposite sides. A rectangle has two pairs of opposite sides parallel, and four right angles.

Question 8.
A tabletop has the shape of a quadrilateral with exactly one pair of parallel sides.

Answer: A trapezoid is a quadrilateral that has exactly one pair of parallel sides. A parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides.

Question 9.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says that a quadrilateral with at least two right angles must be a parallelogram. Is your friend correct? Explain.

Explanation: A trapezoid is only required to have two parallel sides. However, a trapezoid could have one of the sides connecting the two parallel sides perpendicular to the parallel sides which would yield two right angles.

enter image source here

Question 10.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which cannot set of lengths be the side lengths of a parallelogram?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 51

Answer: 9 yd, 5 yd, 5 yd, 3 yd

Explanation: A parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides. Opposite sides have the same length, So the above one is not a parallelogram.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The dashed line shows how you cut the bottom of a rectangular door so it opens more easily. Classify the new shape of the door.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 52
Draw the new shape of the door.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 53

Answer:
The original shape of the door was a rectangle, so it had one pairs of parallel sides. The new shape of the door has exactly one pair of parallel sides. So, the new shape of the door is a trapezoid.

Show and Grow

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
The dashed line shows how you cut the corner of the trapezoidal piece of fabric. The line you cut is parallel to the opposite side. Classify the new shape of the four-sided piece of fabric.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 54

Answer: Parallelogram

Explanation: A parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides. The opposite sides have the same length.

Question 12.
A farmer encloses a section of land using the four pieces of fencing. Name all of the four-sided shapes that the farmer can enclose with the fencing.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 55

Answer: Parallelogram

Explanation: A parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides. Opposite sides have the same length, So four-sided shapes of fencing look like Parallelogram.

Classify Quadrilaterals Homework & Practice 14.2

Classify the quadrilateral in as many ways as possible.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 56

Answer: Trapezoid 

Explanation: A trapezoid is a quadrilateral that has exactly one pair of parallel sides

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 57

Answer: Trapezoid

Explanation: A Trapezoid is a quadrilateral with exactly one pair of parallel sides. (There may be some confusion about this word depending on which country you’re in. In India and Britain, they say trapezium; in America, trapezium usually means a quadrilateral with no parallel sides.)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 58

Answer: Rectangle

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles and diagonals are congruent.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 59

Answer: Square

Explanation: The diagonals of a square bisect each other and meet at 90°. The diagonals of a square bisect its angles. The opposite sides of a square are both parallel and equal in length. All four angles of a square are equal (each being 360°/4 = 90°, a right angle).

Question 5.
A name tag has the shape of a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides and four right angles. Opposite sides are the same length, but not all four sides are the same length.

Answer: Rectangle

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles and diagonals are congruent.

Question 6.
A napkin has the shape of a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides, four sides with the same length, and four right angles.

Answer: Square

Explanation: A square is a parallelogram that has four right angles and four sides of the same length.

Question 7.
Reasoning
Can you draw a quadrilateral that is not a square, but has four right angles? Explain.

Answer: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 58

Question 8.
Structure
Plot two more points in the coordinate plane to form a square. What two points can you plot to form a parallelogram? What two points can you plot to form a trapezoid? Do not use the same pair of points twice.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 60

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-60

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
Which quadrilateral can be classified as a parallelogram, and rectangle, square, rhombus? Explain.

Answer: Square

Explanation: A square can be defined as a rhombus which is also a rectangle – in other words, a parallelogram with four congruent sides and four right angles. A trapezoid is a quadrilateral with exactly one pair of parallel sides.

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
The dashed line shows how you fold the flap of the envelope so it closes. Classify the new shape of the envelope.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 61

Answer: Rectangle

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles and diagonals are congruent.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
A construction worker tapes off a section of land using the four pieces of caution tape. Name all of the possible shapes that the worker can enclose with the tape.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 62

Answer: Trapezoid

Explanation: A trapezoid is a quadrilateral that has exactly one pair of parallel sides.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 62.1

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation: \(\frac{2}{3}\) –\(\frac{1}{6}\) equal to \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 62.2

Answer: 0.112

Explanation: \(\frac{1}{2}\) is equal to 0.5 and 7/18 is equal to 0.3888.So subtraction from 0.5 to 0.3888 is 0.112.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 62.3

Answer: 0.289

Explanation: \(\frac{2}{5}\) is equal to 0.4 and 1/9 is equal to 0.111,So subtraction from 0.4 to 0.111is 0.289.

Lesson 14.3 Relate Quadrilaterals

Explore and Grow

Label the Venn diagram to show the relationships among quadrilaterals. The first one has been done for you.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 63

Reasoning
Explain how you decided where to place each quadrilateral.

Think and Grow: Relate Quadrilaterals

Key Idea
The Venn diagram shows the relationships among quadrilaterals.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 64

Example
Tell whether the statement is true or false.
All rhombuses are rectangles.
Rhombuses do not always have four right angles.
So, the statement is ___.

Answer: So, the statement is true.

Example
Tell whether the statement is true or false.
All rectangles are parallelograms.
All rectangles have two pairs of parallel sides.
So, the statement is ___.

Show and Grow

Tell whether the statement is true or false. Explain.

Question 1.
Some rhombuses are squares.

Answer: true

Explanation: A rhombus is a quadrilateral (plane figure, closed shape, four sides) with four equal-length sides and opposite sides parallel to each other. All squares are rhombuses, but not all rhombuses are squares. The opposite interior angles of rhombuses are congruent.

Question 2.
All parallelograms are rectangles.

Answer: False

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram with four right angles, so all rectangles are also parallelograms and quadrilaterals. On the other hand, not all quadrilaterals and parallelograms are rectangles. A rectangle has all the properties of a parallelogram

Apply and Grow: Practice

Tell whether the statement is true or false. Explain.

Question 3.
All rectangles are squares.

Answer: False

Explanation: All squares are rectangles, but not all rectangles are squares.

Question 4.
Some parallelograms are trapezoids.

Answer: True

Explanation: A trapezoid has one pair of parallel sides and a parallelogram has two pairs of parallel sides. So a parallelogram is also a trapezoid.

Question 5.
Some rhombuses are rectangles.

Answer: False

Explanation: A rhombus is defined as a parallelogram with four equal sides. Is a rhombus always a rectangle? No, because a rhombus does not have to have 4 right angles. Kites have two pairs of adjacent sides that are equal.

Question 6.
All trapezoids are quadrilaterals.

Answer: True

Explanation: Trapezoids have only one pair of parallel sides; parallelograms have two pairs of parallel sides. The correct answer is that all trapezoids are quadrilaterals. Trapezoids are four-sided polygons, so they are all quadrilaterals

Question 7.
All squares are rhombuses.

Answer: True

Explanation: All squares are rhombuses, but not all rhombuses are squares. The opposite interior angles of rhombuses are congruent

Question 8.
Some trapezoids are squares.

Answer: True

Explanation: A trapezoid is a quadrilateral with at least one pair of parallel sides. In a square, there are always two pairs of parallel sides, so every square is also a trapezoid. Conversely, only some trapezoids are squares

Question 9.
Reasoning
Use the word cards to complete the graphic organizer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 65

Answer: The first box to be filled with Square, 3d box to be filled with Rectangle,4th box to be filled with trapezoid and final box to be filled with Quadrilateral.

Explanation: A Square can be defined as a rhombus which is also a rectangle, in other words, a parallelogram with four congruent sides and four right angles. A trapezoid is a quadrilateral with exactly one pair of parallel sides.

Question 10.
Reasoning
All rectangles are parallelograms. Are all parallelograms rectangles? Explain.

Answer: True

Explanation: A rectangle is considered a special case of a parallelogram because, A parallelogram is a quadrilateral with 2 pairs of opposite, equal and parallel sides. A rectangle is a quadrilateral with 2 pairs of opposite, equal and parallel sides but also forms right angles between adjacent sides.

Question 11.
Precision
Newton says the figure is a square. Descartes says the figure is a parallelogram. Your friend says the figure is a rhombus. Are all three correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 66

Answer: No

Explanation:  A square has two pairs of parallel sides, four right angles, and all four sides are equal. It is also a rectangle and a parallelogram. A rhombus is defined as a parallelogram with four equal sides. No, because a rhombus does not have to have 4 right angles.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You use toothpicks to create several parallelograms. You notice that opposite angles of parallelograms have the same measure. For what other quadrilaterals is this also true?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 66.1
Parallelograms have the property that opposite angles have the same measure. Subcategories of parallelograms must also have this property.
___, ___, and ___ are subcategories of parallelograms.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 67
So, ___, ____, and ____ also have opposite angles with the same measure.

Answer: Rectangle, Rhombus and Square are subcategories of parallelograms.

Show and Grow

Question 12.
You use pencils to create several rhombuses. You notice that diagonals of rhombuses are perpendicular and divide each other into two equal parts. For what other quadrilateral is this also true? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 68

Answer: Square, Parallelogram, Rhombus are perpendicular and divided into the equal parts.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
You place two identical parallelograms side by side. What can you conclude about the measures of adjacent angles in a parallelogram? For what other quadrilaterals is this also true? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 69

Answer:
The adjacent angles of the parallelogram is supplementary.
Opposite angles of the parallelogram are equal.

Relate Quadrilaterals Homework & Practice 14.3

Tell whether the statement is true or false. Explain.

Question 1.
All trapezoids are parallelograms.

Answer: False

Explanation: The pair of opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal and parallel but in the case of trapezium, this is not true in that only one pair of opposite sides are equal. Therefore every parallelogram is not a trapezium.
Question 2.

All rectangles are parallelograms.

Answer: True

Explanation: Each pair of co-interior angles are supplementary, because two right angles add to a straight angle, so the opposite sides of a rectangle are parallel. This means that a rectangle is a parallelogram, so, Its opposite sides are equal and parallel. Its diagonals bisect each other.

Question 3.
All squares are quadrilaterals.

Answer: True

Explanation: A closed figure with four sides. For example, kites, parallelograms, rectangles, rhombuses, squares, and trapezoids are all quadrilaterals. Kite: A quadrilateral with two pairs of adjacent sides that are equal in length; a kite is a rhombus if all side lengths are equal.
Question 4.

Some quadrilaterals are trapezoids.

Answer: True

Explanation: Trapezoids have only one pair of parallel sides, parallelograms have two pairs of parallel sides. A trapezoid can never be a parallelogram. The correct answer is that all trapezoids are quadrilaterals.

Question 5.
Some parallelograms are rectangles.

Answer: True

Explanation: Not all parallelograms are rectangles. A parallelogram is a rectangle if it has four right angles and two pairs of parallel and congruent sides.

Question 6.
All squares are rectangles and rhombuses.

Answer: False

Explanation: No, because all four sides of a rectangle don’t have to be equal. However, the sets of rectangles and rhombuses do intersect, and their intersection is the set of squares, all squares are both a rectangle and a rhombus.

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says he can draw a quadrilateral that is not a trapezoid and not a parallelogram. Is Newton correct? Explain.

Answer: False

Explanation: Trapezoids have only one pair of parallel sides; parallelograms have two pairs of parallel sides. A trapezoid can never be a parallelogram. The correct answer is that all trapezoids are quadrilaterals.

Question 8.
Writing
Explain why a parallelogram is not a trapezoid.

Explanation: a square is a quadrilateral, a parallelogram, a rectangle, and a rhombus Is a trapezoid a parallelogram? No, because a trapezoid has only one pair of parallel sides.

Reasoning
Write always, sometimes, or never to make the statement true? Explain.

Question 9.
A rhombus is ___ a square.

Answer: A rhombus is  some times a square

Explanation: A rhombus is a square. This is sometimes true. Â It is true when a rhombus has 4 right angles. It is not true when a rhombus does not have any right angles.

Question 10.
A trapezoid is __ a rectangle.

Answer: A trapezoid is sometimes a rectangle.

Explanation: A rectangle has one pair of parallel sides.

Question 11.
A parallelogram is ___ a quadrilateral.

Answer: A parallelogram is always a quadrilateral.

Explanation: A parallelogram must have 4 sides, so they must always be quadrilaterals.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
A quadrilateral has exactly three sides that have the same length. Why can the figure not be a rectangle?

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles. opposite sides are in the same length, so the above one is not a rectangle.

Question 13.

Modeling Real Life
You fold the rectangular piece of paper. You notice that the line segments connecting the halfway points of opposite sides are perpendicular. For what other quadrilateral is this also true?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 70

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles. opposite sides are in the same length, so the above one is not a rectangle.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
You tear off the four corners of the square and arrange them to form a circle. You notice that the sum of the angle measures of a square is equal to 360°. For what other quadrilaterals is this also true?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 71

Answer: The sum of the angles in a parallelogram are 360°

Review & Refresh

Question 15.
5 pt = ___ c

Answer : 5 pt = 10 c

Explanation:
Convert from pints to cups.
1 pint = 2 cups
5 pints = 5 × 2 cups
5 pints = 10 cups

Question 16.
32 fl oz = ___ c
Answer: 32 fl oz =  4 c
Explanation:
Convert from fl oz to cups.
1 fl oz = 0.125 cups
32 fl oz are equal to 4 c.

Question 17.
20 qt = ___ c

Answer : 20 qt = 80 c

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to cups.
1 quart = 4 cups
20 qt = 20 × 4 cups = 80 cups

Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes Performance Task 14

A homeowner wants to install solar panels on her roof to generate electricity for her house. A solar panel is 65 inches long and 39 inches wide.

Question 1.
a. The shape of the panel has 4 right angles. Sketch and classify the shape of the solar panel.

Answer : Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 41

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles. So the shape of the solar panel is a rectangle.

b. There are 60 identical solar cells in a solar panel, arranged in an array. Ten cells meet to form the length of the panel, and six cells meet to form the width. Classify the shape of each solar cell. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 72

Answer: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles. So the shape of the solar panel is a rectangle.

Question 2.
The home owner measures three sections of her roof.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 73
a. Classify the shape of each section in as many ways as possible.

Answer:  Right triangle.

Explanation: In a triangle one of the angle is a right angle (90 Deg ) called as Right triangle

Answer: Rectangle

Explanation: Rectangle is a parallelogram with four right angles, so all rectangles are also parallelograms and quadrilaterals. On the other hand, not all quadrilaterals and parallelograms are rectangles.

Answer: Isosceles trapezoid

Explanation: An isosceles trapezoid is a trapezoid whose non-parallel sides are congruent.

b. About how many solar panels can fit on the measured sections of the roof? Explain your reasoning.

Question 3.
One solar panel can produce about 30 kilowatt-hours of electricity each month. The homeowner uses her electric bills to determine that she uses about 1,200 kilowatt-hours of electricity each month.

a. How many solar panels should the homeowner install on her roof?

Answer: 40 Solar panels

Explanation: 40 Solar panels X 30 kilowatt-hours of electricity each month per one solar panel equal to 1,200 kilowatt-hours of electricity per month, So the answer is 40 solar panels.

b. Will all of the solar panels fit on the measured sections of the roof? Explain.

Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes Activity

Quadrilateral Lineup

Directions:

  1. Players take turns spinning the spinner.
  2. On your turn, cover a quadrilateral that matches your spin.
  3. If you land on, Lose a turn, then do not cover a quadrilateral.
  4. The first player to get four in a row twice, horizontally, vertically, Recor diagonally, wins!

Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 74
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 75

Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes Chapter Practice 14

14.1 Classify Triangles

Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 76

Answer: Scalene triangle.
Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 77

Answer: Right triangle.
Explanation: In a triangle one of the angle is a right angle (90 deg ) called as Right triangle.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 78

Answer: Isosceles triangle.

Explanation: An Isosceles triangle has two sides of the same length. Two of its angle also measure equal.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 79

Answer: Equiangular triangle

Explanation: In an equilateral triangle, all the lengths of the sides are equal. In such a case, each of the interior angles

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 80

Answer: Right triangle.

Explanation: In a triangle one of the angle is a right angle (90° ) called as Right triangle.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 81

Answer: Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different.

14.2 Classify Quadrilaterals

Classify the quadrilateral in as many ways as possible.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 82

Answer: Square

Explanation: A square is a parallelogram that has four right angles and four sides of the same length.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 83

Answer: Rectangle

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angle, Opposite sides are the same length

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 84

Answer: Square

Explanation: The diagonals of a square bisect each other and meet at 90°. The diagonals of a square bisect its angles. The opposite sides of a square are both parallel and equal in length. All four angles of a square are equal (each being 360°/4 = 90°, a right angle).

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 85

Answer: Isosceles trapezoid

Explanation: An isosceles trapezoid is a trapezoid whose non-parallel sides are congruent.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 86

Answer: Rectangle

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angle, Opposite sides are the same length

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 87

Answer: Trapezoid

Explanation: A trapezoid is a quadrilateral that has exactly one pair of parallel sides.

Question 13.
Structure
Plot two more points in the coordinate plane to form a quadrilateral that has exactly two a rectangle. What two points can you plot to form a trapezoid? What two points can you plot to form a rhombus? Do not use the same pair of points twice.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 88

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-88

Question 14.
Reasoning
Can you draw a quadrilateral that has exactly two right angles? Explain.

Explanation: A quadrilateral with only 2 right angles and it is called a trapezoid .

enter image source here

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
The dashed line shows how you break apart the graham cracker. Classify the new shape of each piece of the graham cracker.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 89

Answer: Square

Explanation: The diagonals of a square bisect each other and meet at 90°.

14.3 Relate Quadrilaterals

Tell whether the statement is true or false.

Question 16.
All rectangles are quadrilaterals.

Answer: True

Explanation: A closed figure with four sides. For example, kites, parallelograms, rectangles, rhombuses, squares, and trapezoids are all quadrilaterals

Question 17.
Some parallelograms are squares.

Answer: True

Explanation: Squares fulfill all criteria of being a rectangle because all angles are right angle and opposite sides are equal. Similarly, they fulfill all criteria of a rhombus, as all sides are equal and their diagonals bisect each other.

Question 18.

All trapezoids are rectangles.

Answer: False

Explanation: Rectangles are defined as a four-sided polygon with two pairs of parallel sides. On the other hand, a trapezoid is defined as a quadrilateral with only one pair of parallel sides.

Question 19.
Some rectangles are rhombuses.

Answer: True

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram with all its interior angles being 90 degrees. A rhombus is a parallelogram with all its sides equal. This means that for a rectangle to be a rhombus, its sides must be equal. A rectangle can be a rhombus only if has extra properties which would make it a square

Question 20.
Some squares are trapezoids.

Answer: True

Explanation: The definition of a trapezoid is that it is a quadrilateral that has at least one pair of parallel sides. A square, therefore, would be considered a trapezoid.

Question 21.
All quadrilaterals are squares.

Answer: False

Explanation : Quadrilateral: A closed figure with four sides. For example, kites, parallelograms, rectangles, Square: A rectangle with four sides of equal length. Trapezoid: A quadrilateral with at least one pair of parallel sides So, All quadrilaterals are not squares.

Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes Cumulative Practice 1-14

Question 1.
Which model shows 0.4 × 0.2?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 90

Answer:

Question 2.
A triangle has angle measures of 82°, 53°, and 45°. Classify the triangle by its angles.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 91

Answer: C

Explanation: An obtuse triangle has one angle measuring more than 90º but less than 180º (an obtuse angle). It is not possible to draw a triangle with more than one obtuse angle

Question 3.
Which expressions have an estimated difference of \(\frac{1}{2}\) ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 92

Answer:

Question 4.
A rectangular prism has a volume of 288 cubic centimeters. The height of the prism is 8 centimeters. The base is a square. What is a side length of the base?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 93

Answer: A

Explanation: volume of a rectangular prism, multiply its 3 dimensions: length x width x height. The volume is expressed in cubic units. So,6 X 6 X 8 is equal to 288 cubic centimeters, Therefore the side length of the base is 6 cm.

Question 5.
A sandwich at a food stand costs $3.00. Each additional topping costs the same extra amount. The coordinate plan shows the costs, in dollars, of sandwiches with different numbers of additional toppings. What is the cost of a sandwich with 3 additional toppings?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 94

Answer:

Question 6.
Which statements are true?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 95

Answer:  The following statements are true
Option 2,option 3 and option 4 .

Explanation :
Option 2 :
All squares are rectangles are parallelograms is true, why because squares fulfill all criteria of being a rectangle because all angles are right angle and opposite sides are equal. Similarly, they fulfill all criteria of a rhombus, as all sides are equal and their diagonals bisect each other.
Option 3: All squares are rhombuses is true, why because All squares are rhombuses, but not all rhombuses are squares. The opposite interior angles of rhombuses are congruent.
Option 4:  Every trapezoid is a quadrilateral is true, why because Trapezoids have only one pair of parallel sides; parallelograms have two pairs of parallel sides.

Question 7.
Your friend makes a volcano for a science project. She uses 10 cups of vinegar. How many pints of vinegar does he use?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 96

Answer: Option B

Explanation: 1 cup is equal to  0.5 pints, therefore 10 cups are equal to 5 pints.

Question 8.
The volume of the rectangular prism is 432 cubic centimeters. What is the length of the prism?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 97

Answer: Option A

Explanation: volume of a rectangular prism, multiply its 3 dimensions: length x width x height. The volume is expressed in cubic units.
So, 6 cm X 9 cm X 8 cm is equal to 432 cubic centimeters.
Therefore the length of prim is 9 cm.

Question 9.
Descartes draws a pentagon by plotting another point in the coordinate plane and connecting the points. Which coordinates could he use?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 98

Answer:

Question 10.
Newton rides to the dog park in a taxi. He owes the driver $12. He calculates the driver’s tip by multiplying $12 by 0.15. How much does he pay the driver, including the tip?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 99

Answer: Option  C

Explanation: Driver cost $12 + ($12 X 0.15 )= 12+1.8 =13.8
Therefore answer is $13.8.

Question 11.
A quadrilateral has four sides with the same length, two pairs of parallel sides, and four 90° angles. Classify the quadrilateral in as many ways as possible.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 100

Answer: Square, Parallelogram

Explanation: A quadrilateral has four sides with the same length, two pairs of parallel sides and four 90° angles is called as square. All squares are parallelograms.

Question 12.
Which ordered pair represents the location of a point shown in the coordinate plane?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 101

Answer:

Question 13.
What is the product of 5,602 and 17?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 102

Answer: 95234

Explanation: 5602 X 17 is equal to 95234.

Question 14.
Which pair of points do not lie on a line that is perpendicular to the x-axis?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 103

Answer:

Question 15.
Newton has a gift in the shape of a rectangular prism that has a volume of 10,500 cubic inches. The box he uses to ship the gift is shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 104
Part A What is the volume of the box?
Part B What is the volume, in cubic inches, of the space inside the box that is not taken up by gift? Explain.?

Answer:

Question 16.
Which expressions have a product greater than \(\frac{5}{6}=\)?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 105

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-105

Question 17.
Newton is thinking of a shape that has 4 sides, only one pair of parallel sides, and angle measures of 90°, 40°, 140°, and 90°. Which is Newton’s shape?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 106

Answer: D

Explanation: Trapezoid Only one pair of opposite sides is parallel.

Question 18.
Which rectangular prisms have a volume of 150 cubic feet?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 107

Answer: Option 1

Explanation: volume of a rectangular prism, multiply its 3 dimensions: length x width x height. The volume is expressed in cubic feet.
So,2 ft X 25 ft X 3 ft is equal to 150 cubic ft, Therefore the right answer is option 1.

Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes Steam Performance Task 1-14

Each student in your grade makes a constellation display by making holes for the stars of a constellation on each side of the display. Each display is a rectangular prism with a square base.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 108

Question 1.
Your science teacher orders a display for each student. The diagram shows the number of packages that can fit in a shipping box.
a. How many displays come in one box?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 109
b. There are 108 students in your grade. How many boxes of displays does your teacher order? Explain.
c. The volume of the shipping box is 48,000 cubic inches. What is the volume of each display?
d. The height of each display is 15 inches. What are the dimensions of the square base?
e. Estimate the dimensions of the shipping box.
f. You paint every side of the display except the bottom. What is the total area you will paint?
g. You need a lantern to light up your display. Does the lantern fit inside of your display? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 111

Question 2.
On one side of your display, you create an image of the constellation Libra. Each square on the grid is 1 square inch.
a. Classify the triangle formed by the points of the constellation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 112

Answer: Equiangular triangle
Explanation: In an equilateral triangle, all the lengths of the sides are equal. In such a case, each of the interior angles

b. What are the coordinates of the points of the constellation?
c. What is the height of the constellation on your display?

Question 3.
You use the coordinate plane to create the image of the Big Dipper.
a. Plot the points A(6, 2), B(8, 2), C(7, 6), D(5, 5), E(7, 9), F(6, 12), and G(4, 14).
b. Draw lines connecting the points of quadrilateral ABCD. Draw \(\overline{C E}\), \(\overline{E F}\) and \(\overline{F G}\).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 113

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-113
c. Is quadrilateral ABCD a trapezoid? How do you know?

Answer: Yes ABCD is a trapezoid because all sides are not equal and only one pair has parallel sides.

Question 4.
Use the Internet or some other resource to learn more about constellations. Write one interesting thing you learn.

Answer: A constellation is a group of stars that appears to form a pattern or picture like Orion the Great Hunter, Leo the Lion, or Taurus the Bull. Constellations are easily recognizable patterns that help people orient themselves using the night sky. There are 88 “official” constellations.

Conclusion:

Sharpen your math skills by practicing the problems from Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes. All the solutions of Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes are prepared by the math professionals. Thus you can prepare effectively and score good marks in the exams.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2

Looking online to seek Homework Help regarding the Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Advanced Ch 2 then you have come the right way. Don’t bother as we have compiled the best preparation resources for all of them here in detail. Make the most out of these study materials and stand out from the rest of the crowd. Download the BIM Book Grade 6 Advanced Ch 2 Fractions and Decimals Solutions PDF for free and prepare anywhere and anytime you want.

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Advanced Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals Answers are sequenced as per the latest syllabus guidelines and are given by highly subject expertise people. Fractions and Decimals Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Advanced Answer Key covers questions from exercises, assignment tests, practice tests, etc. Prepare whichever topic you wish to prepare from the Chapter 2 Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Advanced Concepts by simply tapping on the quick links available.

Fractions and Decimals STEAM Video/ Performance Task

STEAM Video

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 1

Space is Big
An astronomical unit (AU) is the average distance between Earth and the Sun, about 93 million miles. Why do asn000mers use astronomical units to measure distances in space? In what different ways can you compare the distances between objects and the locations of objects using the four mathematical operations?

Watch the STEAM Video ‘Space is Big: Then answer the following questions.

Question 1.
You know the distances between the Sun and each planet. How can you find the minimum and maximum distances between two planets as they rotate around the Sun?
Answer:

Question 2.
‘The table shows the distances of three celestial bodies from Earth. It takes about three days to travel from Earth to the Moon. I low can you estimate the amount of Lime it would take to travel from Earth to the Sun or to Venus?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 2
Answer:

Performance Task

Space Explorers

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 3

After completing this Chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task.

You will use a table that shows the average distances between the Sun and each planet in our solar system to find several distances in space. Then you will use the speed of the Orion spacecraft to answer questions about time and distance.

Is it realistic for a manned spacecraft to travel to each planet in our solar system? Explain why or why not.
Answer:

Getting Ready for Chapter Fractions and Decimals

Chapter Exploration

Work with a partner. ‘the area model represents the multiplication of two fractions. Copy and complete the statement.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 4
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 5
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 6
Answer:

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 7
Answer:

Work with a partner. use an area model to find the product.

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{4}{5} \times \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{6} \times \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{5} \times \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You have a recipe that serves 6 people. The recipe uses three-fourths of a cup of milk.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 8
a. How can you use the recipe to serve more people? How much milk would you need? Give 2 examples.
Answer:

b. How can you use the recipe to serve fewer people? How much milk would you need? Give 2 examples.
Answer:

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
reciprocals               multiplicative inverses
Answer:

Section 2.1 Multiplying Fractions

Exploration 1

Using Models to Solve a Problem

Work with a partner. A bottle of water is \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) full. You drink \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) the water. Use one of the models to find the portion of the bottle of water that you drink. Explain your steps.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 9

number line
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 10

area model
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 11

tape diagram
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 12
Answer:

Exploration 2

Solving a Problem Involving Fractions

Work with a partner. A park has a playground that is \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 }\) of its width and \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 }\) of its length.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 13
a. use a model to find the portion of the park that is covered by the playground. Explain your steps.
Answer:

b. How can you find the solution of part (a) without using a model?
Answer:

Math Practice
Find General Methods
How can you use your answer to find a method for multiplying fractions?
Answer:

Lesson 2.1 Multiplying Fractions

Try It MuItiply

Question 1.
\(\frac{1}{3} \times \frac{1}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{2} \cdot \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Try It Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 4.
\(\frac{3}{7} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{9} \cdot \frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{6}{5} \cdot \frac{5}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
WHAT IF?
You use \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the flour to make the dough. How much of the entire bag do you use to make the dough?
Answer:

Try It Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{3} \times 1 \frac{1}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
\(3 \frac{1}{2} \times \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 10.
\(4 \frac{2}{3} \cdot \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Try It Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 11.
\(1 \frac{7}{8} \cdot 2 \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 12.
\(5 \frac{5}{7} \times 2 \frac{1}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 13.
\(2 \frac{1}{3} \cdot 7 \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

MULTIPLYING FRACTIONS AND MIXED NUMBERS
Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{8} \times \frac{1}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\frac{3}{8} \cdot \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 16.
\(2 \frac{1}{6} \cdot 4 \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
MP REASONING
What is the missing denominator?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 14
Answer:

Question 18.
USING TOOLS
Write a multiplication problem involving fractions that is represented by the model. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 15
Answer:

Question 19.
USING TOOLS
Use the number line to find \(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{1}{2}\) Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 16
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 20.
You spend \(\frac{5}{12}\) of a day at an amusement park. You spend \(\frac{2}{5}\) of that time riding waterslides. How many hours do you spend riding waterslides? Draw a model to show why your answer makes sense.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 17
Answer:

Question 21.
A venue is preparing for a concert on the floor shown. The width of the red carpet is \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the width of the floor. What is the area of the red carpet?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 17
Answer:

Question 22.
You travel 9\(\frac{3}{8}\) miles from your house to a shopping mall. You travel \(\frac{2}{3}\) of that distance on an interstate. The only road construction you encounter is on the first \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the interstate. On how many miles of your trip do you encounter construction?
Answer:

Multiplying Fractions Practice 2.1

Review & Refresh

Find the LCM of the numbers.

Question 1.
8, 10
Answer:

Question 2.
5, 7
Answer:

Question 3.
2, 5, 7
Answer:

Question 4.
6, 7, 10
Answer:

Divide. Use a diagram to justify your answer.

Question 5.
6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 8
Answer:

Question 7.
4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 4
Answer:

Write the product as a power.
Question 9.
10 × 10 × 10
Answer:

Question 10.
5 × 5 × 5 × 5
Answer:

Question 11.
How many inches arc in 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) yards?
A. 15\(\frac{1}{2}\)
B. 16\(\frac{1}{2}\)
C. 66
D. 198
Answer:

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

MP CHOOSE TOOLS
A bottle of water is \(\frac{2}{3}\) full. You drink the given portion of the water. Use a model to find the portion of the bottle of water that you drink.
Question 12.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 13.
\(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 14.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

MULTIPLYING FRACTIONS
Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 15.
\(\frac{1}{7} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 16.
\(\frac{5}{8} \cdot \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\frac{1}{4} \times \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 18.
\(\frac{3}{7} \times \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
\(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{4}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 20.
\(\frac{5}{7} \times \frac{7}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
\(\frac{3}{8} \cdot \frac{1}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 22.
\(\frac{5}{6} \cdot \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 23.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) × 10
Answer:

Question 24.
6 • \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
\(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{8}{15}\)
Answer:

Question 26.
\(\frac{4}{9} \times \frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 27.
\(\frac{3}{7} \cdot \frac{3}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 28.
\(\frac{5}{6} \times \frac{2}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
\(\frac{13}{18} \times \frac{6}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 30.
\(\frac{7}{9} \cdot \frac{21}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
MODELING REAL LIFE
In an aquarium, \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the fish are surgeonfish. of these, \(\frac{3}{4}\) are yellow tangs. What portion of all fish in the aquarium are yellow tangs?
Answer:

Question 32.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You exercise for \(\frac{3}{4}\) of an hour. You jump rope for \(\frac{1}{3}\) of that time. What portion of the hour do you spend jumping rope?
Answer:

MP REASONING
Without finding the products copy and complete the statement using <, >, or =. Explain your reasoning.
Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 18
Answer:

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 19
Answer:

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 20
Answer:

MULTIPLYING FRACTIONS AND MIXED NUMBERS
Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 36.
\(1 \frac{1}{3} \cdot \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 37.
\(6 \frac{2}{3} \times \frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 38.
\(2 \frac{1}{2} \cdot \frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 39.
\(\frac{3}{5} \cdot 3 \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 40.
\(7 \frac{1}{2} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 41.
\(\frac{5}{9} \times 3 \frac{3}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 42.
\(\frac{3}{4} \cdot 1 \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 43.
\(3 \frac{3}{4} \times \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 44.
\(4 \frac{3}{8} \cdot \frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 45.
\(\frac{3}{7} \times 2 \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 46.
\(1 \frac{3}{10} \times 18\)
Answer:

Question 47.
\(15 \cdot 2 \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 48.
\(1 \frac{1}{6} \times 6 \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 49.
\(2 \frac{5}{12} \cdot 2 \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 50.
\(5 \frac{5}{7} \cdot 3 \frac{1}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 51.
\(2 \frac{4}{5} \times 4 \frac{1}{16}\)
Answer:

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the product. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 21

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 22

Question 54.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A vitamin C tablet contains \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a gram of vitamin C. You take 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) every day. How many grams of vitamin C do you take every day?

Question 55.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
You make a banner for a football ralIy.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 23
a. What is the area of the banner?
Answer:

b. You add a\(\frac{1}{4}\) foot border on each side. What is the area of the new banner?
Answer:

MULTIPLYING FRACTIONS AND MIXED NUMBERS
Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.
Question 56.
\(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{3}{5} \times \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 57.
\(\frac{4}{7} \cdot 4 \frac{3}{8} \cdot \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 58.
\(1 \frac{1}{15} \times 5 \frac{2}{5} \times 4 \frac{7}{12}\)
Answer:

Question 59.
\(\left(\frac{3}{5}\right)^{3}\)
Answer:

Question 60.
\(\left(\frac{4}{5}\right)^{2} \times\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{2}\)
Answer:

Question 61.
\(\left(\frac{5}{6}\right)^{2} \cdot\left(1 \frac{1}{10}\right)^{2}\)
Answer:

Question 62.
OPEN-ENDED
Find a fraction that, when multiplied by \(\frac{1}{2}\), is less than \(\frac{1}{4}\).
Answer:

Question 63.
MP LOGIC
You are in a bike race. When you get to the first checkpoint, you arc \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the distance to the second checkpoint. When you get to the second checkpoint, you are \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the distance to the finish. What is the distance from the start to the first checkpoint?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 24
Answer:

Question 64.
MP NUMBER SENSE
Is the product of two positive mixed numbers ever less than 1? Explain.
Answer:

Question 65.
MP REASONING
You plan to add a fountain to your garden.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 25
a. Draw a diagram o[thc fountain in the garden. Label the dimensions.
Answer:

b. Describe two methods for finding the area of the garden that surrounds the fountain.
Answer:

c. find the area. Which method did you use, and why?
Answer:

Question 66.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
The cooking time for a ham is \(\frac{2}{5}\) of an hour for each pound. What time should you start cooking a ham that weighs 12\(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds so that it is done at 4:45 P.M. ?
Answer:

Question 67.
MP PRECISION
Complete the Four Square for \(\frac{7}{8} \times \frac{1}{3}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 26
Answer:

Question 68.
DIG DEEPER!
You ask 150 people about their pets. The results show that \(\frac{9}{25}\) of the people own a dog. of the people who own a dog, \(\frac{1}{6}\) of them also own a cat.
a. What portion of the people own a dog and a cat?
Answer:

b. How many people own a dog but not a cat? Explain.
Answer:

Question 69.
MP NUMBER SENSE
Use each of the numbers from 1 to 9 exactly once to create three mixed numbers with the greatest possible product. then use each of the numbers exactly once to create three mixed numbers with the least possible product. Find each product. Explain your reasoning. The fraction portion of each mixed number should be proper.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 27
Answer:

Section 2.2 Dividing Fractions

Exploration 1

Dividing by Fractions
Work with a partner. Answer each question using a model.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 28
a. How many two-thirds arc in four?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 29
Answer:

b. How many three-fourths arc in three?
Answer:

c. How many two-fifths arc in four-fifths?
Answer:

d. How many two-thirds arc in three?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 30
Answer:

e. How many one-thirds arc in five-sixths?

Exploration 2

Finding a Pattern

Work with a partner. The table shows the division expressions from Exploration 1. Complete each multiplication expression so that it has the same value as the division expression above it. What can you conclude about dividing by fractions?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 32
Answer:

Math Practice
Look for Structure
Can the pattern you found be applied to division by a whole number? Why or why not?
Answer:

Lesson 2.2 Dividing Fractions

Try It Write hie reciprocal of the number.

Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
5

Question 3.
\(\frac{7}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(\frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Try It Divide. Write the answer in simplest form. Use a model to justify your answer.

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{2} \div \frac{1}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{5} \div \frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{8} \div \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{2}{7} \div \frac{9}{14}\)
Answer:

Try It Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 3
Answer:

Question 10.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 10
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) ÷ 4
Answer:

Question 12.
\(\frac{6}{7}\) ÷ 4
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

DIVIDING FRACTIONS
Divide. Write the answer in simplest form. Draw a model to justify your answer.

Question 13.
\(\frac{2}{3} \div \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 14.
\(\frac{6}{7}\) ÷ 3
Answer:

Question 15.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which of the following does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
\(\frac{2}{3} \div \frac{4}{5}\)     \(\frac{3}{2} \cdot \frac{4}{5}\)     \(\frac{5}{4} \times \frac{2}{3}\)       \(\frac{5}{4} \div \frac{3}{2}\)
Answer:

MATCHING
Match the expression with its value.

16. \( \frac{2}{5} \div \frac{8}{15}\) (A) \( \frac{1}{12}\)
17. \( \frac{8}{15} \div \frac{2}{5}\) (B) \( \frac{3}{4}\)
18. \( \frac{2}{15} \div \frac{8}{5}\) (c) 12
19. \( \frac{8}{5} \div \frac{2}{15}\) (D) 1\( \frac{1}{3}\)

Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding, of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 20.
You have 5 cups of rice to make bibimbap, a popular Korean meal. The recipe calls for \(\frac{4}{5}\) cup of rice per serving. H0w many full servings of bibimbap can you make? How much rice is left over?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 33
Answer:

Question 21.
A band earns \(\frac{2}{3}\) of their profit from selling concert tickets and \(\frac{1}{5}\) of their profit from selling merchandise. The band earns a profit of $1500 from selling concert tickets. How much profit does the band earn from selling merchandise?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 33
Answer:

Dividing Fractions Practice 2.2

Review & Refresh

Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(\frac{7}{10} \cdot \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{5}{6} \times 2 \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{9} \times \frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(2 \frac{2}{5} \cdot 6 \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Match the expression with its value.

5. 3 + 2 × 42 A. 22
6. (3 + 2) × 42 B. 35
7. 2 + 3 × 42 C. 50
8. 42 + 2 × 3 D. 80

Answer:

Find the area of the rectangle.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 34
Answer:

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 35
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 36
Answer:

Concepts, skills, & Problem Solving

CHOOSE TOOLS
Answer the question using a model. (See Exploration 1, Page.No 53.)

Question 12.
How many three-fifths are in three?
Answer:

Question 13.
How many two-ninths are in eight-ninths?
Answer:

Question 14.
How many three-fourths are in seven-eighths?
Answer:

WRITING RECIPROCALS
Write the reciprocal of the number.

Question 15.
8
Answer:

Question 16.
\(\frac{6}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 18.
\(\frac{11}{8}\)
Answer:

DIVIDING FRACTIONS
Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 19.
\(\frac{1}{3} \div \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 20.
\(\frac{1}{8} \div \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
\(\frac{2}{7} \div 2\)
Answer:

Question 22.
\(\frac{6}{5} \div 3\)
Answer:

Question 23.
\(\frac{2}{3} \div \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 24.
\(\frac{5}{6} \div \frac{2}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
\(12 \div \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 26.
\(8 \div \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 27.
\(\frac{3}{7} \div 6\)
Answer:

Question 28.
\(\frac{12}{25} \div 4\)
Answer:

Question 29.
\(\frac{2}{9} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 30.
\(\frac{8}{15} \div \frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
\(\frac{1}{3} \div \frac{1}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 32.
\(\frac{7}{10} \div \frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 33.
\(\frac{14}{27} \div 7\)
Answer:

Question 34.
\(\frac{5}{8} \div 15\)
Answer:

Question 35.
\(\frac{27}{32} \div \frac{7}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 36.
\(\frac{4}{15} \div \frac{10}{13}\)
Answer:

Question 37.
\(9 \div \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 38.
\(10 \div \frac{5}{12}\)
Answer:

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the quotient. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 37
Answer:

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 38
Answer:

Question 41.
MP REASONING
You have \(\frac{3}{5}\) of an apple pie. You divide the remaining pie into 5 equal slices. What portion of the original pie is each slice?
Answer:

Question 42.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
How many times longer is the baby alligator than the baby gecko?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 39
Answer:

OPEN-ENDED
Write a real-life problem for the expression. Then solve the problem.
Question 47.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 40
Answer:

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 41
Answer:

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 42
Answer:

MP REASONING
Without finding the quotient, copy and complete the statement using <, >, or =. Explain your reasoning.

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 43
Answer:

Question 51.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 44
Answer:

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 45
Answer:

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 46
Answer:

ORDER OF OPERATIONS
Evaluate the expression. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 54.
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 6 ÷ 6
Answer:

Question 55.
\(\frac{7}{12}\) ÷ 14 ÷ 6
Answer:

Question 56.
\(\frac{3}{5} \div \frac{4}{7} \div \frac{9}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 57.
\(4 \div \frac{8}{9}-\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 58.
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{5}{6} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 59.
\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{3}{8} \div 9\)
Answer:

Question 60.
\(\frac{9}{16} \div \frac{3}{4} \cdot \frac{2}{13}\)
Answer:

Question 61.
\(\frac{3}{14} \cdot \frac{2}{5} \div \frac{6}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 62.
\(\frac{10}{27} \cdot\left(\frac{3}{8} \div \frac{5}{24}\right)\)
Answer:

Question 63.
MP NUMBER SENSE
When is the reciprocal of a fraction a whole number? Explain.
Answer:

Question 64.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You use \(\frac{1}{8}\) of your battery for every \(\frac{2}{5}\) of an hour that you video chat. You use \(\frac{3}{4}\) of your battery video chatting. How long did you video chat?
Answer:

Question 65.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
The table shows the portions of a family budget that are spent on several expenses.

Expense Portion of Budget
Housing \( \frac{2}{5}\)
Food \( \frac{4}{9}\)
Automobiles \( \frac{1}{15}\)
Recreation \( \frac{1}{40}\)

a. How many times more is the expense for housing than for automobiles?
Answer:

b. How many times more is the expense for food than for recreation?
Answer:

c. The expense for automobile fuel is \(\frac{1}{60} 0\) of the total expenses. What portion of the automobile expense is spent on fuel?
Answer:

Question 66.
CRITICAL THINKING
A bottle of juice is \(\frac{2}{3}\) full. the bottle contains \(\frac{4}{5}\) of a cup of juice.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 47
a. Write a division expression that represents the capacity of the bottle.
Answer:

b. Write a related multiplication expression that represents the capacity of the bottle.
Answer:

e. Explain how you can use the diagram to verify the expression In part (b).
Answer:

d. Find the capacity of the bade.
Answer:

Question 67.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 6 pints of glaze. It takes \(\frac{7}{8}\) of a pint to glaze a bowl and \(\frac{9}{16}\) of a pint to glaze a plate.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 48
a. how many howls can you completely glaze? How many plates can you completely glaze?
Answer:

b. You want to glaze 5 bowls, and then use the rest for plates. How many plates can you completely glaze? How much glaze will be left over?
Answer:

c. How many of each object can you completely glaze so that there is no glaze left over? Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:

Question 68.
MP REASONING
A water tank is \(\frac{1}{8}\) full. The tank is \(\frac{3}{4}\) full when 42 gallons of water are added to the tank.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 49
a. How much water can the tank hold?
Answer:

b. How much water was originally in the tank?
Answer:

c. How much water is in the tank when it is \(\frac{1}{2}\) full?
Answer:

Section 2.3 Dividing Mixed Numbers

Exploration 1

Dividing Mixed Numbers

Work with a partner. Write a real-life problem that represents each division expression described. Then solve each problem using a model. Check your answers.

a. How many three-fourths arc in four and one-half?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 50
Answer:

b. How many three-eighths arc in two and one-fourth?
Answer:

c. How many one and one-halves arc in six?
Answer:

d. How many seven-sixths arc in three and one-third?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 51
Answer:

e. How many one and one-fifths are in five?
Answer:

f. How many three and one-halves arc in two and one-half?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 52

g. How many four and one-halves arc in one and one-half?
Answer:

Lesson 2.3 Dividing Mixed Numbers

Try It Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(3 \frac{2}{3} \div \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(1 \frac{3}{7} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(2 \frac{1}{6} \div \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(6 \frac{1}{2} \div 2\)
Answer:

Question 5.
\(10 \frac{2}{3} \div 2 \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(8 \frac{1}{4} \div 1 \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(3 \div 1 \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{4} \div 2 \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Try It Evaluate the expression. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 9.
\(1 \frac{1}{2} \div \frac{1}{6}-\frac{7}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 10.
\(3 \frac{1}{3} \div \frac{5}{6}+\frac{8}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{2}{5}+2 \frac{4}{5} \div 2\)
Answer:

Question 12.
\(\frac{2}{5}+2 \frac{4}{5} \div 2\)
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS
Evaluate the expression. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 13.
\(4 \frac{4}{7} \div \frac{4}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{2} \div 5 \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\frac{3}{4}+6 \frac{2}{5} \div 1 \frac{3}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 16.
MP NUMBER SENSE
Is \(2 \frac{1}{2} \div 1 \frac{1}{4}\) the sense as \(1 \frac{1}{4} \div 2 \frac{1}{2}\)? Use models to justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 17.
DIFFERENT WORDS. SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “b0th” answers.
What is 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) divided by \(\frac{1}{8}\)?
What is the quotient of 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{1}{8}\)?
What is 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) times 8?
What is \(\frac{1}{8}\) of 5\(\frac{1}{2}\)?
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
A water cooler contains 160 cups of water. During practice, each person on a team fills a water bottle with 3\(\frac{1}{3}\) cups of water from the cooler. Is there enough water for all 45 people on the team to fill their water bottles? Explain.
Answer:

Question 19.
A cyclist is 7\(\frac{3}{4}\) kilometers from the finish line of a race. The cyclist rides at a rate of 25\(\frac{5}{6}\) kilometers per hour. How many minutes will it take the cyclist to finish the race?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 53
Answer:

Dividing Mixed Numbers Practice 2.3

Review & Refresh

Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(\frac{1}{8} \div \frac{1}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{7}{9} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) ÷ 10
Answer:

Question 4.
12 ÷ \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:

Find the LCM of the numbers.

Question 5.
8, 14
Answer:

Question 6.
9, 11, 12
Answer:

Question 7.
12, 27, 30
Answer:

Find the volume of the rectangular prism.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 54
Answer:

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 55
Answer:

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 56
Answer:

Question 11.
Which number is not a prime factor of 286?
A. 2
B. 7
C. 11
D. 13
Answer:

Concepts, Skills & Problem Solving

MP CHOOSE TOOLS
Write a real-life problem that represents the division expression described. Then solve the problem using a model. Check your answer algebraically. (See Exploration 1, Page.No 61.)
Question 12.
How many two-thirds are in three and one-third?
Answer:

Question 13.
How many one and one-sixths are in five and five-sixths?
Answer:

Question 14.
How man two and one-halves are in eight and three-fourths?
Answer:

DIVIDING WITH MIXED NUMBERS
Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 15.
\(2 \frac{1}{4} \div \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 16.
\(3 \frac{4}{5} \div \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
\(8 \frac{1}{8} \div \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 18.
\(7 \frac{5}{9} \div \frac{4}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
\(7 \frac{1}{2} \div 1 \frac{9}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 20.
\(3 \frac{3}{4} \div 2 \frac{1}{12}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
\(7 \frac{1}{5} \div 8\)
Answer:

Question 22.
\(8 \frac{4}{7} \div 15\)
Answer:

Question 23.
\(8 \frac{1}{3} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 24.
\(9 \frac{1}{6} \div \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
\(13 \div 10 \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 26.
\(12 \div 5 \frac{9}{11}\)
Answer:

Question 27.
\(\frac{7}{8} \div 3 \frac{1}{16}\)
Answer:

Question 28.
\(\frac{4}{9} \div 1 \frac{7}{15}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
\(4 \frac{5}{16} \div 3 \frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 30.
\(6 \frac{2}{9} \div 5 \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the quotient of 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1\(\frac{2}{3}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 57
Answer:

Question 32.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
A platinum nugget weighs 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) ounces. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\) ounce pieces can he cut from the nugget?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 58
Answer:

ORDER OF OPERATIONS
Evaluate the expression. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 33.
\(3 \div 1 \frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 34.
\(4 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{1}{3} \div 2\)
Answer:

Question 35.
\(\frac{2}{5}+2 \frac{1}{6} \div \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 36.
\(5 \frac{5}{6} \div 3 \frac{3}{4}-\frac{2}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 37.
\(6 \frac{1}{2}-\frac{7}{8} \div 5 \frac{11}{16}\)
Answer:

Question 38.
\(9 \frac{1}{6} \div 5+3 \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 39.
\(3 \frac{3}{5}+4 \frac{4}{15} \div \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 40.
\(\frac{3}{5} \times \frac{7}{12} \div 2 \frac{7}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 41.
\(4 \frac{3}{8} \div \frac{3}{4} \cdot \frac{4}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 42.
\(1 \frac{9}{11} \times 4 \frac{7}{12} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 43.
\(3 \frac{4}{15} \div\left(8 \cdot 6 \frac{3}{10}\right)\)
Answer:

Question 44.
\(2 \frac{5}{14} \div\left(2 \frac{5}{8} \times 1 \frac{3}{7}\right)\)
Answer:

Question 45.
MP LOGIC
Your friend uses the model shown to state that \(2 \frac{1}{2} \div 1 \frac{1}{6}=2 \frac{1}{6}\). Is your friend correct? Justify your answer using the model.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 59
Answer:

Question 46.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A bag contains 42 cups of dog food. Your dog cats 2\(\frac{1}{3}\) cups of dog food each day. Is there enough food to last 3 weeks? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 60
Answer:

Question 47.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 12 cups of granola and 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of peanuts to make trail mix. What is the greatest number of full batches of trail mix you can make? Explain how you found your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 61
Answer:

Question 48.
MP REASONING
At a track and field meet, the longest shot-put throw by a boy is 25 feet 8 inches. the longest shot-put throw by a girl is 19 feet 3 inches. How many times greater is the longest shot-put throw by the boy than by the girl?
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences

Dreamt to become Pro in Math then having a good grip on Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences is mandatory. It is the ultimate guide for all high school students as it covers study resources for the concepts of chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences. So, students can trust this bigideasmathanswers.com BIM Algebra 1 Solution Key and make it a part of their preparation. Practice & solve the questions covered in the available Topic-wise BigIdeas Math Book Algebra 1 Ch 6 Answers PDF and identify the knowledge gap accordingly.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Solution Key Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences

Make use of this provided Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Ch 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences Answer Key topic-wise and clear all your subject doubts within seconds. BIM Algebra 1 Textbook Solutions for Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences concepts are explained in a step-wise manner so they are easy to understand while preparation. Also, BIM Answer Key for Algebra 1 Ch 6 is free to access online and offline at any time. Kickstart your preparation with the ultimate Ch 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers guide & score highest marks in various exams.

Exponential Functions and Sequences Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the expression.

Question 1.
12(\(\frac{14}{2}\)) – 33 + 15 – 92

Question 2.
53 • 8 ÷ 22 + 20 • 3 – 4

Question 3.
-7 + 16 ÷ 24 + (10 – 42)

Find the square root(s).

Question 4.
\(\sqrt{64}\)

Question 5.
–\(\sqrt{4}\)

Question 6.
–\(\sqrt{25}\)

Question 7.
±\(\sqrt{21}\)

Question 8.
12, 14, 16, 18, . . .

Question 9.
6, 3, 0, -3, . . .

Question 10.
22, 15, 8, 1, . . .

Question 11.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Recall that a perfect square is a number with integers as its square roots. Is the product of two perfect squares always a perfect square? Is the quotient of two perfect squares always a perfect square? Explain your reasoning.

Exponential Functions and Sequences Mathematical Practices

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
A rabbit population over 8 consecutive years is given by 50, 80, 128, 205, 328, 524, 839, 1342. Find the population in the tenth year.

Question 2.
The sums of the numbers in the first eight rows of Pascal’s Triangle are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128. Find the sum of the numbers in the tenth row.

Lesson 6.1 Properties of Exponents

Essential Question
How can you write general rules involving properties of exponents?

EXPLORATION 1
Writing Rules for Properties of Exponents
Work with a partner.

a. What happens when you multiply two powers with the same base? Write the product of the two powers as a single power. Then write a general rule for finding the product of two powers with the same base.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 1.1
b. What happens when you divide two powers with the same base? Write the quotient of the two powers as a single power. Then write a general rule for finding the quotient of two powers with the same base.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 2
c. What happens when you find a power of a power? Write the expression as a single power. Then write a general rule for finding a power of a power.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 3
d. What happens when you find a power of a product? Write the expression as the product of two powers. Then write a general rule for finding a power of a product.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 4
e. What happens when you find a power of a quotient? Write the expression as the quotient of two powers. Then write a general rule for finding a power of a quotient.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 5

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How can you write general rules involving properties of exponents?

Question 3.
There are 33 small cubes in the cube below. Write an expression for the number of small cubes in the large cube at the right.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6

6.1 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Evaluate the expression.

Question 1.
(-9)°

Question 2.
3-3

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 7

Question 4.
Simplify the expression Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 8. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Monitoring Progress

Simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 5.
104 • 10-6

Question 6.
x9 • x-9

Question 7.
\(\frac{-5^{8}}{-5^{4}}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{y^{6}}{y^{7}}\)

Question 9.
(6-2)-1

Question 10.
(w12)5

Monitoring Progress

Simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 11.
(10y)-3

Question 12.
(\(-\frac{4}{n}\))5

Question 13.
(\(\frac{1}{2 k^{2}}\))5

Question 14.
(\(\frac{6 c}{7}\))-2

Monitoring Progress

Question 15.
Write two expressions that represent the area of a base of the cylinder in Example 5.

Question 16.
It takes the Sun about 2.3 × 108 years to orbit the center of the Milky Way. It takes Pluto about 2.5 × 102 years to orbit the Sun. How many times does Pluto orbit the Sun while the Sun completes one orbit around the center of the Milky Way? Write your answer in scientific notation.

Properties of Exponents 6.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Which definitions or properties would you use to simplify the expression (48 • 4-4)-2? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain when and how to use the Power of a Product Property.
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
Explain when and how to use the Quotient of Powers Property.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 3

Question 4.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 8.1
Answer:

In Exercises 5–12, evaluate the expression. (See Example 1.)

Question 5.
(-7)°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 5

Question 6.

Answer:

Question 7.
5-4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 7

Question 8.
(-2)-5

Question 9.
\(\frac{2^{-4}}{4^{0}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 9

Question 10.
\(\frac{5^{-1}}{-9^{0}}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{-3^{-3}}{6^{-2}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 11

Question 12.
\(\frac{(-8)^{-2}}{3^{-4}}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 13–22, simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 13.
x-7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 13

Question 14.

Answer:

Question 15.
9x°y-3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 15

Question 16.
15c-8
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\frac{2^{-2} m^{-3}}{n^{0}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 17

Question 18.
\(\frac{10^{0} r^{-11} s}{3^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
\(\frac{4^{-3} a^{0}}{b^{-7}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 19

Question 20.
\(\frac{p^{-8}}{7^{-2} q^{-9}}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
\(\frac{2^{2} y^{-6}}{8^{-1} z^{0} x^{-7}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 21

Question 22.
\(\frac{13 x^{-5} y^{0}}{5^{-3} z^{-10}}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 23–32, simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 23.
\(\frac{5^{6}}{5^{2}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 23

Question 24.
\(\frac{(-6)^{8}}{(-6)^{5}}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
(-9)2 • (-9)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 25

Question 26.
4-5 • 45
Answer:

Question 27.
(p6)4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 27

Question 28.
(s-5)3
Answer:

Question 29.
6-8 • 65
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 29

Question 30.
-7 • (-7)-4

Question 31.
\(\frac{x^{5}}{x^{4}}\) • x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 31

Question 32.
\(\frac{z^{8} \cdot z^{2}}{z^{5}}\)
Answer:

Question 33.
USING PROPERTIES
A microscope magnifies an object 105 times. The length of an object is 10-7 meter. What is its magnified length?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 8.2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 33

Question 34.
USING PROPERTIES
The area of the rectangular computer chip is 1123b2 square microns. What is the length?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 9
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 35 and 36, describe and correct the error in simplifying the expression.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 35

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 11
Answer:

In Exercises 37–44, simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 37.
(-5z)3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 37

Question 38.
(4x)-4
Answer:

Question 39.
(\(\frac{6}{n}\))-2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 39
Answer:

Question 40.
(\(\frac{-t}{3}\))2
Answer:

Question 41.
(3s8)-5
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 41
Answer:

Question 42.
(-5p3)3
Answer:

Question 43.
(\(-\frac{w^{3}}{6}\))-2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 43
Answer:

Question 44.
(\(\frac{1}{2 r^{6}}\))-6

Question 45.
USING PROPERTIES
Which of the expressions represent the volume of the sphere? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 12
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 45

Question 46.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Diffusion is the movement of molecules from one location to another. The time t (in seconds) it takes molecules to diffuse a distance of x centimeters is given by t = \(\frac{x^{2}}{2 D}\), where D is the diffusion coefficient. The diffusion coefficient for a drop of ink in water is about 10-5 square centimeters per second. How long will it take the ink to diffuse 1 micrometer (10-4 centimeter)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 13.1

In Exercises 47–50, simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 47.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 47

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 15
Answer:

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 49

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 17
Answer:

In Exercises 51–54, evaluate the expression. Write your answer in scientific notation and standard form.

Question 51.
(3 × 102)(1.5 × 10-5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 51

Question 52.
(6.1 × 10-3)(8 × 109)
Answer:

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 53

Question 54.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 19
Answer:

Question 55.
PROBLEM SOLVING
In 2012, on average, about 9.46 × 10-1 pound of potatoes was produced for every 2.3 × 10-5 acre harvested. How many pounds of potatoes on average were produced for each acre harvested? Write your answer in scientific notation and in standard form.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 55

Question 56.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The speed of light is approximately 3 × 105 kilometers per second. How long does it take sunlight to reach Jupiter? Write your answer in scientific notation and in standard form.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 20
Answer:

Question 57.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Consider Cube A and Cube B.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 21
a. Which property of exponents should you use to simplify an expression for the volume of each cube?
b. How can you use the Power of a Quotient Property to find how many times greater the volume of Cube B is than the volume of Cube A?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 57

Question 58.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A byte is a unit used to measure a computer’s memory. The table shows the numbers of bytes in several units of measure.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 22
a. How many kilobytes are in 1 terabyte?
b. How many megabytes are in 16 gigabytes?
c. Another unit used to measure a computer’s memory is a bit. There are 8 bits in a byte. How can you convert the number of bytes in each unit of measure given in the table to bits? Can you still use a base of 2? Explain.
Answer:

REWRITING EXPRESSIONS
In Exercises 59–62, rewrite the expression as a power of a product.

questions 59.
8a3b3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 59

Question 60.
16r2s2
Answer:

Question 61.
64w18z12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 61

Question 62.
81x4y8
Answer:

Question 63.
USING STRUCTURE
The probability of rolling a 6 on a number cube is \(\frac{1}{6}\). The probability of rolling a 6 twice in a row is (\(\frac{1}{6}\))2 = \(\frac{1}{36}\).
a. Write an expression that represents the probability of rolling a 6 n times in a row.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 23
b. What is the probability of rolling a 6 four times in a row?
c. What is the probability of flipping heads on a coin five times in a row? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 63

Question 64.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The shaded part of Figure n represents the portion of a piece of paper visible after folding the paper in half n times.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 24
a. What fraction of the original piece of paper is each shaded part?
b. Rewrite each fraction from part (a) in the form 2x.
Answer:

Question 65.
REASONING
Find x and y when \(\frac{b^{x}}{b^{y}}\) = b9 and \(\frac{b^{x} \cdot b^{2}}{b^{3 y}}\) = b13. Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 65.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 65.2

Question 66.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write expressions for r and h so that the volume of the cone can be represented by the expression 27πx8. Find r and h.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 25
Answer:

Question 67.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
One of the smallest plant seeds comes from an orchid, and one of the largest plant seeds comes from a double coconut palm. A seed from an orchid has a mass of 10-6 gram. The mass of a seed from a double coconut palm is 1010 times the mass of the seed from the orchid. Your friend says that the seed from the double coconut palm has a mass of about 1 kilogram. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 67

Question 68.
CRITICAL THINKING
Your school is conducting a survey. Students can answer the questions in either part with “agree” or “disagree.”
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 26
a. What power of 2 represents the number of different ways that a student can answer all the questions in Part 1?
b. What power of 2 represents the number of different ways that a student can answer all the questions on the entire survey?
c. The survey changes, and students can now answer “agree,” “disagree,” or “no opinion.” How does this affect your answers in parts (a) and (b)?
Answer:

Question 69.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Compare the values of an and a-n when n < 0, when n = 0, and when n > 0 for
(a) a > 1 and
(b) 0 < a < 1. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 69

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the square root(s).

Question 70.
\(\sqrt{25}\)
Answer:

Question 71.
–\(\sqrt{100}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 71

Question 72.
± \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{64}}\)
Answer:

Classify the real number in as many ways as possible.

Question 73.
12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 73

Question 74.
\(\frac{65}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 75.
\(\frac{\pi}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.1 Question 75

Lesson 6.2 Radicals and Rational Exponents

Essential Question
How can you write and evaluate an nth root of a number?
Recall that you cube a number as follows.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 27
To “undo” cubing a number, take the cube root of the number.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 28

EXPLORATION 1
Finding Cube Roots
Work with a partner.
Use a cube root symbol to write the side length of each cube. Then find the cube root. Check your answers by multiplying. Which cube is the largest? Which two cubes are the same size? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 29
a. Volume = 27 ft3
b. Volume = 125 cm3
c. Volume = 3375 in.3
d. Volume = 3.375 m3
e. Volume = 1 yd3
f. Volume = \(\frac{125}{8}\) mm3

EXPLORATION 2
Estimating nth Roots
Work with a partner.
Estimate each positive nth root. Then match each nth root with the point on the number line. Justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 30.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 30

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you write and evaluate an nth root of a number?

Question 4.
The body mass m (in kilograms) of a dinosaur that walked on two feet can be modeled by
m = (0.00016)C2.73
where C is the circumference (in millimeters) of the dinosaur’s femur. The mass of a Tyrannosaurus rex was 4000 kilograms. Use a calculator to approximate the circumference of its femur.

6.2 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Find the indicated real nth root(s) of a.

Question 1.
n = 3, a = -125

Question 2.
n = 6, a = 64

Evaluate the expression.

Question 3.
\(\sqrt[3]{-125}\)

Question 4.
(-64)2 / 3

Question 5.
95 / 2

Question 6.
2563 / 4

Question 7.
WHAT IF? In Example 4, the volume of the beach ball is 17,000 cubic inches. Find the radius to the nearest inch. Use 3.14 for π.

Question 8.
The average cost of college tuition increases from $8500 to $13,500 over a period of 8 years. Find the annual inflation rate to the nearest tenth of a percent.

Radicals and Rational Exponents 6.2 Exercises

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

Question 1.
WRITING
Explain how to evaluate 811 / 4.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 31
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, rewrite the expression in rational exponent form.

Question 3.
\(\sqrt{10}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 3

Question 4.
\(\sqrt[5]{34}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 5 and 6, rewrite the expression in radical form.

Question 5.
151 / 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 5

Question 6.
1401 / 8
Answer:

In Exercises 7–10, find the indicated real nth root(s) of a.

Question 7.
n = 2, a = 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 7

Question 8.
n = 4, a = 81
Answer:

Question 9.
n = 3, a = 1000
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 9

Question 10.
n = 9, a = -512
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 11 and 12, find the dimensions of the cube. Check your answer.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 33
Answer:

In Exercises 13–18, evaluate the expression.

Question 13.
\(\sqrt[4]{256}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 13

Question 14.
\(\sqrt[3]{-216}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\sqrt[3]{-343}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 15

Question 16.
–\(\sqrt[5]{1024}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
1281 / 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 17

Question 18.
(-64)1 / 2
Answer:

In Exercises 19 and 20, rewrite the expression in rational exponent form.

Question 19.
(\(\sqrt[5]{8}\))4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 19

Question 20.
(\(\sqrt[5]{-21}\))6
Answer:

In Exercises 21 and 22, rewrite the expression in radical form.

Question 21.
(-4)2 / 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 21

Question 22.
95 / 2
Answer:

In Exercises 23–28, evaluate the expression.

Question 23.
323 / 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 23

Question 24.
1252 / 3
Answer:

Question 25.
(-36)3 / 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 25

Question 26.
(-243)2 / 5
Answer:

Question 27.
(-128)5 / 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 27

Question 28.
3434 / 3
Answer:

Question 29.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in rewriting the expression in rational exponent form.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 34
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 29

Question 30.
ERROR ANALYSIS Describe and correct the error in evaluating the expression.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 35
Answer:

In Exercises 31–34, evaluate the expression.

Question 31.
(\(\frac{1}{1000}\))1 / 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 31

Question 32.
(\(\frac{1}{64}\))1 / 6
Answer:

Question 33.
(27)-2 / 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 33

Question 34.
(9)-5 / 2
Answer:

Question 35.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A math club is having a bake sale. Find the area of the bake sale sign.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 35

Question 36.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The volume of a cube-shaped box is 275 cubic millimeters. Find the length of one side of the box.
Answer:

Question 37.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The radius r of the base of a cone is given by the equation r = (\(\frac{3 V}{\pi h}\))1 / 2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 37
where V is the volume of the cone and h is the height of the cone. Find the radius of the paper cup to the nearest inch. Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 37

Question 38.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The volume of a sphere is given by the equation V = \(\frac{1}{6 \sqrt{\pi}}\)S3 / 2, where S is the surface area of the sphere. Find the volume of a sphere, to the nearest cubic meter, that has a surface area of 60 square meters. Use 3.14 for π.
Answer:

Question 39.
WRITING
Explain how to write (\(\sqrt[n]{a}\))m in rational exponent form.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 39

Question 40.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Write an expression in rational exponent form that represents the side length of the square.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 38
Answer:

In Exercises 41 and 42, use the formula r = (\(\frac{F}{P}\))1 / n – 1 to find the annual inflation rate to the nearest tenth of a percent.

Question 41.
A farm increases in value from $800,000 to $1,100,000 over a period of 6 years.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 41

Question 42.
The cost of a gallon of gas increases from $1.46 to $3.53 over a period of 10 years.
Answer:

Question 43.
REASONING
For what values of x is x = x1 / 5?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 43

Question 44.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that for a real number a and a positive integer n, the value of \(\sqrt[n]{a}\) is always positive and the value of –\(\sqrt[n]{a}\) is always negative. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

In Exercises 45–48, simplify the expression.

Question 45.
(y1 / 6)3 • x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 45

Question 46.
(y • y1 / 3)3 / 2
Answer:

Question 47.
x • \(\sqrt[3]{y^{6}}\) + y2 • \(\sqrt[3]{x^{3}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 47

Question 48.
(x1 / 3 • y1 / 2)9 • \(\sqrt{y}\)
Answer:

Question 49.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The formula for the volume of a regular dodecahedron is V ≈ 7.66ℓ3, where ℓ is the length of an edge. The volume of the dodecahedron is 20 cubic feet. Estimate the edge length.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 39
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 49

Question 50.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Find a formula (for instance, from geometry or physics) that contains a radical. Rewrite the formula using rational exponents.
Answer:

ABSTRACT REASONING
In Exercises 51–56, let x be a non negative real number. Determine whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Justify your answer.

Answer:

Question 51.
(x1 / 3)3 = x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 51

Question 52.
x1 / 3 = x-3
Answer:

Question 53.
x1 / 3 = \(\sqrt[3]{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 53

Question 54.
x = x1 / 3 • x3
Answer:

Question 55.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 55

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the function when x = −3, 0, and 8.(Section 3.3)

Question 57.
f(x) = 2x – 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 57

Question 58.
w(x) = -5x – 1
Answer:

Question 59.
h(x) = 13 – x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.2 Question 59

Question 60.
g(x) = 8x + 16
Answer:

Lesson 6.3 Exponential Functions

Essential Question
What are some of the characteristics of the graph of an exponential function?
EXPLORATION 1
Exploring an Exponential Function
Work with a partner.
Copy and complete each table for the exponential function y = 16(2)x. In each table, what do you notice about the values of x? What do you notice about the values of y?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 41

EXPLORATION 2
Exploring an Exponential Function
Work with a partner.
Repeat Exploration 1 for the exponential function y = 16(\(\frac{1}{2}\))x. Do you think the statement below is true for any exponential function? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 42
“As the independent variable x changes by a constant amount, the dependent variable y is multiplied by a constant factor.”

EXPLORATION 3
Graphing Exponential Functions
Work with a partner.
Sketch the graphs of the functions given in Explorations 1 and 2. How are the graphs similar? How are they different?

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
What are some of the characteristics of the graph of an exponential function?

Question 5.
Sketch the graph of each exponential function. Does each graph have the characteristics you described in Question 4? Explain your reasoning.
a. y = 2x
b. y = 2(3)x
c. y = 3(1.5)x
d. y = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))x
e. y = 3(\(\frac{1}{2}\))x
f. y = 2(\(\frac{3}{4}\))x

6.3 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Does the table represent a linear or an exponential function? Explain.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 43

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 44

Evaluate the function when x = −2, 0, and \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 3.
y = 2(9)x

Question 4.
y = 1.5(2)x

Monitoring Progress

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of the parent function. Describe the domain and range of f.

Question 5.
f(x) = -2(4)x

Question 6.
f(x) = 2(\(\frac{1}{4}\))x

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.

Question 7.
y = -2(3)x + 2 – 1

Question 8.
f(x) = (0.25)x + 3

Question 9.
WHAT IF? In Example 6, the dependent variable of g is multiplied by 3 for every 1 unit the independent variable x increases. Graph g when g(0) = 4. Compare g and the function f from Example 3 over the interval x = 0 to x = 2.

Question 10.
A bacterial population y after x days can be represented by an exponential function whose graph passes through (0, 100) and (1, 200).
(a) Write a function that represents the population.
(b) Find the population after 6 days.
(c) Does this bacterial population grow faster than the bacterial population in Example 7? Explain.

Exponential Functions 6.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
OPEN-ENDED
Sketch an increasing exponential function whose graph has a y-intercept of 2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 1

Question 2.
REASONING
Why is a the y-intercept of the graph of the function y = abx?
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
Compare the graph of y = 2(5)x with the graph of y = 5x.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 45
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–10, determine whether the equation represents an exponential function. Explain.

Question 5.
y = 4(7)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 5

Question 6.
y = -6x
Answer:

Question 7.
y = 2x3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 7

Question 8.
y = -3x
Answer:

Question 9.
y = 9(-5)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 9

Question 10.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(1)x
Answer:

In Exercises 11–14, determine whether the table represents a linear or an exponential function. Explain. 

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 46
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 47
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 48
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 49
Answer:

In Exercises 15–20, evaluate the function for the given value of x.

Question 15.
y = 3x; x = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 15

Question 16.
f(x) = 3(2)x; x = -1
Answer:

Question 17.
y = -4(5)x; x = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 17

Question 18.
f(x) = 0.5x; x = -3
Answer:

Question 19.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)(6)x; x = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 19

Question 20.
y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)(4)x; x = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE
In Exercises 21–24, match the function with its graph.

Question 21.
f(x) = 2(0.5)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 21

Question 22.
y = -2(0.5)x
Answer:

Question 23.
y = 2(2)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 23

Question 24.
f(x) = -2(2)x
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 50
Answer:

In Exercises 25–30, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of the parent function. Describe the domain and range of f.

Question 25.
f (x) = 3(0.5)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 25

Question 26.
f(x) = -4x
Answer:

Question 27.
f(x) = -2(7)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 27

Question 28.
f(x) = 6 (\(\frac{1}{3}\))x
Answer:

Question 29.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(8)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 29

Question 30.
f (x) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)(0.25)x
Answer:

In Exercises 31–36, graph the function. Describe the domain and range.

Question 31.
f(x) = 3x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 31

Question 32.
f(x) = 4x + 3
Answer:

Question 33.
y = 5x – 2 + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 33

Question 34.
y = – (\(\frac{1}{2}\))x + 1 – 3
Answer:

Question 35.
y = -8(0.75)x + 2 – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 35

Question 36.
f(x) = 3(6)x – 1
Answer:

In Exercises 37–40, compare the graphs. Find the value of h, k, or a.

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 51
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 37

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 51.1
Answer:

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 52
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 53
Answer:

Question 41.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in evaluating the function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 54
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 41

Question 42.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the domain and range of the function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 55
Answer:

In Exercises 43 and 44, graph the function with the given description. Compare the function to f (x) = 0.5(4)x over the interval x = 0 to x = 2.

Question 43.
An exponential function g models a relationship in which the dependent variable is multiplied by 2.5 for every 1 unit the independent variable x increases. The value of the function at 0 is 8.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 43

Question 44.
An exponential function h models a relationship in which the dependent variable is multiplied by \(\frac{1}{2}\) for every 1 unit the independent variable x increases. The value of the function at 0 is 32.
Answer:

Question 45.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You graph an exponential function on a calculator. You zoom in repeatedly to 25% of the screen size. The function y = 0.25x represents the percent (in decimal form) of the original screen display that you see, where x is the number of times you zoom in.
a. Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
b. Find and interpret the y-intercept.
c. You zoom in twice. What percent of the original screen do you see?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 45.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 45.2

Question 46.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A population y of coyotes in a national park triples every 20 years. The function y = 15(3)x represents the population, where x is the number of 20-year periods.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 56
a. Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
b. Find and interpret the y-intercept.
c. How many coyotes are in the national park in 40 years?
Answer:

In Exercises 47–50, write an exponential function represented by the table or graph.

Question 47.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 57
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 47

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 58
Answer:

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 59
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 49

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 60
Answer:

Question 51.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The graph represents the number y of visitors to a new art gallery after x months.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 61
a. Write an exponential function that represents this situation.
b. Approximate the number of visitors after 5 months.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 51

Question 52.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A sales report shows that 3300 gas grills were purchased from a chain of hardware stores last year. The store expects grill sales to increase 6% each year. About how many grills does the store expect to sell in Year 6? Use an equation to justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 53.
WRITING
Graph the function f(x) = -2x. Then graph g(x) = -2x – 3. How are the y-intercept, domain, and range affected by the translation?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 53

Question 54.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that the table represents an exponential function because y is multiplied by a constant factor. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 62
Answer:

Question 55.
WRITING
Describe the effect of a on the graph of y = a • 2x when a is positive and when a is negative.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 55

Question 56.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a function whose graph is a horizontal translation of the graph of h(x) = 4x.
Answer:

Question 57.
USING STRUCTURE
The graph of g is a translation 4 units up and 3 units right of the graph of f(x) = 5x. Write an equation for g.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 57

Question 58.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? The exponential function y = V(x) represents the projected value of a stock x weeks after a corporation loses an important legal battle. The graph of the function is shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 63
a. After how many weeks will the stock be worth $20?
b. Describe the change in the stock price from Week 1 to Week 3.
Answer:

Question 59.
USING GRAPHS
The graph represents the exponential function f. Find f(7).
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 64
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 59

Question 60.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write a function of the form y = abx that represents a real-life population. Explain the meaning of each of the constants a and b in the real-life context.
Answer:

Question 61.
REASONING
Let f(x) = abx. Show that when x is increased by a constant k, the quotient \(\frac{f(x+k)}{f(x)}\) is always the same regardless of the value of x.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 61

Question 62.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A function g models a relationship in which the dependent variable is multiplied by 4 for every 2 units the independent variable increases. The value of the function at 0 is 5. Write an equation that represents the function.
Answer:

Question 63.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Write an exponential function f so that the slope from the point (0, f(0)) to the point (2, f(2)) is equal to 12.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 63.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 63.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write the percent as a decimal.

Question 64.
4%
Answer:

Question 65.
35%
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 65

Question 66.
128%
Answer:

Question 67.
250%
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.3 Question 67

Lesson 6.4 Exponential Growth and Decay

Essential Question
What are some of the characteristics of exponential growth and exponential decay functions?

EXPLORATION 1
Predicting a Future Event
Work with a partner.
It is estimated, that in 1782, there were about 100,000 nesting pairs of bald eagles in the United States. By the 1960s, this number had dropped to about 500 nesting pairs. In 1967, the bald eagle was declared an endangered species in the United States. With protection, the nesting pair population began to increase. Finally, in 2007, the bald eagle was removed from the list of endangered and threatened species.
Describe the pattern shown in the graph. Is it exponential growth? Assume the pattern continues. When will the population return to that of the late 1700s? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 65
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 66

EXPLORATION 2
Describing a Decay Pattern
Work with a partner.
A forensic pathologist was called to estimate the time of death of a person. At midnight, the body temperature was 80.5°F and the room temperature was a constant 60°F. One hour later, the body temperature was 78.5°F.
a. By what percent did the difference between the body temperature and the room temperature drop during the hour?
b. Assume that the original body temperature was 98.6°F. Use the percent decrease found in part (a) to make a table showing the decreases in body temperature. Use the table to estimate the time of death.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are some of the characteristics of exponential growth and exponential decay functions?

Question 4.
Use the Internet or some other reference to find an example of each type of function. Your examples should be different than those given in Explorations 1 and 2.
a. exponential growth
b. exponential decay

6.4 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
A website has 500,000 members in 2010. The number y of members increases by 15% each year.
(a) Write an exponential growth function that represents the website membership t years after 2010.
(b) How many members will there be in 2016? Round your answer to the nearest ten thousand.

Monitoring Progress

Determine whether the table represents an exponential growth function, an exponential decay function, or neither. Explain.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 67

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 68

Determine whether the function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Identify the percent rate of change.

Question 4.
y = 2(0.92)t

Question 5.
f(t) = (1.2)t

Rewrite the function to determine whether it represents exponential growth or exponential decay.

Question 6.
f(t) = 3(1.02)10t

Question 7.
y = (0.95)t + 2

Question 8.
You deposit $500 in a savings account that earns 9% annual interest compounded monthly. Write and graph a function that represents the balance y (in dollars) after t years.

Question 9.
WHAT IF? The car loses 9% of its value every year.
(a) Write a function that represents the value y (in dollars) of the car after t years.
(b) Find the approximate monthly percent decrease in value.
(c) Graph the function from part (a). Use the graph to estimate the value of the car after 12 years. Round your answer to the nearest thousand.

Exponential Growth and Decay 6.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
In the exponential growth function y = a(1 + r)t, the quantity r is called the ________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
What is the decay factor in the exponential decay function y = a(1 – r)t?
Answer:

Question 3.
VOCABULARY
Compare exponential growth and exponential decay.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 3

Question 4.
WRITING
When does the function y = abx represent exponential growth? exponential decay?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–12, identify the initial amount a and the rate of growth r (as a percent) of the exponential function. Evaluate the function when t = 5. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 5.
y = 350(1 + 0.75)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 5

Question 6.
y = 10(1 + 0.4)t
Answer:

Question 7.
y = 25(1.2)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 7

Question 8.
y = 12(1.05)t
Answer:

Question 9.
f(t) = 1500(1.074)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 9

Question 10.
h(t) = 175(1.028)t
Answer:

Question 11.
g(t) = 6.72(2)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 11

Question 12.
p(t) = 1.8t
Answer:

In Exercises 13–16, write a function that represents the situation.

Question 13.
Sales of $10,000 increase by 65% each year.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 13

Question 14.
Your starting annual salary of $35,000 increases by 4% each year.
Answer:

Question 15.
A population of 210,000 increases by 12.5% each year.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 15

Question 16.
An item costs $4.50, and its price increases by 3.5% each year.
Answer:

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The population of a city has been increasing by 2% annually. The sign shown is from the year 2000.
a. Write an exponential growth function that represents the population t years after 2000.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 69
b. What will the population be in 2020? Round your answer to the nearest thousand.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A young channel catfish weighs about 0.1 pound. During the next 8 weeks, its weight increases by about 23% each week.
a. Write an exponential growth function that represents the weight of the catfish after t weeks during the 8-week period.
b. About how much will the catfish weigh after 4 weeks? Round your answer to the nearest thousandth.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 70
Answer:

In Exercises 19–26, identify the initial amount a and the rate of decay r (as a percent) of the exponential function. Evaluate the function when t = 3. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 19.
y = 575(1 – 0.6)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 19

Question 20.
y = 8(1 – 0.15)t
Answer:

Question 21.
g(t) = 240(0.75)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 21

Question 22.
f(t) = 475(0.5)t
Answer:

Question 23.
w(t) = 700(0.995)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 23

Question 24.
h(t) = 1250(0.865)t
Answer:

Question 25.
y = (\(\frac{7}{8}\))t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 25

Question 26.
y = 0.5 (\(\frac{3}{4}\))t
Answer:

In Exercises 27–30, write a function that represents the situation.

Question 27.
A population of 100,000 decreases by 2% each year.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 27

Question 28.
A $900 sound system decreases in value by 9% each year.
Answer:

Question 29.
A stock valued at $100 decreases in value by 9.5% each year.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 29

Question 30.
A company profit of $20,000 decreases by 13.4% each year.
Answer:

Question 31.
ERROR ANALYSIS The growth rate of a bacterial culture is 150% each hour. Initially, there are 10 bacteria. Describe and correct the error in finding the number of bacteria in the culture after 8 hours.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 71
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 31

Question 32.
ERROR ANALYSIS You purchase a car in 2010 for $25,000. The value of the car decreases by 14% annually. Describe and correct the error in finding the value of the car in 2015.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 72
Answer:

In Exercises 33–38, determine whether the table represents an exponential growth function, an exponential decay function, or neither. Explain.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 73
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 74
Answer:

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 35

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 76
Answer:

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 77
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 37

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 78
Answer:

Question 39.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
The table shows the value of a camper t years after it is purchased.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 79
a. Determine whether the table represents an exponential growth function, an exponential decay function, or neither.
b. What is the value of the camper after 5 years?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 39

Question 40.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
The table shows the total numbers of visitors to a website t days after it is online.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 80
a. Determine whether the table represents an exponential growth function, an exponential decay function, or neither.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 80.1
b. How many people will have visited the website after it is online 47 days?
Answer:

In Exercises 41–48, determine whether each function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Identify the percent rate of change.

Question 41.
y = 4(0.8)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 41

Question 42.
y = 15(1.1)t
Answer:

Question 43.
y = 30(0.95)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 43

Question 44.
y = 5(1.08)t
Answer:

Question 45.
r(t) = 0.4(1.06)t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 45

Question 46.
s(t) = 0.65(0.48)t
Answer:

Question 47.
g(t) = 2 (\(\frac{5}{4}\))t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 47

Question 48.
m(t) = (\(\frac{4}{5}\))t
Answer:

In Exercises 49–56, rewrite the function to determine whether it represents exponential growth or exponential decay.

Question 49.
y = (0.9)t – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 49

Question 50.
y = (1.4)t + 8
Answer:

Question 51.
y = 2(1.06)9t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 51

Question 52.
y = 5(0.82)t/5
Answer:

Question 53.
x(t) = (1.45)t/2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 53

Question 54.
f(t) = 0.4(1.16)t – 1
Answer:

Question 55.
b(t) = 4(0.55)t + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 55

Question 56.
r(t) = (0.88)4r
Answer:

In Exercises 57–60, write a function that represents the balance after t years. 

Question 57.
$2000 deposit that earns 5% annual interest compounded quarterly
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 57

Question 58.
$1400 deposit that earns 10% annual interest compounded semiannually
Answer:

Question 59.
$6200 deposit that earns 8.4% annual interest compounded monthly
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 59

Question 60.
$3500 deposit that earns 9.2% annual interest compounded quarterly
Answer:

Question 61.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The cross-sectional area of a tree 4.5 feet from the ground is called its basal area. The table shows the basal areas (in square inches) of Tree A over time.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 81
a. Write functions that represent the basal areas of the trees after t years.
b. Graph the functions from part (a) in the same coordinate plane. Compare the basal areas.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 61.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 61.2

Question 62.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You deposit $300 into an investment account that earns 12% annual interest compounded quarterly. The graph shows the balance of a savings account over time.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 82
a. Write functions that represent the balances of the accounts after t years.
b. Graph the functions from part (a) in the same coordinate plane. Compare the account balances.
Answer:

Question 63.
PROBLEM SOLVING A city has a population of 25,000. The population is expected to increase by 5.5% annually for the next decade.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 83
a. Write a function that represents the population y after t years.
b. Find the approximate monthly percent increase in population.
c. Graph the function from part (a). Use the graph to estimate the population after 4 years.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 63.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 63.2

Question 64.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Plutonium-238 is a material that generates steady heat due to decay and is used in power systems for some spacecraft. The function y = a(0.5)t/x represents the amount y of a substance remaining after t years, where a is the initial amount and x is the length of the half-life (in years).
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 84
a. A scientist is studying a 3-gram sample. Write a function that represents the amount y of plutonium-238 after t years.
b. What is the yearly percent decrease of plutonium-238?
c. Graph the function from part (a). Use the graph to estimate the amount remaining after 12 years.
Answer:

Question 65.
COMPARING FUNCTIONS
The three given functions describe the amount y of ibuprofen (in milligrams) in a person’s bloodstream t hours after taking the dosage.
y ≈ 800(0.71)t
y ≈ 800(0.9943)60t
y ≈ 800(0.843)2t
a. Show that these expressions are approximately equivalent.
b. Describe the information given by each of the functions.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 65.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 65.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 65.3

Question 66.
COMBINING FUNCTIONS You deposit $9000 in a savings account that earns 3.6% annual interest compounded monthly. You also save $40 per month in a safe at home. Write a function C(t) = b(t) + h(t), where b(t) represents the balance of your savings account and h(t) represents the amount in your safe after t years. What does C(t) represent?
Answer:

Question 67.
NUMBER SENSE During a flu epidemic, the number of sick people triples every week. What is the growth rate as a percent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 67

Question 68.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Match each situation with its graph. Explain your reasoning.
a. A bacterial population doubles each hour.
b. The value of a computer decreases by 18% each year.
c. A deposit earns 11% annual interest compounded yearly.
d. A radioactive element decays 5.5% each year.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 85
Answer:

Question 69.
WRITING Give an example of an equation in the form y = abx that does not represent an exponential growth function or an exponential decay function. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 69

Question 70.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Describe two account options into which you can deposit $1000 and earn compound interest. Write a function that represents the balance of each account after t years. Which account would you rather use? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 71.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT A store is having a sale on sweaters. On the first day, the prices of the sweaters are reduced by 20%. The prices will be reduced another 20% each day until the sweaters are sold. Your friend says the sweaters will be free on the fifth day. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 86
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 71

Question 72.
COMPARING FUNCTIONS The graphs of f and g are shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 87
a. Explain why f is an exponential growth function. Identify the rate of growth.
b. Describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of g. Determine the value of k.
c. The graph of g is the same as the graph of h(t) = f (t + r). Use properties of exponents to find the value of r.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Check your solution.(Section 1.3)

Question 73.
8x + 12 = 4x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 73

Question 74.
5 – t = 7t + 21
Answer:

Question 75.
6(r – 2) = 2r + 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 75

Find the slope and the y-intercept of the graph of the linear equation.(Section 3.5)

Question 76.
y = -6x + 7
Answer:

Question 77.
y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 77

Question 78.
3y = 6x – 12
Answer:

Question 79.
2y + x = 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.4 Question 79

Exponential Functions and Sequences Study Skills: Analyzing Your Errors

6.1–6.4 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 88

Core Concepts
Section 6.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 89
Section 6.2
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 90
Section 6.3
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 91
Section 6.4
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 92

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
How did you apply what you know to simplify the complicated situation in Exercise 56 on page 297?

Question 2.
How can you use previously established results to construct an argument in Exercise 44 on page 304?

Question 3.
How is the form of the function you wrote in Exercise 66 on page 322 related to the forms of other types of functions you have learned about in this course?

Study Skills

Analyzing Your Errors

Misreading Directions

  • What Happens: You incorrectly read or do not understand directions.
  • How to Avoid This Error: Read the instructions for exercises at least twice and make sure you understand what they mean. Make this a habit and use it when taking tests.

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 93

Exponential Functions 6.1 – 6.4 Quiz

Simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.(Section 6.1)

Question 1.
32 • 34

Question 2.
(k4)-3

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 94

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 95

Evaluate the expression.(Section 6.2)

Question 5.
\(\sqrt[3]{27}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{16}\)1/4

Question 7.
5122/3

Question 8.
\(\sqrt{4}\)5

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.(Section 6.3)

Question 9.
y = 5x

Question 10.
y = -2(\(\frac{1}{6}\))x

Question 11.
y = 6(2)x – 4 – 1

Determine whether the table represents an exponential growth function, an exponential decay function, or neither. Explain.(Section 6.4)

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 96

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 97

Determine whether the function represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Identify the percent rate of change.(Section 6.4)

Question 14.
y = 3(1.88)t

Question 15.
f(t) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)(1.26)t

Question 16.
f(t) = 80(\(\frac{3}{5}\))t

Question 17.
The table shows several units of mass. (Section 6.1)
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 98
a. How many times larger is a kilogram than a nanogram? Write your answer using only positive exponents.
b. How many times smaller is a milligram than a hectogram? Write your answer using only positive exponents.
c. Which is greater, 10,000 milligrams or 1000 decigrams? Explain your reasoning.

Question 18.
You store blankets in a cedar chest. What is the volume of the cedar chest? (Section 6.2)
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 99

Question 19.
The function f(t) = 5(4)t represents the number of frogs in a pond after t years. (Section 6.3 and Section 6.4)
a. Does the function represent exponential growth or exponential decay? Explain.
b. Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
c. What is the yearly percent change? the approximate monthly percent change?
d. How many frogs are in the pond after 4 years?

Lesson 6.5 Solving Exponential Functions

Essential Question
How can you solve an exponential equation graphically?
EXPLORATION 1
Solving an Exponential Equation Graphically
Work with a partner.
Use a graphing calculator to solve the exponential equation 2.5x – 3 = 6.25 graphically. Describe your process and explain how you determined the solution.

EXPLORATION 2
The Number of Solutions of an Exponential Equation
Work with a partner.

a. Use a graphing calculator to graph the equation y = 2x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 100
b. In the same viewing window, graph a linear equation (if possible) that does not intersect the graph of y = 2x.
c. In the same viewing window, graph a linear equation (if possible) that intersects the graph of y = 2x in more than one point.
d. Is it possible for an exponential equation to have no solution? more than one solution? Explain your reasoning.

EXPLORATION 3
Solving Exponential Equations Graphically
Work with a partner.
Use a graphing calculator to solve each equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 100.1
a. 2x = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
b. 2x + 1 = 0
c. 2x = \(\sqrt{2}\)
d. 3x = 9
e. 3x – 1 = 0
f. 42x = 2
g. 2x/2 = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
h. 3x + 2 = \(\frac{1}{9}\)
i. 2x – 2 = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x – 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you solve an exponential equation graphically?

Question 5.
A population of 30 mice is expected to double each year. The number p of mice in the population each year is given by p = 30(2n). In how many years will there be 960 mice in the population?

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
22x = 26

Question 2.
52x = 5x + 1

Question 3.
73x + 5 = 7x + 1

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
4x = 256

Question 5.
92x = 3x – 6

Question 6.
43x = 8x + 1

Question 7.
(\(\frac{1}{3}\))x – 1 = 27

Use a graphing calculator to solve the equation.

Question 8.
2x = 1.8

Question 9.
4x – 3 = x + 2

Question 10.
(\(\frac{1}{4}\))x = -2x – 3

Solving Exponential Functions 6.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Describe how to solve an exponential equation with unlike bases.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG? Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 101
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–12, solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 3.
45x = 410
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 3

Question 4.
7x – 4 = 78
Answer:

Question 5.
39x = 37x + 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 5

Question 6.
24x = 2x + 9
Answer:

Question 7.
2x = 64
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 7

Question 8.
3x = 243
Answer:

Question 9.
7x – 5 = 49x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 9

Question 10.
216x = 6x + 10
Answer:

Question 11.
642x + 4 = 165x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 11

Question 12.
27x = 9x – 2
Answer:

In Exercises 13–18, solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 13.
(\(\frac{1}{5}\))x = 125
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 13

Question 14.
(\(\frac{1}{4}\))x = 256
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\frac{1}{128}\) = 25x + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 15

Question 16.
34x – 9 = \(\frac{1}{243}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
36-3x + 3 = (\(\frac{1}{216}\))x + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 17.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 17.2

Question 18.
(\(\frac{1}{27}\))4-x = 92x-1
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 19 and 20, describe and correct the error in solving the exponential equation.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 102
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 103
Answer:

Question 21.
2x = 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 21

Question 22.
42x – 5 = 6
Answer:

Question 23.
5x + 2 = 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 23

Question 24.
3-x – 1 = 6
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 104
Answer:

In Exercises 25–36, use a graphing calculator to solve the equation.

Question 25.
6x + 2 = 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 25

Question 26.
5x – 4 = 8
Answer:

Question 27.
(\(\frac{1}{2}\))7x + 1 = -9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 27

Question 28.
(\(\frac{1}{3}\))x + 3 = 10
Answer:

Question 29.
2x + 6 = 2x + 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 29

Question 30.
3x – 2 = 5x – 1
Answer:

Question 31.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 1 = (\(\frac{1}{3}\))2x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 31

Question 32.
2-x + 1 = –\(\frac{3}{4}\)x + 3
Answer:

Question 33.
5x = -4-x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 33

Question 34.
7x – 2 = 2-x
Answer:

Question 35.
2-x – 3 = 3x + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 35

Question 36.
5-2x + 3 = -6x + 5
Answer:

In Exercises 37–40, solve the equation by using the Property of Equality for Exponential Equations.

Question 37.
30 • 5x + 3 = 150
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 37

Question 38.
12 • 2x – 7 = 24
Answer:

Question 39.
4(3-2x – 4) = 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 39

Question 40.
2(42x + 1) = 128
Answer:

Question 41.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You scan a photo into a computer at four times its original size. You continue to increase its size repeatedly by 100% using the computer. The new size of the photo y in comparison to its original size after x enlargements on the computer is represented by y = 2x + 2. How many times must the photo be enlarged on the computer so the new photo is 32 times the original size?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 41

Question 42.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS A bacterial culture quadruples in size every hour. You begin observing the number of bacteria 3 hours after the culture is prepared. The amount y of bacteria x hours after the culture is prepared is represented by y = 192(4x – 3). When will there be 200,000 bacteria?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 105
Answer:

In Exercises 43–46, solve the equation.

Question 43.
33x + 6 = 27x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 43

Question 44.
34x + 3 = 81x
Answer:

Question 45.
4x + 3 = 22(x + 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 45

Question 46.
58(x – 1) = 6252x – 2
Answer:

Question 47.
NUMBER SENSE
Explain how you can use mental math to solve the equation 8x – 4 = 1.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 47

Question 48.
PROBLEM SOLVING
There are a total of 128 teams at the start of a citywide 3-on-3 basketball tournament. Half the teams are eliminated after each round. Write and solve an exponential equation to determine after which round there are 16 teams left.
Answer:

Question 49.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You deposit $500 in a savings account that earns 6% annual interest compounded yearly. Write and solve an exponential equation to determine when the balance of the account will be $800.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 49

Question 50.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? The graph shows the annual attendance at two different events. Each event began in 2004.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 106
a. Estimate when the events will have about the same attendance.
b. Explain how you can verify your answer in part(a).
Answer:

Question 51.
REASONING
Explain why the Property of Equality for Exponential Equations does not work when b = 1. Give an example to justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 51

Question 52.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Is it possible for an exponential equation to have two different solutions? If not, explain your reasoning. If so, give an example.
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE
In Exercises 53–58, solve the equation.

Question 53.
8x – 2 = \(\sqrt{8}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 53

Question 54.
\(\sqrt{5}\) = 5x + 4
Answer:

Question 55.
(\(\sqrt[5]{7}\))x = 52x + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 55

Question 56.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 108
Answer:

Question 57.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 109
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 57

Question 58.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 110
Answer:

Question 59.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Consider the equation (\(\frac{1}{a}\))x = b, where a > 1 and b > 1. Your friend says the value of x will always be negative. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 59

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Determine whether the sequence is arithmetic. If so, find the common difference.(Section 4.6)

Question 60.
-20, -26, -32, -38, . . .
Answer:

Question 61.
9, 18, 36, 72, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 61

Question 62.
-5, -8, -12, -17, . . .
Answer:

Question 63.
10, 20, 30, 40, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.5 Question 63

Lesson 6.6 Geometric Sequences

Essential Question

How can you use a geometric sequence to describe a pattern?

In a geometric sequence, the ratio between each pair of consecutive terms is the same. This ratio is called the common ratio.

EXPLORATION 1
Describing Calculator Patterns
Work with a partner.
Enter the keystrokes on a calculator and record the results in the table. Describe the pattern.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 111
c. Use a calculator to make your own sequence. Start with any number and multiply by 3 each time. Record your results in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 112
d. Part (a) involves a geometric sequence with a common ratio of 2. What is the common ratio in part (b)? part (c)?

EXPLORATION 2
Folding a Sheet of Paper
Work with a partner.
A sheet of paper is about 0.1 millimeter thick.
a. How thick will it be when you fold it in half once? twice? three times?
b. What is the greatest number of times you can fold a piece of paper in half? How thick is the result?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 113
c. Do you agree with the statement below? Explain your reasoning.“If it were possible to fold the paper in half 15 times, it would be taller than you.”
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 114

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use a geometric sequence to describe a pattern?

Question 4.
Give an example of a geometric sequence from real life other than paper folding.

6.6 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Decide whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
5, 1, -3, -7, . . .

Question 2.
1024, 128, 16, 2, . . .

Question 3.
2, 6, 10, 16, . .

Write the next three terms of the geometric sequence. Then graph the sequence.

Question 4.
1, 3, 9, 27, . . .

Question 5.
2500, 500, 100, 20, . . .

Question 6.
80, -40, 20, -10, . . .

Question 7.
-2, 4, -8, 16, . . .

Write an equation for the nth term of the geometric sequence. Then find a7.

Question 8.
1, -5, 25, -125, . . .

Question 9.
13, 26, 52, 104, . . .

Question 10.
432, 72, 12, 2, . . .

Question 11.
4, 10, 25, 62.5, . . .

Question 12.
WHAT IF? After how many clicks on the zoom-out button is the side length of the map 2560 miles?

Geometric Sequences 6.6 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING Compare the two sequences.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 115
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 1

Question 2.
CRITICAL THINKING Why do the points of a geometric sequence lie on an exponential curve only when the common ratio is positive?
Answer:

In Exercises 3–8, find the common ratio of the geometric sequence.

Question 3.
4, 12, 36, 108, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 3

Question 4.
36, 6, 1, \(\frac{1}{6}\), . . .
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{8}\), -3, 24, -192, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 5

Question 6.
0.1, 1, 10, 100, . . .
Answer:

Question 7.
128, 96, 72, 54, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 7

Question 8.
-162, 54, -18, 6, . . .
Answer:

In Exercises 9–14, determine whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning.

Question 9.
-8, 0, 8, 16, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 9

Question 10.
-1, 4, -7, 10, . . .
Answer:

Question 11.
9, 14, 20, 27, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 11

Question 12.
\(\frac{3}{49}\), \(\frac{3}{7}\), 3, 21, . . .
Answer:

Question 13.
192, 24, 3, \(\frac{3}{8}\), , . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 13

Question 14.
-25, -18, -11, -4, . . .
Answer:

In Exercises 15–18, determine whether the graph represents an arithmetic sequence, a geometric sequence, or neither. Explain your reasoning.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 116
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 117
Answer:

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 118
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 119
Answer:

In Exercises 19–24, write the next three terms of the geometric sequence. Then graph the sequence.

Question 19.
5, 20, 80, 320, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 19

Question 20.
-3, 12, -48, 192, . . .
Answer:

Question 21.
81, -27, 9, -3, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 21

Question 22.
-375, -75, -15, -3, . . .
Answer:

Question 23.
32, 8, 2, \(\frac{1}{2}\), . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 23

Question 24.
\(\frac{16}{9}\), \(\frac{8}{3}\), 4, 6, . . .
Answer:

In Exercises 25–32, write an equation for the nth termof the geometric sequence. Then find a6.

Question 25.
2, 8, 32, 128, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 25

Question 26.
0.6, -3, 15, -75, . . .
Answer:

Question 27.
–\(\frac{1}{8}\), –\(\frac{1}{4}\), –\(\frac{1}{2}\), -1, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 27

Question 28.
0.1, 0.9, 8.1, 72.9, . . .
Answer:

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 120
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 29

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 121
Answer:

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 122
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 122.1
Answer:

Question 33.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A badminton tournament begins with 128 teams. After the first round, 64 teams remain. After the second round, 32 teams remain. How many teams remain after the third, fourth, and fifth rounds?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 33

Question 34.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The graphing calculator screen displays an area of 96 square units. After you zoom out once, the area is 384 square units. After you zoom out a second time, the area is 1536 square units. What is the screen area after you zoom out four times?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 123
Answer:

Question 35.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing the next three terms of the geometric sequence.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 124
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 35

Question 36.
ERROR ANALYSIS Describe and correct the error in writing an equation for the nth term of the geometric sequence.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 125
Answer:

Question 37.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The distance (in millimeters) traveled by a swinging pendulum decreases after each swing, as shown in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 126
a. Write a function that represents the distance the pendulum swings on its nth swing.
b. After how many swings is the distance 256 millimeters?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 37.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 37.2

Question 38.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS You start a chain email and send it to six friends. The next day, each of your friends forwards the email to six people. The process continues for a few days.
a. Write a function that represents the number of people who have received the email after n days.
b. After how many days will 1296 people have received the email?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 127
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 39 and 40, (a) write a function that represents the sequence of figures and (b) describe the 10th figure in the sequence.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 128
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 129
Answer:

Question 41.
REASONING Write a sequence that represents the number of teams that have been eliminated in round n of the badminton tournament in Exercise 33. Determine whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 41

Question 42.
REASONING Write a sequence that represents the perimeter of the graphing calculator screen in Exercise 34 after you zoom out n times. Determine whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 43.
WRITING Compare the graphs of arithmetic sequences to the graphs of geometric sequences.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 43

Question 44.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT You are given two consecutive terms of a sequence.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 130
Your friend says that the sequence is not geometric. A classmate says that is impossible to know given only two terms. Who is correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 45.
CRITICAL THINKING Is the sequence shown an arithmetic sequence? a geometric sequence? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 131
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 45

Question 46.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Without performing any calculations, match each equation with its graph. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 132
Answer:

Question 47.
REASONING What is the 9th term of the geometric sequence where a3 = 81 and r = 3?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 47

Question 48.
OPEN-ENDED Write a sequence that has a pattern but is not arithmetic or geometric. Describe the pattern.

Question 49.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION Are the terms of a geometric sequence independent or dependent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 49

Question 50.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS A college student makes a deal with her parents to live at home instead of living on campus. She will pay her parents $0.01 for the first day of the month, $0.02 for the second day, $0.04 for the third day, and so on.
a. Write an equation that represents the nth term of the geometric sequence.
b. What will she pay on the 25th day?
c. Did the student make a good choice or should she have chosen to live on campus? Explain.
Answer:

Question 51.
REPEATED REASONING A soup kitchen makes 16 gallons of soup. Each day, a quarter of the soup is served and the rest is saved for the next day.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 133
a. Write the first five terms of the sequence of the number of fluid ounces of soup left each day.
b. Write an equation that represents the nth term of the sequence.
c. When is all the soup gone? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 51.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 51.2

Question 52.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Find the sum of the terms of the geometric sequence.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 134
Explain your reasoning. Write a different infinite geometric sequence that has the same sum.
Answer:

Question 53.
OPEN-ENDED Write a geometric sequence in which a2 < a1 < a3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 53

Question 54.
NUMBER SENSE Write an equation that represents the nth term of each geometric sequence shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 135
a. Do the terms a1 – b1, a2 – b2, a3 – b3, . . . form a geometric sequence? If so, how does the common ratio relate to the common ratios of the sequences above?
b. Do the terms Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 135.1 form a geometric sequence? If so, how does the common ratio relate to the common ratios of the sequences above?
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Use residuals to determine whether the model is a good fit for the data in the table. Explain.

Question 55.
y = 3x – 8
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 136
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 55.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.6 Question 55.2

Question 56.
y = -5x + 1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 137
Answer:

Lesson 6.7 Recursively Defined Sequences

Essential Question

How can you define a sequence recursively?
A recursive rule gives the beginning term(s) of a sequence and a recursive equation that tells how an is related to one or more preceding terms.

EXPLORATION 1
Describing a Pattern
Work with a partner.
Consider a hypothetical population of rabbits. Start with one breeding pair. After each month, each breeding pair produces another breeding pair. The total number of rabbits each month follows the exponential pattern 2, 4, 8, 16, 32,. . .. Now suppose that in the first month after each pair is born, the pair is too young to reproduce. Each pair produces another pair after it is 2 months old. Find the total number of pairs in months 6, 7, and 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 138

EXPLORATION 2
Using a Recursive Equation
Work with a partner.
Consider the following recursive equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 139
Each term in the sequence is the sum of the two preceding terms.
Copy and complete the table. Compare the results with the sequence of the number of pairs in Exploration 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 139.1

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you define a sequence recursively?

Question 4.
Use the Internet or some other reference to determine the mathematician who first described the sequences in Explorations 1 and 2.

6.7 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Write a recursive rule for the sequence.

Question 5.
8, 3, -2, -7, -12, . . .

Question 6.
1.3, 2.6, 3.9, 5.2, 6.5, . . .

Question 7.
4, 20, 100, 500, 2500, . . .

Question 8.
128, -32, 8, -2, 0.5, . . .

Question 9.
Write a recursive rule for the height of the sunflower over time.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 140

Monitoring Progress

Write an explicit rule for the recursive rule.

Question 10.
a1 = -45, an = an – 1 + 20

Question 11.
a1 = 13, an = -3an – 1

Write a recursive rule for the explicit rule.

Question 12.
an = -n + 1

Question 13.
an = -2.5(4)n – 1

Monitoring Progress

Write a recursive rule for the sequence. Then write the next three terms of the sequence.

Question 14.
5, 6, 11, 17, 28, . . .

Question 15.
-3, -4, -7, -11, -18, . . .

Question 16.
1, 1, 0, -1, -1, 0, 1, 1, . . .

Question 17.
4, 3, 1, 2, -1, 3, -4, . . .

Recursively Defined Sequences 6.7 Exercises

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE A recursive rule gives the beginning term(s) of a sequence and a(n)_____________ that tells how an is related to one or more preceding terms.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG? Which rule does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 141
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

In Exercises 3–6, determine whether the recursive rule represents an arithmetic sequence or a geometric sequence.

Question 3.
a1 = 2, an = 7an – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 3

Question 4.
a1 = 18, an = an – 1 + 1
Answer:

Question 5.
a1 = 5, an = an – 1 – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 5

Question 6.
a1 = 3, an = -6an – 1
Answer:

In Exercises 7–12, write the first six terms of the sequence. Then graph the sequence.

Question 7.
a1 = 0, an = an – 1 + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 7

Question 8.
a1 = 10, an = an – 1 – 5
Answer:

Question 9.
a1 = 2, an = 3an – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 9

Question 10.
a1 = 8, an = 1.5an – 1
Answer:

Question 11.
a1 = 80, an = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)an – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 11

Question 12.
a1 = -7, an = -4an – 1
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, write a recursive rule for the sequence.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 142
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 143
Answer:

Question 15.
243, 81, 27, 9, 3, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 15

Question 16.
3, 11, 19, 27, 35, . . .
Answer:

Question 17.
0, -3, -6, -9, -12, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 17

Question 18.
5, -20, 80, -320, 1280, . . .
Answer:

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 144
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 145
Answer:

Question 21.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Write a recursive rule for the number of bacterial cells over time.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 146
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 21

Question 22.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS Write a recursive rule for the length of the deer antler over time.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 147
Answer:

In Exercises 23–28, write an explicit rule for the recursive rule.

Question 23.
a1 = -3, an = an – 1 + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 23

Question 24.
a1 = 8, an = an – 1 – 12
Answer:

Question 25.
a1 = 16, an = 0.5an – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 25

Question 26.
a1 = -2, an = 9an – 1
Answer:

Question 27.
a1 = 4, an = an – 1 + 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 27

Question 28.
a1 = 5, an = -5an – 1
Answer:

In Exercises 29–34, write a recursive rule for the explicit rule.

Question 29.
an = 7(3)n – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 29

Question 30.
an = -4n + 2
Answer:

Question 31.
an = 1.5n + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 31

Question 32.
an = 6n – 20
Answer:

Question 33.
an = (-5)n – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 33

Question 34.
an = -81(\(\frac{2}{3}\))n – 1
Answer:

In Exercises 35–38, graph the first four terms of the sequence with the given description. Write a recursive rule and an explicit rule for the sequence.

Question 35.
The first term of a sequence is 5. Each term of the sequence is 15 more than the preceding term.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 35.1

Question 36.
The first term of a sequence is 16. Each term of the sequence is half the preceding term.
Answer:

Question 37.
The first term of a sequence is -1. Each term of the sequence is -3 times the preceding term.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 37

Question 38.
The first term of a sequence is 19. Each term of the sequence is 13 less than the preceding term.
Answer:

In Exercises 39–44, write a recursive rule for the sequence. Then write the next two terms of the sequence.

Question 39.
1, 3, 4, 7, 11, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 39

Question 40.
10, 9, 1, 8, -7, 15, . . .
Answer:

Question 41.
2, 4, 2, -2, -4, -2, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 41

Question 42.
6, 1, 7, 8, 15, 23, . . .
Answer:

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 148
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 149
Answer:

Question 45.
ERROR ANALYSIS Describe and correct the error in writing an explicit rule for the recursive rule a1 = 6, an = an – 1 – 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 150
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 45

Question 46.
ERROR ANALYSIS Describe and correct the error in writing a recursive rule for the sequence 2, 4, 6, 10, 16, . . ..
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 151
Answer:

In Exercises 47–51, the function f represents a sequence. Find the 2nd, 5th, and 10th terms of the sequence.

Question 47.
f(1) = 3, f (n) = f(n – 1) + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 47

Question 48.
f(1) = -1, f(n) = 6f(n – 1)
Answer:

Question 49.
f(1) = 8, f(n) = -f(n – 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 49

Question 50.
f(1) = 4, f(2) = 5, f(n) = f(n – 2) + f(n – 1)
Answer:

Question 51.
f(1) = 10, f(2) = 15, f(n) = f(n – 1) – f(n – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 51

Question 52.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The X-ray shows the lengths (in centimeters) of bones in a human hand.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 152
a. Write a recursive rule for the lengths of the bones.
b. Measure the lengths of different sections of your hand. Can the lengths be represented by a recursively defined sequence? Explain.
Answer:

Question 53.
USING TOOLS You can use a spreadsheet to generate the terms of a sequence.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 153
a. To generate the terms of the sequence a1 = 3, an = an – 1 + 2, enter the value of a1, 3, into cell A1. Then enter “=A1+2” into cell A2, as shown. Use the fill down feature to generate the first 10 terms of the sequence.
b. Use a spreadsheet to generate the first 10 terms of the sequence a1 = 3, an = 4an – 1. (Hint: Enter “=4*A1” into cell A2.)
c. Use a spreadsheet to generate the first 10 terms of the sequence a1 = 4, a2 = 7, an = an – 1 – an – 2. (Hint: Enter “=A2-A1” into cell A3.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 53.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 53.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 53.3

Question 54.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Consider Squares 1–6 in the diagram.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 154
a. Write a sequence in which each term an is the side length of square n.
b. What is the name of this sequence? What is the next term of this sequence?
c. Use the term in part (b) to add another square to the diagram and extend the spiral.
Answer:

Question 55.
REASONING Write the first 5 terms of the sequence a1 = 5, an = 3an – 1 + 4. Determine whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 55

Question 56.
THOUGHT PROVOKING Describe the pattern for the numbers in Pascal’s Triangle, shown below. Write a recursive rule that gives the mth number in the nth row.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 155
Answer:

Question 57.
REASONING The explicit rule an = a1 + (n – 1)d defines an arithmetic sequence.
a. Explain why an – 1 = a1 + [(n – 1) – 1]d.
b. Justify each step in showing that a recursive equation for the sequence is an = an – 1 + d.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 156
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 57

Question 58.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT Your friend claims that the sequence
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 157
cannot be represented by a recursive rule. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 59.
PROBLEM SOLVING Write a recursive rule for the sequence.
3, 7, 15, 31, 63, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 59

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression.

Question 60.
5x + 12x
Answer:

Question 61.
9 – 6y – 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 61

Question 62.
2d – 7 – 8d
Answer:

Question 63.
3 – 3m + 11m
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 63

Write a linear function f with the given values.(Section 4.2)

Question 64.
f(2) = 6, f(-1) = -3
Answer:

Question 65.
f (-2) = 0, f(6) = -4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 65

Question 66.
f(-3) = 5, f(-1) = 5
Answer:

Question 67.
f(3) = -1, f(-4) = -15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 6.7 Question 67

Exponential Functions and Sequences Performance Task: The New Car

6.5–6.7

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 158

Core Concepts
Section 6.5

Property of Equality for Exponential Equations, p. 326
Solving Exponential Equations by Graphing, p. 328

Section 6.6
Geometric Sequence, p. 332
Equation for a Geometric Sequence, p. 334

Section 6.7
Recursive Equation for an Arithmetic Sequence, p. 340
Recursive Equation for a Geometric Sequence, p. 340

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
How did you decide on an appropriate level of precision for your answer in Exercise 49 on page 330?

Question 2.
Explain how writing a function in Exercise 39 part (a) on page 337 created a shortcut for answering part (b).

Question 3.
How did you choose an appropriate tool in Exercise 52 part (b) on page 345?

Performance Task

The New Car

There is so much more to buying a new car than the purchase price. Interest rates, depreciation, and inflation are all factors. So, what is the real cost of your new car?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 159
To explore the answers to this question and more, go to Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 160

Exponential Functions and Sequences Chapter Review

Simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 1.
y3 • y-5

Question 2.
\(\frac{x^{4}}{x^{7}}\)

Question 3.
(x0y2)3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 160.1

Evaluate the expression.

Question 5.
\(\sqrt[3]{8}\)

Question 6.
\(\sqrt[5]{-243}\)

Question 7.
6253 / 4

Question 8.
(-25)1 / 2

Question 9.
f(x) = -4 (\(\sqrt[1]{4}\))x

Question 10.
f(x) = 3x + 2

Question 11.
f(x) = 2x – 4 – 3

Question 12.
Write and graph an exponential function f represented by the table. Then compare the graph to the graph of g(x) = (\(\frac{1}{2}\))x
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 161

Determine whether the table represents an exponential growth function, an exponential decay function, or neither. Explain.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 162

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 163

Rewrite the function to determine whether it represents exponential growth or exponential decay. Identify the percent rate of change.

Question 15.
f(t) = 4(1.25)t + 3

Question 16.
y = (1.06)8t

Question 17.
f(t) = 6(0.84)t – 4

Question 18.
You deposit $750 in a savings account that earns 5% annual interest compounded quarterly.
(a) Write a function that represents the balance after t years.
(b) What is the balance of the account after 4 years?

Question 19.
The value of a TV is $1500. Its value decreases by 14% each year.
(a) Write a function that represents the value y (in dollars) of the TV after t years.
(b) Find the approximate monthly percent decrease in value.
(c) Graph the function from part (a). Use the graph to estimate the value of the TV after 3 years.

Solve the equation.

Question 20.
5x = 53x – 2

Question 21.
3x – 2 = 1

Question 22.
-4 = 64x – 3

Question 23.
(\(\frac{1}{3}\))2x + 3 = 5

Question 24.
(\(\frac{1}{16}\))3x = 642(x + 8)

Question 25.
272x + 2 = 81x + 4

Decide whether the sequence is arithmetic, geometric, or neither. Explain your reasoning. If the sequence is geometric, write the next three terms and graph the sequence.

Question 26.
3, 12, 48, 192, . . .

Question 27.
9, -18, 27, -36, . . .

Question 28.
375, -75, 15, -3, . . .

Write an equation for the nth term of the geometric sequence. Then find a9.

Question 29.
1, 4, 16, 64, . . .

Question 30.
5, -10, 20, -40, . . .

Question 31.
486, 162, 54, 18, . . .

Write the first six terms of the sequence. Then graph the sequence.

Question 32.
a1 = 4, an = an – 1 + 5

Question 33.
a1 = -4, an = -3an – 1

Question 34.
a1 = 32, an = \(\frac{1}{4}\)an − 1

Write a recursive rule for the sequence.

Question 35.
3, 8, 13, 18, 23, . . .

Question 36.
3, 6, 12, 24, 48, . . .

Question 37.
7, 6, 13, 19, 32, . .

Question 38.
The first term of a sequence is 8. Each term of the sequence is 5 times the preceding term. Graph the first four terms of the sequence. Write a recursive rule and an explicit rule for the sequence.

Exponential Functions and Sequences Chapter Test

Evaluate the expression.

Question 1.
–\(\sqrt[4]{16}\)

Question 2.
729\(1 / 6\)

Question 3.
(-32)\(7 / 5\)

Simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 4.
z-2 • z4

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 164

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 165

Write and graph a function that represents the situation.

Question 7.
Your starting annual salary of $42,500 increases by 3% each year.

Question 8.
You deposit $500 in an account that earns 6.5% annual interest compounded yearly.

Write an explicit rule and a recursive rule for the sequence.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 166

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 167

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 11.
2x = \(\frac{1}{128}\)

Question 12.
256x + 2 = 163x – 1

Question 13.
Graph f(x) = 2(6)x. Compare the graph to the graph of g(x) = 6x. Describe the domain and range of f.

Use the equation to complete the statement Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 168.3 with the symbol < , > , or =. Do not attempt to solve the equation.

Question 14.
\(\frac{5^{a}}{5^{b}}\)

Question 15.
9a • 9-b

Question 16.
The first two terms of a sequence are a1 = 3 and a2 = -12. Let a3 be the third term when the sequence is arithmetic and let b3 be the third term when the sequence is geometric. Find a3 – b3.

Question 17.
At sea level, Earth’s atmosphere exerts a pressure of 1 atmosphere. Atmospheric pressure P (in atmospheres) decreases with altitude. It can be modeled by P =(0.99988)a, where a is the altitude (in meters).
a. Identify the initial amount, decay factor, and decay rate.
b. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function. Use the graph to estimate the atmospheric pressure at an altitude of 5000 feet.

Question 18.
You follow the training schedule from your coach.
a. Write an explicit rule and a recursive rule for the geometric sequence.
b. On what day do you run approximately 3 kilometers?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 168.1

Exponential Functions and Sequences Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Fill in the exponent of x with a number to simplify the expression.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 168.2

Question 2.
The graph of the exponential function f is shown. Find f(-7).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 168.3

Question 3.
Student A claims he can form a linear system from the equations shown that has infinitely many solutions. Student B claims she can form a linear system from the equations shown that has one solution. Student C claims he can form a linear system from the equations shown that has no solution.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 169
a. Select two equations to support Student A’s claim.
b. Select two equations to support Student B’s claim.
c. Select two equations to support Student C’s claim.

Question 4.
Fill in the inequality with < , ≤ , > , or ≥ so that the system of linear inequalities has no solution.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 170

Question 5.
The second term of a sequence is 7. Each term of the sequence is 10 more than the preceding term. Fill in values to write a recursive rule and an explicit rule for the sequence.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 171

Question 6.
A data set consists of the heights y (in feet) of a hot-air balloon t minutes after it begins its descent. An equation of the line of best fit is y = 870 – 14.8t. Which of the following is a correct interpretation of the line of best fit?
A. The initial height of the hot-air balloon is 870 feet. The slope has no meaning in this context.
B. The initial height of the hot-air balloon is 870 feet, and it descends 14.8 feet per minute.
C. The initial height of the hot-air balloon is 870 feet, and it ascends 14.8 feet per minute.
D. The hot-air balloon descends 14.8 feet per minute. The y-intercept has no meaning in this context.

Question 7.
Select all the functions whose x-value is an integer when f(x) = 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 172

Question 8.
Place each function into one of the three categories. For exponential functions, state whether the function represents exponential growth, exponential decay, or neither.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 173

Question 9.
How does the graph shown compare to the graph of f(x) = 2x?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 6 Exponential Functions and Sequences 174